Skip to main content

Full text of "The origin of species"

See other formats


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ 


The  Origin  of  Species 


I? 


Charles  Darwin 


II-  III  "C^. 

.itizedbyGoOgl^ 


:r'i?r^'!rs-:gi»;virg^.:^7T»>»qt^".r?r-.-cTv.tv^ 


^^•C?  '  r  1  ', '  i 

H^H 

IHH^^ffli 

'HP 

11 

Bii 

li-  ;^;l 

|;fcSj 

g:l;I| 

' •H|&$Qf  ■  "■  C 

||^^;::j{©c 

I':-  a  mK 

ilP '  1  f  ^^MiP'-f^^  i 

ffliip  ftips'  w5-5"'lfw^  ^ 

im^  ^:^|l|  ■    ^^-^SWi 

™iliKffltefflkJ 

SH^'iflji 

lw»i 

L|  SflK 

ii'Tjur^  StiB 

IHB 

flsS- 

«''  llL  1  C'ffl 

111 

■  ■ 

>  vtc ' '  5^y] 

IK;  iii 

Kt'SiS' 

I^P^  III 

1  '-?  1*11^ 

rG^n    '   vfll  ^ ' 

rv3    '•iiiv'  ■   N  Jf!^^ 

w 

A 

Digitiz^gf  i  i 

Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


.  1  ••.  II 


!  ''■'  .    DlvU 


■> 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


2    io    /r^ 


THE  HARVARD  CLASSICS 
KDITBD  BY  CHARLES  W  ELIOT  LLD 


THE  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

BY 
CHARLES   DARWIN 


WITH  INTRODUCTIONS.  NOTES 
AND  ILLUSTRATIONS 


P  F  COLLIER  &  SON 
NEW  YORK 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Copyright  xgog 
By  P.  F.  Colli  SK  &  Son 


COLtCBC 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


'^ut  with  regard  to  the  material  world,  we  can  at 
least  go  8o  far  as  this — ^we  can  perceive  that  events  are 
brought  about  not  by  insulated  interpositions  of  Divine 
power,  exerted  in  each  particular  case,  but  by  the  estab- 
lishment of  general  laws/' 

Whewell:  Bridgewater  Treatise. 


"The  only  distinct  meaning  of  the  word  'natural'  is 
stated,  fixed  or  settled;  since  what  is  natural  as  much 
requires  and  presupposes  an  intelligent  agent  to  render 
it  so,  i.e.,  to  effect  it  continually  or  at  stated  times,  as 
what  is  supernatural  or  miraculous  does  to  effect  it  for 
once." 

BuTLEB:  Analogy  of  Revealed  Religion. 


"To  conclude,  therefore,  let  no  man  out  of  a  weak  con- 
ceit of  sobriety,  or  an  ill-applied  moderation,  think  or 
maintain,  that  a  man  can  search  too  far  or  be  too  well 
studied  in  the  book  of  God's  word,  or  in  the  book  of 
God's  works;  divinity  or  philosophy;  but  rather  let  men 
endeavour  an  endless  progress  or  proficienoe  in  both." 
Bacx)N:  Advancement  of  Learning. 


Doum,  Beckenham,  Kent, 

First  Edition,  November  2ith,  1859. 
Siath  Edition,  January,  1872. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

EDITOR'S  INTRODUCTION 5 

AN  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

Op  thb  PRO6RBS8  OP  Opinion  on  thb  Origin  op  Spbcibb     9 

INTRODUCTION 3X 

CHAPTER  I 
Variation  undbr  Domestication 25 

CHAPTER  II 
Variation  xtnder  Naturb 58 

CHAPTER  III 
Struggle  por  Existence 76 


CHAPTER  IV 
Natural  Sblbction;  or  the  Survival  op  the  Fittest       93 


CHAPTER  V 
Laws  op  Variation 145 

CHAPTER   VI 

Dippicultibs  op  thb  Thbory 178 

3 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


4  CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  VII  PAoi 

Miscellaneous  Objections  to  the  Theory  op  Natuilal 
Selection 2x9 


CHAPTER  VIII 
Instinct 26a 

CHAPTER  IX 
Hybridism 298 

CHAPTER  X 
On  the  Imperfection  op  the  Geological  Rbcord      .  333 

CHAPTER  XI 
On  the  Geological  Succession  op  Organic  Bbinqs        .  364 

CHAPTER  XII 
Geographical  Distribution 395 

CHAPTER  XIII 
Geographical  Distribution — continued     ....  427 

CHAPTER  XIV 

Mutual  Affinities  op  Organic  Beings:    Morphology: 
Embryology:  Rudimsntary  Organs      .       .    '   .       .  450 

CHAPTER  XV 
Recapitulation  and  Conclusion 499 

GLOSSARY 531 

INDEX 541 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INTRODUCTORY  NOTE 

Charles  Robekt  Darwin,  horn  at  Shrewsbury,  England,  on 
February  12,  1809,  came  of  a  family  of  remarkable  intellectual 
distinction  which  is  still  sustained  in  the  present  generation.  His 
father  was  a  successful  physician  with  remarkable  powers  of 
observation,  and  his  grandfather  was  Erasmus  Darwin,  the  well- 
known  author  of  "The  Botanic  Garden."  He  went  to  school  at 
Shrewsbury,  where  he  failed  to  profit  from  the  strict  classical 
curriculum  there  in  force;  nor  did  the  regular  professional 
courses  at  Edinburgh  University,  where  he  spent  two  years  study- 
ing  medicine,  succeed  in  rousing  his  interest.  In  1827  he  was 
entered  at  Christ's  College,  Cambridge,  to  study  for  the  B.  A. 
degree,  preparatory  to  entering  the  Church;  but  while  there 
his  friendship  with  Henslow,  the  professor  of  botany,  led  to  his 
enlarging  his  general  scientific  knowledge  and  finally  to  his 
joining  the  expedition  of  the  "Beagle*'  in  the  capacity  of  natural- 
ist. From  this  Darwin  returned  after  a  voyage  of  five  years 
with  a  vast  first-hand  knowledge  of  geology  and  Moology,  a 
reputation  as  a  successful  collector,  and,  most  important  of  all, 
with  the  germinal  ideas  of  his  theory  of  evolution.  The  next 
few  years  were  spent  in  working  up  the  materials  he  had  col- 
lected; but  his  health  gave  signs  of  breaking,  and  for  the  rest 
of  h*s  life  he  suffered  constantly,  but  without  complaint.  With 
extraordinary  courage  and  endurance  he  took  up  a  life  of 
seclusion  and  methodical  regularity,  and  accomplished  his  colossal 
results  in  spite  of  the  most  severe  physical  handicap.  He  had 
married  in  1839,  and  three  years  later  he  withdrew  from  London 
to  the  little  village  of  Down,  about  sixteen  miles  out,  where  he 
spent  the  rest  of  his  life.  His  custom,  which  was  almost  a 
method,  was  to  work  till  he  was  on  the  verge  of  complete  collapse, 
and  then  to  take  a  holiday  fust  sufficient  to  restore  him  to  working 
condition. 

As  early  as  1842  Darwin  had  thrown  into  rough  form  the  out- 
lines of  his  theory  of  evolution,  but  the  enormous  extent  of  the 
investigations  he  engaged  in  for  the  purpose  of  testing  it  led 
to  a  constant  postponing  of  publication.  Finally  in  June,  1858, 
A-  R,  Wallace  sent  him  a  manuscript  containing  a  statement 
of  an  identical  theory  of  the  origin  of  species,  which  had  been 

5 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


6  INTRODUCTORY  NOTE 

arrived  at  entirely  independently.  On  the  advice  of  Lyell,  the 
geologist,  and  Hooker,  the  botanist,  Wallace's  paper  and  a  letter 
of  Darwin's  of  the  previous  year,  in  which  he  had  outlined  his 
theory  to  Asa  Gray,  were  read  together  on  July  i,  1858,  and 
published  by  the  Linnaan  Society,  In  November  of  the  follow- 
ing year  "The  Origin  of  Species"  was  published,  and  the  great 
battle  was  begun  between  the  old  science  and  the  new.  This 
work  was  followed  in  1868  by  his  "Variation  of  Animals  and 
Plants  under  Domestication/*  that  in  turn  by  the  "Descent  of 
Man*'  in  1871,  and  that  again  by  "The  Expression  of  the  Emo- 
tions in  Man  and  Animals/*  Each  of  these  books  was  the  elabo- 
ration or  complement  of  a  section  of  its  predecessor.  The  later 
years  of  Darwin's  life  were  chieHy  devoted  to  botanical  research, 
and  resulted  in  a  series  of  treatises  of  the  highest  scientific  value. 
He  died  at  Down  on  April  ig,  1882,  and  is  buried  in  Westminster 
Abbey, 

The  idea  of  the  evolution  of  organisms,  so  far  from  origincUing 
with  Darwin,  is  a  very  old  one.  Glimpses  of  it  appear  in  the 
ancient  Greek  philosophers,  especially  Empedocles  and  Aristotle; 
modern  philosophy  from  Bacon  onward  shows  an  increasing 
definiteness  in  its  grasp  of  the  conception;  and  in  the  age  pre- 
ceding Darwin's,  BuWon,  Erasmus  Darwin,  and  Lamarck  had 
given  it  a  fairly  concrete  expression.  As  we  approach  the  date 
of  the  publication  of  "The  Origin  of  Species^*  adherence  to  the 
doctrine  not  only  by  naturalists  but  by  poets,  such  as  Godhe, 
becomes  comparatively  frequent;  and  in  the  six  yeats  before  the 
joint  announcement  of  Darwin  and  Wallace,  Herbert  Spencer 
had  been  supporting  and  applying  it  vigorously  in  the  field  of 
psychology. 

To  these  partial  anticipations,  however,  Darwin  owed  little. 
When  he  became  interested  in  the  problem,  the  doctrine  of  the 
fixity  of  species  was  still  generally  held;  and  his  solution  occurred 
to  him  mainly  as  the  result  of  his  own  observation  and  thinking. 
Speaking  of  the  voyage  of  the  "Beagle,**  he  says,  "On  my  return 
home  in  the  autumn  of  1836  I  immediately  began  to  prepare  my 
journal  for  publication,  and  then  saw  how  many  facts  indicated 
the  common  descent  of  species.  ...  In  July  (1837)  I  opened 
my  first  note-book  for  facts  in  relation  to  the  Origin  of  Species, 
about  which  I  had  long  reflected,  and  never  ceased  working  for 
the  next  twentv  years.  .  .  .    Had  been  greatly  struck  from  about 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INTRODUCTORY  NOTB  7 

the  month  of  previous  March  on  character  of  South  American 
fossils,  and  species  on  Galapagos  Archipelago,  These  facts 
(especially  latter)  origin  of  all  my  views/'  Again,  "In  October 
(1838),  that  is  fifteen  months  after  I  had  begun  my  systematic 
inquiry,  I  happened  to  read  for  amusement  'Malthus  on  Popu- 
lation/ and  being  well  prepared  to  appreciate  the  struggle  for 
existence  which  everywhere  goes  on  from  long-continued  ob- 
servation of  the  habits  of  animals  and  plants,  it  at  once  struck  me 
that  under  these  circumstances  favorable  variations  would  tend 
to  be  preserved,  and  unfavorable  ones  to  be  destroyed.  The 
result  of  this  would  be  the  formation  of  new  species.  Here 
then  I  had  at  last  got  a  theory  by  which  to  work." 

From  these  statements  by  Darwin  himself  we  can  see  how  far 
it  is  from  being  the  case  that  he  merely  gathered  the  ripe  fruit 
of  the  labors  of  his  predecessors.  All  progress  is  continuous, 
and  Darwin,  like  other  men,  built  on  the  foundations  laid  by 
others;  but  to  say  this  is  not  to  deny  him  originality  in  the  only 
vital  sense  of  that  word.  .And  the  importance  of  his  contribution 
— in  verifying  the  doctrine  of  descent,  in  interpreting  and  apply- 
ing it,  and  in  revealing  its  bearings  on  all  departments  of  the 
investigation  of  nature — is  proved  by  the  fact  that  his  work 
opened  a  new  epoch  in  science  and  philosophy.  As  Huxley  said, 
"Whatever  be  the  ultimate  verdict  of  posterity  upon  this  or  that 
opinion  which  Mr.  Darwin  has  propounded;  whatever  adumbra- 
tions or  anticipations  of  his  doctrines  may  be  found  in  the  writ- 
ings of  his  predecessors;  the  broad  fact  remains  that,  since  the 
publication  and  by  reason  of  the  publication  of  'The  Origin  of 
Species'  the  fundamental  conceptions  and  the  aims  of  the  students 
of  living  Nature  have  been  completely  changed." 

The  present  year  (1909)  has  seen  the  celebration  of  the  hun- 
dredth anniversary  of  Darwin's  birth  and  the  fiftieth  anniversary 
of  the  publication  of  his  great  work.  Among  the  numerous  ex- 
pressions of  honor  and  gratitude  which  the  world  of  science  has 
poured  upon  his  memory,  none  is  more  significant  than  the  vol- 
ume on  "Darwin  and  Modern  Science"  which  has  been  issued  by 
the  press  of  his  old  University  of  Cambridge.  In  this  are  col- 
lected nearly  thirty  papers  by  the  leaders  of  modem  science 
dealing  with  the  influence  of  Darwin  upon  various  fields  of 
thought  and  research,  and  with  the  later  developments  and  modi- 
fications of  his  conclusions.    Biology,  in  many  different  depart- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


8  INTRODUCTORY  NOTE 

ments.  Anthropology,  Geology,  Psychology,  Philosophy,  Soci- 
ology, Religion,  Language,  History,  and  Astronomy  are  all  repre- 
sented, and  the  mere  enumeration  suggests  the  colossal  nature 
of  his  achievement  and  its  results. 

Yet  the  spirit  of  the  man  was  almc^t  as  wonderful  as  his  work. 
His  disintereistedness,  his  modesty,  and  his  absolute  fairness 
were  not  only  beautiful  in  themselves,  but  remain  as  a  proof  of 
the  importance  of  character  in  intellectual  labor.  Here  is  his 
own  frank  and  candid  summing  up  of  his  abilities:  "My  success  as 
a  man  of  science,  whatever  this  may  have  amounted  to,  has  been 
determined,  as  far  as  I  can  judge,  by  complex  and  diversified 
mental  qualities  and  conditions.  Of  these,  the  most  important 
have  been — the  love  of  science — unbounded  patience  in  long  re- 
flecting over  any  subject— industry  in  observing  and  collecting 
facts—and  a  fair  share  of  invention  as  well  as  of  common  sense. 
With  such  moderate  abilities  as  J  possess,  it  is  truly  surprising 
that  I  should  have  influenced  to  a  considerable  extent  the  belief 
of  scientific  men  on  some  important  points,'* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AN  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

OF    THE    PROGRESS    OF    OPINION    ON 
THE    ORIGIN    OF    SPECIES 

PREVIOUSLY   TO  THE   PUBLICATION   OF 
THE  FIRST  EDITION   OF  THIS  WORK 


I  WILL  here  give  a  brief  sketch  of  the  progress  of  opinion  oh 
the  Origin  of  Species.  Until  recently  the  great  majority  of 
naturalists  believed  that  species  were  immutable  productions, 
and  had  been  separately  created.  This  view  has  been  ably 
maintained  by  many  authors.  Some  few  naturalists,  on  the 
other  hand,  have  believed  that  species  undergo  modification, 
and  that  the  existing  forms  of  life  are  the  descendants  by 
true  generation  of  pre-existing  forms.  Passing  over  allu- 
sions to  the  subject  in  the  classical  writers,*  the  first  author 
who  in  modern  times  has  treated  it  in  a  scientific  spirit  was 
Buffon.  But  as  his  opinions  fluctuated  greatly  at  different 
periods,  and  as  he  does  not  enter  on  the  causes  or  means  of 
the  transformation  of  species,  I  need  not  here  enter  on 
details. 

*Ari8totl«|  in  his  '  Physics  Autcultationes '  (lib.  2,  cap.  8,  s.  9),  after 
remarking  that  rain  does  not  fall  in  order  to  make  the  corn  grow,  any  more 
than  it  tails  to  spoil  the  farmer's  corn  when  threshed  out  of  doors^  applies 
the  same  argument  to  organisation;  and  adds  (as  translated  by  Mr.  Clair 
Grece,  who  first  pointed  out  the  passage  to  me),  "So  what  hinders  the  dif- 
ferent parts  [of  the  body]  from  having  this  merely  accidental  relation  in 
nature?  as  the  teeth,  for  example,  srow  by  necessity,  the  front  ones  sharp, 
adapted  for  dividing,  and  the  grinaers  flat,  and  serviceable  for  masticating 
the  food;  since  they  were  not  made  for  the  sake  of  this,  but  it  was  the 
result  of  accident.  And  in  like  manner  as  to  the  other  parts  in  which  there 
appears  to  exist  an  adaptation  to  an  end.  Wheresoever,  therefore,  all  things 
together  (that  is  all  the  parts  of  one  whole)  happened  like  as  if  they  were 
made  for  the  sake  of  something,  these  were  preserved,  having  been  appro- 
priately constituted  by  an  internal  spontaneitv:  and  whatsoever  things  were 
not  thus  constituted,  perished,  and  still  perish.*'  We  here  see  the  principle 
of  natural  selection  uiadowed  forth,  but  how  little  Aristotle  fully  compre- 
hended the  principle,  is  shown  by  his  remarks  on  the  formation  of  the  teeth. 

9 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


10  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

Lamarck  was  the  first  man  whose  conclusions  on  the 
subject  excited  much  attention.  This  justly-celebrated  nat- 
uralist first  published  his  views  in  1801 ;  he  much  enlarged 
them  in  1809  in  his  Thilosophie  Zoologique/  and  subse- 
quently, in  1815,  in  the  Introduction  to  his  'Hist.  Nat.  des 
Animaux  sans  Vertebres.'  In  these  works  he  upholds  the 
doctrine  that  species,  including  man,  are  descended  from 
other  species.  He  first  did  the  eminent  service  of  arousing  at- 
tention to  the  probability  of  all  change  in  the  organic,  as  well 
as  in  the  inorganic  world,  being  the  result  of  law,  and  not  of 
miraculous  interposition.  Lamarck  seems  to  have  been  chiefly 
led  to  his  conclusion  on  the  gradual  change  of  species,  by  the 
difficulty  of  distinguishing  species  and  varieties,  by  the  almost 
perfect  gradation  of  forms  in  certain  groups,  and  by  the 
analogy  of  domestic  productions.  With  respect  to  the  means 
of  modification,  he  attributed  something  to  the  direct  action 
of  the  physical  conditions  of  life,  something  to  the  crossing  of 
already  existing  forms,  and  much  to  use  and  disuse,  that  is, 
to  the  effects  of  habit.  To  this  latter  agency  he  seems  to 
attribute  all  the  beautiful  adaptations  in  nature ; — such  as  the 
long  neck  of  the  giraffe  for  browsing  on  the  branches  of 
trees.  But  he  likewise  believed  in  a  law  of  progressive  de- 
velopment; and  as  all  the  forms  of  life  thus  tend  to  progress, 
in  order  to  account  for  the  existence  at  the  present  day  of 
simple  productions,  he  maintains  that  such  forms  are  now 
spontaneously  generated.* 

Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire,  as  is  stated  in  his  'Life,'  written 
by  his  son,  suspected,  as  early  as  1795,  that  what  we  call 
species  are  various  degenerations  of  the  same  type.    It  was 

*  I  have  taken  the  date  of  the  first  jpublication  of  Lamarck  from  laid. 
Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire's  (*  Hist.  Nat.  Ginirale,'  torn,  ii,  p.  405,  1859) 
excellent  history  of  opinion  on  this  subject.  In  this  work  a  full  account  is 
given  of  Buffon's  conclusions  on  the  same  subject.  It  is  curious  how  largely 
my  grandfather,  Dr.  Erasmus  Darwin,  anticipated  the  views  and  erroneous 

grounds  of  opinion  of  Lamarck  in  his  '  Zoonomia '  (vol.  i.  pp.  500-510),  pub- 
shed  in  1794.  According  to  Isid.  Geoffroy  there  is  no  doubt  that  Goethe 
was  an  extreme  partisan  of  similar  views,  as  shown  in  the  Introduction  to  a 
work  written  in  1794  and  1795,  but  not  published  till  long  afterwards:  he 
has  pointedly  remarked  ('  Goethe  als  Naturforscher,*  von  Dr.  Karl  Meding, 
s.  34)  that  the  future  question  for  naturalists  will  be  bow,  for  instance, 
cattle  got  their  horns,  and  not  for  what  they  are  used.  It  is  rather  a  singu- 
lar instance  of  the  manner  in  which  similar  views  arise  at  about  the  same 
time^  that  Goethe  in  Germany,  Dr.  Darwin  in  England,  and  Geoffroy  Saint- 
Hilaire  (as  we  shall  immediately  see)  in  France,  came  to  the  same  conclu- 
sion on  the  orij^n  of  species,  in  the  years  1794-5. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH  11 

not  until  1828  that  he  published  his  conviction  that  the  same 
forms  have  not  been  perpetuated  since  the  origin  of  all 
things.  Geoffroy  seems  to  have  relied  chiefly  on  the  condi- 
tion of  life,  or  the  "monde  ambiant"  as  the  cause  of  change. 
He  was  cautious  in  drawing  conclusions,  and  did  not  believe 
that  existing  species  are  now  undergoing  modification;  and, 
as  his  son  adds,  "C'est  done  un  probleme  a  reserver 
entierement  4  Tavenir,  suppos6  meme  que  Tavenir  doive  avoir 
prise  sur  lui." 

In  1813,  Dr.  W.  C.  Wells  read  before  the  Royal  Society 
'An  Account  of  a  White  female,  part  of  whose  skin  re- 
sembles that  of  a  Negro';  but  his  paper  was  not  published 
until  his  famous  '  Two  Essays  upon  Dew  and  Single  Vision' 
appeared  in  1818.  In  this  paper  he  distinctly  recognises  the 
principle  of  natural  selection,  and  this  is  the  first  recognition 
which  has  been  indicated ;  but  he  applies  it  only  to  the  races  of 
man,  and  to  certain  characters  alone.  After  remarking  that 
negroes  and  mulattoes  enjoy  an  immunity  from  certain  trop- 
ical diseases,  he  observes,  firstly,  that  all  animals  tend  to  vary 
in  some  degree,  and,  secondly,  that  agriculturists  improve 
their  domesticated  animals  by  selection;  and  then,  he  adds, 
but  what  is  done  in  this  latter  case  "by  art,  seems  to  be  done 
with  equal  efficacy,  though  more  slowly,  by  nature,  in  the 
formation  of  varieties  of  mankind,  fitted  for  the  country 
which  they  inhabit  Of  the  accidental  varieties  of  man, 
which  would  occur  among  the  first  few  and  scattered  inhab- 
itants of  the  middle  regions  of  Africa,  some  one  would  be 
better  fitted  than  the  others  to  bear  the  diseases  of  the  coun- 
try. This  race  would  consequently  multiply,  while  the  others 
would  decrease;  not  only  from  their  inability  to  sustain  the 
attacks  of  disease,  but  from  their  incapacity  of  contending 
with  their  more  vigorous  neighbours.  The  colour  of  this 
vigorous  race  I  take  for  granted,  from  what  has  been  already 
said,  would  be  dark.  But  the  same  disposition  to  form  varie- 
ties still  existing,  a  darker  and  a  darker  race  would  in  the 
course  of  time  occur:  and  as  the  darkest  would  be  the  best 
fitted  for  the  climate,  this  would  at  length  become  the  most 
prevalent,  if  not  the  only  race,  in  the  particular  country  in 
which  it  had  originated."  He  then  extends  these  same  views 
to  the  white  inhabitants  of  colder  climates.    I  am  indebted 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


12  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

to  Mr.  Rowley,  of  the  United  States,  for  having  called  my 
attention,  through  Mr.  Brace,  to  the  above  passage  in  Dr. 
Wells'  work. 

The  Hon.  and  Rev.  W.  Herbert,  afterwards  Dean  of  Man- 
chester, in  the  fourth  volume  of  the  'Horticultural  Trans- 
actions,' 1822,  and  in  his  work  of  the  'Amaryllidaceae' 
(1^37*  PP-  i9>  339) »  declares  that  "horticultural  experiments 
have  established,  beyond  the  possibility  of  refutation,  that 
botanical  species  are  only  a  higher  and  more  permanent  class 
of  varieties,"  He  extends  the  same  view  to  animals.  The 
Dean  believes  that  single  species  of  each  genus  were  created 
in  an  originally  highly  plastic  condition,  and  that  these  have 
produced,  chiefly  by  intercrossing,  but  likewise  by  variation, 
all  our  existing  species. 

In  1826  Professor  Grant,  in  the  concluding  paragraph  in 
his  well-known  paper  ('Edinburgh  Philosophical  Journal,* 
vol.  xiv.  p.  283)  on  the  Spongilla,  clearly  declares  his  belief 
that  species  are  descended  from  other  species,  and  that  they 
become  improved  in  the  course  of  modification.  This  same 
view  was  given  in  his  55th  Lecture,  published  in  the  '  Lancet ' 
in  1834. 

In  1831  Mr.  Patrick  Matthew  published  his  work  on  'Naval 
Timber  and  Arboriculture,'  in  which  he  gives  precisely  the 
same  view  on  the  origin  of  species  as  that  (presently  to  be 
alluded  to)  propounded  by  Mr.  Wallace  and  myself  in  the 
'Linnean  Journal,'  and  as  that  enlarged  in  the  present  volume. 
Unfortunately  the  view  was  given  by  Mr.  Matthew  very  brief- 
ly in  scattered  passages  in  an  Appendix  to  a  work  on  a  differ- 
ent subject,  so  that  it  remained  unnoticed  until  Mr.  Matthew 
himself  drew  attention  to  it  in  the  'Gardener's  Chronicle,*  on 
April  7th,  i860.  The  differences  of  Mr.  Matthew's  view  from 
mine  are  not  of  much  importance :  he  seems  to  consider  that 
the  world  was  nearly  depopulated  at  successive  periods,  and 
then  re-stocked;  and  he  gives  as  an  alternative,  that  new 
forms  may  be  generated  "  without  the  presence  of  any  mould 
or  germ  of  former  aggregates."  I  am  not  sure  that  I  under- 
stand some  passages;  but* it  seems  that  he  attributes  much 
influence  to  the  direct  action  of  the  conditions  of  life.  He 
clearly  saw,  however,  the  full  force  of  the  principle  of  natural 
selection. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH  13 

The  celebrated  geologist  and  naturalist,  Von  Buch,  fai  his 
excellent  'Description  Physique  des  Isles  Canaries'  (1836, 
p.  147),  clearly  expresses  his  belief  that  varieties  slowly  be^ 
come  changed  into  permanent  species^  which  are  no  longer 
capable  of  intercrossing. 

Rafinesque,  in  his  'New  Flora  of  North  America,'  pub« 
lished  in  1836,  wrote  (p.  6)  as  follows : — "  All  species  might 
have  been  varieties  once,  and  many  varieties  are  gradually 
becoming  species  by  assuming  ccHistant  and  peculiar  charac- 
ters;" but  farther  on  (p.  18)  he  adds,  "except  the  original 
types  or  ancestors  of  the  gemts." 

In  1843-44  Professor  Haldeman  ('  Boston  Journal  of  Nat. 
Hist.  U.  States,'  vol.  iv.  p.  468)  has  ably  given  the  arguments 
for  and  against  the  hypothesis  of  the  development  and  modi- 
fication of  species:  he  seems  to  lean  towards  the  side  of 
change. 

The  'Vestiges  of  Creation'  ai^ared  in  1844.  In  the  tenth 
and  much  improved  edition  (1853)  the  anonymous  author 
says  (p.  155)  : — ''The  proposition  determined  on  after  much 
consideration  is,  that  the  several  series  of  animated  beings, 
from  the  simplest  and  oldest  up  to  the  highest  and  most  re- 
cent, are,  under  the  providence  of  God,  the  results,  first,  of  an 
impulse  which  has  been  imparted  to  the  forms  of  life,  ad- 
vancing them,  in  definite  times,  by  generation,  through  grades 
of  organisation  terminating  in  the  highest  dicotyledons  and 
vertebrata,  these  grades  being  few  in  number,  and  generally 
marked  by  intervals  of  organic  character,  which  we  find  to 
be  a  practical  difficulty  in  ascertaining  affinities;  second,  of 
another  impulse  connected  with  the  vital  forces,  tending,  in 
the  course  of  generations,  to  modify  organic  structures  in 
accordance  with  external  circumstances,  as  food,  the  nature 
of  the  habitat,  and  the  meteoric  agencies,  these  being  the 
'adaptations'  of  the  natural  theologian."  The  author  ap- 
parently believes  that  organisation  progresses  by  sudden 
leaps,  but  that  the  effects  produced  by  the  conditions  of  life 
are  gradual.  He  argues  with  much  force  on  general  grounds 
that  species  are  not  immutable  productions.  But  I  cannot  see 
how  the  two  supposed  "impulses"  account  in  a  scientific 
sense  for  the  numerous  and  beautiful  co-adaptations  which 
we  see  throughout  nature;  I  cannot  see  that  we  thus  gain 

A— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


14  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

any  insight  how,  for  instance,  a  woodpecker  has  become 
adapted  to  its  peculiar  habits  of  life.  The  work,  from  its 
powerful  and  brilliant  style,  though  displaying  in  the  earlier 
editions  little  accurate  knowledge  and  a  great  want  of 
scientific  caution,  immediately  had  a  very  wide  circulation. 
In  my  opinion  it  has  done  excellent  service  in  this  country  in 
calling  attention  to  the  subject,  in  removing  prejudice,  and 
in  thus  preparing  the  ground  for  the  reception  of  analogous 
views. 

In  1846  the  veteran  geologist  M.  J.  d'Omalius  d'Halloy 
published  in  an  excellent  though  short  paper  ('  Bulletins  de 
I'Acad.  Roy.  Bruxell6s,'  tom.  xiii.  p.  581)  his  opinion  that 
it  is  more  probable  that  new  species  have  been  produced  by 
descent  with  modification  than  that  they  have  been  separately 
created:  the  author  first  promulgated  this  opinion  in  1831. 

Professor  Owen,  in  1849  (*  Nature  of  limbs,'  p.  86), 
wrote  as  follows: — "The  archetypal  idea  was  manifested  in 
the  flesh  under  diverse  such  modifications,  upon  this  planet, 
long  prior  to  the  existence  of  those  animal  species  that 
actually  exemplify  it.  To  what  natural  laws  or  secondary 
causes  the  orderly  succession  and  progression  of  such  organic 
phenomena  may  have  been  committed,  we,  as  yet,  are  igno- 
rant." In  his  Address  to  the  British  Association,  in  1858, 
he  speaks  (p.  li.)  of  "the  axiom  of  the  continuous  operation 
of  creative  power,  or  of  the  ordained  becoming  of  living 
things."  Farther  on  (p.  xc),  after  referring  to  geographical 
distribution,  he  adds,  "These  phenomena  shake  our  confi- 
dence in  the  conclusion  that  the  Apteryx  of  New  Zealand 
and  the  Red  Grouse  of  England  were  distinct  creations  in  and 
for  those  islands  respectively.  Always,  also,  it  may  be  well 
to  bear  in  mind  that  by  the  word  'creation'  the  zoologist 
means  'a  process  he  knows  not  what*"  He  amplifies  this 
idea  by  adding  that  when  such  cases  as  that  of  the  Red 
Grouse  are  "  enumerated  by  the  zoologist  as  evidence  of  dis- 
tinct creation  of  the  bird  in  and  for  such  islands,  he  chiefly 
expresses  that  he  knows  not  how  the  Red  Grouse  came  to  be 
there,  and  there  exclusively ;  signifying  also,  by  this  mode  of 
expressing  such  ignorance,  his  belief  that  both  the  bird  and 
the  islands  owed  their  origin  to  a  great  first  Creative  Cause." 
If  we  interpret  these  sentences  given  in  the  same  Address, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH  15 

one  by  the  other,  it  appears  that  this  eminent  philosopher  fdt 
in  1858  his  confidence  shaken  that  the  Apteryx  and  the  Red 
Grouse  first  appeared  in  their  respective  homes,  "he  knew 
not  how,"  or  by  some  process  "he  knew  not  what" 

This  Address  was  delivered  after  the  papers  by  Mr.  Wal- 
lace and  myself  on  the  Origin  of  Species,  presently  to  be 
referred  to,  had  been  read  before  the  Linnean  Society.  When 
the  first  edition  of  this  work  was  published,  I  was  so  com- 
pletely deceived,  as  were  many  others^  by  such  expressions  as 
"  the  continuous  operation  of  creative  power,"  that  I  included 
Professor  Owen  with  other  palaeontologists  as  being  firmly 
convinced  of  the  immutability  of  species;  but  it  appears 
(*  Anat.  of  Vertebrates,'  vol.  iii.  p.  796)  that  this  was  on  my 
part  a  preposterous  error.  In  the  last  edition  of  this  work 
I  inferred,  and  the  inference  still  seems  to  me  perfectly  just, 
from  a  passage  beginning  with  the  words  "  no  doubt  the  type- 
form,"  &c.  (Ibid.  vol.  i.  p.  XXXV.),  that  Professor  Owen 
admitted  that  natural  selection  may  have  done  something  in 
the  formation  of  a  new  species;  but  this  it  appears  (Ibid.  vol. 
iii.  p.  798)  is  inaccurate  and  without  evidence.  I  also  gave 
some  extracts  from  a  correspondence  between  Professor 
Owen  and  the  Editor  of  the  *  London  Review,'  from  which  it 
appeared  manifest  to  the  Editor  as  well  as  to  myself,  that 
Professor  Owen  claimed  to  have  promulgated  the  theory  of 
natural  selection  before  I  had  done  so;  and  I  expressed  my 
surprise  and  satisfaction  at  this  announcement;  but  as  far 
as  it  is  possible  to  understand  certain  recently  published  pas- 
sages (Ibid.  vol.  iii.  p.  798)  I  have  either  partially  or  wholly 
again  fallen  into  error.  It  is  consolatory  to  me  that  others 
find  Professor  Owen's  controversial  writings  as  difficult  to 
understand  and  to  reconcile  with  each  other,  as  I  do.  As  far 
as  the  mere  enunciation  of  the  principle  of  natural  selection 
is  concerned,  it  is  quite  immaterial  whether  or  not  Professor 
Owen  preceded  me,  for  both  of  us,  as  shown  in  this  historical 
sketch,  were  long  ago  preceded  by  Dr.  Wells  and  Mr. 
Matthews. 

M.  Isidore  Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire,  in  his  lectures  delivered 
in  1850  (of  which  a  Rcsum6  appeared  in  the  'Revue  et  Mag. 
de  Zoolog.,'  Jan.  1851),  briefly  gives  his  reason  for  believing 
that  specific  characters  "  sont  fix6s,  pour  chaque  espece,  tant 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


16  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

qu'elle  se  perpetue  ou  milieu  des  memes  circonstances :  ils  se 
modifient,  si  les  circonstances  ambiantes  viennent  a  changer." 
"£n  resume,  I'observaHon  des  animaux  sauvages  demontre 
d6j4  la  variability  linUtie  des  especes.  Les  experiences  sur 
les  animaux  sauvages  devenus  domestiques,  et  sur  les  ani- 
maux domestiques  redevenus  sauvages,  la  demontrent  plus 
clairement  encore.  Ces  memes  experiences  prouvent,  de 
plus,  que  les  differences  produites  peuvent  etre  de  valeur 
genMque,"  In  his  'Hist.  Nat.  Generale'  (tom  ii.  p.  340, 
1859)  he  amplifies  analogous  conclusions. 

From  a  circular  lately  issued  it  appears  that  Dr.  Freke,  in 
1851  ('Dublin  Medical  Press/  p.  322),  propounded  the  doc- 
trine that  all  organic  beings  have  descended  from  one  pri- 
mordial form.  His  grounds  of  belief  and  treatment  of  the 
subject  are  wholly  different  from  mine;  but  as  Dr.  Freke 
has  now  (1861)  published  his  Essay  on  the  'Origin  of  Spe- 
cies by  means  of  Organic  Affinity/  the  difficult  attempt  to 
give  any  idea  of  his  views  would  be  superfluous  on  my  part. 

Mr.  Herbert  Spencer,  in  an  Essay  (originally  published  in 
the  'Leader/  March,  1852,  and  republished  in  his  'Essays,'  in 
1858),  has  contrasted  the  theories  of  the  Creation  and  the 
Development  of  organic  beings  with  remarkable  skill  and 
force.  He  argues  from  the  analogy  of  domestic  productions, 
from  the  changes  which  the  embryos  of  many  species  under- 
go, from  the  difficulty  of  distinguishing  species  and  varie- 
ties, and  from  the  principle  of  general  gradation,  that  species 
have  been  modified;  and  he  attributes  the  modification  to 
the  change  of  circumstances.  The  author  (1855)  has  also 
treated  Psychology  on  the  principle  of  the  necessary  acquire- 
ment of  each  mental  power  and  capacity  by  gradation. 

In  1852  M.  Naudin,  a  distinguished  botanist,  expressly 
stated,  in  an  admirable  paper  on  the  Origin  of  Species 
('Revue  Horticole,'  p.  102;  since  partly  republished  in  the 
'Nouvelles  Archives  du  Museum,'  tom.  i.  p.  171),  his  belief 
that  species  are  formed  in  an  analogous  manner  as  varieties 
are  under  cultivation;  and  the  latter  process  he  attributes  to 
man's  power  of  selection.  But  he  does  not  show  how  selec- 
tion acts  under  nature.  He  believes,  like  Dean  Herbert,  that 
species,  when  nascent,  were  more  plastic  than  at  present. 
He  lays  weight  on  what  he  calls  the  principle  of  finality; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH  17 

''puissance  mysteriuse,  indeterminee ;  fatalite  pour  les  uns; 
pour  les  autres,  volonte  providentidlle,  dont  Taction  inces- 
sante  sur  les  etres  vivants  determine,  a  toutes  les  ^poques  de 
Texistence  du  monde,  la  forme,  le  volume,  et  la  dur^e  de 
chacun  d'eux,  en  raison  de  sa  destinee  dans  Torde  de  choses 
dont  il  fait  partie.  C'est  cette  puissance  qui  harmonise 
chaque  membre  k  Tensemble,  en  I'appropriant  i  la  fonction 
qu'il  doit  remplir  dans  I'organisme  general  de  la  nature,  fonc- 
tion qui  est  pour  lui  sa  raison  d'etre."* 

In  1853  a  celebrated  geologist.  Count  Keyserling  ('Bulletin 
de  la  Soc.  Geolog.,'  2nd  Ser.,  tom.  x.  p.  357),  suggested  that 
as  new  diseases,  supposed  to  have  been  caused  by  some 
miasma,  have  arisen  and  spread  over  the  world,  so  at  certain 
periods  the  germs  of  existing  species  may  have  been  chem- 
ically affected  by  circumambient  molecules  of  a  particular 
nature,  and  thus  have  given  rise  to  new  forms. 

In  this  same  year,  1853,  Dr.  Schaaffhausen  published  an 
excellent  pamphlet  ('Verhand.  des  Naturhist  Vereins  der 
Preuss.  Rheinlands,'  &c),  in  which  he  maintains  the  devel- 
opment of  organic  forms  on  the  earth.  He  infers  that  many 
species  have  kept  true  for  long  periods,  whereas  a  few  have 
become  modified.  The  distinction  of  species  he  explains  by 
the  destruction  of  intermediate  graduated  forms.  'Thus 
living  plants  and  animals  are  not  separated  from  the  extinct 
by  new  creations,  but  are  to  be  regarded  as  their  descendants 
through  continued  reproduction." 

A  well-known  French  botanist,  M.  Lecoq,  writes  in  1854 
('Etudes  sur  Geograph.  Bot.,'  tom.  i.  p.  250),  "On  voit  que 
nos  recherches  sur  la  fixite  ou  la  variation  de  I'esp^ce,  nous 
conduisent  directement  aux  idees  6mises,  par  deux  hommes 
justement  cel^bres,  Geoffroy  Saint-Hilaire  et  Gcethe."   Some 


•From  references  in  Bronn's  *  Untersuchungen  uber  die  Entwickelungs- 
lesetze,'  it  appears  that  tlie  celebrated  botanist  and  pabeontolonst  Ungcr 
.  ublisbed,  in  186S,  his  belief  that  species  undergo  development  and  modifica- 
tion.    Dtelton,  likewise,  in  Pander  and  Dalton's  work  on  Fossil  Sloths,  ex- 


pressed, in  1821,  a  similar  belief.  Similar  views  have,  as  is  well  known, 
been  maintained  by  Oken  in  his  mystical  '  Natnr-Philosophie.'  From  other 
references  in  Godron's  work  '  Sur  rEsp^e,'  it  seems  that  Bory  St  Vincent, 
Burdach,  Poiret,  and  Fries,  hsve  all  admitted  that  new  species  are  con- 
tinually being  produced. 

I  mav  add,  that  of  the  thirty-four  authors  named  in  this  Historical  Sketch* 
who  believe  in  the  modification  of  species,  or  at  least  disbelieve  in  separate 
acts  of  creation,  twenty-seven  have  written  on  special  branches  of  natural 
history  or  geology. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


18  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

other  passages  scattered  through  M.  Lecoq's  large  work, 
make  it  a  little  doubtful  how  far  he  extends  his  views  on  the 
modification  of  species. 

The  'Philosophy  of  Creation'  has  been  treated  in  a  mas- 
terly manner  by  the  Rev.  Baden  Powell,  in  his  'Essays  on  the 
Unity  of  Worlds/  1855.  Nothing  can  be  more  striking  than 
the  manner  in  which  he  shows  that  the  introduction  of  new 
species  is  "a  regular,  not  a  casual  phenomenon,"  or,  as  Sir 
John  Herschel  expresses  it,  "a  natural  in  contradistinction  to 
a  miraculous  process." 

The  third  volume  of  the  'Journal  of  the  Linnean  Society* 
contains  papers,  read  July  ist,  1858,  by  Mr.  Wallace  and  my- 
self, in  which,  as  stated  in  the  introductory  remarks  to  this 
volume,  the  theory  of  Natural  Selection  is  prcxnulgated  by 
Mr.  Wallace  with  admirable  force  and  clearness. 

Von  Baer,  towards  whom  all  zoologists  feel  so  profound  a 
respect,  expressed  about  the  year  1859  (see  Prof.  Rudolph 
Wagner,  'Zoologisch-Anthropologische  Untersuchungen,' 
1861,  s.  51)  his  conviction,  chiefly  grounded  on  the  laws  of 
geographical  distribution,  that  forms  now  perfectly  distinct 
have  descended  from  a  single  parent-form. 

In  June,  1859,  Professor  Huxley  gave  a  lecture  before  the 
Royal  Institution  on  the  'Persistent  Types  of  Animal  Life.' 
Referring  to  such  cases,  he  remarks,  'It  is  difficult  to  com- 
prehend the  meaning  of  such  facts  as  these,  if  we  suppose 
that  each  species  of  animal  and  plant,  or  each  great  type  of 
organisation,  was  formed  and  placed  upon  the  surface  of  the 
globe  at  long  intervals  by  a  distinct  act  of  creative  power; 
and  it  is  well  to  recollect  that  such  an  assumption  is  as  un- 
supported by  tradition  or  revelation  as  it  is  opposed  to  the 
general  analogy  of  nature.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  view 
'Persistent  Types'  in  relation  to  that  hypothesis  which  sup- 
poses the  species  living  at  any  time  to  be  the  result  of  the 
gradual  modification  of  pre-existing  species  a  hypothesis 
which,  though  unproven,  and  sadly  damaged  by  some  of  its 
supporters,  is  yet  the  only  one  to  which  physiology  lends  any 
countenance;  their  existence  would  seem  to  show  that  the 
amount  of  modification  which  living  beings  have  undergone 
during  geological  time  is  but  very  small  in  relation  to  the 
whole  series  of  changes  which  they  have  suffered." 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH  19 

In  December,  1859,  Dr.  Hooker  published  his  'Introduction 
to  the  Australian  Flora.'  In  the  first  part  of  this  great  work 
he  admits  the  truth  of  the  descent  and  modification  of  spe- 
cieSy  and  supports  this  doctrine  by  many  •original  observa- 
tions. 

The  first  edition  of  this  work  was  published  on  November 
34th,  1859,  and  the  second  edition  on  January  Tth,  i860. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INTRODUCTION 

When  on  board  H.M.S.  'Beagle/  as  naturalist,  I  was  much  struck 
with  certain  facts  in  the  distribution  of  the  organic  beings  in- 
habiting South  America,  and  in  the  geological  relations  of  the 
present  to  the  past  inhabitants  of  that  continent  These  facts,  as 
will  be  seen  in  the  latter  chapters  of  this  volume,  seemed  to  throw 
some  light  on  the  origin  of  species— that  mystery  of  mysteries,  as 
it  has  been  called  by  one  of  our  greatest  philosophers.  On  my 
return  home,  it  occurred  to  me,  in  1837,  that  something  might 
perhaps  be  made  out  on  this  question  by  patiently  accumulating 
and  reflecting  on  all  sorts  of  facts  which  could  possibly  have  any 
bearing  on  it.  After  five  years'  work  I  allowed  myself  to  specu- 
late on  the  subject,  and  drew  up  some  short  notes;  these  I 
enlarged  in  1844  into  a  sketch  of  the  conclusions,  which  then 
seemed  to  me  probable;  from  that  period  to  the  present  day  I 
have  steadily  pursued  the  same  object  I  hope  that  I  may  be 
excused  for  entering  on  these  personal  details,  as  I  give  them  to 
show  that  I  have  not  been  hasty  in  coming  to  a  decision. 

My  work  is  now  (1859)  nearly  finished;  but  as  it  will  take  me 
many  more  years  to  complete  it,  and  as  my  health  is  far  from 
strong,  I  have  been  urged  to  publish  this  Abstract.  I  have  more 
especially  been  induced  to  do  this,  as  Mr.  Wallace,  who  is  now 
studying  the  natural  history  of  the  Malay  archipelago,  has  arrived 
at  almost  exactly  the  same  general  conclusions  that  I  have  on  the 
origin  of  species.  In  1858  he  sent  me  a  memoir  on  this  subject, 
with  a  request  that  I  would  forward  it  to  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  who 
sent  it  to  the  Linnean  Society,  and  it  is  published  in  the  third, 
volume  of  the  Journal  of  that  Society.  Sir  C.  Lyell  and  Dr. 
Hooker,  who  both  knew  of  my  work — the  latter  having  read  my 
sketch  of  1844:— 4ionoured  me  by  thinking  it  advisable  to  publish, 
with  Mr.  Wallace's  excellent  memoir,  some  brief  extracts  from 
my  manuscripts. 

This  Abstract,  which  I  now  publish,  must  necessarily  be  im- 
perfect I  cannot  here  give  references  and  authorities  for  my 
several  statements ;  and  I  must  trust  to  the  reader  reposing  some 
confidence  in  my  accuracy.  No  doubt  errors  will  have  crept  in, 
tfaoogh  I  hope  I  have  always  been  cautious  in  trusting  to  good 

21 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


22  INTRODUCTION 

authorities  alone.  I  can  here  give  only  the  general  conclusions  at 
which  I  have  arrived,  with  a  few  facts  in  illustration,  but  which, 
I  hope,  in  most  cases  will  suffice.  No  one  can  feel  more  sensible 
than  I  do  of  the  necessity  of  hereafter  publishing  in  detail  all  the 
facts,  with  references,  on  which  my  conclusions  have  been 
grounded;  and  I  hope  in  a  future  work  to  do  this.  For  I  am 
well  aware  that  scarcely  a  single  point  is  discussed  in  this  volume 
on  which  &cts  cannot  be  adduced,  often  apparently  leading  to 
conclusions  directly  opposite  to  those  at  which  I  have  arrived. 
A  fair  result  can  be  obtained  only  by  fully  stating  and  balancing 
the  facts  and  arguments  on  both  sides  of  each  question;  and  this 
is  here  impossible. 

I  much  regret  that  want  of  space  prevents  my  having  the  satis- 
faction of  acknowledging  the  generous  assistance  which  I  have 
received  from  very  many  naturalists,  some  of  them  personally 
unknown  to  me.  I  cannot,  however,  let  this  opportunity  pass 
without  expressing  my  deep  obligations  to  Dr.  Hooker,  who,  for 
the  last  fifteen  years,  has  aided  me  in  every  possible  way  by  his 
large  stores  of  knowledge  and  his  excellent  judgment. 

In  considering  the  Origin  of  Species,  it  is  quite  conceivable  that 
a  naturalist,  reflecting  on  the  mutual  affinities  of  organic  beings, 
on  their  embryological  relations,  their  geographical  distribution, 
geological  succession,  and  other  such  facts,  might  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  species  have  not  been  independently  created,  but  had 
descended,  like  varieties,  from  other  species.  Nevertheless,  such 
a  conclusion,  even  if  well  founded,  would  be  unsatisfactory,  until 
it  could  be  shown  how  the  innumerable  species  inhabiting  this 
world  have  been  modified,  so  as  to  acquire  that  perfection  of 
structure  and  coadaptation  which  justly  excites  our  admiration. 
%  Naturalists  continually  refer  to  external  conditions,  such  as 
climate,  food,  etc.,  as  the  only  possible  cause  of  variation.  In  one 
limited  sense,  as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  this  may  be  true;  but 
it  is  preposterous  to  attribute  to  mere  external  conditions,  the 
structure,  for  instance,  of  the  woodpecker,  with  its  feet,  tail,  beak, 
and  tongue,  so  admirably  adapted  to  catch  insects  under  the  bark 
of  trees.  In  the  case  of  the  mistletoe,  which  draws  its  nourish- 
ment from  certain  trees,  which  has  seeds  that  must  be  trans- 
ported by  certain  birds,  and  which  has  flowers  with  separate 
sexes  absolutely  requiring  the  agency  of  certain  insects  to  bring 
pollen  from  one  flower  to  the  other,  it  is  equally  preposterous  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INTRODUCTION  23 

account  for  the  structure  of  this  parasite,  with  its  relations  to 
several  distinct  organic  beings,  by  the  effects  of  external  condi- 
tions, or  of  habit,  or  of  the  volition  of  the  plant  itself. 

It  is,  therefore,  of  the  highest  importance  to  gain  a  clear  in- 
sight into  the  means  of  modification  and  coadaptation.  At  the 
commencement  of  my  observations  it  seemed  to  me  probable  that 
a  careful  study  of  domesticated  animals  and  of  cultivated  plants 
would  offer  the  best  chance  of  making  out  this  obscure  probleoL 
Nor  have  I  been  disappointed ;  in  this  and  in  all  other  perplexing 
cases  I  have  invariably  found  that  our  knowledge,  imperfect 
though  it  be,  of  variation  under  domestication,  afforded  the  best 
and  safest  due.  I  may  venture  to  express  my  conviction  of  the 
high  value  of  such  studies,  although  they  have  been  very  com- 
monly neglected  by  naturalists. 

From  these  considerations,  I  shall  devote  the  first  chapter  of 
this  Abstract  to  Variation  under  Domestication.  We  shall  thus 
see  that  a  large  amount  of  hereditary  modification  is  at  least  pos- 
sible; and,  what  is  equally  or  more  important,  we  shall  see  how 
great  is  the  power  of  man  in  accumulating  by  his  Selection  suc- 
cessive slight  variations.  I  will  then  pass  on  the  variability  of 
^ecies  in  a  state  of  nature;  but  I  shall,  unfortunately,  be 
compelled  to  treat  this  subject  far  too  briefly,  as  it  can  be  treated 
properly  only  by  giving  long  catalogues  of  facts.  We  shall,  how- 
ever, be  enabled  to  discuss  what  circumstances  are  most  favour- 
able to  variation.  In  the  next  chapter  the  Struggle  for  Existence  I 
amongst  all  organic  beings  throughout  the  world,  which  inevitably  * 
follows  from  the  high  geometrical  ratio  of  their  increase,  will  be 
considered.  This  is  the  doctrine  of  Malthus,  applied  to  the  whole 
animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.  As  many  more  individuals  of 
each  species  are  bom  than  can  possibly  survive;  and  as,  conse- 
quently, there  is  a  frequently  recurrent  struggle  for  existence,  it 
follows  that  any  being,  if  it  vary  however  slightly  in  any  manner 
profitable  to  itself,  under  the  complex  and  sometimes  varying  con- 

iditions  of  life,  will  have  a  better  chance  of  surviving,  and  thus  be 
naturally  selected.  From  the  strong  principle  of  inheritance,  any 
selected  variety  will  tend  to  propagate  its  new  and  modified  form. 
This  fundamental  subject  of  Natural  Selection  will  be  treated 
at  some  length  in  the  fourth  chapter;  and  we  shall  then  see  how 
Natural  Selection  almost  inevitably  causes  much  Extinction  of  the 
less  improved  forms  of  life,  and  leads  to  what  I  have  called  Diver- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


U  INTRODUCTION 

gence  of  Character.  In  the  next  chapter  I  shall  discuss  the  com- 
plex and  little  known  laws  of  variation.  In  the  five  succeeding 
chapters,  the  most  apparent  and  gravest  difficulties  in  accepting 
the  theory  will  be  given:  namely,  first,  the  difficulties  of  transit 
tions,  or  how  a  simple  being  or  a  simple  organ  can  be  changed 
and  perfected  into  a  highly  developed  being  or  into  an  elaborately 
constructed  organ;  secondly,  the  subject  of  Instinct,  or  the  mental 
powers  of  animals ;  thirdly,  Hybridism,  or  the  infertility  of  species 
and  the  fertility  of  varieties  when  intercrossed;  and  fourthly,  the 
imperfection  of  the  Geological  Record.  In  the  next  chapter  I 
shall  consider  the  geological  succession  of  organic  beings  through- 
out time;  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth,  their  geographical  distri- 
bution throughout  space ;  in  the  fourteenth,  their  classification  or 
mutual  affinities,  both  when  mature  and  in  an  embryonic  condi- 
tion. In  the  last  chapter  I  shall  give  a  brief  recapitulation  of  the 
whole  work,  and  a  few  concluding  remarics. 

No  one  ought  to  feel  surprise  at  much  remaining  as  yet  unex- 
plained in  regard  to  the  origin  of  species  and  varieties,  if  he  make 
due  allowance  for  our  profound  ignorance  in  regard  to  the  mutual 
relations  of  the  many  beings  which  live  around  us.  Who  can 
explain  why  one  species  ranges  widely  and  is  very  numerous,  and 
why  another  allied  species  has  a  narrow  range  and  is  rare?  Yet 
these  relations  are  of  the  highest  importance,  for  they  determine 
the  present  welfare,  and,  as  I  believe,  the  future  success  and 
modification  of  every  inhabitant  of  this  world.  Still  less  do  we 
know  of  the  mutual  relations  of  the  innumerable  inhabitants  of 
the  world  during  the  many  past  geological  epochs  in  its  history. 
Although  much  remains  obscure,  and  will  long  remain  obscure,  I 
can  entertain  no  doubt,  after  the  most  deliberate  study  and  dis- 
passionate judgment  of  which  I  am  capable,  that  the  view  which 
most  naturalists  until  recently  entertained,  and  which  I  formerly 
entertained — ^namely,  that  each  species  has  been  independently 
created — ^is  erroneous.  I  am  fully  convinced  that  species  are  not 
immutable ;  but  that  those  belonging  to  what  are  called  the  same 
genera  are  lineal  descendants  of  some  other  and  generally  extinct 
species,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  acknowledged  varieties  of  any 
one  species  are  the  descendants  of  that  species.  Furthermore,  I 
am  convinced  that  Natural  Selection  has  been  the  most  important, 
but  not  the  exclusive,  means  of  modification. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

CHAPTER  I 
Variation  under  Domestication 

Causes  of  variability—Effects  of  habit  and  the  use  or  disttse  of  parts- 
Correlated  variation— Inheritance— Character  of  domestic  varie- 
ties—Difficulty of  distinguishing  between  varieties  and  species- 
Origin  of  domestic  varieties  from  one  or  more  species— Domestic 
pigeons,  their  differences  and  origin — ^Principles  of  selection,  an- 
ciently followed,  their  effects— Methodical  and  uncoD scions 
selection — ^Unknown  origin  of  our  domestic  productions — Circum- 
stances favourable  to  man's  power  of  selection 

CAUSES   OF   variability 

4  m  THEN  we  compare  the  individuals  of  the  same 
Vrm/  variety  or  sub-variety  of  our  older  cultivated  plants 
V  T  and  animals,  one  of  the  first  points  which  strikes 
us  is,  that  they  generally  differ  more  from  each  other  than 
do  the  individuals  of  any  one  species  or  variety  in  a  state  of 
nature.  And  if  we  reflect  on  the  vast  diversity  of  the  plants 
and  animals  which  have  been  cultivated,  and  which  have 
varied  during  all  ages  under  the  most  different  climates  and 
treatment,  we  are  driven  to  conclude  that  this  great  varia- 
bility is  due  to  our  domestic  productions  having  been  raised 
under  conditions  of  life  not  so  uniform  as,  and  somewhat 
different  from,  those  to  which  the  parent  species  had  been 
exposed  under  nature.  There  is,  also,  some  probability  in 
the  view  propounded  by  Andrew  Knight,  that  this  variability 
may  be  partly  connected  with  excess  of  food.  It  seems  clear 
that  organic  beings  must  be  exposed  during  several  genera- 
tions to  new  conditions  to  cause  any  great  amount  of  varia- 
tion; and  that,  when  the  organisation  has  once  begun  to 
vary,  it  generally  continues  varying  for  many  generations. 
No  case  is  on  record  of  a  variable  organism  ceasing  to  vary 
under   cultivation.     Our  oldest   cultivated  plants,   such   as 

25 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


26  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

wheats  still  yield  new  varieties :  our  oldest  domesticated  ani- 
mals are  still  capable  of  rapid  improvement  or  modification. 

As  far  as  I  am  able  to  judge,  after  long  attending  to  the 
subject,  the  conditions  of  life  appear  to  act  in  two  ways, — 
directly  on  the  whole  organisation  or  on  certain  parts  alone, 
and  indirectly  by  affecting  the  reproductive  system.  With  re* 
spect  to  the  direct  action,  we  must  bear  in  mind  that  in  every 
case,  as  Professor  Weismann  has  lately  insisted,  and  as  I  have 
incidentally  shown  in  my  work  on  'Variation  under  Domesti- 
cation,' there  are  two  factors:  namely,  the  nature  of  the 
organism,  and  the  nature  of  the  conditions.  The  former 
seems  to  be  much  the  more  important;  for  nearly  similar 
variations  sometimes  arise  under,  as  far  as  we  can  judge, 
dissimilar  conditions;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  dissimilar 
variations  arise  imder  conditions  which  appear  to  be  nearly 
uniform.  The  effects  on  the  offspring  are  either  definite  or 
indefinite.  They  may  be  considered  as  definite  when  all  or 
nearly  all  the  offspring  of  individuals  exposed  to  certain 
conditions  during  several  generations  are  modified  in  the 
same  manner.  It  is  extremely  difficult  to  come  to  any  con- 
clusion in  regard  to  the  extent  of  the  changes  which  have 
been  thus  definitely  induced.  There  can,  however,  be  little 
doubt  about  many  slight  changes, — such  as  size  from  the 
amount  of  food,  colour  from  the  nature  of  the  food,  thick- 
ness of  the  skin  and  hair  from  climate,  etc.  Each  of  the 
endless  variations  which  we  see  in  the  plumage  of  our  fowls 
must  have  had  some  efficient  cause;  and  if  the  same  cause 
were  to  act  uniformly  during  a  long  series  of  generations  on 
many  individuals,  ail  probably  would  be  modified  in  the 
same  manner.  Such  facts  as  the  complex  and  extraordinary 
out-growths  which  variably  follow  from  the  insertion  of  a 
minute  drop  of  poison  by  a  gall-producing  insect,  show  us 
what  singular  modifications  might  result  in  the  case  of  plants 
from  a  chemical  change  in  the  nature  of  the  sap. 

Indefinite  variability  is  a  much  more  common  result  of 
changed  conditions  than  definite  variability,  and  has  prob- 
ably played  a  more  important  part  in  the  formation  of  our 
domestic  races.  We  see  indefinite  variability  in  the  endless 
slight  peculiarities  which  distinguish  the  individuals  of  the 
same  species,  and  which  cannot  be  accounted  for  by  inher- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VARIATION  UNDER  DOMESTICATION  27 

iiance  from  either  parent  or  from  some  more  remote  ances- 
tor. Even  strongly-marked  differences  occasionally  appear 
in  the  young  of  the  same  litter»  and  in  seedlings  from  the 
same  seed  capsule.  At  long  intervals  of  time,  out  of  millions 
of  individuals  reared  in  the  same  country  and  fed  on  nearly 
the  same  food,  deviations  of  structure  so  strongly  pro- 
nounced as  to  deserve  to  be  called  monstrosities  arise;  but 
monstrosities  cannot  be  separated  by  any  distinct  line  from 
slighter  variations.  All  such  changes  of  structure,  whether 
extremely  slight  or  strongly  marked,  which  appear  amongst 
many  individuals  living  together,  may  be  considered  as  the 
indefinite  effects  of  the  conditions  of  life  on  each  individual 
organism,  in  nearly  the  same  manner  as  the  chill  affects  dif- 
ferent men  in  an  indefinite  manner,  according  to  their  state 
of  body  or  constitution,  causing  coughs  or  colds,  rheumatism, 
or  inflammation  of  various  organs. 

With  respect  to  what  I  have  called  the  indirect  action  of 
changed  conditions,  namely,  through  the  reproductive  sys- 
tem of  being  affected,  we  may  infer  that  variability  is  thus 
induced,  partly  from  the  fact  of  this  system  being  •extremely 
sensitive  to  any  change  in  the  conditions,  and  partly 
from  the  similarity,  as  Kolreuter  and  others  have  re- 
marked, between  the  variability  which  follows  from  the 
crossing  of  distinct  species,  and  that  which  may  be  ob- 
served with  plants  and  animals  when  reared  under  new 
or  unnatural  conditions.  Many  facts  clearly  show  how 
eminently  susceptible  the  reproductive  system  is  to  very 
slight  changes  in  the  surrounding  conditions.  Nothing  is 
more  easy  than  to  tame  an  animal,  and  few  things  more  diffi- 
cult than  to  get  it  to  breed  freely  under  confinement,  even 
when  the  male  and  female  unite.  How  many  animals  there 
are  which  will  not  breed,  though  kept  in  an  almost  free  state 
in  their  native  country !  This  is  generally,  but  erroneously, 
attributed  to  vitiated  instincts.  Many  cultivated  plants  dis- 
play the  utmost  vigour,  and  yet  rarely  or  never  seed!  In 
some  few  cases  it  has  been  discovered  that  a  very  trifling 
change,  such  as  a  little  more  or  less  water  at  some  particular 
period  of  growth,  will  determine  whether  or  not  a  plant  will 
produce  seeds.  I  cannot  here  give  the  details  which  I  have 
collected  and  elsewhere  published  on  this  curious  subject; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


28  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

but  to  show  how  singular  the  laws  are  which  determine  the 
reproduction  of  animals  under  confinement,  I  may  mention 
that  carnivorous  animals,  even  from  the  tropics,  breed  in 
this  country  pretty  freely  under  confinement,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  plantigrades  or  bear  family,  which  seldom  pro- 
duce young;  whereas  carnivorous  birds,  with  the  rarest  ex- 
ceptions, hardly  ever  lay  fertile  eggs.  Many  exotic  plants 
have  pollen  utterly  worthless,  in  the  same  condition  as  in  the 
most  sterile  hybrids.  When,  on  the  one  hand,  we  see  domes- 
ticated animals  and  plants,  though  often  weak  and  sickly, 
breeding  freely  under  confinement;  and  when,  on  the  other 
hand,  we  see  individuals,  though  taken  young  from  a  state  of 
nature  perfectly  tamed,  long-lived  and  healthy  (of  which  I 
could  give  numerous  instances),  yet,  having  their  repro- 
ductive system  so  seriously  affected  by  unperceived  causes  as 
to  fail  to  act,  we  need  not  be  surprised  at  this  system,  when 
it  does  act  under  confinement,  acting  irregularly,  and  pro- 
ducing offspring  somewhat  unlike  their  parents.  I  may  add, 
that  as  some  organisms  breed  freely  under  the  most  unnat- 
ural conditions  (for  instance,  rabbits  and  ferrets  kept  in 
hutches),  showing  that  their  reproductive  organs  are  not 
easily  affected;  so  will  some  animals  and  plants  withstand 
domestication  or  cultivation,  and  vary  very  slightly — ^per- 
haps hardly  more  than  in  a  state  of  nature. 

Some  naturalists  have  maintained  that  all  variations  are 
connected  with  the  act  of  sexual  reproduction;  but. this  is 
certainly  an  error;  for  I  have  given  in  another  work  a  long 
list  of  "sporting  plants,"  as  they  are  called  by  gardeners; — 
that  is,  of  plants  which  have  suddenly  produced  a  single  bud 
with  a  new  and  sometimes  widely  different  character  from 
that  of  the  other  buds  on  the  same  plant  These  bud-varia- 
tions, as  they  may  be  named,  can  be  propagated  by  grafts, 
offsets,  etc.,  and  sometimes  by  seed.  They  occur  rarely 
under  nature,  but  are  far  from  rare  under  culture.  As  a 
single  bud  out  of  the  many  thousands,  produced  year  after 
year  on  the  same  tree  under  uniform  conditions,  has  been 
known  suddenly  to  assume  a  new  character ;  and  as  buds  on 
distinct  trees,  growing  under  different  conditions,  have  some- 
times yielded  nearly  the  same  variety — for  instance,  buds  on 
peach-trees  producing  nectarines,  and  buds  on  common  roses 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VARIATION  UNDER  DOMESTICATION  S9 

producing  moss-roses — ^we  clearly  see  that  the  nature  of  the 
condition  is  of  subordinate  importance  in  comparison  with 
the  nature  of  the  organism  in  determining  each  particular 
form  of  variation — ^perhaps  of  not  more  importance  than  the 
nature  of  the  spark,  by  which  a  mass  of  combustible  matter 
is  ignited,  has  in  determining  the  nature  of  the  flames. 

EFFECTS  OF  HABIT  AND  OF  THE  USE  OR  DISUSE  OF  PARTS; 
CORRELATED  VARIATION ;  INHERITANCE 

Changed  habits  produce  an  inherited  effect,  as  in  the  pe- 
riod of  the  flowering  of  plants  when  transported  from  one 
climate  to  another.  With  animals  the  increased  use  or  dis- 
use of  parts  has  had  a  more  marked  influence;  thus  I  find  in 
the  domestic  duck  that  the  bones  of  the  wing  weigh  less  and 
the  bones  of  the  leg  more,  in  proportion  to  the  whole  skele- 
ton, than  do  the  same  bones  in  the  wild  duck;  and  this 
change  may  be  safely  attributed  to  the  domestic  duck  flying 
much  less,  and  walking  more,  than  its  wild  parents.  The 
great  and  inherited  development  of  the  udders  in  cows  and 
goats  in  countries  where  they  are  habitually  milked,  in  com- 
parison with  these  organs  in  other  countries,  is  probably 
another  instance  of  the  effects  of  use.  Not  one  of  our  do- 
mestic animals  can  be  named  which  has  not  in  some  country 
drooping  ears;  and  the  view  which  has  been  suggested  that 
the  drooping  is  due  to  disuse  of  the  muscles  of  the  ear,  from 
the  animals  being  seldom  much  alarmed,  seems  probable. 

Many  laws  regulate  variation,  some  few  of  which  can  be 
dimly  seen,  and  will  hereafter  be  briefly  discussed.  I  will 
here  only  allude  to  what  may  be  called  correlated  variation. 
Important  changes  in  the  embryo  or  larva  will  probably  en- 
tail changes  in  the  mature  animal.  In  monstrosities,  the 
correlations  between  quite  distinct  parts  are  very  curious; 
and  many  instances  are  given  in  Isidore  Geoffroy  St. 
Hilaire's  great  work  on  this  subject.  Breeders  believe  that 
long  limbs  are  almost  always  accompanied  by  an  elongated 
head.  Some  instances  of  correlation  are  quite  whimsical: 
thus  cats  which  are  entirely  white  and  have  blue  eyes  are 
generally  deaf ;  but  it  has  been  lately  stated  by  Mr.  Tait  that 
tills  is  confined  to  the  males.    Colour  and  constitutional  pecu- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


30  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

liarities  go  together,  of  which  many  remarkable  cases  could 
be  given  amongst  animals  and  plants.  From  facts  collected 
by  Heusinger,  it  appears  that  white  sheep  and  pigs  are  in- 
jured by  certain  plants,  whilst  dark-coloured  individuals  es- 
cape: Professor  Wyman  has  recently  communicated  to  me 
a  good  illustration  of  this  fact;  on  asking  some  farmers  in 
Virginia  how  it  was  that  all  their  pigs  were  black,  they  in- 
formed him  that  the  pigs  ate  the  paint-root  (Lachnanthes), 
which  colored  their  bones  pink,  and  which  caused  the  hoofs 
of  all  but  the  black  varieties  to  drop  off;  and  one  of  the 
"crackers"  (i,e,  Virginia  squatters)  added,  "we  select  the 
black  members  of  a  litter  for  raising,  as  they  alone  have  a 
good  chance  of  living."  Hairless  dogs  have  imperfect  teeth ; 
long-haired  and  coarse-haired,  animals  are  apt  to  have,  as  is 
asserted,  long  or  many  horns;  pigeons  with  feathered  feet 
have  skin  between  their  outer  toes ;  pigeons  with  short  beaks 
have  small  feet,  and  those  with  long  beaks  large  feet.  Hence 
if  man  goes  on  selecting,  and  thus  augmenting,  any  pecu- 
liarity, he  will  almost  certainly  modify  unintentionally  other 
parts  of  the  structure,  owing  to  the  mysterious  laws  of  cor- 
relation. 

The  results  of  the  various,  unknown,  or  but  dimly  under- 
stood laws  of  variation  arc  infinitely  complex  and  diversified. 
It  is  well  worth  while  carefully  to  study  the  several  treatises 
on  some  of  our  old  cultivated  plants,  as  on  the  hyacinth, 
potato,  even  the  dahlia,  etc;  and  it  is  really  surprising  to 
note  the  endless  points  of  structure  and  constitution  in  which 
the  varieties  and  sub-varieties  differ  slightly  from  each 
other.  The  whole  organisation  seems  to  have  become 
plastic,  and  departs  in  a  slight  degree  from  that  of  the 
parental  type. 

Any  variation  which  is  not  inherited  is  unimportant  for 
us.  But  the  number  and  diversity  of  inheritable  deviations 
of  structure,  both  those  of  slight  and  those  of  considerable 
physiological  importance,  are  endless.  Dr.  Prosper  Lucas's 
treatise,  in  two  large  volumes,  is  the  fullest  and  the  best  on 
this  subject  No  breeder  doubts  how  strong  is  the  tendency 
to  inheritance;  that  like  produces  like  is  his  fundamental  be- 
lief :  doubts  have  been  thrown  on  this  principle  only  by  theo- 
retical  writers.     When   any   deviation   of   structure   often 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


VARIATION  UNDER  DOMESTICATION  31 

appears,  and  we  see  it  in  the  father  and  child,  we  cannot  tell 
whether  it  may  not  be  due  to  the  same  cause  having  acted  on 
both;  but  when  amongst  individuals,  apparently  exposed  to 
the  same  conditions,  any  very  rare  deviation,  due  to  some 
extraordinary  combination  of  circumstances,  appears  in  the 
parent — ^say,  once  amongst  several  million  individuals — and 
it  reappears  in  the  child,  the  mere  doctrine  of  chances  almost 
compels  us  to  attribute  its  reappearance  to  inheritance. 
Every  one  must  have  heard  of  cases  of  albinism,  prickly 
skin,  hairy  bodies,  etc,  appearing  in  several  members  of  the 
same  family.  If  strange  and  rare  deviations  of  structure  are 
really  inherited,  less  strange  and  commoner  deviations  may 
be  freely  admitted  to  be  inheritable.  Perhaps  the  correct 
way  of  viewing  the  whole  subject  would  be,  to  look  at  the 
inheritance  of  every  character  whatever  as  the  rule,  and 
non-inheritance  as  the  anomaly. 

The  laws  governing  inheritance  are  for  the  most  part 
unknown.  No  one  can  say  why  the  same  peculiarity  in  dif- 
ferent individuals  of  the  same  species,  or  in  different  species, 
is  sometimes  inherited  and  sometimes  not  so;  why  the  child 
often  reverts  in  certain  characters  to  its  grandfather  or 
grandmother  or  more  remote  ancestor;  why  a  peculiarity  is 
often  transmitted  from  one  sex  to  both  sexes,  or  to  one  sex 
alone,  more  commonly  but  not  exclusively  to  the  like  sex. 
It  is  a'  fact  of  some  importance  to  us,  that  peculiarities  ap- 
pearing in  the  males  of  our  domestic  breeds  are  often  trans- 
mitted, either  exclusively  or  in  a  much  greater  degree,  to 
the  males  alone.  A  much  more  important  rule,  which  I 
think  may  be  trusted,  is  that,  at  whatever  period  of  life  a 
peculiarity  first  appears,  it  tends  to  reappear  in  the  offspring 
at  a  corresponding  age,  though  sometimes  earlier.  In  many 
cases  this  could  not  be  otherwise;  thus  the  inherited  pecu- 
liarities in  the  horns  of  cattle  could  appear  only  in  the  off- 
spring when  nearly  mature;  peculiarities  in  the  silkworm 
are  known  to  appear  at  the  corresponding  caterpillar  or 
cocoon  stage.  But  hereditary  diseases  and  some  other  facts 
make  me  believe  that  the  rule  has  a  wider  extension,  and 
that,  when  there  is  no  apparent  reason  why  a  peculiarity 
should  appear  at  any  particular  age,  yet  that  it  does  tend  to 
appear  in  the  offspring  at  the  same  period  at  which  it  first 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


32  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

appeared  in  the  parent  I  believe  this  rule  to  be  of  the 
highest  importance  in  explaining  the  laws  of  embryology. 
These  remarks  are  of  coarse  confined  to  the  first  appearance 
of  the  peculiarity,  and  not  to  the  primary  cause  which  may 
have  acted  on  the  ovules  or  on  the  male  element;  in  nearly 
the  same  manner  as  the  increased  length  of  the  horns  in 
the  offspring  from  a  short-horned  cow  by  a  long-homed 
bull,  though  appearing  late  in  life,  is  clearly  due  to  the  male 
element. 

Having  alluded  to  the  subject  of  aversion,  I  may  here 
refer  to  a  statement  often  made  by  naturalists — namely, 
that  our  domestic  varieties,  when  run  wild,  gradually  but 
invariably  revert  in  character  to  their  aboriginal  stocks. 
Hence  it  has  been  argued  that  no  deductions  can  be  drawn 
from  domestic  races  to  species  in  a  state  of  nature.  I  have 
in  vain  endeavoured  to  discover  on  what  decisive  facts  the 
above  statement  has  so  often  and  so  boldly  been  made. 
There  would  be  great  difficulty  in  proving  its  truth:  we  may 
safely  conclude  that  very  many  of  the  most  strongly  marked 
domestic  varieties  could  not  possibly  live  in  a  wild  state. 
In  many  cases  we  do  not  know  what  the  aboriginal  stock 
was,  and  so  could  not  tell  whether  or  not  nearly  perfect  re- 
version had  ensued.  It  would  be  necessary,  in  order  to  pre- 
vent the  effects  of  intercrossing,  that  only  a  single  variety 
should  have  been  turned  loose  in  its  new  home.  Nei^erthe- 
less,  as  our  varieties  certainly  do  occasionally  revert  in  some 
of  their  characters  to  ancestral  forms,  it  seems  to  me  not 
improbable  that  if  we  could  succeed  in  naturalising,  or  were 
to  cultivate,  during  many  generations,  the  several  races,  for 
instance,  of  the  cabbage,  in  very  poor  soil  (in  which  case, 
however,  some  effect  would  have  to  be  attributed  to  the 
definite  action  of  the  poor  soil),  that  they  would,  to  a  large 
extent,  or  even  wholly,  revert  to  the  wild  aboriginal  stock. 
Whether  or  not  the  experiment  would  succeed,  is  not  of 
great  importance  for  our  line  of  argument;  for  by  the  ex- 
periment itself  the  conditions  of  life  are  changed.  If  it 
could  be  shown  that  our  domestic  varieties  manifested  a 
strong  tendency  to  reversion, — ^that  is,  to  lose  their  acquired 
characters,  whilst  kept  under  the  same  conditions,  and  whilst 
kept  in  a  considerable  body,  so  that  free  intercrossing  might 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHARACTER  OF  DOMBSnC  VARIETIES  SS 

check,  by  blending  together,  any  slight  deviations  in  their 
structure,  in  such  case,  I  grant  that  we  could  deduce  nothing 
from  domestic  varieties  in  regard  to  species.  But  there  is 
not  a  shadow  of  evidence  in  favour  of  this  view:  to  assert 
that  we  could  not  breed  our  cart-  and  race-horses,  long-  and 
short-homed  cattle,  and  poultry  of  various  breeds,  and  escu- 
lent vegetables,  for  an  unlimited  number  of  generations, 
would  be  opposed  to  all  experience. 

CHARACTER     OF    DOMESTIC    VARIETIES;     DIFFICULTY    OF 

DISTINGUISHING  BETWEEN   VARIETIES   AND 

species;    ORIGIN    OP    DOMESTIC 

VARIETIES  FROM  ONE  OR 

MORE  SPECIES 

When  we  look  to  the  hereditary  varieties  or  races  of  our 
domestic  animals  and  plants,  and  compare  them  with  closely 
allied  species,  we  generally  perceive  in  each  domestic  race, 
as  already  remarked,  less  uniformity  of  character  than  in 
true  species.  Domestic  races  often  have  a  somewhat  mon- 
strous character;  by  which  I  mean,  that,  although  differing 
from  each  other,  and  from  other  species  of  the  same  genus, 
in  several  trifling  respects,  they  often  differ  in  an  extreme 
degree  in  some  one  part,  both  when  compared  one  with  an- 
other, and  more  especially  when  compared  with  the  species 
under  nature  to  which  they  are  nearest  allied.  With  these 
exceptions  (and  with  that  of  the  perfect  fertility  of  varieties 
when  crossed, — ^a  subject  hereafter  to  be  discussed),  domes- 
tic races  of  the  same  species  differ  from  each  other  in  the 
same  manner  as  do  the  closely  allied  species  of  the  same 
genus  in  a  state  of  nature,  but  the  differences  in  most  cases 
are  less  in  degree.  This  must  be  admitted  as  true,  for  the 
domestic  races  of  many  animals  and  plants  have  been  ranked 
by  some  competent  judges  as  the  descendants  of  aboriginally 
distinct  species,  and  by  other  competent  judges  as  mere 
varieties.  If  any  well-marked  distinction  existed  between  a 
domestic  race  and  a  species,  this  source  of  doubt  would  not 
so  perpetually  recur.  It  has  often  been  stated  that  domestic 
races  do  not  differ  from'  each  other  in  characters  of  generic 
vahie.    It  can  be  shown  that  this  statement  is  not  correct; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


34  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

but  naturalists  differ  much  in  determining  what  characters 
are  of  generic  value;  all  such  valuations  being  at  present 
empirical.  When  it  is  explained  how  genera  originate  under 
nature,  it  will  be  seen  that  we  have  no  right  to  expect  often 
to  find  a  generic  amount  of  difference  in  our  domesticated 
races. 

In  attempting  to  estimate  the  amount  of  structural  differ- 
ence between  allied  domestic  races,  we  are  soon  involved 
in  doubt,  from  not  knowing  whether  they  are  descended  from 
one  or  several  parent  species.  This  point,  if  it  could  be 
cleared  up,  would  be  interesting;  if,  for  instance,  it  could  be 
shown  that  the  greyhound,  bloodhound,  terrier,  spaniel,  and 
bulldog,  which  we  all  know  propagate  their  kind  truly,  were 
the  offspring  of  any  single  species,  then  such  facts  would 
have  great  weight  in  making  us  doubt  about  the  immuta- 
bility of  the  many  closely  allied  natural  species — for  in- 
stance, of  the  many  foxes — ^inhabiting  different  quarters  of 
the  world.  I  do  not  believe,  as  we  shall  presently  see,  that 
the  whole  amount  of  difference  between  the  several  breeds 
of  the  dog  has  been  produced  under  domestication ;  I  believe 
that  a  small  part  of  the  difference  is  due  to  their  being 
descended  from  distinct  species.  In  the  case  of  strongly 
marked  races  of  some  other  domesticated  species,  there 
is  presumptive  or  even  strong  evidence,  that  all  are  descended 
from  a  single  wild  stock. 

It  has  often  been  assumed  that  man  has  chosen  for  domes- 
tication animals  and  plants  having  an  extraordinary  inherent 
tendency  to  vary,  and  likewise  to  withstand  diverse  climates. 
I  do  not  dispute  that  these  capacities  have  added  largely  to 
the  value  of  most  of  our  domesticated  productions;  but  how 
could  a  savage  possibly  know,  when  he  first  tamed  an  ani- 
mal, whether  it  would  vary  in  succeeding  generations,  and 
whether  it  would  endure  other  climates?  Has  the  little 
variability  of  the  ass  and  goose,  or  the  small  power  of  en- 
durance of  warmth  by  the  reindeer,  or  of  cold  by  the  com- 
mon camel,  prevented  their  domestication?  I  cannot  doubt 
that  if  other  animals  and  plants,  equal  in  number  to  our 
domesticated  productions,  and  belonging  to  equally  diverse 
classes  and  countries,  were  taken  from  a  state  of  nature, 
and  could  be  made  to  breed  for  an  equal  number  of  genera- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHARACTER  OP  DOMESTIC  VARIETIES  35 

tions  under  domestication,  they  would  on  an  average  vary  as 
largely  as  the  parent  species  of  our  existing  domesticated 
productions  have  varied. 

In  the  case  of  most  of  our  anciently  domesticated  animals 
and  plants,  it  is  not  possible  to  come  to  any  definite  con- 
clusion, whether  they  are  descended  from  one  or  several 
wild  species.  The  argument  mainly  relied  on  by  those  who 
believe  in  the  multiple  origin  of  our  domestic  animals  is, 
that  we  find  in  the  most  ancient  times,  on  the  monuments 
of  Egypt,  and  in  the  lake-habitations  of  Switzerland,  much 
diversi^  in  the  breeds;  and  that  some  of  these  ancient  breeds 
closely  resemble,  or  are  even  identical  with,  those  still  ex- 
isting. But  this  only  throws  far  backwards  the  history  of 
civilisation,  and  shows  that  animals  were  domesticated  at  a 
much  earlier  period  than  has  hitherto  been  supposed.  The 
lake-inhabitants  of  Switzerland  cultivated  several  kinds  of 
wheat  and  barley,  the  pea,  the  poppy  for  oil,  and  flax;  and 
they  possessed  several  domesticated  animals.  They  also 
carried  on  commerce  with  other  nations.  All  this  clearly 
shows,  as  Heer  has  remarked,  that  they  had  at  this  early 
age  progressed  considerably  in  civilisation;  and  this  again 
implies  a  long  continued  previous  period  of  less  advanced 
civilisation,  durmg  which  the  domesticated  animals,  kept 
by  different  tribes  in  different  districts,  might  have  varied 
and  given  rise  to  distinct  races.  Since  the  discovery  of 
flint  tools  in  the  superficial  formations  of  many  parts  of 
the  world,  all  geologists  believe  that  barbarian  man  existed 
at  an  enormously  remote  period  and  we  know  that  at  the 
present  day  there  is  hardly  a  tribe  so  barbarous,  as  not  to 
have  domesticated  at  least  the  dog. 

The  origin  of  most  of  our  domestic  animals  will  prob- 
ably for  ever  remain  vague.  But  I  may  here  state,  that, 
looking  to  the  domestic  dogs  of  the  whole  world,  I  have, 
after  a  laborious  collection  of  all  known  facts,  come  to  the 
conclusion  that  several  wild  species  of  Canidae  have  been 
tamed,  and  that  their  blood,  in  some  cases  mingled  together, 
flows  in  the  veins  of  our  domestic  breeds.  In  regard  to 
sheep  and  goats  I  can  form  no  decided  opinion.  From  facts 
communicated  to  me  by  Mr.  Blyth,  on  the  habits,  voice,  con- 
stitution, and  structure  of  the  humped  Indian  cattle,  it  is 


Digitized  by  LjOOQIC 


36  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

almost  certain  that  they  are  descended  from  a  different  abo- 
riginal stock  from  our  European  cattle  and  some  competent 
judges  believe  that  these  latter  have  had  two  or  three  wild 
progenitors, — ^whether  or  not  these  deserve  to  be  called 
species.  This  conclusion,  as  well  as  that  of  the  specific  dis- 
tinction between  the  humped  and  common  cattle,  may,  in- 
deed, be  looked  upon  as  established  by  the  admirable  re- 
searches of  Professor  Rutimeyer.  With  respect  to  horses, 
from  reasons  which  I  cannot  here  give,  I  am  doubtfully 
inclined  to  believe,  in  opposition  to  several  authors,  that  all 
the  races  belong  to  the  same  species.  Having  kept  nearly 
all  the  English  breeds  of  the  fowl  alive,  having  bred  and 
crossed  them,  and  examined  their  skeletons,  it  appears  to 
me  almost  certain  that  all  are  the  descendants  of  the  wild 
Indian  fowl,  Gallus  bankiva;  and  this  is  the  conclusion  of 
Mr.  Blyth,  and  of  others  who  have  studied  this  bird  in 
India.  In  regard  to  ducks  and  rabbits,  some  breeds  of  which 
differ  much  from  each  other,  the  evidence  is  clear  that  they 
are  all  descended  from  the  common  wild  duck  and  rabbit 

The  doctrine  of  the  origin  of  our  several  domestic  races 
from  several  aboriginal  stocks,  has  been  carried  to  an  absurd 
extreme  by  some  authors.  They  believe  that  every  race 
which  breeds  true,  let  the  distinctive  characters  be  ever  so 
slight,  has  had  its  wild  prototype.  At  this  rate  there  must 
have  existed  at  least  a  score  of  species  of  wild  cattle,  as 
many  sheep,  and  several  goats,  in  Europe  alone,  and  several 
even  within  Great  Britain.  One  author  believes  that  there 
formerly  existed  eleven  wild  species  of  sheep  peculiar  to 
Great  Britain !  When  we  bear  in  mind  that  Britain  has  now 
not  one  peculiar  mammal,  and  France  but  few  distinct  from 
those  of  Germany,  and  so  with  Hungary,  Spain,  etc.,  but 
that  each  of  these  kingdoms  possesses  several  peculiar  breeds 
of  cattle,  sheep,  etc.,  we  must  admit  that  many  domestic 
breeds  must  have  originated  in  Europe;  from  whence  other- 
wise could  they  have  been  derived?  So  it  is  in  India.  Even 
in  the  case  of  the  breeds  of  the  domestic  dog  throughout  tJie 
world,  which  I  admit  are  descended  from  several  wild  spe- 
cies, it  cannot  be  doubted  that  there  has  been  an  immense 
amount  of  inherited  variation;  for  who  will  believe  that 
animals  closely  resemUing  the  Italian  gre^ound,  the  tdood- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOMESTIC  PIOBONS  97 

hound,  the  bull-dog,  pug-dog,  or  Blenheim  spaniel,  etc. — so 
unlike  all  wild  Canidae — ever  existed  in  a  state  of  nature? 
It  has  often  been  loosely  said  that  all  our  races  of  dogs 
have  been  produced  by  the  crossing  of  a  few  aboriginal  spe- 
cies; but  by  crossing  we  can  only  get  forms  in  some  degree 
intermediate  between  their  parents;  and  if  we  account  for 
our  several  domestic  races  by  this  process,  we  must  admit 
the  former  existence  of  the  most  extreme  forms,  as  tlie 
Italian  greyhound,  bloodhound,  bull-dog,  etc.,  in  the  wild 
state.  Moreover,  the  possibility  of  making  distinct  races  by 
crossing  has  been  greatly  exaggerated.  Many  cases  are  on 
record,  showing  that  a  race  may  be  modified  by  occasional 
crosses,  if  aided  by  the  careful  selection  of  the  individuals 
which  present  the  desired  character;  but  to  obtain  a  race 
intermediate  between  two  quite  distinct  races,  would  be  very 
difficult.  Sir  J.  Sebright  expressly  experimented  with  this 
object  and  failed.  The  offspring  from  the  first  cross  be- 
tween two  pure  breeds  is  tolerably  and  sometimes  (as  I  have 
found  with  pigeons)  quite  uniform  in  character,  and  every- 
thing seems  simple  enough;  but  when  these  mongrels  are 
crossed  one  with  another  for  several  generations,  hardly 
two  of  them  are  alike,  and  then  the  difficulty  of  the  task 
becomes  manifest 

BREEDS  OP  THE  DOMESTIC  PIGEON,  THEIR  DIfPERENCES  AND 
ORIGIN 

Believing  that  it  is  always  best  to  study  some  special 
group,  I  have,  after  deliberation,  taken  up  domestic  pigeons. 
I  have  kept  every  breed  which  I  could  purchase  or  obtain, 
and  have  been  most  kindly  favoured  with  skins  from  several 
quarters  of  the  world,  more  especially  by  the  Hon.  W.  Elliot 
from  India,  and  by  the  Hon.  C.  Murray  from  Persia.  Many 
treatises  in  different  languages  have  been  published  on  pig- 
eons, and  some  of  them  are  very  important,  as  being  of  con- 
siderable antiquity.  I  have  associated  with  several  eminent 
fanciers,  and  have  been  permitted  to  join  two  of  the  London 
Pigeon  Clubs.  The  diversity  of  the  breeds  is  something  as- 
tonishing. Compare  the  English  carrier  and  the  short-faced 
tumbler,  and  see  the  wonderful  difference  in  their  beaks» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


38  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

entailing  corresponding  differences  in  their  skulls.  The 
carrier,  more  especially  the  male  bird,  is  also  remarkable 
from  the  wonderful  development  of  the  carunculated  skin 
about  the  head ;  and  this  is  accompanied  by  greatly  elongated 
eyelids,  very  large  external  orifices  to  Uie  nostrils,  and  a 
wide  gape  of  mouth.  The  short-faced  tumbler  has  a  beak 
in  outline  almost  like  that  of  a  finch;  and  the  common 
tumbler  has  the  singular  inherited  habit  of  flying  at  a  great 
height  in  a  compact  flock,  and  tumbling  in  the  air  head  over 
heels.  The  runt  is  a  bird  of  great  size,  with  long  massive 
beak  and  large  feet;  some  of  the  sub-breeds  of  runts  have 
very  long  necks,  others  very  long  wings  and  tails,  others 
singularly  short  tails.  The  barb  is  allied  to  the  carrier,  but, 
instead  of  a  long  beak,  has  a  very  short  and  broad  one.  The 
pouter  has  a  much  elongated  body,  wings,  and  legs;  and 
its  enormously  developed  crop,  which  it  glories  in  inflating, 
may  well  excite  astonishment  and  even  laughter.  The  turbit 
has  a  short  and  conical  beak,  with  a  line  of  reversed  feathers 
down  the  breast;  and  it  has  the  habit  of  continually  expand- 
ing, slightly^,  the  upper  part  of  the  oesophagus.  The  Jacobin 
has  the  feathers  so  much  reversed  along  the  back  of  the  neck 
that  they  form  a  hood;  and  it  has,  proportionally  to  its 
size,  elongated  wing  and  tail  feathers.  The  trumpeter  and 
laugher,  as  their  names  express,  utter  a  very  different  coo 
from  the  other  breeds.  The  fantail  has  thirty  or  even  forty 
tail-feathers,  instead  of  twelve  or  fourteen — the  normal 
number  in  idl  the  members  of  the  great  pigeon  family :  these 
feathers  are  kept  expanded,  and  are  carried  so  erect,  that  in 
good  birds  the  head  and  tail  touch:  the  oil-gland  is  quite 
aborted.  Several  other  less  distinct  breeds  might  be 
specified. 

In  the  skeletons  of  the  several  breeds,  the  development  of 
the  bones  of  the  face  in  length  and  breadth  and  curvature 
differs  enormously.  The  shape,  as  well  as  the  breadth  and 
length  of  the  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw,  varies  in  a  highly 
remarkable  manner.  The  caudal  and  sacral  vertebra  vary 
in  number;  as  does  the  number  of  the  ribs,  together  with 
their  relative  breadth  and  the  presence  of  processes.  The  size 
and  shape  of  the  apertures  in  the  sternum  are  highly  vari- 
able; so  is  the  degree  of  divergence  and  relative  size  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOMESTIC  PIGEONS  90 

two  arms  of  the  furcula.  The  proportional  width  of  the 
gape  of  mouth,  the  proportional  length  of  the  eyelids,  of  the 
orifice  of  the  nostrils,  of  the  tongue  (not  always  in  strict 
correlation  with  the  length  of  beak),  the  size  of  the  crop 
and  of  the  upper  part  of  the  oesophagus;  the  development 
and  abortion  of  the  oil-gland;  the  number  of  the  primary 
wing  and  caudal  feathers;  the  relative  length  of  the  wing 
and  tail  to  each  other  and  to  the  body;  the  relative  length 
of  the  leg  and  foot ;  the  number  of  scutelbe  on  the  toes,  the 
development  of  skin  between  the  toes,  are  all  points  of  struct- 
ure which  are  variable.  The  period  at  which  the  perfect 
plumage  is  acquired  varies,  as  does  the  state  of  the  down 
with  which  the  nestling  birds  are  clothed  when  hatched. 
The  shape  and  size  of  the  eggs  vary.  The  manner  of  flight, 
and  in  some  breeds  the  voice  and  disposition,  differs  re- 
markably. Lastly,  in  certain  breeds,  the  males  and  females 
have  come  to  differ  in  a  slight  degree  in  each  other. 

Altogether  at  least  a  score  of  pigeons  might  be  chosen, 
which,  if  shown  to  an  ornithologist,  and  he  were  told  that 
they  were  wild  birds,  would  certainly  be  ranked  by  him 
as  well-defined  species.  Moreover,  I  do  not  believe  that  any 
ornithologist  would  in  this  case  place  the  English  carrier, 
the  short-faced  tumbler,  the  runt,  the  barb,  pouter,  and 
fantail  in  the  same  genus;  more  especially  as  in  each  of 
these  breeds  several  truly  inherited  sub-breeds,  or  species,  as 
he  would  call  them,  cotdd  be  shown  him. 

Great  as  are  the  differences  between  the  breeds  of  the 
pigeon,  I  am  fully  convinced  that  the  common  opinion  of 
naturalists  is  correct,  namely,  that  all  are  descended  from 
the  rock-pigeon  (Columba  livia),  including  under  this  term 
several  geographical  races  or  sub-species,  which  differ  from 
each  other  in  the  most  trifling  respects.  As  several  of  the 
reasons  which  have  led  me  to  this  belief  are  in  some  de- 
gree applicable  in  other  cases,  I  will  here  briefly  give  them. 
If  the  several  breeds  are  not  varieties,  and  have  not  pro- 
ceeded from  the  rock-pigeon,  they  must  have  descended  from 
at  least  seven  or  eight  aboriginal  stocks;  for  it  is  impossible 
to  make  the  present  domestic  breeds  by  the  crossing  of  any 
lesser  number :  how,  for  instance,  could  a  pouter  be  produced 
by  crossing  two  breeds  unless  one  of  the  parent-stocks  pos- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


40  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

sessed  the  characteristic  enormous  crop  ?  The  supposed  abo- 
riginal stocks  must  all  have  been  rock-pigeons,  that  is,  they 
did  not  breed  or  willingly  perch  on  trees.  But  besides  C 
livia,  with  its  geographical  sub-species,  only  two  or  three 
other  species  of  rock-pigeons  are  known  and  these  have 
not  any  of  the  characters  of  the  domestic  breeds.  Hence 
the  supposed  aboriginal  stocks  must  either  still  exist  in  the 
countries  where  they  were  originally  domesticated,  and  yet 
be  unknown  to  ornithologists;  and  this,  considering  their 
size,  habits,  and  remarkable  characters,  seems  improbable; 
or  they  must  have  become  extinct  in  the  wild  state.  But 
birds  breeding  on  precipices,  and  good  fliers,  are  unlikely 
to  be  exterminated;  and  the  common  rock-pigeon,  which  has 
the  same  habits  with  the  domestic  breeds,  has  not  been  ex- 
terminated even  on  several  of  the  smaller  British  islets,  or 
on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean.  Hence  the  supposed 
extermination  of  so  many  species  having  similar  habits  with 
the  rock-pigeon  seems  a  very  rash  assumption.  Moreover, 
the  several  above-named  domesticated  breeds  have  been 
transported  to  all  parts  of  the  world,  and,  therefore,  some 
of  them  must  have  been  carried  back  again  into  their  native 
country;  but  not  one  has  become  wild  or  feral,  though  the 
dovecot-pigeon,  which  is  the  rock-pigeon  in  a  very  slightly 
altered  state,  has  become  feral  in  several  places.  Again, 
all  recent  experience  shows  that  it  is  difficult  to  get  wild  ani- 
mals to  breed  freely  under  domestication;  yet  on  the  hy- 
pothesis of  the  multiple  origin  of  our  pigeons,  it  must  be 
assumed  that  at  least  seven  or  eight  species  were  so  thor- 
oughly domesticated  in  ancient  times  by  half-civilised  man, 
as  to  be  quite  prolific  under  confinement 

An  argument  of  great  weight,  and  applicable  in  several 
other  cases,  is,  that  the  above-specified  breeds,  though  agree- 
ing generally  with  the  wild  rock-pigeon  in  constitution,  habits, 
voice,  colouring,  and  in  most  parts  of  their  structure,  yet  are 
certainly  highly  abnormal  in  other  parts ;  we  may  look  in  vain 
through  the  whole  great  family  of  Columbidae  for  a  beak  like 
that  of  the  English  carrier,  or  that  of  the  short-faced  tum- 
bler, or  barb ;  for  reversed  feathers  like  those  of  the  Jacobin ; 
for  a  crop  like  that  of  the  pouter ;  for  tail-feathers  like  those 
of  the  fantail.    Hence  it  must  be  assumed  not  only  that  half- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOMESTIC  PIGEONS  41 

civilised  man  succeeded  in  thoroughly  domesticating  several 
species,  but  that  he  intentionally  or  by  chance  picked  out 
extraordinarily  abnormal  species;  and  further,  that  these  very 
species  have  since  all  become  extinct  or  unknown.  So  many 
strange  contingencies  are  improbable  in  the  highest  degree. 
Some  facts  in  regard  to  the  colouring  of  pigeons  well  de- 
serve consideration.  The  rock-pigeon  is  of  a  slaty-blue,  with 
white  loins;  but  the  Indian  sub-species,  C.  intermedia  of 
Strickland,  has  this  part  bluish.  The  tail  has  a  terminal  dark 
bar,  with  the  outer  feathers  externally  edged  at  the  base  with 
white.  The  wings  have  two  black  bars.  Some  semi-domes- 
tic breeds,  and  some  truly  wild  breeds,  have,  besides  the  two 
black  bars,  the  wings  chequered  with  black.  These  several 
marks  do  not  occur  together  in  any  other  species  of  the  whole 
family.  Now,  in  every  one  of  llie  domestic  breeds,  taking 
thoroughly  well-bred  birds,  all  the  above  marks,  even  to  the 
white  edging  of  the  outer  tail-feathers,  sometimes  concur 
perfectly  developed.  Moreover,  when  birds  belonging  to  two 
or  more  distinct  breeds  are  crossed,  none  of  which  are  blue 
or  have  any  of  the  above-specified  marks,  the  mongrel  off- 
spring are  very  apt  suddenly  to  acquire  these  characters.  To 
give  one  instance  out  of  several  which  I  have  observed: — I 
crossed  some  white  fantails,  which  breed  very  true,  with  some 
black  barbs — and  it  so  happens  that  blue  varieties  of  barbs 
are  so  rare  that  I  never  heard  of  an  instance  in  England ;  and 
the  mongrels  were  black,  brown,  and  mottled.  I  also  crossed 
a  barb  with  a  spot,  which  is  a  white  bird  with  a  red  tail  and 
red  spot  on  the  forehead,  and  which  notoriously  breeds  very 
true;  the  mongrels  were  dusky  and  mottled.  I  then  crossed 
one  of  the  mongrel  barb-fantails  with  a  mongrel  barb-spot, 
and  they  produced  a  bird  of  as  beautiful  a  blue  colour,  with 
the  white  loins,  double  black  wing-bar,  and  barred  and  white- 
edged  tail-feathers,  as  any  wild  rock-pigeon  I  We  can  under- 
stand these  facts,  on  the  well-known  principle  of  reversion  to 
ancestral  characters,  if  all  the  domestic  breeds  are  descended 
from  the  rock-pigeon.  But  if  we  deny  this,  we  must  make 
one  of  the  two  following  highly  improbable  suppositions. 
Either,  first,  that  all  the  several  imagined  aboriginal  stocks 
were  coloured  and  marked  like  the  rock-pigeon,  although  no 
other  existing  species  is  thus  coloured  and  marked,  so  that  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


42  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

each  separate  breed  there  might  be  a  tendency  to  revert  to 
the  very  same  colours  and  markings.  Or,  secondly,  that  each 
breed,  even  the  purest,  has  within  a  dozen,  or  at  most  within 
a  score,  of  generations,  been  crossed  by  the  rock-pigeon;  I 
say  within  a  dozen  or  twenty  generations,  for  no  instance  is 
known  of  crossed  descendants  reverting  to  an  ancestor  of 
foreign  blood,  removed  by  a  greater  number  of  generations. 
In  a  breed  which  has  been  crossed  only  once,  the  tendency  to 
revert  to  any  character  derived  from  such  a  cross  will  nat- 
urally become  less  and  less,  as  in  each  succeeding  generation 
there  will  be  less  of  the  foreign  blood;  but  when  there  has 
been  no  cross,  and  there  is  a  tendency  in  the  breed  to  revert 
to  a  character  which  was  lost  during  some  former  genera- 
tion, this  tendency,  for  all  that  we  can  see  to  the  contrary, 
may  be  transmitted  undiminished  for  an  indefinite  number  of 
generations.  These  two  distinct  cases  of  reversion  are  often 
confounded  together  by  those  who  have  written  on  inheri- 
tance. 

Lastly,  the  hybrids  or  mongrels  from  between  all  the  breeds 
of  the  pigeon  are  perfectly  fertile,  as  I  can  state  from  my 
own  observations,  purposely  made,  on  the  most  distinct  breeds. 
Now,  hardly  any  cases  have  been  ascertained  with  certainty 
of  hybrids  from  two  quite  distinct  species  of  animals  being 
perfectly  fertile.  Some  authors  believe  that  long-continued 
domestication  eliminates  this  strong  tendency  to  sterility  in 
species.  From  the  history  of  the  dog,  and  of  some  other  do- 
mestic animals,  this  conclusion  is  probably  quite  correct,  if 
applied  to  species  closely  related  to  each  other.  But  to  ex- 
tend it  so  far  as  to  suppose  that  species,  aboriginally  as  dis- 
tinct as  carriers,  tumblers,  pouters,  and  fantails  now  are, 
should  yield  offspring  perfectly  fertile  inter  se,  would  be 
rash  in  the  extreme. 

From  these  several  reasons,  namely, — the  improbability  of 
man  having  formerly  made  seven  or  eight  supposed  species 
of  pigeons  to  breed  freely  under  domestication; — ^these  sup- 
posed species  being  quite  unknown  in  a  wild  state,  and  their 
not  having  become  anywhere  feral ; — these  species  presenting 
certain  very  abnormal  characters,  as  compared  with  all  other 
Columbidse,  though  so  like  the  rock-pigeon  in  most  respects; 
— the  occasional  re-appearance  of  the  blue  colour  and  various 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOMESTIC  PIGEONS  43 

black  marks  in  all  the  breeds,  both  when  kept  pure  and  when 
crossed; — ^and  lastly,  the  mongrel  offspring  being  perfectly 
fertile ; — from  these  several  reasons,  taken  together,  we  may 
safely  conclude  that  all  our  domestic  breeds  are  descended 
from  the  rock-pigeon  or  Columba  livia  with  its  geographical 
sub-species. 

In  favour  of  this  view,  I  may  add,  firstly,  that  the  wild  C. 
livia  has  been  found  capable,  of  domestication  in  Europe  and 
in  India;  and  that  it  agrees  in  habits  and  in  a  great  number 
of  points  of  structure  with  all  the  domestic  breeds.  Sec- 
ondly, that,  although  an  English  carrier  or  a  short-faced 
tumbler  differs  immensely  in  certain  characters  from  the 
rock-pigeon,  yet  that,  by  comparing  the  several  sub-breeds  of 
these  two  races,  more  especially  those  brought  from  distant 
countries,  we  can  make,  between  them  and  the  rock-pigeon, 
an  almost  perfect  series;  so  we  can  in  some  other  cases,  but 
not  with  all  the  breeds.  Thirdly,  those  characters  which  are 
mainly  distinctive  of  each  breed  are  in  each  eminently  vari- 
able, for  instance  the  wattle  and  length  of  beak  of  the  carrier, 
the  shortness  of  that  of  the  tumbler,  and  the  number  of  tail- 
feathers  in  the  fantail ;  and  the  explanation  of  this  fact  will 
be  obvious  when  we  treat  of  Selection.  Fourthly,  pigeons 
have  been  watched  and  tended  with  the  utmost  care,  and 
loved  by  many  people.  They  have  been  domesticated  for 
thousands  of  years  in  several  quarters  of  the  world ;  the  ear- 
liest known  record  of  pigeons  is  in  the  fifth  iGgyptian  dy- 
nasty, about  3000  B.C.,  as  was  pointed  out  to  me  by  Professor 
Lepsius;  but  Mr.  Birch  informs  me  that  pigeons  are  given 
in  a  bill  of  fare  in  the  previous  dynasty.  In  the  time  of  the 
Romans,  as  we  hear  from  Pliny,  immense  prices  were  given 
for  pigeons;  "nay,  they  are  come  to  this  pass,  that  they  can 
reckon  up  their  pedigree  and  race."  Pigeons  were  much 
valued  by  Akber  Khan  in  India,  about  the  year  1600;  never 
less  than  20,000  pigeons  were  taken  with  the  court.  'The 
monarchs  of  Iran  and  Turan  sent  him  some  very  rare  birds ;" 
and,  continues  the  courtly  historian,  "His  Majesty  by  cross- 
ing the1)reeds,  which  method  was  never  practised  before,  has 
improved  them  astonishingly."  About  this  same  period  the 
Dutch  were  as  eager  about  pigeons  as  were  the  old  Romans. 
The  paramount  importance  of  these  considerations  in  ex- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


44  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

plaining  the  immense  amount  of  variation  which  pigeons  have 
undergone,  will  likewise  be  obvious  when  we  treat  of  Selec- 
tion. We  shall  then,  also,  see  how  it  is  that  the  several 
breeds  so  often  have  a  somewhat  monstrous  character.  It  is 
also  a  most  favourable  circumstance  for  the  production  of 
distinct  breeds,  that  male  and  female  pigeons  can  be  easily 
mated  for  life;  and  thus  different  breeds  can  be  kept  together 
in  the  same  aviary. 

I  have  discussed  the  probably  origin  of  domestic  pigeons  at 
some,  yet  quite  insufficient,  length ;  because  when  I  first  kept 
pigeons  and  watched  the  several  kinds,  well  knowing  how 
truly  they  breed,  I  felt  fully  as  much  difficulty  in  believing 
that  since  they  had  been  domesticated  they  had  all  proceeded 
from  a  common  parent,  as  any  naturalist  could  in  coming  to 
a  similar  conclusion  in  regard  to  the  many  species  of  finches, 
or  other  groups  of  birds,  in  nature.  One  circumstance  has 
struck  me  much ;  namely,  that  nearly  all  the  breeders  of  the 
various  domestic  animals  and  the  cultivators  of  plants,  with 
whom  I  have  conversed,  or  whose  treatises  I  have  read,  are 
firmly  convinced  that  the  several  breeds  to  which  each  has 
attended,  are  descended  from  so  many  aboriginally  distinct 
species.  Ask,  as  I  have  asked,  a  celebrated  raiser  of  Here- 
ford cattle,  whether  his  cattle  might  not  have  descended  from 
Longhoms,  or  both  from  a  common  parent-stock,  and  he  will 
laugh  you  to  scorn.  I  have  never  met  a  pigeon,  or  poultry, 
or  duck,  or  rabbit  fancier,  who  was  not  fully  convinced  that 
each  main  breed  was  descended  from  a  distinct  species.  Van 
Mons,  in  his  treatise  on  pears  and  apples,  shows  how  utterly 
he  disbelieves  that  the  several  sorts,  for  instance  a  Ribston- 
pippin  or  Codlin-apple,  could  ever  have  proceeded  from  the 
seeds  of  the  same  tree.  Innumerable  other  examples  could 
be  given.  The  explanation,  I  think,  is  simple:  from  long- 
continued  study  they  are  strongly  impressed  with  the  differ- 
ences between  the  several  races ;  and  though  they  well  know 
that  each  race  varies  slightly,  for  they  win  their  prizes  by 
selecting  such  slight  differences,  yet  they  ignore  all  general 
arguments,  and  refuse  to  sum  up  in  their  minds  slight  differ- 
ences accumulated  during  many  successive  generations.  May 
not  those  naturalists  who,  knowing  far  less  of  the  laws  of 
inheritance  than  does  the  breeder,  and  knowing  no  more  than 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SELECTION  BY  MAN  45 

he  does  of  the  intermediate  links  in  the  long  lines  of  descent, 
yet  admit  that  many  of  our  domestic  races  are  descended 
from  the  same  p.arents — may  they  not  learn  a  lesson  of  cau- 
tion, when  they  deride  the  idea  of  species  in  a  state  of  nature 
being  lineal  descendants  of  other  species? 

PRINCIPLES    OF    SELECTION    ANCIENTLY    FOLLOWED^    AND 
THEIR   EFFECTS 

Let  US  now  briefly  consider  the  steps  by  which  domestic  races 
have  been  produced,  either  from  one  or  from  several  allied 
species.  Some  effect  may  be  attributed  to  the  direct  and  defi- 
nite action  of  the  external  conditions  of  life,  and  some  to 
habit;  but  he  would  be  a  bold  man  who  would  account  by 
such  agencies  for  the  differences  between  a  dray-  and  race- 
horse, a  greyhound  and  bloodhound,  a  carrier  and  tumbler 
pigeon.  One 'of  the  most  remarkable  features  in  our  domes- 
ticated races  is  that  we  see  in  them  adaptation,  not  indeed  to 
the  animal's  or  plant's  own  good,  but  to  man's  use  or  fancy. 
Some  variations  useful  to  him  have  probably  arisen  sud- 
denly, or  by  one  step;  many  botanists,  for  instance,  believe 
that  the  fuller's  teasel,  with  its  hooks,  which  cannot  be 
rivalled  by  any  mechanical  contrivance,  is  only  a  variety  of 
the  wild  Dipsacus ;  and  this  amount  of  change  may  have  sud- 
denly arisen  in  a  seedling.  So  it  has  probably  been  with  the 
,  turnspit  dog ;  and  this  is  known  to  have  been  the  case  with 
the  ancon  sheep.  But  when  we  compare  the  dray-horse  and 
race-horse,  the  dromedary  and  camel,  the  various  breeds 
of  sheep  fitted  either  for  cultivated  land  or  mountain  pasture, 
with  the  wool  of  one  breed  good  for  one  purpose,  and  that 
of  another  breed  for  another  purpose;  when  we  compare  the 
many  breeds  of  dogs,  each  good  for  man  in  different  ways; 
when  we  compare  the  game-cock,  so  pertinacious  in  battle, 
with  other  breeds  so  little  quarrelsome,  with  "everlasting 
layers"  which  never  desire  to  sit,  and  with  the  bantam  so 
small  and  elegant ;  when  we  compare  the  host  of  agricultural, 
culinary,  orchard,  and  flower-garden  races  of  plants,  most 
useful  to  man  at  different  seasons  and  for  different  ptuposes, 
or  so  beautiful  in  his  eyes,  we  jmxst,  I  think,  look  further 
than  to  mere  variability.    We  cannot  suppose  tha.t  all  the 

0— BCZX 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


46  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

breeds  were  suddenly  produced  as  perfect  and  as  useful  as  we 
now  see  them ;  indeed,  in  many  cases,  we  know  that  this  has 
not  been  their  history.  The  key  is  man's  power  of  accumu- 
lative selection :  nature  gives  successive  variations ;  man  adds 
them  up  in  certain  directions  useful  to  him.  In  this  sense  he 
may  be  said  to  have  made  for  himself  useful  breeds. 

The  great  power  of  this  principle  of  selection  is  not  hypo- 
thetical. It  is  certain  that  several  of  our  eminent  breeders 
have,  even  within  a  single  lifetime,  modified  to  a  large  extent 
their  breeds  of  cattle  and  sheep.  In  order  fully  to  realise 
what  they  have  done,  it  is  almost  necessary  to  read  several 
of  the  many  treatises  devoted  to  this  subject,  and  to  inspect 
the  animals.  Breeders  habitually  speak  of  an  animal's  organi- 
sation as  something  plastic,  which  they  can  model  almost  as 
they  please.  If  I  had  space  I  could  quote  numerous  passages 
to  this  effect  from  highly  competent  authorities.  Youatt, 
who  was  probably  better  acquainted  with  the  works  of  agri- 
culturists than  almost  any  other  individual,  and  who  was  him- 
self a  very  good  judge  of  animals,  speaks  of  the  principle  of 
selection  as  "that  which  enables  the  agriculturist,  not  only  to 
modify  the  character  of  his  flock,  but  to  change  it  altogether. 
It  is.  the  magician's  wand,  by  means  of  which  he  may  summon 
into  life  whatever  form  and. mould  he  pleases."  Lord  Somer- 
ville,  speaking  of  what  breeders  have  done  for  sheep,  says : — 
"It  would  seem  as  if  they  had  chalked  out  upon  a  wall  a  form 
perfect  in  itself,  and  then  had  given  it  existence."  In  Sax- 
ony the  importance  of  the  principle  of  selection  in  regard  to 
merino  sheep  is  so  fully  recognised,  that  men  follow  it  as  a 
trade ;  the  sheep  are  placed  on  a  table  and  are  studied,  like  a 
picture  by  a  connoisseur ;  this  is  done  three  times  at  intervals 
of  months,  and  the  sheep  are  each  time  marked  and  classed, 
so  that  the  very  best  may  ultimately  be  selected  for  breeding. 

What  English  breeders  have  actually  effected  is  proved  by 
the  enormous  prices  given  for  animals  with  a  good  pedigree ; 
and  these  have  been  exported  to  almost  every  quarter  of  the 
world.  The  improvement  is  by  no  means  generally  due  to 
crossing  different  breeds;  all  the  best  breeders  are  strongly 
opposed  to  this  practice,  except  sometimes  amongst  closely 
allied  sub-breeds.  And  when  a  cross  has  been  made,  the 
closest  selection  is  far  more  indispensable  even  than  in  ordi- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SELECTION  BY  MAN  47 

nary  cases.  If  selection  consisted  merely  in  separating  some 
very  distinct  variety,  and  breeding  from  it,  the  principle  would 
be  so  obvious  as  hardly  to  be  worth  notice ;  but  its  importance 
consists  in  the  great  effect  produced  by  the  accumulation  in 
one  direction,  during  successive  generations,  of  differences 
absolutely  inappreciable  by  an  uneducated  eye — differences 
which  I  for  one  have  vainly  attempted  to  appreciate.  Not 
one  man  in  a  thousand  has  accuracy  of  eye  and  judgment 
sufficient  to  become  an  eminent  breeder.  If  gifted  with  these 
qualities,  and  he  studies  his  subject  for  years,  and  devotes  his 
lifetime  to  it  with  indomitable  perseverance,  he  will  succeed, 
and  may  make  great  improvements ;  if  he  wants  any  of  these 
qualities,  he  will  assuredly  fail.  Few  would  readily  believe 
in  the  natural  capacity  and  years  of  practice  requisite  to  be- 
come even  a  skilful  pigeon-fancier. 

The  same  principles  are  followed  by  horticulturists;  but 
the  variations  are  here  often  more  abrupt.  No  one  supposes 
that  our  choicest  productions  have  been  produced  by  a  single 
variation  from  the  aboriginal  stock.  We  have  proofs  that 
this  has  not  been  so  in  several  cases  in  which  exact  records 
have  been  kept;  thus,  to  give  a  very  trifling  instance,  the 
steadily  increasing  size  of  the  common  gooseberry  may  be 
quoted.  We  see  an  astonishing  improvement  in  many  flor- 
ists' flowers,  when  the  flowers  of  the  present  day  are  com- 
pared with  drawings  made  only  twenty  or  thirty  years  ago. 
When  a  race  of  plants  is  once  pretty  well  established,  the 
seed-raisers  do  not  pick  out  the  best  plants,  but  merely  go 
over  their  seed-beds,  and  pull  up  the  "rogues,"  as  they  call 
the  plants  that  deviate  from  the  proper  standard.  With  ani- 
mals this  kind  of  selection  is,  in  fact,  likewise  followed;  for 
hardly  any  one  is  so  careless  as  to  breed  from  his  worst 
animals. 

In  regard  to  plants,  there  is  another  means  of  observing 
the  accumulated  effects  of  selection — namely,  by  comparing 
the  diversity  of  flowers  in  the  different  varieties  of  the  same 
species  in  the  flower-garden ;  the  diversity  of  leaves,  pods,  or 
tubers,  or  whatever  part  is  valued,  in  the  kitchen-garden,  in 
comparison  with  the  flowers  of  the  same  varieties;  and  the 
diversity  of  fruit  of  the  same  species  in  the  orchard,  in  com- 
parison with  the  leaves  and  flowers  of  the  same  set  of  vari- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


48  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

etics.  See  how  different  the  leaves  of  the  cabbage  are,  and 
how  extremely  alike  the  flowers;  how  unlike  the  flowers  of 
the  heartsease  are,  and  how  alike  the  leaves;  how  much  the 
fruit  of  the  different  kinds  of  gooseberries  differ  in  size, 
colour,  shape,  and  hairiness,  and  yet  the  flowers  present  very 
slight  differences.  It  is  not  that  the  varieties  which  differ 
largely  in  some  one  point  do  not  differ  at  all  in  other  points ; 
this  is  hardly  ever, — I  speak  after  careful  observation, — per- 
haps never,  the  case.  The  law  of  correlated  variation,  the  im- 
portance of  which  should  never  be  overlooked,  will  ensure 
some  differences ;  but,  as  a  general  rule,  it  cannot  be  doubted 
that  the  continued  selection  of  slight  variations,  either  in  the 
leaves,  the  flowers,  or  the  fruit,  will  produce  races  differing 
from  each  other  chiefly  in  these  characters. 

It  may  be  objected  that  the  principle  of  selection  has  been 
reduced  to  methodical  practice  for  scarcely  more  than  three- 
quarters  of  a  century;  it  has  certainly  been  more  attended  to 
of  late  years,  and  many  treatises  have  been  published  on  the 
subject;  and  the  result  has  been,  in  a  corresponding  degree, 
rapid  and  important  But  it  is  very  far  from  true  that  the 
principle  is  a  modern  discovery.  I  could  give  several  refer- 
ences to  works  of  high  antiquity,  in  which  the  full  impor- 
tance of  the  principle  is  acknowledged.  In  rude  and  bar- 
barous periods  of  English  history  choice  animals  were  often 
imported,  and  laws  were  passed  to  prevent  their  exportation: 
the  destruction  of  horses  under  a  certain  size  was  ordered, 
and  this  may  be  compared  to  the  "roguing"  of  plants  by  nur- 
serymen. The  principle  of  selection  I  find  distinctly  given  in 
an  ancient  Chinese  encyclopaedia.  Explicit  rules  are  laid 
down  by  some  of  the  Roman  classical  writers.  From  pas- 
sages in  Genesis,  it  is  clear  that  the  colour  of  domesticated 
animals  was  at  that  early  period  attended  to.  Savages  now 
sometimes  cross  their  dogs  with  wild  canine  animals,  to  im- 
prove the  breed,  and  th^  formerly  did  so,  as  is  attested  by 
passages  in  Pliny.  The  savages  in  South  Africa  match  their 
draught  cattle  by  colour,  as  do  some  of  the  Esquimaux  their 
teams  of  dc^s.  Livingstone  states  that  good  domestic  breeds 
are  highly  valued  by  the  negroes  in  the  interior  of  Africa 
who  have  not  associated  with  Europeans.  Some  of  these 
facts  do  not  show  actual  selection^  but  they  show  that  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNCONSaOUS  SELECTION  49 

breeding  of  domestic  animals  was  carefully  attended  to  in 
ancient  times,  and  is  now  attended  to  by  the  lowest  savages. 
It  would,  indeed,  have  been  a  strange  fact,  had  attention 
not  been  paid  to  breeding,  for  the  inheritance  of  good  and 
bad  qualities  is  so  obvious. 

UNCONSCIOUS  SELECTION 

At  the  present  time,  eminent  breeders  try  by  methodical 
selection,  with  a  distinct  object  in  view,  to  make  a  new  strain 
or  sub-breed,  superior  to  anything  of  the  kind  in  the  country. 
But,  for  our  purpose,  a  form  of  Selection,  which  may  be 
called  Unconscious,  and  which  results  from  every  one  trying 
to  possess  and  breed  from  the  best  individual  animals,  is  more 
important.  Thus,  a  man  who  intends  keeping  pointers  nat- 
urally tries  to  get  as  good  dogs  as  he  can,  and  afterwards 
breeds  from  his  own  best  dogs,  but  he  has  no  wish  or  expec- 
tation of  permanently  altering  the  breed.  Nevertheless  we 
may  infer  that  this  process,  continued  during  centuries,  would 
improve  and  modify  any  breed,  in  the  same  way  as  Bakewell, 
Collins,  etc.,  by  this  very  same  process,  only  carried  on  more 
methodically,  did  greatly  modify,  even  during  their  lifetimes, 
the  forms  and  qualities  of  their  cattle.  Slow  and  insensible 
changes  of  this  kind  can  never  be  recognised  unless  actual 
measurements  or  careful  drawings  of  the  breeds  in  question 
have  been  made  long  ago,  which  may  serve  for  comparison. 
In  some  cases,  however,  unchanged,  or  but  little  changed 
individuals  of  the  same  breed  exist  in  less  civilised  districts, 
where  the  breed  has  been  less  improved.  There  is  reason  to 
believe  that  King  Charles'  spaniel  has  been  unconsciously 
modified  to  a  large  extent  since  the  time  of  that  monarch. 
Some  highly  competent  authorities  are  convinced  that  the 
setter  is  directly  derived  from  the  spaniel,  and  has  probably 
been  slowly  altered  from  it.  It  is  known  that  the  English 
pointer  has  been  greatly  changed  within  the  last  century,  and 
in  this  case  the  change  has,  it  is  believed,  been  chiefly  effected 
by  crosses  with  the  foxhound :  but  what  concerns  us  is,  that 
the  change  has  been  effected  unconsciously  and  gradually,  and 
yet  so  effectually,  that,  though  the  old  Spanish  pointer  cer- 
tainly came  from  Spain,  Mr.  Borrow  has  not  seen,  as  I  am 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


50  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

informed  by  him,  any  native  dog  in  Spain  like  our  pointer. 
By  a  simple  process  of  selection,  and  by  careful  training, 
English  racehorses  have  come  to  surpass  in  fleetness  and  size 
the  parent  Arabs,  so  that  the  latter,  by  the  regulations  for  the 
Goodwood  Races,  are  favoured  in  the  weights  which  they 
carry.  Lord  Spencer  and  others  have  shown  how  the  cattle 
of  England  have  increased  in  weight  and  in  early  maturity, 
compared  with  the  stock  formerly  kept  in  this  country.  By 
comparing  the  accounts  given  in  various  old  treatises  of  the 
former  and  present  state  of  carrier  and  tumbler  pigeons  in 
Britain,  India,  and  Persia,  we  can  trace  the  stages  through 
which  they  have  insensibly  passed,  and  come  to  differ  so 
greatly  from  the  rock-pigeon. 

Youatt  gives  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  effects  of  a 
course  of  selection,  which  may  be  considered  as  unconscious, 
in  so  far  that  the  breeders  could  never  have  expected,  or  even 
wished,  to  produce  the  result  which  ensued — namely,  the  pro- 
duction of  two  distinct  strains.  The  two  flocks  of  Leicester 
sheep  kept  by  Mr.  Buckley  and  Mr.  Burgess,  as  Mr.  Youatt 
remarks,  "have  been  purely  bred  from  the  original  stock  of 
Mr.  Bakewell  for  upwards  of  fifty  years.  There  is  not  a  sus- 
picion existing  in  the  mind  of  any  one  at  all  acquainted  with 
the  subject,  that  the  owner  of  either  of  them  has  deviated  in 
any  one  instance  from  the  pure  blood  of  Mr.  Bakewell's  flock, 
and  yet  the  difference  between  the  sheep  possessed  by  these 
two  gentlemen  is  so  great  that  they  have  the  appearance  of 
being  quite  different  varieties." 

If  there  exist  savages  so  barbarous  as  never  to  think  of  the 
inherited  character  of  the  offspring  of  their  domestic  animals, 
yet  any  one  animal  particularly  useful  to  them,  for  any 
special  purpose,  would  be  carefully  preserved  during  famines 
and  other  accidents,  to  which  savages  are  so  liable,  and  such 
choice  animals  would  thus  generally  leave  more  offspring 
than  the  inferior  ones ;  so  that  in  this  case  there  would  be  a 
kind  of  unconscious  selection  going  on.  We  see  the  value  set 
on  animals  even  by  the  barbarians  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  by 
their  killing  and  devouring  their  old  women,  in  times  of 
dearth,  as  of  less  value  than  their  dogs. 

In  plants  the  same  gradual  process  of  improvement, 
through  the  occasional  preservation  of  the  best  individuals. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNCONSCIOUS  SELECTION  51 

whether  or  not  suflSciently  distinct  to  be  ranked  at  their  first 
appearance  as  distinct  varieties,  and  whether  or  not  two  or 
more  species  or  races  have  become  blended  together  by  cross- 
ing, may  plainly  be  recognised  in  the  increased  size  and  beauty 
which  we  now  see  in  the  varieties  of  the  heartsease,  rose, 
pelargonium,  dahlia,  and  other  plants,  when  compared  with 
the  older  varieties  or  with  their  parent-stocks.  No  one  would 
ever  expect  to  get  a  first-rate  heartsease  or  dahlia  from  the 
seed  of  a  wild  plant.  No  one  would  expect  to  raise  a  first- 
rate  melting  pear  from  the  seed  of  the  wild  pear,  though  he 
might  succeed  from  a  poor  seedling  growing  wild,  if  it  had 
come  from  a  garden-stock.  The  pear  though  cultivated  in 
classical  times,  appears,  from  Pliny's  description,  to  have 
been  a  fruit  of  very  inferior  quality.  I  have  seen  great  sur- 
prise expressed  in  horticultural  works  at  the  wonderful  skill 
of  gardeners,  in  having  produced  such  splendid  results  from 
such  poor  materials;  but  the  art  has  been  simple,  and,  as  far 
as  the  final  result  is  concerned,  has  been  followed  almost  un- 
consciously. It  has  consisted  in  always  cultivating  the  best- 
known  variety,  sowing  its  seeds,  and,  when  a  slightly  better 
variety  chanced  to  appear,  selecting  it,  and  so  onwards.  But 
the  gardeners  of  the  classical  period,  who  cultivated  the  best 
pears  which  they  could  procure,  never  thought  what  splendid 
fruit  we  should  eat;  though  we  owe  our  excellent  fruit  in 
some  small  degree  to  their  having  naturally  chosen  and  pre- 
served the  best  varieties  they  could  anywhere  find. 

A  large  amount  of  change,  thus  slowly  and  unconsciously 
accumulated,  explains,  as  I  believe,  the  well-known  fact,  that 
in  a  number  of  cases  we  cannot  recognise,  and  therefore  do 
not  know,  the  wild  parent-stocks  of  the  plants  which  have 
been  longest  cultivated  in  our  flower  and  kitchen  gardens. 
If  it  has  taken  centuries  or  thousands  of  years  to  improve  or 
modify  most  of  our  plants  up  to  their  present  standard  of 
usefulness  to  man,  we  can  understand  how  it  is  that  neither 
Australia,  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  nor  any  other  region  in- 
habited by  quite  uncivilised  man,  has  afforded  us  a  single  plant 
worth  culture.  It  is  not  that  these  countries,  so  rich  in 
species,  do  not  by  a  strange  chance  possess  the  aboriginal 
stocks  of  any  useful  plants,  but  that  the  native  plants  have  not 
been  improved  by  continued  selection  up  to  a  standard  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


52  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

perfection  comparable  with  that  acquired  by  the  plants  in 
countries  anciently  civilised. 

In  regard  to  the  domestic  animals  kept  by  uncivilised  man, 
it  should  not  be  overlooked  that  they  almost  always  have  to 
struggle  for  their  own  food,  at  least  during  certain  seasons. 
And  in  two  countries  very  differently  circumstanced,  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  having  slightly  different  consti- 
tutions or  structure,  would  often  succeed  better  in  the  one 
country  than  in  the  other;  and  thus  by  a  process  of  "natural 
selection,"  as  will  hereafter  be  more  fully  explained,  two  sub- 
breeds  might  be  formed.  This,  perhaps,  partly  explains  why 
the  varieties  kept  by  savages,  as  has  been  remarked  by  some 
authors,  have  more  of  the  character  of  true  species  than  the 
varieties  kept  in  civilised  countries. 

On  the  view  here  given  of  the  important  part  which  selec- 
tion by  man  has  played,  it  becomes  at  once  obvious,  how  it  is 
that  our  domestic  races  show  adaptation  in  their  structure  or 
in  their  habits  to  man's  wants  or  fancies.  We  can,  I  think, 
further  understand  the  frequently  abnormal  character  of  our 
domestic  races,  and  likewise  their  differences  being  so  great 
in  external  characters,  and  relatively  so  slight  in  internal 
parts  or  organs.  Man  can  hardly  select,  or  only  with  much 
difficulty,  any  deviation  of  structure  excepting  such  as  is  ex- 
ternally visible ;  and  indeed  he  rarely  cares  for  what  is  inter- 
nal. He  can  never  act  by  selection,  excepting  on  variations 
which  are  first  given  to  him  in  some  slight  degree  by  nature. 
No  man  would  ever  try  to  make  a  fantail  till  he  saw  a  pigeon 
with  a  tail  developed  in  some  slight  degree  in  an  unusual 
manner,  or  a  pouter  till  he  saw  a  pigeon  with  a  crop  of  some- 
what unusual  size;  and  the  more  abnormal  or  unusual  any 
character  was  when  it  first  appeared,  the  more  likely  it  would 
be  to  catch  his  attention.  But  to  use  such  an  expression  as 
trying  to  make  a  fantail,  is,  I  have  no  doubt,  in  most  cases, 
utterly  incorrect.  The  man  who  first  selected  a  pigeon  with 
a  slightly  larger  tail,  never  dreamed  what  the  descendants  of 
that  pigeon  would  become  through  long-continued,  partly 
unconscious  and  partly  methodical,  selection.  Perhaps  the 
parent-bird  of  all  fantails  had  only  fourteen  tail-feathers 
somewhat  expanded,  like  the  present  Java  fantail,  or  like  in- 
dividuals of  other  and  distinct  breeds,  in  which  as  many  as 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UNCONSCIOUS  SELECTION  53 

seventeen  tail-feathers  have  been  counted.  Perhaps  the  first 
pouter-pigeon  did  not  inflate  its  crop  much  more  than  the 
turbit  now  does  the  upper  part  of  its  (esophagus, — a  habit 
which  is  disregarded  by  all  fanciers,  as  it  is  not  one  of  the 
points  of  the  breed. 

Nor  let  it  be  thought  that  some  great  deviation  of  structure 
would  be  necessary  to  catch  the  fancier's  eye:  he  perceives 
extremely  small  differences,  and  it  is  in  human  nature  to 
fancy  any  novelty,  however  slight,  in  one's  own  possession. 
Nor  must  the  value  which  would  formerly  have  been  set  on 
any  slight  differences  in  the  individuals  of  the  same  species, 
be  judged  of  by  the  value  which  is  now  set  on  them,  after 
several  breeds  have  fairly  been  established.  It  is  known  that 
with  pigeons  many  slight  variations  now  occasionally  appear, 
but  these  are  rejected  as  faults  or  deviations  from  the  stand- 
ard of  perfection  in  each  breed.  The  common  goose  has  not 
given  rise  to  any  marked  varieties;  hence  the  Toulouse  and 
the  common  breed,  which  differ  only  in  colour,  that  most 
fleeting  of  characters,  have  lately  been  exhibited  as  distinct 
at  our  poultry-shows. 

These  views  appear  to  explain  what  has  sometimes  been 
noticed — namely,  that  we  know  hardly  anything  about  the 
origin  or  history  of  any  of  our  domestic  breeds.  But,  in 
fact,  a  breed,  like  a  dialect  of  a  language,  can  hardly  be  said 
to  have  a  distinct  origin.  A  man  preserves  and  breads  from 
an  individual  with  some  slight  deviation  of  structure,  or  takes 
more  care  than  usual  in  matching  his  best  animals,  and  thus 
improves  them,  and  the  improved  animals  slowly  spread  in  the 
immediate  neighbourhood.  But  they  will  as  yet  hardly  have 
a  distinct  name,  and  from  being  only  slightly  valued,  their 
history  will  have  been  disregarded.  When  further  improved 
by  the  same  slow  and  gradual  process,  they  will  spread  more 
widely,  and  will  be  recognised  as  something  distinct  and  valu- 
able, and  will  then  probably  first  receive  a  provincial  name. 
In  semi-civilised  countries,  with  little  free  communication, 
the  spreading  of  a  new  sub-breed  would  be  a  slow  process. 
As  soon  as  the  points  of  value  are  once  acknowledged,  the 
principle,  as  I  have  called  it,  of  unconscious  selection  will 
always  tend, — ^perhaps  more  at  one  period  than  at  another,  as 
the  breed  rises  or  falls  in  fashion, — ^perhaps  more  in  one  dis- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


54  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

trict  than  in  another,  according  to  the  state  of  civilisation  of 
the  inhabitants, — slowly  to  add  to  the  characteristic  features 
of  the  breed,  whatever  they  may  be.  But  the  chance  will  be 
infinitely  small  of  any  record  having  been  preserved  of  such 
slow,  varying,  and  insensible  changes. 

CIRCUMSTANCES   FAVOURABLE  TO    MAN's    POWER   OF   SELECTION 

I  will  now  say  a  few  words  on  the  circumstances,  favour- 
able, or  the  reverse,  to  man's  power  of  selection.  A  high  de- 
gree of  variability  is  obviously  favourable,  as  freely  giving 
the  materials  for  selection  to  work  on;  not  that  mere  indi- 
vidual differences  are  not  amply  sufficient,  with  extreme  care, 
to  allow  of  the  accumulation  of  a  large  amount  of  modifica- 
tion in  almost  any  desired  direction.  But  as  variations  mani- 
festly useful  or  pleasing  to  man  appear  only  occasionally,  the 
chance  of  their  appearance  will  be  much  increased  by  a  large 
number  of  individuals  being  kept.  Hence,  nimiber  is  of  the 
highest  importance  for  success.  On  this  principle  Marshall 
formerly  remarked,  with  respect  to  the  sheep  of  parts  of 
Yorkshire,  "as  they  generally  belong  to  poor  people,  and  are 
mostly  in  small  lots,  they  never  can  be  improved."  On  the 
other  hand,  nurserymen,  from  keeping  large  stocks  of  the 
same  plant,  are  generally  far  more  successful  than  amateurs 
in  raising  new  and  valuable  varieties.  A  large  number  of 
individuals  of  an  animal  or  plant  can  be  reared  only  where 
the  conditions  for  its  propagation  are  favourable.  When  the 
individuals  are  scanty,  all  will  be  allowed  to  breed,  whatever 
their  quality  may  be,  and  this  will  effectually  prevent  selec- 
tion. But  probably  the  most  important  element  is  that  the 
animal  or  plant  should  be  so  highly  valued  by  man,  that  the 
closest  attention  is  paid  to  even  the  slightest  deviations  in  its 
qualities  or  structure.  Unless  such  attention  be  paid  nothing 
can  be  effected.  I  have  seen  it  gravely  remarked,  that  it  was 
most  fortunate  that  the  strawberry  began  to  vary  just  when 
gardeners  began  to  attend  to  this  plant.  No  doubt  the  straw- 
berry had  always  varied  since  it  was  cultivated,  but  the  slight 
varieties  had  been  neglected.  As  soon,  however,  as  gar- 
deners picked  out  individual  plants  with  slightly  larger,  ear- 
lier, or  better  fruit,  and  raised  seedlings  from  them,  and  again 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CIRCUMSTANCES  FAVOURABLE  TO  SELECTION     55 

picked  out  the  best  seedlings  and  bred  from  them,  then  (with 
some  aid  by  crossing  distinct  species)  those  many  admirable 
varieties  of  the  strawberry  were  raised  which  have  appeared 
during  the  last  half-century. 

With  animals,  facility  in  preventing  crosses  is  an  important 
element  in  the  formation  of  new  races, — at  least,  in  a  country 
which  is  already  stocked  with  other  races.  In  this  respect 
enclosure  of  the  land  plays  a  part.  Wandering  savages  or 
the  inhabitants  of  open  plains  rarely  possess  more  than  one 
breed  of  the  same  species.  Pigeons  can  be  mated  for  life,  and 
this  is  a  great  convenience  to  the  fancier,  for  thus  many  races 
may  be  improved  and  kept  true,  though  mingled  in  the  same 
aviary ;  and  this  circumstance  must  have  largely  favoured  the 
formation  of  new  breeds.  Pigeons,  I  may  add,  can  be  propa- 
gated in  great  nimibers  and  at  a  very  quick  rate,  and  inferior 
birds  may  be  freely  rejected,  as  when  killed  they  serve  for 
food.  On  the  other  hand,  cats,  from  their  nocturnal  rambling 
habits,  cannot  be  easily  matched,  and,  although  so  much 
valued  by  women  and  children,  we  rarely  see  a  distinct  breed 
long  kept  up ;  such  breeds  as  we  do  sometimes  see  are  almost 
always  imported  from  some  other  country.  Although  I  do 
not  doubt  that  some  domestic  animals  vary  less  than  others, 
yet  the  rarity  or  absence  of  distinct  breeds  of  the  cat,  the 
donkey,  peacock,  goose,  &c.,  may  be  attributed  in  main  part 
to  selection  not  having  been  brought  into  play:  in  cats,  from 
the  difficulty  in  pairing  them;  in  donkeys,  from  only  a  few 
being  kept  by  poor  people,  and  little  attention  paid  to  their 
breeding;  for  recently  in  certain  parts  of  Spain  and  of  the 
United  States  this  animal  has  been  surprisingly  modified  and 
improved  by  careful  selection;  in  peacocks,  from  not  being 
very  easily  reared  and  a  large  stock  not  kept;  in  geese,  from 
being  valuable  only  for  two  purposes,  food  and  feathers,  and 
more  especially  from  no  pleasure  having  been  felt  in  the  dis- 
play of  distinct  breeds ;  but  the  goose,  under  the  conditions  to 
which  it  is  exposed  when  domesticated,  seems  to  have  a  sin- 
gularly inflexible  organisation,  though  it  has  varied  to  a 
slight  extent,  as  I  have  elsewhere  described. 

Some  authors  have  maintained  that  the  amount  of  variation 
in  our  domestic  productions  is  soon  reached,  and  can  never 
afterwards  be  exceeded.    It  would  be  somewhat  rash  to  as- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


56  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

sert  that  the  limit  has  been  attained  in  any  one  case ;  for  al- 
most all  our  animals  and  plants  have  been  greatly  improved  in 
many  ways  within  a  recent  period ;  and  this  implies  variation. 
It  would  be  equally  rash  to  assert  that  characters  now  in- 
creased to  their  usual  limit,  could  not,  after  remaining  fixed 
for  many  centuries,  again  vary  imder  new  conditions  of  life. 
No  doubt,  as  Mr.  Wallace  has  remarked  with  much  truth,  a 
limit  will  be  at  last  reached.  For  instance,  there  must  be  a 
limit  to  the  fleetness  of  any  terrestrial  animal,  as  this  will 
be  determined  by  the  friction  to  be  overcome,  the  weight  of 
body  to  be  carried,  and  the  power  of  contraction  in  the  mus- 
cular fibres.  But  what  concerns  us  is  that  the  domestic  vari- 
eties of  the  same  species  differ  from  each  other  in  almost 
every  character,  which  man  has  attended  to  and  selected, 
more  than  do  the  distinct  species  of  the  same  genera.  Isi- 
dore Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire  has  proved  this  in  regard  to  size, 
and  so  it  is  with  colour  and  probably  with  the  length  of  hair. 
With  respect  to  fleetness,  which  depends  on  many  bodily  char- 
acters, Eclipse  was  far  fleeter,  and  a  dray-horse  is  incom- 
parably stronger  than  any  two  natural  species  belonging  to 
the  same  genus.  So  with  plants,  the  seeds  of  the  different 
varieties  of  the  bean  or  maize  probably  differ  more  in  size, 
than  do  the  seeds  of  the  distinct  species  in  any  one  genus  in 
the  same  two  families.  The  same  remark  holds  good  in  re- 
gard to  the  fruit  of  the  several  varieties  of  the  plum,  and  still 
more  strongly  with  the  melon,  as  well  as  in  many  other  anal- 
ogous cases. 

To  sum  up  on  the  origin  of  our  domestic  races  of  animals 
and  plants.  Changed  conditions  of  life  are  of  the  highest 
importance  in  causing  variability,  both  by  acting  directly  on 
the  organisation,  and  indirectly  by  affecting  the  reproductive 
system.  It  is  not  probable  that  variability  is  an  inherent  and 
necessary  contingent,  under  all  circumstances.  The  greater 
or  less  force  of  inheritance  and  reversion  determine  whether 
variations  shall  endure.  Variability  is  governed  by  many 
unknown  laws,  of  which  correlated  growth  is  probably  the 
most  important.  Something,  but  how  much  we  do  not  know, 
may  be  attributed  to  the  definite  action  of  the  conditions  of 
life.  Some,  perhaps  a  great,  effect  may  be  attributed  to  the 
increased  use  or  disuse  of  parts.    The  final  result  is  thus 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CIRCUMSTANCES  FAVOURABLE  TO  SELECTION    57 

rendered  infinitely  complex.  In  some  cases  the  intercrossing 
of  aboriginally  distinct  species  appears  to  have  played  an  im- 
portant part  in  the  origin  of  our  breeds.  When  several 
breeds  have  once  been  formed  in  any  country,  their  occa- 
sional intercrossing,  with  the  aid  of  selection,  has,  no  doubt, 
largely  aided  in  the  formation  of  new  sub-breeds ;  but  the  im- 
portance of  crossing  has  been  much  exaggerated,  both  in  re- 
gard to  animals  and  to  those  plants  which  are  propagated  by 
seed.  With  plants  which  are  temporarily  propagated  by  cut- 
tings, buds,  &c.,  the  importance  of  crossing  is  immense;  for 
the  cultivator  may  here  disregard  the  extreme  variability 
both  of  hybrids  and  of  mongrels,  and  the  sterility  of  hybrids ; 
but  plants  not  propagated  by  seed  are  of  little  importance  to 
us,  for  their  endurance  is  only  temporary.  Over  all  these 
causes  of  Change,  the  accumulative  action  of  Selection, 
whether  applied  methodically  and  quickly,  or  unconsciously 
and  slowly  but  more  efficiently,  seems  to  have  been  the  pre- 
dominant Power. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  II 

Variation  Under  Nature 

Variabilit3^ — Individual  differences — Doubtful  species — ^Wide  ranging^ 
much  diffused,  and  common  species,  vary  most — Species  of  the 
larger  genera  in  each  country  vary  more  frequently  than  the 
species  of  the  smaller  genera — Many  of  the  species  of  the  larger 
genera  resemble  varieties  in  being  very  closely,  but  unequally, 
related  to  each  other,  and  in  having  restricted  ranges. 

BEFORE  applying  the  principles  arrived  at  in  the  last 
chapter  to  organic  beings  in  a  state  of  nature,  we  must 
briefly  discuss  whether  these  latter  are  subject  to  any 
variation.  To  treat  this  subject  properly,  a  long  catalogue  of 
dry  facts  ought  to  be  given;  but  these  I  shall  reserve  for  a 
future  work.  Nor  shall  I  here  discuss  the  various  definitions 
which  have  been  given  of  the  term  species.  No  one  defini- 
tion has  satisfied  all  naturalists;  yet  every  naturalist  knows 
vaguely  what  he  means  when  he  speaks  of  a  species.  Gen- 
erally the  term  includes  the  unknown  element  of  a  distinct 
act  of  creation.  The  term  "variety"  is  almost  equally  difl&- 
cult  to  define;  but  here  community  of  descent  is  almost  uni- 
versally implied,  though  it  can  rarely  be  proved.  We  have 
also  what  are  called  monstrosities;  but  they  graduate  into 
varieties.  By  a  monstrosity  I  presume  is  meant  some  consid- 
erable deviation  of  structure,  generally  injurious,  or  not  use- 
ful to  the  species.  Some  authors  use  the  term  "variation"  in 
a  technical  sense,  as  implying  a  modification  directly  due  to 
the  physical  conditions  of  life ;  and  "variations"  in  this  sense 
are  supposed  not  to  be  inherited;  but  who  can  say  that  the 
dwarfed  condition  of  shells  in  the  brackish  waters  of  the 
Baltic,  or  dwarfed  plants  on  Alpine  summits,  or  the  thicker 
fur  of  an  animal  from  far  northwards,  would  not  in  some 
cases  be  inherited  for  at  least  a  few  generations?  and  ifi  this 
case  I  presume  that  the  form  would  be  called  a  variety. 
It  may  be  doubted  whether  sudden  and  considerable  devi- 

58 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDIVIDUAL  DIFPBRENCES  S» 

attons  of  structure  such  as  we  occasionally  see  in  our  domes- 
tic productions,  more  especially  with  plants,  are  ever  perma- 
nently propagated  in  a  state  of  nature.  Almost  every  part 
of  every  organic  being  is  so  beautifully  related  to  its  complex 
conditions  of  life  that  it  seems  as  improbable  that  any  part 
should  have  been  suddenly  produced  perfect,  as  that  a  com- 
plex machine  should  have  been  invented  by  man  in  a  perfect 
state.  Under  domestication  monstrosities  sometimes  occur 
which  resemble  normal  structures  in  widely  different  animals. 
Thus  pigs  have  occasionally  been  born  with  a  sort  of  pro- 
boscis, and  if  any  wild  species  of  the  same  genus  had  nat- 
urally possessed  a  proboscis,  it  might  have  been  argued  that 
this  had  appeared  as  a  monstrosity;  but  I  have  as  yet  failed 
to  find,  after  diligent  search,  cases  of  monstrosities  resem- 
bling normal  structures  in  nearly  allied  forms,  and  these  alone 
bear  on  the  question.  If  monstrous  forms  of  this  kind  ever 
do  appear  in  a  state  of  nature  and  are  capable  of  reproduc- 
tion (which  is  not  always  the  case),  as  they  occur  rarely  and 
singly,  their  preservation  would  depend  on  unusually  favour- 
able circumstances.  They  would,  also,  during  the  first  and 
succeeding  generations  cross  with  the  ordinary  form,  and 
thus  their  abnormal  character  would  almost  inevitably  be  lost 
But  I  shall  have  to  return  in  a  future  chapter  to  the  pres- 
ervation and  perpetuation  of  single  or  occasicMial  variations. 

INDIVIDUAL  DIFFERENCES 

The  many  slight  differences  which  appear  in  the  offspring 
from  the  same  parents,  or  which  it  may  be  presumed  have 
thus  arisen,  from  being  observed  in  the  individuals  of  the 
same  species  inhabiting  the  same  confined  locality,  may  be 
called  individual  differences.  No  one  supposes  that  all  the 
individuals  of  the  same  species  are  cast  in  the  same  acttial 
mould.  These  individual  differences  are  of  the  highest  im- 
portance for  us,  for  they  are  often  inherited,  as  must  be 
familiar  to  every  one;  and  they  thus  afford  materials  for 
natural  selection  to  act  on  and  accumulate,  in  the  same  man- 
ner a&  man  accumulates  in  any  given  direction  individual  dif- 
ferences in  his  domesticated  productions.  These  individual 
differences  generally  affect  what  naturalists  consider  unim- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GO  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaES 

portant  parts ;  but  I  could  show  by  a  long  catalogue  of  facts, 
that  parts  which  must  be  called  important,  whether  viewed 
under  a  physiological  or  classificatory  point  of  view,  some- 
times vary  in  the  individuals  of  the  same  species.  I  am  con- 
vinced that  the  most  experienced  naturalist  would  be  sur- 
prised at  the  number  of  the  cases  of  variability,  even  in  im- 
portant parts  of  stnicture,  which  he  could  collect  on  good 
authority,  as  I  have  collected,  during  a  course  of  years.  It 
should  be  remembered  that  systematists  are  far  from  being 
pleased  at  finding  variability  in  important  characters,  and  that 
there  are  not  many  men  who  will  laboriously  examine  inter- 
nal and  important  organs,  and  compare  them  in  many  speci- 
mens of  the  same  species.  It  would  never  have  been  expected 
that  the  branching  of  the  main  nerves  close  to  the  great  cen- 
tral ganglion  of  an  insect  would  have  been  variable  in  the 
same  species;  it  might  have  been*  thought  that  changes  of 
this  nature  could  have  been  effected  only  by  slow  degrees; 
yet  Sir  J.  Lubbock  has  shown  a  degree  of  variability  in  these 
main  nerves  in  Coccus,  which  may  almost  be  compared  to  the 
irregular  branching  of  the  stem  of  a  tree.  This  philosoph- 
ical naturalist,  I  may  add,  has  also  shown  that  the  muscles  in 
the  larvae  of  certain  insects  are  far  from  uniform.  Authors 
sometimes  argue  in  a  circle  when  they  state  that  important 
organs  never  vary;  for  these  same  authors  practically  rank 
those  parts  as  important  (as  some  few  naturalists  have  hon- 
estly confessed)  which  do  not  vary;  and,  under  this  point  of 
view,  no  instance  will  ever  be  found  of  an  important  part 
varying;  but  under  any  other  point  of  view  many  instances 
assuredly  can  be  given. 

There  is  one  point  connected  with  individual  differences, 
which  is  extremely  perplexing:  I  refer  to  those  genera  which 
have  been  called  "protean"  or  "poljrmorphic,"  in  which  the 
species  present  an  inordinate  amount  of  variation.  With  re- 
spect to  many  of  these  forms,  hardly  two  naturalists  agree 
whether  to  rank  them  as  species  or  as  varieties.  We  may 
instance  Rubus,  Rosa,  and  Hieracium  amongst  plants,  several 
genera  of  insects  and  of  Brachiopod  shells.  In  most  poly- 
morphic genera  some  of  the  species  have  fixed  and  definite 
characters.  Genera  which  are  polymorphic  in  one  country 
seem  to  be,  with  a  few  exceptions,  polymorphic  in  other  coun- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDIVIDUAL  DIFFERENCES  61 

tries,  and  likewise,  judging  from  Brachiopod  shells,  at  former 
periods  of  time.  These  facts  are  very  perplexing,  for  they 
seem  to  show  that  this  kind  of  variability  is  independent  of 
the  conditions  of  life.  I  am  inclined  to  suspect  that  we  see, 
at  least  in  some  of  these  polymorphic  genera,  variations  which 
are  of  no  service  or  disservice  to  the  species,  and  which  con- 
sequently have  not  been  seized  on  and  rendered  definite  by 
natural  selection,  as  hereafter  to  be  explained. 

Individuals  of  the  same  species  often  present,  as  is  known 
to  every  one,  great  differences  of  structure,  independently 
of  variation,  as  in  the  two  sexes  of  various  animals,  in 
the  two  or  three  castes  of  sterile  female  or  workers  amongst 
insects,  and  in  the  immature  and  larval  states  of  many  of 
the  lower  animals. 

There  are,  also,  cases  of  dimorphism  and  trimorphism, 
both  with  animals  and  plants.  Thus,  Mr.  Wallace,  who 
^has  lately  called  attention  to  the  subject,  has  shown 
that  the  females  of  certain  species  of  butterflies,  in  the  Ma- 
layan archipelago,  regularly  appear  under  two  or  even  three 
conspicuously  distinct  forms,  not  connected  by  intermediate 
varieties.  Fritz  Mtiller  has  described  analogous  but  more 
extraordinary  cases  with  the  males  of  certain  Brazilian 
Crustaceans:  thus,  the  male  of  a  Tanais  regularly  occurs 
under  two  distinct  forms;  one  of  these  has  strong  and  dif- 
ferently shaped  pincers,  and  the  other  has  antennx  much 
more  abundantly  furnished  with  smelling-hairs.  Although 
in  most  of  these  cases,  the  two  or  three  forms,  both  with 
animals  and  plants,  are  not  now  connected  by  intermediate 
gradations,  it  is  probable  that  they  were  once  thus  connected. 
Mr.  Wallace,  for  instance,  describes  a  certain  butterfly  which 
presents  in  the  same  island  a  great  range  of  varieties  con- 
nected by  intermediate  links,  and  the  extreme  links  of  the 
chain  closely  resemble  the  two  forms  of  an  allied  dimorphic 
species  inhabiting  another  part  of  the  Malay  archipelago. 
Thus  also  with  ants,  the  several  worker-castes  are  generally 
quite  distinct;  but  in  some  cases,  as  we  shall  hereafter  see, 
the  castes  are  connected  together  by  finely  graduated  varie- 
ties. So  it  is,  as  I  have  myself  observed,  with  some  dimor- 
phic plants.  It  certainly  at  first  appears  a  highly  remarkable 
fact  that  the  same  female  butterfly  should  have  the  power 

D— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


62  ORIGIN  OF  SPEOES 

of  producing  at  the  same  time  three  distinct  female  forms 
and  a  male;  and  that  an  hermaphrodite  plant  should  produce 
from  the  same  seed-capsule  three  distinct  hermaphrodite 
forms,  bearing  three  different  kinds  of  females  and  three  or 
even  six  different  kinds  of  males.  Nevertheless  these  cases 
are  only  exaggerations  of  the  common  fact  that  the  female 
produces  offspring  of  two  sexes  which  sometimes  differ  from 
each  other  in  a  wonderful  manner. 

DOUBTFUL    SPECIES 

The  forms  which  possess  in  some  considerable  degree  the 
character  of  species,  but  which  are  so  closely  similar  to  other 
forms,  or  are  so  closely  linked  to  them  by  intermediate  gra- 
dations, that  naturalists  do  not  like  to  rank  them  as  distinct 
species,  are  in  several  respects  the  most  important  for  us. 
We  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  many  of  these  doubtfuK 
and  closely  allied  forms  have  permanently  retained  their 
characters  for  a  long  time;  for  as  long,  as  far  as  we  know, 
as  have  good  and  true  species.  Practically,  when  a  naturalist 
can  unite  by  means  of  intermediate  links  any  two  forms,  he 
treats  the  one  as  a  variety  of  the  other;  ranking  the  most 
common,  but  sometimes  the  one  first  described,  as  the  spe- 
cies, and  the  other  as  the  variety.  But  cases  of  great  diffi- 
culty, which  I  will  not  here  enumerate,  sometimes  arise  in 
deciding  whether  or  not  to  rank  one  form  as  a  variety  of 
another,  even  when  they  are  closely  connected  by  interme- 
diate links;  nor  will  the  commonly-assumed  hybrid  nature 
of  the  intermediate  forms  always  remove  the  difficulty.  In 
very  many  cases,  however,  one  form  is  ranked  as  a  variety 
of  another,  not  because  the  intermediate  links  have  actually 
been  found,  but  because  analogy  leads  the  observer  to  sup- 
pose either  that  they  do  now  somewhere  exist,  or  may  for- 
merly have  existed;  and  here  a  wide  door  for  the  entry  of 
doubt  and  conjecture  is  opened. 

Hence,  in  determining  whether  a  form  should  be  ranked 
as  a  species  or  a  variety,  the  opinion  of  naturalists  having 
sound  judgment  and  wide  experience  seems  the  only  guide  to 
follow.  We  must,  however,  in  many  cases,  decide  by  a  ma- 
jority of  naturalists,  for  few  well-marked  and  well-known 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOUBTFUL  SPEaES  63 

varieties  can  be  named  which  have  not  been  ranked  as  spe- 
cies by  at  least  some  competent  judges. 

That  varieties  of  this  doubtful  nature  are  far  from  un- 
common cannot  be  disputed.  Compare  the  several  floras  of 
Great  Britain,  of  France,  or  of  the  United  States,  drawn  up 
by  different  botanists,  and  see  what  a  surprising  number  of 
forms  have  been  ranked  by  one  botanist  as  good  species, 
and  by  another  as  mere  varieties.  Mr.  H.  C.  Watson,  to 
whom  I  lie  under  deep  obligation  for  assistance  of  all  kinds, 
has  marked  for  me  182  British  plants,  which  are  generally 
considered  as  varieties,  but  which  have  all  been  ranked  by 
botanists  as  species;  and  in  making  this  list  he  has  omitted 
many  trifling  varieties,  but  which  nevertheless  have  been 
ranked  by  some  botanists  as  species,  and  he  has  entirely 
omitted  several  highly  polymorphic  genera.  Under  genera, 
including  the  most  polymorphic  forms,  Mr.  Babington  gives 
251  species,  whereas  Mr.  Bentham  gives  only  112, — b,  differ- 
ence of  139  doubtful  forms !  Amongst  animals  which  unite 
for  each  birth,  and  which  are  highly  locomotive,  doubtful 
forms,  ranked  by  one  zoologist  as  a  species  and  by  another 
as  a  variety,  can  rarely  be  found  within  the  same  country, 
but  are  common  in  separated  areas.  How  many  of  the  birds 
and  insects  in  North  America  and  Europe,  which  differ  very 
slightly  from  each  other,  have  been  ranked  by  one  eminent 
naturalist  as  undoubted  species,  and  by  another  as  varieties, 
or,  as  they  are  often  called,  geographical  races  1  Mr.  Wallace, 
in  several  valuable  papers  on  the  various  animals,  especially 
on  the  Lepidoptera,  inhabiting  the  islands  of  the  great  Ma- 
layan archipelago,  show  that  they  may  be  classed  under  four 
heads,  namely,  as  variable  forms,  as  local  forms,  as  geo- 
graphical races  or  sub-species,  and  as  true  representative 
species.  The  first  or  variable  forms  vary  much  within  the 
limits  of  the  same  island.  The  local  forms  are  moderately 
constant  and  distinct  in  each  separate  island;  but  when  all 
from  the  several  islands  are  compared  together,  the  differ- 
ences are  seen  to  be  so  slight  and  graduated,  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  define  or  describe  them,  though  at  the  same  time 
the  extreme  forms  are.  sufficiently  distinct.  The  geo- 
graphical races  or  sub-species  are  local  forms  completely 
fixed  and  isolated;  but  as  they  do  not  differ  from  each  other 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


64  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

by  strongly  marked  and  important  characters,  ''there  is  no 
possible  test  but  individual  opinion  to  determine  which  of 
them  shall  be  considered  as  species  and  which  as  varieties." 
Lastly,  representative  species  fill  the  same  place  in  the  nat- 
ural economy  of  each  island  as  do  the  local  forms  and  sub- 
species; but  as  they  are  distinguished  from  each  other  by  a 
greater  amount  of  difference  than  that  between  the  local 
forms  and  sub-species,  they  are  almost  universally  ranked 
by  naturalists  as  true  species.  Nevertheless,  no  certain  cri- 
terion can  possibly  be  given  by  which  variable  forms,  local 
forms,  sub-species,  and  representative  species  can  be 
recognised. 

Many  years  ago,  when  comparing,  and  seeing  others  com- 
pare, the  birds  from  the  closdy  neighbouring  islands  of  the 
Galapagos  archipelago,  one  with  another,  and  with  those 
from  the  American  mainland,  I  was  much  struck  how  entirely 
vague  and  arbitrary  is  the  distinction  between  species  and 
varieties.  On  the  islets  of  the  little  Madeira  group  there  are 
many  insects  which  are  characterised  as  varieties  in  Mr. 
Wollaston's  admirable  work,  but  which  would  certainly  be 
ranked  as  distinct  species  by  many  entomologists.  Even  Ire- 
land has  a  few  animals,  now  generally  regarded  as  varie- 
ties, but  which  have  been  ranked  as  species  by  some  zoolo- 
gists. Several  experienced  ornithologists  consider  our 
British  red  grouse  as  only  a  strongly-marked  race  of  Nor- 
wegian species,  whereas  the  greater  number  rank  it  as  an 
undoubted  species  peculiar  to  Great  Britain.  A  wide  dis- 
tance between  the  homes  of  two  doubtful  forms  leads  many 
naturalists  to  rank  them  as  distinct  species;  but  what  dis- 
tance, it  has  been  well  asked,  will  suffice;  if  that  between 
America  and  Europe  is  ample,  will  that  between  Europe  and 
the  Azores,  or  Madeira,  or  the  Canaries,  or  between  the  sev- 
eral islets  of  these  small  archipelagos,  be  sufficient? 

Mr.  B.  D.  Walsh,  a  distinguished  entomologist  of  the 
United  States,  has  described  what  he  calls  Phytophagic  vari- 
eties and  Phytophagic  species.  Most  vegetable-feeding 
insects  live  on  one  kind  of  plant  or  on  one  group  of  plants ; 
some  feed  indiscriminately  on  many  kinds,  but  do  not  in 
consequence  vary.  In  several  cases,  however,  insects  found 
living  on  different  plants,  have  been  observed  by  Mr.  Walsh 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOUBTFUL  SPECIES  65 

to  present  in  their  larval  or  mature  state,  or  in  both  states, 
slight,  though  constant  diflFerences  in  colour,  size,  or  in  the 
nature  of  their  secretions.  In  some  instances  the  males 
alone,  in  other  instances  both  males  and  females,  have  been 
observed  thus  to  differ  in  a  slight  degree.  When  the  differ- 
ences are  rather  more  strongly  marked,  and  when  both 
sexes  and  all  ages  are  affected,  the  forms  are  ranked  by  all 
entomologists  as  good  species.  But  no  observer  can  deter- 
mine for  another,  even  if  he  can  do  so  for  himself,  which  of 
these  Phytophagic  forms  ought  to  be  called  species  and 
which  varieties.  Mr.  Walsh  ranks  the  forms  which  it  may 
be  supposed  would  freely  intercross,  as  varieties;  and  those 
which  appear  to  have  lost  this  power,  as  species.  As  the 
differences  depend  on  the  insects  having  long  fed  on  distinct 
plants,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  intermediate  links  connect- 
ing the  several  forms  should  now  be  found.  The  naturalist 
thus  loses  his  best  guide  in  deterhiining  whether  to  rank 
doubtful  forms  as  varieties  or  species.  This  likewise  neces- 
sarily occurs  with  closely  allied  organisms,  which  inhabit 
distinct  continents  or  islands.  When,  on  the  other  hand, 
an  animal  or  plant  ranges  over  the  same  continent,  or  in- 
habits many  islands  in  the  same  archipelago,  and  presents 
different  forms  in  the  different  areas,  there  is  always  a  good 
chance  that  intermediate  forms  will  be  discovered  which  will 
link  together  the  extreme  states ;  and  these  are  then  degraded 
to  the  rank  of  varieties. 

Some  few  naturalists  maintain  that  animals  never  present 
varieties;  but  then  these  same  naturalists  rank  the  slightest 
difference  as  of  specific  value;  and  when  the  same  identical 
form  is  met  with  in  two  distinct  countries,  or  in  two  geologi- 
cal formations,  they  believe  that  two  distinct  species  are  hid- 
den under  the  same  dress.  The  terni  species  thus  comes  to 
be  a  mere  useless  abstraction,  implying  and  assuming  a  sep- 
arate act  of  creation.  It  is  certain  that  many  forms,  consid- 
ered by  highly-competent  judges  to  be  varieties,  resemble 
species  so  completely  in  character,  that  they  have  been  thus 
ranked  by  other  highly-competent  judges.  But  to  discuss 
whether  they  ought  to  be  called  species  or  varieties,  before 
any  definition  of  these  terms  has  been  generally  accepted,  is 
vainly  to  beat  the  air. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google   ^ 


m  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIRS 

Many  of  the  cases  of  strongly-marked  varieties  or  doubtful 
species  well  deserve  consideration;  for  several  interesting 
lines  of  argument,  from  geographical  distribution,  analogical 
variation,  hybridism,  &c,,  have  been  brought  to  bear  in  the 
attempt  to  determine  their  rank ;  but  space  does  not  here  per- 
mit me  to  discuss  them.  Close  investigation,  in  many  cases, 
will  no  doubt  bring  naturalists  to  agree  how  to  rank  doubt- 
ful forms.  Yet  it  must  be  confessed  that  it  is  in  the  best 
known  countries  that  we  find  the  greatest  number  of  them. 
I  have  been  struck  with  the  fact,  that  if  any  animal  or  plant 
in  a  state  of  nature  be  highly  useful  to  man,  or  from  any 
cause  closely  attracts  his  attention,  varieties  of  it  will  almost 
universally  be  found  recorded.  These  varieties,  moreover, 
will  often  be  ranked  by  some  authors  as  species.  Look  at  the 
common  oak,  how  closely  it  has  been  studied ;  yet  a  German 
author  makes  more  than  a  dozen  species  out  of  forms,  which 
are  almost  universally  considered  by  other  botanists  to  be 
varieties;  and  in  this  country  the  highest  botanical  authori- 
ties and  practical  men  can  be  quoted  to  show  that  the  sessile 
and  pedunculated  oaks  are  either  good  and  distinct  species  or 
mere  varieties. 

I  may  here  allude  to  a  remaiicable  memoir  lately  published 
by  A.  de  CandoUe,  on  the  oaks  of  the  whole  world.  No  one 
ever  had  more  ample  materials  for  the  discrimination  of  the 
species,  or  could  have  worked  cm  them  with  more  zeal  and 
sagacity.  He  first  gives  in  detail  all  the  many  points  of  struc- 
ture which  vary  in  the  several  species,  and  estimates  numeri- 
cally the  relative  frequency  of  the  variations.  He  specifies 
above  a  dozen  characters  which  may  be  found  varying  even 
on  the  same  branch,  sometimes  according  to  age  or  develop- 
ment, sometimes  without  any  assignable  reason.  Such  char- 
acters are  not  of  course*  of  specific  value,  but  they  are,  as  Asa 
Gray  has  remarked  in  commenting  on  this  memoir,  such  as 
generally  enter  into  specific  definitions.  De  Candolle  then 
goes  on  to  say  that  he  gives  the  rank  of  species  to  the  forms 
that  differ  by  characters  never  varying  on  the  same  tree,  and 
never  found  connected  by  intermediate  states.  After  this 
discussion,  the  result  of  so  much  labour,  he  emphatically  re- 
marks: "They  are  mistaken,  who  repeat  that  the  greater 
part  of  our  species  are  clearly  limited^  and  that  the  doubtful 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOUBTFUL  SPSaES  9i 

species  are  in  a  feeble  minority.  This  seemed  to  be  true,  so 
long  as  a  genus  was  imperfectly  known,  and  its  ^ecies  were 
founded  upon  a  few  specimens,  that  is  to  say,  were  pro- 
visional Just  as  we  come  to  know  them  better,  intermediate 
forms  flow  in,  and  doubts  as  to  specific  limits  augment/'  He 
also  adds  that  it  is  the  best  known  species  which  present  the 
greatest  number  of  spontaneous  varieties  and  sub-varieties. 
The  Quercus  robur  has  twenty-eight  varieties,  all  of  which, 
excepting  six,  are  clustered  round  three  su^-species,  namely, 
Q.  pedunculata  sessilifiora,  and  pubescens.  The  forms  which 
connect  these  three  sub-species  are  comparatively  rare;  and, 
as  Asa  Gray  again  remarks,  if  these  connecting  forms  which 
are  now  rare,  were  to  become  wholly  extinct,  the  three  sub- 
species would  hold  exactly  the  same  relation  to  each  other,  as 
do  the  four  or  five  provisionally  admitted  species  which 
closely  surround  the  typical  Quercus  robur.  Finally,  De 
Candolle  admits  that  out  of  the  300  species,  which  will  be 
enumerated  in  his  Prodromus  as  belonging  to  the  oak  family, 
at  least  two-thirds  are  provisional  species,  that  is,  are  not 
known  strictly  to  fulfil  the  definition  above  given  of  a  true 
species.  It  should  be  added  that  De  Candolle  no  longer  be- 
lieves that  species  are  immutable  creations,  but  concludes 
that  the  derivative  theory  is  the  most  natural  one,  "and  the 
most  accordant  with  the  known  facts  in  palaeontology,  geo- 
graphical botany  and  zoology,  of  anatomical  structure  and 
classification." 

When  a  young  naturalist  commences  the  study  of  a  group 
of  organisms  quite  unknown  to  him,  he  is  at  first  much  per- 
plexed in  determining  what  differences  to  consider  as  specific, 
and  what  as  varietal;  for  he  knows  nothing  of  the  amount 
and  kind  of  variation  to  which  the  group  is  subject ;  and  this 
shows,  at  least,  how  very  generally  there  is  some  variation. 
But  if  he  confine  his  attention  to  one  class  within  one  country, 
he  will  soon  make  up  his  mind  how  to  rank  most  of  the  doubt- 
ful forms.  His  general  tendency  will  be  to  make  many 
species,  for  he  will  become  impressed,  just  like  the  pigeon  or 
poultry  fancier  before  alluded  to,  with  the  amount  of  differ- 
ence in  the  forms  which  he  is  continually  studying;  and  he 
has  little  general  knowledge  of  analogical  variation  in  other 
groups  and  in  other  coimtries,  by  which  to  correct  his  first 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


68  ORIGIN  OP  SPBaES 

impressions.  As  he  extends  the  range  of  his  observations,  he 
will  meet  with  more  cases  of  difficulty ;  for  he  will  encounter 
a  greater  number  of  closely-allied  forms.  But  if  his  observa- 
tionB  be  widely  extended,  he  will  in  the  end  generally  be  able 
to  make  up  his  own  mind ;  but  he  will  succeed  in  this  at  the 
expense  of  admitting  much  variation, — and  the  truth  of  this 
admission  will  often  be  disputed  by  other  naturalists.  When 
he  comes  to  study  allied  forms  brought  from  countries  not 
now  continuous,  in  which  case  he  cannot  hope  to  find  inter- 
mediate links,  he  will  be  compelled  to  trust  almost  entirely  to 
analogy,  and  his  difficulties  will  rise  to  a  climax. 

Certainly  no  dear  line  of  demarcation  has  as  yet  been 
drawn  between  species  and  sub-species — ^that  is,  the  forms 
which  in  the  opinion  of  some  naturalists  come  very  near  to, 
but  do  not  quite  arrive  at,  the  rank  of  species:  or,  again, 
between  sub-species  and  well-marked  varieties,  or  between 
lesser  varieties  and  individual  differences.  These  differences 
blend  into  each  other  by  an  insensible  series;  and  a  series 
impresses  the  mind  with  the  idea  of  an  actual  passage. 

Hence  I  look  at  individual  differences,  though  of  small 
interest  to  the  systematist,  as  of  the  highest  importance  for 
us,  as  being  the  first  steps  towards  such  slight  varieties  as 
are  barely  thought  worth  recording  in  works  on  natural  his- 
tory. And  I  look  at  varieties  which  are  in  any  degree  more 
distinct  and  permanent,  as  steps  towards  more  strongly- 
marked  and  permanent  varieties;  and  at  the  latter,  as  lead- 
ing to  sub-species,  and  then  to  species.  The  passage  from 
one  stage  of  difference  to  another  may,  in  many  cases,  be 
the  simple  result  of  the  nature  of  the  organism  and  of  the 
different  physical  conditions  to  which  it  has  long  been  ex- 
posed; but  with  respect  to  the  more  important  and  adaptive 
characters,  the  passage  from  one  stage  of  difference  to  an- 
other, may  be  safely  attributed  to  the  cumulative  action  of 
natural  selection,  hereafter  to  be  explained,  and  to  the  effects 
of  the  increased  use  or  disuse  of  parts.  A  well-marked  vari- 
ety may  therefore  be  called  an  incipient  species ;  but  whether 
this  belief  is  justifiable  must  be  judged  by  the  weight  of  the 
various  facts  and  considerations  to  be  given  throughout  this 
work. 

It  need  not  be  supposed  that  all  varieties  or  incipient 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DOMINANT  SPECIES  VARY  MOST  69 

species  attain  the  rank  of  species.  They  may  become  extinct, 
or  they  may  endure  as  varieties  for  very  long  periods,  as 
has  been  shown  to  be  the  case  by  Mr.  Wollaston  with  the 
varieties  of  certain  fossil  land-shells  in  Madeira,  and  with 
plants  by  Gaston  de  Saporta.  If  a  variety  were  to  flourish 
so  as  to  exceed  in  numbers  the  parent  species,  it  would  then 
rank  as  the  species,  and  the  species  as  the  variety;  or  it 
might  come  to  supplant  and  exterminate  the  parent  species; 
or  both  might  co-exist,  and  both  rank  as  independent  species. 
But  we  shall  hereafter  return  to  this  subject. 

From  these  remarks  it  will  be  seen  that  I  look  at  the  term 
species  as  one  arbitrarily  given,  for  the  sake  of  convenience, 
to  a  set  of  individuals  closely  resembling  each  other,  and 
that  it  does  not  essentially  differ  from  the  term  variety,  which 
is  given  to  less  distinct  and  more  fluctuating  forms.  The 
term  variety,  again,  in  comparison  with  mere  individual  dif- 
ferences, is  also  applied  arbitrarily,  for  convenience'  sake. 

WIDE-RANGING,   MUCH    DIFFUSED,   AND   COMMON    SPECIES 
VARY   MOST 

Guided  by  theoretical  considerations,  I  thought  that  some 
interesting  results  might  be  obtained  in  regard  to  the  nature 
and  relations  of  the  species  which  vary  most,  by  tabulating 
all  the  varieties  in  several  well-worked  floras.  At  first  this 
seemed  a  simple  task;  but  Mr.  H.  C.  Watson,  to  whom  I  am 
much  indebted  for  valuable  advice  and  assistance  on  this 
subject,  soon  convinced  me  that  there  were  many  difficulties, 
as  did  subsequently  Dr.  Hooker,  even  in  stronger  terms.  I 
shall  reserve  for  a  future  work  the  discussion  of  these  diffi- 
culties, and  the  tables  of  the  proportional  numbers  of  the 
varying  species.  Dr.  Hooker  permits  me  to  add  that  after 
having  carefully  read  my  manuscript,  and  examined  the 
tables,  he  thinks  that  the  following  statements  are  fairly  well 
established.  The  whole  subject,  however,  treated  as  it  neces- 
sarily here  is  with  much  brevity,  is  rather  perplexing,  and 
allusions  cannot  be  avoided  to  the  "struggle  for  existence," 
"divergence  of  character,"  and  other  questions,  hereafter  to 
be  discussed. 

Alphonse  de  CandoUe  and  others  have  shown  that  plants 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


70  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

which  have  very  wide  ranges  generally  present  varieties; 
and  this  might  have  been  expected,  as  they  are  exposed  to 
diverse  physical  conditions,  and  as  they  come  into  competi- 
tion (which,  as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  is  an  equally  or  more 
important  circumstance)  with  different  sets  of  organic  beings. 
But  my  tables  further  show  that,  in  any  limited  country,  the 
species  which  are  the  most  common,  that  is  abound  most  in 
individuals,  and  the  species  which  are  most  widely  diffused 
within  their  own  country  (and  this  is  a  different  considera- 
tion from  wide  range,  and  to  a  certain  extent  from  com- 
monness), oftenest  give  rise  to  varieties  sufficiently  well- 
marked  to  have  been  recorded  in  botanical  works.  Hence 
it  is  the  most  flourishing,  or,  as  they  may  be  called,  the 
dominant  species, — those  which  range  widely,  are  the  most 
diffused  in  their  own  country,  and  are  the  most  numerous 
in  individuals, — ^which  oftenest  produce  well-marked  varie- 
ties, or,  as  I  consider  them,  incipient  species.  And  this,  per- 
haps, might  have  been  anticipated;  for,  as  varieties,  in  order 
to  become  in  any  degree  permanent,  necessarily  have  to 
struggle  with  the  other  inhabitants  of  the  country,  the  spe- 
cies which  are  already  dominant  will  be  the  most  likely  to 
yield  offspring,  which,  though  in  some  slight  degree  modi- 
fied, still  inherit  those  advantages  that  enabled  their  parents 
to  become  dominant  over  their  compatriots.  In  these  re- 
marks on  predominance,  it  should  be  understood  that  refer- 
ence is  made  only  to  the  forms  which  come  into  competition 
with  each  other,  and  more  especially  to  the  members  of  the 
same  genus  or  class  having  nearly  similar  habits  of  life. 
With  respect  to  the  number  of  individuals  or  commonness 
of  species,  the  comparison  of  course  relates  only  to  the 
members  of  the  same  group.  One  of  the  higher  plants  may 
be  said  to  be  dominant  if  it  be  more  numerous  in  individuals 
and  more  widely  diffused  than  the  other  plants  of  the  same 
country,  which  live  under  nearly  the  same  conditions.  A 
plant  of  this  kind  is  not  the  less  dominant  because  some 
conferva  inhabiting  the  water  or  some  parasitic  fungus  is 
infinitely  more  numerous  in  individuals,  and  more  widely 
diffused.  But  if  the  conferva  or  parasitic  fungus  exceeds 
its  allies  in  the  above  respects,  it  will  then  be  dominant 
within  its  own  class. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIES  OF  LARGER  GENERA  VARIABLE  71 

SPECIES  OF  THE  LARGER  GENERA   IN   EACH   COUNTRY  VARY 

MORS     FREQUENTLY     THAN     THE     SPECIES     OF    THE 

SMALLER  GENERA 

If  the  plants  inhabiting  a  country,  as  described  in  any 
Flora,  be  divided  into  two  equal  masses,  all  those  in  the 
larger  genera  (i.e.,  those  including  many  species)  being 
placed  on  one  side,  and  all  those  in  the  smaller  genera  on 
the  other  side,  the  former  will  be  found  to  include  a  some- 
what larger  number  of  the  very  common  and  much  diffused 
or  dominant  species.  This  might  have  been  anticipated;  for 
the  mere  fact  of  many  species  of  the  same  genus  inhabiting 
any  country,  shows  that  there  is  something  in  the  organic 
or  inorganic  conditions  of  that  country  favourable  to  the 
genus;  and,  consequently,  we  might  have  expected  to  have 
found  in  the  larger  genera,  or  those  including  many  species, 
a  larger  proportional  number  of  dominant  species.  But  so 
many  causes  tend  to  obscure  this  result,  that  I  am  surprised 
that  my  tables  show  even  a  small  majority  on  the  side  of 
the  larger  genera.  I  will  here  allude  to  only  two  causes  of 
obscurity.  Fresh-water  and  salt-loving  plants  generally 
have  very  wide  ranges  and  are  much  diffused,  but  this  seems 
to  be  connected  with  the  nature  of  the  stations  inhabited  by 
them,  and  has  little  or  no  relation  to  the  size  of  the  genera 
to  which  the  species  belong.  Again,  plants  low  in  the  scale 
of  organisation  are  generally  much  more  widely  diffused 
than  plants  higher  in  the  scale;  and  here  again  there  is  no 
close  relation  to  the  size  of  the  genera.  The  cause  of  lowly- 
organised  plants  ranging  widely  will  be  discussed  in  our 
chapter  on  Geographical  Distribution. 

From  looking  at  species  as  only  strongly-marked  and  well- 
defined  varieties,  I  was  led  to  anticipate  that  the  species  of 
the  larger  genera  in  each  country  would  oftener  present 
varieties,  than  the  species  of  the  smaller  genera;  for  wher- 
ever many  closely  related  species  (i.e.,  species  of  the  same 
genus)  have  been  formed,  many  varieties  or  incipient  spe- 
cies ought,  as  a  general  rule,  to  be  now  forming.  Where 
many  large  trees  grow,  we  expect  to  find  saplings.  Where 
many  species  of  a  genus  have  been  formed  through  varia- 
tion, circumstances  have  been  favourable  fj>r  variation;  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


72  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

hence  we  might  expect  that  the  circumstances  would  gener- 
ally be  still  favourable  to  variation.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
we  look  at  each  species  as  a  special  act  of  creation,  there  is 
no  apparent  reason  why  more  varieties  should  occur  in  a 
group  having  many  species,  than  in  one  having  few. 

To  test  the  truth  of  this  anticipation  I  have  arranged  the 
plants  of  twelve  countries,  and  the  coleopterous  insects  of 
two  districts,  into  two  nearly  equal  masses,  the  species  of 
the  larger  genera  on  one  side,  and  those  of  the  smaller  genera 
on  the  other  side,  and  it  has  invariably  proved  to  be  the  case 
that  a  larger  proportion  of  the  species  on  the  side  of  the 
larger  genera  presented  varieties,  than  on  the  side  of  the 
smaller  genera.  Moreover,  the  species  of  the  large  genera 
which  present  any  varieties,  invariably  present  a  larger 
average  number  of  varieties  than  do  the  species  of  the  small 
genera.  Both  these  results  follow  when  another  division  is 
made,  and  when  all  the  least  genera,  with  from  only  one  to 
four  species,  are  altogether  excluded  from  the  tables.  These 
facts  are  of  plain  signification  on  the  view  that  species  are 
only  strongly-marked  and  permanent  varieties ;  for  wherever 
many  species  of  the  same  genus  have  been  formed,  or  where, 
if  we  may  use  the  expression,  the  manufactory  of  species 
has  been  active,  we  ought  generally  to  find  the  manufactory 
still  in  action,  more  especially  as  we  have  every  reason  to 
believe  the  process  of  manufacturing  new  species  to  be  a 
slow  one.  And  this  certainly  holds  true,  if  varieties  be 
looked  at  as  incipient  species;  for  my  tables  clearly  show  as 
a  general  rule  that,  wherever  many  species  of  a  genus  have 
been  formed,  the  species  of  that  genus  present  a  number  of 
varieties,  that  is  of  incipient  species,  beyond  the  average. 
It  is  not  that  all  large  genera  are  now  varying  much,  and 
are  thus  increasing  in  the  number  of  their  species,  or  that 
no  small  genera  are  now  varying  and  increasing;  for  if  this 
had  been  so,  it  would  have  been  fatal  to  my  theory;  inas- 
much as  geology  plainly  tells  us  that  small  genera  have  in 
the  lapse  of  time  often  increased  greatly  in  size;  and  that 
large  genera  have  often  come  to  their  maxima,  decline,  and 
disappeared.  All  that  we  want  to  show  is,  that,  where  many 
species  of  a  genus  have  been  formed,  on  an  average  many 
are  still  forming;  and  this  certainly  holds  good. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RESEMBLE  VARIETIES  73 

MANY    OF    THE    SPECIES    INCLUDED    WITHIN    THE    LARGER 

GENERA  RESEMBLE  VARIETIES  IN   BEING  VERY  CLOSELY^ 

BUT   UNEQUALLY,   RELATED  TO   EACH   OTHER,   AND 

IN  HAVING  RESTRICTED  RANGES 

There  are  other  relations  between  the  species  of  large 
genera  and  their  recorded  varieties  which  deserve  notice.  We 
have  seen  that  there  is  no  infallible  criterion  by  which  to 
distinguish  species  and  well-marked  varieties;  and  when  in- 
termediate links  have  not  been  found  between  doubtful 
forms,  naturalists  are  compelled  to  come  to  a  determination 
by  the  amount  of  difference  between  them,  judging  by  anal- 
ogy whether  or  not  the  amount  suffices  to  raise  one  or  both 
to  the  rank  of  species.  Hence  the  amount  of  difference  is 
one  very  important  criterion  in  settling  whether  two  forms 
should  be  ranked  as  species  or  varieties.  Now  Fries  has 
remarked  in  regard  to  plants,  and  Westwood  in  regard  to 
insects,  that  in  large  genera  the  amount  of  difference  be- 
tween the  species  is  often  exceedingly  small.  I  have  en- 
deavoured to  test  this  numerically  by  averages,  and,  as  far 
as  my  imperfect  results  go,  they  confirm  the  view.  I  have 
also  consulted  some  sagacious  and  experienced  observers, 
and,  after  deliberation,  they  concur  in  this  view.  In  this 
respect,  therefore,  the  species  of  the  larger  genera  resemble 
varieties,  more  than  do  the  species  of  the  smaller  genera. 
Or  the  case  may  be  put  in  another  way,  and  it  may  be  said, 
that  in  the  larger  genera,  in  which  a  number  of  varieties  or 
incipient  species  greater  than  the  average  are  now  manu- 
facturing, many  of  the  species  already  manufactured  still  to 
a  certain  extent  resemble  varieties,  for  they  differ  from  each 
other  by  less  than  the  usual  amount  of  difference. 

Moreover,  the  species  of  the  larger  genera  are  related  to 
each  other,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  varieties  of  any  one 
species  are  related  to  each  other.  No  naturalist  pretends 
that  all  the  species  of  a  genus  are  equally  distinct  from  each 
other ;  they  may  generally  be  divided  into  sub-genera,  or  sec- 
tions, or  lesser  groups.  As  Fries  has  well  remarked,  little 
groups  of  species  are  generally  clustered  like  satellites 
around  other  species.  And  what  are  varieties  but  groups  of 
forms,  unequally  related  to  each  other,  and  clustered  round 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


74  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

certain  forms — ^that  is,  round  their  parent-species?  Un- 
doubtedly there  is  one  most  important  point  of  difference 
between  varieties  and  species;  namely,  that  the  amount  of 
difference  between  varieties,  when  compared  with  each  other 
or  with  their  parent-species,  is  much  less  than  that  between 
the  species  of  the  same  genus.  But  when  we  come  to  discuss 
the  principle,  as  I  call  it,  of  Divergence  of  Character,  we 
shall  see  how  this  may  be  explained,  and  how  the  lesser  dif- 
ferences between  varieties  tend  to  increase  into  the  greater 
differences  between  species. 

There  is  one  other  point  which  is  worth  notice.  Varieties 
generally  have  much  restricted  ranges:  this  statement  is  in- 
deed scarcely  more  than  a  truism,  for,  if  a  variety  were 
found  to  have  a  wider  range  than  that  of  its  supposed  parent- 
species,  their  denominations  would  be  reversed.  But  there 
is  reason  to  believe  that  the  species  which  are  very  closely 
allied  to  other  species,  and  in  so  far  resemble  varieties,  often 
have  much  restricted  ranges.  For  instance,  Mr.  H.  C.  Wat- 
son has  marked  for  me  in  the  well-sifted  London  Catalogue 
of  plants  (4th  edition)  63  plants  which  are  therein  ranked 
as  species,  but  which  he  considers  as  so  closely  allied  to  other 
species  as  to  be  of  doubtful  value:  these  63  reputed  species 
range  on  an  average  over  6*9  of  the  provinces  into  which 
Mr.  Watson  has  divided  Great  Britain.  Now,  in  this  same 
Catalogue,  53  acknowledged  varieties  are  recorded,  and  these 
range  over  7  7  provinces ;  whereas,  the  species  to  which  these 
varieties  belong  range  over  14*3  provinces.  So  that  the  ac- 
knowledged varieties  have  nearly  the  same  restricted  aver- 
age range,  as  have  the  closely  allied  forms,  marked  for  me 
by  Mr.  Watson  as  doubtful  species,  but  which  are  almost* 
universally  ranked  by  British  botanists  as  good  and  true 
species. 

SUMMARY 

Finally,  varieties  cannot  be  distinguished  from  species, — 
except,  first,  by  the  discovery  of  intermediate  linking  forms; 
and,  secondly,  by  a  certain  indefinite  amount  of  difference 
between  them;  for  two  forms,  if  differing  very  little,  are 
generally  ranked  as  varieties,  notwithstanding  that  they 
cannot  be  closely  connected;  but  the  amount  of  difference 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  75 

considered  necessary  to  give  to  any  two  forms  the  rank  of 
species  cannot  be  defined.  In  genera  having  more  than  the 
average  number  of  species  in  any  country,  the  species  of 
these  genera  have  more  than  the  average  number  of  varie- 
ties. In  large  genera  the  species  are  apt  to  be  closely,  but 
unequally,  allied  together,  forming  little  clusters  round  other 
species.  Species  very  closely  allied  to  other  species  appar- 
ently have  restricted  ranges.  In  all  these  respects  the  spe- 
cies of  large  genera  present  a  strong  analogy  with  varieties. 
And  we  can  clearly  understand  these  analogies,  if  species 
once  existed  as  varieties,  and  thus  originated;  whereas,  these 
analogies  are  utterly  inexplicable  if  species  are  independent 
creations. 

We  have,  also,  seen  that  it  is  the  most  flourishing  or  dom- 
inant species  of  the  larger  genera  within  each  class  which  on 
an  average  yield  the  greatest  number  of  varieties ;  and  varie- 
ties, as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  tend  to  become  converted  into 
new  and  distinct  species.  Thus  the  larger  genera  tend  to 
become  larger;  and  throughout  nature  the  forms  of  life 
which  are  now  dominant  tend  to  become  still  more  dominant 
by  leaving  many  modified  and  dominant  descendants.  But 
by  steps  hereafter  to  be  explained,  the  larger  genera  also 
tend  to  break  up  into  smaller  genera.  And  thus,  the  forms 
of  life  throughout  the  universe  become  divided  into  groups 
subordinate  to  groups. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  III 
Struggle  for  Existence 

Its  bearing  on  natural  selection — The  term  used  in  a  wide  sense — 
Geometrical  ratio  of  increase — Rapid  increase  of  naturalized 
animals  and  plants — Nature  of  the  checks  to  increase — Competi- 
tion universal — Effects  of  climate — Protection  from  the  number 
of  individuals — Complex  relations  of  all  animals  and  plants 
throughout  nature — Struggle  for  life  most  severe  between  indi- 
viduals and  varieties  of  the  same  species:  often  severe  between 
species  of  the  same  genus — ^The  relation  of  organism  to  organism 
the  most  important  of  all  relations. 

BEFORE  entering  on  the  subject  of  this  chapter,  I  must 
make  a  few  preliminary  remarks,  to  show  how  the 
struggle  for  existence  bears  on  Natural  Selection.  It 
has  been  seen  in  the  last  chapter  that  amongst  organic  beings 
in  a  state  of  nature  there  is  some  individual  variability:  in- 
deed I  am  not  aware  that  this  has  ever  been  disputed.  It  is 
immaterial  for  us  whether  a  multitude  of  doubtful  forms  be 
called  species  or  sub-species  or  varieties ;  what  rank,  for  in- 
stance, the  two  or  three  hundred  doubtful  forms  of  British 
plants  are  entitled  to  hold,  if  the  existence  of  any  well-marked 
varieties  be  admitted  But  the  mere  existence  of  individual 
variability  and  of  some  few  well-marked  varieties,  though 
necessary  as  the  foundation  for  the  work,  helps  us  but  little 
in  understanding  how  species  arise  in  nature.  How  have  all 
those  exquisite  adaptations  of  one  part  of  the  organisation 
to  another  part,  and  to  the  conditions  of  life,  and  of  one 
organic  being  to  another  being,  been  perfected?  We  see 
these  beautiful  co-adaptations  most  plainly  in  the  wood- 
pecker and  the  mistletoe;  and  only  a  little  less  plainly 
in  the  humblest  parasite  which  clings  to  the  hairs  of  a  quad- 
ruped or  feathers  of  a  bird:  in  the  structure  of  the  beetle 
which  dives  through  the  water :  in  the  plumed  seed  which  is 
wafted  by  the  gentlest  breeze;  in  short,  we  see  beautiful 

76 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OTRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE  77 

adaptations  everywhere  and  in  every  part  of  the  organic 
world. 

Again,  it  may  be  asked,  how  is  it  that  varieties,  which  I 
have  called  incipient  species,  become  ultimately  converted 
into  good  and  distinct  species,  which  in  most  cases  obviously 
differ  from  each  other  far  more  than  do  the  varieties  of  the 
same  species?  How  do  those  groups  of  species,  which  con- 
stitute what  are  called  distinct  genera,  and  which  differ 
from  each  other  more  than  do  the  species  of  the  same  genus, 
arise?  All  these  results,  as  we  shall  more  fully  see  in  the 
next  chapter,  follow  from  the  struggle  for  life.  Owing  to 
this  struggle,  variations,  however  slight  and  from  whatever 
cause  proceeding,  if  they  be  in  any  degree  profitable  to  the 
individuals  of  a  species,  in  their  infinitely  complex  relations 
to  other  organic  beings  and  to  their  physical  conditions  of 
life,  will  tend  to  the  preservation  of  such  individuals,  and 
will  generally  be  inherited  by  the  offspring.  The  offspring, 
also,  will  thus  have  a  better  chance  of  surviving,  for,  of  the 
many  individuals  of  any  species  which  are  periodically  born, 
but  a  small  number  can  survive.  I  have  called  this  principle, 
by  which  each  slight  variation,  if  useful,  is  preserved,  by  the 
term  Natural  Sdection,  in  order  to  mark  its  relation  to 
man's  power  of  selection.  But  the  expression  often  used  by 
Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  of  the  Survival  of  the  Fittest  is  more 
accurate,  and  is  sometimes  equally  convenient  We  have 
seen  that  man  by  selection  can  certainly  produce  great  re- 
sults, and  can  adapt  organic  beings  to  his  own  uses,  through 
the  accumulation  of  slight  but  useful  variations,  given  to 
him  by  the  hand  of  Nature.  But  Natural  Selection,  as  we 
shall  hereafter  see,  is  a  power  incessantly  ready  for  action, 
and  is  as  immeasurably  superior  to  man's  feeble  efforts,  as 
the  works  of  Nature  are  to  those  of  Art 

We  will  now  discuss  in  a  little  more  detail  the  struggle  for 
existence.  In  my  future  work  this  subject  will  be  treated, 
as  it  well  deserves,  at  greater  length.  The  elder  De  Candolle 
and  Lydl  have  largely  and  philosophically  shown  that  all 
organic  beings  are  exposed  to  severe  competition.  In  regard 
to  plants,  no  one  has  treated  this  subject  with  more  spirit 
and  ability  than  W.  Herbert,  Dean  of  Manchester,  evidently 
the  result  of  his  great  horticultural  knowledge.    Nothing  is 

B— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


78  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

easier  than  to  admit  in  words  the  truth  of  the  universal 
struggle  for  life,  or  more  difficult — ^at  least,  I  have  found  it 
so— than  constantly  to  bear  this  conclusion  in  mind.  Yet 
unless  it  be  thoroughly  engrained  in  the  mind,  the  whole 
economy  of  nature,  with  every  fact  on  distribution,  rarity, 
abundance,  extinction,  and  variation,  will  be  dimly  seen  or 
quite  misunderstood.  We  behold  the  face  of  nature  bright 
with  gladness,  we  often  see  superabundance  of  food;  we  do 
not  see,  or  we  forget,  that  the  birds  which  are  idly  singing 
round  us  mostly  live  on  insects  or  seeds,  and  are  thus  con- 
stantly destroying  life ;  or  we  forget  how  largely  these  song- 
sters, or  their  eggs,  or  their  nestlings,  are  destroyed  by  birds 
and  beasts  of  prey;  we  do  not  always  bear  in  mind,  that, 
though  food  may  be  now  superabundant,  it  is  not  so  at  all 
seasons  of  each  recurring  year. 

THE  TERM,  STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE,  USED  IN 
A   LARGE  SENSE 

I  should  premise  that  I  use  this  term  in  a  large  and  meta- 
phorical sense  including  dependence  of  one  being  on  another, 
and  including  (which  is  more  important)  not  only  the  life 
of  the  individual,  but  success  in  leaving  progeny.  Two 
canine  animals,  in  a  time  of  dearth,  may  be  truly  said  to 
struggle  with  each  other  which  shall  get  food  and  live.  But 
a  plant  on  the  edge  of  a  desert  is  said  to  struggle  for  life 
against  the  drought,  though  more  properly  it  should  be  said 
to  be  dependent  on  the  moisture.  A  plant  which  annually 
produces  a  thousand  seeds,  of  which  only  one  of  an  average 
comes  to  maturity,  may  be  more  truly  said  to  struggle  with 
the  plants  of  the  same  and  other  kinds  which  already  clothe 
the  ground.  The  mistletoe  is  dependent  on  the  apple  and  a 
few  other  trees,  but  can  only  in  a  far-fetched  sense  be  said 
to  struggle  with  these  trees,  for,  if  too  many  of  these  para- 
sites grow  on  the  same  tree,  it  languishes  and  dies.  But 
seversd  seedling  mistletoes,  growing  close  together  on  the 
same  branch,  may  more  truly  be  said  to  struggle  with  each 
other.  As  the  mistletoe  is  disseminated  by  birds,  its  exist- 
ence depends  on  them ;  and  it  may  metaphorically  be  said  to 
struggle  with  other   fruit-bearing  plants,  in  tempting  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOBfETRICAL  RATIO  OF  INCREASE  79 

birds  to  devour  and  thus  disseminate  its  seeds.  In  these  sev- 
eral senses,  which  pass  into  each  other,  I  use  for  conveni- 
ence sake  the  general  term  of  Struggle  for  Existence. 

GEOMETRICAL    RATIO    OF    INCREASE 

A  Struggle  for  existence  inevitably  follows  from  the  high 
rate  at  which  all  organic  beings  tend  to  increase.  Every 
being,  which  during  its  natural  lifetime  produces  several 
eggs  or  seeds,  must  suffer  destruction  during  some  period  of 
its  life,  and  during  some  season  or  occasional  year,  other- 
wise, on  the  principle  of  geometrical  increase,  its  numbers 
would  quickly  become  so  inordinately  great  that  no  country 
could  support  the  product  Hence,  as  more  individuals  are 
produced  than  can  possibly  survive,  there  must  in  every  case 
be  a  struggle  for  existence,  either  one  individual  with  an- 
other of  the  same  species,  or  with  the  individuals  of  distinct 
species,  or  with  the  physical  conditions  of  life.  It  is  the 
doctrine  of  Malthus  applied  with  manifold  force  to  the  whole 
animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms;  for  in  this  case  there  can 
be  no  artificial  increase  of  food,  and  no  prudential  restraint 
from  marriage.  Although  some  species  may  be  now  increas- 
ing, more  or  less  rapidly,  in  numbers,  all  cannot  do  so,  for 
the  world  would  not  hold  them. 

There  is  no  exception  to  the  rule  that  every  organic  being 
naturally  increases  at  so  high  a  rate,  that,  if  not  destroyed, 
the  earth  would  soon  be  covered  by  the  progeny  of  a  single 
pair.  Even  slow-breeding  man  has  doubled  in  twenty-five 
years,  and  at  this  rate  in  less  than  a  thousand  years,  there 
would  literally  not  be  standing-room  for  his  progeny.  Lin- 
naeus has  calculated  that  if  an  annual  plant  produced  only 
two  seeds — and  there  is  no  plant  so  unproductive  as  this — 
and  their  seedlings  next  year  produced  two,  and  so  on,  then 
in  twenty  years  there  would  be  a  million  plants.  The  ele^ 
phant  is  reckoned  the  slowest  breeder  of  all  known  animals, 
and  I  have  taken  some  pains  to  estimate  its  probable  mini- 
mum rate  of  natural  increase;  it  will  be  safest  to  assume 
that  it  begins  breeding  when  thirty  years  old,  and  goes  on 
breeding  till  ninety  years  old,  bringing  forth  six  young  in 
the  interval,  and  surviving  till  one  hundred  years  old;  if  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


80  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

be  so,  after  a  period  of  from  740  to  750  years  there  woidd 
be  nearly  nineteen  million  elephants  alive,  descended  from 
the  first  pair. 

But  we  have  better  evidence  on  this  subject  than  mere 
theoretical  calculations,  namely,  the  numerous  recorded  cases 
of  the  astonishingly  rapid  increase  of  various  animals  in  a 
state  of  nature,  when  circumstances  have  been  favourable  to 
them  during  two  or  three  following  seasons.  Still  more 
striking  is  the  evidence  from  our  domestic  animals  of  many 
kinds  which  have  run  wild  in  several  parts  of  the  world; 
if  the  statements  of  the  rate  of  increase  of  slow-breeding 
cattle  and  horses  in  South  America,  and  latterly  in  Australia, 
had  not  been  well  authenticated,  they  wotdd  have  been  in- 
credible. So  it  is  with  plants;  cases  could  be  given  of  intro- 
duced plants  which  have  become  common  throughout  whole 
islands  in  a  period  of  less  than  ten  years.  Several  of  the 
plants,  such  as  the  cardoon  and  a  tall  thistle,  which  are 
now  the  commonest  over  the  wide  plains  of  La  Plata,  cloth- 
ing square  leagues  of  surface  almost  to  the  exclusion  of 
every  other  plant,  have  been  introduced  from  Europe;  and 
there  are  plants  which  now  range  in  India,  as  I  hear  from 
Dr.  Falconer,  from  Cape  Comorin  to  the  Himalaya,  which 
have  been  imported  from  America  since  its  discovery.  In 
such  cases,  and  endless  others  could  be  given,  no  one  sup- 
poses, that  the  fertility  of  the  animals  or  plants  has  been 
suddenly  and  temporarily  increased  in  any  sensible  degree. 
The  obvious  explanation  is  that  the  conditions  of  life  have 
been  highly  favourable,  and  that  there  has  constantly  been 
less  destruction  of  the  old  and  young,  and  that  nearly  all  the 
young  have  been  enabled  to  breed.  Their  geometrical  ratio 
of  increase,  the  result  of  which  never  fails  to  be  surprising, 
simply  explains  their  extraordinarily  rapid  increase  and  wide 
diffusion  in  their  new  homes. 

In  a  state  of  nature  almost  every  full-grown  plant  annually 
produces  seed,  and  amongst  animals  there  are  very  few 
which  do  not  annually  pair.  Hence  we  may  confidently  as- 
sert, that  all  plants  and  animals  are  tending  to  increase  at  a 
geometrical  ratio, — ^that  all  wotdd  rapidly  stock  every  station 
in  which  they  could  anyhow  exist, — ^and  that  this  geomet- 
rical tendency  to  increase  must  be  checked  by  destruction  at 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOMETRICAL  RATIO  OF  INCREASE  81 

some  period  of  life.  Our  familiarity  with  the  larger  domes- 
tic animals  tends,  I  think,  to  mislead  hs:  we  see  no  great 
destruction  falling  on  them,  but  we  do  not  keep  in  mind  that 
thousands  are  annually  slaughtered  for  food,  and  that  in  a 
state  of  nature  an  equal  number  would  have  somehow  to  be 
disposed  of. 

The  only  difference  between  organisms  which  annually  pro- 
duce eggs  or  seeds  by  the  thousand,  and  those  which  produce 
extremely  few,  is,  that  the  slow-breeders  would  require  a 
few  more  years  to  people,  under  favourable  conditions,  a 
whole  district,  let  it  be  ever  so  large.  The  condor  lays  a 
couple  of  eggs  and  the  ostrich  a  score,  and  yet  in  the  same 
country  the  condor  may  be  the  more  numerous  of  the  two; 
the  Fulmar  petrel  lays  but  one  egg,  yet  it  is  believed  to  be 
the  most  numerous  bird  in  the  world.  One  fly  deposits  hun- 
dreds of  eggs,  and  another,  like  the  hippobosca,  a  single 
one;  but  this  difference  does  not  determine  how  many  indi- 
viduals of  the  two  species  can  be  supported  in  a  district 
A  large  number  of  eggs  is  of  some  importance  to  those  spe- 
cies which  depend  on  a  fluctuating  amount  of  food,  for  it 
allows  them  rapidly  to  increase  in  number.  But  the  real  im- 
portance of  a  large  number  of  eggs  or  seeds  is  to  make  up 
for  much  destruction  at  some  period  of  life;  and  this  period 
in  the  great  majority  of  cases  is  an  early  one.  If  an  animal 
can  in  any  way  protect  its  own  eggs  or  young,  a  small  num- 
ber may  be  produced,  and  yet  the  average  stock  be  fully  kept 
up;  but  if  many  eggs  or  young  are  destroyed,  many  must  be 
produced,  or  the  species  will  become  extinct  It  would  suf- 
fice to  keep  up  the  full  number  of  a  tree,  which  lived  on  an 
average  for  a  thousand  years,  if  a  single  seed  were  produced 
once  in  a  thousand  years,  supposing  that  this  seed  were  never 
destroyed,  and  could  be  ensured  to  germinate  in  a  fitting 
place.  So  that,  in  all  cases,  the  average  number  of  any  ani- 
mal or  plant  depends  only  indirectly  on  the  number  of  its 
eggs  or  seeds. 

In  looking  at  Nature,  it  is  most  necessary  to  keep  the  fore- 
going considerations  always  in  mind — ^never  to  forget  that 
every  single  organic  being  may  be  said  to  be  striving  to  the 
utmost  to  increase  in  numbers;  that  each  lives  by  a  struggle 
at  some  period  of  its  life;  that  heavy  destruction  inevitably 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


82  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaSS 

falls  either  on  the  young  or  old,  during  each  generation  or 
at  recurrent  intervals.  Lighten  any  check,  mitigate  the  de- 
struction ever  so  little,  and  the  number  of  the  species  will 
almost  instantaneously  increase  to  any  amount 

NATURE  OF  THE  CHECKS  TO  INCREASE 

The  causes  which  check  the  natural  tendency  of  each  spe- 
cies to  increase  are  most  obscure.  Look  at  the  most  vig- 
orous species;  by  as  much  as  it  swarms  in  numbers,  by  so 
much  will  it  tend  to  increase  still  further.  We  know  not 
exactly  what  the  checks  are  even  in  a  single  instance.  Nor 
will  this  surprise  any  one  who  reflects  how  ignorant  we  are 
on  this  head,  even  in  regard  to  mankind,  although  so  incom- 
parably better  known  than  any  other  animal.  This  subject 
of  the  checks  to  increase  has  been  ably  treated  by  several 
authors,  and  I  hope  in  a  future  work  to  discuss  it  at  con- 
siderable length,  more  especially  in  regard  to  the  feral  ani- 
mals of  South  America.  Here  I  will  make  only  a  few  re- 
marks, just  to  recall  to  the  reader's  mind  some  of  the  chief 
I>oints.  Eggs  or  very  young  animals  seem  generally  to  suffer 
most,  but  this  is  not  invariably  the  case.  With  plants  there 
is  a  vast  destruction  of  seeds,  but,  from  some  observations 
which  I  have  made,  it  appears  that  the  seedings  suffer  most 
from  germinating  in  ground  already  thickly  stocked  with 
other  plants.  Seedlings,  also,  are  destroyed  in  vast  numbers 
by  various  enemies;  for  instance,  on  a  piece  of  ground  three 
feet  long  and  two  wide,  dug  and  cleared,  and  where  there 
could  be  uo  choking  from  other  plants,  I  marked  all  the 
seedlings  of  our  native  weeds  as  they  came  up,  and  out  of 
357  no  less  than  295  were  destroyed,  chiefly  by  slugs  and  in- 
sects. If  turf  which  has  long  been  mown,  and  the  case  would 
be  the  same  with  turf  closely  browsed  by  quadrupeds,  be  let 
to  grow,  the  more  vigorous  plants  gradually  kill  the  less 
vigorous,  though  fully  grown  plants ;  thus  out  of  twenty  spe- 
cies growing  on  a  little  plot  of  mown  turf  (three  feet  by 
four)  nine  species  perished,  from  the  other  species  being  al- 
lowed to  grow  up  freely. 

The  amount  of  food  for  each  species  of  course  gives  the 
extreme  limit  to  which  each  can  increase;  but  very  fre- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NATURE  OF  THE  CHECKS  TO  INCREASE  83 

quentiy  it  is  not  the  obtaining  food,  but  the  serving  as  prey 
to  other  animals,  which  determines  the  average  numbers  of 
a  species.  Thus,  there  seems  to  be  little  doubt  that  the  stock 
of  partridges,  grouse  and  hares  on  any  large  estate  depends 
chiefly  on  the  destruction  of  vermin.  If  not  one  head  of 
game  were  shot  during  the  next  twenty  years  in  England, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  if  no  vermin  were  destroyed,  there 
would,  in  all  probability,  be  less  game  than  at  present,  al- 
though hundreds  of  thousands  of  game  animals  are  now 
annually  shot.  On  the  other  hand,  in  some  cases,  as  with 
the  elephant,  none  are  destroyed  by  beasts  of  prey;  for  even 
the  tiger  in  India  most  rarely  dares  to  attack  a  young  ele- 
phant protected  by  its  dam. 

Gimate  plays  an  important  part  in  determining  the  aver- 
age numbers  of  a  species,  and  periodical  seasons  of  extreme 
cold  or  drought  seem  to  be  the  most  effective  of  all  checks. 
I  estimated  (chiefly  from  the  greatly  reduced  numbers  of 
nests  in  the  spring)  that  the  winter  of  1854-5  destroyed  four- 
fifths  of  the  birds  in  my  own  grounds ;  and  this  is  a  tremen- 
dous destruction,  when  we  remember  that  ten  per  cent,  is 
an  extraordinarily  severe  mortality  from  epidemics  with 
man.  The  action  of  climate  seems  at  first  sight  to  be  quite 
independent  of  the  struggle  for  existence;  but  in  so  far  as 
climate  chiefly  acts  in  reducing  food,  it  brings  on  the  most 
severe  struggle  between  the  individuals,  whether  of  the  same 
or  of  distinct  species,  which  subsist  on  the  same  kind  of 
food.  Even  when  climate,  for  instance  extreme  cold,  acts 
directly,  it  will  be  the  least  vigorous  individuals,  or  those 
which  have  got  least  food  through  the  advancing  winter, 
which  will  suffer  most.  When  we  travel  from  south  to 
north,  or  from  a  damp  region  to  a  dry,  we  invariably  see 
some  species  gradually  getting  rarer  and  rarer,  and  finally 
disappearing;  and  the  change  of  climate  being  conspicuous, 
we  are  tempted  to  attribute  the  whole  effect  to  its  direct 
action.  But  this  is  a  false  view ;  we  forget  that  each  species, 
even  where  it  most  abounds,  is  constantly  suffering  enormous 
destruction  at  some  period  of  its  life,  from  enemies  or  from 
competitors  for  the  same  place  and  food;  and  if  these  ene- 
mies or  competitors  be  in  the  least  degree  favoured  by  any 
slight  change  of  climate,  they  will  increase  in  numbers;  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


84  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

as  each  area  is  already  fully  stocked  with  inhabitants,  the 
other  species  must  decrease.  When  we  travel  southward 
and  see  a  species  decreasing  in  numbers,  we  may  feel  sure 
that  the  cause  lies  quite  as  much  in  other  species  being  fa- 
voured, as  in  this  one  being  hurt.  So  it  is  when  we  travel 
northward,  but  in  a  somewhat  lesser  degree,  for  the  number 
of  species  of  all  kinds,  and  therefore  of  competitors,  de- 
creases northwards;  hence  in  going  northwards,  or  in  as- 
cending a  mountain,  we  far  oftener  meet  with  stunted  forms, 
due  to  the  directly  injurious  action  of  climate,  than  we  do  in 
proceeding  southwards  or  in  descending  a  mountain.  When 
we  reach  the  Arctic  regions,  or  snow-capped  summits,  or 
absolute  deserts,  the  struggle  for  life  is  almost  exclusively 
with  the  elements. 

That  climate  acts  in  main  part  indirectly  by  favouring 
other  species,  we  clearly  see  in  the  prodigious  number  of 
plants  which  in  our  gardens  can  perfectly  well  endure  our 
climate,  but  which  never  became  naturalised,  for  they  can- 
not compete  with  our  native  plants  nor  resist  destruction 
by  our  native  animals. 

When  a  species,  owing  to  highly  favoured  circumstances, 
increases  inordinately  in  numbers  in  a  small  tract,  epidemics 
— at  least,  this  seems  generally  to  occur  with  our  game  ani- 
mals— often  ensue;  and  here  we  have  a  limiting  check  inde- 
pendent of  the  struggle  for  life.  But  even  some  of  these 
so-called  epidemics  appear  to  be  due  to  parasitic  worms, 
which  have  from  some  cause,  possibly  in  part  through  fa- 
cility of  diffusion  amongst  the  crowded  animals,  been  dis- 
proportionally  favoured :  and  here  comes  in  a  sort  of  struggle 
between  the  parasite  and  its  prey. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  many  cases,  a  large  stock  of  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  relatively  to  the  numbers  of  its 
enemies,  is  absolutely  necessary  for  its  preservation.  Thus 
we  can  easily  raise  plenty  of  com  and  rape-seed,  &c.,  in  our 
fields,  because  the  seeds  are  in  great  excess,  compared  with 
the  number  of  birds  which  feed  on  them ;  nor  can  the  birds, 
though  having  a  superabundance  of  food  at  this  one  sea- 
son, increase  in  number  proportionally  to  the  supply  of 
seed,  as  their  numbers  are  checked  during  winter;  but  any 
one  who  has  tried,  knows  how  troublesome  it  is  to  get  seed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OTRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE  8S 

from  a  few  wheat  or  other  such  plants  in  a  garden :  I  have 
in  this  case  lost  every  single  seed.  This  view  of  the  neces- 
sity of  a  large  stock  of  the  same  species  for  its  preservation^ 
explains,  I  believe,  some  singular  facts  in  nature  such  as  that 
of  very  rare  plants  being  sometimes  extremely  abundant,  in 
the  few  spots  where  they  do  exist;  and  that  of  some  social 
plants  being  social,  that  is  abounding  in  individuals,  even  on 
the  extreme  verge  of  their  range.  For  in  such  cases,  we 
may  believe,  that  a  plant  could  exist  only  where  the  condi- 
tions of  its  life  were  so  favourable  that  many  cotdd  exist 
together,  and  thus  save  the  species  from  utter  destruction. 
I  should  add  that  the  good  effects  of  intercrossing,  and  the 
ill  effects  of  close  interbreeding,  no  doubt  come  into  play 
in  many  of  these  cases;  but  I  will  not  here  enlarge  on  this 
subject. 

COMPLEX    RELATIONS    OF   ALL    ANIMALS    AND    PLANTS 

TO    EACH    OTHER    IN    THE   STRUGGLE 

FOR  EXISTENCE 

Many  cases  are  on  record  showing  how  complex  and  un- 
expected are  the  checks  and  relations  between  organic 
beings,  which  have  to  struggle  together  in  the  same  coun- 
try. I  will  give  only  a  single  instance,  which,  though  a 
simple  one,  interested  me.  In  Staffordshire,  on  the  estate 
of  a  relation,  where  I  had  ample  means  of  investigation, 
there  was  a  large  and  extremely  barren  heath,  which  had 
never  been  touched  by  the  hand  of  man;  but  several  acres 
of  exactly  the  same  nature  had  been  enclosed  twenty-five 
years  previously  and  planted  with  Scotch  fir.  The  change 
in  the  native  vegetation  of  the  planted  part  of  the  heath 
was  most  remarkable,  more  than  is  generally  seen  in  pass- 
ing from  one  quite  different  soil  to  another:  not  only  the 
proportional  numbers  of  the  heath-plants  were  wholly 
changed,  but  twelve  species  of  plants  (not  counting  grasses 
and  carices)  flourished  in  the  plantations,  which  could  not 
be  found  on  the  heath.  The  effect  on  the  insects  must  have 
been  still  greater,  for  six  insectivorous  birds  were  very  com«» 
mon  in  the  plantations,  which  were  not  to  be  seen  on  the 
heath;  and  the  heath  was  frequented  by  two  or  three  dis- 
tinct insectivorous  birds.    Here  we  see  how  potent  has  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


86  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

the  effect  of  the  introduction  of  a  single  tree,  nothing  what- 
ever else  having  been  done,  with  the  exception  of  the  land 
having  been  enclosed,  so  that  cattle  could  not  enter. 
But  how  important  an  element  enclosure  is,  I  plainly  saw 
near  Famham,  in  Surrey.  Here  there  are  extensive  heaths, 
with  a  few  dumps  of  old  Scotch  firs  on  the  distant  hill- 
tops: within  the  last  ten  years  large  spaces  have  been  en- 
dosed,  and  self-sown  firs  are  now  springing  up  in  multitudes, 
so  close  together  that  all  cannot  live.  When  I  ascertained 
that  these  young  trees  had  not  been  sown  or  planted,  I  was 
so  much  surprised  at  their  numbers  that  I  went  to  several 
points  of  view,  whence  I  could  examine  htmdreds  of  acres 
of  the  unendosed  heath,  and  literally  I  could  not  see  a 
single  Scotch  fir,  except  the  old  planted  dumps.  But  on 
looking  closely  between  the  stems  of  the  heath,  I  found  a 
multitude  of  seedlings  and  little  trees  which  had  been  per- 
petually browsed  down  by  the  cattle.  In  one  square  yard, 
at  a  point  some  hundred  yards  distant  from  one  of  the  old 
dumps,  I  counted  thirty-two  little  trees;  and  one  of  them, 
with  twenty-six  rings  of  growth,  had,  during  many  years, 
tried  to  raise  its  head  above  the  stems  of  the  heath,  and 
had  failed.  No  wonder  that,  as  soon  as  the  land  was  en- 
dosed,  it  became  thickly  clothed  with  vigorously  growing 
young  firs.  Yet  the  heath  was  so  extremely  barren  and  so 
extensive  that  no  one  would  ever  have  imagined  that  cattle 
would  have  so  dosely  and  effectually  searched  it  for  food. 
Here  we  see  that  cattle  absolutely  determine  the  existence 
of  the  Scotch  fir;  but  in  several  parts  of  the  world  insects 
determine  the  existence  of  cattle.  Perhaps  Paraguay  offers 
the  most  curious  instance  of  this;  for  here  neither  cattle 
nor  horses  nor  dogs  have  ever  run  wild,  though  they  swarm 
southward  and  northward  in  a  feral  state;  and  Azara  and 
Rengger  have  shown  that  this  is  caused  by  the  greater  num- 
ber in  Paraguay  of  a  certain  fly,  which  lays  its  eggs  in  the 
navds  of  these  animals  when  first  bom.  The  increase  of 
these  flies,  numerous  as  they  are,  must  be  habitually  checked 
by  some  means,  probably  by  other  parasitic  insects.  Hence, 
if  certain  insectivorous  birds  were  to  decrease  in  Paraguay, 
the  parasitic  insects  wotdd  probably  increase;  and  this 
would  lessen  the  number  of  the  navd-f requenting .  flies — 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTBNCB  87 

then  cattle  and  horses  would  become  feral,  and  this  would 
certainly  greatly  alter  (as  indeed  I  have  observed  in  parts 
of  South  America)  the  vegetation :  this  again  would  largdy 
affect  the  insects;  and  this,  as  we  have  just  seen  in  Stafford- 
shire, the  insectivorous  birds,  and  so  onwards  in  ever-in- 
creasing circles  of  complexity.  Not  that  under  nature  the 
relations  will  ever  be  as  simple  as  this.  Battle  within  battle 
must  be  continually  recurring  with  varying  success ;  and  yet 
in  the  long-run  the  forces  are  so  nicely  balanced,  that  the 
face  of  nature  remains  for  long  periods  of  time  uniform, 
though  assuredly  the  merest  trifle  would  give  the  victory  to 
one  organic  being  over  another.  Nevertheless,  so  profound 
is  our  ignorance,  and  so  high  our  presumption,  that  we 
marvel  when  we  hear  of  the  extinction  of  an  organic  being; 
and  as  we  do  not  see  the  cause,  we  invoke  cataclysms  to 
desolate  the  world,  or  invent  laws  on  the  duration  of  the 
forms  of  life! 

I  am  tempted  to  give  one  more  instance  showing  how  plants 
and  animals,  remote  in  the  scale  of  nature,  are  bound  together 
by  a  web  of  complex  relations.  I  shall  hereafter  have  occasion 
to  show  that  the  exotic  Lobelia  ftdgens  is  never  visited  in 
my  garden  by  insects,  and  consequently,  from  its  peculiar 
structure,  never  sets  a  seed.  Nearly  all  our  orchidaceous 
plants  absolutely  require  the  visits  of  insects  to  remove  their 
pollen-masses  and  thus  to  fertilise  them.  I  find  from  experi- 
ments that  humble-bees  are  almost  indispensable  to  the  fer- 
tilisation of  the  heartsease  (Viola  tricolor),  for  other  bees 
do  not  visit  this  flower.  I  have  also  found  that  the  visits  of 
bees  are  necessary  for  the  fertilisation  of  some  kinds  of 
clover;  for  instance,  20  heads  of  Dutch  clover  (Tri folium 
repens)  yielded  2,290  seeds,  but  20  other  heads  protected 
from  bees  produced  not  one.  Again,  100  heads  of  red 
clover  (T.  pratense)  produced  2,700  seeds,  but  the  same 
number  of  protected  heads  produced  not  a  single  seed. 
Humble-bees  alone  visit  red  clover,  as  other  bees  cannot 
reach  the  nectar.  It  has  been  suggested  that  moths  may 
fertilise  the  clovers;  but  I  doubt  whether  they  could  do  so 
in  the  case  of  the  red  clover,  from  their  weight  not  being 
sufficient  to  depress  the  wing  petals.  Hence  we  may  infer 
as  highly  probable  that,  if  the  whole  genus  of  humble-bees 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


88  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

became  extinct  or  very  rare  in  England,  the  heartsease  and 
red  clover  would  become  very  rare,  or  wholly  disappear. 
The  number  of  humble-bees  in  any  district  depends  in  a 
great  measure  upon  the  number  of  field-mice,  which  destroy 
their  combs  and  nests;  and  Col.  Newman,  who  has  long 
attended  to  the  habits  of  humble-bees,  believes  that  "more 
than  two-thirds  of  them  are  thus  destroyed  all  over  Eng- 
land." Now  the  number  of  mice  is  largely  dependent,  as 
every  one  knows,  on  the  number  of  cats;  and  Col.  Newman 
says,  "Near  villages  and  small  towns  I  have  found  the  nests 
of  humble-bees  more  numerous  than  elsewhere,  which  I 
attribute  to  the  number  of  cats  that  destroy  the  mice." 
Hence  it  is  quite  credible  that  the  presence  of  a  feline  ani- 
mal in  large  numbers  in  a  district  might  determine,  through 
the  intervention  first  of  mice  and  then  of  bees,  the  fre- 
quency of  certain  flowers  in  that  district! 

In  the  case  of  every  species,  many  different  checks,  acting 
at  different  periods  of  life,  and  during  different  seasons  or 
years,  probably  come  into  play ;  some  one  check  or  some  few 
being  generally  the  most  potent;  but  all  will  concur  in  deter- 
mining the  average  number  or  even  the  existence  of  the 
species.  In  some  cases  it  can  be  shown  that  widely-different 
checks  act  on  the  same  species  in  different  districts.  When 
we  look  at  the  plants  and  bushes  clothing  an  entangled  bank, 
we  are  tempted  to  attribute  their  proportional  numbers  and 
kinds  to  what  we  call  chance.  But  how  false  a  view  is  this ! 
Every  one  has  heard  that  when  an  American  forest  is  cut 
down,  a  very  different  vegetation  springs  up ;  but  it  has  been 
observed  that  ancient  Indian  ruins  in  the  Southern  United 
States,  which  must  formerly  have  been  cleared  of  trees, 
now  display  the  same  beautiful  diversity  and  proportion  of 
kinds  as  in  the  surrounding  virgin  forest.  What  a  struggle 
must  have  gone  on  during  long  centuries  between  the  sev- 
eral kinds  of  trees,  each  annually  scattering  its  seeds  by  the 
thousand;  what  war  between  insect  and  insect — ^between 
insects,  snails,  and  other  animals  with  birds  and  beasts  of 
prey — ^all  striving  to  increase,  all  feeding  on  each  other,  or 
on  the  trees,  their  seeds  and  seedlings,  or  on  the  other  plants 
which  first  clothed  the  ground  and  thus  checked  the  growth 
of  the  trees  1    Throw  up  a  handful  of  feathers,  and  all  fall 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE  89 

to  the  ground  according  to  definite  laws;  but  how  simple  is 
the  problem  where  each  shall  fall  compared  to  that  of  the 
action  and  reaction  of  the  innumerable  plants  and  animals 
which  have  determined,  in  the  course  of  centuries,  the  pro- 
portional numbers  and  kinds  of  trees  now  growing  on  the 
old  Indian  ruins! 

The  dependency  of  one  organic  being  on  another,  as  of  a 
parasite  on  its  prey,  lies  generally  between  beings  remote 
in  the  scale  of  nature.  This  is  likewise  sometimes  the  case 
with  those  which  may  be  strictly  said  to  struggle  with  each 
other  for  existence,  as  in  the  case  of  locusts  and  grass- 
feeding  quadrupeds.  But  the  struggle  will  almost  invariably 
be  most  severe  between  the  individuals  of  the  same  species, 
for  they  frequent  the  same  districts,  require  the  same  food, 
and  are  exposed  to  the  same  dangers.  In  the  case  of  varie- 
ties of  the  same  species,  the  struggle  will  generally  be  almost 
equally  severe,  and  we  sometimes  see  the  contest  soon  de- 
cided: for  instance,  if  several  varieties  of  wheat  be  sown 
together,  and  the  mixed  seed  be  resown,  some  of  the  varie- 
ties which  best  suit  the  soil  or  climate,  or  are  naturally  the 
most  fertile,  will  beat  the  others  and  so  yield  more  seed, 
and  will  consequently  in  a  few  years  supplant  the  other 
varieties.  To  keep  up  a  mixed  stock  of  even  such  extremely 
close  varieties  as  the  variously-coloured  sweet  peas,  they 
must  be  each  year  harvested  separately,  and  the  seed  then 
mixed  in  due  proportion,  otherwise  the  weaker  kinds  will 
steadily  decrease  in  number  and  disappear.  So  again  with 
the  varieties  of  sheep;  it  has  been  asserted  that  certain 
mountain-varieties  will  starve  out  other  mountain-varieties, 
so  that  they  cannot  be  kept  together.  The  same  result  has 
followed  from  keeping  together  different  varieties  of  the 
medicinal  leech.  It  may  even  be  doubted  whether  the  varie- 
ties of  any  of  our  domestic  plants  or  animals  have  so  ex- 
actly the  same  strength,  habits,  and  constitution,  that  the 
original  proportions  of  a  mixed  stock  (crossing  being  pre- 
vented) could  be  kept  up  for  half-a-dozen  generations,  if 
they  were  allowed  to  struggle  together,  in  the  same  manner 
as  beings  in  a  state  of  nature,  and  if  the  seed  or  young  were 
not  annually  preserved  in  due  proportion. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


90  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

STRUGGLE  FOE  LIFE  MOST  SEVERE  BETWEEN   INDIVIDUALS 
AND  VARIETIES  OF  THE  SAME  SPECIES 

As  the  species  of  the  same  genus  usually  have,  though  by 
no  means  invariably,  much  similarity  in  habits  and  consti- 
tution, and  always  in  structure,  the  struggle  will  generally 
be  more  severe  between  them,  if  they  come  into  competition 
with  each  other,  than  between  the  species  of  distinct  genera. 
We  see  this  in  the  recent  extension  over  parts  of  the  United 
States  of  one  species  of  swallow  having  caused  the  decrease 
of  another  species.  The  recent  increase  of  the  missel-thrush 
in  parts  of  Scotland  has  caused  the  decrease  of  the  song- 
thrush.  How  frequently  we  hear  of  one  species  of  rat  taking 
the  place  of  another  species  under  the  most  different  cli- 
mates! In  Russia  the  small  Asiatic  cockroach  has  every- 
where driven  before  it  its  great  congener.  In  Australia 
the  imported  hive-bee  is  rapidly  exterminating  the  small, 
stingless  native  bee.  One  species  of  charlock  has  been 
known  to  supplant  another  species;  and  so  in  other  cases. 
We  can  dimly  see  why  the  competition  should  be  most  severe 
between  allied  forms,  which  fill  nearly  the  same  place  in  the 
economy  of  nature;  but  probably  in  no  one  case  cotdd  we 
precisely  say  why  one  species  has  been  victorious  over 
another  in  the  great  battle  of  life.  * 

A  corollary  of  the  highest  importance  may  be  deduced 
from  the  foregoing  remarks,  namely,  that  the  structure  of 
every  organic  being  is  related,  in  the  mose  essential  yet  often 
hidden  manner,  to  that  of  all  the  other  organic  beings,  with 
which  it  comes  into  competition  for  food  or  residence,  or 
from  which  it  has  to  escape,  or  on.  which  it  preys.  This  is 
obvious  in  the  structure  of  the  teeth  and  talons  of  the  tiger; 
and  in  that  of  the  legs  and  claws  of  the  parasite  which  clings 
to  the  hair  on  the  tiger's  body.  But  in  the  beautifully  plumed 
seed  of  the  dandelion,  and  in  the  flattened  and  fringed  legs 
of  the  water-beetle,  the  relation  seems  at  first  confined  to 
the  elements  of  air  and  water.  Yet  the  advantage  of  plumed 
seeds  no  doubt  stands  in  the  closest  relation  to  the  land  being 
already  thickly  clothed  with  other  plants;  so  that  the  seeds 
may  be  widely  distributed  and  fall  on  unoccupied  ground. 
In  the  water-beetle,  the  structure  of  its  legs,  so  well  adapted 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STRUGGLE  FOR  EXISTENCE  91 

for  diving,  allows  it  to  compete  with  other  aquatic  insects, 
to  hunt  for  its  own  prey,  and  to  escape  serving  as  prey  to 
other  animals. 

The  store  of  nutriment  laid  up  within  the  seeds  of  many 
plants  seems  at  first  sight  to  have  no  sort  of  relation  to 
other  plants.  But  from  the  strong  growth  of  young  plants 
produced  from  such  seeds,  as  peas  and  beans,  when  sown  in 
the  midst  of  long  grass,  it  may  be  suspected  that  the  chief 
use  of  the  nutriment  in  the  seed  is  to  favour  the  growth  of 
the  seedlings,  whilst  struggling  with  other  plants  growing 
all  arotmd. 

Look  at  a  plant  in  the  midst  of  its  range,  why  does  it  not 
double  or  quadruple  its  numbers?  We  know  that  it  can  per- 
fectly well  withstand  a  little  more  heat  or  cold,  dampness  or 
dr3mess,  for  elsewhere  it  ranges  into  slightly  hotter  or  colder, 
damper  or  drier  districts.  In  this  case  we  can  clearly  see 
that  if  we  wish  in  imagination  to  give  the  plant  the  power  of 
increasing  in  number,  we  should  have  to  give  it  some  ad- 
vantage over  its  competitors,  or  over  the  animals  which  prey 
on  it  On  the  confines  of  its  geographical  range,  a  change 
of  constitution  with  respect  to  climate  would  clearly  be  an 
advantage  to  our  plant;  but  we  have  reason  to  believe  that 
only  a  few  plants  or  animals  range  so  far,  that  they  are  de- 
stroyed exclusively  by  the  rigour  of  the  climate.  Not  until 
we  reach  the  extreme  confines  of  life,  in  the  Arctic  regions 
or  on  the  borders  of  an  utter  desert,  will  competition  cease. 
The  land  may  be  extremely  cold  or  dry,  yet  there  will  be 
competition  between  some  few  species,  or  between  the  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  for  the  warmest  or  dampest 
spots. 

Hence  we  can  see  that  when  a  plant  or  animal  is  placed 
in  a  new  cotmtry  amongst  new  competitors,  the  conditions 
of  its  life  will  generally  be  changed  in  an  essential  manner, 
although  the  climate  may  be  exactly  the  same  as  in  its 
former  home.  If  its  average  numbers  are  to  increase  in  its 
new  home,  we  should  have  to  modify  it  in  a  different  way  to 
what  we  should  have  had  to  do  in  its  native  country ;  for  we 
should  have  to  give  it  some  advantage  over  a  different  set 
of  competitors  or  enemies. 

It  is  good  thus  to  try  in  imagination  to  give  to  any  one 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


92  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

species  an  advantage  over  another.  Probably  in  no  single 
instance  should  we  know  what  to  do.  This  ought  to  con- 
vince us  of  our  ignorance  on  the  mutual  relations  of  all 
organic  beings;  a  conviction  as  necessary,  as  it  is  difficult 
to  acquire.  All  that  we  can  do,  is  to  keep  steadily  in  mind 
that  each  organic  being  is  striving  to  increase  in  a  geomet- 
rical ratio ;  that  each  at  some  period  of  its  life,  during  some 
season  of  the  year,  during  each  generation  or  at  intervals, 
has  to  struggle  for  life  and  to  suffer  great  destruction. 
When  we  reflect  on  this  struggle,  we  may  console  ourselves 
with  the  full  belief,  that  the  war  of  nature  is  not  inces- 
sant, that  no  fear  is  felt,  that  death  is  generally  prompt, 
and  that  the  vigorous,  the  healthy,  and  the  happy  survive 
and  multiply. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  IV 
Natural  Selection  ;  or  the  Survival  of  the  Fittest 

Natural  Selection — its  power  compared  with  man's  selection — ^its 
power  on  characters  of  trifling  importance — its  power  at  all  ages 
and  on  both  sexes — Sexual  selection — On  the  generality  of  inter- 
crosses between  individuals  of  the  same  species — Circumstances 
favourable  and  unfavourable  to  the  results  of  Natural  Selection, 
namely,  intercrossing,  isolation,  number  of  individuals — Slow 
action — Extinction  caused  by  Natural  Selection — Divergence  of 
Character,  related  to  the  diversity  of  inhabiUnts  of  any  small 
area,  and  to  naturalisation — ^Action  of  Natural  Selection,  through 
divergence  of  Character  and  Extinction,  on  the  descendants  from 
a  common  parent — Explains  the  grouping  of  all  organic  beings — 
Advance  in  organisation — Low  forms  preserved — Convergence  of 
Character — Indefinite  multiplication  of  species — Summary. 

HOW  will  the  struggle  for  existence,  briefly  discussed 
in  the  last  chapter,  act  in  regard, to  variation?  Can 
the  principle  of  selection,  which  we  have  seen  is  so 
potent  in  the  hands  of  man,  apply  under  nature?  I  think 
we  shall  see  that  it  can  act  most  efliciently.  Let  the  endless 
number  of  slight  variations  and  individual  differences  occur- 
ring in  our  domestic  productions,  and,  in  a  lesser  degree,  in 
those  under  nature,  be  borne  in  mind ;  as  well  as  the  strength 
of  the  hereditary  tendency.  Under  domestication,  it  may  be 
truly  said  that  the  whole  organisation  becomes  in  some  degree 
plastic.  But  the  variability,  which  we  almost  universally 
meet  with  in  our  domestic  productions,  is  not  directly  pro- 
duced, as  Hooker  and  Asa  Gray  have  well  remarked,  by  man ; 
he  can  neither  originate  varieties,  nor  prevent  their  occur- 
rence ;  he  can  only  preserve  and  accumulate  such  as  do  occur. 
Unintentionally  he  exposes  organic  beings  to  new  and  chang- 
ing conditions  of  life,  and  variability  ensues;  but  similar 
changes  of  conditions  might  and  do  occur  under  nature.  Let 
it  also  be  borne  in  mind  how  infinitely  complex  and  close- 
fitting  are  the  mutual  relations  of  all  organic  beings  to  each 
other  and  to  their  physical  conditions  of  life;  and  conse- 

93 

P— HCXl 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


94  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

quently  what  infinitely  varied  diversities  of  structure  might 
be  of  use  to  each  being  under  changing  conditions  of  life. 
Can  it,  then,  be  thought  improbable,  seeing  that  variations 
useful  to  man  have  undoubtedly  occurred,  that  other  vari- 
ations useful  in  some  way  to  each  being  in  the  great  and  com* 
plex  battle  of  life,  should  occur  in  the  course  of  many  suc- 
cessive generations?  If  such  do  occur,  can  we  doubt  (re- 
membering that  many  more  individuals  are  born  than  can 
possibly  survive)  that  individuals  having  any  advantage, 
however  slight,  over  others,  would  have  the  best  chance  of 
surviviiig  and  of  procreating  their  kind?  On  the  other  hand, 
we  may  feel  sure  that  any  variation  in  the  least  degree  injuri- 
ous would  be  rigidly  destroyed.  This  preservation  of  favour- 
able individual  differences  and  variations,  and  the  destruction 
of  those  which  are  injurious,  I  have  called  Natural  Selection, 
or  the  Survival  of  the  Fittest.  Variations  neither  useful  nor 
injurious  would  not  be  affected  by  natural  selection,  and 
would  be  left  either  a  fluctuating  element,  as  perhaps  we  see 
in  certain  polymorphic  species,  or  would  ultimately  becofne 
fixed,  owing  to  the  nature  of  the  organism  and  the  nature  of 
the  conditions. 

Several  writers  have  misapprehended  or  objected  to  the 
term  Natural  Selection.  Some  have  even  imagined  that  nat- 
ural selection  induces  variability,  whereas  it  implies  only  the 
preservation  of  such  variations  as  arise  and  are  beneficial  to 
the  being  under  its  conditions  of  life.  No  one  objects  to 
agriculturists  speaking  of  the  potent  effects  of  man's  selec- 
tion; and  in  this  case  the  individual  differences  given  by 
nature,  which  man  for  some  object  selects,  must  of  necessity 
first  occur.  Others  have  objected  that  the  term  selection  im- 
plies conscious  choice  in  the  animals  which  become  modified; 
and  it  has  even  been  urged  that,  as  plants  have  no  vc^ition, 
natural  selection  is  not  applicable  to  them!  In  the  literal 
sense  of  the  word,  no  doubt,  natural  selection  is  a  false  term ; 
but  who  ever  objected  to  chemists  speaking  of  the  elective 
affinities  of  the  various  elements? — ^and  yet  an  add  cannot 
strictly  be  said  to  elect  the  base  with  which  it  in  preference 
combines.  It  has  been  said  that  I  speak  of  natural  selection 
as  an  active  power  or  Deity;  but  who  objects  to  an  author 
speaking  of  the  attraction  of  gravity  as  ruling  the  movements 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NATURAL  SELECnON  85 

of  the  planets?  Every  one  knows  what  is  meant  and  is  im- 
plied by  such  metaphorical  expressions;  and  they  are  almost 
necessary  for  brevity.  So  again  it  is  difficult  to  avoid  per- 
sonifying the  word  Nature;  but  I  mean  by  Nature,  only  the 
^ggregBtt  action  and  product  of  many  natural  laws,  and  by 
laws  the  sequence  of  events  as  ascertained  by  us.  With  a 
little  familiarity  such  superficial  objections  will  be  forgotten. 

We  shall  best  understand  the  probable  course  of  natural 
selection  by  taking  the  case  of  a  country  undergoing  some 
slight  physical  change,  for  instance,  of  climate.  The  propor- 
tional numbers  of  its  inhabitants  will  almost  immediately  un- 
dergo a  change,  and  some  species  will  probably  become  ex- 
tinct We  may  conclude,  from  what  we  have  seen  of  the  in- 
timate and  complex  manner  in  which  the  inhabitants  of  each 
country  are  bound  together,  that  any  change  in  the  numerical 
proportions  of  the  inhabitants,  independently  of  the  change 
of  climate  itself,  would  seriously  affect  the  others.  If  the 
country  were  open  on  its  borders,  new  forms  would  certainly 
immigrate,  and  this  would  likewise  seriously  disturb  the  rela- 
tions of  some  of  the  former  inhabitants.  Let  it  be  remem- 
bered how  powerful  the  influence  of  a  single  introduced  tree 
or  mammal  has  been  shown  to  be.  But  in  the  case  of  an 
island,  or  of  a  country  partly  surrounded  by  barriers,  into 
which  new  and  better  adapted  forms  could  not  freely  enter, 
we  should  then  have  places  in  the  economy  of  nature  which 
would  assuredly  be  better  filled  up,  if  some  of  the  original 
inhabitants  were  in  some  manner  modified;  for,  had  the  area 
been  open  to  immigration,  these  same  places  would  have  been 
seized  on  by  intruders.  In  such  cases,  slight  modifications, 
which  in  any  way  favoured  the  individuals  of  any  species, 
by  better  adapting  them  to  their  altered  conditions,  would 
tend  to  be  preserved;  and  natural  selection  would  have  free 
scope  for  the  work  of  improvement. 

We  have  good  reason  to  believe,  as  shown  in  the  first  chap- 
ter, that  changes  in  the  conditions  of  life  give  a  tendency  to 
increased  variability;  and  in  the  foregoing  cases  the  con- 
ditions have  changed,  and  this  would  manifestly  be  favour- 
able to  natural  selection,  by  affording  a  better  chance  of  the 
occurrence  of  profitable  variations.  Unless  such  occur,  nat- 
ural selection  can  do  nothing.    Under  the  term  of  "vari- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


96  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

ations,"  it  must  never  be  forgotten  that  mere  individual  dif- 
ferences are  included.  As  man  can  produce  a  great  result 
with  his  domestic  animals  and  plants  by  adding  up  in  any 
given  direction  individual  differences,  so  could  natural  selec- 
tion, but  far  more  easily  from  having  incomparably  longer 
time  for  action.  Nor  do  I  believe  that  any  great  physical 
change,  as  of  climate,  or  any  unusual  degree  of  isolation  to 
check  immigration,  is  necessary  in  order  that  new  and  un- 
occupied places  should  be  left,  for  natural  selection  to  fill  up 
by  improving  some  of  the  varying  inhabitants.  For  as  all 
the  inhabitants  of  each  country  are  struggling  together  with 
nicely  balanced  forces,  extremely  slight  modifications  in  the 
structure  or  habits  of  one  species  would  often  give  it  an  ad- 
vantage over  others;  and  still  further  modifications  of  the 
same  kind  would  often  still  further  increase  the  advantage, 
as  long  as  the  species  continued  under  the  same  conditions 
of  life  and  profited  by  similar  means  of  subsistence  and  de-. 
fence.  No  country  can  be  named  in  which  all  the  native  in- 
habitants are  now  so  perfectly  adapted  to  each  other  and  to 
the  physical  conditions  under  which  they  live,  that  none  of 
them  could  be  still  better  adapted  or  improved;  for  in  all 
countries,  the  natives  have  been  so  far  conquered  by  natural- 
ised productions,  that  they  have  allowed  some  foreigners  to 
'  take  firm  possession  of  the  land.  And  as  foreigners  have 
thus  in  every  country  beaten  some  of  the  natives,  we  may 
safely  conclude  that  the  natives  might  have  been  modified 
with  advantage,  so  as  to  have  better  resisted  the  intruders. 

As  man  can  produce,  and  certainly  has  produced,  a  great 
result  by  his  methodical  and  unconscious  means  of  selection, 
what  may  not  natural  selection  effect?  Man  can  act  only  on 
external  and  visible  characters:  Nature,  if  I  may  be  allowed 
to  personify  the  natural  preservation  or  survival  of  the  fit- 
test, cares  nothing  for  appearances,  except  in  so  far  as  they 
are  useful  to  any  being.  She  can  act  on  every  internal  organ, 
on  every  shade  of  constitutional  difference,  on  the  whole 
machinery  of  life.  Man  selects  only  for  his  own  good :  Na- 
ture only  for  that  of  the  being  which  she  tends.  Every 
selected  character  is  fully  exercised  by  her,  as  is  implied  1^ 
the  fact  of  their  selection.  Man  keeps  the  natives  of  many 
climates  in  the  same  country;  he  seldom  exercises  each  se- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NATURAL  SELECnON  07 

lected  character  in  some  peculiar  and  fitting  manner ;  he  feeds 
a  long  and  a  short  beaked  pigeon  on  the  same  food ;  he  does 
not  exercise  a  long-backed  or  long-legged  quadruped  in  any 
peculiar  manner;  he  exposes  sheep  with  long  and  short  wool 
to  the  same  climate.  He  does  not  allow  the  most  vigorous 
males  to  struggle  for  the  females.  He  does  not  rigidly  de- 
stroy all  inferior  animals,  but  protects  during  each  varying 
season,  as  far  as  lies  in  his  power,  all  his  productions.  He 
often  begins  his  selection  by  some  half-mouBtrous  form;  or 
at  least  by  some  modification  prominent  enough  to  catch  the 
eye  or  to  be  plainly  useful  to  hfm.  Under  nature,  the  slight- 
est differences  of  structure  or  constitution  may  well  turn  the 
nicely-balanced  scale  in  the  struggle  for  life,  and  so  be  pre- 
served. How  fleeting  are  the  wishes  and  efforts  of  man! 
how  short  his  time !  and  consequently  how  poor  will  be  his 
results,  compared  with  those  accumulated  by  Nature  during 
whole  geological  periods?  Can  we  wonder,  then,  that  Na- 
ture's productions  should  be  far  "truer"  in  character  than 
man's  productions;  that  they  should  be  infinitely  better 
adapted  to  the  most  complex  conditions  of  life,  and  should 
plainly  bear  the  stamp  of  far  higher  workmanship? 

It  may  metaphorically  be  said  that  natural  selection  is  daily 
and  hourly  scrutinising,  throughout  the  world,  the  slightest 
variations;  rejecting  those  that  are  bad,  preserving  and  add- 
ing up  all  that  are  good;  silently  and  insensibly  working, 
whenever  and  wherever  opportunity  oifers,  at  the  improve- 
ment of  each  organic  being  in  relation  to  its  organic  and  in- 
organic conditions  of  life.  We  see  nothing  of  these  slow 
changes  in  progress,  until  the  hand  of  time  has  marked  the 
lapse  of  ages,  and  Ihen  so  imperfect  is  our  view  into  long- 
past  geological  ages,  that  we  see  only  that  the  forms  of  life 
are  now  different  from  what  they  formerly  were. 

In  order  that  any  great  amount  of  modification  should  be 
effected  in  a  species,  a  variety  when  once  formed  must  again, 
perhaps  after  a  long  interval  of  time,  vary  or  present  indi- 
vidual differences  of  the  same  favourable  nature  as  before; 
and  these  must  be  again  preserved,  and  so  onwards  step  by 
step.  Seeing  that  individual  differences  of  the  same  kind 
perpetually  recur,  this  can  hardly  be  considered  as  an  unwar- 
rantable assumption.    But  whether  it  is  true,  we  can  judge 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


08  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

only  by  seeing  how  far  the  hypothesis  accords  with  and  ex- 
plains the  general  phenomena  of  nature.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  ordinary  belief  that  the  amount  of  possible  variation  is 
a  strictly  limited  quantity  is  likewise  a  simple  assumption. 

Although  natural  selection  can  act  only  through  and  for 
the  good  of  each  being,  yet  characters  and  structures,  which 
we  are  apt  to  consider  as  of  very  trifling  importance,  may 
thus  be  acted  on.  When  we  see  leaf-eating  insects  green, 
and  bark-feeders  mottled-grey;  the  alpine  ptarmigan  white  in 
winter,  the  red-grouse  the  colour  of  heather,  we  must  believe 
that  these  tints  are  of  service  to  these  birds  and  insects  in 
preserving  them  from  danger.  Grouse,  if  not  destroyed  at 
some  period  of  their  lives,  would  increase  in  countless  num- 
bers; they  are  known  to  suffer  largely  from  birds  of  prey; 
and  hawks  are  guided  by  eyesight  to  their  prey — so  much  so, 
that  on  parts  of  the  Continent  persons  are  warned  not  to  keep 
white  pigeons,  as  being  the  most  liable  to  destruction.  Hence 
natural  selection  might  be  effective  in  giving  the  proper 
colour  to  each  kind  of  grouse,  and  in  keeping  that  colour, 
when  once  acquired,  true  and  constant.  Nor  ought  we  to 
think  that  the  occasional  destruction  of  an  animal  of  any  par- 
ticular colour  would  produce  little  effect:  we  should  remem- 
ber how  essential  it  is  in  a  flock  of  white  sheep  to  destroy  a 
lamb  with  the  faintest  trace  of  black.  We  have  seen  how 
the  colour  of  the  hogs,  which  feed  on  the  "paint-root"  in 
Virginia,  determines  whether  they  shall  live  or  die.  In 
plants,  the  down  on  the  fruit  and  file  colour  of  the  flesh  are 
considered  by  botanists  as  characters  of  the  most  trifling  im- 
portance: yet  we  hear  from  an  excellent  horticulturist.  Down- 
ing, that  in  the  United  States  smooth-skinned  fruits  suffer 
far  more  from  a  beetle,  a  Curculio,  than  those  with  down; 
that  purple  plums  suffer  far  more  from  a  certain  disease  than 
yellow  plums,  whereas  another  disease  attacks  yellow-fleshed 
peaches  far  more  than  those  with  other  coloured  flesh.  If, 
with  all  the  aids  of  art,  these  slight  differences  make  a  great 
difference  in  cultivating  the  several  varieties,  assuredly,  in  a 
state  of  nature,  where  the  trees  would  have  to  struggle  with 
other  trees  and  with  a  host  of  enemies,  such  differences  would 
effectually  settle  which  variety,  whether  a  smooth  or  downy, 
a  yellow  or  purple  fleshed  fruit,  should  succeed. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


NATURAL  SELECTION  99 

In  looking  at  many  small  points  of  difference  between 
species,  which,  as  far  as  our  ignorance  permits  us  to  judge, 
seem  quite  unimportant,  we  must  not  forget  that  climate, 
food,  &c.,  have  no  doubt  produced  some  direct  effect.  It  is 
also  necessary  to  bear  in  mind  that,  owing  to  the  law  of  cor- 
relation, when  (me  part  varies,  and  the  variations  are  accu- 
mulated through  natural  selection,  other  modifications,  often 
of  the  most  unexpected  nature,  will  ensue. 

As  we  see  that  those  variations  which,  under  domestica- 
tion, appear  at  any  particular  period  of  life,  tend  to  reappear 
in  the  offspring  at  the  same  period; — for  instance,  in  the 
shape,  size,  and  flavour  of  the  seeds  of  the  many  varieties  of 
our  culinary  and  agricultural  plants;  in  the  caterpillar  and 
cocoon  stages  of  the  varieties  of  the  silkworm ;  in  the  eggs  o£ 
poultry,  and  in  the  colour  of  the  down  of  their  chickens ;  in 
the  horns  of  our  sheep  and  cattle  when  nearly  adult ; — ^so  in 
a  state  of  nature  natural  selection  will  be  enabled  to  act  on 
and  modify  organic  beings  at  any  age,  by  the  accumulation  of 
variations  profitable  at  that  age,  and  by  their  inheritance  at 
a  corresponding  age.  If  it  profit  a  plant  to  have  its  seeds 
more  and  more  widely  disseminated  by  the  wind,  I  can  see  no 
greater  difficulty  in  this  being  effected  through  natural  selec- 
tion, than  in  the  cotton-planter  increasing  and  improving  by 
selection  the  down  in  the  pods  on  his  cotton-trees.  Natural 
selection  may  modify  and  adapt  the  larva  of  an  insect  to  a 
score  of  contingencies,  wholly  different  from  those  which  con- 
cern the  mature  insect;  and  these  modifications  may  effect, 
through  correlation,  the  structure  of  the  adult.  So,  con- 
versely, modifications  in  the  adult  may  affect  the  structure 
of  the  larva ;  but  in  all  cases  natural  selection  will  ensure  that 
they  shall  not  be  injurious :  for  if  they  were  so,  the  species 
would  become  extinct 

Natural  selection  will  modify  the  structure  of  the  young  in 
relation  to  the  parent,  and  of  the  parent  in  relation  to  the 
young.  In  social  animals  it  will  adapt  the  structure  of  each 
individual  for  the  benefit  of  the  whole  community;  if  the 
community  profits  by  the  selected  change.  What  natural 
selection  cannot  do,  is  to  modify  the  structure  of  one  species, 
without  giving  it  any  advantage,  for  the  good  of  another 
species ;  and  though  statements  to  this  effect  may  be  found  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


100  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

works  of  natural  history,  I  cannot  find  one  case  which  will 
bear  investigation.  A  structure  used  only  once  in  an  ani> 
mal's  life,  if  of  high  importance  to  it,  might  be  modified  to 
any  extent  by  natural  selection;  for  instance,  the  great  jaws 
possessed  by  certain  insects,  used  exclusively  for  opening  the 
cocoon— or  the  hard  tip  to  the  beak  of  unhatched  birds,  used 
for  breaking  the  egg.  It  has  been  asserted,  that  of  the  best 
short-beaked  tumbler-pigeons  a  greater  number  perish  in  the 
egg  than  are  able  to  get  out  of  it ;  so  that  fanciers  assist  in 
the  act  of  hatching.  Now  if  nature  had  to  make  the  beak  of 
a  full-grown  pigeon  very  short  for  the  bird's  own  advantage, 
the  process  of  modification  would  be  very  slow,  and  there 
would  be  simultaneously  the  most  rigorous  selection  of  all  the 
young  birds  within  the  egg,  which  had  the  most  powerful  and 
hardest  beaks,  for  all  with  weak  beaks  would  inevitably  per- 
ish ;  or,  more  delicate  and  more  easily  broken  shells  might  be 
selected,  the  thickness  of  the  shell  being  known  to  vary  like 
every  other  structure. 

It  may  be  well  here  to  remark  that  with  all  beings  there 
must  be  much  fortuitous  destruction,  which  can  have  little  or 
no  influence  on  the  course  of  natural  selection.  For  instance 
a  vast  number  of  eggs  or  seeds  are  annually  devoured,  and 
these  could  be  modified  through  natural  selection  only  if  they 
varied  in  some  manner  which  protected  them  from  their  ene- 
mies. Yet  many  of  these  eggs  or  seeds  would  perhaps,  if  not 
destroyed,  have  yielded  individuals  better  adapted  to  their 
conditions  of  life  than  any  of  those  which  happened  to  sur- 
vive. So  again  a  vast  number  of  mature  animals  and  plants, 
whether  or  not  they  be  the  best  adapted  to  their  conditions, 
must  be  annually  destroyed  by  accidental  causes,  which  would 
not  be  in  the  least  degree  mitigated  by  certain  changes  of 
structure  or  constitution  which  would  in  other  ways  be  bene- 
ficial to  the  species.  But  let  the  destruction  of  the  adults  be 
ever  so  heavy,  if  the  number  which  can  exist  in  any  district 
be  not  wholly  kept  down  by  such  causes, — or  again  let  the 
destruction  of  eggs  or  seeds  be  so  great  that  only  a  hundredth 
or  a  thousandth  part  are  developed, — ^yet  of  those  which  do 
survive,  the  best  adapted  individuals,  supposing  that  there  is 
any  variability  in  a  favourable  direction,  will  tend  to  propa- 
gate their  kind  in  larger  numbers  than  the  less  wdl  adapted. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SBXUAL  SELBCnON  101 

If  the  numbers  be  wholly  kept  down  by  the  causes  just  indi- 
cated, as  will  often  have  been  the  case,  natural  selection  will 
be  powerless  in  certain  beneficial  directions;  but  this  is  no 
valid  objection  to  its  efficiency  at  other  times  and  in  other 
ways ;  for  we  are  far  from  having  any  reason  to  suppose  that 
many  species  ever  undergo  modification  and  improvement  at 
the  same  time  in  the  same  area. 

SEXUAL  SELECTION. 

Inasmuch  as  peculiarities  often  appear  under  domestica- 
tion in  one  sex  and  become  hereditarily  attached  to  that  sex, 
so  no  doubt  it  will  be  under  nature.  Thus  it  is  rendered  pos- 
sible for  the  two  sexes  to  be  modified  through  natural  selec- 
tion in  relation  to  different  habits  of  life,  as  is  sometimes  the 
case ;  or  for  one  sex  to  be  modified  in  relation  to  the  other 
sex,  as  commonly  occurs.  This  leads  me  to  say  a  few  words 
on  what  I  have  called  Sexual  Selection.  This  form  of  selec- 
tion depends,  not  on  a  struggle  for  existence  in  relation  to 
other  organic  beings  or  to  external  conditions,  but  on  a 
struggle  between  the  individuals  of  one  sex,  generally  the 
males,  for  the  possession  of  the  other  sex.  The  result  is  not 
death  to  the  unsuccessful  competitor,  but  few  or  no  offspring. 
Sexual  selection  is,  therefore,  less  rigorous  than*natural  se- 
lection. Generally,  the  most  vigorous  males,  those  which  are 
best  fitted  for  their  places  in  nature,  will  leave  most  progeny. 
But  in  many  cases,  victory  depends  not  so  much  on  general 
vigour,  as  on  having  special  weapons,  confined  to  the  male 
sex.  A  hornless  stag  or  spurless  cock  would  have  a  poor 
chance  of  leaving  numerous  offspring.  Sexual  selection,  by 
always  allowing  the  victor  to  breed,  might  surely  give  in- 
domitable courage,  length  to  the  spur,  and  strength  to  the 
wing  to  strike  in  the  spurred  leg,  in  nearly  the  same  manner 
as  does  the  brutal  cockfighter  by  the  careful  selection  of  his 
best  cocks.  How  low  in  the  scale  of  nature  the  law  of  battle 
descends,  I  know  not ;  male  alligators  have  been  described  as 
fighting,  bellowing,  and  whirling  round,  like  Indians  in  a 
war-dance,  for  the  possession  of  the  females;  male  salmons 
have  been  observed  fighting  all  day  long;  male  stag-beetles 
sometimes  bear  wounds  from  the  huge  mandibles  of  other 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


102  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

males ;  the  males  of  certain  hymenopterous  insects  have  been 
frequently  seen  by  that  inimitable  observer  M.  Fabre,  fighting 
for  a  particular  female  who  sits  by,  an  apparently  uncon- 
cerned beholder  of  the  struggle,  and  then  retires  with  the 
conqueror.  The  war  is,  perhaps,  severest  between  the  males 
of  polygamous  animals,  and  these  seem  oftenest  provide4 
with  special  weapons.  The  males  of  carnivorous  animals 
are  already  well  armed ;  though  to  them  and  to  others,  special 
means  of  defence  may  be  given  through  means  of  sexual 
selection,  as  the  mane  of  the  lion,  and  the  hooked  jaw  to  the 
male  salmon ;  for  the  shield  may  be  as  important  for  victory, 
as  the  sword  or  spear. 

Amongst  birds,  the  contest  is  often  of  a  more  peaceful 
character.  All  those  who  have  attended  to  the  subject,  be- 
lieve that  there  is  the  severest  rivalry  betwen  the  males  of 
many  species  to  attract,  by  singing,  the  females.  The  rock- 
thrush  of  Guiana,  birds  of  paradise,  and  some  others,  congre- 
gate; and  successive  males  display  with  the  most  elaborate 
care,  and  show  off  in  the  best  manner,  their  gorgeous  plu- 
mage; they  likewise  perform  strange  antics  before  the  fe- 
males, which,  standing  by  as  spectators,  at  last  choose  the  most 
attractive  partner.  Those  who  have  closely  attended  to  birds 
in  confinement  well  know  that  they  often  take  individual 
preferences  and  dislikes;  thus  Sir  R.  Heron  has  described 
how  a  pied  peacock  was  eminently  attractive  to  all  his  hen 
birds.  I  cannot  here  enter  on  the  necessary  details;  but  if 
man  can  in  a  short  time  give  beauty  and  an  elegant  carriage 
to  his  bantams,  according  to  his  standard  of  beauty,  I  can  see 
no  good  reason  to  doubt  that  female  birds,  by  selecting,  dur- 
ing thousands  of  generations,  the  most  melodious  or  beautiful 
males,  according  to  their  standard  of  beauty,  might  produce  a 
marked  effect  Some  well-known  laws,  with  respect  to  the 
plumage  of  male  and  female  birds,  in  comparison  with  the 
plumage  of  the  young,  can  partly  be  explained  through  the 
action  of  sexual  selection  on  variations  occurring  at  different 
ages,  and  transmitted  to  the  males  alone  or  to  both  se^es  at 
corresponding  ages;  but  I  have  not  space  here  to  enter  on 
this  subject. 

Thus  it  is,  as  I  believe,  that  when  the  males  and  females  of 
any  animal  have  the  same  general  habits  of  life,  but  differ  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ACTION  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  103 

structure,  colour,  or  ornament,  such  differences  have  been 
mainly  caused  by  sexual  selection :  that  is,  by  individual  males 
having  had,  in  successive  generations,  some  slight  advantage 
over  other  males,  in  their  weapons,  means  of  defence,  or 
charms,  which  they  have  transmitted  to  their  male  offspring 
alone.  Yet,  I  would  not  wish  to  attribute  all  sexual  differ- 
ences to  this  agency:  for  we  see  in  our  domestic  animals 
peculiarities  arising  and  becoming  attached  to  the  male  sex, 
which  apparently  have  not  been  augmented  through  selection 
by  man.  The  tuft  of  hair  on  the  breast  of  the  wild  turkey- 
cock  cannot  be  of  any  use,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  can 
be  ornamental  in  the  eyes  of  the  female  bird; — ^indeed,  had 
the  tuft  appeared  under  domestication,  it  would  have  been 
called  a  monstrosity. 

ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  THE  ACTION  OP  NATURAL  SELECTION^  OR 
THE  SURVIVAL  OP  THE  FITTEST. 

In  order  to  make  it  clear  how,  as  I  believe,  natural  selec- 
tion acts,  I  must  beg  permission  to  give  one  or  two  imaginary 
illustrations.  Let  us  take  the  case  of  a  wolf,  which  preys  on 
various  animals,  securing  some  by  craft,  some  by  strength, 
and  some  by  fleetness;  and  let  us  suppose  that  the  fleetest 
prey,  a  deer  for  instance,  had  from  any  change  in  the  country 
increased  in  numbers,  or  that  other  prey  had  decreased  in 
numbers,  during  that  season  of  the  year  when  the  wolf  was 
hardest  pressed  for  food.  Under  such  circumstances  the 
swiftest  and  slimmest  wolves  would  have  the  best  chance  of 
surviving  and  so  be  preserved  or  selected, — ^provided  always 
that  they  retained  strength  to  master  their  prey  at  this  or 
some  other  period  of  the  year,  when  they  were  compelled  to 
prey  on  other  animals.  I  can  see  no  more  reason  to  doubt 
that  this  would  be  the  result,  than  that  man  should  be  able  to 
improve  the  fleetness  of  his  greyhounds  by  careful  and 
methodical  selection,  or  by  that  kind  of  unconscious  selection 
which  follows  from  each  man  trying  to  keep  the  best  dogs 
without  any  thought  of  modifying  the  breed.  I  may  add, 
that,  according  to  Mr.  Pierce,  there  are  two  varieties  of  the 
wolf  inhabiting  the  Catskill  Mountains,  in  the  United  States, 
one  with  a  light  greyhound-like  form,  which  pursues  deer. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


104  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

and  the  other  more  bulky,  with  shorter  legs,  which  more  fre- 
quently attacks  the  shepherd's  flocks. 

It  should  he  observed  that,  in  the  above  illustration,  I  speak 
of  the  slimmest  individual  wolves,  and  not  of  any  single 
strongly-marked  variation  having  been  preserved.  In  former 
editions  of  this  work  I  sometimes  spoke  as  if  this  latter  alter- 
native had  frequently  occurred.  I  saw  the  great  importance 
of  individual  differences,  and  this  led  me  fully  to  discuss  the 
results  of  unconscious  selection  by  man,  which  depends  on 
the  preservation  of  all  the  more  or  less  valuable  individuals, 
and  on  the  destruction  of  the  worst.  I  saw,  also,  that  the 
preservation  in  a  state  of  nature  of  any  occasional  deviation 
of  structure,  such  as  a  monstrosity,  would  be  a  rare  event; 
and  that,  if  at  first  preserved,  it  would  generally  be  lost  by 
subsequent  intercrossing  with  ordinary  individuals.  Never- 
theless, until  reading  an  able  Und  valuable  article  in  the 
'North  British  Review'  (1867),  I  did  not  appreciate  how 
rarely  single  variations,  whether  slight  or  strongly-marked, 
could  be  perpetuated.  The  author  takes  the  case  of  a  pair 
of  animals,  producing  during  their  lifetime  two  hundred  off- 
springs of  which,  from  various  causes  of  destruction,  only  two 
on  an  average  survive  to  pro-create  their  kind.  This  is 
rather  an  extreme  estimate  for  most  of  the  higher  animals, 
but  by  no  means  so  for  many  of  the  lower  organisms.  He 
then  shows  that  if  a  single  individual  were  bom,  which  varied 
in  some  manner,  giving  it  twice  as  good  a  chance  of  life  as 
that  of  the  other  individuals,  yet  the  chances  would  be 
strongly  against  its  survival.  Supposing  it  to  survive  and  to 
breed,  and  that  half  its  young  inherited  the  favourable  vari- 
ation;  .still,  as  the  Reviewer  goes  on  to  show,  the  young  would 
have  only  a  slightly  better  chance  of  surviving  and  breeding; 
and  this  chance  would  go  on  decreasing  in  the  succeeding 
generations.  The  justice  of  these  remarks  cannot,  I  think, 
be  disputed.  If,  for  instance,  a  bird  of  some  kind  could  pro- 
cure its  food  more  easily  by  having  its  beak  curved,  and  if 
one  were  bom  with  its  beak  strongly  curved,  and  which  con- 
sequently flourished,  nevertheless  there  would  be  a  very  poor 
chance  of  this  one  individual  perpetuating  its  kind  to  the  ex- 
clusion of  the  common  form ;  but  there  can  hardly  be  a  doubt, 
judging  by  what  we  see  taking  place  under  domestication. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ACTION  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  105 

that  this  result  would  follow  from  the  preservation  during 
many  generations  of  a  large  number  of  individuals  with  more 
or  less  strongly  curved  beaks,  and  from  the  destruction  of  a 
still  larger  number  with  the  straightest  beaks. 

It  should  not,  however,  be  overlooked  that  certain  rather 
strongly  marked  variations,  which  no  one  would  rank  as  mere 
individual  differences,  frequently  recur  owing  to  a  similar 
organisation  being  similarly  acted  on — of  which  fact  numer- 
ous instances  could  be  given  with  our  domestic  productions. 
In  such  cases,  if  the  varying  individual  did  not  actually  trans- 
mit to  its  offspring  its  newly-acquired  character,  it  would  un- 
doubtedly transmit  to  them,  as  long  as  the  existing  conditions 
remained  the  same,  a  still  stronger  tendency  to  vary  in  the 
same  manner.  There  can  also  be  little  doubt  that  the  ten- 
dency to  vary  in  the  same  manner  has  often  been  so  strong 
that  all  the  individuals  of  the  same  species  have  been  simi- 
larly modified  without  the  aid  of  any  form  of  selection.  Or 
only  a  third,  fifth,  or  tenth  part  of  the  individuals  may  have 
been  thus  affected,  of  which  fact  several  instances  could  be 
given.  Thus  Graba  estimates  that  about  one-fifth  of  the 
guillemots  in  the  Faroe  Islands  consist  of  a  variety  so  well 
marked,  that  it  was  formerly  ranked  as  a  distinct  species 
under  the  name  of  Uria  lacrymans.  In  cases  of  this  kind,  if 
the  variation  were  of  a  beneficial  nature,  the  original  form 
would  soon  be  supplanted  by  the  modified  form,  through  the 
survival  of  the  fittest. 

To  the  effects  of  intercrossing  in  eliminating  variations  of  all 
kinds,  I  shall  have  to  recur;  but  it  may  be  here  remarked  that 
most  animals  and  plants  keep  to  their  proper  homes,  and  do 
not  needlessly  wander  about ;  we  see  this  even  with  migratory 
birds,  which  almost  always  return  to  the  same  spot.  Conse- 
quently each  newly-formed  variety  would  generally  be  at 
first  local,  as  seems  to  be  the  common  rule  with  varieties  in  a 
state  of  nature;  so  that  similarly  modified  individuals  would 
soon  exist  in  a  small  body  together,  and  would  often  breed 
together.  If  the  new  variety  were  successful  in  its  battle  for 
life,  it  would  slowly  spread  from  a  central  district,  competing 
with  and  conquering  the  unchanged  individuals  on  the  mar* 
gins  of  an  ever-increasing  circle. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  give  another  and  more  complex 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


106  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

illustration  of  the  action  of  natural  selection.  Certain  plants 
excrete  sweet  juice,  apparently  for  the  sake  of  eliminating 
something  injurious  from  the  sap:  this  is  effected,  for  in- 
stance, by  glands  at  the  base  of  the  stipules  in  some  Legu- 
minosae,  and  at  the  backs  of  the  leaves  of  the  common  laurel 
This  juice,  though  small  in  quantity,  is  greedily  sought  by 
insects;  but  their  visits  do  not  in  any  way  benefit  the  plant 
Now,  let  us  suppose  that  the  juice  or  nectar  was  excreted 
from  the  inside  of  the  flowers  of  a  certain  number  of  plants 
of  any  species.  Insects  in  seeking  the  nectar  would  get 
dusted  with  pollen,  and  would  often  transport  it  from  one 
flower  to  another.  The  flowers  of  two  distinct  individuals 
of  the  same  species  would  thus  get  crossed;  and  the  act  of 
crossing,  as  can  be  fully  proved,  gives  rise  to  vigorous  seed- 
lings, which  consequently  would  have  the  best  chance  of  flour- 
ishing and  surviving.  The  plants  which  produced  flowers 
with  the  largest  glands  or  nectaries,  excreting  much  nectar, 
would  oftenest  be  visited  by  insects,  and  would  oftenest  be 
crossed;  and  so  in  the  long-run  would  gain  the  upper  hand 
and  form  a  local  variety.  The  flowers,  also,  which  had  their 
stamens  and  pistils  placed,  in  relation  to  the  size  and  habits 
of  the  particular  insect  which  visited  them,  so  as  to  favour 
in  any  degree  the  transportal  of  the  pollen,  would  likewise 
be  favoured.  We  might  have  taken  the  case  of  insects  visit- 
ing flowers  for  the  sake  of  collecting  pollen  instead  of  nectar ; 
and  as  pollen  is  formed  for  the  sole  purpose  of  fertilisation, 
its  destruction  appears  to  be  a  simple  loss  to  the  plant ;  yet  if 
a  little  pollen  were  carried,  at  first  occasionally  and  then 
habitually,  by  the  pollen-devouring  insects  from  flower  to 
flower,  and  a  cross  thus  eflFected,  although  nine-tenths  of  the 
pollen  were  destroyed,  it  might  still  be  a  great  gain  to  the 
plant  to  be  thus  robbed;  and  the  individuals  which  produced 
more  and  more  pollen,  and  had  larger  anthers,  would  be 
selected. 

When  our  plant,  by  the  above  process  long  continued,  had 
been  rendered  highly  attractive  to  insects,  they  would,  unin- 
tentionally on  their  part,  regularly  carry  pollen  from  flower 
to  flower;  and  that  they  do  this  effectually,  I  could  easily 
show  by  many  striking  facts.  I  will  give  only  one,  as  like- 
wise illustrating  one  step  in  the  separation  of  the  sexes  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ACTION  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  107 

plants.  Some  holly-trees  bear  only  male  flowers,  which  have 
four  stamens  producing  a  rather  small  quantity  of  pollen,  and 
a  rudimentary  pistil;  other  holly-trees  bear  only  female 
flowers;  these  have  a  full-sized  pistil,  and  four  stamens  with 
shrivelled  anthers,  in  which  not  a  grain  of  pollen  can  be  de- 
tected. Having  found  a  female  tree  exactly  sixty  yards  from 
a  male  tree,  I  put  the  stigmas  of  twenty  flowers,  taken  from 
different  branches,  under  the  microscope,  and  on  all,  without 
exception,  there  were  a  few  pollen-grains,  and  on  some  a 
profusion.  As  the  wind  had  set  for  several  days  from  the 
female  to  the  male  tree,  the  pollen  could  not  thus  have  been 
carried.  The  weather  had  been  cold  and  boisterous,  and 
therefore  not  favourable  to  bees,  nevertheless  every  female 
flower  which  I  examined  had  been  effectually  fertilised  by  the 
bees,  which  had  flown  from  tree  to  tree  in  search  of  nectar. 
But  to  return  to  our  imaginary  case :  as  soon  as  the  plant  had 
been  rendered  so  highly  attractive  to  insects  that  pollen  was 
regularly  carried  from  flower  to  flower,  another  process 
might  commence.  No  naturalist  doubts  the  advantage  of 
what  has  been  called  the  ''physiological  division  of  labour;" 
hence  we  may  believe  that  it  would  be  advantageous  to  a 
plant  to  produce  stamens  alone  in  one  flower  or  on  one  whole 
plant,  and  pistils  alone  in  another  flower  or  on  another  plant. 
In  plants  under  culture  and  placed  under  new  conditions  of 
life,  sometimes  the  male  organs  and  sometimes  the  female 
organs  become  more  or  less  impotent ;  now  if  we  suppose  this 
to  occur  in  ever  so  slight  a  degree  under  nature,  then,  as 
pollen  is  already  carried  regularly  from  flower  to  flower,  and 
as  a  more  complete  separation  of  the  sexes  of  our  plant  would 
be  advantageous  on  the  principle  of  the  division  of  labour, 
individuals  with  this  tendency  more  and  more  increased,  would 
be  continually  favoured  or  selected,  until  at  last  a  complete 
separation  of  the  sexes  might  be  effected.  It  would  take  up 
too  much  spate  to  show  the  various  steps,  through  dimorph- 
ism and  other  means,  by  which  the  separation  of  the  sexes  in 
plants  of  various  kinds  is  apparently  now  in  progress;  but  I 
may  add  that  some  of  the  species  of  holly  in  North  America, 
are,  according  to  Asa  Gray,  in  an  exactly  intermediate  con- 
dition, or,  as  he  expresses  it,  are  more  or  less  dioeciously 
polygamous. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


106  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  nectar-feeding  insects;  we  may 
suppose  the  plant,  of  which  we  have  been  slowly  increasing 
the  nectar  by  continued  selection,  to  be  a  common  plant ;  and 
that  certain  insects  depended  in  main  part  on  its  nectar  for 
food.    I  could  give  many  facts  showing  how  anxious  bees  are 
to  save  time:  for  instance,  their  habit  of  cutting  holes  and 
sucking  the  nectar  at  the  bases  of  certain  flowers,  which  with 
a  very  little  more  trouble,  they  can  enter  by  the  mouth. 
Bearing  such  facts  in  mind,  it  may  be  believed  that  under  cer- 
tain circumstances  individual  differences  in  the  curvature  or 
length  of  the  proboscis,  &c.,  too  slight  to  be  appreciated  by 
us,  might  profit  a  bee  or  other  insect,  so  that  certain  indi- 
-viduals  would  be  able  to  obtain  their  food  more  quickly  than 
others;  and  thus  the  communities  to  which  they  belonged 
would  flourish  and  throw  off  many  swarms  inheriting  the 
same  peculiarities.    The  tubes  of  the  corolla  of  the  common 
red  and  incarnate  clovers    (Tri  folium  pratense  and  incar- 
natum)  do  not  on  a  hasty  glance  appear  to  differ  in  length; 
yet  the  hive-bee  can  easily  suck  the  nectar  out  of  the  incar- 
nate clover,  but  not  out  of  the  common  red  clover,  which  is 
visited  by  humble-bees  alone ;  so  that  whole  fields  of  the  red 
clover  offer  in  vain  an  abundant  supply  of  precious  nectar  to 
the  hive-bee.  That  this  nectar  is  much  liked  by  the  hive-bee  is 
certain;  for  I  have  repeatedly  seen,  but  only  in  the  autumn, 
many  hive-bees  sucking  the  flowers  through  holes  bitten  in 
the  base  of  the  tube  by  humble-bees.    The  difference  in  the 
length  of  the  corolla  in  the  two  kinds  of  clover,  which  deter- 
mines the  visits  of  the  hive-bee,  must  be  very  trifling;  for  I 
have  been  assured  that  when  red  clover  has  been  mown,  the 
flowers  of  the  second  crop  are  somewhat  smaller,  and  that 
these  are  visited  by  many  hive-bees.    I  do  not  know  whether 
this  statement  is  accurate;  nor  whether  another  published 
statement  can  be  trusted,  namely,  that  the  Ligurian  bee,  which 
is  generally  considered  a  mere  variety  of  the  common  hive- 
bee,  and  which  freely  crosses  with  it,  is  able  to  reach  and  suck 
the  nectar  of  the  red  clover.  Thus,  in  a  country  where  this  kind 
of  clover  abounded,  it  might  be  a  great  advantage  to  the 
hive-bee  to  have  a  slightly  longer  or  differently  constructed 
proboscis.    On  the  other  hand,  as  the  fertility  of  this  clover 
absolutely  depends  on  bees  visiting  the  flowers,  if  humble- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ON  THE  INTERCROSSING  OF  INDIVIDUALS      100 

bees  were  to  become  rare  in  any  country,  it  might  be  a  great 
advantage  to  the  plant  to  have  a  shorter  or  more  deeply  di- 
vided corolla,  so  that  the  hive-bees  should  be  enabled  to  suck 
its  flowers.  Thus  I  can  understand  how  a  flower  and  a  bee 
might  slowly  become,  either  simultaneously  or  one  after  the 
other,  modified  and  adapted  to  each  other  in  the  most  perfect 
manner,  by  the  continued  preservation  of  all  the  individuals 
which  presented  slight  deviations  of  structure  mutually  fa- 
vourable to  each  other. 

I  am  well  aware  that  this  doctrine  of  natural  selection, 
exemplified  in  the  above  imaginary  instances,  is  open  to  the 
same  objections  which  were  first  urged  against  Sir  Charles 
Lyell's  noble  views  on  "the  modern  changes  of  the  earth,  as 
illustrative  of  geology ;"  but  we  now  seldom  hear  the  agencies 
which  we  see  still  at  work,  spoken  of  as  trifling  or  insi^ifi- 
cant,  when  used  in  explaining  the  excavation  of  the  deepest 
valleys  or  the  formation  of  long  lines  of  inland  cliffs.  Nat- 
ural selection  acts  only  by  the  preservation  and  accumulation 
of  small  inherited  modifications,  each  profitable  to  the  pre- 
served being;  and  as  modern  geology  has  almost  banished 
such  views  as  the  excavation  of  a  great  valley  by  a  single 
diluvial  wave,  so  will  natural  selection  banish  the  belief  of 
the  continued  creation  of  new  organic  beings,  or  of  any  great 
and  sudden  modification  in  their  structure. 

ON   THE  INTERCROSSING  OF  INDIVIDUALS 

I  must  here  introduce  a  short  digression.  In  the  case  of 
animals  and  plants  with  separated  sexes,  it  is  of  course  obvi- 
ous that  two  individuals  must  always  (with  the  exception  of 
the  curious  and  not  well  understood  cases  of  parthenogene- 
sis) unite  for  each  birth;  but  in  the  case  of  hermaphrodites 
this  is  far  from  obvious.  Nevertheless  there  is  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  with  all  hermaphrodites  two  individuals,  either 
occasionally  or  habitually,  concur  for  the  reproduction  of 
their  kind.  This  view  was  long  ago  doubtfully  suggested  by 
Sprengel,  Knight  and  Kolreuter.  We  shall  presently  see  its 
importance;  but  I  must  here  treat  the  subject  with  extreme 
brevity,  though  I  have  the  materials  prepared  for  an  ample 
discussion.    All  vertebrate   animals,   all   insects,  and   some 

G — ^HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


110  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

other  large  groups  of  animals,  pair  for  each  birth.  Modern 
research  has  much  diminished  the  number  of  supposed  her- 
maphrodites, and  of  real  hermaphrodites  a  large  number 
pair;  that  is,  two  individuals  regularly  unite  for  reproduc- 
tion, which  is  all  that  concerns  us.  But  still  there  are  many 
hermaphrodite  animals  which  certainly  do  not  habitually  pair, 
and  a  vast  majority  of  plants  are  hermaphrodites.  What 
reason,  it  may  be  asked,  is  there  for  supposing  in  these  cases 
that  two  individuals  ever  concur  in  reproduction?  As  it  is 
impossible  here  to  enter  on  details,  I  must  trust  to  some  gen- 
eral considerations  alone. 

In  the  first  place,  I  have  collected  so  large  a  bodyof  facts, 
and  made  so  many  experiments,  showing,  in  accordance  with 
the  almost  universal  belief  of  breeders,  that  with  animals  and 
plants  a  cross  between  different  varieties,  or  between  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  variety  but  of  another  strain,  gives  vigour 
and  fertility  to  the  offspring;  and  on  the  other  hand,  that 
close  interbreeding  diminishes  vigour  and  fertility ;  that  these 
facts  alone  incline  me  to  believe  that  it  is  a  general  law  of 
nature  that  no  organic  being  fertilises  itself  for  a  perpetuity 
of  generations;  but  that  a  cross  with  another  individual  is 
occasionally — ^perhaps  at  long  intervals  of  time — indispen- 
sable. 

On  the  belief  that  this  is  a  law  of  nature,  we  can,  I  think, 
understand  several  large  classes  of  facts,  such  as  the  follow- 
ing, which  on  any  other  view  are  inexplicable.  Every 
hybridizer  knows  how  unfavourable  exposure  to  wet  is  to 
the  fertilisation  of  a  flower,  yet  what  a  multitude  of  flowers 
have  their  anthers  and  stigmas  fully  exposed  to  the  weather  1 
If  an  occasional  cross  be  indispensable,  notwithstanding  that 
the  plant's  own  anthers  and  pistil  stand  so  near  each  other 
as  almost  to  insure  self-fertilisation,  the  fullest  freedom  for 
the  entrance  of  pollen  from  another  individual  will  explain 
the  above  state  of  exposure  of  the  organs.  Many  flowers,  on 
the  other  hand,  have  their  organs  of  fructification  closely  en- 
closed, as  in  the  great  papilionaceous  or  pea- family ;  but  these 
almost  invariably  present  beautiful  and  curious  adaptations 
in  relation  to  the  visits  of  insects.  So  necessary  are  the  visits 
of  bees  to  many  papilionaceous  flowers,  that  their  fertility  is 
greatly  diminished  if  these  visits  be  prevented.    Now,  it  is 


DigitizqjJ  by  VjOOQIC 


ON  THE  INTERCROSSING  OP  INDIVIDUALS      111 

scarcely  possible  for  insects  to  fly  from  flower  to  flower,  and 
not  to  carry  pollen  from  one  to  the  other,  to  the  g^eat  good 
of  the  plant.  Insects  act  like  a  camel-hair  pencil,  and  it  is 
suflicient,  to  ensure  fertilisation,  just  to  touch  with  the  same 
brush  the  anthers  of  one  flower  and  then  the  stigma  of  an- 
other ;  but  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  bees  would  thus  pro- 
duce a  multitude  of  hybrids  between  distinct  species ;  for  if  a 
plant's  own  pollen  and  that  from  another  species  are  placed 
on  the  same  stigma,  the  former  is  so  prepotent  that  it  in- 
variably and  completely  destroys,  as  has  been  shown  by  Gart- 
ner, the  influence  of  the  foreign  pollen. 

When  the  stamens  of  a  flower  suddenly  spring  towards  the 
pistil,  or  slowly  move  one  after  the  other  towards  it,  the  con- 
trivance seems  adapted  solely  to  ensure  self-fertilisation ;  and 
no  doubt  it  is  useful  for  this  end :  but  the  agency  of  insects  is 
often  required  to  cause  the  stamens  to  spring  forward,  as 
Kolreuter  has  shown  to  be  the  case  with  the  barberry ;  and  in 
this  very  genus,  which  seems  to  have  a  special  contrivance 
for  self-fertilisation,  it  is  well  known  that,  if  closely-allied 
forms  or  varieties  are  planted  near  each  other,  it  is  hardly 
possible  to  raise  pure  seedlings,  so  largely  do  they  naturally 
cross.  In  numerous  other  cases,  far  from  self-fertilisation 
being  favoured,  there  are  special  contrivances  which  effec- 
tually prevent  the  stigma  receiving  pollen  from  its  own 
flower,  as  I  could  show  from  the  works  of  Sprengel  and 
others,  as  well  as  from  my  own  observations:  for  instance, 
in  Lobelia  fulgens,  there  is  a  really  beautiful  and  elaborate 
contrivance  by  which  all  the  infinitely  numerous  pollen- 
granules  are  swept  out  of  the  conjoined  anthers  of  each 
flower,  before  the  stigma  of  that  individual  flower  is  ready  to 
receive  them;  and  as  this  flower  is  never  visited,  at  least  in 
my  garden,  by  insects,  it  never  sets  a  seed,  though  by  placing 
pollen  from  one  flower  on  the  stigma  of  another,  I  raise 
plenty  of  seedlings.  Another  species  of  Lobelia,  which  is 
visited  by  bees,  seeds  freely  in  my  garden.  In  very  many 
other  cases,  though  there  is  no  special  mechanical  contrivance 
to  prevent  the  stigma  receiving  pollen  from  the  same  flower, 
yet,  as  Sprengel,  and  more  recently  Hildebrand,  and  others, 
have  shown,  and  as  I  can  confirm,  either  the  anthers  burst  be- 
fore the  stigma  is  ready  for  fertilisation,  or  the  stigma  is 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


U2  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

ready  before  the  pollen  of  that  flower  is  ready,  so  that  these 
so-named  dichogamous  plants  have  in  fact  separated  sexes, 
and  must  habitually  be  crossed.  So  it  is  with  the  reciprocally 
dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants  previously  alluded  to.  How 
strange  are  these  facts  I  How  strange  liiat  the  pollen  and 
stigmatic  suriEace  of  the  same  flower,  though  placed  so  close 
together,  as  if  for  the  very  purpose  of  self-fertilisation, 
should  be  in  so  many  cases  mutually  useless  to  each  other? 
How  simply  are  these  facts  explained  on  the  view  of  an  oc- 
casional cross  with  a  distinct  individual  being  advantageous 
or  indispensable  I 

If  several  varieties  of  the  cabbage,  radish,  onion,  and  of 
some  other  plants,  be  allowed  to  seed  near  each  other,  a  large 
majority  of  the  seedlings  thus  raised  turn  out,  as  I  have 
found,  mongrels :  for  instance,  I  raised  233  seedling  cabbages 
from  some  plants  of  different  varieties  growing  near  each 
other,  and  of  these  only  78  were  true  to  their  kind,  and  some 
even  of  these  were  not  perfectly  true.  Yet  the  pistil  of  each 
cabbage-flower  is  surrounded  not  only  by  its  own  six  stamens 
but  by  those  of  the  many  other  flowers  on  the  same  plant; 
and  the  pollen  of  each  flower  readily  gets  on  its  own  stigma 
without  insect  agency;  for  I  have  found  that  plants  carefully 
protected  from  insects  produce  the  full  number  of  pods. 
How,  then,  comes  it  that  such  a  vast  number  of  the  seedlings 
are  mongrelized?  It  must  arise  from  the  pollen  of  a  dis- 
tinct variety  having  a  prepotent  effect  over  the  flower's  own 
pollen ;  and  that  this  is  part  of  the  general  law  of  good  being 
derived  from  the  intercrossing  of  distinct  individuals  of  the 
same  species.  When  distinct  species  are  crossed  the  case  is  « 
reversed,  for  a  plant's  own  pollen  is  almost  always  prepotent 
over  foreign  pollen;  but  to  this  subject  we  shall  return  in  a 
future  chapter. 

In  the  case  of  a  large  tree  covered  with  innumerable 
flowers,  it  may  be  objected  that  pollen  could  seldom  be  carried 
from  tree  to  tree,  and  at  most  only  from  flower  to  flower  on 
the  same  tree;  and  flowers  on  the  same  tree  can  be  consid- 
ered as  distinct  individuals  only  in  a  limited  sense.  I  believe 
this  objection  to  be  valid,  but  that  nature  has  largely  pro- 
vided against  it  by  giving  to  trees  a  strong  tendency  to  bear 
flowers  with  separated  sexes.    When  the  sexes  are  separated. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ON  THB  INTERCROSSING  OF  INDIVIDUALS      113 

although  the  male  and  female  flowers  may  be  produced  on  the 
same  tree,  pollen  must  be  regularly  carried  from  flower  to 
flower ;  and  this  will  give  a  better  chance  of  pollen  being  oc- 
casionally carried  from  tree  to  tree.  That  trees  belonging  to 
all  Orders  have  their  sexes  more  often  separated  than  other 
plants,  I  find  to  be  the  case  in  this  country;  and  at  my  re- 
quest Dr.  Hooker  tabulated  the  trees  of  New  Zealand,  and 
Dr.  Asa  Gray  those  of  the  United  States,  and  the  result  was 
as  I  anticipated.  On  the  other  hand,  Dr.  Hooker  informs  me 
that  the  rule  does  not  hold  good  in  Australia:  but  if  most  of 
the  Australian  trees  are  dichogamous,  the  same  result  would 
follow  as  if  they  bore  flowers  with  separated  sexes.  I  have 
made  these  few  remarks  on  trees  simply  to  call  attention  to 
the  subject 

Turning  for  a  brief  space  to  animals:  various  terrestrial 
species  are  hermaphrodites,  such  as  the  land-moUusca  and 
earth-worms;  but  these  all  pair.  As  yet  I  have  not  found  a 
single  terrestrial  animal  which  can  fertilise  itself.  This  re- 
markable fact,  which  offers  so  strong  a  contrast  with  terres- 
trial plants,  is  intelligible  on  the  view  of  an  occasional  cross 
being  indispensable;  for  owing  to  the  nature  of  the  fertilis- 
ing element  there  are  no  means,  analogous  to  the  action  of 
insects  and  of  the  wind  with  plants,  by  which  an  occasional 
cross  could  be  effected  with  terrestrial  animals  without  the 
concurrence  of  two  individuals.  Of  aquatic  animals,  there 
are  many  self-fertilising  hermaphrodites;  but  here  the  cur- 
rents of  water  offer  an  obvious  means  for  an  occasional  cross. 
As  in  the  case  of  flowers,  I  have  as  yet  failed,  after  consulta- 
tion with  one  of  the  highest  authorities,  namely,  Professor 
Huxley,  to  discover  a  single  hermaphrodite  animal  with  the 
organs  of  reproduction  so  perfectly  enclosed  that  access  from 
without,  and  the  occasional  influence  of  a  distinct  individual, 
can  be  shown  to  be  physically  impossible.  Cirripedes  long 
appeared  to  me  to  present,  under  this  point  of  view,  a  case 
of  great  difficulty;  but  I  have  been  enabled,  by  a  fortunate 
chance,  to  prove  that  two  individuals,  though  both  are  self- 
fertilising  hermaphrodites,  do  sometimes  cross. 

It  must  have  struck  most  naturalists  as  a  strange  anomaly 
that,  both  with  animals  and  plants,  some  species  of  the  same 
family  and  even  of  the  same  genus,  though  agreeing  closely 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


114  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

with  each  other  in  their  whole  organisation,  are  hermaphro- 
dites, and  some  unisexual.  But  if,  in  fact,  all  hermaphro- 
dites do  occasionally  intercross,  the  difference  between  them 
and  unisexual  species  is,  as  far  as  function  is  concerned,  very 
small. 

From  these  several  considerations  and  from  the  many 
special  facts  which  I  have  collected,  but  which  I  am  unable 
here  to  give,  it  appears  that  with  animals  and  plants  an  oc- 
casional intercross  between  distinct  individuals  is  a  very  gen- 
eral, if  not  universal,  law  of  nature. 

CIRCUMSTANCES  FAVOURABLE  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  NEW 
FORMS   THROUGH    NATURAL    SELECTION. 

This  is  an  extremely  intricate  subject.  A  great  amount  of 
variability,  under  which  term  individual  differences  are  al- 
ways included,  will  evidently  be  favourable.  A  large  num- 
ber of  individuals,  by  giving  a  better  chance  within  any  given 
period  for  the  appearance  of  profitable  variations,  will  com- 
pensate for  a  lesser  amount  of  variability  in  each  individual, 
and  is,  I  believe,  a  highly  important  element  of  success. 
Though  Nature  grants  long  periods  of  time  for  the  work  of 
natural  selection,  she  does  not  grant  an  indefinite  period ;  for 
as  all  organic  beings  are  striving  to  seize  on  each  place  in 
the  economy  of  nature,  if  any  one  species  does  not  become 
modified  and  improved  in  a  corresponding  degree  with  its 
competitors,  it  will  be  exterminated.  Unless  favourable  vari- 
ations be  inherited  by  some  at  least  of  the  offspring,  nothing 
can  be  effected  by  natural  selection.  The  tendency  to  rever- 
sion may  often  check  or  prevent  the  work;  but  as  this  ten- 
dency has  not  prevented  man  from  forming  by  selection  nu- 
merous domestic  races,  why  should  it  prevail  against  natucal 
selection  ? 

In  the  case  of  methodical  selection,  a  breeder  selects  for 
some  definite  object,  and  if  the  individuals  be  allowed  freely 
to  intercross,  his  work  will  completely  fail.  But  when  many 
men,  without  intending  to  alter  the  breed,  have  a  nearly  com- 
mon standard  of  perfection,  and  all  try  to  procure  and  breed 
from  the  best  animals,  improvement  surely  but  slowly  follows 
from  this  unconscious  process  of  selection,  notwithstanding 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRODUCnON  OP  NEW  PORMS  115 

that  there  is  no  separation'  of  selected  individuals.  Thus  it 
will  be  under  nature;  for  within  a  confined  area,  with  some 
place  in  the  natural  pdUty  not  perfectly  occupied,  all  the  in- 
dividuals varying  in  the  right  direction,  though  in  different 
degrees,  will  tend  to  be  preserved.  But  if  the  area  be  large, 
its  several  districts  will  almost  certainly  present  different  con- 
ditions of  life ;  and  then,  if  the  same  species  undergoes  modi- 
fication in  different  districts,  the  newly-formed  varieties  will 
intercross  on  the  confines  of  each.  But  we  shall  see  in  the 
sixth  chapter  that  intermediate  varieties,  inhabiting  inter- 
mediate districts,  will  in  the  long  run  generally  be  supplanted 
by  one  of  the  adjoining  varieties.  Intercrossing  will  chiefly 
affect  those  animals  which  unite  for  each  birth  and  wander 
much,  and  which  do  not  breed  at  a  very  quick  rate.  Hence 
with  animals  of  this  nature,  for  instance,  birds,  varieties  will 
generally  be  confined  to  separated  countries;  and  this  I  find 
to  be  the  case.  With  hermaphrodite  organisms  which  cross 
only  occasionally,  and  likewise  with  animals  which  unite  for 
each  birth,  b«t  which  wander  little  and  can  increase  at  a 
rapid  rate,  a  new  and  improved  variety  might  be  quickly 
formed  on  any  one  spot,  and  might  there  maintain  itself  in  a 
body  and  afterwards  spread,  so  that  the  individuals  of  the 
new  variety  would  chiefly  cross  together.  On  this  principle, 
nurserymen  always  prefer  saving  seed  from  a  large  body  of 
plants,  as  the  chance  of  intercrossing  is  thus  lessened. 

Even  with  animals  which  unite  for  each  birth,  and  which 
do  not  propagate  rapidly,  we  must  not  assume  that  free  in- 
tercrossing would  always  eliminate  the  effects  of  natural 
selection;  for  I  can  bring  forward  a  considerable  body  of 
facts  showing  that  within  the  same  area,  two  varieties  of  the 
same  animal  may  long  remain  distinct,  from  haunting  differ- 
ent stations,  from  breeding  at  slightly  different  seasons,  or 
from  the  individuals  of  each  variety  preferring  to  pair  to- 
gether. 

Intercrossing  plays  a  very  important  part  in  nature  by 
keeping  the  individuals  of  the  same  species,  or  of  the  same 
variety,  true  and  uniform  in  character.  It  will  obviously 
thus  act  far  more  efiiciently  with  those  animals  which  unite 
for  each  birth ;  but,  as  already  stated,  we  have  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  occasional  intercrosses  take  place  with  all  animals 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


116  ORIGIN  OF  SPEOES 

and  plants.  Even  if  these  take  place  only  at  long  intervals 
of  time,  the  young  thus  produced  will  gain  so  much  in  vigour 
and  fertility  over  the  offspring  from  long-continued  self-fer- 
tilisation, that  they  will  have  a  better  chance  of  surviving 
and  propagating  their  kind;  and  thus  in  the  long  run  the  in- 
fluence of  crosses,  even  at  rare  intervals,  will  be  great  With 
respect  to  organic  beings  extremely  low  in  the  scale,  which 
do  not  propagate  sexually,  nor  conjugate,  and  which  cannot 
possibly  intercross,  uniformity  of  character  can  be  retained 
by  them  under  the  same  conditions  of  life,  only  through  the 
principle  of  inheritance,  and  through  natural  selection  which 
will  destroy  any  individuals  departing  from  the  proper  type. 
If  the  conditions  of  life  change  and  the  form  undergoes  modi- 
fication, uniformity  of  character  can  be  given  to  the  modified 
offspring,  solely  by  natural  selection  preserving  similar  fa- 
vourable variations. 

Isolation,  also,  is  an  important  element  in  the  modification 
of  species  through  natural  selection.  In  a  confined  or  iso- 
lated area,  if  not  very  large,  the  organic  and  inorganic  con- 
ditions of  life  will  generally  be  almost  uniform;  so  that  nat- 
ural selection  will  tend  to  modify  all  the  varying  individuals 
of  the  same  species  in  the  same  manner.  Intercrossing  with 
the  inhabitants  of  the  surrounding  districts  will,  also,  be  thus 
prevented.  Moritz  Wagner  has  lately  published  an  interest- 
ing essay  on  this  subject,  and  has  shown  that  the  service 
rendered  by  isolation  in  preventing  crosses  between  newly- 
formed  varieties  is  probably  greater  even  than  I  supposed. 
But  from  reasons  already  assigned  I  can  by  no  means  agree 
with  this  naturalist,  that  migration  and  isolation  are  neces- 
sary elements  for  the  formation  of  new  species.  The  im- 
portance of  isolation  is  likewise  great  in  preventing,  after 
any  physical  change  in  the  conditions  such  as  of  climate  ele- 
vation of  the  land,  &c.,  the  immigration  of  better  adapted  or- 
ganisms ;  and  thus  new  places  in  the  natural  economy  of  the 
district  will  be  left  open  to  be  filled  up  by  the  modification  of 
the  old  inhabitants.  Lastly,  isolation  will  give  time  for  a 
new  variety  to  be  improved  at  a  slow  rate;  and  this  may 
sometimes  be  of  much  importance.  If,  however,  an  isolated 
area  be  very  small,  either  from  being  surrounded  by  barriers, 
or  from  having  very  peculiar  physical  conditions,  the  total 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRODUCmON  OP  NEW  PORMS  117 

number  of  the  inhabitants  will  be  small ;  and  this  will  retard 
the  production  of  new  species  through  natural  selection,  by 
decreasing  the  chances  of  favourable  variations  arising. 

The  mere  lapse  of  time  by  itself  does  nothing,  either  for 
or  against  natural  selection.  I  state  this  because  it  has  been 
erroneously  asserted  that  the  element  of  time  has  been  as- 
sumed by  me  to  play  an  all-important  part  in  modifying 
species,  as  if  all  the  forms  of  life  were  necessarily  undergo- 
ing change  through  some  innate  law.  Lapse  of  time  is  only 
so  far  important,  and  its  importance  in  this  respect  is  great, 
that  it  gives  a  better  chance  of  beneficial  variations  arising 
and  of  their  being  selected,  accumulated,  and  fixed.  It  like- 
wise tends  to  increase  the  direct  action  of  the  physical 
conditions  of  life,  in  relation  to  the  constituticMi  of  each 
organism. 

If  we  turn  to  nature  to  test  the  truth  of  these  remarks,  and 
lode  at  any  small  isolated  area,  such  as  an  oceanic  island,  al- 
though the  number  of  species  inhabiting  it  is  small,  as  we 
shall  see  in  our  chapter  on  Geographical  Distribution;  yet 
of  these  species  a  very  large  proportion  are  endemic, — ^that 
is,  have  been  produced  there  and  nowhere  else  in  the  world. 
Hence  an  oceanic  island  at  first  sight  seems  to  have  been 
highly  favourable  for  the  production  of  new  species.  But 
we  may  thus  deceive  ourselves,  for  to  ascertain  whether  a 
small  isolated  area,  or  a  large  open  area  like  a  continent,  has 
been  most  favourable  for  the  production  of  new  organic 
forms,  we  ought  to  make  the  comparison  within  equal  times; 
and  this  we  are  incapable  of  doing. 

Although  isolation  is  of  great  importance  in  the  production 
of  new  species,  on  the  whole  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that 
largeness  of  area  is  still  more  important,  especially  for  the 
production  of  species  which  shall  prove  capable  of  enduring 
for  a  long  period,  and  of  spreading  widely.  Throughout  a 
great  and  open  area,  not  only  will  there  be  a  better  chance  of 
favourable  variations^  arising  from  the  large  number  of  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species  there  supported,  but  the  conditions 
of  life  are  much  more  complex  from  the  large  number  of  al- 
ready existing  species;  and  if  some  of  these  many  species 
become  modified  and  improved,  others  will  have  to  be  im- 
proved in  a  corresponding  degree,  or  they  will  be  extermi- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


118  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaES 

nated.  Each  new  form,  also,  as  soon  as  it  has  been  much 
improved,  will  be  able  to  spread  over  the  open  and  continu- 
ous area,  and  will  thus  come  into  competition  with  many 
other  forms.  Moreover,  great  areas,  though  now  continuous, 
will  often,  owing  to  former  oscillations  of  level,  have  existed 
in  a  broken  condition;  so  that  the  good  effects  of  isolation 
will  generally,  to  a  certain  extent,  have  concurred.  Finally, 
I  conclude  that,  although  small  isolated  areas  have  been  in 
some  respects  highly  favourable  for  the  production  of  new 
species,  yet  that  the  course  of  modification  will  generally  have 
been  more  rapid  on  large  areas ;  and  what  is  more  important, 
that  the  new  forms  produced  on  large  areas,  which  already 
have  been  victorious  over  many  competitors,  will  be  those 
that  will  spread  most  widely,  and  will  give  rise  to  the  great- 
est number  of  new  varieties  and  species.  They  will  thus 
play  a  more  important  part  in  the  changing  history  of  the 
organic  world. 

In  accordance  with  this  view,  we  can,  perhaps,  understand 
some  facts  which  will  be  again  alluded  to  in  our  chapter  on 
Geographical  Distribution;  for  instance,  the  fact  of  the  pro- 
ductions of  the  smaller  continent  of  Australia  now  yielding 
before  those  of  the  larger  Europseo- Asiatic  area.  Thus,  also, 
it  is  that  continental  productions  have  everywhere  become  so 
largely  naturalised  on  islands.  On  a  small  island,  the  race 
for  life  will  have  been  less  severe,  and  there  will  have  been 
less  modification  and  less  extermination.  Hence,  we  can 
understand  how  it  is  that  the  flora  of  Madeira,  according  to 
Oswald  Heer,  resembles  to  si  certain  extent  the  extinct  ter- 
tiary flora  of  Europe.  All  fresh-water  basins,  taken  together, 
make  a  small  area  compared  with  that  of  the  sea  or  of  the 
land.  Consequently,  the  competition  between  fresh- water 
productions  will  have  been  less  severe  than  elsewhere;  new 
forms  will  have  been  then  more  slowly  produced,  and  old 
forms  more  slowly  exterminated.  And  it  is  in  fresh-water 
basins  that  we  find  seven  genera  of  Ganoid  fishes,  remnants 
of  a  once  preponderant  order:  and  in  fresh  water  we  find 
some  of  the  most  anomalous  forms  now  known  in  the  world 
as  the  Ornithorhynchus  and  Lepidosiren,  which,  like  fossils, 
connect  to  a  certain  extent  orders  at  present  widely  sundered 
in  the  natural  scale.    These  anomalous  forms  may  be  called 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PRODUCTION  OF  NEW  FORMS  119 

living  fossils;  they  have  endured  to  the  present  day,  from 
having  inhabited  a  confined  area,  and  from  having  been  ex- 
posed to  less  varied,  and  therefore  less  severe,  competition. 

To  sum  up,  as  far  as  the  extreme  intricacy  of  the  subject 
permits,  the  circumstances  favourable  and  unfavourable  for 
the  production  of  new  species  through  natural  selection.  I 
conclude  that  for  terrestrial  productions  a  large  continental 
area,  which  has  undergone  many  oscillations  of  level,  will 
have  been  the  most  favourable  for  the  production  of  many 
new  forms  of  life,  fitted  to  endure  for  a  long  time  and  to 
spread  widely.  Whilst  the  area  existed  as  a  continent,  the  in- 
habitants will  have  been  numerous  in  individuals  and  kinds, 
and  will  have  been  subjected  to  severe  competition.  When 
converted  by  subsidence  into  large  separate  islands,  there 
will  still  have  existed  many  individuals  of  the  same  species 
on  each  island ;  intercrossing  on  the  confines  of  the  range  of 
each  new  species  will  have  been  checked;  after  physical 
changes  of  any  kind,  immigration  will  have  been  prevented, 
so  that  new  places  in  the  polity  of  each  island  will  have  had 
to  be  filled  up  by  the  modification  of  the  old  inhabitants ;  and 
time  will  have  been  allowed  for  the  varieties  in  each  to  be- 
come well  modified  and  perfected.  When,  by  renewed  eleva- 
tion, the  islands  were  reconverted  into  a  continental  area, 
there  will  again  have  been  very  severe  competition :  the  most 
favoured  or  improved  varieties  will  have  been  enabled  to 
spread:  there  will  have  been  much  extinction  of  the  less  im- 
proved forms,  and  the  relative  proportional  numbers  of  the 
various  inhabitants  of  the  reunited  continent  will  again  have 
been  changed ;  and  again  there  will  have  been  a  fair  field  for 
natural  selection  to  improve  still  further  the  inhabitants,  and 
thus  to  produce  new  species. 

That  natural  selection  generally  acts  with  extreme  slow- 
ness I  fully  admit.  It  can  act  only  when  there  are  places  in 
the  natural  polity  of  a  district  which  can  be  better  occupied 
by  the  modification  of  some  of  its  existing  inhabitants.  The 
occurrence  of  such  places  will  often  depend  on  physical 
changes,  which  generally  take  place  very  slowly,  and  on  the 
immigration  of  better  adapted  forms  being  prevented.  As 
some  few  of  the  old  inhabitants  become  modified,  the  mutual 
relations  of  others  will  often  be  disturbed;  and  this  will 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


120  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

create  new  places,  ready  to  be  filled  up  by  better  adapted 
forms ;  but  all  this  will  take  place  very  slowly.  Although  all 
the  individuals  of  the  same  species  differ  in  some  slight  de- 
gree from  each  other,  it  would  often  be  long  before  differ- 
ences of  the  right  nature  in  various  parts  of  the  organisation 
might  occur.  The  result  would  often  be  greatly  retarded  by 
free  intercrossing.  Many  will  exclaim  that  these  several 
causes  are  amply  sufficient  to  neutralise  the  power  of  nat- 
ural selection.  I  do  not  believe  so.  But  I  do  believe  that 
natural  selection  will  generally  act  very  slowly,  only  at  long 
intervals  of  time,  and  only  on  a  few  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
same  region.  I  further  believe  that  these  slow,  intermittent 
results  accord  well  with  what  geology  tells  us  of  the  rate  and 
manner  at  which  the  inhabitants  of  the  world  have  changed. 
Slow  though  the  process  of  selection  may  be,  if  feeble  man 
can  do  much  by  artificial  selection,  I  can  see  no  limit  to  the 
amount  of  change,  to  the  beauty  and  complexity  of  the  co- 
adaptations  between  all  organic  beings,  one  with  another 
and  with  their  physical  conditions  of  life,  which  may  have 
been  affected  in  the  long  course  of  time  through  nature's 
power  of  selection,  that  is  by  the  survival  of  the  fittest. 

EXTINCTION    CAUSED    BY    NATURAL    SELECTION 

This  subject  will  be  more  fully  discussed  in  our  chapter  on 
Geology;  but  it  must  here  be  alluded  to  from  being  inti- 
mately connected  with  natural  selection.  Natural  selection 
acts  solely  through  the  preservation  of  variations  in  some 
way  advantageous,  which  consequently  endure.  Owing  to 
the  high  geometrical  rate  of  increase  of  all  organic  beings, 
each  area  is  already  fully  stocked  with  inhabitants;  and  it 
follows  from  this,  that  as  the  favoured  forms  increase  in 
number,  so,  generally,  will  the  less  favoured  decrease  and 
become  rare.  Rarity,  as  geology  tells  us,  is  the  precursor  to 
extinction.  We  can  see  that  any  form  which  is  represented 
by  few  individuals  will  run  a  good  chance  of  utter  extinc- 
tion, during  great  fluctuations  in  the  nature  of  the  seasons, 
or  from  a  temporary  increase  in  the  number  of  its  enemies. 
But  we  may  go  further  than  this ;  for,  as  new  forms  are  pro- 
duced, unless  we  admit  that  specific  forms  can  go  on  indefi- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EXTINCTION  CAUSED  BY  NATURAL  SELECTION     121 

nitely  increasing  in  number,  many  old  forms  must  become  ex- 
tinct. That  the  number  of  specific  forms  has  not  indefinitely 
increased,  geology  plainly  tells  us;  and  we  shall  presently  at- 
tempt to  show  why  it  is  that  the  number  of  species  through- 
out the  world  has  not  become  immeasurably  great. 

We  have  seen  that  the  species  which  are  most  numerous 
in  individuals  have  the  best  chance  of  producing  favourable 
variations  within  any  given  period.  We  have  evidence  of 
this,  in  the  facts  stated  in  the  second  chapter,  showing  that 
it  is  the  common  and  diffused  or  dominant  species  which 
offer  the  greatest  number  of  recorded  varieties.  Hence,  rare 
species  will  be  less  quickly  modified  or  improved  within  any 
given  period ;  they  will  consequently  be  beaten  in  the  race  for 
life  by  the  modified  and  improved  descendants  of  the  com- 
moner specie3. 

From  these  several  considerations  I  think  it  inevitably  fol- 
lows, that  as  new  species  in  the  course  of  time  are  formed 
through  natural  selection,  others  will  become  rarer  and  rarer, 
and  finally  extinct  The  forms  which  stand  in  closest  com- 
petition with  those  tmdergoing  modification  and  improve* 
ment,  will  naturally  suffer  most.  And  we  have  seen  in  the 
chapter  on  the  Struggle  for  Existence  that  it  is  the  most 
closely-allied  forms, — ^varieties  of  the  same  species,  and 
species  of  the  same  genus  or  of  related  genera, — ^which,  from 
having  nearly  the  same  structure,  constitution,  and  habits, 
generally  come  into  the  severest  competition  with  each 
other;  consequently,  each  new  variety  or  species,  during  the 
progress  of  its  formation,  will  generally  press  hardest  on  its 
nearest  kindred,  and  tend  to  exterminate  them.  We  see  the 
same  process  of  extermination  amongst  our  domesticated  pro- 
ductions, through  the  selection  of  improved  forms  by  man. 
Many  curious  instances  could  be  given  showing  how  quickly 
new  breeds  of  cattle,  sheep,  and  other  animals,  and  varieties 
of  flowers,  take  the  place  of  older  and  inferior  kinds.  In 
Yorkshire,  it  is  historically  known  that  the  ancient  black 
cattle  were  displaced  by  the  long-horns,  and  that  these  "were 
swept  away  by  the  short-horns"  (I  quote  the  words  of  an 
agricultural  writer)  "as  if  by  some  murderous  pestilence." 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


122  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 


DIVERGENCE   OF    CHARACTER 


The  principle,  which  I  have  designated  by  this  term,  is  of 
high  importance,  and  explains,  as  I  believe,  several  impor- 
tant facts.  In  the  first  place,  varieties,  even  strongly-maiiced 
ones,  though  having  somewhat  of  the  character  of  species — 
as  is  shown  by  the  hopeless  doubts  in  many  cases  how  to 
rank  them — ^yet  certainly  differ  far  less  from  each  other  than 
do  good  and  distinct  species.  Nevertheless,  according  to  my 
view,  varieties  are  species  in  the  process  of  formation,  or  are, 
as  I  have  called  them,  incipient  species.  How,  then,  does 
the  lesser  difference  between  varieties  become  augmented  into 
the  greater  difference  between  species?  That  this  does  habit- 
ually happen,  we  must  infer  from  most  of  the  innumerable 
species  throughout  nature  presenting  well-marked  differ- 
ences; whereas  varieties,  the  supposed  prototypes  and  par- 
ents of  future  well-marked  species,  present  slight  and  ill-de- 
fined differences.  Mere  chance,  as  we  may  call  it,  might 
cause  one  variety  to  differ  in  some  character  from  its  parents, 
and  the  offspring  of  this  variety  again  to  differ  from  its 
parent  in  the  very  same  character  and  in  a  greater  degree; 
but  this  alone  would  never  account  for  so  habitual  and  large 
a  degree  of  difference  as  that  between  the  species  of  the  same 
genus. 

As  has  always  been  my  practice,  I  have  sought  light  on  this 
head  from  our  domestic  productions.  We  shall  here  find 
something  analogous.  It  will  be  admitted  that  the  production 
of  races  so  different  as  short-horn  and  Hereford  cattle,  race 
and  cart  horses,  the  several  breeds  of  pigeons,  ftc,  could 
never  have  been  effected  by  the  mere  chance  accumulation  of 
similar  variations  during  many  successive  generations.  In 
practice,  a  fancier  is,  for  instance,  struck  by  a  pigeon  having 
a  slightly  shorter  beak ;  another  fancier  is  struck  by  a  pigeon 
having  a  rather  longer  beak;  and  on  the  acknowledged 
principle  that  ''fanciers  do  not  and  will  not  admire  a  me- 
dium standard,  but  like  extremes,"  they  both  go  on  (as 
has  actually  occurred  with  the  sub-bre«is  of  the  tumbler- 
pigeon)  choosing  and  breeding  from  birds  with  longer  and 
longer  beaks,  or  with  shorter  and  shorter  beaks.  Again,  we 
may  suppose  that  at  an  early  period  of  history,  the  men  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIVBBOBNCE  OF  CHARACTER  123 

one  nation  or  district  required  swifter  horses,  whilst  those  of 
another  required  stronger  and  bulkier  horses.  The  early  dif- 
ferences would  be  very  slight ;  but,  in  the  course  of  time,  from 
the  continued  selection  of  swifter  horses  in  the  one  case,  and 
of  stronger  ones  in  the  other,  the  differences  would  become 
greater,  and  would  be  noted  as  forming  two  sub-breeds.  Ul- 
timately, after  the  lapse  of  centuries,  these  sub-breeds  would 
become  converted  into  two  well-established  and  distinct 
breeds.  As  the  differences  became  greater,  the  inferior  ani- 
mals with  intermediate  characters,  being  neither  very  swift 
nor  very  strong,  would  not  have  been  used  for  breeding,  and 
will  thus  have  tended  to  disappear.  Here,  then,  we  see  in 
man's  productions  the  action  of  what  may  be  called  the  prin- 
ciple of  divergence,  causing  differences,  at  first  barely  appre- 
ciable, steadily  to  increase,  and  the  breeds  to  diverge  in 
character,  both  from  each  other  and  from  their  common 
parent. 

But  how,  it  may  be  asked,  can  any  analogous  principle 
apply  in  nature?  I  believe  it  can  and  does  apply  most  effi- 
ciently (though  it  was  a  long  time  before  I  saw  how),  from 
the  simple  circumstance  that  the  more  diversified  the  de- 
scendants from  any  one  species  become  in  structure,  consti- 
tution, and  habits,  by  so  much  will  they  be  better  enabled  to 
seize  on  many  and  widely  diversified  places  in  the  polity  of 
nature,  and  so  be  enabled  to  increase  in  numbers. 

We  can  clearly  discern  this  in  the  case  of  animals  with 
simple  habits.  Take  the  case  of  a  carnivorous  quadruped, 
of  which  the  number  that  can  be  supported  in  any  country  has 
long  ago  arrived  at  its  full  average.  If  its  natural  power  of 
increase  be  allowed  to  act,  it  can  succeed  in  increasing  (the 
country  not  undergoing  any  change  in  conditions)  only  by 
its  varying  descendants  seizing  on  places  at  present  occupied 
by  other  animals;  some  of  them,  for  instance,  being  enabled 
to  feed  on  new  kinds  of  prey,  either  dead  or  alive;  some 
inhabiting  new  stations,  climbing  trees,  frequenting  water, 
and  some  perhaps  becoming  less  carnivorous.  The  more 
diversified  in  habits  and  structure  the  descendants  of  our 
carnivorous  animals  become,  the  more  places  they  will  be 
enabled  to  occupy.  What  applies  to  one  animal  will  apply 
throughout  all  time  to  all  animals — ^that  is,  if  they  vary — ^for 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


124  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

otherwise  natural  selection  can  effect  nothing.  So  it  will  be 
with  plants.  It  has  been  experimentally  proved,  that  if  a 
plot  of  .ground  be  sown  with  one  species  of  grass,  and  a  similar 
plot  be  sown  with  several  distinct  genera  of  grasses,  a  greater 
number  of  plants  and  a  greater  weight  of  dry  herbage  can 
be  raised  in  the  latter  than  in  the  former  case.  The  same 
has  been  found  to  hold  good  when  one  variety  and  several 
mixed  varieties  of  wheat  have  been  sown  on  equal  spaces  of 
ground.  Hence,  if  any  one  species  of  grass  were  to  go  on 
varying,  and  the  varieties  were  continually  selected  which 
differed  from  each  other  in  the  same  manner,  though  in  a 
very  slight  degree,  as  do  the  distinct  species  and  genera  of 
grasses,  a  greater  number  of  individual  plants  of  this  species, 
including  its  modified  descendants,  would  succeed  in  living 
on  the  same  piece  of  ground.  And  we  know  that  each 
species  and  each  variety  of  grass  is  annually  sowing  almost 
countless  seeds ;  and  is  thus  striving,  as  it  may  be  said,  to  the 
utmost  to  increase  in  number.  Consequently,  in  the  course  of 
many  thousand  generations,  the  most  distinct  varieties  of 
any  one  species  of  grass  would  have  the  best  chance  of  suc- 
ceeding and  of  increasing  in  numbers,  and  thus  of  supplanting 
the  less  distinct  varieties;  and  varieties,  when  rendered  very 
distinct  from  each  other,  take  the  rank  of  species. 

The  truth  of  the  principle  that  the  greatest  amount  of  life 
can  be  supported  by  great  diversification  of  structure,  is  seen 
under  many  natural  circumstances.  In  an  extremely  small 
area,  especially  if  freely  open  to  immigration,  and  where  the 
contest  between  individual  and  individual  must  be  very  se- 
vere, we  always  find  g^eat  diversity  in  its  inhabitants.  For 
instance,  I  found  that  a  piece  of  turf,  three  feet  by  four 
in  size,  which  had  been  exposed  for  many  years  to  exactly 
the  same  conditions,  supported  twenty  species  of  plants,  and 
these  belonged  to  eighteen  genera  and  to  eight  orders,  which 
shows  how  much  these  plants  differed  from  each  other.  So 
it  is  with  the  plants  and  insects  on  small  and  uniform  islets: 
also  in  small  ponds  of  fresh  water.  Farmers  find  that  they 
can  raise  most  food  by  a  rotation  of  plants  belonging  to  the 
most  different  orders;  nature  follows  what  may  be  called  a 
simultaneous  rotation.  Most  of  the  animals  and  plants  which 
live  close  round  aqy  small  piece  of  ground,  could  live  on  it 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIVERGENCE  OF  CHARACTER  125 

(supposing  its  nature  not  to  be  in  any  way  peculiar),  and 
may  be  said  to  be  striving  to  the  utmost  to  live  there ;  but,  it 
is  seen,  that  where  they  come  into  the  closest  competition,  the 
advantages  of  diversification  of  structure,  with  the  accom- 
panying differences  of  habit  and  constitution,  determine  that 
the  inhabitants,  which  thus  jostle  each  other  most  closely, 
shall,  as  a  general  rule,  belong  to  what  we  call  different 
genera  and  orders. 

The  same  principle  is  seen  in  the  naturalisation  of  plants 
through  man's  agency  in  foreign  lands.  It  might  have  been 
expected  that  the  plants  which  would  succeed  in  becoming 
naturalised  in  any  land  would  generally  have  been  closely 
allied  to  the  indigenes ;  for  these  are  commonly  looked  at  as 
specially  created  and  adapted  for  their  own  country.  It 
might  also,  perhaps,  have  been  expected  that  naturalised 
plants  would  have  belonged  to  a  few  groups  more  especially 
adapted  to  certain  stations  in  their  new  homes.  But  the 
case  is  very  different;  and  Alph.  de  CandoUe  has  well  re- 
marked, in  his  great  and  admirable  work,  that  floras  gain  by 
naturalisation,  proportionally  with  the  number  of  the  native 
genera  and  species,  far  more  in  new  genera  than  in  new 
species.  To  give  a  single  instance:  in  the  last  edition  of 
Dr.  Asa  Gray's  'Manual  of  the  Flora  of  the  Northern  United 
States,'  260  naturalised  plants  are  enumerated,  and  these  be- 
long to  162  genera.  We  thus  see  that  these  naturalised  plants 
are  of  a  highly  diversified  nature.  They  differ,  moreover,  to 
a  large  extent,  from  the  indigenes,  for  out  of  the  162  natural- 
ised genera,  no  less  than  100  genera  are  not  there  indigenous, 
and  thus  a  large  proportional  addition  is  made  to  the  genera 
now  living  in  the  United  States. 

By  considering  the  nature  of  the  plants  or  animals  which 
have  in  any  country  struggled  successfully  with  the  indigenes, 
and  have  there  become  naturalised,  we  may  gain  some  crude 
idea  in  what  manner  some  of  the  natives  would  have  to  be 
modified,  in  order  to  gain  an  advantage  over  their  com- 
patriots; and  we  may  at  least  infer  that  diversification  of 
structure,  amounting  to  new  generic  differences,  would  be 
profitable  to  them. 

The  advantage  of  diversification  of  structure  in  the  in- 
habitants of  the  same  region  is,  in  fact,  the  same  as  that  of 

H— HCZI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


126  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

the  physiological  division  of  labor  in  the  organs  of  the  same 
individual  body — a  subject  so  well  elucidated  by  Milne  Ed- 
wards. No  physiologist  doubts  that  a  stomach  adapted  to 
digest  vegetable  matter  alone,  or  flesh  alone,  draws  most 
nutriment  from  these  substances.  So  in  the  general  economy 
of  any  land,  the  more  widely  and  perfectly  the  animals  and 
plants  are  diversified  for  different  habits  of  life,  so  will  a 
greater  number  of  individuals  be  capable  of  there  supporting 
themselves.  A  set  of  animals,  with  their  organisation  but 
little  diversified,  could  hardly  compete  with  a  set  more  per- 
fectly diversified  in  structure.  It  may  be  doubted,  for  in- 
stance, whether  the  Australian  marsupials,  which  are  divided 
into  groups  differing  but  little  from  each  other,  and  feebly 
representing,  as  Mr.  Waterhouse  and  others  have  remarked, 
our  carnivorous,  ruminant,  and  rodent  mammals,  could  suc- 
cessfully compete  with  these  well-developed  orders.  In  the 
Australian  mammals,  we  see  the  process  of  diversification 
in  an  early  and  incomplete  stage  of  development. 

THE  PROBABLE  EFFECTS  OF  THE  ACTION  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION 
THROUGH   DIVERGENCE  OF  CHARACTER  AND  EXTINC- 
TION, ON  THE  DESCENDANTS  OF  A  COMMON 
ANCESTOR 

After  the  foregoing  discussion,  which  has  been  much  com- 
pressed, we  may  assume  that  the  modified  descendants  of  any 
one  species  will  succeed  so  much  the  better  as  they  become 
more  diversified  in  structure,  and  are  thus  enabled  to  en- 
croach on  places  occupied  by  other  beings.  Now  let  us  see 
how  this  principle  of  benefit  being  derived  from  divergence 
of  character,  combined  with  the  principles  of  natural  selec- 
tion and  of  extinction,  tends  to  act. 

The  accompanying  diagram  will  aid  us  in  understanding 
this  rather  perplexing  subject.  Let  A  to  L  represent  the 
species  of  a  genus  large  in  its  own  country;  these  species  are 
supposed  to  resemble  each  other  in  unequal  degrees,  as  is 
so  generally  the  case  in  nature,  and  as  is  represented  in  the 
diagram  by  the  letters  standing  at  unequal  distances.  I  have 
said  a  large  genus,  because  as  we  saw  in  the  second  chapter, 
on  an  average  more  species  vary  in  large  genera  than  in 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


a'*         - 

r*      r 

b" 

r 

0'* 

r* 

\ 

1  ,/ 

% 

1 
1 

\ 

1 

\ 

\ 

• 
• 

!        / 

• 

• 

: 

• 

\ 

% 

• 

\l 

• 

• 

j 
1 

% 
» 

• 
• 

a« 

r 

!»'«     E 

'^' 

' 

1             ; 

^' 

^# 

*' 

/'    -4 

r         : 
/            ; 

'V 

>r 

■y    \ 

ji/ 

\t6 

^ 

i 

.,/ 

^' 

% 

# 

1/ 

r% 

t'                          1 

\    1 
•A!/ 

.     / 

B 


D 


W 


1    / 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


»" 


r'^      W* 


B'* 


XIV 


-XIII 


\  i  / 


W*^ 


/ 


d^nI/ 


// 


',     L 


_2g7_N^ 


.1/ 


«*^vj 


H4^ 

-H^ 


^ 


-XII 


-XI 


\   «. 


4^ :::^ 


H 


*''i.! 


'J4^ 


'W      I 


I      K     L 


-X 
-IX 
-VIII 
-VII 


-VI 

-V 

-IV 

-III 


-II 
-I 


Digiti 


zed  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  127 

small  genera;  and  the  varying  species  of  the  large  genera 
present  a  greater  number  of  varieties.  We  have,  also,  seen 
that  the  species,  which  are  the  commonest  and  the  most 
widely  diffused,  vary  more  than  do  the  rare  and  restricted 
species.  Let  (A)  be  a  common,  widely-diffused,  and  varying 
species,  belonging  to  a  genus  large  in  its  own  country.  The 
branching  and  diverging  dotted  lines  of  unequal  lengths  pro- 
ceeding from  (A),  may  represent  its  varying  offspring.  The 
variations  are  supposed  to  be  extremely  slight,  but  of  the 
most  diversified  nature;  they  are  not  supposed  all  to  appear 
simultaneously,  but  often  after  long  intervals  of  time;  nor 
are  they  all  supposed  to  endure  for  equal  periods.  Only  those 
variations  which  are  in  some  way  profitable  will  be  preserved 
or  naturally  selected.  And  here  the  importance  of  the  prin- 
ciple of  benefit  derived  from  divergence  of  character  comes 
in;  for  this  will  generally  lead  to  the  most  different  or  di- 
vergent variations  (represented  by  the  outer  dotted  lines) 
being  preserved  and  accumulated  by  natural  selection.  When 
a  dotted  line  reaches  one  of  the  horizontal  lines,  and  is  there 
marked  by  a  small  numbered  letter,  a  sufficient  amount  of 
variation  is  supposed  to  have  been  accumulated  to  form  it 
*into  a  fairly  well-marked  variety,  such  as  would  be  thought 
worthy  of  record  in  a  systematic  work. 

The  intervals  between  the  horizontal  lines  in  the  diagram, 
may  represent  each  a  thousand  or  more  generations.  After  a 
thousand  generations,  species  (A)  is  supposed  to  have  pro- 
duced two  fairly  well-marked  varieties,  namely  a*  and  i»\ 
These  two  varieties  will  generally  still  be  exposed  to  the 
same  conditions  which  made  their  parents  variable,  and  the 
tendency  to  variability  is  in  itself  hereditary;  consequently 
they  will  likewise  tend  to  vary,  and  commonly  in  nearly  the 
same  manner  as  did  their  parents.  Moreover,  these  two 
varieties,  being  only  slightly  modified  forms,  will  tend  to 
inherit  those  advantages  which  made  their  parent  (A)  more 
numerous  than  most  of  the  other  inhabitants  of  the  same 
country;  they  will  also  partake  of  those  more  general  advan- 
tages which  made  the  genus  to  which  the  parent-species 
belonged,  a  large  genus  in  its  own  country.  And  all 
these  circumstances  are  favorable  to  the  producfion  of  new 
varieties. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


128  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

If,  then,  these  two  varieties  be  variable,  the  most  divergent 
of  their  variations  will  generally  be  preserved  during  the 
next  thousand  generations.  And  after  this  interval,  variety 
a*  is  supposed  in  the  diagram  to  have  produced  variety  a*, 
which  will,  owing  to  the  principle  of  divergence,  differ  more 
from  (A)  than  did  variety  ct.  Variety  trf  is  supposed  to 
have  produced  two  varieties,  namely  «*  and  ^,  differing  from 
each  other,  and  more  considerably  from  their  common  parent 
(A).  We  may  continue  the  process  by  similar  steps  for  any 
length  of  time;  some  of  the  varieties,  after  each  thousand 
generations,  producing  only  a  single  variety,  but  in  a  more 
and  more  modified  condition,  some  producing  two  or  three 
varieties,  and  some  failing  to  produce  any.  Thus  the  varie- 
ties or  modified  descendants  of  the  common  parent  (A),  will 
generally  go  on  increasing  in  number  and  diverging  in  char- 
acter. In  the  diagram  the  process  is  represented  up  to  the 
ten-thousandth  generation,  and  under  a  condensed  and  sim- 
plified form  up  to  the  fourteen-thousandth  generation. 

But  I  must  here  remark  that  I  do  not  suppose  that  the 
process  ever  goes  on  so  regularly  as  is  represented  in  the 
diagram,  though  in  itself  made  somewhat  irregular,  nor  that 
it  goes  on  continuously;  it  is  far  more  probable  that  each 
form  remains  for  long  periods  unaltered,  and  then  again 
undergoes  modification.  Nor  do  J  suppose  that  the  most  di- 
vergent varieties  are  invariably  preserved;  a  medium  form 
may  often  long  endure,  and  may  or  may  not  produce  more 
than  one  modified  descendant;  for  natural  selection  will  al- 
ways act  according  to  the  nature  of  the  places  which  are 
either  unoccupied  or  not  perfectly  occupied  by  other  beings; 
and  this  will  depend  on  infinitely  complex  relations.  But  as 
a  general  rule,  the  more  diversified  in  structure  the  descend- 
ants (rom  any  one  species  can  be  rendered,  the  more  places 
they  will  be  enabled  to  seize  on,  and  the  more  their  modified 
progeny  will  increase.  In  our  diagram  the  line  of  succession 
is  broken  at  regular  intervals  by  small  numbered  letters  mark- 
ing the  successive  forms  which  have  become  sufficiently  dis^ 
tinct  to  be  recorded  as  varieties.  But  these  breaks  are 
imaginary,  and  might  have  been  inserted  anywhere,  after 
intervals  long  enough  to  allow  the  accumulation  of  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  divergent  variation. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  129 

As  all  the  modified  descendants  from  a  common  and  widely- 
diffused  species,  belonging  to  a  large  genus,  will  tend  tp  par- 
take of  the  same  advantages  which  made  their  parent  success- 
ful in  life,  they  will  generally  go  on  multipl3ring  in  number  as 
well  as  diverging  in  character ;  this  is  represented  in  the  dia- 
gram by  the  several  divergent  branches  proceeding  from  (A). 
The  modified  offspring  from  the  later  and  more  highly  im- 
proved branches  in  the  lines  of  descent,  will,  it  is  probable, 
often  take  the  place  of,  and  so  destroy^  the  earlier  and  less  im- 
proved branches :  this  is  represented  in  the  diagram  by  some 
of  the  lower  branches  not  reaching  to  the  upper  horizontal 
lines.  In  some  cases  no  doubt  the  process  of  modification 
will  be  confined  to  a  single  line  of  descent,  and  the  number 
of  modified  descendants  wilt  not  be  increased;  although  the 
amount  of  divergent  modification  may  have  been  augmented. 
This  case  would  be  represented  in  the  diagram,  if  all  the 
lines  proceeding  from  (A)  were  removed,  excepting  that 
from  d  to  a".  In  the  same  way  the  English  race-horse  and 
English  pointer  have  apparently  both  gone  on  slowly  diverg- 
ing in  character  from  their  original  stocks,  without  either 
having  given  off  any  fresh  branches  or  races. 

After  ten  thousand  generations,  species  (A)  is  supposed 
to  have  produced  three  forms,  rf*,  f^  and  w**,  which,  from 
having  diverged  in  character  during  the  successive  genera- 
tions, will  have  come  to  differ  largely,  but  perhaps  unequally, 
from  each  other  and  from  their  common  parent.  If  we  sup- 
pose the  amount  of  change  between  each  horizontal  line  in 
our  diagram  to  be  excessively  small,  these  three  forms  may 
still  be  only  well-marked  varieties;  but  we  have  only  to 
suppose  the  steps  in  the  process  of  modification  to  be  more 
numerous  or  greater  in  amount,  to  convert  these  three  forms 
into  doHbtful  or  at  least  into  well-defined  species.  Thus  the 
diagram  illustrates  the  steps  by  which  the  small  differences 
distinguishing  varieties  are  increased  into  the  larger  differ- 
ences distinguishing  species.  By  continuing  the  same  process 
for  a  greater  number  of  generations  (as  shown  in  the  dia- 
gram in  a  condensed  and  simplified  manner),  we  get  eight 
species,  marked  by  the  letters  between  d^  and  w",  all  de- 
scended from  (A).  Thus,  as  I  believe,  species  are  multiplied 
and  genera  are  formed. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ISO  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaBS 

In  a  large  genus  it  is  probable  that  more  than  one  species 
would  vary.  In  the  diagram  I  have  assumed  that  a  second 
species  (I)  has  produced,  by  analc^us  steps,  after  ten  thou- 
sand generations,  either  two  well-marked  varieties  («/'  and 
sf^)  or  two  species,  according  to  the  amount  of  change  sup- 
posed to  be  represented  between  the  horizontal  lines.  After 
fourteen  thousand  generations,  six  new  species,  marked  by 
the  letters  ti^  to  j?^,  are  supposed  to  have  been  produced.  In 
any  genus,  the  species  which  are  already  very  different  in 
character  from  each  other,  will  generally  tend  to  produce  the 
greatest  number  of  modified  descendants;  for  these  will  have 
the  best  chance  of  seizing  on  new  and  widely  different  places 
in  the  poHty  of  nature :  hence  in  the  diagram  I  have  chosen 
the  extreme  species  (A),  and  the  nearly  extreme  species  (I), 
as  those  which  have  largely  varied,  and  have  given  rise  to 
new  varieties  and  species.  The  other  nine  species  (marked 
by  capital  letters)  of  our  original  genus,  may  for  long  but 
unequal  periods  continue  to  transmit  unaltered  descendants; 
and  this  is  shown  in  the  diagram  by  the  dotted  lines  unequally 
prolonged  upwards. 

But  during  the  process  of  modification,  represented  in  the 
diagram,  another  of  our  principles,  namely  that  of  extinction, 
will  have  played  an  important  part.  As  in  each  fully  stocked 
country  natural  selection  necessarily  acts  by  the  selected 
form  having  some  advantage  in  the  struggle  for  life  over 
other  forms,  there  will  be  a  constant  tendency  in  the  im- 
proved descendants  of  any  one  species  to  supplant  and  ex- 
terminate in  each  stage  of  descent  their  predecessors  and 
their  original  progenitor.  For  it  should  be  remembered  that 
the  competition  will  generally  be  most  severe  between  those 
forms  which  are  most  nearly  related  to  each  other  in  habits, 
constitution,  and  structure.  Hence  all  the  intermediate  forms 
between  the  earlier  and  later  states,  that  is  between  the  less 
and  more  improved  states  of  the  same  species,  as  well  as 
the  original  parent-species  itself,  will  generally  tend  to  become 
extinct  So  it  probably  will  be  with  many  whole  collateral 
lines  of  descent  which  will  be  conquered  by  later  and 
improved  lines.  If,  however,  the  modified  offspring  of  a 
species  get  into  some  distinct  country,  or  become  quickly 
adapted  to  some  quite  new  station,  in  which  offspring  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  131 

progenitor  do  not  come  into  competition,  both  may  continue 
to  exist. 

If,  then,  our  diagram  be  assumed  to  represent  a  consider- 
able amount  of  modification,  species  (A)  and  ail  the  earlier 
varieties  will  have  become  extinct,  being  replaced  by  eight 
new  species  (a'*  to  f»")  ;  and  species  (I)  will  be  replaced  by 
six  (»"  to  «**)  new  species. 

But  we  may  go  further  than  this.  The  original  species 
of  our  genus  were  supposed  to  resemble  each  other  in  unequal 
degrees,  as  is  so  generally  the  case  in  nature;  species  (A) 
being  more  nearly  related  to  B,  C,  and  D,  than  to  the  other 
species;  and  species  (I)  more  to  G,  H,  K,  L,  than  to  the 
others.  These  two  species  (A)  and  (I)  were  also.supposed 
to  be  very  coounon  and  widely  diffused  species,  so  that  they 
must  originally  have  had  some  adv^tage  over  most  of  the 
other  species  of  the  genus.  Their  modified  descendants, 
fourteen  in  number  at  the  fourteen-thousandth  generation, 
will  probably  have  inherited  some  of  the  same  advantages: 
they  have  also  been  modified  and  improved  in  a  diversified 
manner  at  each  stage  of  descent,  so  as  to  have  become  adapted 
to  many  related  places  in  the  natural  economy  of  their 
country.  It  seems,  therefore,  extremely  probable  that  they 
will  have  taken  the  places  of,  and  thus  exterminated,  not  only 
their  parents  (A)  and  (I),  but  likewise  some  of  the  original 
species  which  were  most  nearly  related  to  their  parents. 
Hence  very  few  of  the  original  species  will  have  transmitted 
offspring  to  the  fourteen-thousandth  generation.  We  may 
suppose  that  only  one,  (F),  of  the  two  species  (E  and  F) 
which  were  least  closely  related  to  the  other  nine  original 
species,  has  transmitted  descendants  to  this  late  stage  of 
descent. 

The  new  species  in  our  diagram  descended  from  the  original 
eleven  species,  will  now  be  fifteen  in  number.  Owing  to  the 
divergent  tendency  of  natural  selection,  the  extreme  amount 
of  difference  in  character  between  species  a"  and  /*  will  be 
much  greater  than  that  between  the  most  distinct  of  the 
original  eleven  species.  The  new  species,  moreover,  will  be 
allied  to  each  other  in  a  widely  different  manner.  Of  the 
eight  descendants  from  (A)  the  three  marked  a**,  ^*,  p**, 
will  be  nearly  related  from  having  recently  branched  off 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1^2  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaES 

from  rf*;  5",  and  /**,  from  having  diverged  at  an  earlier 
period  from  a*,  will  be  in  some  degree  distinct  from  the  three 
first-named  species;  and  lastly,  a",  t"  and  w"  will  be  nearly 
related  one  to  the  other,  but,  from  having  diverged  at  the  first 
commencement  of  the  process  of  modification,  will  be  widely 
diflPerent  from  the  other  five  species,  and  may  constitute  a 
sub-genus  or  a  distinct  genus. 

The  six  descendants  from  (I)  will  form  two  sub-genera  or 
genera.  But  as  the  original  species  (I)  differed  largely  from 
(A),  standing  nearly  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  original 
genus,  the  six  descendants  from  (I)  will,  owing  to  inherit- 
ance alone,  differ  considerably  from  the  eight  descendants 
from  (A) ;  the  two  groups,  moreover,  are  supposed  to  have 
gone  on  diverging  in  different  directions.  The  intermediate 
species,  also  (and  thi^  is  a  very  important  consideration), 
which  connected  the  original  species  (A)  and  (I),  have  all 
become,  excepting  (F),  extinct,  and  have  left  no  descend- 
ants. Hence  the  six  new  species  descended  from  (I),  and 
the  eight  descendants  from  (A),  will  have  to  be  ranked  as 
very  distinct  genera,  or  even  as  distinct  sub-families. 

Thus  it  is,  as  I  believe,  that  two  or  more  genera  are  pro- 
duced by  descent  with  modification,  from  two  or  more  species 
of  the  same  genus.  And  the  two  or  more  parent-species  are 
supposed  to  be  descended  from  some  one  species  of  an  earlier 
genus.  In  our  diagram,  this  is  indicated  by  the  broken  lines, 
beneath  the  capital  letters,  converging  in  sub-branches  down- 
wards towards  a  single  point ;  this  point  represents  a  species, 
the  supposed  progenitor  of  our  several  stb-genera  and 
genera. 

It  is  worth  while  to  reflect  for  a  moment  on  the  character 
of  the  new  species  f**,  which  is  supposed  not  to  have  diverged 
much  in  character,  but  to  have  retained  the  form  of  (F), 
either  unaltered  or  altered  only  in  a  slight  degree.  In  this 
case,  its  afiinities  to  the  other  fourteen  new  species  will  be  of 
a  curious  and  circuitous  nature.  Being  descended  from  a 
form  which  stood  between  the  parent-species  (A)  and  (I), 
now  supposed  to  be  extinct  and  unknown,  it  will  be  in  some 
degree  intermediate  in  character  between  the  two  groups 
descended  from  these  two  species.  But  as  these  two  groups 
have  gone  on  diverging  in  character  from  the  type  of  their 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  133 

parents,  the  new  species  (f^*)  will  not  be  directly  interme- 
diate between  them,  but  rather  between  types  of  the  two 
groups;  and  every  naturalist  will  be  able  to  call  such  cases 
before  his  mind. 

In  the  diagram,  each  horizontal  line  has  hitherto  been  sup- 
posed to  represent  a  thousand  generations,  but  each  may  rep- 
resent a  million  or  more  generations ;  it  may  also  represent  a 
section  of  the  successive  strata  of  the  earth's  crust  including 
extinct  remains.  We  shall,  when  we  come  to  our  chapter  on 
Geology,  have  to  refer  again  to  this  subject,  and  I  think  we 
shall  then  see  that  the  diagram  throws  light  on  the  affinities 
of  extinct  beings,  which,  though  generally  belonging  to  the 
same  orders,  families,  or  genera,  with  those  now  living,  yet 
are  often,  in  some  degree,  interme(|iate  in  character  between 
existing  groups ;  and  we  can  understand  this  fact,  for  the  ex- 
tinct species  lived  at  various  remote  epochs  when  the 
branching  lines  of  descent  had  diverged  less. 

I  see  no  reason  to  limit  the  process  of  modification,  as  now 
explained,  to  the  formation  of  genera  alone.  If,  in  the  dia- 
gram, we  suppose  the  amount  of  change  represented  by  each 
successive  group  of  diverging  dotted  lines  to  be  great,  the 
forms  marked  fl"  to  ^",  those  marked  6"  and  f*,  and  those 
marked  o"  to  m",  will  form  three  very  distinct  genera.  We 
shall  also  have  two  very  distinct  genera  descended  from  (I), 
differing  widely  from  the  descendants  of  (A).  Those  two 
groups  of  genera  will  thus  form  two  distinct  families,  or 
orders,  according  to  the  amount  of  divergent  modification 
supposed  to  be  represented  in  the  diagram.  And  the  two  new 
families,  or  orders,  are  descended  from  two  species  of  the 
original  genus,  and  these  are  supposed  to  be  descended  from 
some  still  more  ancient  and  unknown  form. 

We  have  seen  that  in  each  country  it  is  the  species  belong- 
ing to  the  larger  genera  which  oftenest  present  varieties  or 
incipient  species.  This,  indeed,  might  have  been  expected; 
for,  as  natural  selection  acts  through  one  form  having  some 
advantage  over  other  forms  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  it 
will  chiefly  act  on  those  which  already  have  some  advantage ; 
and  the  largeness  of  any  group  shows  that  its  species  have 
inherited  from  a  common  ancestor  some  advantage  in  com- 
mon.   Hence,  the  struggle  for  the  production  of  new  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


134  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

modified  descendants  will  mainly  lie  between  the  larger 
groups  which  are  all  trying  to  increase  in  number.  One 
large  group  will  slowly  conquer  another  large  group,  reduce 
Its  numbers,  and  thus  lessen  its  chance  of  further  variation 
and  improvement  Within  the  same  large  group,  the  later 
and  more  highly  perfected  sub*groups,  from  branching  out 
and  seizing  on  many  new  places  in  the  polity  of  Nature,  will 
constantly  tend  to  supplant  and  destroy  the  earlier  and  less 
improved  sub-groups.  Small  and  broken  groups  and  sub- 
groups will,  finally  disappear.  Looking  to  the  future,  we  can 
predict  that  the  groups  of  organic  beings  which  are  now 
large  and  triumphant,  and  which  are  least  broken  up,  that 
is,  which  have  as  yet  suffered  least  extinction,  will,  for  a  long 
period,  continue  to  increase.  But  which  groups  will  ulti- 
mately prevail,  no  man  can  predict;  for  we  know  that  many 
groups,  formerly  most  extensively  developed,  have  now  be- 
come extinct.  Looking  still  more  remotely  to  the  future,  we 
may  predict  that,  owing  to  the  continued  and  steady  increase 
of  the  larger  groups,  a  multitude  of  smaller  groups  will 
become  utterly  extinct,  and  leave  no  modified  descendants; 
and  consequently  that,  of  the  species  living  at  any  one  period, 
extremely  few  will  transmit  descendants  to  a  remote  futurity. 
I  shall  have  to  return  to  this  subject  in  the  chapter  on  Classi- 
fication, but  I  may  add  that  as,  according  to  this  view,  ex- 
tremely few  of  the  more  ancient  species  have  transmitted 
descendants  to  the  present  day,  and,  as  all  the  descendants 
of  the  same  species  form  a  class,  we  can  understand  how  it 
is  that  there  exist  so  few  classes  in  each  main  division  of 
the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.  Although  few  of  the 
most  ancient  species  have  left  modified  descendants,  yet,  at 
remote  geological  periods,  the  earth  may  have  been  almost 
as  well  peopled  with  species  of  many  genera,  families,  orders, 
and  classes,  as  at  the  present  time. 

ON  THE  DEGREE  TO  WHICH  ORGANIZATION  TENDS  TO  ADVANCE 

Natural  Selection  acts  exclusively  by  the  preservation  and 
accumulation  of  variations,  which  are  beneficial  under  the 
organic  and  inorganic  conditions  to  which  each  creature  is 
exposed  at  all  periods  of  life.   The  ultimate  result  is  that  each 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  135 

creature  tends  to  become  more  and  more  improved  in  relation 
to  its  conditions.  This  improvement  inevitably  leads  to  the 
gradual  advancement  of  the  organisation  of  the  greater  num- 
ber of  living  beings  throughout  the  world.  But  here  we  enter 
on  a  very  intricate  subject,  for  naturalists  have  not  defined 
to  each  other's  satisfaction  what  is  meant  by  an  advance  in 
organization.  Amongst  the  vertebrata  the  degree  of  intellect 
and  an  approach  in  structure  to  man  clearly  come  into  play. 
It  might  be  thought  that  the  amount  of  change  which  the 
various  parts  and  organs  pass  through  in  their  development 
from  the  embryo  to  maturity  would  suffice  as  a  standard  of 
comparison;  but  there  are  cases,  as  with  certain  parasitic 
crustaceans,  in  which  several  parts  of  the  structure  become 
less  perfect,  so  that  the  mature  animal  cannot  be  called  higher 
than  its  larva.  Von  Baer's  standard  seems  the  most  widely 
applicable  and  the  best,  namely,  the  amount  of  differentiation 
of  the  parts  of  the  same  organic  being,  in  the  adult  state  as 
I  should  be  inclined  to  add,  and  their  specialisation  for  dif- 
ferent functions;  or,  as  Milne  Edwards  would  express  it, 
the  completeness  of  the  division  of  physiological  labour.  But 
we  shall  see  how  obscure  this  subject  is  if  we  look,  for  in- 
stance, to  fishes,  amongst  which  some  naturalists  rank  those 
as  highest  which,  like  the  sharks,  approach  nearest  to  amphi- 
bians; whilst  other  naturalists  range  the  common  bony  or 
teleostean  fishes  as  the  highest,  inasmuch  as  they  are  most 
strictly  fish-like,  and  differ  most  from  the  other  vertebrate 
classes.  We  see  still  more  plainly  the  obscurity  of  the 
subject  by  turning  to  plants,  amongst  which  the  standard  of 
intellect  is  of  course  quite  excluded ;  and  here  some  botanists 
rank  those  plants  as  highest  which  have  every  organ,  as 
sepals,  petals,  stamens,  and  pistils,  fully  developed  in  each 
flower;  whereas  other  botanists,  probably  with  more  truth, 
look  at  the  plants  which  have  their  several  organs  much 
modified  and  reduced  in  number  as  the  highest 

If  we  take  as  the  standard  of  high  organisation,  the  amount 
of  differentiation  and  specialisation  of  the  several  organs  in 
each  being  when  adult  (and  this  will  include  the  advance- 
ment of  the  brain  for  intellectual  purposes),  natural  selec- 
tion clearly  leads  towards  this  standard :  for  all  physiologists 
admit  that  the  specialisation  of  organs,  inasmudi  as  in  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


136  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

state  they  perform  their  functions  better,  is  an  advantage  to 
each  being ;  and  hence  the  accumulation  of  variations  tending 
towards  specialisation  is  within  the  scope  of  natural  selection. 
On  the  other  hand,  we  can  see,  bearing  in  mind  that  all  or- 
ganic beings  are  striving  to  increase  at  a  high  ratio  and  to 
seize  on  every  unoccupied  or  less  well  occupied  place  in  the 
economy  of  nature,  that  it  is  quite  possible  for  natural  selec- 
tion gradually  to  fit  a  being  to  a  situation  in  which  several 
organs  would  be  superfluous  or  useless:  in  such  cases  there 
would  be  retrogression  in  the  scale  of  organisation.  Whether 
organisation  on  the  whole  has  actually  advanced  from  the 
remotest  geological  periods  to  the  present  day  will  be  more 
conveniently  discussed  in  our  chapter  on  Geological  Succes- 
sion. 

But  it  may  be  objected  that  if  all  organic  beings  thus  tend 
to  rise  in  the  scale,  how  is  it  that  throughout  the  world  a 
multitude  of  the  lowest  forms  still  exist;  and  how  is  it  that 
in  each  great  class  some  forms  are  far  more  highly  developed 
than  others  ?  Why  have  not  the  more  highly  developed  forms 
everywhere  supplanted  and  exterminated  the  lower?  La- 
marck, who  believed  in  an  innate  and  inevitable  tendency 
towards  perfection  in  all  organic  beings,  seems  to  have  felt 
this  difficulty  so  strongly,  that  he  was  led  to  suppose  that  new 
and  simple  forms  are  continually  being  produced  by  spon- 
taneous generation.  Science  has  not  as  yet  proved  the  truth 
of  this  belief,  whatever  the  future  may  reveal.  On  our 
theory  the  continued  existence  of  lowly  organisms  offers  no 
difficulty ;  for  natural  selection,  or  the  survival  of  the  fittest, 
does  not  necessarily  include  progressive  development — it 
only  takes  advantage  of  such  variations  as  arise  and  are 
beneficial  to  each  creature  under  its  complex  relations  of  life. 
And  it  may  be  asked  what  advantage,  as  far  as  we  can  see, 
would  it  be  to  an  infusorian  animalcule — ^to  an  intestinal 
worm— or  even  to  an  earth-worm,  to  be  highly  organised. 
If  it  were  no  advantage,  these  forms  would  be  left,  by  natural 
selection,  unimproved  or  but  little  improved,  and  might  re- 
main for  indefinite  ages  in  their  present  lowly  condition. 
And  geology  tells  us  that  some  of  the  lowest  forms,  as  the 
infusoria  and  rhizopods,  have  remained  for  an  enormous 
period  in  nearly  their  present  state.    But  to  suppose  that  most 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  137 

of  the  many  now  existing  low  forms  have  not  in  the  least 
advanced  since  the  first  dawn  of  life  would  be  extremely 
rash;  for  every  naturalist  who  has  dissected  some  of  the  be- 
ings now  ranked  as  very  low  in  the  scale,  must  have  been 
struck  with  their  really  wondrous  and  beautiful  organisation. 
Nearly  the  same  remarks  are  applicable  if  we  look  to  the 
different  grades  of  organisation  within  the  same  great  group; 
for  instance,  in  the  vertebrata,  to  the  co-existence  of  mam- 
mals and  fish — amongst  mammalia,  to  the  co-existence  of  man 
and  the  ornithorhynchus — ^amongst  fishes,  to  the  co-existence 
of  the  shark  and  the  lancelet  (Amphioxus),  which  latter  fish 
in  the  extreme  simplicity  of  its  structure  approaches  the  in- 
vertebrate classes.  But  mammals  and  fish  hardly  come  into 
competition  with  each  other;  the  advancement  of  the  whole 
class  of  mammals,  or  of  certain  members  in  this  class,  to  the 
highest  grade  would  not  lead  to  their  taking  the  place  of 
fishes.  Physiologists  believe  that  the  brain  must  be  bathed 
by  warm  blood  to  be  highly  active,  and  this  requires  aerial 
respiration;  so  that  warm-blooded  mammals  when  inhabiting 
the  water  lie  under  a  disadvantage  in  having  to  come  con- 
tinually to  the  surface  to  breathe.  With  fishes,  members 
of  the  shark  family  would  not  tend  to  supplant  the  lancelet; 
for  the  lancelet,  as  I  hear  from  Fritz  MuUer,  has  as  sole  com- 
panion and  competitor  on  the  barren  sandy  shore  of  South 
Brazil,  an  anomalous  annelid.  The  three  lowest  orders  of 
mammals,  namely,  marsupials,  edentata,  and  rodents,  co-exist 
in  South  America  in  the  same  region  with  numerous  monkeys, 
and  probably  interfere  little  with  each  other.  Although  or- 
ganisation, on  the  whole,  may  have  advanced  and  be  still 
advancing  throughout  the  world,  yet  the  scale  will  always 
present  many  degrees  of  perfection;  for  the  high  advance- 
ment of  certain  whole  classes,  or  of  certain  members  of  each 
class,  does  not  at  all  necessarily  lead  to  the  extinction  of 
those  groups  with  which  they  do  not  enter  into  close  competi- 
tion. In  some  cases,  as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  lowly  or- 
ganised forms  appear  to  have  been  preserved  to  the  present 
day,  from  inhabiting  confined  or  peculiar  stations,  where 
they  have  been  subjected  to  less  severe  competition,  and 
where  their  scanty  numbers  have  retarded  the  chance  of  fav- 
orable variations  arising. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


138  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

Finally,  I  believe  that  many  lowly  organised  forms  now 
exist  throughout  the  worlds  from  various  causes.  In  some 
cases  variations  or  individual  differences  of  a  favorable  na- 
ture may  never  have  arisen  for  natural  selection  to  act  on  and 
accumulate.  In  no  case,  probably,  has  time  sufficed  for  the 
utmost  possible  amount  of  development.  In  some  few  cases 
there  has  been  what  we  must  call  retrogression  of  organisa- 
tion. But  the  main  cause  lies  in  the  fact  that  under  very 
simple  conditions  of  life  a  high  organisation  would  be  of  no 
service, — ^possibly  would  be  of  actual  disservice,  as  being  of 
a  more  delicate  nature,  and  more  liable  to  be  put  out  of  order 
and  injured. 

Looking  to  the  first  dawn  of  life,  when  all  organic  beings, 
as  we  may  believe,  presented  the  simplest  structure,  how,  it 
has  been  asked,  could  the  first  steps  in  the  advancement  or 
differentiation  of  parts  have  arisen?  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer 
would  probably  answer  that,  as  soon  as  simple  unicellular 
organism  came  by  growth  or  division  to  be  compounded  of 
several  cells,  or  became  attached  to  any  supporting  surface, 
his  law  "that  homologous  units  of  any  order  became  differ- 
entiated in  proportion  as  their  relations  to  incident  forces 
became  different"  would  come  into  action.  But  as  we  have 
no  facts  to  guide  us,  speculation  on  the  subject  is  almost  use- 
less. It  is,  however,  an  error  to  suppose  that  there  would 
be  no  struggle  for  existence,  and,  consequently,  no  natural 
selection,  until  many  forms  had  been  produced:  variations 
in  a  single  species  inhabiting  an  isolated  station  might  be 
beneficial,  and  thus  the  whole  mass  of  individuals  might  be 
modified,  or  two  distinct  forms  might  arise.  But,  as  I  re- 
marked towards  the  close  of  the  Introduction,  no  one  ought 
to  feel  surprise  at  much  remaining  as  yet  unexplained  on 
the  origin  of  species,  if  we  make  due  allowance  for  our  pro- 
found ignorance  on  the  mutual  relations  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  world  at  the  present  time,  and  still  more  so  during 
past  ages. 

CONVERGENCE  OF  CHARACTER 

Mr.  H.  C.  Watson  thinks  that  I  have  overrated  the  im- 
portance of  divergence  of  character  (in  which,  however,  he 
apparently  believes),  and  that  convergence,  as  it  may  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CONVERGENCE  OP  CHARACTER  139 

called,  has  likewise  played  a  part  If  two  species,  belonging 
to  two  distinct  though  allied  genera,  had  both  produced  a 
large  number  of  new  and  divergent  forms,  it  is  conceivable 
that  these  might  approach  each  other  so  closely  that  they 
would  have  all  to  be  classed  under  the  same  genus;  and  thus 
the  descendants  of  two  distinct  genera  would  converge  into 
one.  But  it  would  in  most  cases  be  extremely  rash  to  at* 
tribute  to  convergence  a  close  and  general  similarity  of  struc- 
ture in  the  modified  descendants  of  widely  distinct  forms. 
The  shape  of  a  crystal  is  determined  solely  by  the  molecular 
forces,  and  it  is  not  surprising  that  dissimilar  substances 
should  sometimes  assume  the  same  form;  but  with  organic 
beings  we  should  bear  in  mind  that  the  form  of  each  depends 
on  an  infinitude  of  complex  relations,  namely  on  the  varia- 
tions which  have  arisen,  these  being  due  to  causes  far  too 
intricate  to  be  followed  out,— on  the  nature  of  the  variations 
which  have  been  preserved  or  selected,  and  this  depends  on 
the  surrounding  physical  conditions,  and  in  a  still  higher 
degree  on  the  surrounding  organisms  with  which  each  being 
has  come  into  competition, — and  lastly,  on  inheritance  (in  it- 
self a  fluctuating  element)  from  innumerable  progenitors, 
all  of  which  have  had  their  forms  determined  through  equally 
complex  relations.  It  i&  incredible  that  the  descendants  of 
two  organisms,  which  had  originally  differed  in  a  marked 
manner,  should  ever  afterwards  converge  so  closely  as  to  lead 
to  a  near  approach  to  identity  throughout  their  whole  organ- 
isation. If  tills  had  occurred,  we  should  meet  with  the  same 
form,  independently  of  genetic  connection,  recurring  in 
widely  separated  geological  formations;  and  the  balance  of 
evidence  is  opposed  to  any  such  an  admission. 

Mr.  Watson  has  also  objected  that  the  continued  action 
of  natural  selection,  together  with  divergence  of  character, 
would  tend  to  make  an  indefinite  number  of  specific  forms. 
As  far  as  mere  inorganic  conditions  are  concerned,  it  seems 
probable  that  a  sufficient  number  of  species  would  soon 
become  adapted  to  all  considerable  diversities  of  heat, 
moisture,  &c. ;  but  I  fully  admit  that  the  mutual  relations  of 
organic  beings  are  more  important;  and  as  the  number  of 
species  in  any  country  goes  on  increasing,  the  organic  con- 
ditions of  life  must  become  more  and  more  complex.    Conse- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


140  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

quently  there  seems  at  first  sight  no  limit  to  the  amount  of 
profitable  diversification  of  structure,  and  therefore  no  limit 
to  the  number  of  species  which  might  be  produced.  We  do 
not  know  that  even  the  most  prolific  area  is  fully  stocked 
with  specific  forms:  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  in  Aus- 
tralia, which  support  such  an  astonishing  number  of  species, 
many  European  plants  have  become  naturalised.  But  geology 
shows  us,  that  from  an  early  part  of  the  tertiary  period  the 
number  of  species  of  shells,  and  that  from  the  middle  part  of 
this  same  period  the  number  of  mammals,  has  not  greatly  or 
at  all  increased.  What  then  checks  an  indefinite  increase 
in  the  number  of  species?  The  amount  of  life  (I  do  not  mean 
the  number  of  specific  forms)  supported  on  an  area  must 
have  a  limit,  depending  so  largely  as  it  does  on  physical  con- 
ditions; therefore,  if  an  area  be  inhabited  by  very  many  spe- 
cies, each  or  nearly  each  species  will  be  represented  by  few 
individuals;  and  such  species  will  be  liable  to  extermination 
from  accidental  fluctuations  in  the  nature  of  the  seasons 
or  in  the  number  of  their  enemies.  The  process  of  exter- 
mination in  such  cases  would  be  rapid,  whereas  the  production 
of  new  species  must  always  be  slow.  Imagine  the  extreme 
case  of  as  many  species  as  individuals  in  England,  and  the 
first  severe  winter  or  very  dry  summer  would  exterminate 
thousands  on  thousands  of  species.  Rare  species,  and  each 
species  will  become  rare  if  the  number  of  species  in  any 
country  becomes  indefinitely  increased,  will,  on  the  principle 
often  explained,  present  within  a  given  period  few  favorable 
variations;  consequently,  the  process  of  giving  birth  to  new 
specific  forms  would  thus  be  retarded.  When  any  species  be- 
comes very  rare,  close  interbreeding  will  help  to  exterminate 
it ;  authors  have  thought  that  this  comes  into  play  in  account- 
ing for  the  deterioration  of  the  Aurochs  in  Lithuania,  of  Red 
Deer  in  Scotland,  and  of  Bears  in  Norway,  &c.  Lastly,  and 
this  I  am  inclined  to  think  is  the  most  important  element,  a 
dominant  species,  which  has  already  beaten  many  competitors 
in  its  own  home,  will  tend  to  spread  and  supplant  many  others. 
Alph,  de  Candolle  has  shown  that  those  species  which  spread 
widely,  tend  generally  to  spread  very  widely;  consequently, 
they  will  tend  to  supplant  and  exterminate  several  species 
in  several  areas,  and  thus  check  the  inordinate  increase  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  OP  CHAPTEB  141 

specific  forms  throughout  the  world.  Dr.  Hooker  has  re- 
cently shown  that  in  the  S.E.  comer  of  Australia,  where, 
apparently,  there  are  many  invaders  from  different  quarters 
of  the  globe,  the  endemic  Australian  species  have  been 
greatly  reduced  in  number.  How  much  weight  to  attribute 
to  these  several  considerations  I  will  not  pretend  to  say;  but 
conjointly  they  must  limit  in  each  country  the  tendency  to 
an  indefinite  augmentation  of  specific  forms. 

SUMMARY  OF  CHAPTER 

If  under  changing  conditions  of  life  organic  beings  present 
individual  differences  in  almost  every  part  of  their  structure, 
and  this  cannot  be  disputed;  if  there  be,  owing  to  their 
geometrical  rate  of  increase,  a  severe  struggle  for  life  at 
some  age,  season,  or  year,  and  this  certainly  cannot  be  dis- 
puted; then,  considering  the  infinite  complexity  of  the  rela- 
tions of  all  organic  beings  to  each  other  and  to  their  condi- 
tions of  life,  causing  an  infinite  diversity  in  structure,  consti- 
tution, and  habits,  to  be  advantageous  to  them,  it  would  be  a 
most  extraordinary  fact  if  no  variaticxxs  had  ever  occurred 
useful  to  each  being's  own  welfare,  in  the  same  manner  as  so 
many  variations  have  occurred  useful  to  man.  But  if  varia- 
tions useful  to  any  organic  being  ever  do  occur,  assuredly 
individuals  thus  characterised  will  have  the  best  chance  of 
being  preserved  in  the  struggle  for  life ;  and  from  the  strong 
principle  of  inheritance,  these  will  tend  to  produce  ofiFspring 
similarly  characterised.  This  principle  of  preservation,  or  the 
survival  of  the  fittest,  I  have  called  Natural  Selection.  It 
leads  to  the  improvement  of  each  creature  in  relation  to  its 
organic  and  inorganic  conditions  of  life;  and  consequently, 
in  most  cases,  to  what  must  be  regarded  as  an  advance  in 
organism.  Nevertheless,  low  and  simple  forms  will  long 
endure  if  well  fitted  for  their  simple  conditions  of  life. 

Natural  selection,  on  the  principle  of  qualities  being  in- 
herited at  corresponding  ages,  can  modify  the  egg,  seed,  or 
young,  as  easily  as  the  adult.  Amongst  many  animals,  sexual 
selection  will  have  given  its  aid  to  ordinary  selection,  by 
assuring  to  the  most  vigorous  and  best  adapted  males  the 
greatest  number  of  offspring.    Sexual  selection  will  also  give 

X— HCZI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


142  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaSS 

characters  useful  to  the  males  alone,  in  their  struggles  or 
rivalry  with  other  males;  and  these  characters  will  be  trans- 
mitted to  one  sex  or  to  both  sexes,  according  to  the  form  of 
inheritance  which  prevails. 

Whether  natural  selection  has  really  thus  acted  in  adapting 
the  various  forms  of  life  to  their  several  conditions  and  sta- 
tions, must  be  judged  by  the  general  tenor  and  balance  of 
evidence  given  in  the  following  chapters.  But  we  have  al- 
ready seen  how  it  entails  extinction;  and  how  largely  ex- 
tinction has  acted  in  the  world's  history,  geology  plainly 
declares.  Natural  selection,  also,  leads  to  divergence  of 
character;  for  the  more  organic  beings  diverge  in  structure, 
habits,  and  constitution,  by  so  much  the  more  can  a  large 
number  be  supported  on  the  area,— of  which  we  see  proof  by 
looking  to  the  inhabitants  of  any  small  spot,  and  to  the  pro- 
ductions naturalised  in  foreign  lands.  Therefore,  during  the 
modification  of  the  descendants  of  any  one  species,  and  dur- 
ing the  incessant  struggle  of  all  species  to  increase  in  num- 
bers, the  more  diversified  the  descendants  become,  the  better 
will  be  their  chance  of  success  in  the  battle  for  life.  Thus 
the  small  differences  distinguishing  varieties  of  the  same  spe- 
cies, steadily  tend  to  increase,  till  they  equal  the  greater  dif- 
ferences between  species  of  the  same  genus,  or  even  of 
distinct  genera. 

We  have  seen  that  it  is  the  common,  the  widely-diffused 
and  widely-ranging  species,  belonging  to  the  larger  genera 
within  each  dass,  which  vary  most;  and  these  tend  to  trans- 
mit to  their  modified  offspring  that  superiority  which  now 
makes  them  dominant  in  their  own  countries.  Natural  selec- 
tion, as  has  just  been  remarked,  leads  to  divergence  of 
character  and  to  much  extinction  of  the  less  improved  and 
intermediate  forms  of  life.  On  these  principles,  the  nature 
of  the  affinities,  and  the  generally  well-defined  distinctions 
between  the  innumerable  organic  beings  in  each  dass 
throughout  the  world,  may  be  explained.  It  is  a  truly  won- 
derful fact — ^the  wonder  of  which  we  are  apt  to  overlook 
from  familiarity — that  all  animals  and  all  plants  through- 
out all  time  and  space  should  be  related  to  each  other  in 
groups,  subordinate  to  groups,  in  the  manner  which  we 
everjTwhere  behold— namdy,  varieties  of  the  same  spedes 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  OF  CHAPTER  143 

most  dosely  related,  species  of  the  same  genus  less  closely 
and  unequally  related,  forming  sections  and  sub-genera,  spe- 
cies of  distinct  genera  much  less  closely  related,  and  genera 
related  in  different  degrees,  forming  sub-families,  families, 
orders,  sub-classes  and  classes.  The  several  subordinate 
groups  in  any  class  cannot  be  ranked  in  a  single  file,  but 
seem  clustered  round  points,  and  these  round  other  points, 
and  so  on  in  almost  endless  cycles.  If  species  had  been  in- 
dependently created,  no  explanation  would  have  been  pos- 
sible of  this  kind  of  classification ;  but  it  is  explained  through 
inheritance  and  the  complex  action  of  natural  selection,  en- 
tailing extinction  and  divergence  of  character,  as  we  have 
seen  illustrated  in  the  diagram. 

The  affinities  of  all  the  beings  of  the  same  class  have  some- 
times been  represented  by  a  great  tree.  I  believe  this  simile 
largely  speaks  the  truth.  The  green  and  budding  twigs  may 
represent  existing  species ;  and  those  produced  during  former 
years  may  represent  the  long  succession  of  extinct  species. 
At  each  period  of  growth  all  the  growing  twigs  have  tried 
to  branch  out  on  all  sides,  and  to  overtop  and  kill  the  sur- 
rounding twigs  and  branches,  in  the  same  manner  as  species 
and  groups  of  species  have  at  all  times  overmastered  other 
species  in  the  great  battle  for  life.  The  limbs  divided  into 
great  branches,  and  these  into  lesser  and  lesser  branches, 
were  themselves  once,  when  the  tree  was  young,  budding 
twigs ;  and  this  connection  of  the  former  and  present  buds  by 
ramifying  branches  may  well  represent  the  classification  of 
all  extinct  and  living  species  in  groups  subordinate  to  groups. 
Of  the  many  twigs  which  flourished  when  the  tree  was  a 
mere  bush,  only  two  or  three,  now  grown  into  great  branches, 
yet  survive  and  bear  the  other  branches;  so  with  the  species 
which  lived  during  long-past  geological  periods,  very  few 
have  left  living  and  modified  descendants.  From  the  first 
growth  of  the  tree,  many  a  limb  and  branch  has  decayed  and 
dropped  off;  and  these  fallen  branches  of  various  sizes  may 
represent  those  whole  orders,  families,  and  genera  which  have 
now  no  living  representatives,  and  which  are  known  to  us 
only  in  a  fossil  state.  As  we  here  and  there  see  a  thin  strag- 
gling branch  springing  from  a  fork  low  down  in  a  tree,  and 
which  by  some  chance  has  been  favoured  and  is  still  alive  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


144  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

its  summit,  so  we  occasionally  see  an  animal  like  the  Ornitho- 
rhynchus  or  Lepidosiren,  which  in  some  small  degree  con- 
nects by  its  affinities  two  large  branches  of  life,  and  which 
has  apparently  been  saved  from  fatal  competition  by  having 
inhabited  a  protected  station.  As  buds  give  rise  by  growth 
to  fresh  buds,  and  these,  if  vigorous,  branch  out  and  overtop 
on  all  sides  many  a  feebler  branch,  so  by  generation  I  believe 
it  has  been  with  the  great  Tree  of  Life,  which  fills  with 
its  dead  and  broken  branches  the  crust  of  the  earth,  and 
covers  the  surface  with  its  ever-branching  and  beautiful 
ramifications. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  V 
Laws  of  Variatioit 

EflFects  of  changed  conditioiia— Use  and  disuse,  combined  with  natural 
selection;  organs  of  flight  and  of  vision — Acclimatisation — Cor- 
related rariation — Compensation  and  economy  of  growth — ^False 
correlations— Multiple,  rudimentary,  and  lowly  organised  struc- 
tures variable — Parts  developed  in  an  unusual  manner  are  highly 
variable ;  specific  characters  more  variable  than  generic :  second- 
ary sexual  characters  variable — Species  of  the  same  genus  vary 
in  an  analogous  manner — ^Reversions  to  long-lost  characters 
Summary. 

I  HAVE  hitherto  sometimes  spoken  as  if  the  variations — 
so  common  and  multiform  with  organic  beings  imder 
domestication,  and  in  a  lesser  degree  with  those  under 
nature — ^were  due  to  chance.  This,  of  course,  is  a  wholly 
incorrect  expression,  but  it  serves  to  acknowledge  plainly 
our  ignorance  of  the  cause  of  each  particular  variation. 
Some  authors  believe  it  to  be  as  much  the  function  of  the 
reproductive  system  to  produce  individual  differences,  or 
slight  deviations  of  structure,  as  to  make  the  child  like  its 
parents.  But  the  fact  of  variations  and  monstrosities  oc- 
curring much  more  frequently  under  domestication  than 
under  nature,  and  the  greater  variability  of  species  having 
wide  ranges  than  of  those  with  restricted  ranges,  lead  to  the 
conclusion  that  variability  is  generally  related  to  the  condi- 
tions of  life  to  which  each  species  has  been  exposed  during 
several  successive  generations.  In  the  first  chapter  I  at- 
tempted to  show  that  changed  conditions  act  in  two  ways, 
directly  on  the  whole  organisation  or  on  certain  parts  alone, 
and  indirectly  through  the  reproductive  system.  In  all  cases 
there  are  two  factors,  the  nature  of  the  organism,  which  is 
much  the  most  important  of  the  two,  and  the  nature  of  the 
conditions.  The  direct  action  of  changed  conditions  leads 
to  definite  or  indefinite  results.    In  the  latter  case  the  organi- 

145 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


146  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

sation  seems  to  become  plastic,  and  we  have  much  flactu- 
ating  variability.  In  the  former  case  the  nature  of  the 
organism  is  such  that  it  yields  readily,  when  subjected  to 
certain  conditions,  and  all,  or  nearly  all  the  individuals  be- 
come modified  in  the  same  way. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  decide  how  far  changed  conditions, 
such  as  of  climate,  food,  &c.,  have  acted  in  a  definite  man- 
ner. There  is  reason  to  believe  that  in  the  course  of  time 
the  effects  have  been  greater  than  can  be  proved  by  clear 
evidence.  But  we  may  safely  conclude  that  the  innumer- 
able complex  co-adaptations  of  structure,  which  we  see 
throughout  nature  between  various  organic  beings,  cannot 
be  attributed  simply  to  such  action.  In  the  following  cases 
the  conditions  seem  to  have  produced  some  slight  definite 
effect:  £.  Forbes  asserts  that  shells  at  their  southern  limit, 
and  when  living  in  shallow  water,  are  more  brightly  col- 
oured than  those  of  the  same  species  from  further  north  or 
from  a  greater  depth;  but  this  certainly  does  not  always 
hold  good.  Mr.  Gould  believes  that  birds  of  the  same  species 
are  more  brightly  coloured  under  a  clear  atmosphere,  than 
when  living  near  the  coast  or  on  islands;  and  WoUaston 
is  convinced  that  residence  near  the  sea  affects  the  colours 
of  insects.  Moquin-Tandon  gives  a  list  of  plants  which, 
when  growing  near  the  sea-shore,  have  their  leaves  in 
some  degree  fleshy,  though  not  elsewhere  fleshy.  These 
slightly  varying  organisms  are  interesting  in  as  far  as  they 
present  characters  analogous  to  those  possessed  by  the  spe- 
cies which  are  confined  to  similar  conditions. 

When  a  variation  is  of  the  slightest  use  to  any  being,  we 
cannot  tell  how  much  to  attribute  to  the  accumulative  action 
of  natural  selection,  and  how  much  to  the  definite  action  of 
the  conditions  of  life.  Thus,  it  is  well  known  to  furriers 
that  animals  of  the  same  species  have  thicker  and  better 
fur  the  further  north  they  live;  but  who  can  tell  how  much 
of  this  difference  may  be  due  to  the  warmest-clad  individu- 
als having  been  favoured  and  preserved  during  many  genera- 
tions, and  how  much  to  the  action  of  the  severe  climate? 
for  it  would  appear  that  climate  has  some  direct  action  on 
the  hair  of  our  domestic  quadrupeds. 

Instances  could  be  given  of  similar  varieties  being  pro- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  USB  AND  DISUSE  147 

duced  from  the  same  species  under  external  conditions  of 
life  as  different  as  can  well  be  conceived;  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  of  dissimilar  varieties  being  produced  under  appar- 
ently the  same  external  conditions.  Again,  innumerable  in- 
stances are  known  to  every  naturalist,  of  species  keeping 
true,  or  not  varying  at  all,  although  living  under  the  most 
opposite  climates.  Such  considerations  as  these  incline. me 
to  lay  less  weight  on  the  direct  action  of  the  surrounding 
conditions,  than  on  a  tendency  to  vary,  due  to  causes  of 
which  we  are  quite  ignorant 

In  some  sense  the  conditions  of  life  may  be  said,  not  only 
to  cause  variability,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  but  like- 
wise to  include  natural  selection,  for  the  conditions  deter- 
mine whether  this  or  that  variety  shall  survive.  But  when 
man  is  the  selecting  agent,  we  clearly  see  that  the  two  ele- 
ments of  change  are  distinct;  variability  is  in  some  manner 
excited,  but  it  is  the  will  of  man  which  accumulates  the  va- 
riations in  certain  directions;  and  it  is  this  latter  agency 
which  answers  to  the  survival  of  the  fittest  under  nature. 

aFFKCl'S  OF  THE  INCREASED  USB  AND  DISUSE  OF  PARTS, 
AS    CONTROLLED    BY    NATURAL    SELECTION 

From  the  facts  alluded  to  in  the  first  chapter,  I  think  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  use  in  our  domestic  animals  has 
strengthened  and  enlarged  certain  parts,  and  disuse  dimin- 
ished them;  and  that  such  modifications  are  inherited. 
Under  free  nature,  we  have  no  standard  of  comparison,  by 
which  to  judge  of  the  effects  of  long-continued  use  or  dis- 
use, for  we  know  not  the  parent-forms;  but  many  animals 
possess  structures  which  can  be  best  explained  by  the  effects 
of  disuse.  As  Professor  Owen  has  remarked,  there  is  no 
greater  anomaly  in  nature  than  a  bird  that  cannot  fly;  yet 
there  are  several  in  this  state.  The  logger-headed  duck 
of  South  America  can  only  flap  along  the  surface  of  the 
water,  and  has  its  wings  in  nearly  the  same  condition  as  the 
domestic  Aylesbury-duck :  it  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  the 
young  birds,  according  to  Mr.  Cunningham,  can  fly,  while 
the  adults  have  lost  this  power.  As  the  larger  ground- 
feeding  birds  seldom  take  flight  except  to  escape  danger. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


148  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

it  is  probable  that  the  nearly  wingless  condition  of  several 
birds,  now  inhabiting  or  which  lately  inhabited  several 
oceanic  islands,  tenanted  by  no  beasts  of  prey,  has  been 
caused  by  disuse.  The  ostrich  indeed  inhabits  continents, 
and  is  exposed  to  danger  from  which  it  cannot  escape  by 
flight,  but  it  can  defend  itself  by  kicking  its  enemies,  as 
efficiently  as  many  quadrupeds.  We  may  believe  that  the 
progenitor  of  the  ostrich  genus  had  habits  like  those  of 
the  bustard,  and  that,  as  the  size  and  weight  of  its  body 
were  increased  during  successive  generations,  its  legs  were 
used  more,  and  its  wings  less,  until  they  became  incapable 
of  flight 

Kirby  has  remarked  (and  I  have  observed  the  same  fact) 
that  the  anterior  tarsi,  or  feet,  of  many  male  dung-feeding 
beetles  are  often  broken  off;  he  examined  seventeen  speci- 
mens in  his  own  collection,  and  not  one  had  even  a  relic  left. 
In  the  Onites  apelles  the  tarsi  are  so  habitually  lost,  that 
the  insect  has  been  described  as  not  having  them.  In  some 
other  genera  they  are  present,  but  in  a  rudimentary  condi- 
tion. In  the  Ateuchtts  or  sacred  beetle  of  the  Egyptians, 
they  are  totally  deficient.  The  evidence  that  accidental  mu- 
tilations can  be  inherited  is  at  present  not  decisive;  but  the 
remarkable  cases  observed  by  Brown-Sequard  in  guinea- 
pigs,  of  the  inherited  effects  of  operations,  should  make  us 
cautious  in  denying  this  tendency.  Hence  it  will  perhaps 
be  safest  to  look  at  the  entire  absence  of  the  anterior  tarsi 
in  Ateuchus,  and  their  rudimentary  condition  in  some  other 
genera,  not  as  cases  of  inherited  mutilations,  but  as  due  to 
the  effects  of  long-continued  disuse;  for  as  many  dung- 
feeding  beetles  are  generally  found  with  their  tarsi  lost, 
this  must  happen  early  in  life;  therefore  the  tarsi  cannot 
be  of  much  importance  or  be  much  used  by  these  insects. 

In  some  cases  we  might  easily  put  down  to  disuse  modifi- 
cations of  structure  which  are  wholly,  or  mainly,  due  to 
natural  selection.  Mr.  Wollaston  has  discovered  the  remark- 
able fact  that  200  beetles,  out  of  the  550  species  (but  more 
are  now  known)  inhabiting  Madeira,  are  so  far  deficient 
in  wings  that  they  cannot  fly;  and  that,  of  the  twenty-nine 
endemic  genera,  no  less  than  twenty-three  have  all  their  spe- 
cies in  this  condition!    Several  facts, — ^namelv,  that  beetles 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  USE  AND  DISUSE  148 

in  many  parts  of  the  world  are  frequently  blown  to  sea  and 
perish;  that  the  beetles  in  Madeira,  as  observed  by  Mr.  Wol- 
lastcm,  lie  much  concealed,  until  the  wand  lulls  and  the  sun 
shines;  that  the  proportion  of  wingless  beetles  is  larger  on 
the  exposed  Desertas  than  in  Madeira  itself;  and  especially 
the  extraordinary  fact,  so  strongly  insisted  on  by  Mr.  Wol- 
laston,  that  certain  large  groups  of  beetles,  elsewhere  ex- 
cessively numerous,  which  absolutely  require  the  use  of  their 
wings,  are  here  almost  entirely  absent ;— these  several  oon- 
siderations  make  me  believe  that  the  wingless  condition  of 
so  many  Madeira  beetles  is  mainly  due  to  the  action  of 
natural  selection,  combined  probably  with  disuse.  For  dur- 
ing many  successive  generations  each  individual  beetle  which 
flew  least,  either  from  its  wings  having  been  ever  so  little 
less  perfectly  developed  or  from  indolent  habit,  will  have  had 
the  best  chance  of  surviving  from  not  being  blown  out  to 
sea;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  those  beetles  which  most  readily 
^took  to  flight  would  oftenest  have  been  blown  to  sea,  and 
thus  destroyed 

The  insects  in  Madeira  which  are  not  ground-feeders,  and 
which,  as  certain  flower-feeding  coleoptera  and  lepidoptera, 
must  habitually  use  their  wings  to  gain  their  subsistence, 
have,  as  Mr.  Wollaston  suspects,  their  wings  not  at  all  re- 
duced, but  even  enlarged.  This  is  quite  compatible  with 
the  action  of  natural  selection.  For  when  a  new  insect  first 
arrived  on  the  island,  the  tendency  of  natural  selection  to 
enlarge  or  to  reduce  the  wings,  would  depend  on  whether  a 
greater  number  of  individuals  were  saved  by  successfully 
battling  with  the  winds,  or  by  giving  up  the  attempt  and 
rarely  or  never  flying.  As  with  mariners  ship-wrecked  near 
a  coast,  it  would  have  been  better  for  the  good  swimmers  if 
they  had  been  able  to  swim  still  further,  whereas  it  would 
have  been  better  for  the  bad  swimmers  if  they  had  not  been 
able  to  swim  at  all  and  had  stuck  to  the  wreck. 

The  eyes  of  moles  and  of  some  burrowing  rodents  are 
rudimentary  in  size,  and  in  some  cases  are  quite  covered  by 
skin  and  fur.  This  state  of  the  eyes  is  probably  due  to 
gradual  reduction  from  disuse,  but  aided  perhaps  by  natural 
selection.  In  South  America,  a  burrowing  rodent,  the  tuco- 
tuco,  or  Ctenomys,  is  even  more  subterranean  in  its  habits 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


150  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

than  the  mole;  and  I  was  assured  by  a  Spaniard,  who  had 
often  caught  them,  that  they  were  frequently  blind.  One 
which  I  kept  alive  was  certainly  in  this  condition,  the  cause, 
as  appeared  on  dissection,  having  been  inflammation  of  the 
nictitating  membrane.  As  frequent  inflammations  c  1  the  eyes 
must  be  injurious  to  any  animal,  and  as  eyes  are  certainly 
not  necessary  to  animals  having  subterranean  habits,  a  re- 
duction in  their  size,  with  the  adhesion  of  the  eyelids  and 
growth  of  fur  over  them,  might  in  such  case  be  an  advan- 
tage; and  if  so,  natural  selection  would  aid  the  effects  of 
disuse. 

It  is  well  known  that  several  animals,  belonging  to  the 
most  different  classes,  which  inhabit  the  caves  of  Carniola 
and  of  Kentucky,  are  blind.  In  some  of  the  crabs  the  foot- 
stalk for  the  eye  remains,  though  the  eye  is  gone; — ^the 
stand  for  the  telescope  is  there,  though  the  telescope  with 
its  glasses  has  been  lost.  As  it  is  difiicult  to  imagine  that 
eyes,  though  useless,  could  be  in  any  way  injurious  to  ani- 
mals living  in  darkness,  their  loss  may  be  attributed  to  dis- 
use. In  one  of  the  blind  animals,  namely,  the  cave-rat 
(Neotoma),  two  of  which  were  captured  by  Professor  Silli- 
man  at  above  half  a  mile  distance  from  the  mouth  of  the 
cave,  and  therefore  not  in  the  profoundest  depths,  the  eyes 
were  lustrous  and  of  large  size;  and  these  animals,  as  I  am 
informed  by  Professor  Silliman,  after  having  been  exposed 
for  about  a  month  to  a  graduated  light,  acquired  a  dim  per- 
ception of  objects. 

It  is  difficult  to  imagine  conditions  of  life  more  similar 
than  deep  limestone  caverns  under  a  nearly  similar  climate; 
so  that,  in  accordance  with  the  old  view  of  the  blind  ani- 
mals having  been  separately  created  for  the  American  and 
European  caverns,  very  close  similarity  in  their  organisation 
and  affinities  might  have  been  expected.  This  is  certainly 
not  the  case  if  we  look  at  the  two  whole  faunas;  and  with 
respect  to  the  insects  alone,  Schiodte  has  remarked,  "We  are 
accordingly  prevented  from  considering  the  entire  phenome- 
non in  any  other  light  than  something  purely  local,  and  the 
similarity  which  is  exhibited  in  a  few  forms  between  the 
Mammoth  cave  (in  Kentucky)  and  the  caves  in  Carniola, 
otherwise  than  as  a  very  plain  expression  of  that  analogy 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EFFECTS  OF  USE  AND  DISUSE  151 

which  subsists  generally  between  the  fauna  of  Europe  and 
of  North  America."  On  my  view  we  must  suppose  that 
American  animals,  having  in  most  cases  ordinary  powers  of 
vision,  slowly  migrated  by  successive  generations  from  the 
outer  world  into  the  deeper  and  deeper  recesses  of  the  Ken- 
tucky caves,  as  did  European  animals  into  the  caves  of 
Europe.  We  have  some  evidence  of  this  gradation  of  habit; 
for,  as  Schiodte  remarks,  "We  accordingly  look  upon  the 
subterranean  faunas  as  small  ramifications  which  have  pene- 
trated into  the  earth  from  the  geographically  limited  faunas 
of  the  adjacent  tracts,  and  which,  as  they  extended  them- 
selves into  darkness,  have  been  accommodated  to  surround- 
ing circumstances.  Animals  not  far  remote  from  ordinary 
forms,  prepare  the  transition  from  light  to  darkness.  Next 
follow  those  that  are  constructed  for  twilight;  and,  last  of 
all,  those  destined  for  total  darkness,  and  whose  formation  is 
quite  peculiar."  These  remarks  of  Schiodte's,  it  should  be 
understood,  apply  not  to  the  same,  but  to  distinct  species. 
By  the  time  that  an  animal  had  reached,  after  numberless 
generations,  the  deepest  recesses,  disuse  will  on  this  view 
have  more  or  less  perfectly  obliterated  its  eyes,  and  natural 
selection  will  often  have  effected  other  changes,  such  as  an 
increase  in  the  length  of  the  antennae  or  palpi,  as  a  compen- 
sation for  blindness.  Notwithstanding  such  modifications, 
we  might  expect  still  to  see  in  the  cave-animals  of  America, 
affinities  to  the  other  inhabitants  of  that  continent,  and  in 
those  of  Europe  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  European  conti- 
nent And  this  is  the  case  with  some  of  the  American  cave- 
animals,  as  I  hear  from  Professor  Dana;  and  some  of  the 
European  cave-insects  are  very  closely  allied  to  those  of  the 
surrounding  country.  It  would  be  difficult  to  give  any  ra- 
tional explanation  of  the  affinities  of  the  blind  cave-animals 
to  the  other  inhabitants  of  the  two  continents  on  the  ordi- 
nary view  of  their  independent  creation.  That  several  of 
the  inhabitants  of  the  caves  of  the  Old  and  New  Worlds 
should  be  closely  related,  we  might  expect  from  the  well- 
known  relationship  of  most  of  their  other  productions.  As 
a  blind  species  of  Bathyscia  is  found  in  abundance  on  shady 
rocks  far  from  caves,  the  loss,  of  vision  in  the  cave-species 
of  this  one  genus  has  probably  had  no  relation  to  its  dark 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


152  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

habitadon;  for  it  is  natural  that  an  insect  already  dqirived 
of  vision  should  readily  become  adapted  to  dark  cayems. 
Another  blind  genus  (Anophthalmus)  offers  this  remark- 
able peculiarity,  that  the  species,  as  Mr.  Murray  observes, 
have  not  as  yet  been  found  anywhere  except  in  caves,  yet 
those  which  inhabit.the  several  caves  of  Europe  and  America 
are  distinct;  but  it  is  possible  that  the  progenitors  of  these 
several  species,  whilst  they  were  furnished  with  eyes,  may 
formerly  have  ranged  over  both  continents,  and  then  have 
become  extinct,  excepting  in  their  present  seduded  abodes. 
Far  from  feeling  surprise  that  some  of  the  cave-animals 
should  be  very  anomalous,  as  Agassiz  has  remarked  in  re« 
gard  to  the  blind  fish,  the  Amblyopsis,  and  as  is  the  case 
with  the  blind  Proteus  with  reference  to  the  reptiles  of 
Europe,  I  am  only  surprised  that  more  wrecks  of  ancient 
life  have  not  been  preserved,  owing  to  the  less  severe  com- 
petition to  which  the  scanty  inhabitants  of  these  dark  abodes 
will  have  been  exposed. 

ACCLIMATISATION 

Habit  is  hereditary  with  plants,  as  in  the  period  of  flower- 
ing, in  the  time  of  sleep,  in  the  amount  of  rain  requisite  for 
seeds  to  germinate,  &c.,  and  this  leads  me  to  say  a  few 
words  on  acclimatisation.  As  it  is  extremely  common  for 
distinct  species  belonging  to  the  same  genus  to  inhabit  hot 
and  cold  countries,  if  it  be  true  that  all  the  species  of  the 
same  genus  are  descended  from  a  single  parent-form,  accli- 
matisation must  be  readily  effected  during  a  long  course  of 
descent.  It  is  notorious  that  each  species  is  adapted  to  the 
climate  of  its  own  home:  species  from  an  arctic  or  even  from 
a  temperate  region  cannot  endure  a  tropical  climate,  or  con- 
versely. So  again,  many  sucailent  plants  cannot  endure  a 
damp  climate.  But  the  degree  of  adaptation  of  species  to 
the  climates  under  which  they  live  is  often  overrated.  We 
may  infer  this  from  our  frequent  inability  to  predict  whether 
or  not  an  imported  plant  will  endure  our  climate,  and  from 
the  number  of  plants  and  animals  brought  from  different 
countries  which  are  here  perfectly  healthy.  We  have  rea- 
son to  believe  that  species  in  a  state  of  nature  are  closely 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AOCUlfATlSATION  153 

limited  in  their  ranges  by  the  competition  of  other  organic 
beings  quite  as  much  as,  or  more  than,  by  adaptation  to  par- 
ticular climates.  But  whether  or  not  this  adaptation  is  in 
most  cases  very  dose,  we  have  evidence  with  some  few 
plants,  of  their  becoming,  to  a  certain  extent,  naturally 
habituated  to  different  temperatures;  that  is,  they  become 
acclimatised:  thus  the  pines  and  rhododendrons,  raised  from 
seed  collected  by  Dr.  Hooker  from  the  same  species  grow- 
ing at  different  heights  on  the  Himalaya,  were  found  to  pos- 
sess in  this  country  different  constitutional  powers  of  re- 
sisting cold.  Mr.  lliwaites  informs  me  that  he  has  observed 
similar  facts  in  Ceylon;  analogous  observations  have  been 
made  by  Mr.  H.  C.  Watson  on  European  species  of  plants 
brought  from  the  Azores  to  England;  and  I  could  give  other 
cases.  In  regard  to  animals,  several  authentic  instances 
could  be  adduced  of  species  having  largely  extended,  within 
historical  times,  their  range  from  warmer  to  cooler  lati- 
tudes, and  conversely;  but  we  do  not  positively  know  that 
these  animals  were  strictly  adapted  to  their  native  climate, 
though  in  all  ordinary  cases  we  assume  such  to  be  the  case ; 
nor  do  we  know  that  they  have  subsequently  become  specially 
acclimatised  to  their  new  homes,  so  as  to  be  better  fitted  for 
them  than  they  were  at  first 

As  we  may  infer  that  our  domestic  animals  were  originally 
chosen  by  uncivilised  man  because  they  were  useful  and  be- 
cause they  bred  readily  under  confinement,  and  not  because 
they  were  subsequently  found  capable  of  far-extended  trans- 
portation, the  common  and  extraordinary  capacity  in  our 
domestic  animals  of  not  only  withstanding  the  most  different 
climates,  but  of  being  perfectly  fertile  (a  far  severer  test) 
under  them,  may  be  used  as  an  argument  that  a  large  pro- 
portion of  other  animals  now  in  a  state  of  nature  could 
easily  be  brought  to  bear  widely  different  climates.  We 
must  not,  however,  push  the  foregoing  argument  too  far, 
on  account  of  the  probable  origin  of  some  of  our  domestic 
animals  from  several  wild  stocks;  the  blood,  for  instance, 
of  a  tropical  and  arctic  wolf  may  perhaps  be  mingled  in  our 
domestic  breeds.  The  rat  and  mouse  cannot  be  considered  as 
domestic  animals,  but  they  have  been  transported  by  man  to 
many  parts  of  the  worlds  and  now  have  a  far  wider  range 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


154  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

than  any  other  rodent;  for  they  live  under  the  cold  dimate 
of  Faroe  in  the  north  and  of  the  Falklands  in  the  south, 
and  on  many  an  island  in  the  torrid  zones.  Hence  adap- 
tation to  any  special  climate  may  be  looked  at  as  a  quality 
readily  grafted  on  an  innate  wide  flexibility  of  constitution, 
common  to  most  animals.  On  this  view,  the  capacity  of 
enduring  the  most  different  climates  by  man  himself  and 
by  his  domestic  animals,  and  the  fact  of  the  extinct  elephant 
and  rhinoceros  having  formerly  endured  a  glacial  climate, 
whereas  the  living  species  are  now  all  tropical  or  sub-tropical 
in  their  habits,  ought  not  to  be  looked  at  as  anomalies,  but 
as  examples  of  a  very  common  flexibility  of  constitution, 
brought,  under  peculiar  circumstances,  into  action. 

How  mtich  of  the  acclimatisation  of  species  to  any  pecu- 
liar dimate  is  due  to  mere  habit,  and  how  much  to  the 
natural  selection  of  varieties  having  different  innate  consti- 
tutions, and  how  much  to  both  means  combined,  is  an  ob- 
scure question.  That  habit  or  custom  has  some  influence,  I 
must  believe,  both  from  analogy  and  from  the  incessant  ad- 
vice given  in  agricultural  works,  even  in  the  ancient  Ency- 
dopaedias  of  China,  to  be  very  cautious  in  transporting  ani- 
mals from  one  district  to  another.  And  as  it  is  not  likdy 
that  man  should  have  succeeded  in  sdecting  so  many  breeds 
and  sub-breeds  with  constitutions  specially  fitted  for  their 
own  districts,  the  result  must,  I  think,  be  due  to  habit.  On 
the  other  hand,  natural  selection  would  inevitably  tend  to 
preserve  those  individuals  which  were  born  with  consti- 
tutions best  adapted  to  any  country  which  they  inhabited. 
In  treatises  on  many  kinds  of  cultivated  plants,  certain 
varieties  are  said  to  withstand  certain  dimates  better  than 
others;  this  is  strikingly  shown  in  works  on  fruit-trees  pub- 
lished in  the  United  States,  in  which  certain  varieties  are 
habitually  recommended  for  the  northern  and  others  for  the 
southern  States ;  and  as  most  of  these  varieties  are  of  recent 
origin,  they  cannot  owe  their  constitutional  differences  to 
habit.  The  case  of  the  Jerusalem  artichoke,  which  is  never 
propagated  in  England  by  seed,  and  of  which  consequently 
new  varieties  have  not  been  produced,  has  even  been  ad- 
vanced, as  proving  that  acclimatisation  cannot  be  effected, 
for  it  is  now  as  tender  as  ever  it  was  1    The  case,  also,  of  the- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CORRELATED  VARIATION  155 

kidney-bean  has  been  often  cited  for  a  similar  purpose,  and 
with  much  greater  weight;  but  until  someone  will  sow,  dur- 
ing a  score  of  generations,  his  kidney-beans  so  early  that  a 
very  large  proportion  are  destroyed  by  frost,  and  then  collect 
seed  from  the  few  survivors,  with  care  to  prevent  accidental 
crosses,  and  then  again  get  seed  from  these  seedlings,  with 
the  same  precautions,  the  experiment  cannot  be  said  to  have 
been  tried.  Nor  let  it  be  supposed  that  differences  in  the  con- 
stitution of  seedling  kidney-beans  never  appear,  for  an  ac- 
count has  been  published  how  much  more  hardy  some  seed- 
lings are  than  others;  and  of  this  fact  I  have  myself  ob- 
served striking  instances. 

On  the  whole,  we  may  conclude  that  habit,  or  use  and 
disuse,  have,  in  some  cases,  played  a  considerable  part  in  the 
modification  of  the  constitution  and  structure;  but  that  the 
effects  have  often  been  largely  combined  with,  and  some- 
times overmastered  by,  the  natural  selection  of  innate 
variations. 

CORRELATED  VARIATION 

I  mean  by  this  expression  that  the  whole  organisation  is 
80  tied  together  during  its  growth  and  development,  that 
when  slight  variations  in  any  one  part  occur,  and  are  accu- 
mulated through  natural  selection,  other  parts  become  modi- 
fied This  is  a  very  important  subject,  most  imperfectly 
understood,  and  no  doubt  wholly  different  classes  of  facts 
may  be  here  easily  confounded  together.  We  shall  presently 
see  that  simple  inheritance  often  gives  the  false  appearance 
of  correlation.  One  of  the  most  obvious  real  cases  is,  that 
variations  of  structure  arising  in  the  young  or  larvae  nat- 
urally tend  to  affect  the  structure  of  the  mature  animaL 
The  several  parts  of  the  body  which  are  homologous,  and 
which,  at  an  early  embryonic  period,  are  identical  in  struc- 
ture, and  which  are  necessarily  exposed  to  similar  condi- 
tions, seem  eminently  liable  to  vary  in  a  like  manner :  we  see 
this  in  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  body  varying  in  the 
same  manner;  in  the  front  and  hind  legs,  and  even  in  the 
jaws  and  limbs,  varying  together,  for  the  lower  jaw  is  be- 
lieved by  some  anatomists  to  be  homologous  with  the  limbs. 
These  tendencies^  I  do  not  doubt,  may  be  mastered  more  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


156  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIBS 

less  completely  by  natural  selection;  thus  a  family  of  stags 
once  existed  with  an  antler  only  on  one  side;  and  if  this 
had  been  of  any  great  use  to  the  breed,  it  might  probably 
have  been  rendered  permanent  by  selection. 

Homologous  parts,  as  has  been  remarked  by  some  authors, 
tend  to  cohere;  this  is  often  seen  in  monstrous  plants:  and 
nothing  is  more  common  than  the  union  of  homologous 
parts  in  normal  structures,  as  in  the  union  of  the  petals  into 
a  tube.  Hard  parts  seem  to  affect  the  form  of  adjoining 
soft  parts;  it  is  believed  by  some  authors  that  with  birds 
the  diversity  in  the  shape  of  the  pelvis  causes  the  remark- 
able diversity  in  the  shape  of  their  kidneys.  Others  believe 
that  the  shape  of  the  pelvis  in  the  human  mother  influences 
by  pressure  the  shape  of  the  head  of  the  child.  In  snakes, 
according  to  Schlegel,  the  form  of  the  body  and  the  manner 
of  swallowing  determine  the  position  and  form  of  several 
of  the  most  important  viscera. 

The  nature  of  the  bond  is  frequently  quite  obscure.  M. 
Is.  Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire  has  forcibly  remarked,  that  certain 
malconformations  frequently,  and  that  others  rarely,  co- 
exist, without  our  being  able  td  assign  any  reason.  What 
can  be  more  singular  than  the  relation  in  cats  between  com- 
plete whiteness  and  blue  eyes  with  deafness,  or  between  the 
tortoise-shell  colour  and  the  female  sex;  or  in  pigeons  be- 
tween their  feathered  feet  and  skin  betwixt  the  outer  toes, 
or  between  the  presence  of  more  or  less  down  on  the  young 
pigeon  when,  first  hatched,  with  the  future  colour  of  its 
plumage;  or,  again,  the  relation  between  the  hair  and  teeth 
in  the  naked  Turkish  dog,  though  here  no  doubt  homology 
comes  into  play?  With  respect  to  this  latter  case  of  corre- 
lation, I  think  it  can  hardly  be  accidental,  that  the  two  orders 
of  mammals  which  are  most  abnormal  in  their  dermal  cov- 
erings, viz.,  Cetacea  (whales)  and  Edentata  (armadilloes, 
scaly  ant-eaters,  &c.),  are  likewise  on  the  whole  the  most 
abnormal  in  their  teeth ;  but  there  are  so  many  exceptions  to 
this  rule,  as  Mr.  Mivart  has  remarked,  that  it  has  little 
value. 

I  know  of  no  case  better  adapted  to  show  the  importance 
of  the  laws  of  correlation  and  variation,  independently  of 
utility  and  therefore  of  natural  selection,  than  that  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CORRELATED  VARIATION  157 

difference  between  the  outer  and  inner  flowers  in  some  Com- 
positous  and  Umbelliferous  plants.  Every  one  is  familiar 
with  the  difference  between  the  ray  and  central  florets  of, 
for  instance,  the  daisy,  and  this  difference  is  often  accom- 
panied with  the  partial  or  complete  abortion  of  the  repro- 
ductive organs.  But  in  some  of  these  plants,  the  seeds  also 
differ  in  shape  and  sculpture.  These  differences  have  some- 
times been  attributed  to  the  pressure  of  the  involucra  on 
the  florets,  or  to  their  mutual  pressure,  and  the  shape  of  the 
seeds  in  the  ray-florets  of  some  Composite  countenances  this 
idea;  but  with  the  Umbelli ferae,  it  is  by  no  means,  as  Dr. 
Hooker  informs  me,  the  species  with  the  densest  heads  which 
most  frequently  differ  in  their  inner  and  outer  flowers.  It 
might  have  been  thought  that  the  development  of  the  ray- 
petals  by  drawing  nourishment  from  the  reproductive 
organs  causes  their  abortion;  but  this  can  hardly  be  the  sole 
cause,  for  in  some  Compositae  the  seeds  of  the  outer  and 
inner  florets  differ,  without  any  difference  in  the  corolla. 
Possibly  these  several  differences  may  be  connected  with 
the  different  flow  of  nutriment  towards  the  central  and 
external  flowers:  we  know,  at  least,  that  with  irregular 
flowers,  those  nearest  to  the  axis  are  most  subject  to  peloria, 
that  is  to  become  abnormally  symmetrical.  I  may  add,  as 
an  instance  of  this  fact,  and  as  a  striking  case  of  correla- 
tion, that  in  many  pelargoniums,  the  two  upper  petals  in  the 
central  flower  of  the  truss  often  lose  their  patches  of  darker 
colour;  and  when  this  occurs,  the  adherent  nectary  is  quite 
aborted;  the  central  flower  thus  becoming  peloric  or  regular. 
When  the  colour  is  absent  from  only  one  of  the  two  upper 
petals,  the  nectary  is  not  quite  aborted  but  is  much  shortened. 
With  respect  to  the  development  of  the  corolla,  Sprengel's 
Idea  that  the  ray-florets  serve  to  attract  insects,  whose 
agency  is  highly  advantageous  or  necessary  for  the  fertili- 
sation of  these  plants,  is  highly  probable;  and  if  so,  natural 
selection  may  have  come  into  play.  But  with  respect  to  the 
seeds,  it  seems  impossible  that  their  differences  in  shape, 
which  are  not  always  correlated  with  any  difference  in  the 
corolla,  can  be  in  any  way  beneficial :  yet  in  the  Umbelliferae 
these  differences  are  of  such  apparent  importance— the  seeds 
being  sometimes  orthospermous  in  the  exterior  flowers  and 

J — HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


158  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

coelospermous  in  the  central  flowers, — that  the  elder  De 
Candolle  founded  his  main  divisions  in  the  order  on  such 
characters.  Hence  modifications  of  structure,  viewed  by 
systematists  as  of  high  value,  may  be  wholly  due  to  the  laws 
of  variation  and  correlation,  without  being,  as  far  as  we 
can  judge,  of  the  slightest  service  to  the  species. 

We  may  often  falsely  attribute  to  correlated  variation 
structures  which  are  common  to  whole  groups  of  species, 
and  which  in  truth  are  simply  due  to  inheritance;  for  an 
ancient  progenitor  may  have  acquired  through  natural  selec- 
tion some  one  modification  in  structure,  and,  after  thousands 
of  generations,  some  other  and  independent  modification; 
and  these  two  modifications,  having  been  transmitted  to  a 
whole  group  of  descendants  with  diverse  habits,  would  nat- 
urally be  thought  to  be  in  some  necessary  manner  correlated. 
Some  other  correlations  are  apparently  due  to  the  manner 
in  which  natural  selection  can  alone  act  For  instance,  Alph. 
de  Candolle  has  remarked  that  winged  seeds  are  never  found 
in  fruits  which  do  not  open;  I  should  explain  this  rule  by 
the  impossibility  of  seeds  gradually  becoming  winged  through 
natural  selection,  unless  the  capsules  were  open  for  in  this 
case  alone  could  the  seeds,  which  were  a  little  better  adapted 
to  be  wafted  by  the  wind,  gain  an  advantage  over  others 
less  well  fitted  for  wide  dispersal. 

COMPENSATION  AND  ECONOMY  OF  GROWTH 

The  elder  Geoffroy  and  Goethe  propounded,  at  about  the 
same  time,  their  law  of  compensation  or  balancement  of 
growth;  or,  as  Goethe  expressed  it,  "in  order  to  spend  on 
one  side,  nature  is  forced  to  economise  on  the  other  side." 
I  think  this  holds  true  to  a  certain  extent  with  our  domestic 
productions:  if  nourishment  flows  to  one  part  or  organ  in 
excess,  it  rarely  flows,  at  least  in  excess,  to  another  part; 
thus  it  is  difficult  to  get  a  cow  to  give  much  milk  and  to  fat- 
ten readily.  The  same  varieties  of  the  cabbage  do  not  yield 
abundant  and  nutritious  foliage  and  a  copious  supply  of  oil- 
bearing  seeds.  When  the  seeds  in  our  fruits  become  atro- 
phied, the  fruit  itself  gains  largely  in  size  and  quality.  In 
our  poultry,  a  large  tuft  of  feathers  on  the  head  is  gener- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


COBIPENSATION  AND  ECONOMY  OF  GROWTH    159 

ally  accompanied  by  a  diminished  comb  and  a  large  beard 
by  diminished  wattles.  With  species  in  a  state  of  nature  it 
can  hardly  be  maintained  that  the  law  is  of  universal  appli- 
cation; but  many  good  observers,  more  especially  botanists, 
believe  in  its  truth.  I  will  not,  however,  here  give  any  in- 
stances, for  I  see  hardly  any  way  of  distinguishing  between 
the  effects,  on  the  one  hand,  of  a  part  being  largely  devel- 
oped through  natural  selection  and  another  and  adjoining 
part  being  reduced  by  this  same  process  or  by  disuse,  and, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  actual  withdrawal  of  nutriment  from 
one  part  owing  to  the  excess  of  growth  in  another  and  ad- 
joining part. 

I  suspect,  also,  that  some  of  the  cases  of  compensation 
which  have  been  advanced,  and  likewise  some  other  facts, 
may  be  merged  under  a  more  general  principle,  namely,  that 
natural  selection  is  continually  trying  to  economise  every 
part  of  the  organisation.  If  under  changed  conditions  of 
life  a  structure,  before  useful,  becomes  less  useful,  its  dim- 
inution will  be  favoured,  for  it  will  profit  the  individual  not 
to  have  its  nutriment  wasted  in  building  up  an  useless  struc- 
ture. I  can  thus  only  imderstand  a  fact  with  which  I  was 
much  struck  when  examining  cirripedes,  and  of  which  many 
analogous  instances  could  be  given:  namely,  that  when  a 
cirripede  is  parasitic  within  another  cirripede  and  is  thus 
protected,  it  loses  more  or  less  completely  its  own  shell  or 
carapace.  This  is  the  case  with  the  male  Ibla,  and  in  a  truly 
extraordinary  manner  with  the  Proteolepas:  for  the  cara- 
pace in  all  other  cirripedes  consists  of  the  three  highly  im- 
portant anterior  segments  of  the  head  enormously  developed, 
and  furnished  with  great  nerves  and  muscles;  but  in  the 
parasitic  and  protected  Proteolepas,  the  whole  anterior  part 
of  the  head  is  reduced  to  the  merest  rudiment  attached  to 
the  bases  of  the  prehensile  antennse.  Now  the  saving  of  a 
large  and  complex  structure,  when  rendered  superfluous, 
would  be  a  decided  advantage  to  each  successive  individual 
of  the  species;  for  in  the  struggle  for  life  to  which  every 
animal  is  exposed,  each  would  have  a  better  chance  of  sup- 
porting itself,  by  less  nutriment  being  wasted. 

Thus,  as  I  believe,  natural  selection  will  tend  in  the  long 
run  to  reduce  any  part  of  the  organisation,  as  soon  as  it  be- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


160  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

comes,  through  changed  habits,  superfluous,  without  by  any 
means  causing  some  other  part  to  be  largely  developed  in  a 
corresponding  degree.  And,  conversely,  that  natural  selec- 
tion may  perfectly  well  succeed  in  largely  developing  an 
organ  without  requiring  as  a  necessary  compensation  the 
reduction  of  some  adjoining  part 

MULTIPLE,   RUDIMENTARY,   AND   LOWLY  ORGANISED  STRUC- 
TURES ARE  VARIABLE 

It  seems  to  be  a  rule,  as  remarked  by  Is.  Geoffroy  St. 
Hilaire,  both  with  varieties  and  species,  that  when  any  part 
or  organ  is  repeated  many  times  in  the  same  individual  (as 
the  vertebrae  in  snakes,  and  the  stamens  in  polyandrous  flow- 
ers) the  number  is  variable;  whereas  the  same  part  or  organ, 
when  it  occurs  in  lesser  numbers,  is  constant  The  same 
author  as  well  as  some  botanists  have  further  remarked  that 
multiple  parts  are  extremely  liable  to  vary  in  structure.  As 
"vegetative  repetition,"  to  use  Prof.  Owen's  expression,  is  a 
sign  of  low  organisation,  the  foregoing  statements  accord 
with  the  common  opinion  of  naturalists,  that  beings  which 
stand  low  in  the  scale  of  nature  are  more  variable  than  those 
which  are  higher.  I  presume  that  lowness  here  means  that 
the  several  parts  of  the  organisation  have  been  but  little 
specialised  for  particular  functions;  and  as  long  as  the  same 
part  has  to  perform  diversified  work,  we  can  perhaps  see 
why  it  should  remain  variable,  that  is,  why  natural  selection 
should  not  have  preserved  or  rejected  each  little  deviation 
of  form  so  carefully  as  when  the  part  has  to  serve  for  some 
one  special  purpose.  In  the  same  way  that  a  knife  which 
has  to  cut  all  sorts  of  things  may  be  of  almost  any  shape; 
whilst  a  tool  for  some  particular  purpose  must  be  of  some 
particular  shape.  Natural  selection,  it  should  never  be  for- 
gotten, can  act  solely  through  and  for  the  advantage  of  each 
being. 

Rudimentary  parts,  as  it  is  generally  admitted,  are  apt  to  be 
highly  variable.  We  shall  have  to  recur  to  this  subject;  and 
I  will  here  only  add  that  their  variability  seems  to  result  from 
their  uselessness,  and  consequently  from  natural  selection 
having  had  no  power  to  check  deviations  in  their  structure. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STRUCTURES  VARIABLE  161 

A  PABT  DEVELOPED  IN  ANY  SPECIES  IN  AN  EXTRAORDINARY 

DEGREE    OR    MANNER,    IN     COMPARISON    WITH    THE 

SAME  PART  IN  ALLIED  SPECIES,  TENDS  TO 

BE  HIGHLY  VARIABLE 

Several  years  ago  I  was  much  struck  by  a  remark,  to  the 
above  effect,  made  by  Mr.  Waterhouse.  Professor  Owen, 
also,  seems  to  have  come  to  a  nearly  similar  conclusion.  It 
is  hopeless  to  attempt  to  convince  any  one  of  the  truth  of 
the  above  proposition  without  giving  the  long  array  of  facts 
which  I  have  collected,  and  which  cannot  possibly  be  here 
introduced.  I  can  only  state  my  conviction  that  it  is  a  rule 
of  high  generality.  I  am  aware  of  several  causes  of  error, 
but  I  hope  that  I  have  made  due  allowance  for  them. 
It  should  be  understood  that  the  rule  by  no  means  applies  to 
any  part,  however  unusually  developed,  unless  it  be  unusu- 
ally developed  in  one  species  or  in  a  few  species  in  compari- 
son with  the  same  part  in  many  closely  allied  species.  Thus, 
the  wing  of  a  bat  is  a  most  abnormal  structure  in  the  class 
of  mammals,  but  the  rule  would  not  apply  here,  because  the 
whole  group  of  bats  possesses  wings;  it  would  apply  only  if 
some  one  species  had  wings  developed  in  a  remarkable  man- 
ner in  comparison  with  the  other  species  of  the  same  genus. 
The  rule  applies  very  strongly  in  the  case  of  secondary  sex- 
ual characters,  when  displayed  in  any  unusual  manner.  The 
term,  secondary  sexual  characters,  used  by  Hunter,  relates 
to  characters  which  are  attached  to  one  sex,  but  are  not 
directly  connected  with  the  act  of  reproduction.  The  rule 
applies  to  males  and  females ;  but  more  rarely  to  the  females, 
as  they  seldom  offer  remarkable  secondary  sexual  charac- 
ters. The  rule  being  so  plainly  applicable  in  the  case  of  sec- 
ondary sexual  characters,  may  be  due  to  the  great  variability 
of  these  characters,  whether  or  not  displayed  in  any  unusual 
manner — of  which  fact  I  think  there  can  be  little  doubt.  But 
that  our  rule  is  not  confined  to  secondary  sexual  characters 
is  clearly  shown  in  the  case  of  hermaphrodite  cirripedes;  I 
particularly  attended  to  Mr.  Waterhouse's  remark,  whilst 
investigating  this  Order,  and  I  am  fully  convinced  that  the 
rule  almost  always  holds  good.  I  shall,  in  a  future  work, 
give  a  list  of  all  the  more  remarkable  cases;  I  will  here  give 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


162  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

only  one,  as  it  illustrates  the  rule  in  its  largest  application. 
The  opercular  valves  of  sessile  cirripedes  (rock  barnacles) 
are,  in  every  sense  of  the  word,  very  important  structures, 
and  they  differ  extremely  little  even  in  distinct  genera;  but 
in  the  several  species  of  one  genus,  Pyrgoma,  these  valves 
present  a  marvellous  amount  of  diversification;  the  homolo^ 
gous  valves  in  the  different  species  being  sometimes  wholly 
unlike  in  shape;  and  the  amount  of  variation  in  the  indn 
viduals  of  the  same  species  is  so  great,  that  it  is  no  exag«> 
geration  to  state  that  the  varieties  of  the  same  species  differ 
more  from  each  other  in  the  characters  derived  from  these 
important  organs,  than  do  the  species  belonging  to  other 
distinct  genera. 

As  with  birds  the  individuals  of  the  same  species,  inhabit- 
ing the  same  country,  vary  extremely  little,  I  have  particu- 
larly attended  to  them;  and  the  rule  certainly  seems  to  hold 
good  in  this  class.  I  cannot  make  out  that  it  applies  to  plants, 
and  this  would  have  seriously  shaken  my  belief  in  its  truth, 
had  not  the  great  variability  in  plants  made  it  particularly 
difficult  to  compare  their  relative  degrees  of  variability. 

When  we  see  any  part  or  organ  developed  in  a  remarkable 
degree  or  manner  in  a  species,  the  fair  presumption  is  that 
it  is  of  high  importance  to  that  species:  nevertheless  it  is  in 
this  case  eminently  liable  to  variation.  Why  should  this  be 
so?  On  the  view  that  each  species  has  been  independently 
created,  with  all  its  parts  as  we  now  see  them,  I  can  see  no 
explanation.  But  on  the  view  that  groups  of  species  are  de- 
scended from  some  other  species,  and  have  been  modified 
through  natural  selection,  I  think  we  can  obtain  some  light. 
First  let  me  make  some  preliminary  remarks.  If,  in  our 
domestic  animals,  any  part  or  the  whole  animal  be  neglected, 
and  no  selection  be  applied,  that  part  (for  instance,  the  comb 
in  the  Dorking  fowl)  or  the  whole  breed  will  cease  to  have 
a  uniform  character :  and  the  breed  may  be  said  to  be  degen- 
erating. In  rudimentary  organs,  and  in  those  which  have 
been  but  little  specialised  for  any  particular  purpose,  and 
perhaps  in  polymorphic  groups,  we  see  a  nearly  parallel  case ; 
for  in  such  cases  natural  selection  either  has  not  or  cannot 
have  come  into  full  play,  and  thus  the  organisation  is  left  in 
a  fluctuating  condition.     But  what  here  more  particularly 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STRUCTURES  VARIABLE  163 

concerns  us  is,  that  those  points  in  our  domestic  animals, 
which  at  the  present  time  are  undergoing  rapid  change  by 
continued  selection,  are  also  eminently  liable  to  variation. 
Look  at  the  individuals  of  the  same  breed  of  the  pigeon,  and 
see  what  a  prodigious  amount  of  difference  there  is  in  the 
beaks  of  tumblers,  in  the  beaks  and  wattle  of  carriers,  in  the 
carriage  and  tail  of  fantails,  &c.,  these  being  the  points  now 
mainly  attended  to  by  English  fanciers.  Even  in  the  same 
sub-breed,  as  in  that  of  the  short-faced  tumbler,  it  is  notori- 
ously difficult  to  breed  nearly  perfect  birds,  many  departing 
widely  from  the  standard.  There  may  truly  be  said  to  be  a 
constant  struggle  going  on  between,  on  the  one  hand,  the 
tendency  to  reversion  to  a  less  perfect  state,  as  well  as  an 
innate  tendency  to  new  variations,  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  power  of  steady  selection  to  keep  the  breed  true.  In  the 
long  run  selection  gains  the  day,  and  we  do  not  expect  to 
fail  so  completely  as  to  breed  a  bird  as  coarse  as  a  common 
tumbler  pigeon  from  a  good  short- faced  strain.  But  as  long  as 
selection  is  rapidly  going  on,  much  variability  in  the  parts 
undergoing  modification  may  always  be  expected. 

Now  let  us  turn  to  nature.  When  a  part  has  been  devel- 
oped in  an  extraordinary  manner  in  any  one  species,  com- 
pared with  the  other  species  of  the  same  genus,  we  may  con- 
clude that  this  part  has  undergone  an  extraordinary  amount 
of  modification  since  the  period  when  the  several  species 
branched  off  from  the  common  progenitor  of  the  genus.  This 
period  will  seldom  be  remote  in  any  extreme  degree,  as  species 
rarely  endure  for  more  than  one  geological  period.  An  extra- 
ordinary* amount  of  modification  implies  an  unusually  large 
and  long-continued  amount  of  variability,  which  has  con- 
tinually been  accumulated  by  natural  selection  for  the  benefit 
of  the  species.  But  as  the  variability  of  the  extraordinarily 
developed  part  or  organ  has  been  so  great  and  long-continued 
within  a  period  not  excessively  remote,  we  might,  as  a  gen- 
eral rule,  still  expect  to  find  more  variability  in  such  parts 
than  in  other  parts  of  the  organisation  which  have  remained 
for  a  much  longer  period  nearly  constant.  And  this,  I  am 
convinced,  is  the  case.  That  the  struggle  between  natural 
selection  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  tendency  to  reversion  and 
variability  on  the  other  hand,  will  in  the  course  of  time 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


164  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

cease;  and  that  the  most  abnormally  developed  organs  may 
be  made  constant,  I  see  no  reason  to  doubt  Hence,  when 
an  organ,  however  abnormal  it  may  be,  has  been  transmitted 
in  approximately  the  same  condition  to  many  modified  de- 
scendants, as  in  the  case  of  the  wing  of  the  bat,  it  must  have 
existed,  according  to  our  theory,  for  an  immense  period  in 
nearly  th^  same  state;  and  thus  it  has  come  not  to  be  more 
variable  than  any  other  structure.  It  is  only  in  those  cases 
in  which  the  modification  has  been  comparatively  recent  and 
extraordinarily  great  that  we  ought  to  find  the  generative 
variabiUty,  as  it  may  be  called,  still  present  in  a  high  degree. 
For  in  this  case  the  variability  will  seldom  as  yet  have  been 
fixed  by  the  continued  selection  of  the  individuals  varying 
in  the  required  manner  and  degree,  and  by  the  continued 
rejection  of  those  tending  to  revert  to  a  former  and  less* 
modified  condition. 

€ 

SPECIFIC    CHARACTERS    MORE    VARIABLE    THAN    GENERIC 
CHARACTERS 

The  principle  discussed  under  the  last  heading  may  be 
applied  to  our  present  subject  It  is  notorious  that  specific 
characters  are  more  variable  than  generic.  To  explain  by  a 
simple  example  what  is  meant:  if  in  a  large  genus  of  plants 
some  species  had  blue  flowers  and  some  had  red,  the  colour 
would  be  only  a  specific  character,  and  no  one  would  be  sur- 
prised at  one  of  the  blue  species  varying  into  red,  or  con- 
versely; but  if  all  the  species  had  blue  flowers,  the  colour 
would  become  a  generic  character,  and  its  variation  would 
be  a  more  unusual  circumstance.  I  have  chosen  this  exam- 
ple because  the  explanation  which  most  naturalists  would 
advance  is  not  here  applicable,  namely,  that  specific  charac- 
ters are  more  variable  than  generic,  because  they  are  taken 
from  parts  of  less  physiological  importance  than  those  com- 
monly used  for  classing  genera.  I  believe  this  explanation 
is  partly,  yet  only  indirectly,  true;  I  shall,  however,  have  to 
return  to  this  point  in  the  chapter  on  Gassification.  It  would 
be  almost  superfluous  to  adduce  evidence  in  support  of  the 
statement,  that  ordinary  specific  characters  are  more  variable 
than  generic;  but  with  respect  to  important  characters,  I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      16S 

have  repeatedly  noticed  in  works  on  natural  history,  that 
when  an  author  remarks  with  surprise  that  some  important 
organ  or  part,  which  is  generally  very  constant  throughout 
a  large  group  of  species,  dijfers  considerably  in  closely 
allied  species,  it  is  often  variable  in  the  individuals  of  the 
same  species.  And  this  fact  shows  that  a  character,  which 
is  generally  of  generic  value,  when  it  sinks  in  value  and 
becomes  only  of  specific  value,  often  becomes  variable, 
though  its  physiological  importance  may  remain  the  same. 
Something  of  the  same  kind  applies  to  monstrosities:  at 
least  Is.  Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire  apparently  entertains  no  doubt, 
that  the  more  an  organ  normally  differs  in  the  different  spe- 
cies of  the  same  group,  the  more  subject  it  is  to  anomalies 
in  the  individuals. 

On  the  ordinary  view  of  each  species  having  been  inde- 
pendently created,  why  should  that  part  of  the  structure, 
which  differs  from  the  same  part  in  other  independently 
created  species  of  the  same  genus,  be  more  variable  than 
those  parts  which  are  closely  alike  in  the  several  species? 
I  do  not  see  that  any  explanation  can  be  given.  But  on  the 
view  that  species  are  only  strongly  marked  and  fixed  varie- 
ties, we  might  expect  often  to  find  them  still  continuing  to 
vary  in  those  parts  of  their  structure  which  have  varied 
within  a  moderately  recent  period,  and  which  have  thus 
come  to  differ.  Or  to  state  the  case  in  another  manner: — 
the  points  in  which  all  the  species  of  a  genus  resemble  each 
other,  and  in  which  they  differ  from  allied  genera,  are  called 
generic  characters;  and  these  characters  may  be  attributed 
to  inheritance  from  a  common  progenitor,  for  it  can  rarely 
have  happened  that  natural  selection  will  have  modified  sev- 
eral distinct  species,  fitted  to  more  or  less  widely  different 
habits,  in  exactly  the  same  manner:  and  as  these  so-called 
generic  characters  have  been  inherited  from  before  the 
period  when  the  several  species  first  branched  off  from  their 
common  progenitor,  and  subsequently  have  not  varied  or 
come  to  differ  in  any  degree,  or  only  in  a  slight  degree,  it  is 
not  probable  that  they  should  vary  at  the  present  day.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  points  in  which  species  differ  from  other 
species  of  the  same  genus  are  called  specific  characters;  and 
as  these  specific  characters  have  varied  and  come  to  differ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


166  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

since  the  period  when  the  species  branched  off  from  a  com- 
mon progenitor,  it  is  probable  that  they  should  still  often  be 
in  some  degree  variable, — ^at  least  more  variable  than  those 
parts  of  the  organisation  which  have  for  a  very  long  period 
remained  constant. 

Secondary  Sexual  Characters  Variable. — ^I  think  it  will  be 
admitted  by  naturalists,  without  my  entering  on  details,  that 
secondary  sexual  characters  are  highly  variable.  It  will  also 
be  admitted  that  species  of  the  same  group  differ  from  each 
other  more  widely  in  their  secondary  sexual  characters,  than 
in  other  parts  of  their  organisation:  compare,  for  instance, 
the  amount  of  difference  between  the  males  of  gallinaceous 
birds,  in  which  secondary  sexual  characters  are  strongly  dis- 
played, with  the  amount  of  difference  between  the  females. 
The  cause  of  the  original  variability  of  these  characters  is 
not  manifest;  but  we  can  see  why  they  should  not  have  been 
rendered  as  constant  and  uniform  as  others,  for  they  are 
accumulated  by  sexual  selection,  which  is  less  rigid  in  its  ac- 
tion than  ordinary  selection,  as  it  does  not  entail  death,  but 
only  gives  fewer  offspring  to  the  less  favoured  males.  What- 
ever the  cause  may  be  of  the  variability  of  secondary  sexual 
characters,  as  they  are  highly  variable,  sexual  selection  will 
have  had  a  wide  scope  for  action,  and  may  thus  have  suc- 
ceeded in  giving  to  the  species  of  the  same  group  a  greater 
amount  of  difference  in  these  than  in  other  respects. 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact,  that  the  secondary  differences  be- 
tween the  two  sexes  of  the  same  species  are  generally  dis- 
played in  the  very  same  parts  of  the  organisation  in  which 
the  species  of  the  same  genus'  differ  from  each  other.  Of 
this  fact  I  will  give  in  illustration  the  two  first  instances 
which  happen  to  stand  on  my  list;  and  as  the  differences  in 
these  cases  are  of  a  very  unusual  nature,  the  relation  can 
hardly  be  accidental.  The  same  number  of  joints  in  the  tarsi 
is  a  character  common  to  very  large  groups  of  beetles,  but 
in  the  Engidae,  as  Westwood  has  remarked,  the  number  varies 
greatly ;  and  the  number  likewise  differs  in  the  two  sexes  of 
the  same  species.  Again  in  the  fossorial  hjrmenoptera,  the 
neuration  of  the  wings  is  a  character  of  the  highest  impor- 
tance, because  common  to  large  groups ;  but  in  certain  genera 
the  neuration  differs  in  the  different  species,  and  likewise  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      167 

the  two  sexes  of  the  same  species.  Sir  J.  Lubbock  has  re- 
cently remarked,  that  several  minute  crustaceans  offer  ex- 
cellent illustrations  of  this  law.  'In  Pontella,  for  instance, 
the  sexual  characters  are  afforded  mainly  by  the  anterior 
antennae  and  by  the  fifth  pair  of  legs:  the  specific  differences 
also  are  principally  given  by  these  organs."  This  relation 
has  a  clear  meaning  on  my  view:  I  look  at  all  the  species 
of  the  same  genus  as  having  as  certainly  descended  from 
a  common  progenitor,  as  have  the  two  sexes  of  any  one  spe- 
cies. Consequently,  whatever  part  of  the  structure  of  the 
common  progenitor,  or  of  its  early  descendants,  became  vari- 
ble,  variations  of  this  part  would,  it  is  highly  probable,  be 
taken  advantage  of  by  natural  and  sexual  selection,  in  order 
to  fit  the  several  species  to  their  several  places  in  the  econ- 
omy of  nature,  and  likewise  to  fit  the  two  sexes  of  the  same 
species  to  each  other,  or  to  fit  the  males  to  struggle  with 
other  males  for  the  possession  of  the  females. 

Finally,  then,  I  conclude  that  the  greater  variability  of 
specific  characters,  or  those  which  distinguish  species  from 
species,  than  of  generic  characters,  or  those  which  are  pos- 
sessed by  all  the  species; — ^that  the  frequent  extreme  varia- 
bility of  any  part  which  is  developed  in  a  species  in  an  extra- 
ordinary manner  in  comparison  with  the  same  part  in  its 
congeners;  and  the  slight  degree  of  variability  in  a  part, 
however  extraordinarily  it  may  be  developed,  if  it  be  com- 
mon to  a  whole  group  of  species; — ^that  the  great  variability 
of  secondary  sexual  characters,  and  their  great  difference  in 
closely  allied  species; — ^that  secondary  sexual  and  ordinary 
specific  differences  are  generally  displayed  in  the  same  parts 
of  the  organisation, — ^are  all  principles  closely  connected  to- 
gether. All  being  mainly  due  to  the  species  of  the  same 
group  being  the  descendants  of  a  common  progenitor,  from 
whom  they  have  inherited  much  in  common, — ^to  parts  which 
have  recently  and  largely  varied  being  more  likely  still  to  go 
on  varying  than  parts  which  have  long  been  inherited  and 
have  not  varied — ^to  natural  selection  having  more  or  less 
completely,  according  to  the  lapse  of  time,  overmastered  the 
tendency  to  reversion  and  to  further  variability, — ^to  sexual 
selection  being  less  rigid  than  ordinary  selection, — and  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


168  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

variations  in  the  same  parts  having  been  accumulated  by 
natural  and  sexual  selection,  and  having  been  thus  adapted 
for  secondary  sexual,  and  for  ordinary  purposes. 

Distinct  Species  present  analogous  Variations,  so  that  a 
Variety  of  one  Species  often  assumes  a  Character  proper  to 
an  allied  Species,  or  reverts  to  some  of  the  Characters  of  an 
early  Progenitor, — ^These  propositions  will  be  most  readily 
understood  by  looking  to  our  domestic  races.  The  most  dis- 
tinct breeds  of  the  pigeon,  in  countries  widely  apart,  present 
sub-varieties  with  reversed  feathers  on  the  head,  and  with 
feathers  on  the  feet, — characters  not  possessed  by  the  abo- 
riginal rock-pigeon;  these  then  are  analogous  variations  in 
two  or  more  distinct  races.  The  frequent  presence  of  four- 
teen or  even  sixteen  tail-feathers  in  the  pouter  may  be  con- 
sidered as  a  variation  representing  the  normal  structure  of 
another  race,  the  fantail.  I  presume  that  no  one  will  doubt 
that  all  such  analogous  variations  are  due  to  the  several 
races  of  the  pigeon  having  inherited  from  a  common  parent 
the  same  constitution  and  tendency  to  variation,  when  acted 
on  by  similar  unknown  influences.  In  the  vegetable  king- 
dom we  have  a  case  of  analogous  variation,  in  the  enlarged 
stems,  or  as  commonly  called  roots,  of  the  Swedish  turnip 
and  Ruta  baga,  plants  which  several  botanists  rank  as  varie- 
ties produced  by  cultivation  from  a  common  parent:  if  this 
be  not  so,  the  case  will  then  be  one  of  analogous  variation 
in  two  so-called  distinct  species ;  and  to  these  a  third  may  be 
added,  namely,  the  common  turnip.  According  to  the  ordi- 
nary view  of  each  species  having  been  independently  created, 
we  should  have  to  attribute  this  similarity  in  the  enlarged 
stems  of  these  three  plants,  not  to  the  vera  causa  of  com- 
munity of  descent,  and  a  consequent  tendency  to  vary  in  a 
like  manner,  but  to  three  separated  yet  closely  related  acts 
of  creation.  Many  similar  cases  of  analogous  variation  have 
been  observed  by  Naudin  in  the  great  gourd-family,  and  by 
various  authors  in  our  cereals.  Similar  cases  occurring  with 
insects  under  natural  conditions  have  lately  been  discussed 
with  much  ability  by  Mr.  Walsh,  who  has  grouped  them 
under  his  law  of  Equable  Variability. 

With  pigeons,  however,  we  have  another  case,  namely, 
the  occasional  appearance  in  all  the  breeds,  of  slaty-blue 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPEaFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      169 

birds  with  two  black  bars  on  the  wings,  white  loins,  a  bar 
'at  the  end  of  the  tail,  with  the  outer  feathers  externally 
edged  near  their  basis  with  white.  As  all  these  marks  are 
characteristic  of  the  parent  rock-pigeon,  I  presume  that  no 
one  will  doubt  that  this  is  a  case  of  reversion,  and  not  of  a 
new  yet  analogous  variation,  appearing  in  the  several  breeds. 
We  may,  I  think,  confidently  come  to  this  conclusion,  be- 
cause, as  we  have  seen,  these  coloured  marks  are  eminently 
liable  to  appear  in  the  crossed  offspring  of  two  distinct  and 
differently  coloured  breeds ;  and  in  this  case  there  is  nothing 
in  the  external  conditions  of  life  to  cause  the  reappearance 
of  the  slaty-blue,  with  the  several  marks,  beyond  the  influ- 
ence of  the  mere  act  of  crossing  on  the  laws  of  inheritance. 
No  doubt  it  is  a  very  surprising  fact  that  characters  should 
reappear  after  having  been  lost  for  many,  probably  for  hun- 
dreds of  generations.  But  when  a  breed  has  been  crossed 
only  once  by  some  ofher  breed,  the  offspring  occasionally 
show  for  many  generations  a  tendency  to  revert  in  character 
to  the  foreign  breed — some  say,  for  a  dozen  or  even  a  score 
of  generations.  After  twelve  generations,  the  proportion  of 
blood,  to  use  a  common  expression,  from  one  ancestor,  is 
only  I  in  2048;  and  yet,  as  we  see,  it  is  generally  believed 
that  a  tendency  to  reversion  is  retained  by  this  remnant  of 
foreign  blood.  In  a  breed  which  has  not  been  crossed  but 
in  which  both  parents  have  lost  some  character  which  their 
progenitor  possessed,  the  tendency,  whether  strong  or  weak, 
to  reproduce  the  lost  character  might,  as  was  formerly  re- 
marked, for  all  that  we  can  see  to  the  contrary,  be  trans- 
mitted for  almost  any  number  of  generations.  When  a 
character  which  has  been  lost  in  a  breed,  reappears  after  a 
great  number  of  generations,  the  most  probable  hypothesis 
is,  not  that  one  individual  suddenly  takes  after  an  ancestor 
removed  by  some  hundred  generations,  but  that  in  each  suc- 
cessive generation  the  character  in  question  has  been  ly:ng 
latent,  and  at  last,  under  unknown  favourable  conditions,  is 
developed.  With  the  barb-pigeon,  for  instance,  which  very 
rarely  produces  a  blue  bird,  it  is  probable  that  there  is  a 
latent  tendency  in  each  generation  to  produce  blue  plumage. 
The  abstract  improbability  of  such  a  tendency  being  trans- 
mitted through  a  vast  number  of  generations,  is  not  greater 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


170  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

than  that  of 'quite  useless  or  rudimentary  organs  being  simi- 
larly transmitted.  A  mere  tendency  to  produce  a  rudiment 
is  indeed  sometimes  thus  inherited. 

As  all  the  species  of  the  same  genus  are  supposed  to  be 
descended  from  a  common  progenitor,  it  might  be  expected 
that  they  would  occasionally  vary  in  an  analogous  manner; 
so  that  the  varieties  of  two  or  more  species  would  resemble 
each  other,  or  that  a  variety  of  one  species  would  resemble 
in  certain  characters  another  and  distinct  species, — ^this  6ther 
species  being,  according  to  our  view,  only  a  well-marked  and 
permanent  variety.  But  characters  exclusively  due  to  analo- 
gous variation  would  probably  be  of  an  unimportant  nature, 
for  the  preservation  of  all  functionally  important  characters 
will  have  been  determined  through  naturd  selection,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  different  habits  of  the  species.  It  might 
further  be  expected  that  the  species  of  the  same  genus  would 
occasionally  exhibit  reversions  to  long  lost  characters.  As, 
however,  we  do  not  know  the  common  ancestor  of  any 
natural  group,  we  cannot  distinguish  between  revisionary 
and  analogous  characters.  If,  for  instance,  we  did  not  know 
that  the  parent  rock-pigeon  was  not  feather-footed  or  turn- 
crowned,  we  could  not  have  told,  whether  such  characters  in 
our  domestic  breeds  were  reversions  or  only  analogous  varia- 
tions ;  but  we  might  have  inferred  that  the  blue  colour  was  a 
case  of  reversion  from  the  number  of  the  markings,  which 
are  correlated  with  this  tint,  and  which  would  not  probably 
have  all  appeared  together  from  simple  variation.  More 
especially  we  might  have  inferred  this,  from  the  blue  colour 
and  the  several  marks  so  often  appearing  when  differently 
coloured  breeds  are  crossed.  Hence,  although  under  nature  it 
must  generally  be  left  doubtful,  what  cases  are  reversions  to 
formerly  existing  characters,  and  what  are  new  but  analo- 
gous variations,  yet  we  ought,  on  our  theory,  sometimes  to 
find  the  varying  offspring  of  a  species  assuming  characters 
which  are  already  present  in  other  members  of  the  same 
group.    And  this  undoubtedly  is  the  case. 

The  difficulty  in  distinguishing  variable  species  is  largely 
due  to  the  varieties  mocking,  as  it  were,  other  species  of  the 
same  genus.  A  considerable  catalogue,  also,  could  be  given 
of  forms  intermediate  between  two  other  forms,  which  them- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPBaFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      171 

selves  can  only  doubtfully  be  ranked  as  species;  and  this 
shows,  unless  all  these  closely  allied  forms  be  considered  as 
independently  created  species,  that  they  have  in  varying  as- 
sumed some  of  the  characters  of  the  others.  But  the  best 
evidence  of  analogous  variations  is  afforded  by  parts  or 
organs  which  are  generally  constant  in  character,  but  which 
occasionally  vary  so  as  to  resemble,  in  some  degree,  the 
same  part  or  organ  in  all  species.  I  have  collected  a  long 
list  of  such  cases;  but  here,  as  before,  I  lie  under  the  great 
disadvantage  of  not  being  able  to  give  them.  I  can  only  re- 
peat that  such  cases  certainly  occur,  and  seem  to  me  very  re- 
markable. 

I  will,  however,  give  one  curious  and  complex  case,  not 
indeed  as  affecting  any  important  character,  but  from  occur- 
ring in  several  species  of  the  same  genus,  partly  under 
domestication  and  partly  under  nature.  It  is  a  case  almost 
certainly  of  reversion.  The  ass  sometimes  has  very  distinct 
transverse  bars  on  its  legs,  like  those  on  the  legs  of  the 
zebra :  it  has  been  asserted  that  these  are  plainest  in  the  foal, 
and,  from  inquiries  which  I  have  made,  I  believe  this  to  be 
true.  The  stripe  on  the  shoulder  is  sometimes  double,  and  is 
very  variable  in  length  and  outline.  A  white  ass,  but  not  an 
albino,  has  been  described  without  either  spinal  or  shoulder 
stripe :  and  these  stripes  are  sometimes  very  obscure,  or  actu- 
ally quite  lost,  in  dark-coloured  asses.  The  koulan  of  Pallas 
is  said  to  have  been  seen  with  a  double  shoulder-stripe.  Mr. 
BIyth  has  seen  a  specimen  of  the  hemionus  with  a  distinct 
shoulder-stripe,  though  it  properly  has  none ;  and  I  have  been 
informed  by  Colonel  Poole  that  the  foals  of  this  species  are 
generally  striped  on  the  legs,  and  faintly  on  the  shoulder. 
The  quagga,  though  so  plainly  barred  like  a  zebra  over  the 
body,  is  without  bars  on  the  legs;  but  Dr.  Gray  has  figured 
one  specimen  with  very  distinct  zebra-like  bars  on  the  hocks. 

With  respect  to  the  horse,  I  have  collected  cases  in  Eng- 
land of  the  spinal  stripe  in  horses  of  the  most  distinct  breeds, 
and  of  all  colours:  transverse  bars  on  the  legs  are  not  rare 
in  duns,  mouse-duns,  and  in  one  instance  in  a  chestnut;  a 
faint  shoulder-stripe  may  sometimes  be  seen  in  duns,  and  I 
have  seen  a  trace  in  a  bay  horse.  My  son  made  a  careful 
examination  and  sketch  for  me  of  a  dun  Belgian  cart-horse 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


172  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

with  a  double  stripe  on  each  shoulder  and  with  leg-stripes; 
I  have  myself  seen  a  dun  Devonshire  pony,  and  a  small  dim 
Welsh  pony  has  been  carefully  described  to  me,  both  with 
three  parallel  stripes  on  each  shoulder. 

In  the  north-west  part  of  India  the  Kattywar  breed  of 
horses  is  so  generally  striped,  that,  as  I  hear  from  Colonel 
Poole,  who  examined  this  breed  for  the  Indian  Government, 
a  horse  without  stripes  is  not  considered  as  purely-bred. 
The  spine  is  always  striped;  the  legs  are  generally  barred; 
and  the  shoulder-stripe,  which  is  sometimes  double  and  some- 
times treble,  is  common ;  the  side  of  the  face,  moreover,  is 
sometimes  striped.  The  stripes  are  often  plainest  in  the  foal ; 
and  sometimes  quite  disappear  in  old  horses.  Colonel  Poole 
has  seen  both  gray  and  bay  Kattywar  horses  striped  when 
first  foaled.  I  have  also  reason  to  suspect,  from  information 
given  me  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Edwards,  that  with  the  English 
race-horse  the  spinal  stripe  is  much  commoner  in  the  foal 
than  in  the  full-grown  animal.  I  have  myself  recently  bred 
a  foal  from  a  bay  mare  (offspring  of  a  Turkoman  horse  and 
a  Flemish  mare)  by  a  bay  English  race-horse;  this  foal  when 
a  week  old  was  marked  on  its  hinder  quarters  and  on  its 
forehead  with  numerous,  very  narrow,  dark,  zebra-like  bars, 
and  its  legs  were  feebly  striped:  all  the  stripes  soon  disap- 
peared completely.  Without  here  entering  on  further  details, 
I  may  state  that  I  have  collected  cases  of  leg  and  shoulder 
stripes  in  horses  of  very  different  breeds  in  various  countries 
from  Britain  to  Eastern  China;  and  from  Norway  in  the 
north  to  the  Malay  Archipelago  in  the  south.  In  all  parts  of 
the  world  these  stripes  occur  far  oftenest  in  duns  and  mouse- 
duns;  by  the  term  dun  a  large  range  of  colour  is  included, 
from  one  between  brown  and  black  to  a  dose  approach  to 
cream-colour. 

I  am  aware  that  Colonel  Hamilton  Smith,  who  has  written 
on  this  subject,  believes  that  the  several  breeds  of  the  horse 
are  descended  from  several  aboriginal  species — one  of  which, 
the  dun,  was  striped;  and  that  the  above-described  appear- 
ances are  all  due  to  ancient  crosses  with  the  dun  stock.  But 
this  view  may  be  safely  rejected;  for  it  is  highly  improbable 
that  the  heavy  Belgian  cart-horse,  Welsh  ponies,  Norwegian 
cobs,  the  lanky  Kattywar  race,  &c.,  inhabiting  the  most  dis- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIFIC  CHARACTERS  fflGHLY  VARIABLE      ]73 

tant  parts  of  the  world,  should  all  have  been  crossed  with 
one  supposed  aboriginal  stock. 

Now  let  us  turn  to  the  effects  of  crossing  the  several  spe^ 
cies  of  the  horse-genus.  RoUin  asserts,  that  the  common 
mule  from  the  ass  and  horse  is  particularly  apt  to  have  bars 
on  its  legs;  according  to  Mr.  Gosse,  in  certain  parts  of  the 
United  States  about  nine  out  of  ten  mules  have  striped  legs. 
I  once  saw  a  mule  with  its  legs  so  much  striped  that  any  one 
might  have  thought  that  it  was  a  hybrid-zebra;  and  Mr. 
W.  C.  Martin,  in  his  excellent  treatise  on  the  horse,  has 
given  a.  figure  of  a  similar  mule.  In  four  coloured  drawings, 
which  I  have  seen,  of  hybrids  between  the  ass  and  zebra,  the 
legs  were  much  more  plainly  barred  than  the  rest  of  the 
body ;  and  in  one  of  them  there  was  a  double  shoulder-stripe. 
In  Lord  Morton's  famous  hybrid,  from  a  chestnut  mare  and 
male  quagga,  the  hybrid,  and  even  the  pure  offspring  subse^ 
quently  produced  from  the  same  mare  by  a  black  Arabian 
sire,  were  much  more  plainly  barred  across  the  legs  than  is 
even  the  pure  quagga.  Las^y,  and  this  is  another  most  re- 
markable case,  a  hybrid  has  been  figured  by  Dr.  Gray  (and 
he  informs  me  that  he  knows  of  a  second  case)  from  the  ass 
and  the  hemionus;  and  this  hybrid,  though  .the  ass  only  occa- 
sionally has  stripes  on  his  legs  and  the  hemionus  has  none 
and  has  not  even  a  shoulder-stripe,  nevertheless  had  all  four 
legs  barred,  and  had  three  short  shoulder-stripes,  like  those 
on  the  dun  Devonshire  and  Welsh  ponies,  and  even  had  some 
zebra-like  stripes  on  the  sides  of  its  face.  With  respect  to 
this  last  fact,  I  was  so  convinced  that  not  even  a  stripe  of 
colour  appears  from  what  is  commonly  called  chance,  that  I 
was  led  solely  from  the  occurrence  of  the  face-stripes  on 
this  hybrid  from  the  ass  and  hemionus  to  ask  Colonel  Poole 
whether  such  face-stripes  ever  occurred  in  the  eminently 
striped  Kattywar  breed  of  horses,  and  was,  as  we  have  seen, 
answered  in  the  affirmative. 

What  now  are  we  to  say  to  these  several  facts?  We  see 
several  distinct  species  of  the  horse-genus  becoming,  by 
simple  variation,  striped  on  the  legs  like  a  zebra,  or  striped 
on  the  shoulders  like  an  ass.  In  the  horse  we  see  this  ten- 
dency strong  whenever  a  dun  tint  appears — sl  tint  which  ap- 
proaches to  that  of  the  general  colouring  of  the  other  species 

K — ^HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


174  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

of  the  genus.  The  appearance  of  the  stripes  is  not  accom- 
panied by  any  change  of  form  or  by  any  other  new  character. 
We  see  this  tendency  to  become  striped  most  strongly  dis- 
played in  hybrids  from  between  several  of  the  most  distinct 
species.  Now  observe  the  case  of  the  several  breeds  of 
pigeons:  they  are  descended  from  a  pigeon  (including  two  or 
three  sub-species  or  geographical  races)  of  a  bluish  colour, 
with  certain  bars  and  other  marks;  and  when  any  breed 
assumes  by  simple  variation  a  bluish  tint,  these  bars  and 
other  marks  invariably  reappear;  but  without  any  other 
change  of  form  or  character.  When  the  oldest  and  truest 
breeds  of  various  colours  are  crossed,  we  see  a  strong  ten- 
dency for  the  blue  tint  and  bars  and  marks  to  reappear  in 
the  mongrels.  I  have  stated  that  the  most  probable  hypothe- 
sis to  account  for  the  reappearance  of  very  ancient  charac- 
ters, is — ^that  there  is  a  tendency  in  the  young  of  each  suc- 
cessive generation  to  produce  the  long-lost  character,  and 
that  this  tendency,  from  unknown  causes,  sometimes  prevails. 
And  we  have  just  seen  that  in  several  species  of  the  horse- 
genus  the  stripes  are  either  plainer  or  appear  more  com- 
monly in  the  young  than  in  the  old.  Call  the  breeds  of 
pigeons,  some  of  which  have  bred  true  for  centuries,  species; 
and  how  exactly  parallel  is  the  case  with  that  of  the  species 
of  the  horse-genus!  For  myself,  I  venture  confidently  to 
look  back  thousands  on  thousands  of  generations,  and  I  see 
an  animal  striped  like  a  zebra,  but  perhaps  otherwise  very 
differently  constructed,  the  common  parents  of  our  domestic 
horse  (whether  or  not  it  be  descended  from  one  or  more 
wild  stocks),  of  the  ass,  the  hemionus,  quagga,  and  zebra. 

He  who  believes  that  each  equine  species  was  indepen- 
dently created,  will,  I  presume,  assert  that  each  species  has 
been  created  with  a  tendency  to  vary,  both  under  nature  and 
under  domestication,  in  this  particular  manner,  so  as  often 
to  become  striped  like  the  other  species  of  the  genus;  and 
that  each  has  been  created  with  a  strong  tendency,  when 
crossed  with  species  inhabiting  distant  quarters  of  the  world, 
to  produce  hybrids  resembling  in  their  stripes,  not  their  own 
parents,  but  other  species  of  the  genus.  To  admit  this  view 
is,  as  it  seems  to  me,  to  reject  a  real  for  an  unreal,  or  at 
least  for  an  unknown,  cause.    It  makes  the  works  of  God  a 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      175 

mere  mockery  and  deception ;  I  would  almost  as  soon  believe 
with  the  old  and  ignorant  cosmogonists,  that  fossil  shells  had 
never  lived,  but  had  been  created  in  stone  so  as  to  mock  the 
shells  living  on  the  sea-shore. 

Summary, — Our  ignorance  of  the  laws  of  variation  is  pro- 
found. Not  in  one  case  out  of  a  hundred  can  we  pretend  to 
assign  any  reason  why  this  or  that  part  has  varied.  But 
whenever  we  have  the  means  of  instituting  a  comparison,  the 
same  laws  appear  to  have  acted  in  producing  the  lesser  differ- 
ences between  varieties  of  the  same  species,  and  the  greater 
differences  between  species  of  the  same  genus.  Changed 
conditions  generally  induce  mere  fluctuating  variability,  but 
sometimes  they  cause  direct  and  definite  effects;  and  these 
may  become  strongly  marked  in  the  course  of  time,  though 
we  have  not  sufficient  evidence  on  this  head.  Habit  in  pro- 
ducing constitutional  peculiarities  and  use  in  strengthening 
and  disuse  in  weakening  and  diminishing  organs,  appear  in 
many  cases  to  have  been  potent  in  their  effects.  Homologous 
parts  tend  to  vary  in  the  same  manner,  and  homologous  parts 
tend  to  cohere.  Modifications  in  hard  parts  and  in  external 
parts  sometimes  affect  softer  and  internal  parts.  When  one 
part  is  largely  developed,  perhaps  it  tends  to  draw  nourish- 
ment from  the  adjoining  parts;  and  every  part  of  the  struc- 
ture which  can  be  saved  without  detriment  will  be  saved. 
Changes  of  structure  at  an  early  age  may  affect  parts  subse- 
quently developed;  and  many  cases  of  correlated  variation, 
the  nature  of  which  we  are  unable  to  understand,  undoubt- 
edly occur.  Multiple  parts  are  variable  in  number  and  in 
structure,  perhaps  arising  from  such  parts  not  having  been 
closely  specialised  for  any  particular  function,  so  that  their 
modifications  have  not  been  closely  checked  by  natural  selec- 
tion. It  follows  probably  from  this  same  cause,  that  organic 
beings  low  in  the  scale  are  more  variable  than  those  stand- 
ing higher  in  the  scale,  and  which  have  their  whole  organi- 
sation more  specialised.  Rudimentary  organs,  from  being 
useless,  are  not  regulated  by  natural  selection,  and  hence  are 
variable.  Specific  characters — ^that  is,  the  characters  which 
have  come  to  differ  since  the  several  species  of  the  same 
genus  branched  off  from  a  conmion  parent — are  more  vari- 
able than  generic  characters,  or  those  which  have  long  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


176  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

inherited,  and  have  not  differed  within  this  same  period.  In 
these  remarks  we  have  referred  to  special  parts  or  organs 
being  still  variable,  because  they  have  recently  varied  and 
thus  come  to  differ;  but  we  have  also  seen  in  the  second 
chapter  that  the  same  principle  applies  to  the  whole  indi- 
vidual; for  in  a  district  where  many  species  of  a  genus  are 
foundr— that  is,  where  there  has  been  much  former  variation 
and  differentiation,  or  where  the  manufactory  of  new  specific 
forms  has  been  actively  at  work — ^in  that  district  and  amongst 
these  species,  we  now  find,  on  an  average,  most  varieties. 
SeccMidary  sexual  characters  are  highly  variable,  and  such 
characters  differ  much  in  the  species  of  the  same  group. 
Variability  in  the  same  parts  of  the  organisation  has  gener- 
ally been  taken  advantage  of  in  giving  secondary  sexual 
differences  to  the  two  sexes  of  the  same  species,  and  specific 
differences  to  the  several  species  of  the  same  genus.  Any 
part  or  organ  developed  to  an  extraordinary  size  or  in  an 
extraordinary  manner,  in  comparison  with  the  same  part  or 
organ  in  the  allied  species,  must  have  gone  through  an 
extraordinary  amount  of  modification  since  the  genus  arose; 
and  thus  we  can  understand  why  it  should  often  still  be  vari- 
able in  a  much  higher  degree  than  other  parts;  for  variation 
is  a  long-continued  and  slow  process,  and  natural  selection 
will  in  such  cases  not  as  yet  have  had  time  to  overcome  the 
tendency  to  further  variability  and  to  reversion  to  a  less 
modified  state.  But  when  a  species  with  any  extraordinarily- 
developed  organ  has  become  the  parent  of  many  modified 
descendants — ^which  on  our  view  must  be  a  very  slow  process, 
requiring  a  long  lapse  of  time — in  this  case,  natural  selection 
has  succeeded  in  giving  a  fixed  character  to  the  organ,  in 
however  extraordinary  a  manner  it  may  have  been  developed. 
Species  inheriting  nearly  the  same  constitution  from  a  com- 
mon parent,  and  exposed  to  similar  influences,  naturally  tend 
to  present  analogous  variations,  or  these  same  species  may 
occasionally  revert  to  some  of  the  characters  of  their  ancient 
progenitors.  Although  new  and  important  modifications  may 
not  arise  from  reversion  and  analogous  variation,  such  modi- 
fications will  add  to  the  beautiful  and  harmonious  diversity 
of  nature. 
Whatever  the  cause  may  be  of  each  slight  difference  be- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SPECIFIC  CHARACTERS  HIGHLY  VARIABLE      177 

tween  the  offspring  and  their  parents — ^and  a  cause  for  each 
must  exist — ^we  have  reason  to  believe  that  it  is  the  steady 
accumulation  of  beneficial  differences  which  has  given  rise 
to  all  the  more  important  modifications  of  structure  in  rela- 
tion to  the  habits  of  each  species. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  VI 
Difficulties  of  the  Theory 

Difficolties  of  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification — ^Absence  or 
rarity  of  transitional  varieties — ^Transitions  in  habits  of  life — 
Diversified  habits  in  the  same  species — Species  with  habits  widely 
different  from  those  of  their  allies — Organs  of  extreme  perfec- 
tion— Modes  of  transition — Cases  of  difficulty — Natura  non  facit 
saltum — Organs  of  small  importance — Organs  not  in  all  cases 
absolutely  perfect — The  law  of  Unity  of  Type  and  of  the  Con- 
ditions of  Existence  embraced  by  the  theory  of  Natural 
Selection. 

LONG  before  the  reader,  has  arrived  at  this  part  of  my 
work,  a  crowd  of  diflSculties  will  have  occurred  to  him. 
Some  of  them  are  so  serious  that  to  this  day  I  can 
hardly  reflect  on  them  without  being  in  some  degree  stag- 
gered; but,  to  the  best  of  my  judgment,  the  greater  number 
are  only  apparent,  and  those  that  are  real  are  not,  I  think, 
fatal  to  theory. 

These  difficulties  and  objections  may  be  classed  tmder  the 
following  heads : — First,  why,  if  species  have  descended  from 
other  species  by  fine  gradations,  do  we  not  everywhere  see 
innumerable  transitional  forms?  Why  is  not  all  nature  in 
confusion,  instead  of  the  species  being,  as  we  see  them,  well 
defined  ? 

Secondly,  is  it  possible  that  an  animal  having,  for  instance, 
the  structure  and  habits  of  a  bat,  could  have  been  formed  by 
the  modification  of  some  other  animal  with  widely  different 
habits  and  structure  ?  Can  we  believe  that  natural  selection 
could  produce,  on  the  one  hand,  an  organ  of  trifling  impor- 
tance, such  as  the  tail  of  a  giraffe,  which  serves  as  a  fly- 
flapper,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  an  organ  so  wonderful  as  the 
eye? 

Thirdly,  can  instincts  be  acquired  and  modified  through 
natural  selection?    What  shall  we  say  to  the  instinct  which 

178 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONAL  VARIETIES  179 

leads  the  bee  to  make  cells,  and  which  has  practically  antici- 
pated the  discoveries  of  profound  mathematicians? 

Fourthly,  how  can  we  account  for  species,  when  crossed, 
being  sterile  and  producing  sterile  offspring,  whereas,  when 
varieties  are  crossed,  their  fertility  is  unimpaired  ? 

The  two  first  heads  will  here  be  discussed;  some  miscel- 
laneous objections  in  the  following  chapter;  Instinct  and 
Hybridism  in  the  two  succeeding  chapters. 

On  the  Absence  or  Rarity  of  Transitional  Varieties. — As 
natural  selection  acts  solely  by  the  preservation  of  profitable 
modifications,  each  new  form  will  tend  in  a  fully-stocked 
country  to  take  the  place  of,  and  finally  to  exterminate,  its 
own  less  improved  parent-form  and  other  less-favoured  forms 
with  which  it  comes  into  competition.  Thus  extinction  and 
natural  selection  go  hand  in  hand.  Hence,  if  we  look  at 
each  species  as  descended  from  some  unknown  form,  both 
the  parent  and  all  the  transitional  varieties  will  generally 
have  been  exterminated  by  the  very  process  of  the  formation 
and  perfection  of  the  new  form. 

But,  as  by  this  theory  innumerable  transitional  forms  must 
have  existed,  why  do  we  not  find  them  embedded  in  countless 
numbers  in  the  crust  of  the  earth?  It  will  be  more  con- 
venient to  discuss  this  question  in  the  chapter  on  the  Imper- 
fection of  the  Geological  Record;  and  I  will  here  only  state 
that  I  believe  the  answer  mainly  lies  in  the  record  being  in- 
parably  less  perfect  than  is  generally  supposed.  The  crust 
of  the  earth  is  a  vast  museum;  but  the  natural  collections 
have  been  imperfectly  made,  and  only  at  long  intervals  of 
time. 

But  it  may  be  urged  that  when  several  closely-allied 
species  inhabit  the  same  territory,  we  surely  ought  to  find  at 
the  present  time  many  transitional  forms.  Let  us  take  a 
simple  case:  in  travelling  from  north  to  south  over  a  conti- 
nent, we  generally  meet  at  successive  intervals  with  closely 
allied  or  representative  species,  evidently  filling  nearly  the 
same  place  in  the  natural  economy  of  the  land.  These  represen- 
tative species  often  meet  and  interlock;  and  as  the  one  be- 
comes rarer  and  rarer,  the  other  becomes  more  and  more 
frequent,  till  the  one  replaces  the  other.  But  if  we  compare 
these  species  where  they  intermingle,  they  are  generally  as  ab- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


180  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

solutely  distinct  from  each  other  in  every  detail  of  structure 
as  are  specimens  taken  from  the  metropolis  inhabited  by  each. 
By  my  theory  these  allied  species  are  descended  from  a  com- 
mon parent;  and  during  the  process  of  modification,  each  has 
become  adapted  to  the  conditions  of  life  of  its  own  region, 
and  has  supplanted  and  exterminated  its  original  parent* 
form  and  all  the  transitional  varieties  between  its  past  and 
present  states.  Hence  we  ought  not  to  expect  at  the  present 
time  to  meet  with  numerous  transitional  varieties  in  each  re- 
gion, though  they  must  have  existed  there,  and  may  be  em- 
bedded there  in  a  fossil  condition.  But  in  the  intermediate 
region,  having  intermediate  conditions  of  life,  why  do  we  not 
now  find  closely-linking  intermediate  varieties?  This  diffi- 
culty for  a  long  time  quite  confounded  me.  But  I  think  it 
can  be  in  large  part  explained. 

In  the  first  place  we  should  be  extremely  cautious  in  in- 
ferring, because  an  area  is  now  continuous,  that  it  has  been 
continuous  during  a  long  period.  Geology  would  lead  us  to 
believe  that  most  continents  have  been  broken  up  into  islands 
even  during  the  later  tertiary  periods;  and  in  such  islands 
distinct  species  might  have  been  separately  formed  without 
the  possibility  of  intermediate  varieties  existing  in  the  inter- 
mediate zones.  By  changes  in  the  form  of  the  land  and  of 
climate,  marine  areas  now  continuous  must  often  have  ex- 
isted within  recent  times  in  a  far  less  continuous  and  uniform 
condition  than  at  present.  But  I  will  pass  over  this  way  of 
escaping  from  the  difficulty;  for  I  believe  that  many  per- 
fectly defined  species  have  been  formed  on  strictly  continu- 
ous areas;  though  I  do  not  doubt  that  the  formerly  broken 
condition  of  areas  now  continuous,  has  played  an  important 
part  in  the  formation  of  new  species,  more  especially  with 
freely-crossing  and  wandering  animals. 

In  looking  at  species  as  they  are  now  distributed  over  a 
wide  area,  we  generally  find  them  tolerably  numerous  over  a 
large  territory,  then  becoming  somewhat  abruptly  rarer  and 
rarer  on  the  confines,  and  finally  disappearing.  Hence  the 
neutral  territory  between  two  representative  species  is  gen- 
erally narrow  in  comparison  with  the  territory  proper  to  each. 
We  see  the  same  fact  in  ascending  mountains,  and  sometimes 
it  is  quite  remarkable  how  abruptly,  as  Alph.  de  Candolle  has 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONAL  VARIETIES  181 

observed,  a  common  alpine  species  disappears.  The  same 
fact  has  been  noticed  by  £.  Forbes  in  sounding  the  depths  of 
the  sea  with  the  dredge.  To  those  who  look  at  climate  and 
the  physical  conditions  of  life  as  the  all-important  elements 
of  distribution,  these  facts  ought  to  cause  surprise,  as  cli- 
mate and  height  or  depth  graduate  away  insensibly.  But 
when  we  bear  in  mind  that  almost  every  species,  even  in  its 
metropolis,  would  increase  immensely  in  numbers,  were  it  not 
for  other  competing  species ;  that  nearly  all  either  prey  on  or 
serve  as  prey  for  others ;  in  short,  that  each  organic  being  is 
either  directly  or  indirectly  related  in  the  most  important 
manner  to  other  organic  beings, — ^we  see  that  the  range  of  the 
inhabitants  of  any  country  by  no  means  exclusively  depends 
on  insensibly  changing  physical  conditions,  but  in  a  large 
part  on  the  presence  of  other  species,  on  which  it  lives,  or  by 
which  it  is  destroyed,  or  with  which  it  comes  into  competi- 
tion; and  as  these  species  are  already  defined  objects,  not 
blending  one  into  another  by  insensible  gradations,  the  range 
of  any  one  species,  depending  as  it  does  on  the  range  of 
others,  will  tend  to  be  sharply  defined.  Moreover,  each 
species  on  the  confines  of  its  range,  where  it  exists  in  less- 
ened numbers,  will,  during  fluctuations  in  the  number  of  its 
enemies  or  of  its  prey,  or  in  the  nature  of  the  seasons,  be  ex- 
tremely liable  to  utter  extermination ;  and  thus  its  geographi- 
cal range  will  come  to  be  still  more  sharply  defined. 

As  allied  or  representative  species,  when  inhabiting  a  con- 
tinuous area,  are  generally  distributed  in  such  a  manner  that 
each  has  a  wide  range,  with  a  comparatively  narrow  neutral 
territory  between  them,  in  which  they  become  rather  suddenly 
rarer  and  rarer;  then,  as  varieties  do  not  essentially  differ 
from  species,  the  same  rule  will  probably  apply  to  both ;  and 
if  we  take  a  varying  species  inhabiting  a  very  large  area,  we 
shall  have  to  adapt  two  varieties  to  two  large  areas,  and  a 
third  variety  to  a  narrow  intermediate  zone.  The  intermedi- 
ate variety,  consequently,  will  exist  in  lesser  numbers  from 
inhabiting  a  narrow  and  lesser  area ;  and  practically,  as  far  as 
I  can  make  out,  this  rule  holds  good  with  varieties  in  a  state 
of  nature.  I  have  met  with  striking  instances  of  the  rule  in 
the  case  of  varieties  intermediate  between  well-marked  vari- 
eties in  the  genus  Balanus.    And  it  would  appear  from  infor- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


182  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

mation  given  me  by  Mr.  Watson,  Dr.  Asa  Gray,  and  Mr. 
Wollaston,  that  generally,  when  varieties  intermediate  be- 
tween two  other  forms  occur,  they  are  much  rarer  numeri- 
cally than  the  forms  which  they  connect.  Now,  if  we  may 
trust  these  facts  and  inferences,  and  conclude  that  varieties 
linking  two  other  varieties  together  generally  have  existed 
in  lesser  numbers  than  the  forms  which  they  connect,  then 
we  can  understand  why  intermediate  varieties  should  not  en- 
dure for  very  long  periods: — ^why,  as  a  general  rule,  they 
should  be  exterminated  and  disappear,  sooner  than  the  forms 
which  they  originally  linked  together. 

For  any  form  existing  in  lesser  numbers  would,  as  already 
remarked,  run  a  greater  chance  of  being  exterminated  than 
one  existing  in  large  numbers ;  and  in  this  particular  case  the 
intermediate  form  would  be  eminently  liable  to  the  inroads  of 
closely-allied  forms  existing  on  both  sides  of  it.  But  it  is  a 
far  more  important  consideration,  that  .during  the  process  of 
further  modification,  by  which  two  varieties  are  supposed  to 
be  converted  and  perfected  into  two  distinct  species,  the  two 
which  exist  in  larger  numbers,  from  inhabiting  larger  areas, 
will  have  a  great  advantage  over  the  intermediate  variety, 
which  exists  in  smaller  numbers  in  a  narrow  and  intermedi- 
ate zone.  For  forms  existing  in  larger  numbers  will  have  a 
better  chance,  within  any  given  period,  of  presenting  further 
favourable  variations  for  natural  selection  to  seize  on,  than 
will  the  rarer  forms  which  exist  in  lesser  numbers.  Hence, 
the  more  common  forms,  in  the  race  for  life,  will  tend  to  beat 
and  supplant  the  less  common  forms,  for  these  will  be  more 
slowly  modified  and  improved.  It  is  the  same  principle 
which,  as  I  believe,  accounts  for  the  common  species  in  each 
country,  as  shown  in  the  second  chapter,  presenting  on  an 
average  a  greater  number  of  well-marked  varieties  than  do 
the  rarer  species.  I  may  illustrate  what  I  mean  by  supposing 
three  varieties  of  sheep  to  be  kept,  one  adapted  to  an  exten- 
sive mountainous  region;  a  second  to  a  comparatively  narrow, 
hilly  tract;  and  a  third  to  the  wide  plains  at  the  base;  and 
that  the  inhabitants  are  all  trying  with  equal  steadiness  and 
skill  to  improve  their  stocks  by  selection;  the  chances  in  this 
case  will  be  strongly  in  favour  of  the  great  holders  on  the 
mountains  or  on  the  plains,  improving  their  breeds  more 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONAL  VARIETIES  183 

quickly  than  the  small  holders  on  the  intermediate  narrow, 
hilly  tract ;  and  consequently  the  improved  mountain  or  plain 
breed  will  soon  take  the  place  of  the  less  improved  hill  breed ;  • 
and  thus  the  two  breeds,  which  originally  existed  in  greater 
numbers,  will  come  into  close  contact  with  each  other,  with- 
out the  interposition  of  the  supplanted,  intermediate  hill 
variety. 

To  sum  up,  I  believe  that  species  come  to  be  tolerably  well- 
defined  objects,  and  do  not  at  any  one  period  present  an  inex- 
tricable chaos  of  varying  and  intermediate  links:  first,  be- 
cause new  varieties  are  very  slowly  formed,  for  variation  is 
a  slow  process,  and  natural  selection  can  do  nothing  until 
favourable  individual  differences  or  variations  occur,  and  un- 
til a  place  in  the  natural  polity  of  the  country  can  be  better , 
filled  by  some  modification  of  some  one  or  more  of  its  inhabit- 
ants. Aaid  such  new  places  will  depend  on  slow  changes  of 
climate,  or  on  the  occasional  immigration  of  new  inhabitants, 
and,  probably,  in  a  still  more  important  degree,  on  some  of 
the  old  inhabitants  becoming  slowly  modified,  with  the  new 
forms  thus  produced  and  the  old  ones  acting  and  reacting  on 
each  other.  So  that,  in  any  one  region  and  at  any  one  time, 
we  ought  to  see  only  a  few  species  presenting  slight  modifi- 
cations of  structure  in  some  degree  permanent;  and  this  as- 
suredly we  do  see. 

Secondly,  areas  now  continuous  must  often  have  existed 
within  the  recent  period  as  isolated  portions,  in  which  many 
forms,  more  especially  amongst  the  classes  which  unite  for 
each  birth  and  wander  much,  may  have  separately  been  ren- 
dered sufficiently  distinct  to  rank  as  representative  species. 
In  this  case,  intermediate  varieties  between  the  several  repre- 
sentative species  and  their  common  parent,  must  formerly 
have  existed  within  each  isolated  portion  of  the  land,  but 
these  links  during  the  process  of  natural  selection  will  have 
been  supplanted  and  exterminated,  so  that  they  will  no  longer 
be  found  in  a  living  state. 

Thirdly,  when  two  or  more  varieties  have  been  formed  in 
different  portions  of  a  strictly  continuous  area,  intermediate 
varieties  will,  it  is  probable,  at  first  have  been  formed  in  the 
intermediate  zones,  but  they  will  generally  have  had  a  short 
duration.    For  these  intermediate  varieties  will,  from  reasons 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


184  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

already  assigned  (namely  from  what  we  know  of  the  actual 
distribution  of  closely  allied  or  representative  species,  and 
likewise  of  acknowledged  varieties),  exist  in  the  intermediate 
zones  in  lesser  numbers  than  the  varieties  which  they  tend  to 
connect.  From  this  cause  alone  the  intermediate  varieties 
.  will  be  liable  to  accidental  extermination;  and  during  the 
process  of  further  modification  through  natural  selection, 
they  will  almost  certainly  be  beaten  and  supplanted  by  the 
forms  which  they  connect ;  for  these  from  existing  in  greater 
numbers  will,  in  the  aggregate,  present  more  varieties,  and 
thus  be  further  improved  through  natural  selection  and  gain 
further  advantages. 

Lastly,  looking  not  to  any  one  time,  but  to  all  time,  if  my 
theory  be  true,  numberless  intermediate  varieties,  linking 
closely  together  all  the  species  of  the  same  group,  must  as- 
suredly have  existed;  but  the  very  process  of  natural  selec- 
tion constantly  tends,  as  has  been  so  often  remarked,  to  ex- 
terminate the  parent-forms  and  the  intermediate  links.  Con- 
sequently evidence  of  their  former  existence  could  be  found 
only  amongst  fossil  remains,  which  are  preserved,  as  we  shall 
attempt  to  show  in  a  future  chapter,  in  an  extremely  imper- 
fect and  intermittent  record. 

On  the  Origin  and  Transitions  of  Organic  Beings  with 
peculiar  Habits  and  Structure. — ^It  has  been  asked  by  the 
opponents  of  such  views  as  I  hold,  how,  for  instance,  could 
a  land  carnivorous  animal  have  been  converted  into  one  with 
aquatic  habits;  for  how  could  the  animal  in  its  transitional 
state  have  subsisted?  It  would  be  easy  to  show  that  there 
now  exist  carnivorous  animals  presenting  close  intermediate 
grades  from  strictly  terrestrial  to  aquatic  habits ;  and  as  each 
exists  by  a  struggle  for  life,  it  is  clear  that  each  must  be  well 
adapted  to  its  place  in  nature.  Look  at  the  Mustela  vison 
of  North  America,  which  has  webbed  feet,  and  which  re- 
sembles an  otter  in  its  fur,  short  legs,  and  form  of  tail.  Dur- 
ing the  summer  this  animal  dives  for  and  preys  on  fish,  but 
during  the  long  winter  it  leaves  the  frozen  waters,  and  preys, 
like  other  pole-cats,  on  mice  and  land  animals.  If  a  different 
case  had  been  taken«  and  it  had  been  asked  how  an  insectiv- 
orous quadruped  could  possibly  have  been  converted  into 
a   flying   bat,   the   question   would   have   been    far   more 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONS  OF  ORGANIC  BEINGS  185 

difficult  to  answer.  Yet  I  think  such  difficulties  have  little 
weight 

Here,  as  on  other  occasions,  I  lie  under  a  heavy  disadvan- 
tage, for,  out  of  the  many  striking  cases  wjrich  I  have  col- 
lected, I  can  give  only  one  or  two  instances  of  transitional 
habits  and  structures  in  allied  species;  and  of  diversified 
habits,  either  constant  or  occasional,  in  the  same  species. 
And  it  seems  to  me  that  nothing  less  than  a  long  list  of  such 
cases  is  sufficient  to  lessen  the  difficulty  in  any  particular 
case  like  that  of  the  bat. 

Look  at  the  family  of  squirrels;  here  we  have  the  finest 
gradation  from  animals  with  their  tails  only  slightly  flat* 
tened,  and  from  others,  as  Sir  J.  Richardson  has  remarked, 
with  the  posterior  part  of  their  bodies  rather  wide  and  with 
the  skin  on  their  flanks  rather  full,  to  the  so-called  flying 
squirrels;  and  flying  squirrels  have  their  limbs  and  even  the 
base  of  the  tail  united  by  a  broad  expanse  of  skin,  which 
serves  as  a  parachute  and  allows  them  to  glide  through  the 
air  to  an  astonishing  distance  from  tree  to  tree.  We  cannot 
doubt  that  each  structure  is  of  use  to  each  kind  of  squirrel  in 
its  own  country,  by  enabling  it  to  escape  birds  or  beasts  of 
prey,  to  collect  food  more  quickly,  or,  as  there  is  reason  to 
believe,  to  lessen  the  danger  from  occasional  falls.  But  it 
does  not  follow  from  this  fact  that  the  structure  of  each 
squirrel  is  the  best  that  it  is  possible  to  conceive  under  all 
possible  conditions.  Let  the  climate  and  vegetation  change, 
let  other  competing  rodents  or  new  beasts  of  prey  immigrate, 
or  old  ones  become  modified,  and  all  analogy  would  lead  us  to 
believe  that  some  at  least  of  the  squirrels  would  decrease  in 
numbers  or  become  exterminated,  unless  they  also  became 
modified  and  improved  in  structure  in  a  corresponding  man- 
ner. Therefore,  I  can  see  no  difficulty,  more  especially  under 
changing  conditions  of  life,  in  the  continued  preservation  of 
individuals  with  fuller  and  fuller  flank-membranes,  each  modi- 
fication being  useful,  each  being  propagated,  until,  by  the  ac- 
cumulated effects  of  this  process  of  natural  selection,  a  per- 
fect so-called  flying  squirrel  was  produced. 

Now  look  at  the  Galeopithecus  or  so-called  flying  lemur, 
which  formerly  was  ranked  amongst  bats,  but  is  now  believed 
to  belong  to  the  Insectivora.    As  extremely  wide  flank-mem- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


1»6  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

brane  stretches  from  the  comers  of  the  jaw  to  the  tail,  and 
includes  the  limbs  with  the  elongated  fingers.  This  flank- 
membrane  is  furnished  vrith  an  extensor  muscle.  Although 
no  graduated  lioks  of  structure,  fitted  for  gliding  through  the 
air,  now  connect  the  Galeopithecus  with  the  other  Insec- 
tivora,  yet  there  is  no  difficulty  to  supposing  that  such  links 
formerly  existed,  and  that  each  was  developed  in  the  same 
manner  as  with  the  less  perfectly  gliding  squirrels;  each 
grade  of  structure  having  been  useful  to  its  possessor.  Nor 
can  I  see  any  insuperable  difficulty  in  further  believing  that 
the  membrane  connected  fingers  and  fore-arm  of  the  Galeopi- 
thecus might  have  been  greatly  lengthened  by  natural  selec- 
tion; and  this,  as  far  as  the  organs  of  flight  are  concerned, 
would  have  converted  the  animal  into  a  bat  In  certain  bats 
in  which  the  wing-membrane  extends  from  the  top  of  the 
shoulder  to  the  tail  and  includes  the  hind-legs,  we  perhaps 
see  traces  of  an  apparatus  originally  fitted  for  gliding  through 
the  air  rather  than  for  flight. 

If  about  a  dozen  genera  of  birds  were  to  become  extinct, 
who  would  have  ventured  to  surmise  that  birds  might  have 
existed  which  used  their  wings  solely  as  flappers,  like  the 
logger-headed  duck  (Micropterus  of  Eyton) ;  as  fins  in  the 
water  and  as  front-legs  on  the  land,  like  the  penguin;  as 
sails,  like  the  ostrich;  and  functionally  for  no  purpose,  like 
Apteryx?  Yet  the  structure  of  each  of  these  birds  is 
good  for  it,  under  the  conditions  of  life  to  which  it  is  exposed, 
for  each  has  to  live  by  a  struggle;  but  it  is  not  necessarily 
the  best  possible  under  all  possible  conditions.  It  must  not 
be  inferred  from  these  remarks  that  any  of  the  grades  of 
wing-structure  here  alluded  to,  which  perhaps  may  all  be  the 
result  of  disuse,  indicate  the  steps  by  which  birds  actually 
acquired  their  perfect  power  of  flight ;  but  they  serve  to  show 
what  diversified  means  of  transition  are  at  least  possible. 

Seeing  that  a  few  members  of  such  water-breathing  classes 
as  the  Crustacea  and  Mollusca  are  adapted  to  live  on  the 
land ;  and  seeing  that  we  have  flying  birds  and  mammals,  fly- 
ing insects  of  the  most  diversified  types,  and  formerly  had 
flying  reptiles,  it  is  conceivable  that  flying-fish,  which  now 
glide  far  through  the  air,  slightly  rising  and  turning  by  the 
aid  of  their  fluttering  fins,  might  have  been  modified  into  per- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONS  OF  ORGANIC  BEINGS  187 

fecdy  winged  animals.  If  this  had  been  effected,  who  would 
have  ever  imagined  that  in  an  early  transitional  state  they 
had  been  the  inhabitants  of  the  open  ocean,  and  had  used 
their  incipient  organs  of  flight  exclusively,  as  far  as  we  know, 
to  escape  being  devoured  by  other  fish? 

When  we  see  any  structure  highly  perfected  for  any  par- 
ticular habit,  as  the  wings  of  a  bird  for  flight,  we  should  bear 
in  mind  that  animals  displaying  early  transitional  grades  of 
the  structure  will  seldom  have  survived  to  the  present  day, 
for  they  will  have  been  supplanted  by  their  successors,  which 
were  gradually  rendered  more  perfect  through  natural  selec- 
tion. Furthermore,  we  may  conclude  that  transitional  states 
between  structures  fitted  for  very  different  habits  of  life  will 
rarely  have  been  developed  at  an  early  period  in  great  num- 
bers and  under  many  subordinate  forms.  Thus,  to  return  to  our 
imaginary  illustration  of  the  flying-fish,  it  does  not  seem 
probable  that  fishes  capable  of  true  flight  would  have  been 
developed  under  many  subordinate  forms,  for  taking  prey  of 
many  kinds  in  many  ways,  on  the  land  and  in  the  water,  until 
their  organs  of  flight  had  come  to  a  high  state  of  perfection, 
so  as  to  have  given  them  a  decided  advantage  over  other  ani- 
mals in  the  battle  for  life.  Hence  the  chance  of  discovering 
species  with  transitional  grades  of  structure  in  a  fossil  con- 
dition will  always  be  less,  from  their  having  existed  in  lesser 
numbers,  than  in  the  case  of  species  with  fully  developed 
structures. 

I  will  now  give  two  or  three  instances  both  of  diversified 
and  of  changed  habits  in  the  individuals  of  the  same  species. 
In  either  case  it  would  be  easy  for  natural  selection  to  adapt 
the  structure  of  the  animal  to  its  changed  habits,  or  exclu- 
sively to  one  of  its  several  habits.  It  is,  however,  difficult 
to  decide,  and  immaterial  for  us,  whether  habits  generally 
change  first  and  structure  afterwards;  or  whether  slight 
modifications  of  structure  lead  to  changed  habits;  both  prob- 
ably often  occurring  almost  simultaneously.  Of  cases  of 
changed  habits  it  will  suffice  merely  to  allude  to  that  of  the 
many  British  insects  which  now  feed  on  exotic  plants,  or  ex- 
clusively on  artificial  substances.  Of  diversified  habits  innu- 
merable instances  could  be  given:  I  have  often  watched  a 
tyrant  flycatcher  (Saurophagus  sulphuratus)  in  South  Amer- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


188  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

ica,  hovering  over  one  spot  and  then  proceeding  to  another, 
like  a  kestrel,  and  at  other  times  standing  stationary  on  the 
margin  of  water,  and  then  dashing  into  it  like  a  kingfisher 
at  a  fish.  In  our  own  country  the  larger  titmouse  (Parus 
major)  may  be  seen  climbing  branches,  almost  like  a  creeper ; 
it  sometimes,  like  a  shrike,  kills  small  birds  by  blows  on  the 
head;  and  I  have  many  times  seen  and  heard  it  hammering 
the  seeds  of  the  yew  on  a  branch,  and  thus  breaking  them 
like  a  nuthatch.  In  North  America  the  black  bear  was  seen 
by  Hearne  swimming  for  hours  with  widely  open  mouth,  thus 
catching,  almost  like  a  whale,  insects  in  the  water. 

As  we  sometimes  see  individuals  following  habits  different 
from  those  proper  to  their  species  and  to  the  other  species  of 
the  same  genus,  we  might  expect  that  such  individuals  would 
occasionally  give  rise  to  new  species,  having  anomalous 
habits,  and  with  their  structure  either  slightly  or  considerably 
modified  from  that  of  their  type.  And  such  instances  occur 
in  nature.  Can  a  more  striking  instance  of  adaptation  be 
given  than  that  of  a  woodpecker  for  climbing  trees  and  seiz- 
ing insects  in  the  chinks  of  the  bark?  Yetnn  North  America 
there  are  woodpeckers  which  feed  largely  on  fruit,  and  others 
with  elongated  wings  which  chase  insects  on  the  wing.  On 
the  plains  of  La  Plata,  where  hardly  a  tree  grows,  there  is  a 
woodpecker  (Colaptes  campestris)  which  has  two  toes  before 
and  two  behind,  a  long  pointed  tongue,  pointed  tail-feathers, 
sufficiently  stiff  to  support  the  bird  in  a  vertical  position  on 
a  post,  but  not  so  stiff  as  in  the  typical  woodpeckers,  and  a 
straight  strong  beak.  The  beak,  however,  is  not  so  straight 
or  so  strong  as  in  the  typical  woodpeckers,  but  it  is  strong 
enough  to  bore  into  wood.  Hence  this  Colaptes  in  all  the 
essential  parts  of  its  structure  is  a  woodpecker.  Even  in 
such  trifling  characters  as  the  colouring,  the  harsh  tone  of 
the  voice,  and  undulatory  flight,  its  close  blood-relationship 
to  our  common  woodpecker  is  plainly  declared;  yet,  as  I  can 
assert,  not  only  from  my  own  observations,  but  from  those 
of  the  accurate  Azara,  in  certain  large  districts  it  does  not 
climb  trees,  and  it  makes  its  nest  in  holes  in  banks !  In  cer- 
tain other  districts,  however,  this  same  woodpecker,  as  Mr. 
Hudson  states,  frequents  trees,  and  bores  holes  in  the  trunk 
for  its  nest    I  may  mention  as  another  illustration  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


TRANSITIONS  OF  ORGANIC  BEINGS  189 

varied  habits  of  this  genus,  that  a  Mexican  Colaptes  has  been 
described  by  De  Saussure  as  boring  holes  into  hard  wood  in 
order  to  lay  up  a  store  of  acorns. 

Petrels  are  the  most  aerial  and  oceanic  of  birds,  but  in  the 
quiet  sounds  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  the  Puffinuria  berardi,  in 
its  general  habits,  in  its  astonishing  power  of  diving,  in  its 
manner  of  swimming  and  of  flying  when  made  to  take  flight, 
would  be  mistaken  by  any  one  for  an  auk  or  a  grebe;  never- 
theless it  is  essentially  a  petrel,  but  with  many  parts  of  its 
organisation  profoundly  modified  in  relation  to  its  new  habits 
of  life;  whereas  the  woodpecker  of  La  Plata  has  had  its 
structure  only  slightly  modified.  In  the  case  of  the  water- 
ouzel,  the  acutest  observer  by  examining  its  dead  body  would 
never  have  suspected  its  sub-aquatic  habits;  yet  this  bird, 
which  is  allied  to  the  thrush  family,  subsists  by  diving— using 
its  wings  under  water,  and  grasping  stones  with  its  feet.  All 
the  members  of  the  great  order  of  Hymenopterous  insects 
are  terrestrial,  excepting  the  genus  Proctotrupes,  which  Sir 
John  Lubbock  has  discovered  to  be  aquatic  in  its  habits;  it 
often  enters  the  water  and  dives  about  by  the  use  not  of  its 
legs  but  of  its  wings,  and  remains  as  long  as  four  hours  be- 
neath the  surface ;  yet  it  exhibits  no  modification  in  structure 
in  accordance  with  its  abnormal  habits. 

He  who  believes  that  each  being  has  been  created  as  we 
now  see  it,  must  occasionally  have  felt  surprise  when  he  has 
met  with  an  animal  having  habits  and  structure  not  in  agree- 
ment. What  can  be  plainer  than  that  the  webbed  feet  of 
ducks  and  geese  are  formed  for  swimming?  Yet  there  are  up- 
land geese  with  webbed  feet  which  rarely  go  near  the  water ; 
and  no  one  except  Audubon  has  seen  the  frigate-bird,  which 
has  all  its  four  toes  webbed,  alight  on  the  surface  of  the 
ocean.  On  the  other  hand,  grebes  and  coots  are  eminently 
aquatic,  although  their  toes  are  only  bordered  by  membrane. 
What  seems  plainer  than  that  the  long  toes,  not  furnished 
with  membrane  of  the  Grallatores  are  formed  for  walking 
over  swamps  and  floating  plants  ? — ^the  water-hen  and  land- 
rail are  members  of  .this  order,  yet  the  first  is  nearly  as 
aquatic  as  the  coot,  and  the  second  nearly  as  terrestrial  as 
the  quail  or  partridge.  In  such  cases,  and  many  others  could 
be  given,  habits  have  changed  without  a  corresponding  change 

L— HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


190  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

of  structure.  The  webbed  feet  of  the  upland  goose  may  be 
said  to  have  become  almost  rudimentary  in  function,  though 
not  in  structure.  In  the  frigate-bird,  the  deeply  scooped 
membrane  between  the  toes  shows  that  structure  has  begun 
to  change. 

He  who  believes  in  separate  and  innumerable  acts  of  cre- 
ation may  say,  that  in  these  cases  it  has  pleased  the  Creator 
to  cause  a  being  of  one  type  to  take  the  place  of  one  belonging 
to  another  type ;  but  this  seems  to  me  only  re-Stating  the  fact 
in  dignified  language.  He  who  believes  in  the  struggle  for 
existence  and  in  the  principle  of  natural  selection,  will  ac- 
knowledge that  every  organic  being  is  constantly  endeavour- 
ing to  increase  in  numbers ;  and  that  if  any  one  being  varies 
ever  so  little,  either  in  habits  or  structure,  and  thus  gains  an 
advantage  over  some  other  inhabitant  of  the  same  country,  it 
will  seize  on  the  place  of  that  inhabitant,  however  different 
that  may  be  from  its  own  place.  Hence  it  will  cause  him  no 
surprise  that  there  should  be  geese  and  frigate-birds  with 
webbed  feet,  living  on  the  dry  land  and  rarely  alighting  on 
the  water,  that  there  should  be  long-toed  corncrakes,  living  in 
meadows  instead  of  in  swamps;  that  there  should  be  wood- 
peckers where  hardly  a  tree  grows ;  that  there  should  be  div- 
ing thrushes  and  diving  Hymenoptera,  and  petrels  with  the 
habits  of  auks. 

ORGANS    OP    EXTREME    PERFECTION    AND    COMPLICATION. 

To  suppose  that  the  eye  with  all  its  inimitable  contrivances 
for  adjusting  the  focus  to  different  distances,  for  admitting 
different  amounts  of  light,  and  for  the  correction  of  spherical 
and  chromatic  aberration,  could  have  been  formed  by  natural 
selection,  seems,  I  freely  confess,  absurd  in  the  highest  de- 
gree. When  it  was  first  said  that  the  sun  stood  still  and  the 
world  turned  round,  the  common  sense  of  mankind  declared 
the  doctrine  false ;  but  the  old  saying  of  Vox  populi,  vox  Dei, 
as  every  philosopher  knows,  cannot  be  trusted  in  science. 
Reason  tells  me,  that  if  numerous  gradations  from  a  sin\ple 
and  imperfect  eye  to  one  complex  and  perfect  can  be  shown 
to  exist,  each  grade  being  useful  to  its  possessor,  as  is  cer- 
tainly the  case;  if  further,  the  eye  ever  varies  and  the  vari- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORGANS  OF  EXTREME  PERFECTION  191 

ations  be  inherited,  as  is  likewise  certainly  the  case;  and  if 
such  variations  should  be  useful  to  any  animal  under  chang- 
ing conditions  of  life,  then  the  difficulty  of  believing  that  a 
perfect  and  complex  eye  could  be  formed  by  natural  selection, 
though  insuperable  by  our  imagination,  should  not  be  consid- 
ered as  subversive  of  the  theory.  How  a  nerve  comes  to  be 
sensitive  to  light,  hardly  concerns  us  more  than  how  life  it- 
self originated ;  but  I  may  remark  that,  as  some  of  the  lowest 
organisms,  in  which  nerves  cannot  be  detected,  are  capable  of 
perceiving  light,  it  does  not  seem  impossible  that  certain  sen- 
sitive elements  in  their  sarcode  should  become  aggregated 
and  developed  into  nerves,  endowed  with  this  special  sensi- 
bility. 

In  searching  for  the  gradations  through  which  an  organ  in 
any  species  has  been  perfected,  we  ought  to  lode  exclusively 
to  its  lineal  progenitors;  but  this  is  scarcely  ever  possible, 
and  we  are  forced  to  look  to  other  species  and  genera  of  the 
same  group,  that  is  to  the  collateral  descendants  from  the 
same  parent-form,  in  order  to  see  what  gradations  are  pos- 
sible, and  for  the  chance  of  some  gradations  having  been 
transmitted  in  an  unaltered  or  little  altered  condition.  But 
the  state  of  the  same  organ  in  distinct  classes  may  incident- 
ally throw,  light  on  the  steps  by  which  it  has  been  perfected. 

The  simplest  organ  which  can  be  called  an  eye  consists  of 
an  optic  nerve,  surrounded  by  pigment-cells  and  covered  by 
translucent  skin,  but  without  any  lens  or  other  refractive 
body.  We  may,  however,  according  to  M.  Jourdain,  descend 
even  a  step  lower  and  find  aggregates  of  pigment-cells,  appar- 
ently serving  as  organs  of  vision,  without  any  nerves,  and 
resting  merely  on  sarcodic  tissue.  Eyes  of  the  above  simple 
nature  are  not  capable  of  distinct  vision,  and  serve  only  to 
(tistinguish  light  from  darkness.  In  certain  star-fishes,  small 
depressions  in  the  layer  of  pigment  which  surrounds  the 
nerve  are  filled,  as  described  by  the  author  just  quoted,  with 
transparent  gelatinous  matter,  projecting  with  a  convex  sur- 
face, like  the  cornea  in  the  higher  animals.  He  suggests  that 
this  serves  not  to  form  an  image,  but  only  to  concentrate  the 
luminous  rays  and  render  their  perception  more  easy.  In 
this  concentration  of  the  rays  we  gain  the  first  and  by  far  the 
most  important  step  towards  the  formation  of  a  true,  picture- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


192  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

forming  eye ;  for  we  have  only  to  place  the  naked  extremity 
of  the  optic  nerve,  which  in  some  of  the  lower  animals  lies 
deeply  buried  in  the  body,  and  in  some  near  the  surface,  at 
the  right  distance  from  the  concentrating  apparatus,  and  an 
image  will  be  formed  on  it 

In  the  great  class  of  the  Articulata,  we  may  start  from  an 
optic  nerve  simply  coated  with  pigment,  the  latter  sometimes 
forming  a  sort  of  pupil,  but  destitute  of  a  lens  or  other  opti- 
cal contrivance.  With  insects  it  is  now  known  that  the  nu- 
merous facets  on  the  cornea  of  their  great  compound  eyes 
form  true  lenses,  and  that  the  cones  include  curiously  modi- 
fied nervous  filaments.  But  these  organs  in  the  Articulata 
are  so  much  diversified  that  Miiller  formerly  made  three  main 
classes  with  seven  subdivisions,  besides  a  fourth  main  class 
of  aggregated  simple  eyes. 

When  we  reflect  on  these  facts,  here  given  much  too  briefly, 
with  respect  to  the  wide,  diversified,  and  graduated  range  of 
structure  in  the  eyes  of  the  lower  animals ;  and  when  we  bear 
in  mind  how  small  the  number  of  all  living  forms  must  be  in 
comparison  with  those  which  have  become  extinct,  the  diffi- 
culty ceases  to  be  very  great  in  believing  that  natural  selec- 
tion may  have  converted  the  simple  apparatus  of  an  optic 
nerve,  coated  with  pigment  and  invested  by  transparent  mem- 
brane, into  an  optical  instrument  as  perfect  as  is  possessed 
by  any  member  of  the  Articulate  Class. 

He  who  will  go  thus  far,  ought  not  to  hesitate  to  go  one 
step  further,  if  he  finds  on  finishing  this  volume  that  large 
bodies  of  facts,  otherwise  inexplicable,  can  be  explained  by 
the  theory  of  modification  through  natural  selection ;  he  ought 
to  admit  that  a  structure  even  as  perfect  as  an  eagle's  eye 
might  thus  be  formed,  although  in  this  case  he  does  not  know 
the  transitional  states.  It  has  been  objected  that  in  order  to 
modify  the  eye  and  still  preserve  it  as  a  perfect  instrument, 
many  changes  would  have  to  be  effected  simultaneously, 
which,  it  is  assumed,  could  not  be  done  through  natural 
selection ;  but  as  I  have  attempted  to  show  in  my  work  on  the 
variation  of  domestic  animals,  it  is  not  necessary  to  suppose 
that  the  modifications  were  all  simultaneous,  if  they  were  ex- 
tremely slight  and  gradual.  Different  kinds  of  modification 
would,  also,  serve  for  the  same  general  purpose :  as  Mr.  Wal- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORGANS  OF  EXTREME  PERFECTION  183 

lace  has  remarked,  "if  a  lens  has  too  short  or  too  long  a 
focus,  it  may  be  amended  either  by  an  alteration  of  curvature, 
or  an  alteration  of  density;  if  the  curvature  be  irregular, and 
the  rays  do  not  converge  to  a  point,  then  any  increased  regu- 
larity of  curvature  will  be  an  improvement.  So  the  contrac- 
tion of  the  iris  and  the  muscular  movements  of  the  eye  are 
neither  of  them  essential  to  vision,  but  only  improvements 
which  might  have  been  added  and  perfected  at  any  stage  of 
the  construction  of  the  instrument."  Within  the  highest  di- 
vision of  the  animal  kingdom,  namely,  the  Vertebrata,  we  can 
start  from  an  eye  so  simple,  that  it  consists,  as  in  the  lance- 
let,  of  a  little  sack  of  transparent  skin,  furnished  with  a 
nerve  and  lined  with  pigment,  but  destitute  of  any  other  ap- 
paratus. In  fishes  and  reptiles,  as  Owen  has  remarked,  "the 
range  of  gradations  of  dioptric  structures  is  very  great/'  It 
is  a  significant  fact  that  even  in  man,  according  to  the  high 
authority  of  Virchow,  the  beautiful  crystalline  lens  is  formed 
in  the  embryo  by  an  accumulation  of  epidermic  cells,  lying  in 
a  sack-like  fold  of  the  skin ;  and  the  vitreous  body  is  formed 
from  embryonic  sub-cutaneous  tissue.  To  arrive,  however, 
at  a  just  conclusion  regarding  the  formation  of  the  eye,  with 
all  its  marvellous  yet  not  absolutely  perfect  characters,  it  is 
indispensable  that  the  reason  should  conquer  the  imagination ; 
but  I  have  felt  the  difiiculty  far  too  keenly  to  be  surprised  at 
others  hesitating  to  extend  the  principle  of  natural  selection 
to  so  startling  a  length. 

It  is  scarcely  possible  to  avoid  comparing  the  eye  with  a 
telescope.  We  know  that  this  instrument  has  been  perfected 
by  the  long-continued  efforts  of  the  highest  human  intellects ; 
and  we  naturally  infer  that  the  eye  has  been  formed  by  a 
somewhat  anal(^us  process.  But  may  not  this  inference  be 
presumptuous?  Have  we  any  right  to  assume  that  the  Cre- 
ator works  by  intellectual  powers  like  those  of  man?  If  we 
must  compare  the  eye  to  an  optical  instrument,  we  ought  in 
imagination  to  take  a  thick  layer  of  transparent  tissue,  with 
spaces  filled  with  fluid,  and  with  a  nerve  sensitive  to  light  be- 
neath, and  then  suppose  every  part  of  this  layer  to  be  con- 
tinually changing  slowly  in  density,  so  as  to  separate  into 
layers  of  different  densities  and  thidcnesses,  placed  at  differ- 
ent distances  from  each  other,  and  with  the  surfaces  of  each 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


194  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

layer  slowly  changing  in  form.  Further  we  must  suppose 
that  there  is  a  power,  represented  by  natural  selection  or  the 
survival  of  the  fittest,  always  intently  watching  each  slight 
alteration  in  the  transparent  layers;  and  carefully  preserving 
each  which,  under  varied  circumstances,  in  any  way  or  in  any 
degree,  tends  to  produce  a  distincter  image.  We  must  sup- 
pose each  new  state  of  the  instrument  to  be  multiplied  by  the 
million;  each  to  be  preserved  until  a  better  one  is  produced, 
and  then  the  old  ones  to  be  all  destroyed.  In  living  bodies, 
variation  will  cause  the  slight  alterations,  generation  will  mul- 
tiply them  almost  infinitely,  and  natural  selection  will  pick 
out  with  unerring  skill  each  improvement.  Let  this  process 
go  on  for  millions  of  years ;  and  during  each  year  on  millions 
of  individuals  of  many  kinds ;  and  may  we  not  believe  that  a 
living  optical  instrument  might  thus  be  formed  as  superior 
to  one  of  glass,  as  the  works  of  the  Creator  are  to  those  of 
man? 

MODEiS  OF  TRANSITION. 

If  it  could  be  demonstrated  that  any  complex  organ  ex- 
isted, which  could  not  possibly  have  been  formed  by  numer- 
ous, successive,  slight  modifications,  my  theory  would  abso- 
lutely break  down.  But  I  can  find  out  no  such  case.  No 
doubt  many  organs  exist  of  which  we  do  not  know  the  tran- 
sitional grades,  more  especially  if  we  look  to  much-isolated 
species,  round  which,  according  to  the  theory,  there  has  been 
much  extinction.  Or  again,  if  we  take  an  organ  common  to 
all  the  members  of  a  class,  for  in  this  latter  case  the  organ 
must  have  been  originally  formed  at  a  remote  period,  since 
which  all  the  many  member3  of  the  class  have  been  developed ; 
and  in  order  to  discover  the  early  transitional  .^ades  through 
which  the  organ  has  passed,  we  should  have  t6  look  to  very 
ancient  ancestral  forms,  long  since  become"  ^ctinct 

We  should  be  extremely  cautious  in  concluding  that  an 
organ  could  not  have  been  formed  by  transitional  gradations 
of  some  kind.  Numerous  cases  could  be  given  amongst  the 
lower  animals  of  the  same  organ  performing  at  the  same  time 
wholly  distinct  functions ;  thus  in  the  larva  of  the  dragon-fiy 
and  in  the  fish  Cobites  the  alimentary  canal  respires,  digests, 
and  excretes.    In  the  Hydra,  the  animal  may  be  turned  in- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MODES  OF  TRANSITION  IdS 

side  out,  and  the  exterior  surface  will  then  digest  and  the 
stomach  respire.  In  such  cases  natural  selection  might  spe- 
cialise, if  any  advantage  were  thus  gained,  the  whole  or  part 
of  an  organ,  which  had  previously  performed  two  functions, 
for  one  function  alone,  and  thus  by  insensible  steps  greatly 
change  its  nature.  Many  plants  are  known  which  regularly 
produce  at  the  same  time  differently  constructed  flowers ;  and 
if  such  plants  were  to  produce  one  kind  alone,  a  great  change 
would  be  effected  with  'comparative  suddenness  in  the  char- 
acter pf  the  species.  It  is,  however,  probable  that  the  two 
sorts  of  flowers  borne  by  the  same  plant  were  originally  dif- 
ferentiated by  finely  graduated  steps,  which  may  still  be 
followed  in  some  few  cases. 

Again,  two  distinct  organs,  or  the  same  organ  under  two 
very  different  forms,  may  simultaneously  perform  in  the  same 
individual  the  same  function,  and  this  is  an  extremely  im- 
portant means  of  transition:  to  give  one  instance, — ^there  are 
fish  with  gills  or  branchiae  that  breathe  the  air  dissolved  in 
the  water,  at  the  same  time  that  they  breathe  free  air  in  their 
swimbladders,  this  latter  organ  being  divided  by  highly  vas- 
cular partitions  and  having  a  ductus  pneumaticus  for  the 
supply  of  air.  To  give  another  instance  from  the  vegetable 
kingdom;  plants  climb  by  three  distinct  means,  by  spirally 
twining,  by  clasping  a  support  with  their  sensitive  tendrils, 
and  by  the  emission  of  aerial  rootlets;  these  three  means  are 
usually  found  in  distinct  groups,  but  some  few  species  exhibit 
two  of  the  means,  or  even  all  three,  combined  in  the  same  in- 
dividual. In  all  such  cases  one  of  the  two  organs  might 
readily  be  modified  and  perfected  so  as  to  perform  all  the 
work,  being  aided  during  the  progress  of  modification  by  the 
other  organ  ;^nd  then  this  other  organ  might  be  modified 
for  some  oAier  and  quite  distinct  purpose,  or  be  wholly 
obliterated.       a  » 

The  illustration  of  the  swimbladder  in  fishes  is  a  good  one, 
because  it  shews  us  clearly  the  highly  important  fact  that  an 
organ  originally  constructed  for  one  purpose,  namely,  flota- 
tion, may  be  converted  into  one  for  a  widely  different  pur- 
pose, namely,  respiration.  The  swimbladder  has,  also,  been 
worked  in  as  an  accessory  to  the  auditory  organs  of  certain 
fishes.  All  physiologists  admit  that  the  swimbladder  is  homol- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


196  ORiem  OF  SPECIES 

ogous,  or  "ideally  similar''  in  position  and  structure  with  the 
lungs  of  the  higher  vertebrate  animals:  hence  there  is  no 
reason  to  doubt  that  the  swimbladder  has  actually  been  con- 
verted into  lungs,  or  an  organ  used  exclusively  for  respi- 
ration. 

According  to  this  view  it  may  be  inferred  that  all  verte- 
brate animals  with  true  lungs  are  descended  by  ordinary  gen- 
eration from  an  ancient  and  unknown  prototype,  which  was 
furnished  with  a  floating  apparatus  or  swimbladder.  We  can 
thus,  as  I  infer  from  Owen's  interesting  description  of  these 
parts,  understand  the  strange  fact  that  every  particle  of  food 
and  drink  which  we  swallow  has  to  pass  over  the  orifice  of 
the  trachea,  with  some  risk  of  falling  into  the  lungs,  notwith- 
standing the  beautiful  contrivance  by  which  the  glottis  is 
closed.  In  the  higher  Vertebrata  the  branchiae  have  wholly 
disappeared — ^but  in  the  embryo  the  slits  on  the  sides  of  the 
neck  and  the  loop-like  course  of  the  arteries  still  mark  their 
former  position.  But  it  is  conceivable  that  the  now  utterly 
lost  branchiae  might  have  been  gradually  worked  in  by  nat- 
ural selection  for  some  distinct  purpose:  for  instance,  Lan- 
dois  has  shown  that  the  wings  of  insects  are  developed  from 
the  tracheae ;  it  is  therefore  highly  probable  that  in  this  great 
class  organs  which  once  served  for  respiration  have  been 
actually  converted  into  organs  for  flight. 

In  considering  transitions  of  organs,  it  is  so  important  to 
bear  in  mind  the  probability  of  conversion  from  one  function 
to  another,  that  I  will  give  another  instance.  Pedunculated 
cirripedes  have  two  minute  folds  of  skin,  called  by  me  the 
ovigerous  frena,  which  serve,  through  the  means  of  a  sticky 
secretion,  to  retain  the  eggs  until  they  are  hatched  within  the 
sack.  These  cirripedes  have  no  branchiae,  the  whole  surface 
of  the  body  and  of  the  sack,  together  with  the  small  frena, 
serving  for  respiration.  The  Balanidae  or  sessile  cirripedes, 
on  the  other  hand,  have  no  ovigerous  frena,  the  eggs  lying 
loose  at  the  bottom  of  the  sack,  within  the  well-enclosed  shell ; 
but  they  have,  in  the  same  relative  position  with  the  frena, 
large,  much-folded  membranes,  which '  freely  communicate 
with  the  circulatory  lacunae  of  the  sack  and  body,  and  which 
have  been  considered  by  all  naturalists  to  act  as  branchiae. 
Now  I  think  no  one  will  dispute  that  the  ovigerous  frena  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MODES  OF  TRANSITION  107 

the  one  family  are  strictly  homologous  with  the  branchiae  of 
the  other  family;  indeed,  they  graduate  intQ  each  other. 
Therefore  it  need  not  be  doubted  that  the  two  little  folds  of 
skin,  which  originally  served  as  ovigerous  frena,  but  which, 
likewise,  very  slightly  aided  in  the  act  of  respiration,  have 
been  gradually  converted  by  natural  selection  into  branchiae, 
simply  through  an  increase  in  their  size  and  the  obliteration 
of  their  adhesive  glands.  If  all  pedunculated  cirripedes  had 
become  extinct,  and  they  have  suffered  far  more  extinction 
than  have  sessile  cirripedes,  who  would  ever  have  imagined 
that  the  branchiae  in  this  latter  family  had  originally  existed 
as  organs  for  preventing  the  ova  from  being  washed  out  of 
the  sack? 

There  is  another  possible  mode  of  transition,  namely, 
through  the  acceleration  or  retardation  of  the  period  of  re- 
producticHi.  This  has  lately  been  insisted  on  by  Prof.  Cope 
and  others  in  the  United  States.  It  is  now  known  that  some 
animals  are  capable  of  reproduction  at  a  very  early  age,  be- 
fore they  have  acquired  their  perfect  characters;  and  if  this 
power  became  thoroughly  well  developed  in  a  species,  it  seems 
probable  that  the  adult  stage  of  development  would  sooner  or 
later  be  lost;  and  in  this  case,  especially  if  the  larva  differed 
much  from  the  mature  form,  the  character  of  the  species 
would  be  greatly  changed  and  degraded.  Again,  not  a  few 
animals,  after  arriving  at  maturity,  go  on  changing  in  char- 
acter during  nearly  their  whole  lives.  With  mammals,  for 
instance,  the  form  of  the  skull  is  often  much  altered  with  age, 
of  which  Dr.  Murie  has  given  some  striking  instances  with 
seals;  every  one  knows  how  the  horns  of  stags  become  more 
and  more  branched,  and  the  plumes  of  some  birds  become 
more  finely  developed,  as  they  grow  older.  Prof.  Cope  states 
that  the  teeth  of  certain  lizards  change  much  in  shape  with 
advancing  years ;  with  crustaceans  not  only  many  trivial,  but 
some  important  parts  assume  a  new  character,  as  recorded 
by  Fritz  Mtiller,  after  maturity.  In  all  such  cases, — ^and 
many  could  be  given, — ^if  the  age  ior  reproduction  were  re- 
tarded, the  character  of  the  species,  at  least  in  its  adult  state, 
would  be  modified ;  nor  is  it  improbable  that  the  previous  and 
earlier  stages  of  development  would  in  some  cases  be  hurried 
through  and  finally  lost.    Whether  species  have  often  or  ever 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


196  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

been  modified  through  this  comparatively  sudden  mode  of 
transition,  I  can  form  no  opinion ;  but  if  this  has  occurred,  it 
is  probable  that  the  differences  between  the  young  and  the 
mature,  and  between  ttie  mature  and  the  old,  were  primor- 
dially  acquired  by  graduated  steps. 

SPECIAL  DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION 

Although  we  must  be  extremely  cautious  in  concluding  that 
any  organ  could  not  have  been  produced  by  successive,  small 
transitional  gradations,  yet  undoubtedly  serious  cases  of  dif- 
ficulty occur. 

One  of  the  most  serious  is  that  of  neuter  insects,  which  are 
often  differently  constructed  from  either  the  males  or  fertile 
females ;  but  this  case  will  be  treated  of  in  the  next  chapter. 
The  electric  organs  of  fishes  offer  another  case  of  special 
difficulty;  for  it  is  impossible  to  conceive  by  what  steps  these 
wondrous  organs  have  been  produced.  But  this  is  not  sur- 
prising, for  we  do  not  even  know  of  what  use  they  are.  In 
the  Gymnotus  and  Torpedo  they  no  doubt  serve  as  powerful 
means  of  defence,  and  perhaps  for  securing  prey ;  yet  in  the 
Ray,  as  observed  by  Matteucci,  an  analogous  organ  in  the 
tail  manifests  but  little  electricity,  even  when  the  animal  is 
greatly  irritated;  so  little,  that  it  can  hardly  be  of  any  use 
for  the  above  purposes.  Moreover,  in  the  Ray,  besides  the 
organ  just  referred  to,  there  is,  as  Dr.  R.  M'Donnell  has 
shown,  another  organ  near  the  head,  not  known  to  be  elec- 
trical, but  which  appears  to  be  the  real  homologue  of  the 
electric  battery  in  the  Torpedo.  It  is  generally  admitted  that 
there  exists  between  these  organs  and  ordinary  muscle  a  close 
analogy,  in  intimate  structure,  in  the  distribution  of  the 
nerves,  and  in  the  manner  in  which  they  are  acted  on  by 
various  reagents.  It  should,  also,  be  especially  observed  that 
muscular  contraction  is  accompanied  by  an  electrical  dis- 
charge; and,  as  Dr.  Radcliffe  insists,  "in  the  electrical  ap- 
paratus of  the  torpedo  during  rest,  there  would  seem  to  be  a 
charge  in  every  respect  like  that  which  is  met  with  in  muscle 
and  nerve  during  rest,  and  the  discharge  of  the  torpedo,  in- 
stead of  being  peculiar,  may  be  only  another  form  of  the  dis- 
charge   which    attends    upon    the    action    of    muscle    and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  THB  THEORY  199 

motor  nerve."  Beyond  this  we  cannot  at  present  go  in  the 
way  of  explanation ;  but  as  we  know  so  little  about  the  uses 
of  these  organs,  and  as  we  know  nothing  about  the  habits 
and  structure  of  the  progenitors  of  the  existing  electric  fishes, 
it  would  be  extremely  bold  to  maintain  that  no  serviceable 
transitions  are  possible  by  which  these  organs  might  have 
been  gradually  developed. 

These  organs  appear  at  first  to  offer  another  and  far  more 
serious  difiiculty;  for  they  occur  in  about  a  dozen  kinds  of 
fish,  of  which  several  are  widely  remote  in  their  afiinities. 
When  the  same  organ  is  found  in  several  members  of  the 
same  class,  especially  if  in  members  having  very  different 
habits  of  life,  we  may  generally  attribute  its  presence  to  in- 
heritance from  a  common  ancestor;  and  in  its  absence  in 
some  of  the  members  to  loss  through  disuse  or  natural  selec- 
tion. So  that,  if  the  electric  organs  had  been  inherited  from 
some  one  ancient  progenitor,  we  might  have  expected  that 
all  electric  fishes  would  have  been  specially  related  to  each 
other;  but  this  is  far  from  the  case.  Nor  does  geology  at  all 
lead  to  the  belief  that  most  fishes  formerly  possessed  electric 
organs,  which  their  modified  descendants  have  now  lost.  But 
when  we  look  at  the  subject  more  closely,  we  find  in  the  sev- 
eral fishes  provided  with  electric  organs,  that  those  are  situ- 
ated in  different  parts  of  the  body, — that  they  differ  in  con- 
struction, as  in  the  arrangement  of  the  plates,  and,  according 
to  Pacini,  in  the  process  or  means  by  which  the  electricity  is 
excited — and  lastly,  in  being  supplied  with  nerves  proceeding 
from  different  sources,  and  this  is  perhaps  the  most  important 
of  all  the  differences.  Hence  in  the  several  fishes  furnished 
with  electric  organs,  these  cannot  be  considered  as  homol- 
ogous, but  only  as  analogous  in  function.  Consequently  there 
is  -no  reason  to  suppose  that  they  have  been  inherited  from  a 
common  progenitor;  for  had  this  been  the  case  they  would 
have  closely  resembled  each  other  in  all  respects.  Thus  the 
difficulty  of  an  organ,  apparently  the  same,  arising  in  several 
remotely  allied  species,  disappears,  leaving  only  the  lesser  yet 
still  great  difiiculty;  namely,  by  what  graduated  steps  these 
organs  have  been  developed  in  each  separate  group  of  fishes. 

The  luminous  organs  which  occur  in  a  few  insects,  belong- 
ing to  widely  different  families,  and  which  are  situated  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


200  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

different  parts  of  the  body,  offer,  under  our  present  state  of 
ignorance,  a  difficulty  almost  exactly  parallel  with  that  of  the 
electric  organs.  Other  similar  cases  could  be  given;  for  in- 
stance in  plants,  the  very  curious  contrivance  of  a  mass  of 
pollen-grains,  borne  on  a  foot-stalk  with  an  adhesive  gland, 
is  apparently  the  same  in  Orchis  and  Asclepias, — genera  al- 
most as  remote  as  is  possible  amongst  flowering  plants;  but 
here  again  the  parts  are  not  homologous.  In  all  cases  of  be- 
ings, far  removed  from  each  other  in  the  scale  of  organisa* 
tion,  which  are  furnished  with  similar  and  peculiar  organs, 
it  will  be  found  that  although  the  general  appearance  and 
function  of  the  organs  may  be  the  same,  yet  fundamental  dif- 
ferences between  them  can  always  be  detected.  For  instance, 
the  eyes  of  cephalopods  or  cuttle-fish  and  of  vertebrate  ani- 
mals appear  wonderfully  alike;  and  in  such  widely  sundered 
groups  no  part  of  this  resemblance  can  be  due  to  inheritance 
from  a  common  progenitor.  Mr.  Mivart  has  advanced  this 
case  as  one  of  special  difficulty,  but  I  am  unable  to  see  the 
force  of  his  argument.  An  organ  for  vision  must  be  formed 
of  transparent  tissue,  and  must  include  some  sort  of  lens  for 
throwing  an  image  at  the  back  of  a  darkened  chamber.  Be- 
yond this  superficial  resemblance,  there  is  hardly  any  real 
similarity  between  the  eyes  of  cuttle-fish  and  vertebrates,  as 
may  be  seen  by  consulting  Hensen's  admirable  memoir  on 
these  organs  in  the  Cephalopoda.  It  is  impossible  for  me 
here  to  enter  on  details,  but  I  may  specify  a  few  of  the  points 
of  difference.  The  crystalline  lens  in  the  higher  cuttle-fish 
consists  of  two  parts,  placed  one  behind  the  other  like  two 
lenses,  both  having  a  very  different  structure  and  disposition 
to  what  occurs  in  the  vertebrata.  The  retina  is  wholly  dif- 
ferent, with  an  actual  inversion  of  the  elemental  parts,  and 
with  a  large  nervous  ganglion  included  within  the  mem- 
branes of  the  eye.  The  relations  of  the  muscles  are  as  dif- 
ferent as  it  is  possible  to  conceive,  and  so  in  other  points. 
Hence  it  is  not  a  little  difficult  to  decide  how  far  even  the 
same  terms  ought  to  be  employed  in  describing  the  eyes  of 
the  Cephalopoda  and  Vertebrata.  It  is,  of  course,  open  to 
any  one  to  deny  that  the  eye  in  either  case  could  have  been 
developed  through  the  natural  selection  of  successive  slight 
variations ;  but  if  this  be  admitted  in  the  one  case,  it  is  clearly 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  THEORY  *  201 

possible  in  the  other;  and  fundamental  differences  of  struc- 
ture in  the  visual  organs  of  two  groups  might  have  been  an- 
ticipated, in  accordance  with  this  vieW  of  their  manner  of 
formation.  As  two  men  have  sometimes  independently  hit 
on  the  same  invention,  so  in  the  several  foregoing  cases  it 
appears  that  natural  selection,  working  for  the  good  of  each 
being,  and  taking  advantage  of  all  favourable  variations,  has 
produced  similar  organs,  as  far  as  function  is  concerned,  in 
distinct  organic  beings,  which  owe  none  of  their  structure  in 
common  to  inheritance  from  a  common  progenitor. 

Fritz  Miiller,  in  order  to  test  the  conclusions  arrived  at  in 
this  volume,  has  followed  out  with  much  care  a  nearly  similar 
line  of  argument  Several  families  of  crustaceans  include  a 
few  species,  possessing  an  air-breathing  apparatus  and  fitted 
to  live  out  of  the  water.  In  two  of  these  families,  which  were 
more  especially  examined  by  Miiller,  and  which  are  nearly 
related  to  each  other,  the  species  agree  most  closely  in  all 
important  characters;  namely  in  their  sense  organs,  circulat- 
ing system,  in  the  position  of  the  tufts  of  hair  within  their 
complex  stomachs,  and  lastly  in  the  whole  structure  of  the 
water-breathing  branchiae,  even  to  the  microscopical  hooks  by 
which  they  are  cleansed.  Hence  it  might  have  been  expected 
that  in  the  few  species  belonging  to  both  families  which  live 
on  the  land,  the  equally-important  air-breathing  apparatus 
would  have  been  the  same ;  for  why  should  this  one  apparatus, 
given  for  the  same  purpose,  have  been  made  to  differ,  whilst 
all  the  other  important  organs  were  closely  similar  or  rather 
identical. 

Fritz  Miiller  argues  that  this  close  similarity  in  so  many 
points  of  structure  must,  in  accordance  with  the  views  ad- 
vanced by  me,  be  accotmted  for  by  inheritance  from  a  com- 
mon progenitor.  But  as  that  vast  majority  of  the  species  in 
the  above  two  families,  as  well  as  most  other  crustaceans, 
are  aquatic  in  their  habits,  it  is  improbable  in  the  highest 
degree,  that  their  common  progenitor  should  have  been 
adapted  for  breathing  air.  Miiller  was  thus  led  carefully^  to 
examine  the  apparatus  in  the  air-breathing  species;  and  he 
found  it  to  differ  in  each  in  several  important  points,  as  in 
the  position  of  the  orifices,  in  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
opened  and  closed,  and  in  some  accessory  details.    Now  such 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

di£Ferences  are  intelligible,  and  might  even  have  been  ex- 
pected, on  the  supposition  that  species  belonging  to  distinct 
families  had  slowly  become  adapted  to  live  more  and  more 
out  of  water,  and  to  breathe  the  air.  For  these  species,  from 
belonging  to  distinct  families,  would  have  differed  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  and  in  accordance  with  the  principle  that  the 
nature  of  each  variation  depends  on  two  factors,  viz.,  the 
nature  of  the  organism  and  that  of  the  surrounding  condi- 
tions, their  variability  assuredly  would  not  have  been  exactly 
the  same.  Consequently  natural  selection  would  have  had 
differenf  materials  or  variations  to  work  on,  in  order  to  ar- 
rive at  the  same  functional  result;  and  the  structures  thus 
acquired  would  almost  necessarily  have  differed.  On  the 
hypothesis  of  separate  acts  of  creation  the  whole  case  re* 
mains  imintelligible.  This  line  of  argument  seems  to  have 
had  great  weight  in  leading  Fritz  Miiller  to  accept  the  views 
maintained  by  me  in  this  volume. 

Another  distinguished  zoologist,  the  late  Professor  Clapa- 
rede,  has  argued  in  the  same  manner,  and  has  arrived  at 
the  same  result.  He  shows  that  there  are  parasitic  mites 
(Acaridae),  belonging  to  distinct  sub- families  and  families, 
which  are  furnished  with  hair-claspers.  These  organs  must 
have  been  independently  developed,  as  they  could  not  have 
been  inherited  from  a  common  progenitor ;  and  in  the  several 
groups  they  are  formed  by  the  modification  of  the  fore-legs, 
—of  the  hind-legs, — of  the  maxillae  or  lips, — ^and  of  append- 
ages on  the  under  side  of  the  hind  part  of  the  body. 

In  the  foregoing  cases,  we  see  the  same  end  gained  and  the 
same  function  performed,  in  beings  not  at  all  or  only  re- 
motely allied,  by  organs  in  appearance,  though  not  in  de- 
velopment, closely  similar.  On  the  oth^er  hand,  it  is  a  com- 
mon rule  throughout  nature  that  the  same  end  should  be 
gained,  even  sometimes  in  the  case  of  closely-related  beings, 
by  the  most  diversified  means.  How  differently  constructed 
is  -the  feathered  wing  of  a  bird  and  the  membrane-covered 
wing  of  a  bat ;  and  still  more  so  the  four  wings  of  a  butter- 
fly, the  two  wings  of  a  fly,  and  the  two  wings  with  the  elytra 
of  a  beetle.  Bivalve  shells  are  made  to  open  and  shut,  but 
on  what  a  number  of  patterns  is  the  hinge  constructed,^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  THEORY  -203 

from  the  long  row  of  neatly  interlocking  teeth  in  a  Nucula 
to  the  simple  ligament  of  a  Mussel !  Seeds  are  disseminated 
by  their  minuteness, — ^by  their  capsule  being  converted  into  a 
light  balloon-like  envelope, — ^by  being  embedded  in  pulp  or 
flesh,  formed  of  the  most  diverse  parts,  and  rendered  nutri- 
tious, as  well  as  conspicuously  coloured,  so  as  to  attract  and 
be  devoured  by  birds, — ^by  having  hooks  and  grapnels  of 
many  kinds  and  serrated  awns,  so  as  to  adhere  to  the  fur  of 
quadrupeds, — ^and  by  being  furnished  with  wings  and  plumes, 
as  different  in  shape  as  they  are  elegant  in  structure,  so  as  to 
be  wafted  by  every  breeze.  I  will  give  one  other  instance; 
for  this  subject  of  the  same  end  being  gained  by  the  most 
diversified  means  well  deserves  attention.  Some  authors 
maintain  that  organic  beings  have  been  formed  in  many  ways 
for  the  sake  of  mere  variety,  almost  like  toys  in  a  shop,  but 
such  a  view  of  nature  is  incredible.  With  plants  having 
separated  sexes,  and  with  those  in  which,  though  hermaphro- 
dites, the  pollen  does  not  spontaneously  fall  on  the  stigma, 
some  aid  is  necessary  for  their  fertilisation.  With  several 
kinds  this  is  effected  by  the  pollen-grains,  which  are  light 
and  incoherent,  being  blown  by  the  wind  through  mere  chance 
on  to  the  stigma;  and  this  is  the  simplest  plan  which  can 
well  be  conceived.  An  almost  equally  simple,  though  very 
different,  plan  occurs  in  many  plants  in  which  a  symmetrical 
flower  secretes  a  few  drops  of  nectar,  and  is  consequently 
visited  by  insects;  and  these  carry  the  pollen  from  the  anthers 
to  the  stigma. 

From  this  simple  stage  we  may  pass  through  an  inex- 
haustible number  of  contrivances,  all  for  the  same  purpose 
and  effected  in  essentially  the  same  manner,  but  entailing 
changes  in  every  part  of  the  flower.  The  nectar  may  be 
stored  in  variously  shaped  receptacles,  with  the  stamens  and 
pistils  modified  in  many  ways,  sometimes  forming  trap-like 
contrivances,  and  sometimes  capable  of  neatly  adapted  move- 
ments through  irritability  or  elasticity.  From  such  structures 
we  may  advance  till  we  come  to  such  a  case  of  extraordinary 
adaptions  as  that  lately  described  by  Dr.  Criiger  in  the 
Coryanthes.  This  orchid  has  part  of  its  labellum  or  lower 
lip  hollowed  out  into  a  great  bucket,  into  which  drops  of 
almost  pure  water  continually  fall  from  two  secreting  horna 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


204  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

which  stand  above  it;  and  when  the  bucket  is  half  full,  the 
water  overflows  by  a  spout  on  one  side.  The  basal  part  of 
the  labellum  stands  over  the  bucket,  and  is  itself  hollowed 
out  into  a  sort  of  chamber  with  two  lateral  entrances ;  with- 
in this  chamber  there  are  curious  fleshy  ridges.  The  most 
ingenious  man,  if  he  had  not  witnessed  what  takes  place, 
could  never  have  imagined  what  purpose  all  these  parts  serve. 
But  Dr.  Crtiger  saw  crowds  of  large  humble-bees  visiting  the 
gigantic  flowers  of  this  orchid,  not  in  order  to  suck  nectar, 
but  to  gnaw  off  the  ridges  within  the  chamber  above  the 
bucket;  in  doing  this  they  frequently  pushed  each  other  into 
the  bucket,  and  their  wings  being  thus  wetted  they  could  not 
fly  away,  but  were  compdled  to  crawl  out  through  the  pas- 
sage formed  by  the  spout  or  overflow.  Dr.  Criiger  saw  a 
"continual  procession"  of  bees  thus  crawling  out  of  their 
involuntary  bath.  The  passage  is  narrow,  and  is  roofed  over 
by  the  column,  so  that  a  bee,  in  forcing  its  way  out,  first  rubs 
its  back  against  the  viscid  stigma  and  then  against  the  viscid 
glands  of  the  pollen-masses.  The  pollen-masses  are  thus 
glued  to  the  back  of  the  bee  which  first  happens  to  crawl  out 
through  the  passage  of  a  lately  expanded  flower,  and  are 
thus  carried  away.  Dr.  Cruger  sent  me  a  flower  in  spirits  of 
wine,  with  a  bee  which  he  had  killed  before  it  had  quite 
crawled  out  with  a  pollen-mass  still  fastened  to  its  back. 
When  the  bee,  thus  provided,  flies  to  another  flower,  or  to 
the  same  flower  a  second  time,  and  is  pushed  by  its  comrades 
into  the  bucket  and  then  crawls  out  by  the  passage,  the 
pollen-mass  necessarily  comes  first  into  contact  with  the 
viscid  stigma,  and  adheres  to  it,  and  the  flower  is  fertilised. 
Now  at  last  we  see  the  full  use  of  every  part  of  the  flower, 
of  the  water-secreting  horns,  of  the  bucket  half  full  of  water, 
which  prevents  the  bees  from  flying  away,  and  forces  them 
to  crawl  out  through  the  spout,  and  rub  against  the  properly 
placed  viscid  pollen-masses  and  the  viscid  stigma. 

The  construction  of  the  flower  in  another  closely  allied 
orchid,  namely  the  Catasetum,  is  widely  different,  though 
serving  the  same  end;  and  is  equally  curious.  Bees  visit 
these  flowers,  like  those  of  the  Coryanthes,  in  order  to  gnaw 
the  labellum;  in  doing  this  they  inevitably  touch  a  long, 
tapering,  sensitive  projection,  or,  as  I  have  called  it,  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIFFICULTIES  OF  THE  THEORY  205 

antenna.  This  antenna,  when  touched,  transmits  a  sensation 
or  vibration  to  a  certain  membrane  which  is  instantly  rup- 
tured; this  sets  free  a  spring  by  which  the  pollen-mass  is  shot 
forth,  like  an  arrow,  in  the  right  direction,  and  adheres  by 
its  viscid  extremity  to  the  back  of  the  bee.  The  pollen-mass 
of  the  male  plant  (for  the  sexes  are  separate  in  this  orchid) 
is  thus  carried  to  the  flower  of  the  female  plant,  where  it  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  stigma,  which  is  viscid  enough 
to  break  certain  elastic  threads,  and  retaining  the  pollen, 
fertilisation  is  effected. 

How,  it  may  be  asked,  in  the  foregoing  and  in  innumer- 
able other  instances,  can  we  understand  the  graduated  scale  of 
complexity  and  the  multifarious  means  for  gaining  the  same 
end.  The  answer  no  doubt  is,  as  already  remarked,  that  when 
two  forms  vary,  which  already  differ  from  each  other  in  some 
slight  degree,  the  variability  will  not  be  of  the  same  exact 
nature,  and  consequently  the  results  obtained  through  natural 
selection  for  the  same  general  purpose  will  not  be  the  same. 
We  should  also  bear  in  mind  that  every  highly  developed 
organism  has  passed  through  many  changes;  and  that  each 
modified  structure  tends  to  be  inherited,  so  that  each  modifi- 
cation will  not  readily  be  quite  lost,  but  may  be  again  and 
again  further  altered.  Hence  the  structure  of  each  part  of 
each  species,  for  whatever  purpose  it  may  serve,  is  the  sum 
of  many  inherited  changes,  through  which  the  species  has 
passed  during  its  successive  adaptations  to  changed  habits 
and  conditions  of  life. 

Finally  then,  although  in  many  cases  it  is  most  difiicult 
even  to  conjecture  by  what  transitions  organs  have  arrived 
at  their  present  state ;  yet,  considering  how  small  the  propor- 
tion of  living  and  known  forms  is  to  the  extinct  and  un- 
known, I  have  been  astonished  how  rarely  an  organ  can  be 
named,  towards  which  no  transitional  grade  is  known  to  lead. 
It  certainly  is  true,  that  new  organs  appearing  as  if  created 
for  some  special  purpose,  rarely  or  never  appear  in  any 
being; — as  indeed  is  shown  by  that  old,  but  somewhat  exag- 
gerated, canon  in  natural  history  of  "Natura  non  facit  sal- 
tum."  We  meet  with  this  admission  in  the  writings  of  almost 
every  experienced  naturalist;  or  as  Milne  Edwards  has  well 
expressed  it,  Nature  is  prodigal  in  variety,  but  niggard  in 

M— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


206  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

innovation.  Why,  on  the  theory  of  Creation,  should  there 
be  so  much  variety  and  so  little  real  novelty?  Why  should 
all  the  parts  and  organs  of  many  independent  beings,  each 
supposed  to  have  been  separately  created  for  its  proper  place 
in  nature,  be  so  commonly  linked  together  by  graduated 
steps?  Why  should  not  Nature  take  a  sudden  leap  from 
structure  to  structure?  On  the  theory  of  natural  sdection, 
we  can  clearly  understand  why  she  should  not;  for  natural 
selection  acts  only  by  taking  advantage  of  slight  successive 
variations;  she  can  never  take  a  great  and  sudden  leap,  but 
must  advance  by  short  and  sure,  though  slow  steps. 

ORGANS  OF  LITTLE  APPARENT  IMPORTANCE,  AS  AFFECTED 
BY   NATURAL  SELECTION 

As  natural  selection  acts  by  life  and  death, — ^by  the  sur- 
vival of  the  fittest,  and  by  the  destruction  of  the  less  well- 
fitted  individuals, — I  have  sometimes  felt  great  difficulty  in 
understanding  the  origin  or  formation  of  parts  of  little  im- 
portance; almost  as  great,  though  of  a  very  different  kind, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  most  perfect  and  complex  organs. 

In  the  first  place,  we  are  much  too  ignorant  in  regard  to 
the  whole  economy  of  any  one  organic  being,  to  say  what 
slight  modifications  would  be  of  importance  or  not.  In  a 
former  chapter  I  have  given  instances  of  very  trifling  char- 
acters, such  as  the  down  on  fruit  and  the  colour  of  its  flesh, 
the  colour  of  the  skin  and  hair  of  quadrupeds,  which,  from 
being  correlated  with  constitutional  differences  or  from  de- 
termining the  attacks  of  insects,  might  assuredly  be  acted  on 
by  natural  selection.  The  tail  of  the  giraffe  looks  like  an 
artificially  constructed  fly-fiapper;  and  it  seems  at  first  in- 
credible that  this  could  have  been  adapted  for  its  present 
purpose  by  successive  slight  modifications,  each  better  and 
better  fitted,  for  so  trifling  an  object  as  to  drive  away  flies; 
yet  we  should  pause  before  being  too  positive  even  in  this 
case,  for  we  know  that  the  distribution  and  existence  of 
cattle  and  other  animals  in  South  America  absolutely  depend 
on  their  power  of  resisting  the  attacks  of  insects:  so  that 
individuals  which  could  by  any  means  defend  themselves 
from  these  small  enemies,  would  be  able  to  range  into  new 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ORGANS  AFPBCTED  207 

pastures  and  thus  gain  a  great  advantage.  It  is  not  that  the 
larger  quadrupeds  are  actually  destroyed  (except  in  some 
rare  cases)  by  flies,  but  they  are  incessantly  harassed  and 
their  strength  reduced,  so  that  they  are  more  subject  to 
disease,  or  not  so  well  enabled  in  a  coming  dearth  to  search 
for  food,  or  to  escape  from  beasts  of  prey. 

Organs  now  of  trifling  importance  have  probably  in  some 
cases  been  of  high  importance  to  an  early  progenitor,  and, 
after  having  been  slowly  perfected  at  a  former  period,  have 
been  transmitted  to  existing  species  in  nearly  the  same  date, 
although  now  of  very  slight  use;  but  any  actually  injurious 
deviations  in  their  structure  would  of  course  have  been 
checked  by  natural  selection.  Seeing  how  important  an 
organ  of  locomotion  the  tail  is  in  most  aquatic  animals,  its 
general  presence  and  use  for  many  purposes  in  so  many  land 
animals,  which  in  their  lungs  or  modified  swimbladders  be- 
tray their  aquatic  origin,  may  perhaps  be  thus  accounted 
for.  A  well-developed  tail  having  been  formed  in  an  aquatic 
animal,  it  might  subsequently  come  to  be  worked  in  for  all 
sorts  of  purposes, — ^as  a  fly-flapper,  an  organ  of  prehension, 
or  as  an  aid  in  turning,  as  in  the  case  of  the  dog,  though  the 
aid  in  this  latter  respect  must  be  slight,  for  the  hare,  with 
hardly  any  tail,  can  double  still  more  quickly. 

In  the  second  place,  we  may  easily  err  in  attributing  im- 
portance to  characters,  and  in  believing  that  they  have  been 
developed  through  natural  selection.  We  must  by  no  means 
overlook  the  effects  of  the  definite  action  of  changed  condi- 
tions of  life, — of  so-called  spontaneous  variations,  which 
seem  to  depend  in  a  quite  subordinate  degree  on  the  nature 
of  the  conditions,— of  the  tendency  to  reversion  to  long-lost 
characters,— of  the  complex  laws  of  growth,  such  as  of  cor- 
relation, compensation,  of  the  pressure  of  one  part  on  an- 
other, etc., — ^and  finally  of  sexual  selection,  by  which  charac- 
ters of  use  to  one  sex  are  often  gained  and  then  transmitted 
more  or  less  perfectly  to  the  other  sex,  though  of  no  use 
to  this  sex.  But  structures  thus  indirectly  gained,  although 
at  first  of  no  advantage  to  a  species,  may  subsequently  have 
been  taken  advantage  of  by  its  modified  descendants,  under 
new  conditions  of  life  and  newly  acquired  habits. 

If  green  woodpeckers  alone  had  existed,  and  we  did  not 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


206  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaES 

know  that  there  were  many  black  and  pied  kinds,  I  dare  say 
that  we  should  have  thought  that  the  green  colour  was  a 
beautiful  adaptation  to  conceal  this  tree-frequenting  bird 
from  its  enemies;  and  consequently  that  it  was  a  character 
of  importance,  and  had  been  acquired  through  natural  selec- 
tion; as  it  is,  the  colour  is  probably  in  chief  part  due  to 
sexual  selection.  A  trailing  palm  in  the  Malay  Archipelago 
climbs  the  loftiest  trees  by  the  aid  of  exquisitely  constructed 
hooks  clustered  around  the  ends  of  the  branches,  and  this 
contrivance,  no  doubt,  is  of  the  highest  service  to  the  plant; 
*  but  as  we  see  nearly  similar  hooks  on  many  trees  which  are 
not  climbers,  and  which,  as  there  is  reason  to  believe  from 
the  distribution  of  the  thorn-bearing  species  in  Africa  and 
South  America,  serve  as  a  defence  against  browsing  quadru- 
peds, so  the  spikes  on  the  palm  may  at  first  have  been  de- 
veloped for  this  object,  and  subsequently  have  been  improved 
and  taken  advantage  of  by  the  plant,  as  it  underwent  further 
modification  and  became  a  climber.  The  naked  skin  on  the 
head  of  a  vulture  is  generally  considered  as  a  direct  adapta- 
tion for  wallowing  in  putridity;  and  so  it  may  be,  or  it  may 
possibly  be  due  to  the  direct  action  of  putrid  matter;  but  we 
should  be  very  cautious  in  drawing  any  such  inference,  when 
we  see  that  the  skin  on  the  head  of  the  dean-feeding  male 
Turkey  is  likewise  naked.  The  sutures  in  the  skulls  of  young 
mammals  have  been  advanced  as  a  beautiful  adaptation  for 
aiding  parturition,  and  no  doubt  they  facilitate,  or  may  be 
indispensable  for  this  act;  but  as  sutures  occur  in  the  skulls 
of  young  birds  and  reptiles,  which  have  only  to  escape  from 
a  broken  egg,  we  may  infer  that  this  structure  has  arisen 
from  the  laws  of  growth,  and  has  been  taken  advantage  of  in 
the  parturition  of  the  higher  animals. 

We  are  profoundly  ignorant  of  the  cause  of  each  slight 
variation  or  individual  difference;  and  we  are  immediately 
made  conscious  of  this  by  reflecting  on  the  differences  be- 
tween the  breeds  of  our  domesticated  animals  in  different 
countries, — ^more  especially  in  the  less  civilised  countries 
where  there  has  been  but  little  methodical  selection.  Animals 
kept  by  savages  in  different  countries  often  have  to  struggle 
for  their  own  subsistence,  and  are  exposed  to  a  certain  extent 
to  natural  selection,  and  individuals  with  slightly  different 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UnLTTARIAN  DOCTRINB  «» 

constitiitions  would  succeed  best  under  different  climates. 
With  cattle  susceptibility  to  the  attacks  of  flies  is  correlated 
with  colour,  as  is  the  liability  to  be  poisoned  by  certain 
plants;  so  that  even  colour  would  be  thus  subjected  to  the 
action  of  natural  selection.  Some  observers  are  convinced 
that  a  damp  climate  affects  the  growth  of  the  hair,  and  that 
with  the  hair  the  horns  are  correlated  Mountain  breeds  al- 
ways differ  from  lowland  breeds ;  and  a  mountainous  country 
would  probably  affect  the  hind  limbs  from  exercising  them 
more,  and  possibly  even  the  form  of  the  pelvis;  and  then 
by  the  law  of  homologous  variation,  the  front  limbs  and  th^ 
head  would  probably  be  affected.  The  shape,  also,  of  the 
pelvis  might  affect  by  pressure  the  shape  of  certain  parts  of 
the  young  in  the  womb.  The  laborious  breathing  necessary 
in  high  regions  tends,  as  we  have  good  reason  to  believe, 
to  increase  the  size  of  the  chest;  and  again  correlation 
would  come  into  play.  The  effects  of  lessened  exercise  to- 
gether with  abundant  food  on  the  whole  organisation  is 
probably  still  more  important ;  and  this,  as  H.  von  Nathusius 
has  lately  shown  in  his  excellent  Treatise,  is  apparently  one 
chief  cause  of  the  g^eat  modification  which  the  breed  of 
swine  have  undergone.  But  we  are  far  too  ignorant  to  specu- 
late on  the  relative  importance  of  the  several  known  and  un- 
known causes  of  variation;  and  I  have  made  these  remarks 
only  to  show  that,  if  we  are  unable  to  account  for  the  char- 
acteristic differences  of  our  several  domestic  breeds,  which 
nevertheless  are  generally  admitted  to  have  arisen  through 
ordinary  generation  from  one  or  a  few  parent-stocks,  we 
ought  not  to  lay  too  much  stress  on  our  ignorance  of  the  pre- 
cise cause  of  the  slight  analogous  differences  between  true 
species. 

UTILITAEIAN  DOCTRINE,  HOW  PAR  TRUE:  BEAUTY,  HOW 
ACQUIRED 

The  foregoing  remarks  lead  me  to  say  a  few  words  on  the 
protest  lately  made  by  some  naturalists,  against  the  utilitarian 
doctrine  that  every  detail  of  structure  has  been  produced  for 
the  good  of  its  possessor.  They  believe  that  many  structures 
have  been  created  for  the  sake  of  beauty,  to  delight  man  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


210  ORIGIN  OF  fiPBClES 

the  Creator  (but  this  latter  point  is  beyond  the  scope  of 
scientific  discussion),  or  for  the  sake  of  mere  variety,  a  view 
already  discussed.  Such  doctrines,  if  true,  would  be  abso- 
lutely fatal  to  my  theory.  I  fully  admit  that  many  structures 
are  now  of  no  direct  use  to  their  possessors,  and  may  never 
have  been  of  any  use  to  their  progenitors;  but  this  does  not 
prove  that  they  were  formed  solely  for  beauty  or  variety. 
No  doubt  the  definite  action  of  changed  conditions,  and  the 
various  causes  of  modifications,  lately  specified,  have  all 
produced  an  effect,  probably  a  g^eat  effect,  independently  of 
^ny  advantage  thus  gained.  But  a  still  more  important  con- 
sideration is  that  the  chief  part  of  the  organisation  of  every 
living  creature  is  due  to  inheritance;  and  consequently, 
though  each  being  assuredly  is  well  fitted  for  its  place  in 
nature,  many  structures  have  now  no  very  close  and  direct 
relation  to  present  habits  of  life.  Thus,  we  can  hardly  be- 
lieve that  the  webbed  feet  of  the  upland  goose  or  of  the 
frigate-bird  are  of  special  use  to  these  birds;  we  cannot  be- 
lieve that  the  similar  bones  in  the  arm  of  the  monkey,  in  the 
fore-leg  of  the  horse,  in  the  wing  of  the  bat,  and  in  the 
flipper  of  the  seal,  are  of  special  use  to  these  animals.  We 
may  safely  attribute  these  structures  to  inheritance.  But 
webbed  feet  no  doubt  were  as  useful  to  the  progenitor  of 
the  upland  goose  and  of  the  frigate-bird,  as  they  now  are  to 
the  most  aquatic  of  living  birds.  So  we  may  believe  that  the 
progenitor  of  the  seal  did  not  possess  a  flipper,  but  a  foot 
with  five  toes  fitted  for  walking  or  grasping;  and  we  may 
further  venture  to  believe  that  the  several  bones  in  the  limbs 
of  the  monkey,  horse,  and  bat,  were  originally  developed, 
on  the  principle  of  utility,  probably  through  the  reduction,  of 
more  numerous  bones  in  the  fin  of  some  ancient  fish-like 
progenitor  of  the  whole  class.  It  is  scarcely  possible  to  de* 
cide  how  much  allowance  ought  to  be  made  for  such  causes 
of  change,  as  the  definite  action  of  external  conditions,  so- 
called  spontaneous  variations,  and  the  complex  laws  of 
growth;  but  with  these  important  exceptions,  we  may  con- 
clude that  the  structure  of  every  living  creature  either  now 
is,  or  was  formerly,  of  some  direct  or  indirect  use  to  its 
possessor. 
With  respect  to  the  belief  that  organic  beings  have  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


imUTARIAN  DOCTRINE  211 

created  beautiful  for  the  delight  of  man, — ^a  belief  which  it 
has  been  pronounced  is  subversive  of  my  whole  theory, — I 
may  first  remark  that  the  sense  of  beauty  obviously  depends 
on  the  nature  of  the  mind,  irrespective  of  any  real  quality 
in  the  admired  object;  and  that  the  idea  of  what  is  beautiful, 
is  not  innate  or  unalterable.  We  see  this,  for  instance,  in 
the  men  of  different  races  admiring  an  entirely  different 
standard  of  beauty  in  their  women.  If  beautiful  objects  had 
been  created  solely  for  man's  gratification,  it  ought  to  be 
shown  that  before  man  appeared,  there  was  less  beauty  on 
the  face  of  the  earth  than  since  he  came  on  the  stage.  Wer^ 
the  beautiful  volute  and  cone  shells  of  the  Eocene  epoch,  and 
the  gracefully  sculptured  ammonites  of  the  Secondary  period, 
created  that  man  might  ages  afterwards  admire  them  in  his 
cabinet?  Few  objects  are  more  beautiful  than  the  minute 
siliceous  cases  of  the  diatomaceae:  were  these  created  that 
they  might  be  examined  and  admired  tmder  the  higher 
powers  of  the  microscope?  The  beauty  in  this  latter  case, 
and  in  many  others,  is  apparently  wholly  due  to  symmetry  of 
growth.  Flowers  rank  amongst  the  most  beautiful  produc- 
tions of  nature;  but  they  have  been  rendered  conspfcuous  in 
contact  with  the  green  leaves,  and  in  consequence  at  the 
same  time  beautiful,  so  that  they  may  be  easily  observed  by 
insects.  I  have  come  to  this  conclusion  from  finding  it  an 
invariable  rule  that  when  a  flower  is  fertilised  by  the  wind 
it  never  has  a  gaily-coloured  corolla.  Several  plants  habitu- 
ally produce  two  kinds  of  flowers;  one  kind  open  and  col- 
oured so  as  to  attract  insects;  the  other  closed,  not  coloured, 
destitute  of  nectar,  and  never  visited  by  insects.  Hence  we 
may  conclude  that,  if  insects  had  not  been  developed  on  the 
face  of  the  earth,  our  plants  would  not  have  been  decked  with 
beautiful  flowers,  but  would  have  produced  only  such  poor 
flowers  as  we  see  on  our  fir,  oak,  nut  and  ash  trees,  on 
grasses,  spinach,  docks,  and  nettles,  which  are  all  fertilised 
through  the  agency  of  the  wind.  A  similar  line  of  argument 
holds  good  with  fruits;  that  a  ripe  strawberry  or  cherry 
is  as  pleasing  to  the  eye  as  to  the  palate — ^that  the  gaily- 
coloured  fruit  of  the  spindle-wood  tree  and  the  scarlet  ber- 
ries of  the  holly  are  beautiful  objects, — ^will  be  admitted  by 
every  one.    But  this  beauty  serves  merely  as  a  guide  to  birds 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


212  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

and  beasts,  in  order  that  the  fruit  may  be  devoured  and  the 
manured  seeds  disseminated:  I  infer  that  this  is  the  case 
from  having  as  yet  found  no  exception  to  the  rule  that  seeds 
are  always  thus  disseminated  when  embedded  within  a  fruit 
of  any  kind  (that  is  within  a  fleshy  or  pulpy  envelope),  if  it 
be  coloured  of  any  brilliant  tint,  or  rendered  conspicuous  by 
being  white  or  black. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  willingly  admit  that  a  great  number 
of  male  animals,  as  all  our  most  gorgeous  birds,  some  fishes, 
reptiles,  and  mammals,  and  a  host  of  magnificently  coloured 
butterflies,  have  been  rendered  beautiful  for  beauty's  sake; 
but  this  has  been  effected  through  sexual  selection,  that  is,  by 
the  more  beautiful  males  having  been  continually  preferred 
by  the  females,  and  not  for  the  delight  of  man.  So  it  is  with 
the  music  of  birds.  We  may  infer  from  all  this  that  a  nearly 
similar  taste  for  beautiful  colours  and  for  musical  sounds 
runs  through  a  large  part  of  the  animal  kingdom.  When 
the  female  is  as  beautifully  coloured  as  the  male,  which  is 
not  rarely  the  case  with  birds  and  butterflies,  the  cause  ap- 
parently lies  in  the  colours  acquired  through  sexual  selection 
having  been  transmitted  to  both  sexes,  instead  of  to  the 
males  alone.  How  the  sense  of  beauty  in  its  simplest  form — 
that  is,  the  reception  of  a  peculiar  kind  of  pleasure  from 
certain  colours,  forms,  and  sounds — ^was  first  developed  in 
the  mind  of  man  and  of  the  lower  animals,  is  a  very  obscure 
subject.  The  same  sort  of  difficulty  is  presented,  if  we  en- 
quire how  it  is  that  certain  flavours  and  odours  give  pleasure, 
and  others  displeasure.  Habit  in  all  these  cases  appears  to 
have  come  to  a  certain  extent  into  play;  but  there  must  be 
some  fundamental  cause  in  the  constitution  of  the  nervous 
system  in  each  species. 

Natural  selection  cannot  possibly  produce  any  modifica- 
tion in  a  species  exclusively  for  the  good  of  another  species ; 
though  throughout  nature  one  species  incessantly  takes  ad- 
vantage of,  and  profits  by,  the  structures  of  others.  But 
natural  selection  can  and  does  often  produce  structures  for 
the  direct  injury  of  other  animals,  as  we  see  in  the  fang  of 
the  adder,  and  in  the  ovipositor  of  the  ichneumon,  by  which 
its  eggs  are  deposited  in  the  living  bodies  of  other  insects. 
If  it  could  be  proved  that  any  part  of  the  structure  of  any 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


uhlttarian  doctrine  213 

one  species  had  been  formed  for  the  exclusive  good  of  an- 
other species,  it  would  annihilate  my  theory,  for  such  could 
not  have  been  produced  through  natural  selection.  Although 
many  statements  may  be  fotmd  in  works  on  natural  history 
to  this  effect,  I  cannot  find  even  one  which  seems  to  me  of 
any  weight.  It  is  admitted  that  the  rattlesnake  has  a  poison- 
fang  for  its  own  defence,  and  for  the  destruction  of  its  prey; 
but  some  authors  suppose  that  at  the  same  time  it  is  furnished 
with  a  rattle  for  its  own  injury,  namely,  to  warn  its  prey. 
I  would  almost  as  soon  believe  that  the  cat  curls  the  end 
of  its  tail  when  preparing  to  spring,  in  order  to  warn  the 
doomed  mouse.  It  is  a  much  more  probable  view  that  the 
rattlesnake  uses  its  rattle,  the  cobra  expands  its  frill,  and 
the  puflf-adder  swells  whilst  hissing  so  loudly  and  harshly, 
in  order  to  alarm  the  many  birds  and  beasts  which  are  known 
to  attack  even  the  most  venomous  species.  Snakes  act  on  the 
same  principle  which  makes  the  hen  ruffle  her  feathers  and 
expand  her  wings  when  a  dog  approaches  her  chickens;  but 
I  have  not  space  here  to  enlarge  on  the  many  ways  by  which 
animals  endeavour  to  frighten  away  their  enemies. 

Natural  selection  will  never  produce  in  a  being  any  struc- 
ture more  injurious  than  beneficial  to  that  being,  for  natural 
selection  acts  solely  by  and  for  the  good  of  each.  No  organ 
will  be  formed,  as  Paley  has  remarked,  for  the  purpose  of 
causing  pain  or  for  doing  an  injury  to  its  possessor.  If  a  fair 
balance  be  struck  between  the  good  and  evil  caused  by  each 
part,  each  will  be  found  on  the  whole  advantageous.  After 
the  lapse  of  time,  under  changing  conditions  of  life,  if  any 
part  comes  to  be  injurious,  it  will  be  modified ;  or  if  it  be  not 
so,  the  being  will  become  extinct  as  myriads  have  become 
extinct. 

Natural  selection  tends  only  to  make  each  organic  being 
as  perfect  as,  or  slightly  more  perfect  than,  the  other  inhabi- 
tants of  the  same  country  with  which  it  comes  into  competi- 
tion. And  we  see  that  this  is  the  standard  of  perfection 
attained  under  nature.  The  endemic  productions  of  New  Zea- 
land, for  instance,  are  perfect  one  compared  with  another; 
but  they  are  now  rapidly  yielding  before  the  advancing  le- 
gions of  plants  and  animals  introduced  from  Europe.  Natural 
selection  will  not  produce  absolute  perfection,  nor  do  we 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


214  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

always  meet,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  with  this  high  standard 
tinder  nature.  The  correction  for  the  aberration  of  light 
is  said  by  Mtiller  not  to  be  perfect  even  in  that  most  perfect 
organ,  the  human  eye.  Helmholtz,  whose  judgment  no  one 
will  dispute,  after  describing  in  the  strongest  terms  the  won- 
derful power  of  the  human  eye,  adds  these  remarkable 
words:  "That  which  we  have  discovered  in  the  way  of  in- 
exactness and  imperfection  in  the  optical  machine  and  in 
the  image  on  the  retina,  is  as  nothing  in  comparison  with 
the  incongruities  which  we  have  just  come  across  in  the 
domain  of  the  sensations.  One  might  say  that  nature  has 
taken  delight  in  accumulating  contradictions  in  order  to  re- 
move all  foundations  from  the  theory  of  a  pre-existing  har- 
mony between  the  external  and  internal  worlds."  If  our 
reason  leads  us  to  admire  with  enthusiasm  a  multitude  of 
inimitable  contrivances  in  nature,-  this  same  reason  tells  us, 
though  we  may  easily  err  on  both  sides,  that  some  other  con- 
trivances are  less  perfect.  Can  we  consider  the  sting  of  the 
bee  as  perfect,  which,  when  used  against  many  kinds  of 
enemies,  cannot  be  withdrawn,  owing  to  the  backward  serra- 
tures,  and  thus  inevitably  causes  the  death  of  the  insect  by 
tearing  out  its  viscera? 

If  we  look  at  the  sting  of  the  bee,  as  having  existed  in  a 
remote  progenitor,  as  a  boring  and  serrated  instrument,  like 
that  in  so  many  members  of  the  same  great  order,  and  that 
it  has  since  been  modified,  but  not  perfected  for  its  present 
purpose,  with  the  poison  originally  adapted  for  some  other 
object,  such  as  to  produce  galls,  since  intensified,  we  can  per- 
haps understand  how  it  is  that  the  use  of  the  sting  should  so 
often  cause  the  insect's  own  death:  for  if  on  the  whole  the 
power  of  stinging  be  useful  to  the  social  community,  it  will 
fulfil  all  the  requirements  of  natural  selection,  though  it 
may  cause  the  death  of  some  few  members.  If  we  admire 
the  truly  wonderful  power  of  scent  by  which  the  males  of 
many  insects  find  their  females,  can  we  admire  the  produc- 
tion for  this  single  purpose  of  thousands  of  drones,  which 
are  utterly  useless  to  the  community  for  any  other  purpose, 
and  which  are  ultimately  slaughtered  by  their  industrious  and 
sterile  sisters?  It  may  be  difficult,  but  we  ought  to  admire 
the  savage  instinctive  hatred  of  the  queen-bee,  which  urges 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  tli 

her  to  destroy  the  yoting  queens,  her  daughters,  as  soon  as 
they  are  bom,  or  to  perish  herself  in  the  combat:  for  un- 
doubtedly this  is  for  the  good  of  the  community ;  and  mater- 
nal love  or  maternal  hatred,  though  the  latter  fortunately  is 
most  rare,  is  all  the  same  to  the  inexorable  principle  of 
natural  selection.  If  we  admire  the  several  ingenious  contri- 
vances, by  which  orchids  and  many  other  plants  are  fertilised 
through  insect  agency,  can  we  consider  as  equally  perfect 
the  elaboration  of  dense  clouds  of  pollen  by  our  fir-trees,  so 
that  a  few  granules  may  be  wafted  by  chance  on  to  the  ovules  ? 

summary:  the  law  op  unity  of  type  and  of  the 

conditions  of  existence  embraced  by  the 

theory  of  natural  selection 

We  have  in  this  chapter  discussed  some  of  the  difficulties 
and  objections  which  may  be  urged  against  the  theory. 
Many  of  them  are  serious;  but  I  think  that  in  the  discussion 
light  has  been  thrown  on  several  facts,  which  on  the  belief 
of  independent  acts  of  creation  are  utterly  obscure.  We  have 
seen  that  species  at  any  one  period  are  not  indefinitely  vari- 
able, and  are  not  linked  together  by  a  multitude  of  interme- 
diate gradations,  partly  because  the  process  of  natural  selec- 
tion is  always  very  slow,  and  at  any  one  time  acts  only  on  a 
few  forms;  and  partly  because  the  very  process  of  natural 
selection  implies  the  continual  supplanting  and  extinction 
of  preceding  and  intermediate  gradations.  Qosely  allied 
species,  now  living  on  a  continuous  area,  must  often  have 
been  formed  when  the  area  was  not  continuous,  and  when  the 
conditions  of  life  did  not  insensibly  graduate  away  from  one 
part  to  another.  When  two  varieties  are  formed  in  two  dis- 
tricts of  a  continuous  area,  an  intermediate  variety  will  often 
be  formed,  fitted  for  an  intermediate  zone;  but  from 
reasons  assigned,  the  intermediate  variety  will  usually  exist 
in  lesser  numbers  than  the  two  forms  which  it  connects ;  con- 
sequently the  two  latter,  during  the  course  of  further  modi- 
fication, from  existing  in  greater  numbers,  will  have  a  great 
advantage  over  the  less  numerous  intermediate  variety,  and 
will  thus  generally  succeed  in  supplanting  and  extermi- 
nating it 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ae  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

We  have  seen  in  this  chapter  how  cautious  we  should  be 
in  concluding  that  the  most  different  habits  of  life  could  not 
graduate  into  each  other;  that  a  bat,  for  instance,  could  not 
have  been  formed  by  natural  selection  from  an  animal  which 
at  first  only  glided  through  the  air. 

We  have  seen  that  a  species  under  new  conditions  of  life 
may  change  its  habits;  or  it  may  have  diversified  habits,  with 
some  very  unlike  those  of  its  nearest  congeners.  Hence  we 
can  understand,  bearing  in  mind  that  each  orgastic  being  is 
trying  to  live  wherever  it  can  live,  how  it  has  arisen  that 
there  are  upland  geese  with  webbed  feet,  ground  woodpeck- 
ers, diving  thrushes,  and  petrels  with  the  habits  of  auks. 

Although  the  belief  that  an  organ  so  perfect  as  the  eye 
could  have  been  formed  by  natural  selection,  is  enough  to 
stagger  any  one ;  yet  in  the  case  of  any  organ,  if  we  know  of 
a  long  series  of  gradations  in  complexity,  each  good  for  its 
possessor,  then,  under  changing  conditions  of  life,  there  is 
no  logical  impossibility  in  the  acquirement  of  any  conceivable 
degree  of  perfection  through  natural  selection.  In  the  cases 
in  which  we  know  of  no  intermediate  or  transitional  states, 
we  should  be  extremely  cautious  in  concluding  that  none  can 
have  existed,  for  the  metamorphoses  of  many  organs  show 
what  wonderful  changes  in  function  are  at  least  possible. 
For  instance,  a  swimbladder  has  apparently  been  converted 
into  an  air-breathing  lung.  The  same  organ  having  per- 
formed simultaneously  very  different  functions,  and  then 
having  been  in  part  or  in  whole  specialised  for  one  function ; 
and  two  distinct  organs  having  performed  at  the  same  time 
the  same  function,  the  one  having  been  perfected  whilst  aided 
by  the  other,  must  often  have  largely  facilitated  transitions. 

We  have  seen  that  in  two  beings  widely  remote  from  each 
other  in  the  natural  scale,  organs  serving  for  the  same  pur- 
pose and  in  external  appearance  closely  similar  may  have 
been  separately  and  independently  formed;  but  when  such 
organs  are  closely  examined,  essential  differences  in  their 
structure  can  almost  always  be  detected;  and  this  naturally 
follows  from  the  principle  of  natural  selection.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  common  rule  throughout  nature  is  infinite 
diversity  of  structure  for  gaining  the  same  end;  and  this 
again  naturally  follows  from  the  same  great  principle. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  217 

In  many  cases  we  are  far  too  ignorant  to  be  enabled  to 
assert  that  a  part  or  organ  is  so  unimportant  for  the  welfare 
of  a  species,  that  modifications  in  its  structure  could  not 
have  been  slowly  accumulated  by  means  of  natural  selection. 
In  many  other  cases,  modifications  are  probably  the  direct 
result  of  the  laws  of  variation  or  of  growth,  independently 
of  any  good  having  been  thus  gained.  But  even  such  struc- 
tures have  often,  as  we  may  feel  assured,  been  subsequently 
taken  advantage  of,  and  still  further  modified,  for  the  good 
of  species  under  new  conditions  of  life.  We  may,  also,  be- 
lieve that  a  part  formerly  of  high  importance  has  frequently 
been  retained  (as  the  tail  of  an  aquatic  animal  by  its  terres- 
trial descendants),  though  it  has  become  of  such  small  im- 
portance that  it  could  not,  in  its  present  state,  have  been 
acquired  by  means  of  natural  selection. 

Natural  selection  can  produce  nothing  in  one  species  for 
the  exclusive  good  or  injury  of  another ;  though  it  may  well 
produce  parts,  organs,  and  excretions  highly  useful  or  even 
indispensable,  or  again  highly  injurious  to  another  species, 
but  in  all  cases  at  the  same  time  useful  to  the  possessor.  In 
each  well-stocked  country  natural  selection  acts  through  the 
competition  of  the  inhabitants,  and  consequently  leads  to  suc- 
cess in  the  battle  for  life,  only  in  accordance  with  the 
standard  of  that  particular  country.  Hence  the  inhabitants 
of  one  country,  generally  the  smaller  one,  often  yield  to  the 
inhabitants  of  another  and  generally  the  larger  country. 
For  in  the  larger  country  there  will  have  existed  more  indi- 
viduals and  more  diversified  forms,  and  the  competition  will 
have  been  severer,  and  thus  the  standard  of  perfection  will 
have  been  rendered  higher.  Natural  selection  will  not  neces- 
sarily lead  to  absolute  perfection ;  nor,  as  far  as  we  can  judge 
by  our  limited  faculties,  can  absolute  perfection  be  every- 
where predicated. 

On  the  theory  of  natural  selection  we  can  clearly  under- 
stand the  full  meaning  of  that  old  canon  in  natural  history, 
"Natura  non  facit  saltum."  This  canon,  if  we  look  to  the 
present  inhabitants  alone  of  the  world,  is  not  strictly  cor- 
rect ;  but  if  we  include  all  those  of  past  times,  whether  known 
or  unknown,  it  must  on  this  theory  be  strictly  true. 

It  is  generally  acknowledged  that  all  organic  beings  have 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


218  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

been  formed  on  two  great  lawd — ^Unity  of  Type,  and  the 
Conditions  of  Existence.  By  unity  of  type  is  meant  that 
fmidamental  agreement  in  stntcttire  which  we  see  in  organic 
beings  of  the  same  class,  and  which  is  quite  independent  of 
their  habits  of  life.  On  my  theory,  unity  of  type  is  explained 
by  unity  of  descent.  The  expression  of  conditions  of  exist- 
ence, so  often  insisted  on  by  the  illustrious  Cuvier,  is  fully 
embraced  by  the  principle  of  natural  selection.  For  natural 
selection  acts  by  either  now  adapting  the  varying  parts  of 
each  being  to  its  organic  and  inorganic  conditions  of  life; 
or  by  having  adapted  them  during  past  periods  of  time:  the 
adaptations  being  aided  in  many  cases  by  the  increased  use 
or  disuse  of  parts,  being  affected  by  the  direct  action  of  the 
external  conditions  of  life,  and  subjected  in  all  cases  to  the 
several  laws  of  growth  and  variation.  Hence,  in  fact,  the 
law  of  the  Conditions  of  Existence  is  the  higher  law;  as  it 
includes,  through  the  inheritance  of  former  variations  and 
adaptations,  that  of  Unity  of  Type. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  VII 

Miscellaneous  Objections  to*  the  Theory  op.  Natural 
Selection 

Longevity — Modifications  not  necessarily  simultaneous — ^Modifications 
apparently  of  no  direct  service — Progressive  development — 
Characters  of  small  functional  importance,  the  most  constant — 
Supposed  incompetence  of  natural  selection  to  account  for  the 
incipient  stages  of  useful  structures — Causes  which  interfere  with 
the  acquisition  through  natural  selection  of  useful  structures — 
Gradations  of  structure  with  changed  ftmctions — Widely  different 
organs  in  members  of  the  same  class,  developed  from  one  and 
the  same  source — Reasons  for  disbelieving  in  great  and  abrupt 
modifications. 

I  WILL  devote  this  chapter  to  the  consideration  of  various 
miscellaneous  objections  which  have  been  advanced 
against  my  views,  as  some  of  the  previous  discus- 
sions may  thus  be  made  clearer;  but  it  would  be  useless 
to  discuss  all  of  them,  as  many  have  been  made  by  writers 
who  have  not  taken  the  trouble  to  understand  the  subject 
.Thus  a  distinguished  German  naturalist  has  asserted  that 
the  weakest  part  of  my  theory  is,  that  I  consider  all  organic 
beings  as  imperfect:  what  I  have  really  said  is,  that  all  are 
not  as  perfect  as  they  might  have  been  in  relation  to  their 
conditions;  and  this  is  shown  to  be  the  case  by  so  many 
native  forms  in  many  quarters  of  the  world  having  yielded 
their  places  to  intruding  foreigners.  Nor  can  organic  beings, 
even  if  they  were  at  any  one  time  perfectly  adapted  to  their 
conditions  of  life,  have  remained  so,  when  their  conditions 
changed,  unless  they  themselves  likewise  changed*^  and  no 
one  will  dispute  that  the  physical  conditions  of  each  country, 
as  well  as  the  numbers  and  kinds  of  its  inhabitants,  have 
undergone  many  mutations. 

A  critic  has  lately  insisted,  with  some  parade  of  mathe- 
matical accuracy,  that  longevity  is  a  great  advantage  to  all 
species,  so  that  he  who  believes  in  natural  selection  ^'must 

219 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


220  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

arrange  his  genealogical  tree''  in  such  a  manner  that  all  the 
descendants  have  longer  lives  than  their  progenitors!  Can- 
^not  our  critic  conceive  that  a  biennial  plant  or  one  of  the 
lower  animals  might  range  into  a  cold  climate  and  perish 
there  every  winter;  and  yet,  owing  to  advantages  gained 
through  natural  selection,  survive  from  year  to  year,  by 
means  of  its  seeds  or  oval^  Mr.  £.  Ray  Lankester  has  re- 
cently discussed  this  subject,  and  he  concludes,  as  far  as  its 
extreme  complexity  allows  him  to  form  a  judgment,  that 
longevity  is  generally  related  to  the  standard  of  each  species 
in  the  scale  of  organisation,  as  well  as  to  the  amount  of  ex- 
penditure in  reproduction  and  in  general  activity.  And  these 
conditions  have,  it  is  probable,  been  largely  determined 
through  natural  selection. 

It  has  been  argued  that,  as  none  of  the  animals  and  plants 
of  Egypt,  of  which  we  know  anything,  have  changed  during 
the  last  three  or  four  thousand  years,  so  probably  have  none 
in  any  part  of  the  world.  But,  as  Mr.  G.  H.  Lewes  has  re- 
marked, this  line  of  argument  proves  too  much,  for  the 
ancient  domestic  races  figured  on  the  Egyptian  monuments, 
or  embalmed,  are  closely  similar  or  even  identical  with  those 
now  living;  yet  all  naturalists  admit  that  such  races  have 
been  produced  through  the  modification  of  their  original 
types.  The  many  animals  which  have  remained  unchanged 
since  the  commencement  of  the  glacial  period,  would  have 
been  an  incomparably  stronger  case,  for  these  have  been 
exposed  to  great  changes  of  climate  and  have  migrated  over 
great  distances;  whereas,  in  Egypt,  during  the  last  several 
thousand  years,  the  conditions  of  life,  as  far  as  we  know,  have 
remained  absolutely  uniform.  The  fact  of  little  or  no  modifi- 
cation having  been  effected  since  the  glacial  period  would  have 
been  of  some  avail  against  those  who  believe  in  an  innate  and 
necessary  law  of  development,  but  is  powerless  against  the 
doctrine  of  natural  selection  or  the  survival  of  the  fittest, 
which  implies  that  when  variations  or  individual  differences 
of  a  beneficial  nature  happen  to  arise,  these  will  be  preserved; 
but  this  will  be  effected  only  under  certain  favourable  cir- 
cumstances. 

The  celebrated  palaeontologist,  Bronn,  at  the  close  of  his 
German  translation  of  this  work,  asks,  how,  on  the  principle 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OP  NATURAL  SELECTION  221 

of  natural  selection,  can  a  variety  live  side  by  side  with  the 
parent  species?  If  both  have  become  fitted  for  slightly  dif- 
ferent habits  of  life  or  conditions,  they  might  live  together; 
and  if  we  lay  on  one  side  polymorphic  species,  in  which  thft 
variability  seems  to  be  of  a  peculiar  nature,  and  all  mere 
temporary  variations,  such  as  size,  albinism,  &c.,  the  more 
permanent  varieties  are  generally  found,  as  far  as  I  can 
discover,  inhabiting  distinct  stations, — such  as  high  land  or 
low  land,  dry  or  moist  districts.  Moreover,  in  the  case  of 
animals  which  wander  much  about  and  cross  freely,  their 
varieties  seem  to  be  generally  confined  to  distinct  regions. 

Bronn  also  insists  that  distinct  species  never  differ  from 
each  other  in  single  characters,  but  in  many  parts;  and  he 
asks,  how  it  always  comes  that  many  parts  of  the  organisa- 
tion should  have  been  modified  at  the  same  time  through 
variation  and  natural  selection?  But  there  is  no  necessity 
for  supposing  that  all  the  parts  of  any  being  have  been 
simultaneously  modified.  The  most  striking  modifications, 
excellently  adapted  for  some  purpose,  might,  as  was  formerly 
remarked,  be  acquired  by  successive  variations,  if  slight, 
first  in  one  part  and  then  in  another;  and  as  they  would  be 
transmitted  all  together,  they  would  appear  to  us  as  if  they 
had  been  simultaneously  develc^ed.  The  best  answer,  how- 
ever, to  the  above  objection  is  afforded  by  those  domestic 
races  which  have  been  modified,  chiefly  through  man's  power 
of  selection,  for  some  special  purpose.  Look  at  the  race 
and  dray  horse,  or  at  the  grey-hound  and  mastiff.  Their 
whole  frames  and  even  their  mental  characteristics  have  been 
modified;  but  if  we  could  trace  each  step  in  the  history  of 
their  transformation, — and  the  latter  steps  can  be  traced, — 
we  should  not  see  great  and  simultaneous  changes,  but  first 
one  part  and  then  another  slightly  modified  and  improved. 
Even  when  selection  has  been  applied  by  man  to  some  one 
character  alone, — of  which  our  cultivated  plants  offer  the 
best  instances, — it  will  invariably  be  found  that  although 
this  one  part,  whether  it  be  the  flower,  fruit,  or  leaves,  has 
been  greatly  changed,  almost  all  the  other  parts  have  been 
slightly  modified.  This  may  be  attributed  partly  to  the  prin- 
ciple of  correlated  growth,  and  partly  to  so-called  spon- 
taneous variation. 

N— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


222  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

A  much  more  serious  objection  has  been  urged  by  Bronn, 
and  recently  by  Broca,  namely,  that  many  characters  appear 
to  be  of  no  service  whatever  to  their  possessors,  and  therefore 
cannot  have  been  influenced  through  natural  selection. 
Bronn  adduces  the  length  of  the  ears  and  tails  in  the  dif- 
ferent species  of  hares  and  mice, — the  complex  folds  of 
enamel  in  the  teeth  of  many  animals,  and  a  multitude  of 
analogous  cases.  With  respect  to  plants,  this  subject  has 
been  discussed  by  Nageli  in  an  admirable  essay.  He  admits 
that  natural  selection  has  effected  much,  but  he  insists  that 
the  families  of  plants  differ  chiefly  from  each  other  in  mor- 
phological characters,  which  appear  to  be  quite  unimportant 
for  the  welfare  of  the  species.  He  consequently  believes  in 
an  innate  tendency  towards  progressive  and  more  perfect 
development.  He  specifies  the  arrangement  of  the  cells  in 
the  tissues,  and  of  the  leaves  on  the  axis,  as  cases  in  which 
natural  selection  could  not  have  acted.  To  these  may  be 
added  the  numerical  divisions  in  the  parts  of  the  flower,  the 
position  of  the  ovules,  the  shape  of  the  seed,  when  not  of  any 
use  for  dissemination,  &c. 

There  is  much  force  in  the  above  objection.  Nevertheless, 
we  ought,  in  the  first  place,  to  be  extremely  cautious  in 
pretending  to  decide  what  structures  now  are,  or  have  for- 
merly been,  of  use  to  each  species.  In  the  second  place,  it 
should  always  be  borne  in  mind  that  when  one  part  is  modi- 
fied, so  will  be  other  parts,  through  certain  dimly  seen  causes, 
such  as  an  increased  or  diminished  flow  of  nutriment  to  a 
part,  mutual  pressure,  an  early  developed  part  affecting  one 
subsequently  developed,  and  so  forth, — as  well  as  through 
other  causes  which  lead  to  the  many  mysterious  cases  of 
correlation,  which  we  do  not  in  the  least  understand.  These 
agencies  may  be  all  grouped  together,  for  the  sake  of  brevity, 
under  the  expression  of  the  laws  of  growth.  In  the  third 
place,  we  have  to  allow  for  the  direct  and  definite  action  of 
changed  conditions  of  life,  and  for  so-called  spontaneous 
variations,  in  which  the  nature  of  the  conditions  apparently 
plays  a  quite  subordinate  part.  Bud-variations,  such  as  the 
appearance  of  a  moss-rose  on  a  common  rose,  or  of  a  nec- 
tarine on  a  peach-tree,  offer  good  instances  of  spontaneous 
variations;  but  even  in  these  cases,  if  we  bear  in  mind  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  223 

power  of  a  minute  drop  of  poison  in  producing  complex  galls, 
we  ought  not  to  feel  too  sure  that  the  above  variations  are 
not  the  effect  of  some  local  change  in  the  nature  of  the  sap, 
due  to  some  change  in  the  conditions.  There  must  be  some 
efficient  cause  for  each  slight  individual  difference,  as  well 
as  for  more  strongly  marked  variations  which  occasionally 
arise;  and  if  the  unknown  cause  were  to  act  persistently,  it 
is  almost  certain  that  all  the  individuals  of  the  species  would 
be  similarly  modified. 

In  the  earlier  editions  of  this  work  I  under-rated,  as  it  now 
seems  probable,  the  frequency  and  importance  of  modifica- 
tions due  to  spontaneous  variability.  But  it  is  impossible  to 
attribute  to  this  cause  the  innumerable  structures  which  are 
so  well  adapted  to  the  habits  of  life  of  each  species.  I  can 
no  more  believe  in  this,  than  that  the  well-adapted  form  of  a 
race-horse  or  greyhound,  which  before  the  principle  of  selec- 
tion by  man  was  well  understood,  excited  so  much  surprise  in 
the  minds  of  the  older  naturalists,  can  thus  be  explained. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  illustrate  some  of  the  foregoing 
remarks.  With  respect  to  the  assumed  inutility  of  various 
parts  and  organs,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  observe  that  even 
in  the  higher  and  best-known  animals  many  structures  exist, 
which  are  so  highly  developed  that  no  one  doubts  that  they 
are  of  importance,  yet  their  use  has  not  been,  or  has  only 
recently  been,  ascertained.  As  Bronn  gives  the  length  of 
the  ears  and  tail  in  the  several  species  of  mice  as  instances, 
though  trifling  ones,  of  differences  in  structure  which  can 
be  of  no  special  use,  I  may  mention  that,  according  to  Dr. 
Schobl,  the  external  ears  of  the  common  mouse  are  supplied 
in  an  extraordinary  manner  with  nerves,  so  that  they  no 
doubt  serve  as  tactile  organs;  hence  the  length  of  the  ears 
can  hardly  be  quite  unimportant  We  shall,  also,  presently 
see  that  the  tail  is  a  highly  useful  prehensile  organ  to  some 
of  the  species ;  and  its  use  would  be  much  influenced  by  its 
length. 

With  respect  to  plants,  to  which  on  account  of  Nageli's 
essay  I  shall  confine  myself  in  the  following  remarks,  it  will 
be  admitted  that  the  flowers  of  orchids  present  a  multitude  of 
curious  structures,  which  a  few  years  ago  would  have  been 
considered  as  mere  morphological  differences  without  any 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


224  0BI6IN  OP  SFECTBS 

special  function ;  but  they  are  now  known  to  be  of  the  highest 
importance  for  the  fertilisation  of  the  species  through  the 
aid  of  insects,  and  have  probably  been  gained  through  natural 
selection.  No  one  until  lately  would  have  imagined  that  in 
dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants  the  different  lengths  of  the 
stamens  and  pistils,  and  their  arrangement,  could  have  been 
of  any  service,  but  now  we  know  this  to  be  the  case. 

In  certain  whole  groups  of  plants  the  ovules  stand  erect, 
and  in  others  they  are  suspended;  and  within  the  same 
ovarium  of  some  few  plants,  cme  ovule  holds  the  former  and 
a  second  ovule  the  latter  position.  These  positions  seem  at 
first  purely  morphological,  or  of  no  physiological  significa- 
tion; but  Dr.  Hooker  informs  me  that  within  the  same 
ovarium,  the  upper  ovules  alone  in  some  cases,  and  in  other 
cases  the  lower  ones  alone  are  fertilised ;  and  he  suggests  that 
this  probably  depends  on  the  direction  in  which  the  pollen- 
tubes  enter  the  ovarium.  If  so,  the  position  of  the  ovules, 
even  when  one  is  erect  and  the  other  suspended  within  the 
same  ovarium,  would  follow  from  the  selection  of  any  slight 
deviations  in  position  which  favoured  their  fertilisation,  and 
the  production  of  seed. 

Several  plants  belonging  to  distinct  orders  habitually  pro- 
duce flowers  of  two  kinds, — ^the  one  open  of  the  ordinary 
structure,  the  other  closed  and  imperfect.  These  two  kinds 
of  flowers  sometimes  differ  wonderfully  in  structure,  yet  may 
be  seen  to  graduate  into  each  other  on  the  same  plant  The 
ordinary  and  open  flowers  can  be  intercrossed ;  and  the  bene- 
fits which  certainly  are  derived  from  this  process  are  thus 
secured.  The  closed  and  imperfect  flowers  are,  however, 
manifestly  of  high  importance,  as  they  yield  with  the  utmost 
safety  a  large  stock  of  seed,  with  the  expenditure  of  won- 
derfully little  pollen.  The  two  kinds  of  flowers  often  differ 
much,  as  just  stated,  in  structure.  The  petals  in  the  imperfect 
flowers  almost  always  consist  of  mere  rudiments,  and  the 
pollen-grains  are  reduced  in  diameter.  In  Ononis  columns 
five  of  the  alternate  stamens  are  rudimentary;  and  in  some 
species  of  Viola  three  stamens  are  in  this  state,  two  retaining 
their  proper  function,  but  being  of  very  small  size.  In  six 
out  of  thirty  of  the  closed  flowers  in  an  Indian  violet  (name 
unknown,  for  the  plants  have  never  produced  with  me  per- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  225 

feet  flowers),  the  sepals  are  reduced  from  the  normal  num- 
ber of  five  to  three.  In  one  section  of  the  Malpighiacese  the 
closed  flowers,  according  to  A.  de  Jussieu,  are  still  further 
modified,  for  the  five  stamens  which  stand  opposite  to  the 
sepals  are  all  aborted,  a  sixth  stamen  standing  opposite  to 
a  petal  being  alone  developed;  and  this  stamen  is  not  present 
in  the  ordinary  flowers  of  these  species ;  the  style  is  aborted ; 
and  the  ovaria  are  reduced  from  three  to  two.  Now  although 
natural  selection  may  well  have  had  the  power  to  prevent 
some  of  the  flowers  from  expanding,  and  to  reduce  the  amount 
of  pollen,  when  rendered  by  the  closure  of  the  flowers  super- 
fluous, yet  hardly  any  of  the  above  special  modifications  can 
have  been  thus  determined,  but  must  have  followed  from 
the  laws  of  growth,  including  the  functional  inactivity  of 
parts,  during  the  progress  of  the  reduction  of  the  pollen  and 
the  closure  of  the  flowers. 

It  is  so  necessary  to  appreciate  the  important  effects  of 
the  laws  of  growth,  that  I  will  give  some  additional  cases  of 
another  kind,  namely  of  differences  in  the  same  part  or  organ, 
due  to  differences  in  relative  position  on  the  same  plant. 
In  the  Spanish  chestnut,  and  in  certain  fir-trees,  the  angles  of 
divergence  of  the  leaves  differ,  according  to  Schacht,  in 
the  nearly  horizontal  and  in  the  upright  branches.  In  the 
common  rue  and  some  other  plants,  one  flower,  usually  the 
central  or  terminal  one,  opens  first,  and  has  five  sepals  and 
petals,  and  five  divisions  to  the  ovarium ;  whilst  all  the  other 
flowers  on  the  plant  are  tetramerous.  In  the  British  Adoxa 
the  uppermost  flower  generally  has  two  calyx-lobes  with  the 
other  organs  tetramerous,  whilst  the  surrounding  flowers 
generally  have  three  calyx-lobes  with  the  other  organs  pen- 
tamerous.  In  many  Compositse  and  Umbelliferse  (and  in 
some  other  plants)  the  circumferential  flowers  have  their 
corollas  much  more  developed  than  those  of  the  centre; 
and  this  seems  often  connected  with  the  abortion  of  the  re- 
productive organs.  It  is  a  more  curious  fact,  previously 
referred  to,  that  the  achenes  or  seeds  of  the  circumference 
and  centre  sometimes  differ  greatly  in  form,  colour,  and 
other  characters.  In  Carthamus  and  some  other  Compositae 
the  central  achenes  alone  are  furnished  with  a  pappus;  and 
in  Hyoseris  the  same  head  yields  achenes  of  three  different 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


226  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIBS 

forms.  In  certain  Umbelli  ferae  the  exterior  seeds,  according 
to  Tausch,  are  orthospermous,  and  the  central  one  coelosper- 
mous,  and  this  is  a  character  which  was  considered  by  De 
Candolle  to  be  in  other  species  of  the  highest  systematic  im- 
portance. Prof.  Braun  mentions  a  Fumariaceous  genus  in 
which  the  flowers  in  the  lower  part  of  the  spike  bear  oval, 
ribbed,  one-seeded  nutlets ;  and  in  the  upper  part  of  the  spike, 
lanceolate,  two-valved,  and  two-seeded  siliques.  In  these 
several  cases,  with  the  exception  of  that  of  the  well  developed 
ray-florets,  which  are  of  service  in  making  the  flowers  con- 
spicuous to  insects,  natural  selection  cannot,  as  far  as  we  can 
judge,  have  come  into  play,  or  only  in  a  quite  subordinate 
manner.  All  these  modifications  follow  from  the  relative 
position  and  inter-action  of  the  parts;  and  it  can  hardly  be 
doubted  that  if  all  the  flowers  and  leaves  on  the  same  plant 
had  been  subjected  to  the  same  external  and  internal  con- 
dition, as  are  the  flowers  and  leaves  in  certain  positions,  all 
would  have  been  modified  in  the  same  manner. 

In  numerous  other  cases  we  find  modifications  of  structure, 
which  are  considered  by  botanists  to  be  generally  of  a  highly 
important  nature,  affecting  only  some  of  the  flowers  on  the 
same  plant,  or  occurring  on  distinct  plants,  which  grow  close 
together  under  the  same  conditions.  As  these  variations 
seem  of  no  special  use  to  the  plants,  they  cannot  have  been 
influenced  by  natural  selection.  Of  their  cause  we  are  quite 
ignorant;  we  cannot  even  attribute  them,  as  in  the  last  class 
of  cases,  to  any  proximate  agency,  such  as  relative  position. 
I  will  give  only  a  few  instances.  It  is  so  common  to  observe 
on  the  same  plant,  flowers  indifferently  tetramerous,  pentam- 
erous,  &c.,  that  I  need  not  give  examples ;  but  as  numerical 
variations  are  comparatively  rare  when  the  parts  are  few,  I 
may  mention  that,  according  to  De  QandoUe,  the  flowers  of 
Papaver  bracteatum  offer  either  two  sepals  with  four  petals 
(which  is  the  common  type  with  poppies),  or  three  sepals 
with  six  petals.  The  manner  in  which  the  petals  are  folded 
in  the  bud  is  in  most  groups  a  very  constant  morphological 
character;  but  Professor  Asa  Gray  states  that  with  some 
species  of  Mimulus,  the  aestivation  is  almost  as  frequently 
that  of  the  Rhinanthideae  as  of  the  Antirrhinideae,  to  which 
latter  tribe  the  genus  belongs.    Aug.  St.  Hilaire  gives  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OP  NATURAL  SELECTION  227 

following  cases :  the  genus  Zanthoxylon  belongs  to  a  division 
of  the  Rutaceae  with  a  single  ovary,  but  in  some  species 
flowers  may  be  found  on  the  same  plant,  and  even  in  the 
same  panicle,  with  either  one  or  two  ovaries.  In  Helian- 
themum  the  capsule  has  been  described  as  unilocular  or 
3-locular;  and  in  H.  mutabile,  "Une  lame,  plus  ou  moins 
large,  s'etend  cntre  le  pericarpe  et  le  placenta."  In  the 
flowers  of  Saponaria  officinalis.  Dr.  Masters  has  observed 
instances  of  both  marginal  and  free  central  placentation. 
Lastly,  St  Hilaire  found  towards  the  southern  extreme  of 
the  range  of  Gomphia  oleseformis  two  forms  which  he  did^ 
not  at  first  doubt  were  distinct  species,  but  he  subsequently 
saw  them  growing  on  the  same  bush;  and  he  then  adds, 
"Voili  done  dans  un  meme  individu  des  loges  et  nn  style  qui 
se  rattachent  tantot  k  un  axe  verticale  et  tantot  i  un 
gynobase." 

We  thus  see  that  with  plants  many  morphological  changes 
may  be  attributed  to  the  laws  of  growth  and  the  inter-actlon 
of  parts,  independently  of  natural  selection.  But  with  re- 
spect to  Nageli's  doctrine  of  an  innate  tendency  towards 
perfection  or  progressive  development,  can  it  be  said  in  the 
case  of  these  strongly  pronounced  variations,  that  the  plants 
have  been  caught  in  the  act  of  progressing  towards  a  higher 
state  of  development?  On  the  contrary,  I  should  infer  from 
the  mere  fact  of  the  parts  in  question  differing  or  varying 
greatly  on  the  same  plant,  that  such  modifications  were  of 
extremely  small  importance  to  the  plants  themselves,  of 
whatever  importance  they  may  generally  be  to  us  for  our  clas- 
sifications. The  acquisition  of  a  useless  part  can  hardly  be  said 
to  raise  an  organism  in  the  natural  scale ;  and  in  the  case  of  the 
imperfect,  closed  flowers  above  described,  if  any  new  principle 
has  to  be  invoked,  it  must  be  one  of  retrogression  rather  than 
of  progression;  and  so  it  must  be  with  many  parasitic  and 
degraded  animals.  We  are  ignorant  of  the  exciting  cause  of 
the  above  specified  modifications;  but  if  the  unknown  cause 
were  to  act  almost  uniformly  for  a  length  of  time,  we  may 
infer  that  the  result  would  be  almost  uniform;  and  in  this 
case  all  the  individuals  of  the  species  would  be  modified  in 
the  same  manner. 

From  the  fact  of  the  above  characters  being  unimportant 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


228  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

for  the  welfare  of  the  species,  any  slight  rariations  which  oc- 
curred in  them  would  not  have  been  accumulated  and  aug- 
mented through  natural  selection.  A  structure  which  has  been 
developed  through  long-continued  selection,  when  it  ceases  to 
be  of  service  to  a  species,  generally  becomes  variable,  as  we 
see  with  rudimentary  organs;  for  it  will  no  longer  be  regu- 
lated by  this  same  power  of  selection.  But  when,  from  the 
nature  of  the  organism  and  of  the  conditions,  modifications 
have  been  induced  which  are  unimportant  for  the  welfare  of 
the  species,  they  may  be,  and  apparently  often  have  been, 
transmitted  in  nearly  the  same  state  to  numerous,  otherwise 
modified,  descendants.  It  cannot  have  been  of  much  impor- 
tance to  the  greater  number  of  mammals,  birds,  or  reptiles, 
whether  they  were  clothed  with  hair,  feathers,  or  scales ;  yet 
hair  has  been  transmitted  to  almost  all  mammals,  feathers 
to  all  birds,  and  scales  to  all  true  reptiles.  A  structure,  what- 
ever it  may  be,  which  is  common  to  many  allied  forms,  is 
ranked  by  us  as  of  high  systematic  importance,  and  conse- 
quently is  often  assumed  to  be  of  high  vital  importance  to  the 
species.  Thus,  as  I  am  inclined  to  believe,  morphological 
differences,  which  we  consider  as  important — such  as  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  leaves,  the  divisions  of  the  flower  or  of  the 
ovarium,  the  position  of  the  ovules,  &c. — ^first  appeared  in 
many  cases  as  fluctuating  variations,  which  sooner  or  later 
became  constant  through  the  nature  of  the  organism  and  of 
the  surrounding  conditions,  as  well  as  through  the  inter- 
crossing of  distinct  individuals,  but  not  through  natural  selec- 
tion; for  as  these  morphological  characters  do  not  affect  the 
welfare  of  the  species,  any  slight  deviations  in  them  could 
not  have  been  governed  or  accumulated  through  this  latter 
agency.  It  is  a  strange  result  which  we  thus  arrive  at, 
namely  that  characters  of  slight  vital  importance  to  the  spe- 
cies, are  the  most  important  to  the  systematist;  but,  as  we 
shall  hereafter  see  when  we  treat  of  the  genetic  principle  of 
classification,  this  is  by  no  means  so  paradoxical  as  it  may 
at  first  appear. 

Although  we  have  no  good  evidence  of  the  existence  in 
organic  beings  of  an  innate  tendency  towards  progressive 
development,  yet  this  necessarily  follows,  as  I  have  attempted 
to  show  in  the  fourth  chapter,  through  the  continued  action 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OP  NATURAL  SELECTION  229 

of  natural  selection.  For  the  best  definition  which  has  ever 
been  given  of  a  high  standard  of  organisation  is  the  degree 
to  which  the  parts  have  been  specialised  or  differentiated; 
and  natural  selection  tends  towards  this  end,  inasmuch  as 
the  parts  are  thus  enabled  to  perform  their  functions  more 
efficiently. 

A  distinguished  zoologist,  Mr.  St.  George  Mivart,  has 
recently  collected  all  the  objections  which  have  ever  been 
advanced  by  myself  and  others  against  the  theory  of  natural 
selection,  as  propounded  by  Mr.  Wallace  and  myself,  and  has 
illustrated  them  with  admirable  art  and  force.  When  thus 
marshalled,  they  make  a  formidable  array;  and  as  it  forms 
no  part  of  Mr.  Mivart's  plan  to  give  the  various  facts  and 
considerations  opposed  to  his  conclusions,  no  slight  effort 
of  reason  and  memory  is  left  to  the  reader,  who  may  wish 
to  weigh  the  evidence  on  both  sides.  When  discussing  special 
cases,  Mr.  Mivart  passes  over  the  effects  of  the  increased 
use  and  disuse  of  parts,  which  I  have  always  maintained  to 
be  highly  important,  and  have  treated  in  my  'Variation  under 
Domestication'  at  greater  length  than,  as  I  believe,  any  other 
writer.  He  likewise  often  assumes  that  I  attribute  nothing 
to  variation,  independently  of  natural  selection,  whereas  in 
the  work  just  referred  to  I  have  collected  a  greater  number  of 
well-established  cases  than  can  be  found  in  any  other  work 
known  to  me.  My  judgment  may  not  be  trustworthy,  but 
after  reading  with  care  Mr.  Mivart's  book,  and  comparing 
each  section  with  what  I  have  said  on  the  same  head,  I  never 
before  felt  so  strongly  convinced  of  the  general  truth  of  the 
conclusions  here  arrived  at,  subject,  of  course,  in  so  intricate 
a  subject,  to  much  partial  error. 

All  Mr.  Mivart's  objections  will  be,  or  have  been,  con- 
sidered in  the  present  volume.  The  one  new  point  which 
appears  to  have  struck  many  readers  is,  **that  natural  selec- 
tion is  incompetent  to  account  for  the  incipient  stages  of 
useful  structures."  This  subject  is  intimately  connected  with 
that  oi  the  gradation  of  characters,  often  accompanied  by 
a  change  of  function, — for  instance,  the  conversion  of  a 
swim-bladder  into  lungs, — points  which  were  discussed  in  the 
last  chapter  under  two  headings.    Nevertheless,  I  will  here 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


290  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

consider  in  some  detail  several  of  the  cases  advanced  by  Mr. 
Mivart,  selecting  those  which  are  the  most  illustrative,  as 
want  of  space  prevents  me  from  considering  all. 

The  giraffe,  by  its  lofty  stature,  much  elongated  neck, 
fore  legs,  head  and  tongue,  has  its  whole  frame  beautifully 
adapted  for  browsing  on  the  higher  branches  of  trees.  It  can 
thus  obtain  food  beyond  the  reach  of  the  other  Ungulata  or 
hoofed  animals  inhabiting  the  same  country;  and  this  must 
be  a  great  advantage  to  it  during  dearths.  The  Niata  cattle 
in  S.  America  show  us  how  small  a  difference  in  structure 
may  make,  during  such  periods,  a  great  difference  in  preserv- 
ing an  animal's  life.  These  cattle  can  brovrse  as  well  as 
others  on  grass,  but  from  the  projection  of  the  lower  jaw 
they  cannot,  during  the  often  recurrent  droughts,  browse  on 
the  twigs  of  trees,  reeds,  &c.,  to  which  food  the  common 
cattle  and  horses  are  then  driven ;  so  that  at  these  times  the 
Niatas  perish,  if  not  fed  by  their  owners.  Before  coming 
to  Mr.  Mivart's  objections,  it  may  be  well  to  explain  once 
again  how  natural  selection  will  act  in  all  ordinary  cases. 
Man  has  modified  some  of  his  animals,  without  necessarily 
having  attended  to  special  points  of  structure,  by  simply  pre- 
serving and  breeding  from  the  fleetest  individuals,  as  with 
the  race-horse  and  greyhound^  or  as  with  the  game-cock,  by 
breeding  from  the  victorious  birds.  So  under  nature  with 
the  nascent  giraffe,  the  individuals  which  were  the  highest 
browsers  and  were  able  during  dearths  to  reach  even  an  inch 
or  two  above  the  others,  will  often  have  been  preserved; 
for  they  will  have  roamed  over  the  whole  country  in  search 
of  food.  That  the  individuals  of  the  same  species  often 
differ  slightly  in  the  relative  lengths  of  all  their  parts  may 
be  seen  in  many  works  of  natural  history,  in  which  careful 
measurements  are  given.  These  slight  proportional  differ- 
ences, due  to  the  laws  of  growth  and  variation,  are  not  of  the 
slightest  use  or  importance  to  most  species.  But  it  will  have 
been  otherwise  with  the  nascent  giraffe,  considering  its  prob- 
able habits  of  life ;  for  those  individuals  which  had  some  one 
part  or  several  parts  of  their  bodies  rather  more  elongated 
than  usual,  would  generally  have  survived.  These  will  have 
intercrossed  and  left  offspring,  either  inheriting  the  same 
bodily  peculiarities,  or  with  a  tendency  to  vary  again  in  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SBLECTION  2S1 

same  manner;  whilst  the  individuals,  less  favoured  in  the 
same  respects,  will  have  been  the  most  liable  to  perish. 

We  here  see  that  there  is  no  need  to  separate  single  pairs, 
as  man  does,  when  he  methodically  improves  a  breed ;  natural 
selection  will  preserve  and  thus  separate  all  the  superior 
individuals,  allowing  them  freely  to  intercross,  and  will  de- 
stroy all  the  inferior  individuals.  By  this  process  long- 
continued,  which  exactly  corresponds  with  what  I  have  called 
unconscious  selection  by  man,  combined  no  doubt  in  a  most 
important  manner  with  the  inherited  effects  of  the  increased 
use  of  parts,  it  seems  to  me  almost  certain  that  an  ordinary 
hoofed  quadruped  might  be  converted  into  a  giraffe. 

To  this  conclusion  Mr.  Mivart  brings  forward  two  objec- 
tions. One  is  that  the  increased  size  of  the  body  would 
obviously  require  an  increased  supply  of  food,  and  he  con- 
siders it  as  "very  problematical  whether  the  disadvantages 
thence  arising  would  not,  in  times  of  scarcity,  more  than 
counterbalance  the  advantages."  But  as  the  giraffe  does 
actually  exist  in  large  numbers  in  S.  Africa,  and  as  some  of 
the  largest  antelopes  in  the  world,  taller  than  an  ox,  abound 
there,  why  should  we  doubt  that,  as  far  as  size  is  concerned, 
intermediate  gradations  could  formerly  have  existed  there, 
subjected  as  now  to  severe  dearths?  Assuredly  the  being 
able  to  reach,  at  each  stage  of  increased  size,  to  a  supply  of 
food,  left  untouched  by  the  other  hoofed  quadrupeds  of  the 
country,  would  have  been  of  some  advantage  to  the  nascent 
giraffe.  Nor  must  we  overlook  the  fact,  that  increased  bulk 
would  act  as  a  protection  against  almost  all  beasts  of  prey 
excepting  the  lion;  and  against  this  animal,  its  tall  neck, — 
and  the  taller  the  better, — ^would,  as  Mr.  Chauncey  Wright 
has  remarked,  serve  as  a  watch-tower.  It  is  from  this  cause, 
as  Sir  S.  Baker  remarks,  that  no  animal  is  more  difficult  to 
stalk  than  the  giraffe.  This  animal  also  uses  its  long  neck 
as  a  means  of  offence  or  defence,  by  violently  swinging  its 
head  armed  with  stump-like  horns.  The  preservation  of 
each  species  can  rarely  be  determined  by  any  one  advantage 
but  by  the  union  of  all,  great  and  small. 

Mr.  Mivart  then  asks  (and  this  is  his  second  objection), 
if  natural  selection  be  so  potent,  and  if  high  browsing  be  so 
great  an  advantage,  why  has  not  any  other  hoofed  quadruped 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


2d2  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

acquired  a  long  neck  and  lofty  stature,  besides  the  giraffe, 
and,  in  lesser  degree,  the  camel,  guanaco,  and  macrauchenia? 
Or,  again,  why  has  not  any  member  of  the  group  acquired  a 
long  proboscis?  With  respect  to  S.  Africa,  which  was  for- 
merly inhabited  by  numerous  herds  of  the  giraffe,  the  answer 
is  not  difficult,  and  can  best  be  given  by  an  illustration.  In 
every  meadow  in  England  in  which  trees  grow,  we  see  the 
lower  branches  trimmed  or  planed  to  an  exact  level  by  the 
browsing  of  the  horses  or  cattle ;  and  what  advantage  would 
it  be,  for  instance,  to  sheep,  if  kept  there,  to  acquire  slightly 
longer  necks?  In  every  district  some  one  kind  of  animal 
will  almost  certainly  be  able  to  browse  higher  than  the 
others;  and  it  is  almost  equally  certain  that  this  one  kind 
alone  could  have  its  neck  elongated  for  this  purpose,  through 
natural  selection  and  the  effects  of  increased  use.  In  S. 
Africa  the  competition  for  browsing  on  the  higher  branches 
of  the  acacias  and  other  trees  must  be  between  giraffe  and 
giraffe,  and  not  with  the  other  utigulate  animals. 

Why,  in  other  quarters  of  the  world,  various  animals  be- 
longing to  this  same  order  have  not  acquired  either  an 
elongated  neck  or  a  proboscis,  cannot  be  distinctly  answered; 
but  it  is  as  unreasonable  to  expect  a  distinct  answer  to  such 
a  question,  as  why  some  event  in  the  history  of  mankind  did 
not  occur  in  one  country,  whilst  it  did  in  another.  We  are 
ignorant  with  respect  to  the  conditions  which  determine  the 
numbers  and  range  of  each  species ;  and  we  cannot  even  con- 
jecture what  changes  of  structure  would  be  favourable  to 
its  increase  in  some  new  country.  We  can,  however,  see  in  a 
general  manner  that  various  causes  might  have  interfered 
with  the  development  of  a  long  neck  or  proboscis.  To  reach 
the  foliage  of  a  considerable  height  (without  climbing,  for 
which  hoofed  animals  are  singularly  ill-constructed)  implies 
greatly  increased  bulk  of  body ;  and  we  know  that  some  areas 
support  singularly  few  large  quadrupeds,  for  instance  S. 
America,  though  it  is  so  luxuriant ;  whilst  S.  Africa  abounds 
with  them  to  an  uilparalleled  degree.  Why  this  should  be 
so,  we  do  not  know ;  nor  why  the  later  tertiary  periods  should 
have  been  much  more  favourable  for  their  existence  than  the 
present  time.  Whatever  the  causes  may  have  been,  we  can 
see  that  certain  districts  and  times  would  have  been  much 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  253 

more  favourable  than  others  for  the  development  of  so  large 
a  quadruped  as  the  giraffe. 

In  order  that  an  animal  should  acquire  some  structure 
specially  and  largely  developed,  it  is  almost  indispensable 
that  several  other  parts  should  be  modified  and  co-adapted. 
Although  every  part  of  the  body  varies  slightly,  it  does  not 
follow  that  the  necessary  parts  should  always  vary  in  the 
right  direction  and  to  the  right  degree.  With  the  different 
species  of  our  domesticated  animals  we  know  that  the  parts 
vary  in  a  different  manner  and  degree ;  and  that  some  species 
are  much  more  variable  than  others.  Even  if  the  fitting  vari- 
ations did  arise,  it  does  not  follow  that  natural  selection 
would  be  able  to  act  on  them,  and  produce  a  structure  which 
apparently  would  be  beneficial  to  the  species.  For  instance, 
if  the  number  of  individuals  existing  in  a  country  is  deter- 
mined chiefly  through  destruction  by  beasts  of  prey, — ^by  ex- 
ternal or  internal  parasites,  etc., — ^as  seems  often  to  be  the 
case,  then  natural  selection  will  be  able  to  do  little,  or  will  be 
greatly  retarded,  in  modifying  any  particular  structure  for  ob- 
taining food.  Lastly,  natural  selection  is  a  slow  process,  and 
the  same  favourable  conditions  must  long  endure  in  order 
that  any  marked  effect  should  thus  be  produced.  Except  by 
assigning  such  general  and  vague  reasons,  we  cannot  explain 
why,  in  many  quarters  of  the  world,  hoofed  quadrupeds  have 
not  acquired  much  elongated  necks  or  other  means  for  brows- 
ing on  the  higher  branches  of  trees. 

Objections  of  the  same  nature  as  the  foregoing  have  been 
advanced  by  many  writers.  In  each  case  various  causes,  be- 
sides the  general  ones  just  indicated,  have  probably  inter- 
fered with  the  acquisition  through  natural  selection  of  struc- 
tures, which  it  is  thought  would  be  beneficial  to  certain 
species.  One  writer  asks,  why  has  not  the  ostrich  acquired 
the  power  of  flight?  But  a  moment's  reflection  will  show 
what  an  enormous  supply  of  food  would  be  necessary  to  give 
to  this  bird  of  the  desert  force  to  move  its  huge  body  through 
the  air.  Oceanic  islands  are  inhabited  by  bats  and  seals,  but 
by  no  terrestrial  mammals;  yet  as  some  of  these  bats  are 
peculiar  species,  they  must  have  long  inhabited  their  present 
homes.  Therefore  Sir  C.  Lyell  asks,  and  assigns  certain  rea- 
sons in  answer,  why  have  not  seals  and  bats  given  birth  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


234  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaSS 

such  islands  to  forms  fitted  to  live  on  the  land?  But  seals 
would  necessarily  be  first  converted  into  terrestrial  carnivor- 
ous animals  of  considerable  size,  and  bats  into  terrestrial 
insectivorous  animals;  for  the  former  there  would  be  no 
prey;  for  the  bats  ground-insects  would  serve  as  food,  but 
these  would  already  be  largely  preyed  on  by  the  reptiles  or 
birds,  which  first  colonise  and  abound  on  most  oceanic  islands. 
Gradations  of  structure,  with  each  stage  beneficial  to  a  chang- 
ing species,  will  be  favoured  only  under  certain  peculiar  con- 
ditions. A  strictly  terrestrial  animal,  by  occasionally  hunting 
for  food  in  shallow  water,  then  in  streams  or  lakes,  might  at 
last  be  converted  into  an  animal  so  thoroughly  aquatic  as  to 
brave  the  open  ocean.  But  seals  would  not  find  on  oceanic 
islands  the  conditions  favourable  to  their  gradual  reconver- 
sion into  a  terrestrial  form.  Bats,  as  formerly  shown,  prot>- 
ably  acquired  their  wings  by  at  first  gliding  through  the  air 
from  tree  to  tree,  like  the  so-called  flying  squirrels,  for  the 
sake  of  escaping  from  their  enemies,  or  for  avoiding  falls; 
but  when  the  power  of  true  flight  had  once  been  acquired,  it 
would  never  be  reconverted  back,  at  least  for  the  above  pur- 
poses, into  the  less  eflicient  power  of  gliding  throu^  the  air. 
Bats  might,  indeed,  like  many  birds,  have  had  their  wings 
greatly  reduced  in  size,  or  completely  lost,  through  disuse; 
but  in  this  case  it  would  be  necessary  that  they  should  first 
have  acquired  the  power  of  running  quickly  on  the  ground, 
by  the  aid  of  their  hind  legs  alone,  so  as  to  compete  with 
birds  or  other  ground  animals ;  and  for  such  a  change  a  bat 
seems  singularly  ill-fitted.  These  conjectural  remarks  have 
been  made  merely  to  show  that  a  transition  of  structure,  with 
each  step  beneficial,  is  a  highly  complex  affair ;  and  that  there 
is  nothing  strange  in  a  transition  not  having  occurred  in  any 
particular  case. 

Lastly,  more  than  one  writer  has  asked,  why  have  some 
animals  had  their  mental  powers  more  highly  developed  than 
others,  as  such  development  would  be  advantageous  to  all? 
Why  have  not  apes  acquired  the  intellectual  powers  of  man  ? 
Various  causes  could  be  assigned;  but  as  lliey  are  conjec- 
tural, and  their  relative  probability  cannot  be  weighed,  it 
would  be  useless  to  give  them.  A  definite  answer  to  the  lat- 
ter question  ought  not  to  be  expected,  seeing  that  no  one  can 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  235 

solve  the  simpler  problem  why,  of  two  races  of  savages,  one 
has  risen  higher  in  the  scale  of  civilisation  than  the  other; 
and  this  apparently  implies  increased  brain-power. 

We  will  return  to  Mr.  Mivart's  other  objections.  Insects 
often  resemble  for  the  sake  of  protection  various  objects,  such 
as  green  or  decayed  leaves,  dead  twigs,  bits  of  lichen,  flowers, 
spines,  excrement  of  birds,  and  living  insects ;  but  to  this  lat- 
ter point  I  shall  hereafter  recur.  The  resemblance  is  often 
wonderfully  close,  and  is  not  confined  to  colour,  but  extends 
to  form,  and  even  to  the  manner  in  which  the  insects  hold 
themselves.  The  caterpillars  which  project  motionless  like 
dead  twigs  from  the  bushes  on  which  they  feed,  offer  an  ex- 
cellent instance  of  a  resemblance  of  this  kind.  The  cases  of 
the  imitation  of  such  objects  as  the  excrement  of  birds,  are 
rare  and  exceptional.  On  this  head,  Mr.  Mivart  remarks, 
"As,  according  to  Mr.  Darwin's  theory,  there  is  a  constant 
tendency  to  indefinite  variation,  and  as  the  minute  incipient 
variations  will  be  in  all  directions,  they  must  tend  to  neutral- 
ise each  other,  and  at  first  to  form  such  unstable  modifications 
that  it  is  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  see  how  such  indefinite 
oscillations  of  infinitesimal  beginnings  can  ever  build  up  a 
sufficiently  appreciable  resemblance  to  a  leaf,  bamboo,  or  other 
object,  for  Natural  Selection  to  seize  upon  and  perpetuate." 

But  in  all  the  foregoing  cases  the  insects  in  their  original 
state  no  doubt  presented  some  rude  and  accidental  resem- 
blance to  an  object  commonly  found  in  the  stations  frequented 
by  them.  Nor  is  this  at  all  improbable,  considering  the  al- 
most infinite  number  of  surrounding  objects  and  the  diver- 
sity in  form  and  colour  of  the  hosts  of  insects  which  exist 
As  some  rude  resemblance  is  necessary  for  the  first  start,  we 
can  understand  how  it  is  that  the  larger  and  higher  animals 
do  not  (with  the  exception,  as  far  as  I  know,  of  one  fish") 
resemble  for  the  sake  of  protection  special  objects,  but  only 
the  surface  which  commonly  surrounds  them,  and  this  chiefly 
in  colour.  Assuming  that  an  insect  originally  happened  to 
resemble  in  some  degree  a  dead  twig  or  a  decayed  leaf,  and 
that  it  varied  slightly  in  many  ways,  then  all  die  variations 
which  rendered  the  insect  at  all  more  like  any  such  object, 
and  thus  favoured  its  escape,  would  be  preserved,  whilst  other 
variations  would  be  neglected  and  ultimately  lost;  or,  if  they 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


236  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

rendered  the  insect  at  all  less  like  the  imitated  object,  they 
would  be  eliminated.  There  would  indeed  be  force  in  Mr. 
Mivart's  objection,  if  we  were  to  attempt  to  account  for  the 
above  resemblances,  independently  of  natural  selection, 
through  mere  fluctuating  variability;  but  as  the  case  stands 
there  is  none. 

Nor  can  I  see  any  force  in  Mr.  Mivarfs  difficulty  with  re- 
spect to  "the  last  touches  of  perfection  in  the  mimicry;"  as 
in  the  case  given  by  Mr.  Wallace,  of  a  walking-stick  insect 
(Ceroxylus  laceratus),  which  resembles  "a  stick  grown  over 
by  a  creeping  moss  or  jungermannia."  So  close  was  this 
resepiblance,  that  a  native  Dyak  maintained  that  the  foli- 
aceous  excrescences  were  really  moss.  Insects  are  preyed  on 
by  birds  and  other  enemies,  whose  sight  is  probably  sharper 
than  ours,  and  every  grade  in  resemblance  which  aided  an 
insect  to  escape  notice  or  detection,  would  tend  towards  its 
preservation;  and  the  more  perfect  the  resemblance  so  much 
the  better  for  the  insect  Considering  the  nature  of  the  dif- 
ferences between  the  species  in  the  group  which  includes  the 
above  Ceroxylus,  there  is  nothing  improbable  in  this  insect 
having  varied  in  the  irregularities  on  its  surface,  and  in  these 
having  become  more  or  less  green-coloured;  for  in  every 
group  the  characters  which  differ  in  the  several  species  are 
tht  most  apt  to  vary,  whilst  the  generic  characters,  or  those 
common  to  all  the  species,  are  the  most  constant. 

The  Greenland  whale  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  animals 
in  the  world,  and  the  baleen,  or  whale-bone,  one  of  its  great- 
est peculiarities.  The  baleen  consists  of  a  row,  on*  each  side, 
of  the  upper  jaw,  of  about  300  plates  or  laminae,  which  stand 
close  together  transversely  to  the  longer  axis  of  the  mouth. 
Within  the  main  row  there  are  some  subsidiary  rows.  The 
extremities  and  inner  margins  of  all  the  plates  are  frayed 
into  stiff  bristles,  which  clothe  the  whole  gigantic  palate,  and 
serve  to  strain  or  sift  the  water,  and  thus  to  secure  the 
minute  prey  on  which  these  great  animals  subsist.  The 
middle  and  longest  lamina  in  the  Greenland  whale  is  ten, 
twelve,  or  even  fifteen  feet  in  length;  but  in  the  different 
species  of  Cetaceans  there  are  gradations  in  length;  the 
middle  lamina  being  in  one  species,  according  to  Scoresby, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  237 

four  feet,  in  another  three,  in  another  eighteen  inches,  and  in 
the  Balaenoptera  rostrata  only  about  nine  inches  in  length. 
The  quality  of  the  whale-bone  also  differs  in  the  different 
species. 

With  respect  to  the  baleen,  Mn  Mivart  remarks  that  if  it 
''had  once  attained  such  a  size  and  development  as  to  be  at 
all  useful,  then  its  preservation  and  augmentation  within 
serviceable  limits  would  be  promoted  by  natural  selection 
alone.  But  how  to  obtain  the  beginning  of  such  useful  de- 
velopment?" In  answer,  it  may  be  asked,  why  should  not 
the  early  progenitors  of  the  whales  with  baleen  have  pos- 
sessed a  mouth  constructed  something  like  the  lamellated 
beak  of  a  duck?  Ducks,  like  whales,  subsist  by  sifting  the 
mud  and  water;  and  the  family  has  sometimes  been  called 
Criblatores,  or  sifters.  I  hope  that  I  may  not  be  miscon- 
strued into  saying  that  the  progenitors  of  whales  did  actually 
possess  mouths  lamellated  like  the  beak  of  a  duck.  I  wish 
only  to  show  that  this  is  not  incredible,  and  that  the  immense 
plates  of  baleen  in  the  Greenland  whale  might  have  been 
developed  from  such  lamellae  by  finely  graduated  steps,  each 
of  service  to  its  possessor. 

The  beak  of  a  shoveller-duck  (Spatula  clypeata)  is  a  more 
beautiful  and  complex  structure  than  the  mouth  of  a  whale. 
The  upper  mandible  is  furnished  on  each  side  (in  the  speci- 
men examined  by  me)  with  a  row  or  comb  formed  of  i88 
thin,  elastic  lamellae,  obliquely  bevelled  so  as  to  be  pointed, 
and  placed  transversely  to  the  longer  axis  of  the  mouth. 
They  arise  from  the  palate,  and  are  attached  by  flexible  mem- 
brane to  the  sides  of  the  mandible.  Those  standing  towards 
the  middle  are  the  longest,  being  about  one-third  of  an  inch 
in  length,  and  they  project  '14  of  an  inch  beneath  the  edge. 
At  their  bases  there  is  a  short  subsidiary  row  of  obliquely 
transverse  lamellae.  In  these  several  respects  they  resemble 
the  plates  of  baleen  in  the  mouth  of  a  whale.  But  towards 
the  extremity  of  the  beak  they  differ  much,  as  they  pro- 
ject inwards,  instead  of  straight  downwards.  The  entire 
head  of  the  shoveller,  though  incomparably  less  bulky,  is 
about  one-eighteenth  of  the  length  of  the  head  of  a  mod- 
erately large  Balaenoptera  rostrata,  in  which  species  the 
baleen  is  only  nine  inches  long;  so  that  if  we  were  to  make 

O— HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


238  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

the  bead  of  the  shoveller  as  long  as  that  of  the  Balaenoptera, 
the  lamellae  would  be  six  inches  in  length, — ^that  is,  two-thirds 
of  the  length  of  the  baleen  in  this  species  of  whale.  The 
lower  mandible  of  the  shoveller^luck  is  furnished  with 
lamellae  of  equal  length  with  those  above,  but  finer;  and  in 
being  thus  furnished  it  differs  conspicuously  from  the  lower 
jaw  of  a  whale,  which  is  destitute  of  baleen.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  extremities  of  these  lower  lamellae  are  frayed  into 
fine  bristly  points,  so  that  they  thus  curiously  resemble  the 
plates  of  baleen.  In  the  genus  Prion,  a  member  of  the  dis- 
tinct family  of  the  Petrels,  the  upper  mandible  alone  is  fur- 
nished witli  lamellae,  which  are  well  developed  and  project 
beneath  the  margin;  so  that  the  beak  of  this  bird  resembles 
in  this  respect  the  mouth  of  a  whale. 

From  the  highly  developed  structure  of  the  shoveller's 
beak  we  may  proceed  (as  I  have  learnt  from  information  and 
specimens  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  Salvin),  without  any  great 
break,  as  far  as  fitness  for  sifting  is  concerned,  through  the 
beak  of  the  Merganetta  armata,  and  in  some  respects  through 
that  of  the  Aix  sponsa,  to  the  beak  of  the  common  duck. 
In  this  latter  species,  the  lamellae  are  much  coarser  than 
in  the  shoveller,  and  are  firmly  attached  to  the  sides  of  the 
mandible ;  they  are  only  about  50  in  number  on  each  side,  and 
do  not  project  at  all  beneath  the  margin.  They  are  square- 
topped,  and  are  edged  with  translucent  hardish  tissue,  as  if 
for  crushing  food.  The  edges  of  the  lower  mandible  are 
crossed  by  numerous  fine  ridges,  which  project  very  little. 
Although  the  beak  is  thus  very  inferior  as  a  sifter  to  that 
of  the  shoveller,  yet  this  bird,  as  every  one  knows,  ccMistantly 
uses  it  for  this  purpose.  There  are  other  species,  as  I  hear 
from  Mr.  Salvin,  in  which  the  lamellae  are  considerably  less 
developed  than  in  the  common  duck;  but  I  do  not  know 
whether  they  use  their  beaks  for  sifting  the  water. 

Turning  to  another  group  of  the  same  family.  In  the 
Egyptian  goose  (Chenalopex)  the  beak  closely  resembles  that 
of  the  common  duck;  but  the  lamellae  are  not  so  numerous, 
nor  so  distinct  from  each  other,  nor  do  they  project  so  much 
inwards;  yet  this  goose,  as  I  am  informed  by  Mr.  E.  Bartlett, 
"uses  its  bill  like  a  duck  by  throwing  the  waters  out  at  the 
comers."    Its  chief  food,  however,  is  grass,  which  it  crops 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  239 

like  the  common  goose.  In  this  latter  bird,  the  lamellae  of  the 
upper  mandible  are  much  coarser  than  in  the  common  duck, 
almost  confluent,  about  27  in  number  on  each  side,  and  ter- 
minating upwards  in  teeth-like  knobs.  The  palate  is  also 
covered  with  hard  rounded  knobs.  The  edges  of  the  lower 
mandible  are  serrated  with  teeth  much  more  prominent, 
coarser,  and  sharper  than  in  the  duck.  The  common  goose 
does  not  sift  the  water,  but  uses  its  beak  exclusively  for  tear- 
ing or  cutting  herbage,  for  which  purpose  it  is  so  well  fitted, 
that  it  can  crop  grass  closer  than  almost  any  other  animal. 
There  are  other  species  of  geese,  as  I  hear  from  Mr.  Bartlett, 
in  which  the  lamellae  are  less  developed  than  in  the  common 
goose. 

We  thus  see  that  a  member  of  the  duck  family,  with  a  beak 
constructed  like  that  of  the  common  goose  and  adapted  solely 
for  grazing,  or  even  a  member  with  a  beak  having  less  well- 
developed  lamellae,  might  be  converted  by  small  changes  into 
a  species  like  the  Egyptian  goose, — ^this  into  one  like  the  com- 
mon duck, — ^and,  lastly,  into  one  like  the  shoveller,  provided 
with  a  beak  almost  exdusively  adapted  for  sifting  the  water; 
for  this  bird  could  hardly  use  any  part  of  its  beak,  except 
the  hooked  tip,  for  seizing  or  tearing  solid  food.  The  beak 
of  a  goose,  as  I  may  add,  might  also  be  converted  by  small 
changes  into  one  provided  with  prominent,  recurved  teeth, 
like  those  of  the  Merganser  (a  member  of  the  same  family), 
serving  for  the  widely  different  purpose  of  securing  live  fish. 

Returning  to  the  whales.  The  Hyperoodon  bidens  is  desti- 
tute of  true  teeth  in  an  efficient  condition,  but  its  palate  is 
roughened,  according  to  Lacepede,  with  small,  unequal,  hard 
points  of  hprn.  There  is,  therefore,  nothing  improbable  in 
supposing  that  some  early  Cetacean  form  was  provided  with 
similar  points  of  horn  on  the  palate,  but  rather  more  regu- 
larly placed,  and  which,  like  the  knobs  on  the  beak  of  the 
goose,  aided  it  in  seizing  or  tearing  its  food.  If  so,  it  will 
hardly  be  denied  that  the  points  might  have  been  converted 
through  variation  and  natural  selection  into  lamellae  as  well- 
developed  as  those  of  the  Egyptian  goose,  in  which  case  they 
would  have  been  used  both  for  seizing  objects  and  for  sift- 
ing the  water;  then  into  lamellae  like  those  of  the  domestic 
duck;  and  so  onwards,  until  they  became  as  well  constructed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


240  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

as  those  of  the  shoveller,  in  which  case  they  would  have 
served  exclusively  as  a  sifting  apparatus.  From  this  stage, 
in  which  the  lamellae  would  be  two-thirds  of  the  length  of 
the  plates  of  baleen  in  the  Balaenoptera  rostrata,  gradations, 
which  may  be  observed  in  still-existing  Cetaceans,  lead  us 
onwards  to  the  enormous  plates  of  baleen  in  the  Greenland 
whale.  Nor  is  there  the  least  reason  to  doubt  that  each  step 
in  this  scale  might  have  been  as  serviceable  to  certain  an- 
cient Cetaceans,  with  the  functions  of  the  parts  slowly  chang- 
ing during  the  progress  of  development,  as  are  the  grada- 
tions in  the  beaks  of  the  different  existing  members  of  the 
duck  family.  We  should  bear  in  mind  that  each  species  of 
duck  is  subjected  to  a  severe  struggle  for  existence,  and  that 
the  structure  of  every  part  of  its  frame  must  be  weU  adapted 
to  its  conditions  of  life. 

The  Pleuronectidae,  or  Flat-fish,  are  remarkable  for  their 
asymmetrical  bodies.  They  rest  on  one  side, — ^in  the  greater 
number  of  species  on  the  left,  but  in  some  on  the  right  side; 
and  occasionally  reversed  adult  specimens  occur.  The  lower, 
or  resting-surface,  resembles  at  first  sight  the  ventral  sur- 
face of  an  ordinary  fish :  it  is  of  a  white  color,  less  developed 
in  many  ways  than  the  upper  side,  with  the  lateral  fins  often 
of  smaller  size.  But  the  eyes  offer  the  most  remarkable  pecu- 
liarity; for  they  are  both  placed  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
head.  During  early  youth,  however,  they  stand  opposite  to 
each  other,  and  the  whole  body  is  then  symmetrical,  with 
both  sides  equally  coloured.  Soon  the  eye  proper  to  the 
lower  side  begins  to  glide  slowly  round  the  head  to  the  upper 
side;  but  does  not  pass  right  through  the  skull,  as  was  for- 
merly thought  to  be  the  case.  It  is  obvious  that  unless  the 
lower  eye  did  thus  travel  round,  it  could  not  be  used  by  the 
fish  whilst  lying  in  its  habitual  position  on  one  side.  The 
lower  eye  would,  also,  have  been  liable  to  be  abraded  by  the 
sandy  bottom.  That  the  Pleuronectidae  are  admirably  adapted 
by  their  flattened  and  as3rmmetrical  structure  for  their  habits 
of  life,  is  manifest  from  several  species,  such  as  soles,  floun- 
ders, &c,  being  extremely  common.  The  chief  advantaged 
thus  gained  seem  to  be  protection  from  their  enemies,  and 
facility  for  feeding  on  the  ground.  The  different  members, 
however,  of  the  family  present,  as  Schiodte  remarks,  "a  long 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  M 

series  of  forms  exhibiting  a  gradtial  transition  from  Hippo* 
glossus  pinguis,  which  does  not  in  any  considerable  degree 
alter  the  shape  in  which  it  leaves  the  ovum,  to  the  soles, 
which  are  entirely  thrown  to  one  side." 

Mr.  Mivart  has  taken  up  this  case,  and  remarks  that  a 
sudden  spontaneous  transformation  in  the  position  of  the 
eyes  is  hardly  conceivable,  in  which  I  quite  agree  with  him. 
He  then  adds:  "if  the  transit  was  gradual,  then  how  such 
transit  of  one  eye  a  minute  fraction  of  the  journey  towards 
the  other  side  of  the  head  could  benefit  the  individual  is,  in- 
deed, far  from  clear.  It  seems,  even,  that  such  an  incipient 
transformation  must  rather  have  been  injurious."  But  he 
might  have  found  an  answer  to  this  objection  in  the  excel- 
lent observations  published  in  1867  by  Malm.  The  Pleuro- 
nectidae,  whilst  very  young  and  still  symmetrical,  with  their 
eyes  standing  on  opposite  sides  of  the  head,  cannot  long  re- 
tain a  vertical  position,  owing  to  the  excessive  depth  of  their 
bodies,  the  small  size  of  their  lateral  fins,  and  to  their  being 
destitute  of  a  swimbladder.  Hence  soon  growing  tired,  they 
fall  to  the  bottom  on  one  side.  Whilst  thus  at  rest  they  often 
twist,  as  Malm  observed,  the  lower  eye  upwards,  to  see  above 
them;  and  they  do  this  so  vigorously  that  the  eye  is  pressed 
hard  against  the  upper  part  of  the  orbit.  The  forehead  be- 
tween the  eyes  consequently  becomes,  as  could  be  plainly 
seen,  temporarily  contracted  in  breadth.  On  one  occasion 
Malm  saw  a  young  fish  raise  and  depress  the  lower  eye 
through  an  angular  distance  of  about  seventy  degrees. 

We  should  remember  that  the  skull  at  this  early  age  is  car- 
tilaginous and  flexible,  so  that  it  readily  yields  to  muscular 
action.  It  is  also  known  with  the  higher  animals,  even  after 
early  youth,  that  the  skull  yields  and  is  altered  in  shape,  if 
the  skin  or  muscles  be  permanently  contracted  through  dis- 
ease or  some  accident.  With  long-eared  rabbits,  if  one  ear 
lops  forwards  and  downwards,  its  weight  drags  forward  all 
the  bones  of  the  skull  on  the  same  side,  of  which  I  have  given 
a  figure.  Malm  states  that  the  newly  hatched  young  of 
perches,  salmon,  and  several  other  symmetrical  fishes,  have 
the  habit  of  occasionally  resting  on  one  side  at  the  bottom; 
and  he  has  observed  that  they  often  then  strain  their  lower 
eyes  so  as  to  look  upwards;  and  their  skulls  are  thus  ren- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


242  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

dered  rather  crooked.  These  fishes,  however,  are  soon  able 
to  hold  themselves  in  a  vertical  position,  and  no  permanent 
effect  is  thus  produced.  With  the  Pleuronectidae,  on  the 
other  handy  the  older  they  grow  the  more  habitually  they 
rest  on  one  side,  owing  to  the  increasing  flatness  of  their 
bodies,  and  a  permanent  effect  is  thus  produced  on  the  form 
of  the  head,  and  on  the  position  of  the  eyes.  Judging  from 
analogy,  the  tendency  to  distortion  would  no  doubt  be  in- 
creased through  the  principle  of  inheritance.  Schiodte  be* 
lieves,  in  opposition  to  some  other  naturalists,  that  the  Pleu- 
ronectidae are  not  quite  symmetrical  even  in  the  embryo ;  and 
if  this  be  so,  we  could  understand  how  it  is  that  certain  spe« 
cies,  whilst  young,  habitually  fall  over  and  rest  on  the  left 
side,  and  other  species  on  the  right  side.  Malm  adds,  in  con- 
firmation of  the  above  view,  that  the  adult  Trachypterus  arc- 
ticus,  which  is  not  a  member  of  the  Pleuronectidse,  rests  on 
its  left  side  at  the  bottom,  and  swims  diagonally  through  the 
water;  and  in  this  fish,  the  two  sides  of  the  head  are  said  to 
be  somewhat  dissimilar.  Our  great  authority  on  Fishes,  Dr. 
Giinther,  concludes  his  abstract  of  Malm's  paper,  by  remark- 
ing that  "the  author  gives  a  very  simple  explanation  of  the 
abnormal  condition  of  the  Pleuronectoids." 

We  thus  see  that  the  first  stages  of  the  transit  of  the  eye 
from  one  side  of  the  head  to  the  other,  which  Mr.  Mivart 
considers  would  be  injurious,  may  be  attributed  to  the  habit, 
no  doubt  beneficial  to  thie  individual  and  to  the  species,  of 
endeavouring  to  look  upwards  with  both  eyes,  whilst  resting 
on  one  side  at  the  bottom.  We  may  also  attribute  to  the  in- 
herited effects  of  use  the  fact  of  the  mouth  in  several  kinds 
of  flat-fish  being  bent  towards  the  lower  surface,  with  the 
jaw  bones  stronger  and  more  effective  on  this,  the  eyeless 
sicje  of  the  head,  than  on  the  other,  for  the  sake,  as  Dr.  Tra- 
quair  supposes,  of  feeding  with  ease  on  the  ground.  Disuse, 
on  the  other  hand,  will  account  for  the  less  developed  con- 
dition of  the  whole  inferior  half  of  the  body,  including  the 
lateral  fins;  though  Yarrell  thinks  that  the  reduced  size  of 
these  fins  is  advantageous  to  the  fish,  as  "there  is  so  much 
less  room  for  their  action,  than  with  the  larger  fins  above." 
Perhaps  the  lesser  ntunber  of  teeth  in  the  proportion  of  four 
to  seven  in  the  upper  halves  of  the  two  jaws  of  the  plaice,  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECnON  243 

twenty-five  to  thirty  in  the  lower  halves,  may  likewise  be 
accounted  for  by  disuse.  From  the  colourless  state  of  the 
ventral  surface  of  most  fishes  and  of  many  other  animals,  we 
may  reasonably  suppose  that  the  absence  of  colour  in  flat* 
fish  on  the  side,  whether  it  be  the  right  or  left,  which  is 
undermost,  is  due  to  the  exclusion  of  light.  But  it  cannot 
be  supposed  that  the  peculiar  speckled  appearance  of  the 
upper  side  of  the  sole,  so  like  the  sandy  bed  of  the  sea,  or 
the  power  in  some  species,  as  recently  shown  by  Pouchet,  of 
changing  their  colour  in  accordance  with  the  surrounding 
surface,  or  the  presence  of  bony  tubercles  on  the  upper  side 
of  the  turbot,  are  due  to  the  action  of  the  light.  Here  natural 
selection  has  probably  come  into  play,  as  well  as  in  adapting 
the  general  shape  of  the  body  of  these  fishes,  and  many  other 
peculiarities,  to  their  habits  of  life.  We  should  keep  in  mind, 
as  I  have  before  insisted,  that  the  inherited  effects  of  the 
increased  use  of  parts,  and  perhaps  of  their  disuse,  will  be 
strengthened  by  natural  selection.  For  all  spontaneous  varia- 
tions in  the  right  direction  will  thus  be  preserved;  as  will 
those  individuals  which  inherit  in  the  highest  degree  the 
effects  of  the  increased  and  beneficial  use  of  any  part.  How 
much  to  attribute  in  each  particular  case  to  the  effects  of  use, 
and  how  much  to  natural  selection,  it  seems  impossible  to 
decide. 

I  may  give  another  instance  of  a  structure  which  appar- 
ently owes  its  origin  exclusively  to  use  or  habit.  The  ex- 
tremity of  the  tail  in  some  American  monkeys  has  been  con- 
verted into  a  wonderfully  perfect  prehensile  organ,  and 
serves  as  a  fifth  hand.  A  reviewer  who  agrees  with  Mr. 
Mivart  in  every  detail,  remarks  on  this  structure:  "It  is  im- 
possible to  believe  that  in  any  number  of  ages  the  first  slight 
incipient  tendency  to  grasp  could  preserve  the  lives  of  the 
individuals  possessing  it,  or  favour  their  chance  of  having 
and  of  rearing  offspring."  But  there  is  no  necessity  for  any 
such  belief.  Habit,  and  this  almost  implies  that  some  benefit 
great  or  small  is  thus  derived,  would  in  all  jprobability  suffice 
for  the  work.  Brehm  saw  the  young  of  an  African  monkey 
(Cercopithecus)  clinging  to  the  under  surface  of  their  mother 
by  their  hands,  and  at  the  same  time  they  hooked  their  little 
tails  round  that  of  their  mother.    Professor  Henslow  kept  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


944  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

confinement  some  harvest  mice  (Mus  messorias)  which  do 
not  possess  a  structurally  prehensile  tail;  but  he  frequently 
observed  that  they  curled  their  tails  round  the  branches  of  a 
bush  placed  in  the  cage,  and  thus  aided  themselves  in  climb- 
ing. I  have  received  an  analogous  account  from  Dn  Gtin* 
ther,  who  has  seen  a  mouse  thus  suspend  itself.  If  the  har- 
vest mouse  had  been  more  strictly  arboreal,  it  would  perhaps 
have  had  its  tail  rendered  structurally  prehensile,  as  is  the 
case  with  some  members  of  the  same  order.  Why  Cercopi- 
thecus,  considering  its  habits  whilst  young,  has  not  become 
thus  provided,  it  would  be  difficult  to  say.  It  is,  however, 
possible  that  the  long  tail  of  this  monkey  may  be  of  more 
service  to  it  as  a  balancing  organ  in  making  its  prodigious 
leaps,  than  as  a  prehensile  organ. 

The  mammary  glands  are  common  to  the  whole  class  of 
mammals,  and  are  indispensable  for  their  existence;  they 
must,  therefore,  have  been  developed  at  an  extremely  remote 
period,  and  we  can  know  nothing  positively  about  their  man- 
ner of  development.  Mr.  Mivart  asks:  "Is  it  conceivable 
that  the  young  of  any  animal  was  ever  saved  from  destruction 
by  accidentally  sucking  a  drop  of  scarcely  nutritious  fluid 
from  an  accidentally  hypertrophied  cutaneous  gland  of  its 
mother?  And  even  if  one  was  so,  what  chance  was  there  of 
the  perpetuation  of  such  a  variation?"  But  the  case  is  not 
here  put  fairly.  It  is  admitted  by  most  evolutionists  that 
maomnals  are  descended  from  a  marsupial  form;  and  if  so, 
the  mammary  glands  will  have  been  at  first  developed  within 
the  marsupial  sack.  In  the  case  of  the  fish  (Hippicampus) 
the  eggs  are  hatched,  and  the  young  are  reared  for  a  time, 
within  a  sack  of  this  nature;  and  an  American  naturalist, 
Mr.  Lockwood,  believes  from  what  he  has  seen  of  the  devel- 
opment of  the  young,  that  they  are  nourished  by  a  secretion 
from  the  cutaneous  glands  of  the  sack.  Now  with  the  early 
progenitors  of  mammals,  almost  before  they  deserved  to  be 
thus  designated,  is  it  not  at  least  possible  that  the  young 
might  have  been  similarly  nourished?  And  in  this  case,  the 
individuals  which  secreted  a  fluid,  in  some  degree  or  manner 
the  most  nutritious,  so  as  to  partake  of  the  nature  of  milk, 
would  in  the  long  run  have  reared  a  larger  number  of  well- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  245 

nourished  offspring,  than  would  the  individuals  which  se- 
creted a  poorer  fluid ;  and  thus  the  cutaneous  glands,  which 
are  tiie  homologues  of  the  mammary  glands,  would  have  been 
improved  or  rendered  more  effective.  It  accords  with  the 
widely  extended  principle  of  specialisation,  that  the  glands 
over  a  certain  space  of  the  sack  should  have  become  more 
highly  developed  than  the  remainder;  and  they  would  then 
have  formed  a  breast,  but  at  first  without  a  nipple,  as  we  see 
in  the  Ornithorhyncus,  at  the  base  of  the  mammalian  series. 
Through  what  agency  the  glands  over  a  certain  space  be- 
came more  highly  specialised  than  the  others,  I  will  not  pre- 
tend to  decide,  whether  in  part  through  compensation  of 
growth,  the  effects  of  use,  or  of  natural  selection. 

The  development  of  the  mammary  glands  would  have  been 
of  no  service,  and  could  not  have  been  effected  through  nat- 
ural selection,  unless  the  young  at  the  same  time  were  able 
to  partake  of  the  secretion.  There  is  no  greater  difficulty  in 
understanding  how  young  mammals  have  instinctively  learnt 
to  suck  the  breast,  than  in  understanding  how  unhatched 
chickens  have  learnt  to  break  the  egg-shell  by  tapping  against 
it  with  their  specially  adapted  beaks;  or  how  a  few  hours 
after  leaving  the  shell  they  have  learnt  to  pick  up  grains  of 
food.  In  6uch  cases  the  most  probable  solution  seems  to  be, 
that  the  habit  was  at  first  acquired  by  practice  at  a  more  ad- 
vanced age,  and  afterwards  transmitted  to  the  offspring  at  an 
earlier  age.  But  the  young  kangaroo  is  said  not  to  suck, 
only  to  cling  to  the  nipple  of  its  mother,  who  has  the  power 
of  injecting  milk  into  the  mouth  of  her  helpless,  half-formed 
offspring.  On  this  head  Mr.  Mivart  remarks:  "Did  no  spe- 
cial provision  exist,  the  young  one  must  infallibly  be  choked 
by  the  intrusion  of  the  milk  into  the  windpipe.  But  there  is 
a  special  provision.  The  larynx  is  so  elcmgated  that  it  rises 
up  into  the  posterior  end  of  the  nasal  passage,  and  is  thus 
enabled  to  give  free  entrance  to  the  air  for  the  lungs,  while 
the  milk  passes  harmlessly  on  each  side  of  this  elongated 
larynx,  and  so  safely  attains  the  gullet  behind  it."  Mr.  Mi- 
vart then  asks  how  did  natural  selection  remove  in  the  adult 
kangaroo  (and  in  most  other  mammals,  on  the  assumption 
that  they  are  descended  from  a  marsupial  form),  "this  at 
least  perfectly  innocent  and  harmless  structure?"    It  may 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


246  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

be  suggested  in  answer  that  the  voice,  which  is  certainly  of 
high  importance  to  many  animals,  could  hardly  have  been 
used  with  full  force  as  long  as  the  larynx  entered  the  nasal 
passage;  and  Professor  Flower  has  suggested  to  me  that  this 
structure  would  have  g^reatly  interfered  with  an  animal  swal- 
lowing solid  food. 

We  will  now  turn  for  a  short  space  to  the  lower  divisions 
of  the  animal  kingdom.  The  Echinodermata  (star-fishes, 
sea-urchins,  &c.)  are  furnished  with  remarkable  organs, 
called  pedicellariae,  which  consist,  when  well  developed,  of  a 
tridactyle  forceps — ^that  is,  of  one  formed  of  three  serrated 
arms,  neatly  fitting  together  and  placed  on  the  summit  of  a 
flexible  stem,  moved  by  muscles.  These  forceps  can  seize 
firmly  hold  of  any  object;  and  Alexander  Agassiz  has  seen 
an  Echinus  or  sea-urchin  rapidly  passing  particles  of  excre- 
ment from  forceps  to  forceps  down  certain  lines  of  its  body, 
in  order  that  its  -shell  should  not  be  fouled  But  there  is  no 
doubt  that  besides  removing  dirt  of  all  kinds,  they  subserve 
other  functions;  and  one  of  these  apparently  is  defence. 

With  respect  to  these  organs,  Mr.  Mivart,  as  on  so  many 
previous  occasions,  asks :  "What  would  be  the  utility  of  the 
first  rudimentary  beginnings  of  such  structures,  and  how 
could  such  incipient  buddings  have  ever  preserved  the  life  of 
a  single  Echinus?"  He  adds,  "not  even  the  sudden  develop- 
ment of  the  snapping  action  could  have  been  beneficial  with- 
out the  freely  moveable  stalk,  nor  could  the  latter  have  been 
efficient  without  the  snapping  jaws,  yet  no  minute  merely  in- 
definite variations  could  simultaneously  evolve  these  complex 
co-ordinations  of  structure ;  to  deny  this  seems  to  do  no  less 
than  to  affirm  a  startling  paradox."  Paradoxical  as  this  may 
appear  to  Mr.  Mivart,  tridactyle  forcepses,  immovably  fixed 
at  the  base,  but  capable  of  a  snapping  action,  certainly  exist 
on  some  star-fishes;  and  this  is  intelligible  if  they  serve,  at 
least  in  part,  as  a  means  of  defence.  Mr.  Agassiz,  to  whose 
great  kindness  I  am  indebted  for  much  information  on  the 
subject,  informs  me  that  there  are  other  star-fishes,  in  which 
one  of  the  three  arms  of  the  forceps  is  reduced  to  a  support 
for  the  other  two ;  and  again,  other  genera  in  which  the  third 
arm  is  completely  lost.  In  Echinoneus,  the  shell  is  described 
by  M.  Perrier  as  bearing  two  kinds  oi  pedicellariae,  one  re- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  247 

sembling  those  of  Echinus,  and  the  other  those  of  Spatan- 
gus;  and  such  cases  are  always  interesting  as  affording  the 
means  of  apparently  sudden  transitions,  through  the  abortion 
of  one  of  die  two  states  of  an  organ. 

With  respect  to  the  steps  by  which  these  curious  organs 
have  been  evolved,  Mr.  Agassiz  infers  from  his  own  re- 
searches and  those  of  Mtiller,  that  both  in  star-fishes  and  sea- 
urchins  the  pedicellariae  must  undoubtedly  be  looked  at  as 
modified  spines.  This  may  be  inferred  from  their  manner  of 
development  in  the  individual,  as  well  as  from  a  long  and 
perfect  series  of  gradations  in  different  species  and  genera, 
from  simple  granules  to  ordinary  spines,  to  perfect  tridactyle 
pedicellariae.  The  gradation  extends  even  to  the  manner  in 
which  ordinary  spines  and  the  pedicellariae  with  their  sup- 
porting calcareous  rods  are  articulated  to  the  shell.  In  cer- 
tain genera  of  star-fishes,  "the  very  combinations  needed  to 
show  that  the  pedicellariae  are  only  modified  branching  spines" 
may  be  found.  Thus  we  have  fixed  spines,  with  three  equi- 
distant, serrated,  moveable  branches,  articulated  to  near  their 
bases;  and  higher  up,  on  the  same  spine,  three  other  move- 
able branches.  Now  when  the  latter  arise  from  the  summit 
of  a  spine  they  form  in  fact  a  rude  tridactyle  pedicellaria, 
and  such  may  be  seen  on  the  same  spine  together  with  the 
three  lower  branches.  In  this  case  the  identity  in  nature  be- 
tween the  arms  of  the  pedicellariae  and  the  moveable  branches 
of  a  spine,  is  unmistakable.  It  is  generally  admitted  that  the  or- 
dinary spines  serve  as  a  protection;  and  if  so,  there  can  be 
no  reason  to  doubt  that  those  furnished  with  serrated  and 
moveable  branches  likewise  serve  for  the  same  purpose;  and 
they  would  thus  serve  still  more  effectively  as  soon  as  by 
meeting  together  they  acted  as  a  prehensile  or  snapping  ap- 
paratus. Thus  every  gradation,  from  an  ordinary  fixed  spine 
to  a  fixed  pedicellaria,  would  be  of  service. 

In  certain  genera  of  star-fishes  these  organs,  instead  of 
being  fixed  or  borne  on  an  immovable  support,  are  placed  on 
the  summit  of  a  flexible  and  muscular,  though  short,  stem; 
and  in  this  case  they  probably  subserve  some  additional  func- 
tion besides  defence.  In  the  sea-urchins  the  steps  can  be  fol- 
lowed by  which  a  fixed  spine  becomes  articulated  to  the  shell, 
and  is*  thus  rendered  moveable.    I  wish  I  had  space  here  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


248  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

give  a  fuller  abstract  of  Mr.  Agassiz's  interesting  observa- 
tions on  the  development  of  the  pedicellariae.  All  possible 
gradations,  as  he  adds,  may  likewise  be  found  between  the 
pedicellariae  of  the  star-fishes  and  the  hooks  of  the  Ophiuri- 
ans,  another  group  of  the  Echinodermata;  and  again  between 
the  pedicellariae  of  sea-urchins  and  the  anchors  of  the  Holo- 
thuriae,  also  belonging  to  the  same  great  class. 

Certain  compound  animals,  or  zoophytes  as  they  have  been 
termed,  namely  the  Polyzoa,  are  provided  with  curious  or- 
gans called  avicularia.  These  differ  much  in  structure  in  the 
different  species.  In  their  most  perfect  condition,  they  curi- 
ously resemble  the  head  and  beak  of  a  vulture  in  miniature, 
seated  on  a  neck  and  capable  of  movement,  as  is  likewise  the 
lower  jaw  or  mandible.  In  one  species  observed  by  me  all  the 
avicularia  on  the  same  branch  often  moved  simultaneously 
backwards  and  forwards,  with  the  lower  jaw  widely  open, 
through  an  angle  of  about  90*,  in  the  course  of  five  seconds; 
and  their  movement  caused  the  whole  polyzoary  to  tremble. 
When  the  jaws  are  touched  with  a  needle  they  seize  it  so 
firmly  that  the  branch  can  thus  be  shaken. 

Mr.  Mivart  adduces  this  case,  chiefly  on  account  of  the 
supposed  difficulty  of  organs,  namely  the  avicularia  of  the 
Polyzoa  and  the  pedicellariae  of  the  Echinodermata,  which 
he  considers  as  ''essentially  similar,"  having  been  developed 
through  natural  selection  in  widely  distinct  divisions  of  the 
animal  kingdom.  But,  as  far  as  structure  is  concerned,  I  can 
see  no  similarity  between  tridactyle  pedicellariae  and  avicu- 
laria. The  latter  resemble  somewhat  more  closely  the  chelae 
or  pincers  of  Crustaceans;  and  Mr.  Mivart  might  have  ad- 
duced with  equal  appropriateness  this  resemblance  as  a  special 
difficulty;  or  even  their  resemblance  to  the  head  and  beak  of 
a  bird.  The  avicularia  are  believed  by  Mr.  Busk,  Dr.  Smitt, 
and  Dr.  Nitsche — ^naturalists  who  have  carefully  studied  this 
group — ^to  be  homologous  with  the  zooids  and  their  cells 
which  compose  the  zoophyte;  the  moveable  lip  or  lid  of  the 
cell  corresponding  with  the  lower  and  moveable  mandible  of 
the  avicularium.  Mr.  Busk,  however,  does  not  know  of  any 
gradations  now  existing  between  a  zooid  and  an  avicularium. 
It  is  therefore  impossible  to  conjecture  by  what  serviceable 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF   NATURAL  SELECTION  249 

gradations  the  one  could  have  been  converted  into  the  other: 
but  it  by  no  means  folloMrs  from  this  that  such  gradations 
have  not  existed. 

As  the  chelse  of  Crustaceans  resemble  in  some  degree  the 
avicularia  of  Polyzoa,  both  serving  as  pincers,  It  may  be 
worth  while  to  show  that  with  the  former  a  long  series  of 
serviceable  gradations  still  exists.  In  the  first  and  simplest 
stage,  the  terminal  segment  of  a  limb  shut  down  either  on 
the  square  summit  of  the  broad  penultimate  segment  or 
against  one  whole  side;  and  is  thus  enabled  to  catch  hold  of 
an  object ;  but  the  limb  still  serves  as  an  organ  of  locomotion. 
We  next  find  one  comer  of  the  broad  penultimate  segment 
slightly  prominent,  sometimes  furnished  with  irregular  teeth; 
and  against  these  the  terminal  segment  shuts  down.  By  an 
increase  in  the  size  of  this  projection,  with  its  shape,  as  well 
as  that  of  the  terminal  segment,  slightly  modified  and  im- 
proved, the  pincers  are  rendered  more  and  more^  perfect  un- 
til we  have  at  last  an  instrument  as  efficient  as  the  chelx  of 
a  lobster;  and  all  these  gradations  can  be  actually  traced. 

Besides  the  avicularia,  the  Polyzoa  possess  curious  organs 
called  vibracula.  These  generally  consist  of  long  bristles, 
capable  of  movement  and  easily  excited.  In  one  species  ex- 
amined by  me  the  vibracula  were  slightly  curved  and  ser- 
rated along  the  outer  margin;  and  all  of  them  on  the  same 
polyzoary  often  moved  simultaneously;  so  that,  acting  like 
long  oars,  they  swept  a  branch  rapidly  across  the  object- 
glass  of  my  microscope.  When  a  branch  was  placed  on  its 
face,  the  vibracula  became  entangled,  and  they  made  violent 
efforts  to  free  themselves.  They  are  supposed  to  serve  as  a 
defence,  and  may  be  seen,  as  Mr.  Busk  remaiks,  "to  sweep 
slowly  and  carefully  over  the  surface  of  the  polyzoary,  re- 
moving what  might  be  noxious  to  the  delicate  inhabitants  of 
the  cells  when  their  tentacula  are  protruded."  The  avicu- 
laria, like  the  vibracula,  probably  serve  for  defence,  but  they 
also  catch  and  kill  small  living  animals,  which  it  is  believed 
are  afterwards  swept  by  the  currents  within  reach  of  the 
tentacula  of  the  zooids.  Some  species  are  provided  with 
avicularia  and  vibracula;  some  with  avicularia  alone,  and  a 
few  with  vibracula  alone. 

It  is  not  easy  to  imagine  two  objects  more  widely  different 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


250  ORIGIN  OF   SPECIES 

in  appearance  than  a  bristle  or  vibraculum,  and  an  avicu- 
larium  like  the  head  of  a  bird;  yet  they  are  almost  certainly 
homologous  and  have  been  developed  from  the  same  common 
source,  namely  a  zooid  with  its  cell.  Hence  we  can  under- 
stand how  it  is  that  these  organs  graduate  in  some  cases,  as 
I  am  informed  by  Mr.  Busk,  into  each  other.  Thus  with  the 
avicularia  of  several  species  of  Lep;ralia,  the  moveable 
mandible  is  so  much  produced  and  is  so  like  a  bristle, 
that  the  presence  of  the  upper  or  fixed  beak  alone  serves 
to  determine  its  avicularian  nature.  The  vibracula  may 
have  been  directly  developed  from  the  lips  of  the  cells, 
without  having  passed  through  the  avicularian  stage;  but 
it  seems  more  probable  that  they  have  passed  through  this 
stage,  as  during  the  early  stages  of  the  transformation,  the 
other  parts  of  the  cell  with  the  included  zooid  could  hardly 
have  disappeared  at  once.  In  many  cases  the  vibracula  have 
a  grooved  support  at  the  base,  which  seems  to  represent  the 
fixed  beak;  diough  this  support  in  some  species  is  quite  ab- 
sent. This  view  of  the  development  of  the  vibracula,  if  trust- 
worthy, is  interesting;  for  supposing  that  all  the  species  pro- 
vided with  avicularia  had  become  extinct,  no  one  with  the 
most  vivid  imagination  would  ever  have  thought  that  the 
vibracula  had  originally  existed  as  part  of  an  organ,  resem- 
bling a  bird's  head  or  an  irregular  box  or  hood.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  see  two  such  widely  different  organs  developed  from 
a  conunon  origin;  and  as  the  moveable  lip  of  the  cell  serves 
as  a  protection  to  the  zooid,  there  is  no  difficulty  in  believing 
that  all  the  gradations,  by  which  the  lip  became  converted 
first  into  the  lower  mandible  of  an  avicularium  and  then  into 
an  elongated  bristle,  likewise  served  as  a  protection  in  differ- 
ent ways  and  under  different  circumstances. 

In  the  vegetable  kingdom  Mr.  Mivart  only  alludes  to  two 
cases,  namely  the  structure  of  the  flowers  of  orchids,  and  the 
movements  of  climbing  plants.  With  respect  to  the  former, 
he  says,  "the  explanation  of  their  origin  is  deemed  thoroughly 
unsatisfactory — ^utterly  insufficient  to  explain  the  incipient, 
infinitesimal  beginnings  of  structures  which  are  of  utility 
only  when  they  are  considerably  developed."  As  I  have 
fully  treated  this  subject  in  another  work,  I  will  here  give 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  251 

only  a  few  details  on  one  alone  of  the  most  striking  pecu- 
liarities of  the  flowers  of  orchids,  namely  their  pollinia.  A 
pollinimn  when  highly  developed  consists  of  a  mass  of  pollen- 
grains,  affixed  to  an  elastic  foot-stalk  or  caudicle,  and  this 
to  a  little  mass  of  extremely  viscid  matter.  The  pollinia  are 
by  this  means  transported  by  insects  from  one  flower  to  the 
stigma  of  another.  In  some  orchids  there  is  no  caudicle  to 
the  pollen-masses,  and  the  grains  are  merely  tied  together  by 
fine  threads;  but  as  these  are  not  confined  to  orchids,  they 
need  not  here  be  considered;  yet  I  may  mention  that  at  the 
base  of  the  orchidaceous  series,  in  Cypripedium,  we  can  see 
how  the  threads  were  probably  first  developed.  In  other 
orchids  the  threads  cohere  at  one  end  of  the  pollen-masses ; 
and  this  forms  the  first  or  nascent  trace  of  a  caudicle.  That 
this  is  the  origin  of  the  caudicle,  even  when  of  considerable 
length  and  highly  developed,  we  have  good  evidence  in  the 
aborted  pollen-grains  which  can  sometimes  be  detected 
embedded  within  the  central  and  solid  parts. 

With  respect  to  the  second  chief  peculiarity,  namely  the 
little  mass  of  viscid  matter  attached  to  the  end  of  the  caudicle, 
a  long  series  of  gradations  can  be  specified,  each  of  plain 
service  to  the  plant  In  most  flowers  belonging  to  other 
orders  the  stigma  secretes  a  little  viscid  matter.  Now  in  cer- 
tain orchids  similar  viscid  matter  is  secreted,  but  in  much 
larger  quantities  by  one  alone  of  the  three  stigmas ;  and  this 
stigma,  perhaps  in  consequence  of  the  copious  secretion,  i» 
rendered  sterile.  When  an  insect  visits  a  flower  of  this  kind, 
it  rubs  off  some  of  the  viscid  matter  and  thus  at  the  same 
time  drags  away  some  of  the  pollen-grains.  From  this 
simple  condition,  which  differs  but  little  from  that  of  a  mul- 
titude of  common  flowers,  there  are  endless  gradations, — to 
species  in  which  the  pollen-mass  terminates  in  a  very  short, 
free  caudicle, — ^to  others  in  which  the  caudicle  becomes  firmly 
attached  to  the  viscid  matter,  with  the  sterile  stigma  itself 
much  modified.  In  this  latter  case  we  have  a  pollinium  in  its 
most  highly  developed  and  perfect  condition.  He  who  will 
carefully  examine  the  flowers  of  orchids  for  himself  will  not 
deny  the  existence  of  the  above  series  of  gradations — from  a 
mass  of  pollen-grains  merely  tied  together  by  threads,  with 
the  stigma  differing  but  little  from  that  of  an  ordinary  flower. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


252  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

to  a  highly  complex  poUinium,  admirably  adapted  for  trans- 
portal  by  insects ;  nor  will  he  deny  that  all  the  gradations  in 
the  several  species  are  admirably  adapted  in  relation  to  the 
general  structure  of  each  flower  for  its  fertilisation  by  differ- 
ent insects.  In  this,  and  in  almost  every  other  case,  the  en- 
quiry may  be  pushed  further  backwards;  and  it  may  be  asked 
how  did  the  stigma  of  an  ordinary  flower  become  viscid,  but 
as  we  do  not  know  the  full  history  of  any  one  group  of  be- 
ings, it  is  as  useless  to  ask,  as  it  is  hopeless  to  attempt 
answering,  such  questions. 

We  will  now  turn  to  climbing  plants.  These  can  be  ar- 
ranged in  a  long  series,  from  those  which  simply  twine  round 
a  support,  to  those  which  I  have  called  leaf-climbers,  and  to 
those  provided  with  tendrils.  In  these  two  latter  classes  the 
stems  have  generally,  but  not  always,  lost  the  power  of  twin- 
ing, though  they  retain  the  power  of  revolving,  which  the 
tendrils  likewise  possess.  The  gradations  from  leaf-dimbers 
to  tendril-bearers  are  wonderfully  close,  and  certain  plants 
may  be  indifferently  placed  in  either  class.  But  in  ascending 
the  series  from  simple  twiners  to  leaf-climbers,  an  important 
quality  is  added,  namely  sensitiveness  to  a  touch,  by  which 
means  the  foot-stalks  of  the  leaves  or  flowers,  or  these  modi- 
fied and  converted  into  tendrib,  are  excited  to  bend  round 
and  clasp  the  touching  object  He  who  will  read  my  memoir 
on  these  plants  will,  I  think,  admit  that  all  the  many  grada- 
itions  in  function  and  structure  between  simple  twiners  and 
tendril-bearers  are  in  each  case  beneficial  in  a  high  degree  to 
the  species.  For  instance,  it  is  clearly  a  great  advantage  to 
a  twining  plant  to  become  a  leaf-climber;  and  it  is  probable 
that  every  twiner  which  possessed  leaves  with  long  foot- 
stalks would  have  been  developed  into  a  leaf-climber,  if  the 
foot-stalks  had  possessed  in  any  slight  degree  the  requisite 
sensitiveness  to  a  touch. 

As  twining  is  the  simplest  means  of  ascending  a  supp(^t, 
and  forms  the  basis  of  our  series,  it  may  naturally  be  asked 
how  did  plants  acquire  this  power  in  an  incipient  degree, 
afterwards  to  be  improved  and  increased  through  natural  se- 
lection. The  power  of  twining  depends,  firstly,  on  the  stems 
whilst  young  being  extremely  flexible  (but  this  is  a  character 
common  to  many  plants  which  are  not  climbers) ;  and,  sec- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THBORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECnON  253 

ondly,  on  their  continually  bending  to  all  points  of  the  com- 
pass, one  after  the  other  in  succession,  in  the  same  order.  By 
this  movement  the  stems  are  inclined  to  all  sides,  and  are 
made  to  move  round  and  round.  As  soon  as  the  lower  part 
of  a  stem  strikes  against  any  object  and  is  stopped,  the  upper 
part  still  goes  on  bending  and  revolving,  and  thus  necessarily 
twines  round  and  up  the  support  The  revolving  movement 
ceases  after  the  early  growth  of  each  shoot.  As  in  many 
widely  separated  families  of  plants,  single  species  and  single 
genera  possess  the  power  of  revolving,  and  have  thus  become 
twiners,  they  must  have  independently  acquired  it,  and  cannojt 
have  inherited  it  from  a  common  progenitor.  Hence  I  was 
led  to  predict  that  some  slight  tendency  to  a  movement  of  this 
kind  would  be  found  to  be  far  from  uncommon  with  plants 
which  did  not  climb ;  and  that  this  had  afforded  the  basis  for 
natural  selection  to  work  on  and  improve.  When  I  made 
this  prediction,  I  knew  of  only  one  imperfect  case,  namely  of 
the  young  flower-peduncles  of  a  Maurandia  which  revolved 
slightly  and  irregularly,  like  the  stems  of  twining  plants,  but 
without  making  any  use  of  this  habit.  Soon  afterwards 
Fritz  Mtiller  discovered  that  the  young  stems  of  an  Alisma 
and  of  a  Linum, — ^plants  which  do  not  climb  and  are  widely 
separated  in  the  natural  system, — ^revolved  plainly,  though 
irregularly ;  and  he  states  that  he  has  reason  to  suspect  that 
this  occurs  with  some  other  plants.  These  slight  movements 
appear  to  be  of  no  service  to  the  plants  in  question;  anyhow, 
they  are  not  of  the  least  use  in  the  way  of  climbing,  which 
is  the  point  that  concerns  us.  Nevertheless  we  can  see  that 
if  the  stems  of  these  plants  had  been  flexible,  and  if  under  the 
conditions  to  which  liiey  are  exposed  it  had  profited  them  to 
ascend  to  a  height,  then  the  habit  of  slightly  and  irregularly 
revolving  might  have  been  increased  and  utilised  through 
natural  selection,  until  they  had  become  converted  into  well- 
developed  twining  species. 

With  respect  to  the  sensitiveness  of  the  foot-stalks  of  the 
leaves  and  flowers,  and  of  tendrils,  nearly  the  same  remarks 
are  applicable  as  in  the  case  of  the  revolving  movements  of 
twining  plants.  As  a  vast  number  of  species,  belonging  to 
widely  distinct  groups,  are  endowed  with  this  kind  of  sensi- 
tiveness, it  ought  to  be  found  in  a  nascent  condition  in  many 

P— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


254  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

plants  which  have  not  become  climbers.  This  is  the  case:  I 
observed  that  the  young  flower-peduncles  of  the  above  Mau- 
randia  curved  themselves  a  little  towards  the  side  which  was 
touched.  Morren  found  in  several  species  of  Oxalis  that  the 
leaves  and  their  foot-stalks  moved,  especially  after  exposure 
to  a  hot  sun,  when  they  were  gently  and  repeatedly  touched, 
or  when  the  plant  was  shaken.  I  repeated  these  observations 
on  some  other  species  of  Oxalis  with  the  same  result;  in 
some  of  them  the  movement  was  distinct,  but  was  best  seen 
in  the  young  leaves ;  in  others  it  was  extremely  slight.  It  is 
a  more  important  fact  that  according  to  the  high  authority 
of  Hofmeister,  the  young  shoots  and  leaves  of  all  plants  move 
after  being  shaken;  and  with  climbing  plants  it  is,  as  we 
know,  only  during  the  early  stages  of  growth  that  the  foot- 
stalks and  tendrils  are  sensitive. 

It  is  scarcely  possible  that  the  above  slight  movements,  due 
to  a  touch  or  shake,  in  the  young  and  growing  organs  of 
plants,  can  be  of  any  functional  importance  to  them.  But 
plants  possess,  in  obedience  to  various  stimuli,  powers  of 
movement,  which  are  of  manifest  importance  to  them;  for 
instance,  towards  and  more  rarely  from  the  light, — ^in  oppo- 
sition to,  and  more  rarely  in  the  direction  of,  the  attraction 
of  gravity.  When  the  nerves  and  muscles  of  an  animal  are 
excited  by  galvanism  or  by  the  absorption  of  strychnine,  the 
consequent  movements  may  be  called  an  incidental  result,  for 
the  nerves  and  muscles  have  not  been  rendered  specially  sen- 
sitive to  these  stimtdi.  So  with  plants  it  appears  that,  from 
having  the  power  of  movement  in  obedience  to  certain  stim- 
uli, they  are  excited  in  an  incidental  manner  by  a  touch,  or 
by  being  shaken.  Hence  there  is  no  great  difficulty  in  ad- 
mitting that  in  the  case  of  leaf-climbers  and  tendril-bearers, 
it  is  this  tendency  which  has  been  taken  advantage  of  and  in- 
creased through  natural  selection.  It  is,  however,  probable, 
from  reasons  which  I  have  assigned  in  my  memoir,  that  this 
will  have  occurred  only  with  plants  which  had  already  ac- 
quired the  power  of  revolving,  and  had  thus  become  twiners. 

I  have  already  endeavoured  to  explain  how  plants  became 
twiners,  namely,  by  the  increase  of  a  tendency  to  slight  and 
irregular  revolving  movements,  which  were  at  first  of  no  use 
to  them;  this  movement,  as  well  as  that  due  to  a  touch  or 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  255 

shake,  being  the  incidental  result  of  the  power  of  moving, 
gained  for  other  and  beneficial  purposes.  Whether,  during 
the  gradual  development  of  climbing  plants,  natural  selection 
has  been  aided  by  the  inherited  effects  of  use,  I  will  not  pre- 
tend to  decide;  but  we  know  that  certain  periodical  move- 
ments, for  instance  the  so-called  sleep  of  plants,  are  governed 
by  habit 

I  have  now  considered  enough^  perhaps  more  than  enough, 
of  the  cases,  selected  with  care  by  a  skilful  naturalist,  to 
prove  that  natural  selection  is  incompetent  to  account  for  the 
incipient  stages  of  useful  structures;  and  I  have  shown,  as  I 
hope,  that  there  is  no  great  difficulty  on  this  head.  A  good 
opportunity  has  thus  been  afforded  for  enlarging  a  little  on 
gradations  of  structure,  often  associated  with  changed  func- 
tions,— an  important  subject,  which  was  not  treated  at  suf- 
ficient length  in  the  former  editions  of  this  work.  I  will  now 
briefly  recapitulate  the  foregoing  cases. 

With  the  giraffe,  the  continued  preservation  of  the  indi- 
viduals of  some  extinct  high-reaching  ruminant,  which  had 
the  longest  necks,  legs,  &c.,  and  could  browse  a  little  above 
the  average  height,  and  the  continued  destruction  of  those 
which  could  not  browse  so  high,  would  have  sufficed  for  the 
production  of  this  remarkable  quadruped;  but  the  prolonged 
use  of  all  the  parts  together  with  inheritance  will  have  aided 
in  an  important  manner  in  their  co-ordination.  With  the 
many  insects  which  imitate  various  objects,  there  is  no  im- 
probability in  the  'belief  that  an  accidental  resemblance  to 
some  common  object  was  in  each  case  the  foundation  for  the 
work  of  natural  selection,  since  perfected  through  the  occa- 
sional preservation  of  slight  variations  which  made  the  re- 
semblance at  all  closer;  and  this  will  have  been  carried  on 
as  long  as  the  insect  continued  to  vary,  and  as  long  as  a  more 
and  more  perfect  resemblance  led  to  its  escape  from  sharp- 
sighted  enemies.  In  certain  species  of  whales  there  is  a  ten- 
dency to  the  formation  of  irregular  little  points  of  horn  on 
the  palate;  and  it  seems  to  be  quite  within  the  scope  of  nat- 
ural selection  to  preserve  all  favourable  variations,  until  the 
points  were  converted  first  into  lamellated  knobs  or  teeth, 
like  those  on  the  beak  of  a  goose,— then  into  short  lamellse, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


256  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

like  those  of  the  domestic  ducks — ^and  then  into  lamellae,  as 
perfect  as  those  of  the  shoveller-duck, — and  finally  into  the 
gigantic  plates  of  baleen,  as  in  the  mouth  of  the  Greenland 
whale.  In  the  family  of  the  ducks,  the  lamellae  are  first  used 
as  teeth,  then  partly  as  teeth  and  partly  as  a  sifting  ap- 
paratus, and  at  last  almost  exclusively  for  this  latter  purpose. 

With  such  structures  as  the  above  lamellae  of  horn  or  whale- 
bone, habit  or  use  can  have  done  little  or  nothing,  as  far  as 
we  can  judge,  towards  their  development.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  transportal  of  the  lower  eye  of  a  flat-fish  to  the 
upper  side  of  the  head,  and  the  formation  of  a  prehensile  tail, 
may  be  attributed  almost  wholly  to  continued  use,  together 
wi^  inheritance.  With  respect  to  the  mammae  of  the  higher 
animals,  the  most  probable  conjecture  is  that  primordially 
the  cutaneous  glands  over  the  whole  surface  of  a  marsupial 
sack  secreted  a  nutritious  fluid;  and  that  these  glands  were 
improved  in  function  through  natural  selection^  and  concen- 
trated into  a  confined  area,  in  which  case  they  would  have 
formed  a  mamma.  There  is  no  more  difficulty  in  under- 
standing how  the  branched  spines  of  some  ancient  Echino- 
derm,  which  served  as  a  defence,  became  developed  through 
natural  selection  into  tridactyle  pedicellariae,  than  in  under- 
standing the  development  of  the  pincers  of  crustaceans, 
through  slight,  serviceable  modifications  in  the  ultimate  and 
penultimate  segments  of  a  limb,  which  was  at  first  used  solely 
for  locomotion.  In  the  avicularia  and  vibracula  of  the 
Polyzoa  we  have  organs  widely  different  in  appearance  de- 
veloped from  the  same  source;  and  with* the  virbracula  we 
can  understand  how  the  successive  gradations  might  have 
been  of  service.  With  the  pollinia  of  orchids,  the  threads 
which  originally  served  to  tie  together  the  pollen-grains,  can 
be  traced  cohering  into  caudicles ;  and  the  steps  can  likewise 
be  followed  by  which  viscid  matter,  such  as  that  secreted  by 
the  stigmas  of  ordinary  flowers,  and  still  subserving  nearly 
but  not  quite  the  same  purpose,  became  attached  to  the  free 
ends  of  the  caudicles; — ^all  these  gradations  being  of  mani- 
fest benefit  to  the  plants  in  question.  With  respect  to  climb- 
ing plants,  I  need  not  repeat  what  has  been  so  lately  said. 

It  has  often  been  asked,  if  natural  selection  be  so  potent, 
why  has  not  this  or  that  structure  been  gained  by  certain 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  257 

species,  to  which  it  would  apparently  have  been  advantage- 
ous? But  it  is  unreasonable  to  expect  a  precise  answer  to 
such  questions,  considering  our  ignorance  of  the  past  history 
of  each  species,  and  of  the  conditions  which  at  the  present 
day  determine  its  numbers  and  range.  In  most  cases  only 
general  reasons,  but  in  some  few  ca^es  special  reasons,  can 
be  assigned.  Thus  to  adapt  a  species  to  new  habits  of  life, 
many  co-ordinated  modifications  are  almost  indispensable, 
and  it  may  often  have  happened  that  the  requisite  parts  did 
not  vary  in  the  right  manner  or  to  the  right  degree.  Many 
species  must  have  been  prevented  from  increasing  in  numbers 
through  destructive  agencies,  which  stood  in  no  relation  to 
certain  structures,  which  we  imagine  would  have  been  gained 
through  natural  selection  from  appearing  to  us  advantageous 
to  the  species.  In  this  case,  as  the  struggle  for  life  did  not 
depend  on  such  structures,  they  could  not  have  been  acquired 
through  natural  selection.  In  many  cases  complex  and  long- 
enduring  conditions,  often  of  a  peculiar  nature,  are  necessary 
for  the  development  of  a  structure;  and  the  requisite  con- 
ditions may  seldom  have  concurred.  The  belief  that  any 
given  structure,  which  we  think,  often  erroneously,  would 
have  been  beneficial  to  a  species,  would  have  been  gained 
under  all  circumstances  through  natural  selection,  is  opposed 
to  what  we  can  understand  of  its  manner  of  action.  Mr. 
Mivart  does  not  deny  that  natural  selection  has  effected 
something;  but  he  considers  it  as  ''demonstrably  insufficient" 
to  account  for  the  phenomena  which  I  explain  by  its  agency. 
His  chief  arguments  have  now  been  considered,  and  the 
others  will  hereafter  be  considered  They  seem  to  me  to  par- 
take little  of  the  character  of  demonstration,  and  to  have 
little  weight  in  comparison  with  those  in  favour  of  the  power 
of  natural  selection,  aided  by  the  other  agencies  often  speci- 
fied. I  am  bound  to  add,  that  some  of  the  facts  and  argu- 
ments here  used  by  me,  have  been  advanced  for  the  same 
purpose  in  an  able  article  lately  published  in  the  'Medico- 
Qiirurgical  Review.' 

At  the  present  day  almost  all  naturalists  admit  evolution 
under  some  form.  Mr.  Mivart  believes  that  species  change 
through  "an  internal  force  or  tendency,"  about  which  it  is 
not  pretended  that  anything  is  known.    That  species  have  a 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


258  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

capacity  for  change  will  be  admitted  by  all  evolutionists;  but 
there  is  no  need,  as  it  seems  to  me,  to  invoke  any  internal 
force  beyond  the  tendency  to  ordinary  variability,  which 
through  the  aid  of  selection  by  man  has  given  rise  to  many 
well-adapted  domestic  races,  and  which  through  the  aid  of 
natural  selection  would  equally  well  give  rise  by  graduated 
steps  to  natural  races  or  species.  The  final  result  will  gen- 
erally have  been,  as  already  explained,  an  advance,  but  in 
some  few  cases  a  retrogression,  in  organisation. 

Mr.  Mivart  is  further  inclined  to  believe,  and  some  nat* 
uralists  agree  with  him,  that  new  species  manifest  themselves 
"with  suddenness  and  by  modifications  appearing  at  once." 
For  instance,  he  supposes  that  the  differences  between  the 
extinct  three-toed  Hipparion  and  the  horse  arose  suddenly. 
He  thinks  it  difficult  to  believe  that  the  wing  of  a  bird  "was 
developed  in  any  other  way  than  by  a  comparatively  sudden 
modification  of  a  marked  and  important  kind;"  and  appa- 
rently he  would  extend  the  same  view  to  the  wings  of  bats 
and  pterodactyles.  This  conclusion,  which  implies  great 
breaks  or  discontinuity  in  the  series,  appears  to  me  improb- 
able in  the  highest  degree. 

Every  one  who  believes  in  slow  and  gradual  evolution,  will 
of  course  admit  that  specific  changes  may  have  been  as  abrupt 
and  as  great  as  any  single  variation  which  we  meet  with 
under  nature,  or  even  under  domestication.  But  as  species 
are  more  variable  when  domesticated  or  cultivated  than  under 
their  natural  conditions,  it  is  not  probable  that  such 
great  and  abrupt  variations  have  often  occurred  under 
nature,  as  are  known  occasionally  to  arise  under  domestica- 
tion. Of  these  latter  variations  several  may  be  attributed  to 
reversion;  and  the  characters  which  thus  reappear  were,  it 
is  probable,  in  many  cases  at  first  gained  in  a  gradual  man- 
ner. A  still  greater  number  must  be  called  monstrosities, 
such  as  six-fingered  men,  porcupine  men,  Ancon  sheep,  Niata 
cattle,  &c. ;  and  as  they  are  widely  different  in  character  from 
natural  species,  they  throw  very  little  light  on  our  subject. 
Excluding  such  cases  of  abrupt  variations,  the  few  which  re- 
main would  at  best  constitute,  if  found  in  a  state  of  nature, 
doubtful  species,  closely  related  to  their  parental  types. 

My  reasons  for  doubting  whether  natural  species  have 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEOBY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  259 

changed  as  abruptly  as  have  occasionally  domestic  races,  and 
for  entirely  disbelieving  that  they  have  changed  in  the  won- 
derful manner  indicated  by  Mr.  Mivart,  are  as  fdlows.  Ac- 
cording to  our  experience,  abrupt  and  strongly  marked  vari- 
Jtions  occur  in  our  domesticated  productions,  singly  and  at 
kther  long  intervals  of  time.  If  such  occurred  under  na- 
ture, they  would  be  liable,  as  formerly  explained,  to  be  lost 
by  accidental  causes  of  destruction  and  by  subsequent  inter- 
crossing; and  so  it  is  known  to  be  under  domestication,  un- 
less abrupt  variations  of  this  kind  are  specially  preserved  and 
separated  by  the  care  of  man.  Hence  in  order  that  a  new 
species  should  suddenly  appear  in  the  manner  supposed  by 
Mr.  Mivart,  it  is  almost  necessary  to  believe,  in  opposition  to 
all  analogy,  that  several  wonderfully  changed  individuals 
appeared  simultaneously  within  the  same  district  This  dif- 
ficulty, as  in  the  case  of  unconscious  selection  by  man,  is 
avoided  on  the  theory  of  gradual  evolution,  through  the  pres- 
ervation of  a  large  number  of  individuals,  which  varied  more 
or  less  in  any  favourable  direction,  and  of  the  destruction  of 
a  large  number  which  varied  in  an  opposite  manner. 

That  many  species  have  been  evolved  in  an  extremely 
gradual  manner,  there  can  hardly  be  a  doubt.  The  species 
and  even  the  genera  of  many  large  natural  families  are  so 
closely  allied  together,  that  it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  not  a 
few  of  them.  On  every  continent  in  proceeding  from  north 
to  south,  from  lowland  to  upland,  &c.,  we  meet  with  a  host 
of  .closely  related  or  representative  species;  as  we  likewise 
do  on  certain  distinct  continents,  which  we  have  reason  to 
believe  were  formerly  connected.  But  in  making  these  and 
the  following  remarks,  I  am  compelled  to  allude  to  subjects 
hereafter  to  be  discussed.  Look  at  the  many  outlying  islands 
round  a  continent,  and  see  how  many  of  their  inhabitants  can 
be  raised  only  to  the  rank  of  doubtful  species.  So  it  is  if  we 
look  to  past  times,  and  compare  the  species  which  have  just 
passed  away  with  those  still  living  within  the  same  areas ;  or 
if  we  compare  the  fossil  species  embedded  in  the  sub-stages 
of  the  same  geological  formation.  It  is  indeed  manifest  that 
multitudes  of  species  are  related  in  the  closest  manner  to 
other  species  that  still  exist,  or  have  lately  existed ;  and  it  will 
hardly  be  maintained  that  such  species  have  been  developed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


260  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

in  an  abrupt  or  sudden  manner.  Nor  should  it  be  forgotten, 
when  we  look  to  the  special  parts  of  allied  species,  instead  of 
to  distinct  species,  that  numerous  and  wonderfully  fine  grada- 
tions can  be  traced,  connecting  together  widely .  different 
structures. 

Many  large  groups  of  facts  are  intelligible  only  on  the 
principle  that  species  have  been  evolved  by  very  small  steps. 
For  instance,  the  fact  that  the  species  included  in  the  larger 
genera  are  more  closely  related  to  each  other,  and  present  a 
greater  number  of  varieties  than  do  the  species  in  the  smaller 
genera.  The  former  are  also  grouped  in  little  clusters,  like 
varieties  round  species ;  and  they  present  other  analogies  with 
varieties,  as  was  shown  in  our  second  chapter.  On  this  same 
principle  we  can  tmderstand  how  it  is  that  specific  characters 
are  more  variable  than  generic  characters;  and  how  the  parts 
which  are  developed  in  an  extraordinary  degree  or  manner 
are  more  variable  than  other  parts  of  the  same  species. 
Many  analogous  facts,  all  pointing  in  the  same  direction, 
could  be  added 

Although  very  many  species  have  almost  certainly  been 
produced  by  steps  not  greater  than  those  separating  fine  vari- 
eties; yet  it  may  be  maintained  that  some  have  been  devel- 
oped in  a  different  and  abrupt  manner.  Such  an  admission, 
"however,  ought  not  to  be  made  without  strong  evidence  being 
assigned.  The  vague  and  in  some  respects  false  analogies, 
as  they  have  been  shown  to  be  by  Mr.  Chauncey  Wright, 
which  have  been  advanced  in  favour  of  this  view,  such  as  the 
sudden  crystallisation  of  inorganic  substances,  or  the  falling 
of  a  facetted  spheroid  from  one  facet' to  another,  hardly  de- 
serve consideration.  One  class  of  facts,  however,  namely,  the 
sudden  appearance  of  new  and  distinct  forms  of  life  in  our  geo- 
logical formations  supports  at  first  sight  the  belief  in  abrupt 
development.  But  the  value  of  this  evidence  depends  entirely 
on  the  perfection  of  the  geological  record,  in  relation  to 
periods  remote  in  the  history  of  the  world.  If  the  record  is 
as  fragmentary  as  many  geologists  strenuously  assert,  there 
is  nothing  strange  in  new  forms  appearing  as  if  suddenly 
developed. 

Unless  we  admit  transformations  as  prodigious  as  those 
advocated  by  Mr.  Mivart,  such  as  the  sudden  development  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  261 

the  wings  of  birds  or  bats,  or  the  sudden  conversion  of  a 
Hipparion  into  a  horse,  hardly  any  light  is  thrown  by  the  be- 
lief in  abrupt  modifications  on  the  deficiency  of  connecting 
links  in  our  geological  formations.  But  against  the  belief  in 
such  abrupt  changes,  embryology  enters  a  strong  protest.  It 
is  notorious  that  the  wings  of  birds  and  bats,  and  the  legs  of 
horses  or  other  quadrupeds,  are  undistinguishable  at  an  early 
embryonic  period,  and  that  they  become  differentiated  by  in- 
sensibly fine  steps.  Embryological  resemblances  of  all  kinds 
can  be  accounted  for,  as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  by  the  pro- 
genitors of  our  existing  species  having  varied  after  early 
youth,  and  having  transmitted  their  newly  acquired  char- 
acters to  their  offspring,  at  a  corresponding  age.  The  em- 
bryo is  thus  left  almost  unaffected,  and  serves  as  a  record  of 
the  past  condition  of  the  species.  Hence  it  is  that  existing 
species  during  the  early  stages  of  their  development  so  often 
resemble  ancient  and  extinct  forms  belonging  to  the  same 
class.  On  this  view  of  the  meaning  of  embryological  resem- 
blances, and  indeed  on  any  view,  it  is  incredible  that  an  ani- 
mal should  have  undergone  such  momentous  and  abrupt  trans- 
formations, as  those  above  indicated ;  and  yet  should  not  bear 
even  a  trace  in  its  embryonic  condition  of  any  sudden  modi- 
fication; every  detail  in  its  structure  being  developed  by  in- 
sensibly fine  steps. 

He  who  believes  that  some  ancient  form  was  transformed 
suddenly  through  an  internal  force  or  tendency  into,  for  in- 
stance, one  furnished  with  wings,  will  be  almost  compelled 
to  assume,  in  opposition  to  all  analogy,  that  many  individuals 
varied  simultaneously.  It  cannot  be  denied  that  such  abrupt 
and  great  changes  of  structure  are  widely  different  from 
those  which  most  species  apparently  have  undergone.  He 
will  further  be  compelled  to  believe  that  many  structures 
beautifully  adapted  to  all  the  other  parts  of  the  same  creature 
and  to  the  surrounding  conditions,  have  been  suddenly  pro- 
duced; and  of  such  complex  and  wonderful  co-adaptations, 
he  will  not  be  able  to  assign  a  shadow  of  an  explanation. 
He  will  be  forced  to  admit  that  these  great  and  sudden  trans- 
formations have  left  no  trace  of  their  action  on  the  embryo. 
To  admit  all  this  is,  as  it  seems  to  me,  to  enter  into  the 
realms  of  miracle,  and  to  leave  those  of  Science. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  VIII 
Instinct 

Instincts  comparable  with  habits,  but  different  in  their  origin — ^In- 
stincts graduated — Aphides  and  ants — Instincts  variable — Do- 
mestic instincts,  their  origin — Natural  instincts  of  the  cuckoo, 
molothrus,  ostrich,  and  parasitic  bees— Slave-making  ants — ^Hive- 
bee,  its  cell-making  instinct — Changes  of  instinct  and  structure 
not  necessarily  simultaneous — Difficulties  of  the  theory  of  the 
Natural  Selection  of  instincts — ^Neuter  or  sterile  insects- 
Summary. 

MANY  instincts  are  so  wonderful  that  their  develop* 
ment  will  probably  appear  to  the  reader  a  difficulty 
sufficient  to  overthrow  my  whole  theory.  I  may 
here  premise,  that  I  have  nothing  to  do  with  the  origin  of 
the  mental  powers,  any  more  than  I  have  with  that  of  life 
itself.  Vjft  are  concerned  only  with  the  diversities  of  instinct 
and  of  the  other  mental  faculties  in  animals  of  the  same  class. 

I  will  not  attempt  any  definition  of  instinct.  It  would  be 
easy  to  show  that  several  distinct  mental  actions  are  com- 
monly embraced  by  this  term;  but  every  one  understands 
what  is  meant,  when  it  is  said  that  instinct  impels  the  cuckoo 
to  migrate  and  to  lay  her  eggs  in  other  birds'  nests.  An  ac- 
tion, which  we  ourselves  require  experience  to  enable  us  to 
perform,  when  performed  by  an  animal,  more  especially  by  a 
very  young  one,  without  experience,  and  when  performed  by 
many  individuals  in  the  same  way,  without  their  knowing 
for  what  purpose  it  is  performed,  is  usually  said  to  be  in- 
stinctive. But  I  could  show  that  none  of  these  characters 
are  universal.  A  little  dose  of  judgment  or  reason,  as  Pierre 
Huber  expresses  it,  often  comes  into  play,  even  with  animals 
low  in  the  scale  of  nature. 

Frederick  Cuvier  and  several  of  the  older  metaphysicians 
have  compared  instinct  with  habit  This  comparison  gives, 
I  think,  an  accurate  notion  of  the  frame  of  mind  under 

262 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INSTINCT  263 

which  an  instinctive  action  is  performed,  but  not  necessarily 
of  its  origin.  How  unconsciously  many  habitual  actions  are 
performed,  indeed  not  rarely  in  direct  opposition  to  our  con- 
scious will  I  yet  they  may  be  modified  by  the  will  or  reason. 
Habits  easily  become  associated  with  other  habits,  with  cer- 
tain periods  of  time,  and  states  of  the  body.  When  once 
acquired,  they  often  remain  constant  throughout  life.  Sev- 
eral other  points  of  resemblance  between  instincts  and  habits 
could  be  pointed  out.  As  in  repeating  a  well-known  song,  so 
in  instincts,  one  action  follows  another  by  a  sort  of  rhythm; 
if  a  person  be  interrupted  in  a  song,  or  in  repeating  anything 
by  rote,  he  is  generally  forced  to  go  back  to  recover  the 
habitual  train  of  thought:  so  P.  Huber  found  it  was  with  a 
caterpillar,  which  makes  a  very  complicated  hammock;  for  if 
he  took  a  caterpillar  which  had  completed  its  hammock  up  to, 
say,  the  sixth  stage  of  construction,  and  put  it  into  a  ham- 
mock completed  up  only  to  the  third  stage,  the  caterpillar 
simply  re-performed  the  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  stages  of 
construction.  If,  however,  a  caterpillar  were  taken  out  of  a 
hammock  made  up,  for  instance,  to  the  third  stage,  and  were 
put  into  one  finished  up  to  the  sixth  stage,  so  that  much  of 
its  work  was  already  done  for  it,  far  from  deriving  any  bene- 
fit from  this,  it  was  much  embarrassed,  and  in  order  to  com- 
plete its  hammock,  seemed  forced  to  start  from  the  third 
stage,  where  it  had  left  off,  and  thus  tried  to  complete  the 
already  finished  work. 

If  we  suppose  any  habitual  action  to  become  inherited— and 
it  can  be  shown  that  this  does  sometimes  happen — then  the 
resemblance  between  what  originally  was  a  habit  and  an  in- 
stinct becomes  so  close  as  not  to  be  distinguished.  If  Mozart, 
instead  of  playing  the  pianoforte  at  three  years  old  with  won- 
derfully little  practice,  had  played  a  tune  with  no  practice  at 
all,  he  might  truly  be  said  to  have  done  so  instinctively.  But 
it  would  be  a  serious  error  to  suppose  that  the  greater  num- 
ber of  instincts  have  been  acquired  by  habit  in  one  genera- 
tion, and  then  transmitted  by  inheritance  to  succeeding  gen- 
erations. It  can  be  clearly  shown  that  the  most  wonderful 
instincts  with  which  we  are  acquainted,  namely,  those  of  the 
hive-bee  and  of  many  ants,  could  not  possibly  have  been  ac- 
quired by  habit. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


264  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

It  will  be  universally  admitted  that  instincts  are  as  im- 
portant as  corporeal  structures  for  the  welfare  of  each  spe- 
cies, under  its  present  conditions  of  life.  Under  changed  con- 
ditions of  life,  it  is  at  least  possible  that  slight  modifications 
of  instinct  might  be  profitable  to  a  species;  and  if  it  can  be 
shown  that  instincts  do  vary  ever  so  little,  then  I  can  see  no 
difficulty  in  natural  selection  preserving  and  continually  accu- 
mulating variations  of  instinct  to  any  extent  that  was  profit- 
able. It  is  thus,  as  I  believe,  that  all  the  most  complex  and 
wonderful  instincts  have  originated.  As  modifications  of 
corporeal  structure  arise  from,  and  are  increased  by,  use  or 
habit,  and  are  diminished  or  lost  by  disuse,  so  I  do  not  doubt 
it  has  been  with  instincts.  But  I  believe  that  the  effects  of 
habit  are  in  many  cases  of  subordinate  importance  to  the 
effects  of  the  natural  selection  of  what  may  be  called  spon- 
taneous variations  of  instincts; — ^that  is  of  variations  pro- 
duced by  the  same  unknown  causes  which  produce  slight 
deviations  of  bodily  structure. 

No  complex  instinct  can  possibly  be  produced  through 
natural  selection,  except  by  the  slow  and  gradual  accumula- 
tion of  numerous  slight,  yet  profitable,  variations.  Hence,  as 
in  the  cases  of  corporeal  structures,  we  ought  to  find  in 
nature,  not  the  actusd  transitional  gradations  by  which  each 
complex  instinct  has  been  acquired — for  these  could  be  found 
only  in  the  lineal  ancestors  of  each  species — ^but  we  ought  to 
find  in  the  collateral  lines  of  descent  some  evidence  of  such 
gradations ;  or  we.  ought  at  least  be  able  to  show  that  grada- 
tions of  some  kind  are  possible ;  and  this  we  certainly  can  do. 
I  have  been  surprised  to  find,  making  allowance  for  the  in- 
stincts of  animaJs  having  been  but  little  observed  except  in 
Europe  and  North  America,  and  for  no  instinct  being  known 
amongst  extinct  species,  how  very  generally  gradations,  lead- 
ing to  the  most  complex  instincts,  can  be  discovered.  Changes 
of  instinct  may  sometimes  be  facilitated  by  the  same  species 
having  different  instincts  at  different  periods  of  life,  or  at 
different  seasons  of  the  year,  or  when  placed  under  different 
circumstances,  &c. ;  in  which  case  either  the  one  or  the  other 
instinct  might  be  preserved  by  natural  selection.  And  such 
instances  of  diversity  of  instinct  in  the  same  species  can  be 
shown  to  occur  in  nature. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INSTINCT  265 

Again,  as  in  the  case  of  corporeal  structure,  and  conform- 
ably  to  my  theory,  the  instinct  of  each  species  is  good  for 
itself,  but  has  never,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  been  produced 
for  the  exclusive  good  of  others.  One  of  the  strongest  in- 
stances of  an  animal  apparently  performing  an  action  for  the 
sole  good  of  another,  with  which  I  am  acquainted,  is  that  of 
aphides  voluntarily  yielding,  as  was  first  observed  by  Huber, 
their  sweet  excretion  to  ants :  that  they  do  so  voluntarily,  the 
following  facts  show.  I  removed  all  the  ants  from  a  group 
of  about  a  dozen  aphides  on  a  dock-plant,  and  prevented  their 
attendance  during  several  hours.  After  this  interval,  I  felt 
sure  that  the  aphides  would  want  to  excrete.  I  watched  them 
for  some  time  through  a  lens,  but  not  one  excreted;  I  then 
tickled  and  stroked  them  with  a  hair  in  the  same  manner,  as 
well  as  I  could,  as  the  ants  do  with  their  antennae ;  but  not  one 
excreted.  Afterwards  I  allowed  an  ant  to  visit  them,  and  it 
immediately  seemed,  by  its  eager  way  of  running  about,  to  be 
well  aware  what  a  rich  flock  it  had  discovered ;  it  then  began 
to  play  with  its  antennae  on  the  abdomen  first  of  one  aphis  and 
then  of  another;  and  each,  as  soon  as  it  felt  the  antennae, 
immediately  lifted  up  its  abdomen  and  excreted  a  limpid  drop 
of  sweet  juice,  which  was  eagerly  devoured  by  the  ant.  Even 
the  quite  young  aphides  behaved  in  this  manner,  showing  that 
the  action  was  instinctive,  and  not  the  result  of  experience. 
It  is  certain,  from  the  observations  of  Huber,  that  the  aphides 
show  no  dislike  to  the  ants :  if  the  latter  be  not  present  they 
are  at  last  compelled  to  eject  their  excretioy.  But  as  the  ex- 
cretion is  extremely  viscid,  it  is  no  doubt  a  convenience  to 
the  aphides  to  have  it  removed;  therefore  probably  they  do 
not  excrete  solely  for  the  good  of  the  ants.  Although  there 
is  no  evidence  that  any  animal  performs  an  action  for  the 
exclusive  good  of  another  species,  yet  each  tries  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  instincts  of  others,  as  each  takes  advantage 
of  the  weaker  bodily  structure  of  other  species.  So  again 
certain  instincts  cannot  be  considered  as  absolutely  perfect; 
but  as  details  on  this  and  other  such  points  are  not  indis- 
pensable, they  may  be  here  passed  over. 

As  some  degree  of  variation  in  instincts  under  a  state  of 
nature,  and  the  inheritance  of  such  variations,  are  indis- 
pensaUe  for  the  action  of  natural  selection,  as  many  instances 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


266  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

as  possible  ought  to  be  given ;  but  want  of  space  prevents  me. 
I  can  only  assert  that  instincts  certainly  do  vary — for  in- 
stance, the  migratory  instinct,  both  in  extent  and  direction, 
and  in  its  total  loss.  So  it  is  with  the  nests  of  birds,  which 
vary  partly  in  dependence  on  the  situations  chosen,  and  on 
the  nature  and  temperature  of  the  country  inhabited,  but 
often  from  causes  wholly  unknown  to  us :  Audubon  has  given 
several  remarkable  cases  of  differences  in  the  nests  of  the 
same  species  in  the  northern  and  southern  United  States. 
Why,  it  has  been  asked,  if  instinct  be  variable,  has  it  not 
granted  to  the  bee  "the  ability  to  use  some  other  material 
when  wax  was  deficient"?  But  what  other  natural  material 
could  bees  use?  They  will  work,  as  I  have  seen,  With  wax 
hardened  with  vermilion  or  softened  with  lard.  Andrew 
Knight  observed  that  his  bees,  instead  of  laboriously  collect- 
ing ^  propolis,  used  a  cement  of  wax  and  turpentine,  with 
which  he  had  covered  decorticated  trees.  It  has  lately  been 
shown  that  bees,  instead  of  searching  for  pollen,  will  gladly 
use  a  very  different  substance,  namely  oatmeal.  Fear  of  any 
particular  enemy  is  certainly  an  instinctive  quality,  as  may 
be  seen  in  nestling  birds,  though  it  is  strengthened  by  experi- 
ence, and  by  the  sight  of  fear  of  the  same  enemy  in  other 
animals.  The  fear  of  man  is  slowly  acquired,  as  I  have  else- 
where shown,  by  the  various  animals  which  inhabit  desert 
islands;  and  we  see  an  instance  of  this  even  in  England,  in 
the  greater  wildness  of  all  our  large  birds  in  comparison  with 
our  small  birds ;  for  the  large  birds  have  been  most  persecuted 
by  man.  We  may*  safely  attribute  the  greater  wildness  of  our 
large  birds  to  this  cause ;  for  in  uninhabited  islands  large  birds 
are  not  more  fearful  than  small ;  and  the  magpie,  so  wary  in 
England,  is  tame  in  Norway,  as  is  the  hooded  crow  in  Egypt. 
That  the  mental  qualities  of  animals  of  the  same  kind,  born 
in  a  state  of  nature,  vary  much,  could  be  shown  by  many 
facts.  Several  cases  could  also  be  adduced  of  occasional  and 
strange  habits  in  wild  animals,  which,  if  advantageous  to  the 
species,  might  have  given  rise,  through  natural  selection,  to 
new  instincts.  But  I  am  well  aware  that  these  general  state- 
ments, without  the  facts  in  detail,  will  produce  but  a  feeble 
effect  on  the  reader's  mind.  I  can  only  repeat  my  assurance, 
that  I  do  not  speak  without  good  evidence. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHANGES  OF  HABIT  OR  INSTINCT  267 

INHBKITED   CHANGES   OF   HABIT   OR   INSTINCT   IN 
DOMESTICATED  ANIMALS 

The  possibility,  or  even  probability,  of  inherited  variations 
of  instinct  in  a  state  of  nature  will  be  strengthened  by  briefly 
considering  a  few  cases  under  domestication.  We  shall  thas 
be  enabled  to  see  the  part  which  habit  and  the  selection  of  so- 
called  spontaneous  variations  have  played  in  modifying  the 
mental  qualities  of  our  domestic  animals.  It  is  notorious 
how  much  domestic  animals  vary  in  their  mental  qualities. 
With  cats,  for  instance,  one  naturally  takes  to  catching  rats, 
and  another  mice,  ^nd  these  tendencies  are  known  to  be  in- 
herited. One  cat,  according  to  Mr.  St.  John,  always  brought 
home  game-birds,  another  hares  or  rabbits,  and  another 
hunted  on  marshy  ground  and  almost  nightly  caught  wood- 
cocks or  snipes.  A  number  of  curious  and  authentic  instances 
could  be  given  of  various  shades  of  disposition  and  of  taste, 
and  likewise  of  the  oddest  tricks,  associated  with  certain 
frames  of  mind  or  periods  of  time,  being  inherited.  But  let 
us  look  to  the  familiar  case  of  the  breeds  of  the  dogs :  it  can- 
not be  doubted  that  young  pointers  (I  have  myself  seen  a 
striking  instance)  will  sometimes  point  and  even  back  other 
dogs  the  very  first  time  that  they  are  taken  out;  retrieving 
is  certainly  in  some  degree  inherited  by  retrievers ;  and  a  ten- 
dency to  run  round,  instead  of  at,  a  flock  of  sheep,  by  shep- 
herd dogs.  I  cannot  see  that  these  actions,  performed  vrithout 
experience  by  the  young,  and  in  nearly  the  same  manner  by 
each  individual,  performed  with  eager  delight  by  each  breed, 
and  without  the  end  being  known — for  the  young  pointer  can 
no  more  know  that  he  points  to  aid  his  master,  than  the  white 
butterfly  knows  why  she  lays  her  eggs  on  the  leaf  of  the  cab- 
bage— I  cannot  see  that  these  actions  differ  essentially  from 
true  instincts.  If  we  were  to  behold  one  kind  of  wolf,  when 
young  and  without  any  training,  as  soon  ^s  it  scented  its  prey, 
stand  motionless  like  a  statue,  and  then  slowly  crawf  forward 
with  a  peculiar  gait ;  and  another  kind  of  wolf  rushing  round, 
instead  of  at,  a  herd  of  deer,  and  driving  them  to  a  distant 
point,  we  should  assuredly  call  these  actions  instinctive. 
Domestic  iilstincts,  as  they  may  be  called,  are  certainly  far 
less  fixed  than  natural  instincts ;  but  they  have  been  acted  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


268  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaBS 

by  far  less  rigorous  selection,  and  have  been  transmitted  for 
an  incomparably  shorter  period,  under  less  fixed  conditions 
of  life. 

How  strongly  these  domestic  instincts,  habits,  and  disposi- 
tions are  inherited,  and  how  curiously  they  become  mingled, 
is  well  shown  when  different  breeds  of  dogs  are  crossed. 
Thus  it  is  known  that  a  cross  with  a  bull-dog  has  affected  for 
many  generations  the  courage  and  obstinacy  of  greyhounds; 
and  a  cross  with  a  greyhound  has  given  to  a  whole  family  of 
shepherd-dogs  a  tendency  to  hunt  hares.  These  domestic  in- 
stincts, when  thus  tested  by  crossing,  resemble  natural  in- 
stincts, which  in  a  like  manner  become  curiously  blended 
together,  and  for  a  long  period  exhibit  traces  of  the  instincts 
of  either  parent :  for  example,  Le  Roy  describes  a  dog,  whose 
great-grandfather  was  a  wolf,  and  this  dog  showed  a  trace 
of  its  wild  parentage  only  in  one  way,  by  not  coming  in  a 
straight  line  to  his  master,  when  called. 

Domestic  instincts  are  sometimes  spoken  of  as  actions  which 
have  become  inherited  solely  from  long-continued  and  com- 
pulsory habit;  but  this  is  not  true.  No  one  would  ever  have 
thought  of  teaching,  or  probably  could  have  taught,  the 
tumbler-pigeon  to  tumble, — ^an  action  which,  as  I  have  wit- 
nessed, is  performed  by  young  birds,  that  have  never  seen  a 
pigeon  tumble.  We  may  believe  that  some  one  pigeon  showed 
a  slight  tendency  to  this  strange  habit,  and  that  the  long- 
continued  selection  of  the  best  individuals  in  successive  gen- 
erations made  tumblers  what  they  now  are;  and  near  Glasgow 
there  are  house-tumblers,  as  I  hear  from  Mr.  Brent,  which 
cannot  fly  eighteen  inches  high  without  going  head  over 
heels.  It  may  be  doubted  whether  any  one  would  have 
thought  of  training  a  dog  to  point,  had  not  some  one  dog 
naturally  shown  a  tendency  in  this  line;  and  this  is  known 
occasionally  to  happen,  as  I  once  saw,  in  a  pure  terrier:  the 
act  of  pointing  is  probably,  as  many  have  thought,  only  the 
exaggerated  pause  of  an  animal  preparing  to  spring  on  its 
prey.  When  the  first  tendency  to  point  was  once  displayed, 
methodical  selection  and  the  inherited  effects  of  compulsory 
training  in  each  successive  generation  would  soon  complete 
the  work;  and  unconscious  selection  is  still  in  progress,  as 
each  man  tries  to  procure,  without  intending  to  improve  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHANGES  OF  HABIT  OR  INSTINCT  2G9 

breed,  dogs  which  stand  and  hunt  best.  On  the  other  hand, 
habit  alone  in  some  cases  has  sufficed;  hardly  any  animal  is 
more  difficult  to  tame  than  the  young  of  tiie  wild  rabbit; 
scarcely  any  animal  is  tamer  than  the  young  of  the  tame  rab- 
bit; but  I  can  hardly  suppose  that  domestic  rabbits  have  often 
been  selected  for  tameness  alone ;  so  that  we  must  attribute  at 
least  the  greater  part  of  the  inherited  change  from  extreme 
wildness  to  extreme  tameness,  to  habit  and  long-continued 
close  confinement 

Natural  instincts  are  lost  under  domestication:  a  remark- 
able instance  of  this  is  seen  in  those  breeds  of  fowls  which 
very  rarely  or  never  become  "broody,"  that  is,  never  wish  to 
sit  on  their  eggs.  Familiarity  alone  prevents  our  seeing  how 
largely  and  how  permanently  the  minds  of  our  domestic  ani- 
mals have  been  modified.  It  is  scarcely  possible  to  doubt  that 
the  love  of  man  has  become  instinctive  in  the  dog.  All  wolves, 
foxes,  jackals,  and  species  of  the  cat  genus,  when  kept  tame, 
are  most  eager  to  attack  poultry,  sheep,  and  pigs;  and  this 
tendency  has  been  found  incurable  in  dogs  which  have  been 
brought  home  as  puppies  from  countries  such  as  Tierra  del 
Fuego  and  Australia,  where  the  savages  do  not  keep  these 
domestic  animals.  How  rarely,  on  the  other  hand,  do  our 
civilised  dogs,  even  when  quite  young,  require  to  be  taught 
not  to  attack  poultry,  sheep,  and  pigs !  No  doubt  they  occa- 
sionally do  make  an  attack,  and  are  then  beaten;  and  if  not 
cured,  they  are  destroyed;  so  that  habit  and  some  degree  of 
selection  have  probably  concurred  in  civilising  by  inheritance 
our  dogs.  On  the  other  hand,  young  chickens  have  lost, 
wholly  by  habit,  that  fear  of  the  dog  and  cat  which  no  doubt 
was  originally  instinctive  in  them;  for  I  am  informed  by 
Captain  Hutton  that  the  young  chickens  of  the  parent-stock, 
the  Gallus  bankiva,  when  reared  in  India  under  a  hen,  are  af 
first  excessively  wild.  So  it  is  with  young  pheasants  reared 
in  England  under  a  hen.  It  is  not  that  chickens  have  lost  all 
fear,  but  fear  only  of  dogs  and  cats,  for  if  the  hen  gives  the 
danger-chuckle,  they  will  run  (more  especially  young  tur- 
keys) from  under  her,  and  conceal  themselves  In  the  sur- 
rounding grass  or  thickets ;  and  this  is  evidently  done  for  the 
instinctive  purpose  of  allowing,  as  we  see  in  wild  ground- 
birds,  their  mother  to  fly  away.    But  this  instinct  retained  by 

Q — HC  XI  f 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


270  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

our  chickens  has  become  useless  under  domestication,  for  the 
mother-hen  has  almost  lost  by  disuse  the  power  of  flight. 

Hence,  we  may  conclude,  that  under  domestication  instincts 
have  been  acquired,  and  natural  instincts  have  been  lost, 
partly  by  habit,  and  partly  by  man  selecting  and  accumulating, 
during  successive  generations,  peculiar  mental  habits  and  ac- 
tions, which  at  first  appeared  from  what  we  must  in  our 
ignorance  call  an  accident.  In  some  cases  compulsory  habit 
alone  has  sufficed  to  produce  inherited  mental  changes;  in 
other  cases,  compulsory  habit  has  done  nothing,  and  all  has 
been  the  result  of  selection,  pursued  both  mediodically  and 
unconsciously:  but  in  most  cases  habit  and  selection  have 
probably  concurred. 

SPECIAL  INSTINCTS 

We  shall,  perhaps,  best  understand  how  instincts  in  a  state 
of  nature  have  become  modified  by  selection,  by  considering 
a  few  cases.  I  will  select  only  three, — ^namely,  the  instinct 
which  leads  the  cuckoo  to  lay  her  eggs  in  other  birds'  nests; 
the  slave-making  instinct  of  certain  ants ;  and  the  cell-making 
power  of  the  hive-bee.  These  two  latter  instincts  have  gener- 
ally and  justly  been  ranked  by  naturalists  as  the  most  won- 
derful of  all  known  instincts. 

Instincts  of  the  Cuckoo. — ^It  is  supposed  by  some  naturalists 
that  the  more  immediate  cause  of  the  instinct  of  the  cuckoo 
is,  that  she  lays  her  eggs,  not  daily,  but  at  intervals  of  two 
or  three  days;  so  that,  if  she  were  to  make  her  own  nest  and 
sit  on  her  own  eggs,  those  first  laid  would  have  to  be  left  for 
some  time  unincubated,  or  there  would  be  eggs  and  young 
birds  of  different  ages  in  the  same  nest  If  this  were  the 
case,  the  process  of  laying  and  hatching  might  be  inconveni- 
ently long,  more  especially  as  she  migrates  at  a  very  early 
period ;  and  the  first  hatched  young  would  probably  have  to 
be  fed  by  the  male  alone.  But  the  American  cuckoo  is  in  this 
predicament;  for  she  makes  her  own  nest,  and  has  eggs  and 
young  successively  hatched,  all  at  the  same  time.  It  has  been 
both  asserted  and  denied  that  the  American  cuckoo  occasion- 
ally lays  her  eggs  in  other  birds'  nests ;  but  I  have  lately  heard 
from  Dr.  Merrell,  of  Iowa,  that  he  once  found  in  Illinois  a 
j^otmg  cuckoo  together  with  a  young  jay  in  the  nest  of  a  Blue 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INSTINCTS  OF  THE  CUCKOO  271 

jay  (Garrulus  cristatus)  ;  and  as  both  were  nearly  full  feath- 
ered, there  could  be  no  mistake  in  their  identification.  I  could 
also  give  several  instances  of  various  birds  which  have  been 
known  occasionally  to  lay  their  eggs  in  other  birds'  nests. 
Now  let  us  suppose  that  the  ancient  progenitor  of  our  Euro- 
pean cuckoo  had  the  habits  of  the  American  cuckoo,  and  that 
she  occasionally  laid  an  egg  in  another  bird's  nest  If  the 
old  bird  profited  by  this  occasional  habit  through  being  enabled 
to  migrate  earlier  or  through  any  other  cause;  or  if  the  young 
were  made  more  vigorous  by  advantage  being  taken  of  the 
mistaken  instinct  of  another  species  than  when  reared  by  their 
own  mother,  encumbered  as  she  could  hardly  fail  to  be  by 
having  eggs  and  young  of  different  ages  at  the  same  time; 
then  the  old  birds  or  the  fostered  young  would  gain  an  ad- 
vantage. And  analogy  would  lead  us  to  believe,  that  the 
young  thus  reared  would  be  apt  to  follow  by  inheritance  the 
occasional  and  aberrant  habit  of  their  mother,  and  in  their 
turn  would  be  apt  to  lay  their  eggs  in  other  birds'  nests,  and 
thus  be  more  successful  in  rearing  their  young.  By  a  con- 
tinued process  of  this  nature,  I  believe  that  the  strange  in- 
stinct of  our  cuckoo  has  been  generated.  It  has,  also,  re- 
cently been  ascertained  on  sufficient  evidence,  by  Adolf 
Miiller,  that  the  cuckoo  occasionally  lays  her  eggs  on  the  bare 
ground,  sits  on  them,  and  feeds  her  young.  This  rare  event  is 
probably  a  case  of  reversion  to  the  long-lost,  aboriginal  in- 
stinct of  nidification. 

It  has  been  objected  that  I  have  not  noticed  other  related 
instincts  and  adaptations  of  structure  in  the  cuckoo,  which 
are  spoken  of  as  necessarily  co-ordinated.  But  in  all  cases, 
speculation  on  an  instinct  known  to  us  only  in  a  single  species, 
is  useless,  for  we  have  hitherto  had  no  facts  to  guide  us. 
Until  recently  the  instincts  of  the  European  and  of  the  non- 
parasitic American  cuckoo  alone  were  known;  now,  owing  to 
Mr.  Ramsay's  observations,  we  have  learnt  something  about 
three  Australian  species,  which  lay  their  eggs  in  other  birds' 
nests.  The  chief  points  to  be  referred  to  are  three:  first,  that 
the  common  cuckoo,  with  rare  exceptions,  lays  only  one  egg 
in  a  nest,  so  that  the  large  and  voracious  young  bird  receives 
ample  food.  Secondly,  that  the  eggs  are  remarkably  small, 
not  exceeding  those  of  the  skylark,— a  bird  about  one-fourth 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


272  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

as  large  as  the  cuckoo.  That  the  small  size  of  the  tgg  is  a 
real  case  of  adaptation  we  may  infer  from  the  fact  of 
the  non-parasitic  American  cuckoo  laying  full-sized  eggs. 
Thirdly,  that  the  young  cuckoo,  soon  after  birth,  has  the  in- 
stinct, the  strength,  and  a  properly  shaped  back  for  ejecting 
its  foster-brothers,  which  then  perish  from  cold  and  hunger. 
This  has  been  boldly  called  a  beneficial  arrangement,  in  order 
that  the  young  cuckoo  may  get  sufficient  food,  and  that  its 
foster-brothers  may  perish  before  they  had  acquired  much 
feeling ! 

Turning  now  to  the  Australian  species;  though  these  birds 
generally  lay  only  one  tgg  in  a  nest,  it  is  not  rare  to  find  two 
and  even  three  eggs  in  the  same  nest  In  the  Bronze  cuckoo 
the  eggs  vary  greatly  in  size,  from  eight  to  ten  lines  in  length. 
Now  if  it  had  been  of  an  advantage  to  this  species  to  have 
laid  eggs  even  smaller  than  those  now  laid,  so  as  to  have  de« 
ceived  certain  foster-parents,  or,  as  is  more  probable,  to  have 
been  hatched  within  a  shorter  period  (for  it  is  asserted  that 
there  is  a  relation  between  the  size  of  eggs  and  the  period  of 
their  incubation),  then  there  is  no  difficulty  in  believing  that 
a  race  or  species  might  have  been  formed  which  would  have 
laid  smaller  and  smaller  eggs;  for  these  would  have  been 
more  safely  hatched  and  reared.  Mr.  Ramsay  remarks  that 
two  of  the  Australian  cuckoos,  when  they  lay  their  eggs  in 
an  open  nest,  manifest  a  decided  preference  for  nests  con- 
taining eggs  similar  in  colour  to  their  own.  The  European 
species  apparently  manifests  some  tendency  towards  a  similar 
instinct,  but  not  rarely  departs  from  it,  as  is  shown  by  her 
laying  her  dull  and  pale-coloured  eggs  in  the  nest  of  the 
Hedge-warbler  with  bright  greenish-blue  eggs.  Had  our 
cuckoo  invariably  displayed  the  above  instinct,  it  would  as- 
suredly have  been  added  to  those  which  it  is  assumed  mu^t 
all  have  been  acquired  together.  The  eggs  of  the  Australiaii 
Bronze  cuckoo  vary,  according  to  Mr.  Ramsay,  to  an  ex-> 
traordinary  degree  in  colour;  so  that  in  this  respect,  as  well 
as  in  size,  natural  selection  might  have  secured  and  fixed  any 
advantageous  variation. 

In  the  case  of  the  European  cuckoo,  the  offspring,  of  the 
foster-parents  are  commonly  ejected  from  the  nest  within 
three  days  after  the  cuckoo  is  hatched;  and  as  the  latter  at 


Digitized  by 


GoogM 


INSTINCTS  OF  THE  MOLOTHRUS  273 

this  age  is  in  a  most  helpless  condition,  Mr.  Gould  was  for- 
merly inclined  to  believe  that  the  act  of  ejection  was  per- 
formed by  the  foster-parents  themselves.  But  he  has  now  re- 
ceived a  trustworthy  account  of  a  young  cuckoo  which  was 
actually  seen,  whilst  still  blind  and  not  able  even  to  hold  up 
its  own  head,  in  the  act  of  ejecting  its  foster-brothers.  One 
of  these  was  replaced  in  the  nest  by  the  observer,  and  was 
again  thrown  out.  With  respect  to  the  means  by  which  this 
strange  and  odious  instinct  was  acquired,  if  it  were  of  great 
importance  for  the  young  cuckoo,  as  is  probably  the  case,  to 
receive  as  much  food  as  possible  soon  after  birth,  I  can  see 
no  special  difficulty  in  its  having  gradually  acquired,  during 
successive  generations,  the  blind  desire,  the  strength,  and 
structure  necessary  for  the  work  of  ejection;  for  those  young 
cuckoos  which  had  such  habits  and  structure  best  developed 
wotdd  be  the  most  securely  reared.  The  first  step  towards 
the  acquisition  of  the  proper  instinct  might  have  been  mere 
unintentional  restlessness  on  the  part  of  the  young  bird,  when 
somewhat  advanced  in  age  and  strength;  the  habit  having 
been  afterwards  improved,  and  transmitted  to  an  earlier  age. 
I  can  see  no  more  difficulty  in  this,  than  in  the  unhatched 
young  of  other  birds  acquiring  the  instinct  to  break  through 
their  own  shells ; — or  than  in  young  snakes  acquiring  in  their 
upper  jaws,  as  Owen  has  remarked,  a  transitory  sharp  tooth 
for  cutting  through  the  tough  egg-shell.  For  if  each  part  is 
liable  to  individual  variations  at  all  ages,  and  the  variations 
tend  to  be  inherited  at  a  corresponding  or  earlier  age, — ^propo- 
sitions which  cannot  be  disputed, — ^then  the  instincts  and 
structure  of  the  young  could  be  slowly  modified  as  surely  as 
those  of  the  adult ;  and  both  cases  must  stand  or  fall  together 
with  the  whole  theory  of  natural  selection. 

Some  species  of  Molothrus,  a  widely  distinct  genus  of 
American  birds,  allied  to  our  starlings,  have  parasitic  habits 
like  those  of  the  cuckoo ;  and  the  species  present  an  interest- 
ing gradation  in  the  perfection  of  their  instincts.  The  sexes 
of  Molothrus  badius  are  stated  by  an  excellent  observer,  Mr. 
Hudson,  sometimes  tb  live  promiscuously  together  in  flocks, 
and  sometimes  to  pair.  They  either  build  a  nest  of  their  own, 
or  seize  on  one  belonging  to  some  other  bird,  occasionally 
throwing  out  the  nestlings  of  the  stranger.    They  either  lay 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


274  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

their  eggs  in  the  nest  thus  appropriated,  or  oddly  enough  build 
one  for  themselves  on  the  top  of  it  They  usually  sit  on  their 
own  eggs  and  rear  their  own  young;  but  Mr.  Hudson  says  it 
is  probable  that  they  are  occasionally  parasitic,  for  he  has 
seen  the  young  of  this  species  following  old  birds  of  a  distinct 
kind  and  clamouring  to  be  fed  by  them.  The  parasitic  habits 
of  another  species  of  Molothrus,  the  M.  bonariensis,  are  much 
more  highly  developed  than  those  of  the  last,  but  are  still  far 
from  perfect  This  bird,  as  far  as  it  is  known,  invariably 
lays  its  eggs  in  the  nests  of  strangers;  but  it  is  remarkable 
that  several  together  sometimes  commence  to  build  an  irregu- 
lar untidy  nest  of  their  own,  placed  in  singularly  ill-adapted 
situations,  as  on  the  leaves  of  a  large  thistle.  They  never, 
however,  as  far  as  Mr.  Hudson  has  ascertained,  complete  a 
nest  for  themselves.  They  often  lay  so  many  eggs — from 
fifteen  to  twenty — in  the  same  foster-nest,  that  few  or  none 
can  possibly  be  hatched.  They  have,  moreover,  the  extraordi- 
nary habit  of  pecking  holes  in  the  eggs,  whether  of  their  own 
species  or  of  their  foster-parents,  which  they  find  in  the  ap- 
propriated nests.  They  drop  also  many  eggs  on  the  bare 
ground,  which  are  thus  wasted.  A  third  species,  the  M.  pecoris 
of  North  America,  has  acquired  instincts  as  perfect  as  those 
of  the  cuckoo,  for  it  never  lays  more  than  one  tgg  in  a  foster- 
nest,  so  that  the  young  bird  is  securely  reared.  Mr.  Hudson  is 
a  strong  disbeliever  in  evolution,  but  he  appears  to  have  been 
so  much  struck  by  the  imperfect  instincts  of  the  Molothrus 
bonariensis  that  he  quotes  my  words,  and  asks,  "Must  we  con- 
sider these  habit6,  not  as  especially  endowed  or  created  in- 
stincts, but  as  small  consequences  of  one  general  law,  namely, 
transition?" 

Various  birds,  as  has  already  been  remarked,  occasionally 
lay  their  eggs  in  the  nests  of  other  birds.  This  habit  is  not 
very  uncommon  with  the  Gallinacese,  and  throws  some  light 
on  the  singular  instinct  of  the  ostrich.  In  this  family  several 
hen-birds  unite  and  lay  first  a  few  eggs  in  one  nest  and  then 
in  another;  and  these  are  hatched  by  the  males.  This  instinct 
may  probably  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  of  the  hens  laying 
a  large  number  of  eggs,  but,  as  with  the  cuckoo,  at  intervals 
of  two  or  three  days.  The  instinct,  however,  of  the  American 
ostrichy  as  in  the  case  of  the  Molothrus  bonariensis,  has  not 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SLAVE-MAKING  INSTINCT  275 

as  yet  been  perfected ;  for  a  surprising  number  of  eggs  lie 
strewed  over  the  plains,  so  that  in  one  day's  hunting  I  picked 
up  no  less  than  twenty  lost  and  wasted  eggs. 

Many  bees  are  parasitic,  and  regularly  lay  their  eggs  in  the 
nests  of  other  kinds  of  bees.  This  case  is  more  remarkable 
than  that  of  the  cuckoo;  for  these  bees  have  not  only  had 
their  instincts  but  their  structure  modified  in  accordance  with 
their  parasitic  habits;  for  they  do  not  possess  the  pollen- 
collecting  apparatus  which  would  have  been  indispensable  if 
they  had  stored  up  food  for  their  own  young.  Some  species 
of  Sphegidae  (wasp-like  insects)  are  likewise  parasitic;  and 
M.  Fabre  has  lately  shown  good  reason  for  believing  that, 
although  the  Tachytes  nigra  generally  makes  its  own  burrow 
and  stores  it  with  paralysed  prey  for  its  own  larvae,  yet  that, 
when  this  insect  finds  a  burrow  already  made  and  stored  by 
another  sphex,  it  takes  advantage  of  the  prize,  and  becomes 
for  the  occasion  parasitic.  In  this  case,  as  with  that  of  the 
Molothrus  or  cuckoo,  I  can  see  no  difficulty  in  natural  selec- 
tion making  an  occasional  habit  permanent,  if  of  advantage 
to  the  species,  and  if  the  insect  whose  nest  and  stored  food 
are  feloniously  appropriated,  be  not  thus  exterminated. 

Slave-making  instinct. — ^This  remarkable  instinct  was  first 
discovered  in  the  Formica  (Polyerges)  rufescens  by  Pierre 
Huber,  a  better  observer  even  than  his  celebrated  father.  This 
ant  is  absolutely  dependent  on  its  slaves;  without  their  aid, 
the  species  would  certainly  become  extinct  in  a  single  year. 
The  males  and  fertile  females  do  no  work  of  any  kind,  and 
the  workers  or  sterile  females,  though  most  energetic  and 
courageous  in  capturing  slaves,  do  no  other  work.  They  are 
incapable  of  making  their  own  nests,  or  of  feeding  their  own 
larvae.  When  the  old  nest  is  found  inconvenient,  and  they 
have  to  migrate,  it  is  the  slaves  which  determine  the  migra- 
tion, and  actually  carry  their  masters  in  their  jaws.  So 
utterly  helpless  are  the  masters,  that  when  Huber  shut  up 
thirty  of  them  without  a  slave,  but  with  plenty  of  the  food 
which  they  like  best,  and  with  their  own  larvae  and  pupae  to 
stimulate  them  to  work,  they  did  nothing;  they  could  not 
even  feed  themselves,  and  many  perished  of  hunger.  Huber 
then  introduced  a  single  slave  (F.  fusca),  and  she  instantly 
set  to  work,  fed  and  saved  the  survivors;  made  some  cells 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


276  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

and  tended  the  larvae,  and  put  all  to  rights.  What  can  be 
more  extraordinary  than  these  well-ascertained  facts?  If 
we  had  not  known  of  any  other  slave-making  ant,  it  would 
have  been  hopeless  to  speculate  how  so  wonderful  an  instinct 
could  have  been  perfected. 

Another  species,  Formica  sanguinea,  was  likewise  first  dis- 
covered by  P.  Huber  to  be  a  slave-making  ant.  This  species 
is  found  in  the  southern  parts  of  England,  and  its  habits 
have  been  attended  to  by  Mr.  F.  Smith,  of  the  British  Mu- 
seum, to  whom  I  am  much  indebted  for  information  on  this 
and  other  subjects.  Although  fully  trusting  to  the  statements 
of  Huber  and  Mr.  Smith,  I  tried  to  approach  the  subject  in  a 
sceptical  frame  of  mind,  as  any  one  may  well  be  excused  for 
doubting  the  existence  of  so  extraordinary  an  instinct  as 
that  of  making  slaves.  Hence,  I  will  give  the  observations 
which  I  made  in  some  little  detail.  I  opened  fourteen  nests 
of  F.  sanguinea,  and  found  a  few  slaves  in  all.  Males  and 
fertile  females  of  the  slave  species  (F.  fusca)  are  found 
only  in  their  own  proper  communities,  and  have  never  been 
observed  in  the  nests  of  F.  sanguinea.  The  slaves  are  black 
and  not  above  half  the  size  of  their  red  masters,  so  that  the 
contrast  in  their  appearance  is  great.  When  the  nest  is 
slightly  disturbed,  the  slaves  occasionally  come  out,  and  like 
their  masters  are  much  agitated  and  defend  the  nest:  when 
the  nest  is  much  disturbed,  and  the  larvae  and  pupae  are  ex- 
posed, the  slaves  work  energetically  together  with  their  mas- 
ters in  carrying  them  away  to  a  place  of  safety.  Hence,  it 
is  clear,  that  the  slaves  feel  quite  at  home.  During  the 
months  of  June  and  July,  on  three  successive  years,  I  watched 
for  many  hours  several  nests  in  Surrey  and  Sussex,  and 
never  saw  a  slave  either  leave  or  enter  a  nest.  As,  during 
these  months,  the  slaves  are  very  few  in  number,  I  thought 
that  they  might  behave  differently  when  more  numerous ;  but 
Mr.  Smith  informs  me  that  he  has  watched  the  nests  at 
various  hours  during  May,  June,  and  August,  both  in  Surrey 
and  Hampshire,  and  has  never  seen  the  slaves,  though  pres- 
ent in  large  nmnbers  in  August,  either  leave  or  enter  the 
nest.  Hence  he  considers  them  as  strictly  household  slaves. 
The  masters,  on  the  other  hand,  may  be  constantly  seen 
bringing  in  materials  for  the  nest,  and  food  of  all  kinds. 


Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


J 
r 


SLAVB-MAKINO  INSTINCT  277 

During  the  year  i860,  however,  in  the  month  of  July,  I  came 
across  a  community  with  an  unusually  large  stock  of  slaves, 
and  I  observed  a  few  slaves  mingled  with  their  masters 
leaving  the  nest,  and  marching  along  the  same  road  to  a  tall 
Scotch-fir  tree,  twenty-five  yards  distant,  which  they  ascended 
together,  probably  in  search  of  aphides  or  cocci.  According 
to  Ruber,  who  had  ample  opportunities  for  observation,  the 
slaves  in  Switzerland  habitually  work  with  their  masteis  in 
making  the  nest,  and  they  alone  open  and  close  the  doors  in 
the  morning  and  evening;  and,  as  Ruber  expressly  states, 
their  principal  office  is  to  search  for  aphides.  This*  differ- 
ence in  the  usual  habits  of  the  masters  and  slaves  in  the  two 
countries,  probably  depends  merely  on  the  slaves  being  cap- 
tured in  greater  numbers  in  Switzerland  than  in  England. 

One  day  I  fortunately  witnessed  a  migration  of  F.  san- 
guinea  from  one  nest  to  another,  and  it  was  a  most  interest- 
ing spectacle  to  behold  the  masters  carefully  carrying  their 
slaves  in  their  jaws  instead  of  being  carried  by  them,  as  in 
the  case  of  F.  rufescens.  Another  day  my  attention  was 
struck  by  about  a  score  of  the  slave-makers  haunting  the 
same  spot,  and  evidently  not  in  search  of  food;  they  ap- 
proached and  were  vigorously  repulsed  by  an  independent 
community  of  the  slave-species  (F.  fusca)  ;  sometimes  as 
many  as  three  of  these  ants  clinging  to  the  legs  of  the  slave- 
making  F.  sanguinea.  The  latter  ruthlessly  killed  their  small 
opponents,  and  carried  their  dead  bodies  as  food  to  their 
nest,  twenty-nine  yards  distant;  but  they  were  prevented 
from  getting  any  pupae  to  rear  as  slaves.  I  then  dug  up  a 
small  parcel  of  the  pupae  of  F.  fusca  from  another  nest,  and 
put  them  down  on  a  bare  spot  near  the  place  of  combat ; 
they  were  eagerly  seized  and  carried  off  by  the  tyrants,  who 
perhaps  fancied  that,  after  all,  they  had  been  victorious  in 
their  late  combat. 

At  the  same  time  I  laid  on  the  same  place  a  small  parcel 
of  the  pupae  of  another  species,  F.  flava,  with  a  few  of  these 
little  yellow  ants  still  clinging  to  the  fragments  of  their 
nest  This  species  is  sometimes,  though  rarely,  made  into 
slaves,  as  has  been  described  by  Mr.  Smith.  Although  so 
small  a  species,  it  is  very  courageous,  and  I  have  seen  it 
ferociously  attack  other  ants.    In  one  instance  I  found  to  my 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


V 


278  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

surprise  an  independent  community  of  F.  flava  under  a  stone 
beneath  a  nest  of  the  slave-making  F.  sanguinea;  and  when 
I  had  accidentally  disturbed  both  nests,  the  little  ants  at- 
^  tacked  their  big  neighbours  with  surprising  courage.  Now 
I  was  curious  to  ascertain  whether  F.  sanguinea  could  dis- 
tinguish the  pupae  of  F.  fusca,  which  they  habitually  make 
into,  slaves,  from  those  of  the  little  and  furious  F.  flava, 
which  they  rarely  capture,  and  it  was  evident  that  they  did 
at  once  distinguish  them ;  for  we  have  seen  that  they  eagerly 
and  instantly  seized  the  pupae  of  F.  fusca,  whereas  Uiey  were 
much  terrified  when  they  came  across  the  pupae,  or  even  the 
earth  from  the  nest,  of  F.  flava,  and  quickly  ran  away;  but 
in  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  shortly  after  all  the  little  yel- 
low ants  had  crawled  away,  they  took  heart  and  carried  off 
the  pupae. 

One  evening  I  visited  another  community  of  F.  sanguinea, 
and  found  a  number  of  these  ants  returning  home  and  enter- 
ing their  nests,  carrying  the  dead  bodies  of  F.  fusca  (show- 
ing that  it  was  not  a  migration)  and  numerous  pupae.  I 
traced  a  long  file  of  ants  burthened  with  booty,  for  about 
forty  yards  back,  to  a  very  thick  clump  of  heath,  whence  I 
saw  the  last  individual  of  F.  sanguinea  emerge,  carrying  a 
pupa;  but  I  was  not  able  to  find  the  desolated  nest  in  the 
thick  heath.  The  nest,  however,  must  have  been  close  at 
hand,  for  two  or  three  individuals  of  F.  fusca  were  rushing 
about  in  the  greatest  agitation,  and  one  was  perched  motion- 
less with  its  own  pupa  in  its  mouth  on  the  top  of  a  spray 
of  heath,  an  image  of  despair  over  its  ravaged  home. 

Such  are  the  facts,  though  they  did  not  need  confirmation 
by  me,  in  regard  to  the  wonderful  instinct  of  making  slaves. 
Let  it  be  observed  what  a  contrast  the  instinctive  habits  of 
F.  sanguinea  present  with  those  of  the  continental  F.  rufes- 
cens.  The  latter  does  not  build  its  own  nest,  does  not  deter- 
mine its  own  migrations,  does  not  collect  food  for  itself  or 
its  young,  and  cannot  even  feed  itself:  it  is  absolutely  depen- 
dent on  its  numerous  slaves.  Formica  sanguinea,  on  the 
other  hand,  possesses  much  fewer  slaves,  and  in  the  early 
part  of  the  summer  extremely  few:  the  masters  determine 
when  and  where  a  new  nest  shall  be  formed,  and  when  they 
migrate,  the  masters  carry  the  slaves.    Both  in  Switzerland 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CBLL-MAKING  INSTINCT  279 

'and  England  the  slaves  seem  to  have  the  exclusive  care  of 
the  larvas,  and  the  masters  alone  go  on  slave-making  expe* 
ditions.  In  Switzerland  the  slaves  and  masters  work  to- 
gether, making  and  bringing  materials  for  the  nest;  both, 
but  chiefly  the  slaves,  tend,  and  milk,  as  it  may  be  called, 
their  aphides;  and  thus  both  collect  food  for  the  community. 
In  England  the  masters  alone  usually  leave  the  nest  to  col- 
lect building  materials  and  food  for  themselves,  their  slaves 
and  larvae.  So  that  the  masters  in  this  country  receive  much 
less  service  from  their  slaves  than  they  do  in  Switzerland. 

By  what  steps  the  instinct  of  F.  sanguinea  originated  I 
will  not  pretend  to  conjecture.  But  as  ants  which  are  not 
slave-makers  will,  as  I  have  seen,  carry  off  the  pups  of 
other  species,  if  scattered  near  their  nests,  it  is  possible  that 
such  pupae  originally  stored  as  food  might  become  developed; 
and  the  foreign  ants  thus  unintentionally  reared  would  then 
follow  their  proper  instincts,  and  do  what  work  they  could. 
If  their  presence  proved  useful  to  the  species  which  had 
seized  them — if  it  were  more  advantageous  to  this  species 
to  capture  workers  than  to  procreate  them — the  habit  of  col- 
lecting pupae,  originally  for  food,  might  by  natural  selection 
be  strengthened  and  rendered  permanent  for  the  very  dif- 
ferent purpose  of  raising  slaves.  When  the  instinct  was 
once  acqiiired,  if  carried  out  to  a  much  less  extent  even 
than  in  our  British  F.  sanguinea,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  is 
less  aided  by  its  slaves  than  the  same  species  in  Switzerland, 
natural  selection  might  increase  and  modify  the  instinct — 
always  supposing  each  modification  to  be  of  use  to  the  spe- 
cies— ^until  an  ant  was  formed  as  abjectly  dependent  on  its 
slaves  as  is  the  Formica  rufescens. 

Cell-making  instinct  of  the  Hive-Bee. — ^I  will  not  here 
enter  on  minute  details  on  this  subject,  but  will  merely  give 
an  outline  of  the  conclusions  at  which  I  have  arrived.  He 
must  be  a  dull  man  who  can  examine  the  exquisite  structure 
of  a  comb,  so  beautifully  adapted  to  its  end,  without  enthusi- 
astic admiration.  We  hear  from  mathematicians  that  bees 
have  practically  solved  a  recondite  problem,  and  have  made 
their  cells  of  the  proper  shape  to  hold  the  greatest  possible 
amount  of  honey,  with  the  least  possible  consumption  of 
precious  wax  in  their  construction.    It  has  been  remarked 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


280  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

that  a  skilful  workman  with  fitting  tools  and  measures,  ^ 
would  find  it  very  difficult  to  make  cells  of  wax  of  the  true 
form,  though  this  is  effected  by  a  crowd  of  bees  working 
in  a  dark  hive.  Granting  whatever  instincts  you  please,  it 
seems  at  first  quite  inconceivable  how  they  can  make  all 
the  necessary  angles  and  planes,  or  even  perceive  when  they 
are  correctly  made.  But  the  difficulty  is  not  nearly  so  great 
as  it  at  first  appears:  all  this  beautiful  work  can  be  shown, 
I  think,  to  follow  from  a  few  simple  instincts. 

I  was  led  to  investigate  this  subject  by  Mr.  Waterhouse, 
who  has  shown  that  the  form  of  the  cell  stands  in  close 
relation  to  the  presence  of  adjoining  cells;  and  the  follow- 
ing view  may,  perhaps,  be  considered  only  as  a  modification 
of  his  theory.  Let  us  look  to  the  great  principle  of  grada- 
tion, and  see  whether  [Nature  does  not  reveal  to  us  her 
method  of  work.  At  one  end  of  a  short  series  we  have 
humble-bees,  which  use  their  old  cocoons  to  hold  honey, 
sometimes  adding  to  them  short  tubes  of  wax,  and  likewise 
making  separate  and  very  irregular  rounded  cells  of  wax. 
At  the  other  end  of  the  series  we  have  the  cells  of  the  hive- 
bee,  placed  in  a  double  layer:  each  cell,  as  is  well  known, 
is  an  hexagonal  prism,  with  the  basal  edges  of  its  six  sides 
bevelled  so  as  to  join  an  inverted  pyramid,  of  three  rhombs. 
These  rhombs  have  certain  angles,  and  the  three  which  form 
the  pyramidal  base  of  a  single  cell  on  one  side  of  the  comb 
enter  into  the  composition  of  the  bases  of  three  adjoining 
cells  on  the  opposite  side.  In  the  series  between  the  extreme 
perfection  of  the  cells  of  the  hive-bee  and  the  simplicity  of 
those  of  the  humble-bee  we  have  the  cells  of  the  Mexican 
Melipona  domestica,  carefully  described  and  figured  by  Pierre 
Huber.  The  Melipona  itself  is  intermediate  in  structure  be- 
tween the  hive  and  humble-bee,  but  more  nearly  related  to 
the  latter;  it  forms  a  nearly  regular  waxen  comb  of  cylin- 
drical cells,  in  which  the  young  are  hatched,  and,  in  addi- 
tion, some  large  cells  of  wax  for  holding  honey.  These 
latter  cells  are  nearly  spherical  and  of  nearly  equal  sizes,  and 
are  aggregated  into  an  irregular  mass.  But  the  important 
point  to  notice  is,  that  these  cells  are  always  made  at  that 
degree  of  nearness  to  each  other  that  they  would  have  inter- 
sected or  broken  into  each  other  if  the  spheres  had  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


.->   X 


^;i 


>^  c,  * 


ft      "^       <7>»     ^acs'tmiU  of  a  page  from 
4*  J  Darixjin's  notebook 


~       ^     <. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


"1    r       -         •'  .    s 

. >*    t';r  ■     :■•  '• 

i  t: '    -•:■    •'   -t,    ,{ 
'.'   ,.f   -i'      ^'.  %:  -.1 

.       IP     s«-    ■.    '       '         '»     - 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


f1 


i 


A 


-i 


»? :  l!  "i-1  ^  tl  4 


i 


-   .  -i  1.  -^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CEZ.L-1IAKINO  INSTINCT  281 

completed;  but  this  is  never  permitted,  the  bees  building  per- 
fectly flat  walls  of  wax  between  the  spheres  which  thus 
tend  to  intersect.  Hence,  each  cell  consists  of  an  outer 
spherical  portion,  and  of  two,  three,  or  more  flat  surfaces, 
according  as  the  cell  adjoins  two,  three,  or  more  other  cells. 
When  one  cell  rests  on  three  other  cells,  which,  from  the 
spheres  being  nearly  of  the  same  size,  is  very  frequently 
and  necessarily  the  case,  the  three  flat  surfaces  are  united 
into  a  pyramid;  and  this  pyramid,  as  Huber  has  remarked, 
is  manifestly  a  gross  imitation  of  the  three-sided  pyramidal 
base  of  the  cell  of  the  hive-bee.  As  in  the  cells  of  the  hive- 
bee,  so  here,  the  three  plane  surfaces  in  any  one  cell  neces- 
sarily enter  into  the  construction  of  three  adjoining  cells. 
It  is  obvious  that  the  Melipona  saves  wax,  and  what  is  more 
important,  labour,  by  this  manner  of  building;  for  the  flat 
walls  between  the  adjoining  cells  are  not  double,  but  are 
of  the  same  thickness  as  the  outer  spherical  portions,  and 
yet  each  flat  portion  forms  a  part  of  two  cells. 

Reflecting  on  this  case,  it  occurred  to  me  that  if  the  Meli- 
pona had  made  its  spheres  at  some  given  distance  from  each 
other,  and  had  made  them  of  equal  sizes  and  had  arranged 
them  symmetrically  in  a  double  layer,  the  resulting  structure 
would  have  been  as  perfect  as  the  comb  of  the  hive-bee.  Ac- 
cordingly I  wrote  to  Professor  Miller  of  Cambridge,  and 
this  geometer  has  kindly  read  over  the  following  statement, 
drawn  up  from  his  information,  and  tells  me  that  it  is 
strictly  correct: — 

If  a  number  of  equal  spheres  be  described  with  their 
centres  placed  in  two  parallel  layers ;  with  the  centre  of  each 
sphere  at  the  distance  of  radius  X  V^»  ^^  radius  X  ^  '41421 
(or  at  some  lesser  distance),  from  the  centres  of  the  six 
surrounding  spheres  in  the  same  layer;  and  at  the  same  dis- 
tance from  the  centres  of  the  adjoining  spheres  in  the  other 
and  parallel  layer;  then,  if  planes  of  intersection  between 
the  several  spheres  in  both  layers  be  formed,  there  will  re- 
sult a  double  layer  of  hexagonal  prisms  united  together  by 
pyramidal  bases  formed  of  three  rhombs;  and  the  rhombs 
and  the  sides  of  the  hexagonal  prisms  will  have  every  angle 
identically  the  same  with  the  best  measurements  which  have 
been  made  of  the  cells  of  the  hive-bee.    But  I  hear  from 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


282  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

Prof.  Wyman,  who  has  made  numerous  careful  measure- 
ments, that  the  accuracy  of  the  workmanship  of  the  bee  has 
been  greatly  exaggerated;  so  much  so,  that  ¥diatever  the 
typical  form  of  the  cell  may  be,  it  is  rarely,  if  ever,  realised. 

Hence  we  may  safely  conclude  that,  if  we  could  slightly 
modify  the  instincts  already  possessed  by  the  Melipona,  and 
in  themselves  not  very  wonderful,  this  bee  would  make  a 
structure  as  wonderfully  perfect  as  that  of  the  hive-bee.  We 
must  suppose  the  Melipona  to  have  the  power  of  forming 
her  cells  truly  spherical,  and  of  equal  sizes;  and  this  would 
not  be  very  surprising,  seeing  that  she  already  does  so  to  a 
certain  extent,  and  seeing  what  perfectly  cylindrical  bur- 
rows many  insects  make  in  wood,  apparency  by  turning 
round  on  a  fixed  point.  We  must  suppose  the  Melipona  to 
arrange  her  cells  in  level  layers,  as  she  already  does  her 
cylindrical  cells;  and  we  must  further  suppose,  and  this  is 
the  greatest  difficulty,  that  she  can  somehow  judge  accu- 
rately at  what  distance  to  stand  from  her  fellow-labourers 
when  several  are  making  their  spheres;  but  she  is  already 
so  far  enabled  to  judge  of  distance,  that  she  always  describes 
her  spheres  so  as  to  intersect  to  a  certain  extent;  and  then 
she  unites  the  points  of  intersection  by  perfectly  flat  sur- 
faces. By  such  modifications  of  instincts  which  in  them- 
selves are  not  very  wonderful — ^hardly  more  wonderful  than 
those  which  guide  a  bird  to  make  its  nest, — ^I  believe  that 
the  hive-bee  has,  acquired,  through  natural  selection,  her 
inimitable  architectural  powers. 

But  this  theory  can  be  tested  by  experiment  Following 
the  example  of  Mr.  Tegetmeier,  I  separated  two  combs, 
and  put  between  them  a  long,  thick,  rectangular  strip  of 
wax:  the  bees  instantly  began  to  excavate  minute  circular 
pits  in  it;  and  as  they  deepened  these  little  pits,  they  made 
them  wider  and  wider  until  they  were  converted  into  shal- 
low basins,  appearing  to  the  eye  perfectly  true  or  parts  of 
a  sphere,  and  of  about  the  diameter  of  a  cell.  It  was  most 
interesting  to  observe  that,  wherever  several  bees  had  be- 
gun to  excavate  these  basins  near  together,  they  had  begun 
their  work  at  such  a  distance  from  each  other,  that  by  the 
time  the  basins  had  acquired  the  above-stated  width  (».  e, 
about  the  width  of  an  ordinary  cell),  and  were  in  depth 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CELL-MAKING  INSTINCT  283 

about  one-sixth  of  the  diameter  of  the  sphere  of  which  they 
formed  a  part,  the  rims  of  the  basins  intersected  or  broke 
into  each  other.  As  soon  as  this  occurred,  the  bees  ceased  to 
excavate,  and  began  to  build  up  flat  walls  of  wax  on  the 
lines  of  intersection  between  the  basins,  so  that  each  hex- 
agonal prism  was  built  upon  the  scalloped  edge  of  a  smooth 
basin,  instead  of  on  the  straight  edges  of  a  three-sided  pyra- 
mid as  in  the  case  of  ordinary  cells. 

I  then  put  into  the  hive,  instead  of  a  thick,  rectangular 
piece  of  wax,  a  thin  and  narrow,  knife-edged  ridge,  coloured 
with  vermilion.  The  bees  instantly  began  on  both  sides  to 
excavate  little  basins  near  to  each  other,  in  the  same  way  as 
before;  but  the  ridge  of  wax  was  so  thin,  that  the  bottoms 
of  the  basins,  if  they  had  been  excavated  to  the  same  depth 
as  in  the  former  experiment,  would  have  broken  into  each 
other  from  the  opposite  sides.  The  bees,  however,  did  not 
suffer  this  to  happen,  and  they  stopped  their  excavations  In 
due  time ;  so  that  the  basins,  as  soon  as  they  had  been  a  little 
deepened,  came  to  have  flat  bases;  and  these  flat  bases, 
formed  by  thin  little  plates  of  the  vermilion  wax  left  un- 
gnawed,  were  situated,  as  far  as  the  eye  could  judge,  exactly 
along  the  planes  of  imaginary  intersection  between  the 
basins  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  ridge  of  wax.  In  some 
parts,  only  small  portions,  in  other  parts,  large  portions  of  a 
rhombic  plate  were  thus  left  between  the  opposed  basins, 
but  the  work,  from  the  unnatural  state  of  things,  had  not 
been  neatly  performed.  The  bees  must  have  worked  at  very 
nearly  the  same  rate  in  circularly  gnawing  away  and  deep- 
ening the  basins  on  both  sides  of  the  ridge  of  vermilion  wax, 
in  order  to  have  thus  succeeded  in  leaving  flat  plates  between 
the  basins,  by  stopping  work  at  the  planes  of  intersection. 

Considering  how  flexible  thin  wax  is,  I  do  not  see  that 
there  is  any  difiBculty  in  the  bees,  whilst  at  work  on  the  two 
sides  of  a  strip  of  wax,  perceiving  when  they  have  gnawed 
the  wax  away  to  the  proper  thinness,  and  then  stopping  their 
work.  In  ordinary  combs  it  has  appeared  to  me  that  the 
bees  do  not  always  succeed  in  working  at  exactly  the  same 
rate  from  the  opposite  sides;  for  I  have  noticed  half-com- 
pleted rhombs  at  the  base  of  a  just  commenced  cell,  which 
were  slightly  concave  on  one  side,  where  I  suppose  that  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


284  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

bees  had  excavated  too  quickly,  and  convex  on  the  opposed 
side  where  the  bees  had  worked  less  qtuckly.  In  one  well 
marked  instance,  I  put  the  comb  back  into  the  hive,  and 
allowed  the  bees  to  go  on  working  for  a  short  time,  and 
again  examined  the  cell,  and  I  fomid  that  the  rhombic  plate 
had  been  completed,  and  had  become  perfectly  Hat:  it  was 
absolutely  impossible,  from  the  extreme  thinness  of  the  little 
plate,  that  they  could  have  effected  this  by  gnawing  away 
the  convex  side;  and  I  suspect  that  the  bees  in  such  cases 
stand  on  opposite  sides  and  push  and  bend  the  ductile  and 
warm  wax  (which  as  I  have  tried  is  easily  done)  into  its 
proper  intermediate  plane,  and  thus  flatten  it 

From  the  experiment  of  the  ridge  of  vermilion  wax  we 
can  see  that,  if  the  bees  were  to  build  for  themselves  a  thin 
wall  of  wax,  they  could  make  their  cells  of  the  proper  shape, 
by  standing  at  the  proper  distance  from  each  other,  by  exca- 
vating at  the  same  rate,  and  by  endeavouring  to  make  equal 
spherical  hollows,  but  never  allowing  the  spheres  to  break 
into  each  other.  Now  bees,  as  may  be  clearly  seen  by  exam- 
ining the  edge  of  a  growing  comb,  do  make  a  rough,  circum- 
ferential wall  or  rim  all  round  the  comb ;  and  they  gnaw  this 
away  from  the  opposite  sides,  always  working  circularly  as 
they  deepen  each  cell.  They  do  not  make  the  whole  three- 
sided  pyramidal  base  of  any  one  cell  at  the  same  time,  but 
only  that  one  rhombic  plate  which  stands  on  the  extreme 
growing  margin,  or  the  two  plates,  as  the  case  may  be ;  and 
they  never  complete  the  upper  edges  of  the  rhombic  plates, 
until  the  hexagonal  walls  are  commenced.  Some  of  these 
statements  differ  from  those  made  by  the  justly  celebrated 
elder  Huber,  but  I  am  convinced  of  their  accuracy;  and  if 
I  had  space,  I  could  show  that  they  are  conformable  with 
my  theory. 

Ruber's  statement,  that  the  very  first  cell  is  excavated  out 
of  a  little  parallel-sided  wall  of  wax,  is  not,  as  far  as  I  have 
seen,  strictly  correct ;  the  first  commencement  having  always 
been  a  little  hood  of  wax;  but  I  will  not  here  enter  on  de- 
tails. We  see  how  important  a  part  excavation  plays  in  the 
construction  of  the  cdls;  but  it  would  be  a  great  error  to 
suppose  that  the  bees  cannot  build  up  a  rough  wall  of  wax  in 
the  proper  position — ^that  is,  along  the  plane  of  intersection 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CELL-MAKING  INSTINCT  285 

between  two  adjoining  spheres.  I  have  several  specimens 
showing  clearly  that  they  can  do  this.  Even  in  the  rude 
circumferential  rim  or  wall  of  wax  round  a  growing  comb, 
flexures  may  sometimes  be  observed,  corresponding  in  posi- 
tion to  the  planes  of  the  rhombic  basal  plates  of  future  cells. 
But  the  rough  wall  of  wax  has  in  every  case  to  be  finished 
off,  by  being  largely  gnawed  away  on  both  sides.  The 
manner  in  wliJch  the  bees  build  is  curious;  they  always  make 
the  first  rough  wall  from  ten  to  twenty  times  thicker  than 
the  excessively  thin  finished  wall  of  the  cell,  which  will 
ultimately  be  left.  We  shall  understand  how  they  work,  by 
supposing  masons  first  to  pile  up  a  broad  ridge  of  cement, 
and  then  to  begin  cutting  it  away  equally  on  both  sides  near 
the  ground,  till  a  smooth,  very  thin  wall  is  left  in  the  middle; 
the  masons  always  piling  up  the  cut-away  cement,  and 
adding  fresh  cement  on  the  summit  of  the  ridge.  We  shall 
thus  have  a  thin  wall  steadily  growing  upward  but  always 
crowned  by  a  gigantic  coping.  From  all  the  cells,  both  those 
just  commenced  and  those  completed,  being  thus  crowned  by 
a  strong  coping  of  wax,  the  bees  can  duster  and  crawl  over 
the  comb  without  injuring  the  delicate  hexagonal  walls. 
These  walls,  as  Professor  Miller  has  kindly  ascertained  for 
me,  vary  greatly  in  thickness;  being,  on  an  average  of 
twelve  measurements  made  near  the  border  of  the  comb, 
y^  of  an  inch  in  thickness;  whereas  the  basal  rhomboidal 
plates  are  thicker,  nearly  in  the  proportion  of  three  to  two, 
having  a  mean  thickness,  from  twenty-one  measurements, 
of  y^  of  an  inch.  By  the  above  singular  manner  of  build- 
ing, strength  is  continually  given  to  the  comb,  with  the  ut- 
most ultimate  economy  of  wax. 

It  seems  at  first  to  add  to  the  difficulty  of  understanding 
how  the  cells  are  made,  that  a  multitude  of  bees  all  work 
together;  one  bee  after  working  a  short  time  at  one  cell 
going  to  another,  so  that,  as  Huber  has  stated,  a  score  of  in- 
dividuals work  even  at  the  commencement  of  the  first  cell. 
I  was  able  practically  to  show  this  fact,  by  covering  the 
edges  of  the  hexagonal  walls  of  a  single  cell,  or  the  extreme 
margin  of  the  circumferential  rim  of  a  growing  comb,  with 
an  extremely  thin  layer  of  melted  vermilion  wax;  and  I  in- 
variably found  that  the  colour  was  most  delicately  diffused 

R— BCZI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


286  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaHS 

by  the  bees — as  delicately  as  a  painter  could  have  done  it 
with  his  brush — by  atoms  of  the  coloured  wax  having  been 
taken  from  the  spot  on  which  it  had  been  placed,  and  worked 
into  the  growing  edges  of  the  cells  all  round  The  work 
of  construction  seems  to  be  a  sort  of  balance  struck  between 
many  bees,  all  instinctively  standing  at  the  same  relative 
distance  from  each  other,  all  trying  to  sweep  equal  spheres, 
and  then  building  up,  or  leaving  ungnawed,  the  planes  of 
intersection  between  these  spheres.  It  was  really  curious  to 
note  in  cases  of  difficulty,  as  when  two  pieces  of  comb  met 
at  an  angle,  how  often  the  bees  would  pull  down  and  rebuild 
in  different  ways  the  same  cell,  sometimes  recurring  to  a 
shape  which  they  had  at  first  rejected. 

When  bees  have  a  place  on  which  they  can  stand  in  their 
proper  positions  for  working, — for  instance,  on  a  slip  of 
wood,  placed  directly  under  the  middle  of  a  comb  growing 
downwards,  so  that  the  comb  has  to  be  built  over  one  face 
of  the  slip— in  this  case  the  bees  can  lay  the  foundations 
of  one  waill  of  a  new  hexagon,  in  its  strictly  proper  place, 
projecting  beyond  the  other  completed  cells.  It  suffices  that 
the  bees  should  be  enabled  to  stand  at  their  proper  relative 
distances  from  each  other  and  from  the  walls  of  the  last 
completed  cells,  and  then,  by  striking  imaginary  spheres, 
they  can  build  up  a  wall  intermediate  between  two  adjoin- 
ing spheres;  but,  as  far  as  I  have  seen,  they  never  gnaw 
away  and  finish  off  the  angles  of  a  cell  till  a  large  part  both 
of  that  cell  and  of  the  adjoining  cells  has  been  built.  This 
capacity  in  bees  of  laying  down  under  certain  circumstances 
a  rough  wall  in  its  proper  place  between  two  just-commenced 
cells,  is  important,  as  it  bears  on  a  fact,  which  seems  at 
first  subversive  of  the  foregoing  theory;  namely,  that  the 
cells  on  the  extreme  margin  of  wasp-combs  are  sometimes 
strictly  hexagonal;  but  I  have  not  space  here  to  enter  on 
this  subject.  Nor  does  there  seem  to  me  any  great  difficulty 
in  a  single  insect  (as  in  the  case  of  a  queen-wasp)  making 
hexagonal  cells,  if  she  were  to  work  alternately  on  the  in- 
side and  outside  of  two  or  three  cells  commenced  at  the 
same  time,  always  standing  at  the  proper  relative  distance 
from  the  parts  of  the  cells  just  begun,  sweeping  spheres  or 
cylinders,  and  building  up  intermediate  planes. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CELL-fifAKING  INSTINCT  287 

As  natural  selection  acts  only  by  the  accumtilation  of 
slight  modifications  of  structure  or  instinct,  each  profitable 
to  the  individual  under  its  conditions  of  life,  it  may  reason- 
ably be  asked,  how  a  long  and  graduated  succession  of  modi- 
fied architectural  instincts,  all  tending  towards  the  present 
perfect  plan  of  construction,  could  have  profited  the  progeni- 
tors of  the  hive-bee?  I  think  the  answer  is  not  difficult: 
cells  constructed  like  those  of  the  bee  or  the  wasp  gain  in 
strength,  and  save  much  in  labour  and  space,  and  in  the  ma- 
terials of  which  they  are  constructed.  With  respect  to  the 
formation  of  wax,  it  is  known  that  bees  are  often  hard 
pressed  to  get  sufficient  nectar,  and  I  am  informed  by  Mr. 
Tegetmeier  that  it  has  been  experimentally  proved  that  from 
twdve  to  fifteen  pounds  of  dry  sugar  are  consumed  by  a 
hive  of  bees  for  die  secretion  of  a  pound  of  wax;  so  that 
a  prodigious  quantity  of  fluid  nectar  must  be  collected  and 
consumed  by  the  bees  in  a  hive  for  the  secretion  of  the  wax 
necessary  fcM*  the  construction  of  their  combs.  Moreover, 
many  bees  have  to  remain  idle  for  many  days  during  the 
process  of  secretion.  A  large  store  of  honey  is  indispensable 
to  support  a  large  stock  of  bees  during  the  winter;  and  the 
security  of  the  hive  is  known  mainly  to  depend  on  a  large 
number  of  bees  being  supported.  Hence  the  saving  of  wax 
by  largely  saving  honey  and  the  time  consumed  in  collect- 
ing the  honey  must  be  an  important  element  of  success  to 
any  family  of  bees.  Of  course  the  success  of  the  species 
may  be  dependent  on  the  number  of  its  enemies,  or  parasites, 
or  on  quite  distinct  causes,  and  so  be  altogether  independent 
of  the  quantity  of  honey  which  the  bees  can  collect  But 
let  us  suppose  that  this  latter  circumstance  determined,  as 
it  probably  often  has  determined,  whether  a  bee  allied  to 
our  humble-bees  could  exist  in  large  numbers  in  any  coun- 
try; and  let  us  further  suppose  Uiat  the  community  lived 
through  the  winter,  and  consequently  required  a  store  of 
honey:  there  can  in  this  case  be  no  doubt  that  it  would  be 
an  advantage  to  our  imaginary  humble-bee,  if  a  slight  modi- 
fication in  her  instincts  led  her  to  make  her  waxen  cells 
near  together,  so  as  to  intersect  a  little;  for  a  wall  in  com- 
mon even  to  two  adjoining  cells  would  save  some  little  labour 
and  wax.    Hence  it  wovdd  continually  be  more  and  more 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


288  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

advantageous  to  our  humble-bees,  if  they  were  to  make  their 
cells  more  and  more  regular,  nearer  together,  and  aggre- 
gated into  a  mass,  like  the  cells  of  the  Melipona;  for  in  this 
case  a  large  part  of  the  bounding  surface  of  each  cell  would 
serve  to  bound  the  adjdining  cells,  and  much  labour  and  wax 
would  be  saved  Again,  from  the  same  cause,  it  would  be 
advantageous  to  the  Melipona,  if  she  were  to  make  her  cells 
closer  together,  and  more  regular  in  every  way  than  at  pres- 
ent; for  then,  as  we  have  seen,  the  spherical  surfaces  would 
wholly  disappear  and  be  replaced  by  plane  surfaces;  and 
the  Melipona  would  make  a  comb  as  perfect  as  that  of  the 
hive-bee.  Beyond  this  stage  of  perfection  in  architecture, 
natural  selection  could  not  lead;  for  the  comb  of  the  hive- 
bee,  as  far  as  we  can  see,  is  absolutely  perfect  in  economis- 
ing labour  and  wax. 

Thus,  as  I  believe,  the  most  wonderful  of  all  known  in- 
stincts, that  of  the  hive-bee,  can  be  explained  by  natural 
selection  having  taken  advantage  of  numerous,  successive, 
slight  modifications  of  simpler  instincts;  natural  selection 
having,  by  slow  degrees,  more  and  more  perfectly  led  the 
bees  to  sweep  equal  spheres  at  a  given  distance  from  each 
other  in  a  double  layer,  and  to  build  up  and  excavate  the  wax 
along  the  planes  of  intersection ;  the  bees,  of  course,  no  more 
knowing  that  they  swept  their  spheres  at  one  particular  dis- 
tance from  each  other,  than  they  know  what  are  the  several 
angles  of  the  hexagonal  prisms  and  of  the  basal  rhombic 
plates ;  the  motive  power  of  the  process  of  natural  selection 
having  been  the  construction  of  cells  of  due  strength  and  of 
the  proper  size  and  shape  for  the  larvse,  this  being  effected 
with  the  greatest  possible  economy  of  labour  and  wax;  that 
individual  swarm  which  thus  made  the  best  cells  with  least 
labour,  and  least  waste  of  honey  in  the  secretion  of  wax, 
having  succeeded  best,  and  having  transmitted  their  newly 
acquired  economical  instincts  to  new  swarms,  which  in  their 
turn  will  have  had  the  best  chance  of  succeeding  in  the 
struggle  for  existence. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OBJECTIONS  TO  THB  THEORY  288 

OBJECTIONS  TO  THE  THEORY  OF  NATURAL  SELECTION  AS  APPLIED 
TO  INSTINCTS  I  NEUTER  AND  STERILE  INSECTS 

It  has  been  objected  to  the  foregoing  view  of  the  origin  of 
instincts  that  "the  variations  of  structure  and  of  instinct  must 
have  been  simultaneous  and  accurately  adjusted  to  each  other 
as  a  modification  in  the  one  without  an  immediate  correspond- 
ing change  in  the  other  would  have  been  fatal."  The  force 
of  this  objection  rests  entirely  on  the  assumption  that  the 
changes  in  the  instincts  and  structure  are  abrupt  To  take 
as  an  illustration  the  case  of  the  larger  titmouse  (Parus 
major)  alluded  to  in  a  previous  chapter;  this  bird  often  holds 
the  seeds  of  the  yew  between  its  feet  on  a  branch,  and  ham- 
mers with  its  beak  till  it  gets  at  the  kernel.  Now  what  spe- 
cial difficulty  would  there  be  in  natural  selection  preserving 
all  the  slight  individual  variations  in  the  shape  of  the  beak, 
which  were  better  and  better  adapted  to  break  open  the  seeds, 
until  a  beak  was  formed,  as  well  constructed  for  this  purpose 
as  that  of  the  nuthatch,  at  the  same  time  that  habit,  or  com- 
pulsion, or  spontaneous  variations  of  taste,  led  the  bird  to 
become  more  and  more  of  a  seed-eater  ?  In  this  case  the  beak 
is  supposed  to  be  slowly  modified  by  natural  selection,  subse- 
quently to,  but  in  accordance  with,  slowly  changing  habits 
or  taste;  but  let  the  feet  of  the  titmouse  vary  and  grow  larger 
from  correlation  with  the  beak,  or  from  any  other  unknown 
cause,  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  such  larger  feet  would 
lead  the  bird  to  climb  more  and  more  until  it  acquired  the 
remarkable  climbing  instinct  and  power  of  the  nuthatch.  In 
this  case  a  gradual  change  of  structure  is  supposed  to  lead  to 
changed  instinctive  habits.  To  take  one  more  case:  few 
instincts  are  more  remarkable  than  that  which  leads  the  swift 
of  the  Eastern  Islands  to  make  its  nest  wholly  of  inspissated 
saliva.  Some  birds  build  their  nests  of  mud,  believed  to  be 
moistened  with  saliva;  and  one  of  the  swifts  of  North 
America  makes  its  nest  (as  I  have  seen)  of  sticks  aggluti- 
nated with  saliva,  and  even  with  flakes  of  this  substance.  Is 
it  then  very  improbable  that  the  natural  selection  of  individual 
swifts,  which  secreted  more  and  more  saliva,  should  at  last 
produce  a  species  with  instincts  leading  it  to  neglect  other 
materials,  and  to  make  its  nest  exclusively  of  inspissated 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


290  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

saliva  ?  And  so  in  other  cases.  It  must,  however,  be  admitted 
that  in  many  instances  we  cannot  conjecture  whether  it  was 
instinct  or  structure  which  first  varied. 

No  doubt  many  instincts  of  very  difficult  explanation  could 
be  opposed  to  the  theory  of  natural  selection — cases,  in  which 
we  cannot  see  how  an  instinct  could  have  originated;  cases, 
in  which  no  intermediate  gradations  are  known  to  exist; 
cases  of  instincts  of  such  trifling  importance,  that  they  could 
hardly  have  been  acted  on  by  natural  selection;  cases  of  in- 
stincts almost  identically  the  same  in  animals  so  remote  in 
the  scale  of  nature,  that  we  cannot  account  for  their  simi- 
larity by  inheritance  from  a  common  progenitor,  and  conse- 
quently must  believe  that  they  were  independently  acquired 
through  natural  selection.  I  will  not  here  enter  on  these 
several  cases,  but  will  confine  myself  to  one  special  difficulty, 
which  at  first  appeared  to  me  insuperable,  and  actually  fatal 
to  the  whole  theory.  I  allude  to  the  neuters  or  sterile  females 
in  insect-communities;  for  these  neuters  often  differ  widely 
in  instinct  and  in  structure  from  both  the  males  and  fertile 
females,  and  yet,  from  being  sterile,  they  cannot  propagate 
their  kind. 

The  subject  well  deserves  to  be  discussed  at  great  length, 
but  I  will  here  take  only  a  single  case,  that  of  working  or 
sterile  ants.  How  the  workers  have  been  rendered  sterile 
is  a  difficulty;  but  not  much  greater  than  that  of  any  other 
striking  modification  of  structure;  for  it  can  be  shown  that 
some  insects  and  other  articulate  animals  in  a  state  of  nature 
occasionally  become  sterile;  and  if  such  insects  had  been 
social,  and  it  had  been  profitable  to  the  community  that  a 
number  should  have  been  annually  bom  capable  of  work,  but 
incapable  of  procreation,  I  can  see  no  especial  difficulty  in 
this  having  been  effected  through  natural  selection.  But  I 
must  pass  over  this  preliminary  difficulty.  The  great  difficulty 
lies  in  the  working  ants  differing  widely  from  both  the  males 
and  the  fertile  females  in  structure,  as  in  the  shape  of  the 
thorax^  and  in  being  destitute  of  wings  and  sometimes  of 
eyes,  and  in  instinct.  As  far  as  instinct  alone  is  concerned, 
the  wonderful  difference  in  this  respect  between  the  workers 
and  the  perfect  females,  would  have  been  better  exemplified 
by  the  hive-bee.    If  a  working  ant  or  other  neuter  insect  had 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OBJECTIONS  TO  THE  THEORY  291 

been  an  ordinary  animal,  I  should  have  unhesitatingly  as- 
sumed that  all  its  characters  had  been  slowly  acquired  through 
natural  selection;  namely,  by  individuals  having  been  bom 
with  slight  profitable  modifications,  which  were  inherited  by 
the  offspring;  and  that  these  again  varie4  and  again  were 
selected,  and  so  onwards.  But  with  the  working  ant  we  have 
an  insect  differing  greatly  from  its  parents,  yet  absolutely 
sterile,  so  that  it  could  never  have  transmitted  successively 
acquired  modifications  of  structure  or  instinct  to  its  progeny. 
It  may  well  be  askeld  how  is  it  possible  to  reconcile  this  case 
with  the  theory  of  natural  selection? 

First,  let  it  be  remembered  that  we  have  innumerable  in- 
stances, both  in  our  domestic  productions  and  in  those  in  a 
state  of  nature,  of  all  sorts  of  differences  of  inherited  struc- 
ture which  are  correlated  with  certain  ages,  and  with  either 
sex.  We  have  differences  correlated  not  only  with  one  sex, 
but  with  that  short  period  when  the  reproductive  system  is 
active,  as  in  the  nuptial  plumage  of  many  birds,  and  in  the 
hooked  jaws  of  the  male  salmon.  We  have  even  slight  dif- 
ferences in  the  horns  of  different  breeds  of  cattle  in  relation 
to  an  artificially  imperfect  state  of  the  male  sex;  for  oxen 
of  certain  breeds  have  longer  horns  than  the  oxen  of  other 
breeds,  relatively  to  the  length  of  the  horns  in  both  the  bulls 
and  cows  of  these  same  breeds.  Hence  I  can  see  no  great 
difficulty  in  any  character  becoming  correlated  with  the  sterile 
condition  of  certain  members  of  insect-communities :  the  dif- 
ficulty lies  in  understanding  how  such  correlated  modifications 
of  structure  could  have  been  slowly  accumulated  by  natural 
selection. 

This  difficulty,  though  appearing  insuperable,  is  lessened, 
or,  as  I  believe,  disappears,  when  it  is  remembered  that  selec- 
tion may  be  applied  to  the  family,  as  well  as  to  the  individual, 
and  may  thus  gain  the  desired  end.  Breeders  of  cattle  wish 
the  flesh  and  fat  to  be  well  marbled  together:  an  animal  thus 
characterised  has  been  slaughtered,  but  the  breeder  has  gone 
with  confidence  to  the  same  stock  and  has  succeeded.  Such 
faith  may  be  placed  in  the  power  of  selection,  that  a  breed 
of  cattle,  always  yielding  oxen  with  extraordinarily  long 
horns,  could,  it  is  probable,  be  formed  by  carefully  watching 
which  individual  bulls  and  cows,  when  matched,  produce  oxen 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


29t  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

with  the  longest  horns;  and  yet  no  one  ox  would  ever  have 
propagated  its  kind.  Here  is  a  better  and  real  illustration: 
according  to  M.  Verlot,  some  varieties  of  the  double  annual 
Stock  from  having  been  long  and  carefully  selected  to  the 
right  degree,  always  produce  a  large  proportion  of  seedlings 
bearing  double  and  quite  sterile  flowers;  but  they  likewise 
yield  some  single  and  fertile  plants.  These  latter,  by  which 
alone  the  variety  can  be  propagated,  may  be  compared  with 
the  fertile  male  and  female  ants,  and  the  double  sterile  plants 
with  the  neuters  of  the  same  community.^  As  with  the  varie- 
ties of  the  stock,  so  with  social  insects,  selection  has  been 
applied  to  the  family,  and  not  to  the  individual,  for  the  sake 
of  gaining  a  serviceable  end.  Hence  we  may  conclude  that 
slight  modifications  of  structure  or  of  instinct,  correlated 
with  the  sterile  condition  of  certain  members  of  the  com- 
munity, have  proved  advantageous:  consequently  the  fertile 
males  and  females  have  flourished,  and  transmitted  to  their 
fertile  offspring  a  tendency  to  produce  sterile  members  with 
the  same  modifications.  This  process  must  have  been  re- 
peated many  times,  until  that  prodigious  amount  of  difference 
between  the  fertile  and  sterile  females  of  the  same  species 
has  been  produced,  which  we  see  in  many  social  insects. 

But  we  have  not  as  yet  touched  on  the  acme  of  the  difii- 
culty;  namely,  the  fact  that  the  neuters  of  several  ants  differ, 
not  only  from  the  fertile  females  and  males,  but  from  each 
other,  sometimes  to  an  almost  incredible  degree,  and  are  thus 
divided  into  two  or  even  three  castes.  The  castes,  moreover, 
do  not  commonly  graduate  into  each  other,  but  are  perfectly 
well  defined ;  being  as  distinct  from  each  other  as  are  any  two 
species  of  the  same  genus,  or  rather  as  any  two  genera  of  the 
'same  family.  Thus  in  Eciton,  there  are  working  and  soldier 
neuters,  with  jaws  and  instincts  extraordinarily  different:  in 
Cryptocerus,  the  workers  of  one  caste  alone  carry  a  wonder- 
ful sort  of  shield  on  their  heads,  the  use  of  which  is  quite 
unknovm:  in  the  Mexican  Myrmecocystus,  the  workers  of 
one  caste  never  leave  the  nest;  they  are  fed  by  the  workers 
of  another  caste,  and  they  have  an  enormously  developed  ab- 
domen which  secretes  a  sort  of  honey,  supplying  the  place  of 
that  excreted  by  the  aphides,  or  the  domestic  cattle  as  they 
may  be  called,  which  our  European  ants  guard  and  imprison. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OBJECTIONS  TO  THE  THEORY  293 

It  will  indeed  be  thought  that  I  have  an  overweening  con- 
fidence in  the  principle  of  natural  selection,  when  I  do  not 
admit  that  such  wonderful  and  well-established  facts  at  once 
annihilate  the  theory.  In  the  simpler  case  of  neuter  insects 
all  of  one  caste,  which,  as  I  believe,  have  been  rendered  dif- 
ferent from  the  fertile  males  and  females  through  natural 
selection,  we  may  conclude  from  the  analogy  of  ordinary 
variations,  that  the  successive,  slight,  profitable  modifications 
did  not  first  arise  in  all  the  neuters  in  the  same  nest,  but  in 
some  few  alone ;  and  that  by  the  survival  of  the  communities 
with  females  which  produced  most  neuters  having  the  ad- 
vantageous modification,  all  the  neuters  ultimately  came  to  be 
thus  characterized.  According  to  this  view  we  ought  occa- 
sionally to  find  in  the  same  nest  neuter  insects,  presenting 
gradations  of  structure ;  and  this  we  do  find,  even  not  rarely 
considering  how  few  neuter  insects  out  of  Europe  have  been 
carefully  examined.  Mr.  F.  Smith  has  shown  that  the  neuters 
of  several  British  ants  differ  surprisingly  from  each  other  in 
size  and  sometimes  in  colour;  and  that  the  extreme  forms  can 
be  linked  together  by  individuals  taken  out  of  the  same  nest : 
I  have  myself  compared  perfect  gradations  of  this  kind.  It 
sometimes  happens  that  the  larger  or  the  smaller  sized 
workers  are  the  most  numerous ;  or  that  both  large  and  small 
are  numerous,  whilst  those  of  an  intermediate  size  are  scanty 
in  numbers.  Formica  flava  has  larger  and  smaller  workers, 
with  some  i ew  of  intermediate  size ;  and,  in  this  species,  as 
Mr.  F.  Smith  has  observed,  the  larger  workers  have  simple 
eyes  (ocelli),  which  though  small  can  be  plainly  distinguished, 
whereas  the  smaller  workers  have  their  ocelli  rudimentary. 
Having  carefully  dissected  several  specimens  of  these 
workers,  I  can  afiirm  that  the  eyes  are  far  more  rudi- 
mentary in  the  smaller  workers  than  can  be  accounted 
for  merely  by  their  proportionally  lesser  size;  and  I  fully 
believe,  though  I  dare  not  assert  so  positively,  that  the  workers 
of  intermediate  size  have  their  ocelli  in  an  exactly  inter- 
mediate condition.  So  that  here  we  have  two  bodies  of  sterile 
workers  in  the  same  nest,  differing  not  only  in  size,  but  in 
their  organs  of  vision,  yet  connected  by  some  few  members 
in  an  intermediate  condition.  I  may  digress  by  adding,  that 
if  the  smaller  workers  had  been  the  most  useful  to  the  com- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


294  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

munity,  and  those  males  and  females  had  been  continually 
selected,  which  produced  more  and  more  of  the  smaller 
workers,  until  all  the  workers  were  in  this  condition;  we 
should  then  have  had  a  species  of  ant  with  neuters  in  nearly 
the  same  condition  as  those  of  Myrmica.  For  the  workers  of 
Myrmica  have  not  even  rudiments  of  ocelli,  though  the  male 
and  female  ants  of  this  genus  have  well-devel(^d  ocelli. 

I  may  give  one  other  case:  so  confidently  did  I  expect 
occasionally  to  find  gradations  of  important  structures  be- 
tween the  different  castes  of  neuters  in  the  same  species,  that 
I  ^adly  availed  myself  of  Mr.  F.  Smith's  offer  of  numerous 
specimens  from  the  same  nest  of  the  driver  ant  (Anomma) 
of  West  Africa.  The  reader  will  perhaps  best  appreciate  the 
amount  of  difference  in  these  workers,  by  my  giving  not  the 
actual  measurements,  but  a  strictly  accurate  illustration:  the 
difference  was  the  same  as  if  we  were  to  see  a  set  of  work- 
men building  a  house,  of  whom  many  were  five  feet  four 
inches  high,  and  many  sixteen  feet  high;  but  we  must  in 
addition  suppose  that  the  larger  workmen  had  heads  four 
instead  of  three  times  as  big  as  those  of  the  smaller  men, 
and  jaws  nearly  five  times  as  big.  The  jaws,  moreover,  of 
the  working  ants  of  the  several  sizes  differed  wonderfully  in 
shape,  and  in  the  form  and  number  of  the  teeth.  But  the 
important  fact  for  us  is,  that,  though  the  workers  can  be 
grouped  into  castes  of  different  sizes,  yet  they  graduate  in- 
sensibly into  each  other,  as  does  the  widely-different  struc- 
ture of  their  jaws.  I  speak  confidently  on  this  latter  point, 
as  Sir  J.  Lubbock  made  drawings  for  me,  with  the  camera 
lucida,  of  the  jaws  which  I  dissected  from  the  workers  of 
the  several  sizes.  Mr.  Bates,  in  his  interesting  '^Naturalist  on 
the  Amazons,'  has  described  analogous  cases. 

With  these  facts  before  me,  I  believe  that  natural  selec- 
tion, by  acting  on  the  fertile  ants  or  parents,  could  form  a 
species  which  should  regularly  produce  neuters,  all  of  large 
size  with  one  form  of  jaw,  or  all  of  small  size  with  widely 
different  jaws;  or  lastly,  and  this  is  the  greatest  difficulty, 
one  set  of  workers  of  one  size  and  structure,  and  simultane- 
ously another  set  of  workers  of  a  different  size  and  struc- 
ture;— z  graduated  series  having  first  been  formed,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  driver  ant,  and  then  the  extreme  forms  having 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OBJECTIONS  TO  THB  THEORY  205 

been  produced  in  greater  and  greater  numbers,  througb  the 
survival  of  the  parents  which  generated  them,  until  none 
with  an  intermediate  structure  were  produced. 

An  analogous  explanation  has  been  given  by  Mr.  Wallace, 
of  the  equally  complex  case,  of  certain  Malayan  Butterflies 
regularly  appearing  under  two  or  even  three  distinct  female 
forms;  and  by  Fritz  Mtiller,  of  certain  Brazilian  crustaceans 
likewise  appearing  under  two  widely  distinct  male  forms. 
But  this  subject  need  not  here  be  discussed 

I  have  now  explained  how,  as  I  believe,  the  wonderful  fact 
of  two  distinctly  defined  castes  of  sterile  workers  existing  in 
the  same  nest,  both  widely  different  from  each  other  and  from 
their  parents,  has  originated.  We  can  see  how  useful  their 
production  may  have  been  to  a  social  community  of  ants,  on 
the  same  principle  that  the  division  of  labour  is  useful  to 
civilised  man.  Ants,  however,  work  by  inherited  instincts 
and  by  inherited  organs  or  tools,  whilst  man  works  by 
acquired  knowledge  and  manufactured  instruments.  But  I 
must  confess,  that,  with  all  my  faith  in  natural  selection,  I 
should  never  have  anticipated  that  this  principle  could 
have  been  efficient  in  so  high  a  degree,  had  not  the  case  of 
these  neuter  insects  led  me  to  this  conclusion.  I  have,  there- 
fore, discussed  this  case,  at  some  little  but  wholly  insufficient 
length,  in  order  to  show  the  power  of  natural  selection,  and 
likewise  because  this  is  by  far  the  most  serious  special  dif- 
ficulty which  my  theory  has  encountered.  The  case,  also,  is 
very  interesting,  as  it  proves  that  with  animals,  as  with 
plants,  any  amount  of  modification  may  be  effected  by  the 
accumulation  of  numerous,  slight,  spontaneous  variaticMis, 
which  are  in  any  way  profitable,  without  exercise  or  habit 
having  been  brought  into  play.  For  peculiar  habits  confined 
to  the  workers  or  sterile  females,  however  long  they  might 
be  followed,  could  not  possibly  affect  the  males  and  fertile 
females,  which  alone  leave  descendants.  I  am  surprised  that 
no  one  has  hitherto  advanced  this  demonstrative  case  of 
neuter  insects,  against  the  well-known  doctrine  of  inherited 
habit,  as  advanced  by  Lamarck. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


296  ORIGIN  OF  SPEOES 

SUMMARY 

I  have  endeavored  in  this  chapter  briefly  to  show  that  the 
mental  qualities  of  our  domestic  animals  vary,  and  that  the 
variations  are  inherited.  Still  more  briefly  I  have  attempted 
to  show  that  instincts  vary  slightly  in  a  state  of  nature.  No 
one  will  dispute  that  instincts  are  of  the  highest  importance 
to  each  animal.  Therefore  there  is  no  real  difficulty,  under 
changing  conditions  of  life,  in  natural  selection  accumulating 
to  any  extent  slight  modifications  of  instinct  which  are  in 
any  way  useful.  In  many  cases  habit  or  use  and  disuse  have 
probably  come  into  play.  I  do  not  pretend  that  the  facts 
given  in  this  chapter  strengthen  in  any  great  degree  my 
theory;  but  none  of  the  cases  of  difficulty,  to  the  best  of  my 
judgment,  annihilate  it  On  the  other  hand,  the  fact  that 
instincts  are  not  always  absolutely  perfect  and  are  liable  t^ 
mistakes: — ^that  no  instinct  can  be  shown  to  have  been  pro- 
duced for  the  good  of  other  animals,  though  animals  take 
advantage  of  the  instincts  of  others; — ^that  the  canon  in 
natural  history,  of  "Natura  non  facit  saltum,"  is  applicable 
to  instincts  as  well  as  to  corporeal  structure,  and  is  plainly 
explicable  on  the  foregoing  views,  but  is  otherwise  inexplic- 
able,— ^all  tend  to  corroborate  the  theory  of  natural  selection. 

This  theory  is  also  strengthened  by  some  few  other  facts  in 
regard  to  instincts ;  as  by  that  common  case  of  closely  allied, 
but  distinct,  species,  when  inhabiting  distant  parts  of  the 
world  and  living  under  considerably  different  conditions  of 
life,  yet  often  retaining  nearly  the  same  instincts.  For  in- 
stance, we  can  understand,  on  the  principle  of  inheritance, 
how  it  is  that  the  thrush  of  tropical  South  America  lines  its 
nest  with  mud,  in  the  same  peculiar  manner  as  does  our 
British  thrush;  how  it  is  that  the  Hombills  of  Africa  and 
India  have  the  same  extraordinary  instinct  of  plastering  up 
and  imprisoning  the  females  in  a  hole  in  a  tree,  with  only  a 
small  hole  left  in  the  plaster  through  which  the  males  feed 
them  and  their  young  when  hatched ;  how  it  is  that  the  male 
wrens  (Troglodytes)  of  North  America  build  "cock-nests," 
to  roost  in,  like  the  males  of  our  Kitty-wrens, — a  habit  wholly 
unlike  that  of  any  other  known  bird.  Finally,  it  may  not  be 
a  logical  deduction,  but  to  my  imagination  it  is  far  more  satis- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  297 

factory  to  look  at  such  instincts  as  the  young  cuckoo  ejecting 
its  foster-brothers, — ants  making  slaves, — ^the  larvae  of  ichneu- 
monidae  feeding  within  the  live  bodies  of  caterpillars, — ^not 
as  specially  endowed  or  created  instincts,  but  as  small  conse- 
quences of  one  general  law  leading  to  the  advancement  of  all 
organic  beings, — ^namely,  multiply,  vary,  let  the  strongest  live 
and  the  weakest  die. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  IX 
Hybridism 

Distinctioii  between  the  sterility  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids — 
Sterility  various  in  degree,  not  universal,  affected  by  dose  inter- 
breeding, removed  by  domestication — ^Laws  governing  the  ster- 
ility of  hybrids — Sterility  not  a  special  endowment,  but  incidental 
on  other  differences,  not  accumulated  by  natural  selection — 
Causes  of  the  sterility  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids — Parallel- 
ism between  the  effects  of  changed  conditions  of  life  and  of 
crossing — Dimorphism  and  Trimorphism — Fertility  of  varieties 
when  crossed,  and  of  their  mongrel  offspring  not  universal — 
Hybrids  and  mongrels  compared  independently  of  their  fertility 
—-Summary* 

THE  view  commonly  entertained  by  naturalists  is  that 
species,  when  intercrossed,  have  been  specially  en- 
dowed with  sterility,  in  order  to  prevent  their  con- 
fusion. This  view  certainly  seems  at  first  highly  probable, 
for  species  living  together  could  hardly  have  been  kept  dis- 
tinct had  they  been  capable  of  freely  crossing.  The  subject 
is  in  many  ways  important  for  us,  more  especially  as  the 
sterility  of  species  when  first  crossed,  and  that  of  their  hybrid 
offspring,  cannot  have  been  acquired,  as  I  shall  show,  by  the 
preservation  of  successive  profitable  degrees  of  sterility.  It 
is  an  incidental  result  of  differences  in  the  reproductive  sys- 
tems of  the  parent-species. 

In  treating  this  subject,  two  classes  of  facts,  to  a  large 
extent  fundamentally  different,  have  generally  been  con- 
founded; namely,  the  sterility  of  species  when  first  crossed, 
and  the  sterility  of  the  hybrids  produced  from  them. 

Pure  species  have  of  course  their  organs  of  reproduction 
in  a  perfect  condition,  yet  when  intercrossed  they  produce 
either  few  or  no  offspring.  Hybrids,  on  the  other  hand,  have 
their  reproductive  organs  functionally  impotent,  as  may  be 
clearly  seen  in  the  state  of  the  male  element  in  both  plants 
and  animals;  though  the  formative  organs  themselves  are 

296 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DBGRBBS  OF  STBRIUTY  289 

perfect  in  structure,  s^  far  as  the  microscope  reveals.  In  the 
first  case  the  two  sexual  elements  which  go  to  form  the 
embryo  are  perfect;  in  the  second  case  they  are  either  not  at 
all  developed,  or  are  imperfectly  developed.  This  distinction 
is  important,  when  the  cause  of  the  sterility,  which  is  common 
to  the  two  cases,  has  to  be  considered.  The  distinction  prob- 
ably has  been  slurred  over,  owing  to  the  sterility  in  both  cases 
being  looked  on  as  a  special  endowment,  beyond  the  province 
of  our  reasoning  powers. 

The  fertility  of  varieties,  that  is  of  the  forms  known  or 
believed  to  be  descended  from  common  parents,  when  crossed, 
and  likewise  the  fertility  of  their  mongrel  offspring,  is,  with 
reference  to  my  theory,  of  equal  importance  with  the  sterility 
of  species ;  for  it  seems  to  make  a  broad  and  clear  distinction 
between  varieties  and  species. 

Degrees  of  Sterility. — First,  for  the  sterility  of  species 
when  crossed  and  of  Uieir  hybrid  offspring.  It  is  impossible 
to  study  the  several  memoirs  and  works  of  those  two  con- 
scientious and  admirable  observers,  Kolreuter  and  Gartner, 
who  almost  devoted  their  lives  to  this  subject,  without  being 
deeply  impressed  with  the  high  generality  of  some  degree  of 
sterility.  Kolreuter  makes  the  rule  universal;  but  £en  h» 
cuts  the  knot,  for  in  ten  cases  in  which  he  found  two  forms, 
considered  by  most  authors  as  distinct  species,  quite  fertile 
together,  he  unhesitatingly  ranks  them  as  varieties.  Gartner, 
also,  maJces  the  rule  equally  universal;  and  he  disputes  the 
entire  fertility  of  Kolreuter's  ten  cases.  But  in  these  and  in 
many  other  cases,  Gartner  is  obliged  carefully  to  count  the 
seeds,  in  order  to  show  that  there  is  any  degree  of  sterility.  He 
always  compares  the  maximum  number  of  seeds  produced  by 
two  species  when  first  crossed,  and  the  maximum  produced 
by  their  hybrid  offspring,  with  the  average  number  produced 
by  their  pure  parent-species  in  a  state  of  nature.  But  causes 
of  serious  error  here  intervene:  a  plant,  to  be  hybridised, 
must  be  castrated,  and,  what  is  often  more  important,  must 
be  secluded  in  order  to  prevent  pollen  being  brought  to  it 
by  insects  from  other  plants.  Nearly  all  the  plants  experi- 
mented on  by  Gartner  were  potted,  and  were  kept  in  a 
chamber  in  his  house.  That  Uiese  processes  are  often  in- 
jurious to  the  fertility  of  a  plant  cannot  be  doubted;  for 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


300  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

Gartner  gives  in  his  table  about  a  score  of  cases  of  plants 
which  he  castrated,  and  artificially  fertilised  with  their  own 
pollen,  and  (excluding  all  cases  such  as  the  Leguminosae,  in 
which  there  is  an  acknowledged  difficulty  in  the  manipula- 
tion) half  of  these  twenty  plants  had  their  fertility  in  some 
degree  impaired.  Moreover,  as  Gartner  repeatedly  crossed 
some  forms,  such  as  the  common  red  and  blue  pimpernels 
(Anagallis  arvensis  and  coeulea),  which  the  best  botanists 
rank  as  varieties,  and  found  them  absolutely  sterile,  we  may 
doubt  whether  many  species  are  really  so  sterile,  when  inter- 
crossed, as  he  believed. 

It  is  certain,  on  the  one  hand,  that  the  sterility  of  various 
species  when  crossed  is  so  different  in  degree  and  graduates 
away  so  insensibly,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  fertility 
of  pure  species  is  so  easily  affected  by  various  circumstances, 
that  for  all  practical  purposes  it  is  most  difficult  to  say  where 
perfect  fertility  ends  and  sterility  begins.  I  think  no  better 
evidence  of  this  can  be  required  than  that  the  two  most  ex- 
perienced observers  who  have  ever  lived,  namely  Kolreuter 
and  Gartner,  arrived  at  diametrically  opposite  conclusions  in 
regard  to  some  of  the  very  same  forms.  It  is  also  most  in- 
*  structive  to  compare — ^but  I  have  not  space  here  to  enter  into 
details — ^the  evidence  advanced  by  our  best  botanists  on  the 
question  whether  certain  doubtful  forms  should  be  ranked  as 
species  or  varieties,  with  the  evidence  from  fertility  adduced 
by  different  hybridisers,  or  by  the  same  observer  from  ex- 
periments made  during  different  years.  It  can  thus  be  shown 
that  neither  sterility  nor  fertility  affords  any  certain  distinc- 
tion between  species  and  varieties.  The  evidence  from  this 
source  graduates  away,  and  is  doubtful  in  the  same  degree  as 
is  the  evidence  derived  from  other  constitutional  and  struc- 
tural differences. 

In  regard  to  the  sterility  of  hybrids  in  successive  genera- 
tions ;  though  Gartner  was  enabled  to  rear  some  hybrids,  care- 
fully guarding  them  from  a  cross  with  either  pure  parent,  for 
six  or  seven,  and  in  one  case  for  ten  generations,  yet  he 
asserts  positively  that  their  fertility  never  increases,  but  gen- 
erally decreases  greatly  and  suddenly.  With  respect  to  this 
decrease,  it  may  first  be  noticed  that  when  any  deviation  in 
structure  or  constitution  is  common  to  both  parents,  this  is 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEGREES  OF  STERIUTT  901 

often  transmitted  In  an  augmented  degree  to  the  offspring; 
and  both  sexual  elements  in  hybrid  plants  are  already  affected 
in  some  degree.  But  I  believe  that  their  fertility  has  been 
diminished  in  nearly  all  these  cases  by  an  independent  cause, 
namely,  by  too  close  interbreeding.  I  have  made  so  many 
experiments  and  collected  so  many  facts,  showing  on  the  one 
hand  that  an  occasional  cross  with  a  distinct  individual  or 
variety  increases  the  vigour  and  fertility  of  the  offspring,  and 
on  the  other  hand  that  very  close  interbreeding  lessens  their 
vigour  and  fertility,  that  I  cannot  doubt  the  correctness  of 
this  conclusion.  Hybrids  are  seldom  raised  by  experimental- 
ists in  great  numbers;  and  as  the  parent-species,  or  other 
allied  hybrids,  generally  grow  in  the  same  garden,  the  visits 
of  insects  must  be  carefully  prevented  during  the  flowering 
season ;  hence  hybrids,  if  left  to  themselves,  will  generally  be 
fertilised  during  each  generation  by  pollen  from  the  same 
flower;  and  this  would  probably  be  injurious  to  their  fertility, 
already  lessened  by  their  hybrid  origin.  I  am  strengthened 
in  this  conviction  by  a  remarkable  statement  repeatedly  made 
by  Gartner,  namely,  that  if  even  the  less  fertile  hybrids  be 
artificially  fertilised  with  hybrid  pollen  of  the  same  kind,  their 
fertility,  nothwithstanding  the  frequent  ill  effects  from  manip-' 
ulation,  sometimes  decidedly  increases,  and  goes  on  increas- 
ing. Now,  in  the  process  of  artificial  fertilisation,  pollen  Is 
as  often  taken  by  chance  (as  I  know  from  my  own  experi- 
ence) from  the  anthers  of  another  flower,  as  from  the  anthers 
of  the  flower  itself  which  is  to  be  fertilised;  so  that  a  cross 
between  two  flowers,  though  probably  often  on  the  same 
plant,  would  be  thus  effected.  Moreover,  whenever  compli- 
cated experiments  are  in  progress,  so  careful  an  observer  as 
Gartner  would  have  castrated  his  hybrids,  and  this  would 
have  ensured  in  each  generation  a  cross  with  pollen  from 
a  distinct  flower,  either  from  the  same  plant  or  from  another 
plant  of  the  same  hybrid  nature.  And  thus,  the  strange  fact 
of  an  increase  of  fertility  in  the  successive  generations  of 
artificially  fertilised  hybrids,  in  contrast  with  those  spon- 
taneously self-fertilised,  may,  as  I  believe,  be  accounted  for 
by  too  close  interbreeding  having  been  avoided. 

Now  let  us  turn  to  the  results  arrived  at  by  a  third  most 
experienced  hybridiser,  namely,  the  Hon.  and  Rev.  W.  Her- 

B — HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


302  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

bert.  He  is  as  emphatic  in  his  conclusion  that  some  hybrids 
are  perfectly  fertile — ^as  fertile  as  the  pure  parent-st^eiies — 
as  are  Kolreuter  and  Gartner  that  some  degree  of  sterility 
between  distinct  species  is  a  universal  law  of  nature.  He 
experimented  on  some  of  the  very  same  species  as  did 
Gartner.  The  difference  in  their  results  may,  I  think,  be  in 
part  accounted  for  by  Herbert's  great  horticultural  skill,  and 
by  his  having  hot-houses  at  his  command.  Of  his  many  im- 
portant statements  I  will  here  give  only  a  single  one  as  an 
example,  nfimely,  that  "every  ovule  in  a  pod  of  Crinum 
capense  fertilised  by  C.  revolutum  produced  a  plant,  which 
I  never  saw  to  occur  in  a  case  of  its  natural  fecundation." 
So  that  here  we  have  perfect  or  even  more  than  com- 
monly perfect  fertility,  in  a  first  cross  between  t^o  distinct 
species. 

This  case  of  the  Crinum  leads  me  to  refer  to  a  singfular 
fact,  namely,  that  individual  plants  of  certain  species  of 
Lobelia,  Verbascum  and  Passiflora,  can  easily  be  fertilised  by 
pollen  from  a  distinct  species,  but  not  by  pollen  from  the 
same  plant,  though  this  pollen  can  be  proved  to  be  perfectly 
sound  by  fertilising  other  plants  or  species.  In  the  genus 
Hippeastrum,  in  Corydalis  as  shown  by  Professor  Hilde- 
brand,  in  various  orchids  as  shown  by  Mr.  Scott  and  Fritz 
Muller,  all  the  individuals  are  in  this  peculiar  condition.  So 
that  with  some  species,  certain  abnormal  individuals,  and  in 
other  species  all  the  individuals,  can  actually  be  hybridised 
much  more  readily  than  they  can  be  fertilised  by  pollen  from 
the  same  individual  plant !  To  give  one  instance,  a  bulb  of 
Hippeastrum  aulicum  produced  four  flowers ;  three  were  fer- 
tilised by  Herbert  with  their  own  pollen,  and  the  fourth  was 
subsequently  fertilised  by  the  pollen  of  a  compound  hybrid 
descended  from  three  distinct  species:  the  result  was  that 
"the  ovaries  of  the  three  first  flowers  soon  ceased  to  grow, 
and  after  a  few  days  perished  entirely,  whereas  the  pod  im- 
pregnated by  the  pollen  of  the  hybrid  made  vigorous  growth 
and  rapid  progress  to  maturity,  and  bore  good  seed,  which 
vegetated  freely."  Mr.  Herbert  tried  similar  experiments 
during  many  years,  and  always  with  the  same  result.  These 
cases  serve  to  show  on  what  slight  and  mysterious  causes  the 
lesser  or  greater  fertility  of  a  species  sometimes  depends. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEGREES  OF  STEBILITY  303 

The  practical  experiments  of  horticulturists,  though  not 
made  with  scientific  precision,  deserve  some  notice.  It  is 
notorious  in  how  complicated  a  manner  the  species  of  Pelar- 
gonium, Fuchsia,  Calceolaria,  Petunia,  Rhododendron,  &c., 
have  been  crossed,  yet  many  of  these  hybrids  seed  freely. 
For  instance,  Herbert  asserts  that  a  hybrid  from  Calceolaria 
integrifolia  and  plantaginea,  species  most  widely  dissimilar 
in  general  habit,  ''reproduces  itself  as  perfectly  as  if  it  had 
been  a  natural  species  from  the  mountains  of  Chili."  I  have 
taken  some  pains  to  ascertain  the  degree  of  fertility  of  some 
of  the  complex  crosses  of  Rhododendrons,  and  I  am  assured 
that  many  of  them  are  perfectly  fertile.  Mr.  C.  Noble,  for 
instance,  informs  me  that  he  raises  stocks  for  grafting  from 
a  hybrid  between  Rhod.  ponticum  and  catawbiense,  and  that 
this  hybrid  "seeds  as  freely  as  it  is  possible  to  imagine."  Had 
hybrids,  when  fairly  treated,  always  gone  on  decreasing  in 
fertility  in  each  successive  generation,  as  Gartner  believed 
to  be  the  case,  the  fact  would  have  been  notorious  to  nursery- 
men. Horticulturists  raise  large  beds  of  the  same  hybrid,  and 
such  alone  are  fairly  treated,  for  by  insect-agency  the  several 
individuals  are  allowed  to  cross  freely  with  eadi  other,  and 
the  injurious  influence  of  close  interbreeding  is  thus  pre- 
vented. Any  one  may  readily  convince  himself  of  the  efiici- 
ency  of  insect-agency  by  examining  the  flowers  of  the  more 
sterile  kinds  of  hybrid  Rhododendrons,  which  produce  no 
pollen,  for  he  will  find  on  their  stigmas  plenty  of  pollen 
brought  from  other  flowers. 

In  regard  to  animals,  much  fewer  experiments  have  been 
carefully  tried  than  with  plants.  If  our  systematic  arrange- 
ments can  be  trusted,  that  is,  if  the  genera  of  animals  are  as 
distinct  from  each  other  as  are  the  genera  of  plants,  then 
we  may  infer  that  animals  more  widely  distinct  in  the  scale 
of  nature  can  be  crossed  more  easily  than  in  the  case  of 
plants;  but  the  hybrids  themselves  are,  I  think,  more  sterile. 
It  should,  however,  be  borne  in  mind  that,  owing  to  few 
animals  breeding  freely  under  confinement,  few  experiments 
have  been  fairly  tried :  for  instance,  the  canary-bird  has  been 
crossed  with  nine  distinct  species  of  finches,  but,  as  not  one 
of  these  breeds  freely  in  confinement,  we  have  no  right  to 
expect  that  the  first  crosses  between  them  and  the  canary. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


304  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

or  that  their  hybrids,  should  be  perfectly  fertile.  Again,  with 
respect  to  the  fertility  in  successive  generations  of  the  more 
fertile  hybrid  animals,  I  hardly  know  of  an  instance  in  which 
two  families  of  the  same  hybrid  have  been  raised  at  the  same 
time  from  different  parents,  so  as  to  avoid  the  ill  effects  of 
close  interbreeding.  On  the  contrary,  brothers  and  sisters 
have  usually  been  crossed  in  each  successive  generation,  in 
opposition  to  the  constantly  repeated  admonition  of  every 
breeder.  And  in  this  case,  it  is  not  at  all  surprising  that  the 
inherent  sterility  in  the  hybrids  should  have  gone  on  in- 
creasing. 

Although  I  know  of  hardly  any  thoroughly  well-authen- 
ticated cases  of  perfectly  fertile  hybrid  animals,  I  have  reason 
to  believe  that  the  hybrids  from  Cervulus  vaginalis  and  Ree- 
vesii,  and  from  Phasianus  colchicus  with  P.  torquatus,  are 
perfectly  fertile.  M.  Quatrefages  states  that  the  hybrids  from 
two  moths  (Bombyx  cynthia  and  arrindia)  were  proved  in 
Paris  to  be  fertile  inter  se  for  eight  generations.  It  has  lately 
been  asserted  that  two  such  distinct  species  as  the  hare  and 
rabbit,  when  they  can  be  got  to  breed  together,  produce  off- 
spring, which  are  highly  fertile  when  crossed  with  one  of 
the  parent-species.  The  hybrids  from  the  common  and  Chi- 
nese geese  (A.  cygnoides),  species  which  are  so  different  that 
they  are  generally  ranked  in  distinct  genera,  have  often  bred 
in  this  country  with  either  pure  parent,  and  in  one  single  in- 
stance they  have  bred  inter  se.  This  was  effected  by  Mr. 
Eyton,  who  raised  two  hybrids  from  the  same  parents,  but 
from  different  hatches;  and  from  these  two  birds  he  raised 
no  less  than  eight  hybrids  (grandchildren  of  the  pure  gees«) 
from  one  nest.  In  India,  however,  these  cross-bred  geese 
must  be  far  more  fertile ;  for  I  am  assured  by  two  eminently 
capable  judges,  namely  Mr.  Blyth  and  Capt.  Hutton,  that 
whole  flocks  of  these  crossed  geese  are  kept  in  various  parts 
of  the  country;  and  as  they  are  kept  for  profit,  where  neither 
pure  parent-species  exists,  they  must  certainly  be  highly  or 
perfectly  fertile. 

With  our  domesticated  animals,  the  various  races  when 
crossed  together  are  quite  fertile ;  yet  in  many  cases  they  are 
descended  from  two  or  more  wild  species.  From  this  fact  we 
must  conclude  either  that  the  aboriginal  parent-species  at 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


LAWS  GOVERNING  THE  STERILITY  305 

first  produced  perfectly  fertile  hybrids,  or  that  the  hybrids 
subsequently  reared  under  domestication  became  quite  fertile. 
This  latter  alternative,  which  was  first  propounded  by  Pallas, 
seems  by  far  the  most  probable,  and  can,  indeed,  hardly  be 
doubted.  It  is,  for  instance,  almost  certain  that  our  dogs  are 
descended  from  several  wild  stocks;  yet,  with  perhaps  the 
exception  of  certain  indigenous  domestic  dogs  of  South 
America,  all  are  quite  fertile  together;  but  analogy  makes 
me  greatly  doubt,  whether  the  several  aboriginal  species  would 
at  first  have  freely  bred  together  and  have  produced  quite 
fertile  hybrids.  So  again  I  have  lately  acquired  decisive  evi- 
dence that  the  crossed  offspring  from  the  Indian  humped  and 
common  cattle  are  inter  se  perfectly  fertile;  and  from  the 
observations  by  Riitimeyer  on  their  important  osteological 
differences,  as  well  as  from  those  by  Mr.  Blyth  on  their  dif- 
ferences in  habits,  voice,  constitution,  &c.,  these  two  forms 
must  be  regarded  as  good  and  distinct  species.  The  same  re- 
marks may  be  extended  to  the  two  chief  races  of  the  pig. 
We  niust,  therefore,  either  give  up  the  belief  of  the  universal 
sterility  of  species  when  crossed;  or  we  must  look  at  this 
sterility  in  animals,  not  as  an  indelible  characteristic,  but  as 
one  capable  of  being  removed  by  domestication. 

Finally,  considering  all  the  ascertained  facts  on  the  inter- 
crossing of  plants  and  animals,  it  may  be  concluded  that  some 
degree  of  sterility,  both  in  first  crosses  and  in  hybrids,  is  an 
extremely  general  result ;  but  that  it  cannot,  under  our  present 
state  of  knowledge,  be  considered  as  absolutely  universal. 

LAWS  GOVBRNING  THE  STBRILITY  OF  FIRST  CROSSES  AND  OF 
HYBRIDS. 

We  will  now  consider  a  little  more  in  detail  the  laws  gov- 
erning the  sterility  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids.  Our  chief 
object  will  be  to  see  whether  or  not  these  laws  indicate  that 
species  have  been  specially  endowed  with  this  quality,  in  order 
to  prevent  their  crossing  and  blending  together  in  utter  con- 
fusion. The  following  conclusions  are  drawn  up  chiefly  from 
Gartner's  admirable  work  on  the  hybridisation  of  plants.  I 
have  taken  much  pains  to  ascertain  how  far  they  apply  to 
animals,  and,  considering  how  scanty  our  knowledge  is  in  re- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


306  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

gard  to  hybrid  animals,  I  have  been  surprised  to  find  how 
generally  the  same  rules  apply  to  both  kingdoms. 

It  has  been  already  remarked,  that  the  degree  of  fertility, 
both  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids,  graduates  from  zero  to 
perfect  fertility.  It  is  surprising  in  how  many  curious  ways 
this  gradation  can  be  shown;  but  only  the  bsirest  outline  of 
the  facts  can  here  be  given.  When  pollen  from  a  plant  of 
one  family  is  placed  on  the  stigma  of  a  plant  of  a  distinct 
family,  it  exerts  no  more  influence  than  so  much  inorganic 
dust.  From  this  absolute  zero  of  fertility,  the  pollen  of  dif- 
ferent species  applied  to  the  stigma  of  some  one  species  of 
the  same  genus,  yields  a  perfect  gradation  in  the  number  of 
seeds  produced,  up  to  nearly  complete  or  even  quite  complete 
fertility;  and,  as  we  have  seen,  in  certain  abnormal  cases, 
even  to  an  excess  of  fertility,  beyond  that  which  the  plant's 
own  pollen  produces.  So  in  hybrids  themselves,  there  are 
some  which  never  have  produced,  and  probably  never  would 
produce,  even  with  the  pollen  of  the  pure  parents,  a  single 
fertile  seed:  but  in  some  of  these  cases  a  first  trace  of  fer- 
tility may  be  detected,  by  the  pollen  of  one  of  the  pure  parent- 
species  causing  the  flower  of  the  hybrid  to  wither  earlier 
than  it  otherwise  would  have  done;  and  the  early  withering 
of  the  flower  is  well  known  to  be  a  sign  of  incipient  fertilisa- 
tion. From  this  extreme  degree  of  sterility  we  have  self- 
fertilised  hybrids  producing  a  greater  and  greater  number  of 
seeds  up  to  perfect  fertility. 

The  hybrids  raised  from  two  species  which  are  very  diffi- 
cult to  cross,  and  which  rarely  produce  any  offspring,  are 
generally  very  sterile;  but  the  parallelism  between  the  diffi- 
culty of  making  a  first  cross,  and  the  sterility  of  the  hybrids 
thus  produced — two  classes  of  facts  which  are  generally  con- 
founded together — is  by  no  means  strict.  There  are  many 
cases,  in  which  two  pure  species,  as  in  the  genus  Verbascum, 
can  be  united  with  unusual  facility,  and  produce  numerous 
hybrid-offspring,  yet  these  hybrids  are  remarkably  sterile. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  are  species  which  can  be  crossed 
very  rarely,  or  with  extreme  difficulty,  but  the  hybrids,  when 
at  last  produced,  are  very  fertile.  Even  within  the  limits  of 
the  same  genus,  for  instance  in  Dianthus,  these  two  opposite 
cases  occur. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


LAWS  GOVERNING  THE  STERILITY  307 

The  fertility,  both  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids,  is  more 
easily  affected  by  unfavorable  conditions,  than  is  that  of 
pure  species.  But  the  fertility  of  first  crosses  is  likewise  in- 
nately variable ;  for  it  is  not  adways  the  same  in  degree  when 
the  same  two  species  are  crossed  under  the  same  circum- 
stances; it  depends  in  part  upon  the  constitution  of  the  in- 
dividuals which  happen  to  have  been  chosen  for  the  experi- 
ment. So  it  is  with  hybrids,  for  their  degree  of  fertility  is 
often  found  to  differ  greatly  in  tha  several  individuals  raised 
from  seed  out  of  the  same  capsule  and  exposed  to  the  same 
conditions. 

By  the  term  systematic  affinity  is  meant,  the  general  re- 
semblance between  species  in*  structure  and  constitution.  Now 
the  fertility  of  first  crosses,  and  of  the  hybrids  produced  from 
them,  is  largely  governed  by  their  systematic  affinity.  This 
is  clearly  shown  by  hybrids  never  having  been  raised  between 
species  ranked  by  systematists  in  distinct  families;  and  on 
the  other  hand,  by  very  closely  allied  species  generally  uniting 
with  facility.  But  the  correspondence  between  systematic 
affinity  and  the  facility  of  crossing  is  by  no  means  strict.  A 
multitude  of  cases  could  be  given  of  very  closely  allied  species 
which  will  not  unite,  or  only  with  extreme  difficulty;  and  on 
the  other  hand  of  very  distinct  species  which  unite  with  the 
utmost  facility.  In  the  same  family  there  may  be  a  genus, 
as  Dianthus,  in  which  very  many  species  can  most  readily  be 
crossed ;  and  another  genus,  as  Silene,  in  which  the  most  per- 
severing efforts  have  failed  to  produce  between  extremely 
close  species  a  single  hybrid.  Even  within  the  limits  of  the 
same  genus,  we  meet  with  this  same  difference ;  for  instance, 
the  many  species  of  Nicotiana  have  been  more  largely  crossed 
than  the  species  of  almost  any  other  genus;  but  Gartner 
found  that  N.  acuminata,  which  is  not  a  particularly  distinct 
species,  obstinately  failed  to  fertilise,  or  to  be  fertilised  by  no 
less  than  eight  other  species  of  Nicotiana.  Many  analogous 
facts  could  be  given. 

No  one  has  been  able  to  point  out  what  kind  or  what 
amount  of  difference,  in  any  recognisable  character,  is  suf- 
ficient to  prevent  two  species  crossing.  It  can  be  shown  that 
plants  most  widely  different  in  habit  and  general  appearance, 
and  having  strongly  marked  differences  in  every  part  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


306  ORIGIN  OF  SPECDES 

flower,  even  in  the  pollen,  in  the  fruit,  and  in  the  cotyledons, 
can  be  crossed  Annual  and  perennial  plants,  dedduoms  and 
evergreen  trees,  plants  inhabiting  different  stations  and  fitted 
for  extremely  different  climates,  can  often  be  crossed  with 
ease. 

By  a  reciprocal  cross  between  two  species,  I  mean  the  case, 
for  instance,  of  a  female-ass  being  first  crossed  by  a  stallion, 
and  then  a  mare  by  a  male-ass;  these  two  species  may  then 
be  said  to  have  been  reciprocally  crossed.  There  is  often  the 
widest  possible  difference  in  the  facility  of  making  reciprocal 
crosses.  Such  cases  are  highly  important,  for  they  prove 
that  the  capacity  in  any  two  species  to  cross  is  often  com- 
pletely independent  of  their  systematic  affinity,  that  is  of  any 
difference  in  their  structure  or  constitution,  excepting  in 
their  reproductive  systems.  The  diversity  of  the  result  in 
reciprocal  crosses  between  the  same  two  species  was  long 
ago  observed  by  Kolreuter.  To  give  an  instance:  Mirabilis 
jalapa  can  easily  be  fertilised  by  the  pollen  of  M.  longiilora, 
and  the  hybrids  thus  produced  are  sufficiently  fertile;  but 
Kolreuter  tried  more  than  two  huntlred  times,  during  eight 
following  years,  to  fertilise  reciprocally  M.  longiflora  with 
the  pollen  of  M.  jalapa,  and  utterly  failed.  Several  other 
equally  striking  cases  could  be  given.  Thuret  has  observed 
the  same  fact  with  certain  sea-weeds  or  Fuci.  Gartner, 
moreover,  found  that  this  difference  of  facility  in  making 
reciprocal  crosses  is  extremely  common  in  a  lesser  degree. 
He  has  observed  it  even  between  closely  related  forms  (as 
Matthiola  annua  and  glabra)  which  many  botanists  rank  only 
as  varieties.  It  is  also  a  remarkable  fact,  that  hybrids  raised 
from  reciprocal  crosses,  though  of  course  compounded  of  the 
very  same  two  species,  the  one  species  having  first  been  used 
as  the  father  and  then  as  the  mother,  though  they  rarely 
differ  in  external  characters,  yet  generally  differ  in  fertility 
in  a  small,  and  occasionally  in  a  high  degree. 

Several  other  singular  rules  could  be  given  from  Gartner: 
for  instance,  some  species  have  a  remarkable  power  of  cross- 
ing with  other  species ;  other  species  of  the  same  genus  have 
a  remarkable  power  of  impressing  their  likeness  on  their 
hybrid  offspring;  but  these  two  powers  do  not  at  all  neces- 
sarily go  together.    There  are  certain  hybrids  which,  instead 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


LAWS  GOVERNING  THB  STERILITY  309 

of  having,  as  is  usual,  an  intermediate  character  between  their 
two  parents,  always  closely  resemble  one  of  them ;  and  such 
hybrids,  though  externally  so  like  one  of  their  pure  parent- 
species,  are  with  rare  exceptions  extremely  sterile.  So  again 
amongst  hybrids  which  are  usually  intermediate  in'  structure 
between  their  parents,  exceptional  and  abnormal  individuals 
sometimes  are  born,  which  closely  resemble  one  of  their  pure 
parents ;  and  these  hybrids  are  almost  always  utterly  sterile, 
even  when  the  other  hybrids  raised  from  seed  from  the  same 
capsule  have  a  considerable  degree  of  fertility.  These  facts 
show  how  completely  the  fertility  of  a  hybrid  may  be  inde- 
pendent of  its  external  resemblance  to  either  pure  parent 

Considering  the  several  rules  now  given,  which  govern  the 
fertility  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids,  we  see  that  when 
forms,  which  must  be  considered  as  good  and  distinct  species, 
are  united,  their  fertility  graduates  from  zero  to  perfect  fer- 
tility, or  even  to  fertility  under  certain  conditions  in  excess; 
that  their  fertility,  besides  being  eminently  susceptible  to 
favourable  and  unfavourable  conditions,  is  innately  variable; 
that  it  is  by  no  means  always  the  same  in  degree  in  the  first 
cross  and  in  the  hybrids  produced  from  this  cross;  that  the 
fertility  of  hybrids  is  not  related  to  the  degree  in  which  they 
resemble  in  external  appearance  either  parent;  and  lastly, 
that  the  facility  of  making  a  first  cross  between  any  two 
species  is  not  always  governed  by  their  systematic  affinity  or 
degree  of  resemblance  to  each  other.  This  latter  statement 
is  clearly  proved  by  the  difference  in  the  result  of  reciprocal 
crosses  between  the  same  two  species,  for,  according  as  the 
one  species  or  the  other  is  used  as  the  father  or  the  mother, 
there  is  generally  some  difference,  and  occasionally  the  widest 
possible  difference,  in  the  facility  of  effecting  an  union.  The 
hybrids,  moreover,  produced  from  reciprocal  crosses  often 
differ  in  fertility. 

Now  do  these  complex  and  singular  rules  indicate  that 
species  have  been  endowed  with  sterility  simply  to  prevent 
their  becoming  confounded  in  nature?  I  think  not.  For 
why  should  the  sterility  be  so  extremely  different  in  degree, 
when  various  species  are  crossed,  all  of  which  we  must  sup- 
pose it  would  be  equally  important  to  keep  from  blending  to- 
gether ?    Why  should  the  degree  of  sterility  be  innately  vari- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


310  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

able  in  the  individuals  of  the  same  species?  Why  should 
some  species  cross  with  facility,  and  yet  produce  very  sterile 
hybrids;  and  other  species  cross  with  extreme  difficulty,  and 
yet  produce  fairly  fertile  hybrids?  Why  should  there  often 
be  so  great  a  difference  in  the  result  of  a  reciprocal  cross 
between  the  same  two  species?  Why,  it  may  even  be  asked, 
has  the  production  of  hybrids  been  permitted?  To  grant  to 
species  tiie  special  power  of  producing  hybrids,  and  then  to 
stop  their  further  propagation  by  different  degrees  of  sterility, 
not  strictly  related  to  the  facility  of  the  first  union  between 
their  parents,  seems  a  strange  arrangement 

The  foregoing  rules  and  facts,  on  the  other  hand,  appear  to 
me  clearly  to  indicate  that  the  sterility  both  of  first  crosses 
and  of  hybrids  is  simply  incidental  or  dependent  on  unknown 
differences  in  their  reproductive  systems;  the  differences  be- 
ing of  so  peculiar  and  limited  a  nature,  that,  in  reciprocal 
crosses  between  the  same  two  species,  the  male  sexual  ele- 
ment of  the  one  will  often  freely  act  on  the  female  sexual 
element  of  the  other,  but  not  in  a  reversed  direction.  It  will 
be  advisable  to  explain  a  little  more  fully  by  an  example  what 
I  mean  by  sterility  being  incidental  on  other  differences,  and 
not  a  specially  endowed  quality.  As  the  capacity  of  one 
plant  to  be  grafted  or  budded  on  another  is  unimportant  for 
their  welfare  in  a  state  of  nature,  I  presume  that  no  one  will 
suppose  that  this  capacity  is  a  specially  endowed  quality,  but 
will  admit  that  it  is  incidental  on  differences  in  the  laws  of 
growth  of  the  two  plants.  We  can  sometimes  see  the  reason 
why  one  tree  will  not  take  on  another,  from  differences  in 
their  rate  of  growth,  in  the  hardness  of  their  wood,  in  the 
period  of  the  How  or  nature  of  their  sap,  &c. ;  but  in  a  multi- 
tude of  cases  we  can  assign  no  reason  whatever.  Great  di- 
versity in  the  size  of  two  plants,  one  being  woody  and  the  other 
herbaceous,  one  being  evergreen  and  the  other  decidu- 
ous, an  adaptation  to  widely  different  climates,  do  not 
always  prevent  the  two  grafting  together.  As  in  hybridisa- 
tion, so  with  grafting,  the  capacity  is  limited  by  systematic 
affinity,  for  no  one  has  been  able  to  graft  together  trees  be- 
longing to  quite  distinct  families;  and,  on  the  other  hand, 
closely  allied  species,  and  varieties  of  the  same  species,  can 
usually,  but  aot  invariably,  be  grafted  with  ease.    But  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


LAWS  GOVERNING  THE  STERILITY  311 

capacity,  as  in  hybridisation,  is  by  no  means  absolutely  gov- 
erned by  systematic  affinity.  Although  many  distinct  genera 
within  the  same  family  have  been  grafted  together,  in  other 
cases  species  of  the  same  genus  will  not  take  on  each  other. 
The  pear  can  be  grafted  far  more  readily  on  the  quince, 
which  is  ranked  as  a  distinct  genus,  than  on  the  apple,  which 
is  a  member  of  the  same  genus.  Even  different  varieties  of 
the  pear  take  with  different  degrees  of  facility  on  the  quince ; 
so  do  different  varieties  of  the  apricot  and  peach  on  certain 
varieties  of  the  plum. 

As  Gartner  found  that  there  was  sometimes  an  innate  dif- 
ference in  different  individuals  of  the  same  two  species  in 
crossing;  so  Sageret  believes  this  to  be  the  case  with  different 
individuals  of  the  same  two  species  in  being  grafted  together. 
As  in  reciprocal  crosses,  the  facility  of  effecting  an  union  is 
often  very  far  from  equal,  so  it  sometimes  is  in  grafting ;  the 
common  gooseberry,  for  instance,  cannot  be  grafted  on  the 
currant,  whereas  the  currant  will  take,  though  with  difficulty, 
on  the  gooseberry. 

We  have  seen  that  the  sterility  of  hybrids,  which  have 
their  reproductive  organs  in  an  imperfect  condition,  is  a  dif- 
ferent case  from  the  difficulty  of  uniting  two  pure  species, 
which  have  their  reproductive  organs  perfect;  yet  these  two 
distinct  classes  of  cases  run  to  a  large  extent  parallel.  Some- 
thing analogous  occurs  in  grafting;  for  Thouin  found  that 
three  species  of  Robinia,  which  seeded  freely  on  their  own 
roots,  and  which  could  be  grafted  with  no  great  difficulty  on 
a  fourth  species,  when  thus  grafted  were  rendered  barren. 
On  the  other  hand,  certain  species  of  Sorbus,  when  grafted 
on  other  species  yielded  twice  as  much  fruit  as  when  on  their 
own  roots.  We  are  reminded  by  this  latter  fact  of  the  extra- 
ordinary cases  of  Hippeastrum,  Passiflora,  &c.,  which  seed 
much  more  freely  when  fertilised  with  the  pollen  of  a  dis- 
tinct species,  than  when  fertilised  with  pollen  from  the  same 
plant 

We  thus  see,  that,  although  there  is  a  clear  and  great  dif- 
ference between  the  mere  adhesion  of  grafted  stocks,  and  the 
union  of  the  male  and  female  elements  in  the  act  of  repro- 
duction, yet  that  there  is  a  rude  degree  of  parallelism  in  the 
results  of  grafting  and  of  crossing  distinct  species.    And  as 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


312  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaBS 

we  must  look  at  the  curious  and  complex  laws  govemix^  the  ' 
facility  with  which  trees  can  be  grafted  on  each  other  as  in- 
cidental on  unknown  differences  in  their  vegetative  systems, 
so  I  believe  that  the  still  more  complex  laws  governing  the 
facility  of  first  crosses  are  incidental  on  unknown  differences 
in  their  reproductive  systems.  These  differences  in  both 
cases,  follow  to  a  certain  extent,  as  might  have  been  expected, 
systematic  affinity,  by  which  term  every  kind  of  resemblance 
and  dissimilarity  between  organic  beings  is  attempted  to  be 
expressed.  The  facts  by  no  means  seem  to  indicate  that  the 
greater  or  lesser  difficulty  of  either  grafting  or  crossing  vari- 
ous species  has  been  a  special  endowment;  although  in  the 
case  of  crossing,  the  difficulty  is  as  important  for  the  endur- 
ance and  stability  of  specific  forms,  as  in  the  case  of  graft- 
ing it  is  unimportant  for  their  welfare. 

ORIGIN   AND   CAUSES  OF   THE   STERILITY  OP   FIRST  CROSSES 
AND  OF  HYBRIDS 

At  one  time  it  appeared  to  me  probable,  as  it  has  to  others, 
that  the  sterility  of  first  crosses  and  of  hybrids  might  have 
been  slowly  acquired  through  the  natural  selection  of  slightly 
lessened  degrees  of  fertHity,  which,  like  any  other  variation, 
spontaneously  appeared  in  certain  individuals  of  one  variety 
when  crossed  with  those  of  another  variety.  For  it  would 
clearly  be  advantageous  to  two  varieties  or  incipient  species, 
if  they  could  be  kept  from  blending,  on  the  same  principle 
that,  when  man  is  selecting  at  the  same  time  two  varieties, 
it  is  necessary  that  he  should  keep  them  separate.  In  the 
first  place,  it  may  be  remarked  that  species  inhabiting  dis- 
tinct regions  are  often  sterile  when  crossed;  now  it  could 
clearly  have  been  of  no  advantage  to  such  separated  species 
to  have  been  rendered  mutually  sterile,  and  consequently  this 
could  not  have  been  effected  through  natural  selection;  but 
it  may  perhaps  be  argued,  that,  if  a  species  was  rendered 
sterile  with  some  one  compatriot,  sterility  with  other  species 
would  follow  as  a  necessary  contingency.  In  the  second 
place,  it  is  almost  as  much  opposed  to  the  theory  of  natural 
selection  as  to  that  of  special  creation,  that  in  reciprocal 
crosses  the  male  element  of  one  form  should  have  been  ren- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CAUSES  OF  THE  STEBIUTY  313 

dered  utterly  impotent  on  a  second  form,  whilst  at  the  same 
time  the  male  element  of  this  second  form  is  enabled  freely 
to  fertilise  the  first  form ;  for  this  peculiar  state  of  the  repro- 
ductive system  could  hardly  have  been  advantageous  to  either 
species. 

In  considering  the  probability  of  natural  selection  having 
come  into  action,  in  rendering  species  mutually  sterile,  the 
greatest  difficulty  will  be  found  to  lie  in  the  existence  of  many 
graduated  steps  from  slightly  lessened  fertility  to  absolute 
sterility.  It  may  be  admitted  that  it  would  profit  an  incipient 
species,  if  it  were  rendered  in  some  slight  degree  sterile  when 
crossed  with  its  parent  form  or  with  some  other  variety;  for 
thus  fewer  bastardised  and  deteriorated  offspring  would  be 
produced  to  commingle  their  blood  with  the  new  species  in 
process  of  formation.  But  he  who  will  take  the  trouble  to 
reflect  on  the  steps  by  which  this  first  degree  of  sterility 
could  be  increased  through  natural  selection  to  that  high  de- 
gree which  is  common  with  so  many  species,  and  which  is 
universal  with  species  which  have  been  differentiated  to  a 
generic  or  family  rank,  will  find  the  subject  extraordinarily 
complex.  After  mature  reflection  it  seems  to  me  that  this 
could  not  have  been  effected  through  natural  selection.  Take 
the  case  of  any  two  species  which,  when  crossed,  produced 
few  and  sterile  offspring;  now,  what  is  there  which  could 
favour  the  survival  of  those  individuals  which  happened  to 
be  endowed  in  a  slightly  higher  degree  with  mutual  infer- 
tility, and  which  thus  approached  by  one  small  step  towards 
absolute  sterility  ?  Yet  an  advance  of  this  kind,  if  the  theory 
of  natural  selection  be  brought  to  bear,  must  have  incessantly 
occurred  with  many  species,  for  a  multitude  are  mutually 
quite  barren.  With  sterile  neuter  insects  we  have  reason  to 
believe  that  modifications  in  their  structure  and  fertility 
have  been  slowly  acctnnulated  by  natural  selection,  from  an 
advantage  having  been  thus  indirectly  given  to  the  com- 
munity to  which  they  belonged  over  other  communities  of  the 
same  species;  but  an  individual  animal  not  belonging  to  a 
social  community,  if  rendered  slightly  sterile  when  crossed 
with  some  other  variety,  would  not  thus  itself  gain  any  ad- 
vantage or  indirectly  give  any  advantage  to  the  other  individ- 
uals of  the  same  variety,  thus  leading  to  their  preservation. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


314  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

But  it  wotdd  be  superfluous  to  discuss  this  question  in  de- 
tail; for  with  plants  we  have  conclusive  evidence  that  the 
sterility  of  crossed  species  must  be  due  to  some  principle, 
quite  independent  of  natural  selection.  Both  Gartner  and 
Kolreuter  have  proved  that  in  genera  including  numerous 
species,  a  series  can  be  formed  from  species  which  when 
crossed  yield  fewer  and  fewer  seeds,  to  species  which  never 
produce  a  single  seed,  but  yet  are  affected  by  the  pollen  of 
certain  other  species,  for  the  germen  swells.  It  is  here  mani- 
festly impossible  to  select  the  more  sterile  individuals,  which 
have  already  ceased  to  yield  seeds ;  so  that  this  acme  of  ster- 
ility, when  the  germen  alone  is  affected,  cannot  have  been 
gained  through  selection;  and  from  the  laws  governing  the 
various  grades  of  sterility  being  so  uniform  throughout  the 
animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms,  we  may  infer  that  the  cause, 
whatever  it  may  be,  is  the  same  or  nearly  the  same  in  all 
cases. 

We  will  now  look  a  little  closer  at  the  probable  nature  of 
the  differences  between  species  which  induce  sterility  in  first 
crosses  and  in  hybrids.  In  the  case  of  first  crosses,  the 
greater  or  less  difficulty  in  effecting  an  union  and  in  obtain- 
ing offspring  apparently  depends  on  several  distinct  causes. 
There  must  sometimes  be  a  physical  impossibility  in  the  male 
element  reaching  the  ovule,  as  would  be  the  case  with  a  plant 
having  a  pistil  too  long  for  the  pollen-tubes  to  reach  the 
ovarium.  It  has  also  been  observed  that  when  the  pollen  of 
one  species  is  placed  on  the  stigma  of  a  distantly  allied  spe- 
cies, though  the  pollen-tubes  protrude,  they  do  not  penetrate 
the  stigmatic  surface.  Again,  the  male  element  may  reach  the 
female  element  but  be  incapable  of  causing  an  embryo  to  be 
developed,  as  seems  to  have  been  the  case  with  some  of  Thu- 
ret's  experiments  on  Fuci.  No  explanation  can  be  given  of 
these  facts,  any  more  than  why  certain  trees  cannot  be  grafted 
on  others.  Lastly  an  embryo  may  be  developed,  and  then  perish 
at  an  early  period.  This  latter  alternative  has  not  been  suf- 
ficiently attended  to;  but  I  believe,  from  observations  com- 
municated to  me  by  Mr.  Hewitt,  who  has  had  great  experi- 
ence in  hybridising  pheasants  and  fowls,  that  the  early  death 
of  the  embryo  is  a  very  frequent  cause  of  sterility  in  first 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CAUSES  OP  THE  STERILITY  315 

crosses.  Mr.  Salter  has  recently  given  the  results  of  an  ex- 
amination of  about  500  eggs  produced  from  various  crosses 
between  three  species  of  Gallus  and  their  hybrids;  the  ma- 
jority of  these  eggs  had  been  fertilised;  and  in  the  majority 
of  the  fertilised  eggs,  the  embryos  had  either  been  partially 
developed  and  had  then  perished,  or  had  become  nearly  ma- 
ture, but  the  young  chickens  had  been  unable  to  break  through 
the  shells.  Of  the  chickens  which  were  bom,  more  than  four- 
fifths  died  within  the  first  few  days,  or  at  latest  weeks,  "with- 
out any  obvious  cause,  apparently  from  mere  inability  to 
live;"  so  that  from  the  500  eggs  only  twelve  chickens  were 
reared.  With  plants,  hybridised  embryos  probably  often 
perish  in  a  like  manner;  at  least  it  is  known  that  hybrids 
raised  from  very  distinct  species  are  sometimes  weak  and 
dwarfed,  and  perish  at  an  early  age;  of  which  fact  Max 
Wichura  has  recently  given  some  striking  cases  with  hybrid 
willows.  It  may  be  here  worth  noticing  that  in  some  cases  of 
parthenogenesis,  the  embryos  within  the  eggs  of  silk  moths 
which  had  not  been  fertilised,  pass  through  their  early  stages 
of  development  and  then  perish  like  the  embryos  produced  by 
a  cross  between  distinct  species.  Until  becoming  acquainted 
with  these  facts,  I  was  unwilling  to  believe  in  the  frequent 
early  death  of  hybrid  embryos ;  for  hybrids,  when  once  bom, 
are  generally  healthy  and  long-lived,  as  we  see  in  the  case 
of  the  common  mule.  Hybrids,  however,  are  differently  cir- 
cumstanced before  and  after  birth;  when  bom  and  living  in 
a  country  where  their  two  parents  live,  they  are  generally 
placed  under  suitable  conditions  of  life.  But  a  hybrid  par- 
takes of  only  half  of  the  nature  and  constitution  of  its 
mother;  it  may  therefore  before  birth,  as  long  as  it  is  nour- 
ished within  its  mother's  womb,  or  within  the  egg  or  seed 
produced  by  the  mother,  be  exposed  to  conditions  in  some  de- 
gree unsuitable,  and  consequendy  be  liable  to  perish  at  an  early 
period;  more  especially  as  all  very  young  beings  are  eminently 
sensitive  to  injurious  or  unnatural  conditions  of  life.  But  af- 
ter all,  the  cause  more  probably  lies  in  some  imperfection 
in  the  original  act  of  impregnation,  causing  the  embryo  to  be 
imperfectly  developed,  rather  than  in  the  conditions  to  which 
it  is  subsequently  exposed. 
In  regard  to  the  sterility  of  hybrids,  in  which  the  sexual 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


316  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

elements  are  imperfectly  developed,  the  case  is  somewhat  dif- 
ferent. I  have  more  than  once  alluded  to  a  large  body  of 
facts  showing  that,  when  animals  and  plants  are  removed 
from  their  natural  conditions,  they  are  extremely  liable  to 
have  their  reproductive  systems  seriously  affected.  This,  in 
fact,  is  the  great  bar  to  the  domestication  of  animals.  Be- 
tween the  sterility  thus  superinduced  and  that  of  hybrids, 
there  are  many  points  of  similarity.  In  both  cases  the  steril- 
ity is  independent  of  general  health,  and  is  often  accompanied 
by  excess  of  size  or  great  luxuriance.  In  both  cases  the 
sterility  occurs  in  various  degrees ;  in  both,  the  male  element 
is  the  most  liable  to  be  affected;  but  sometimes  the  female 
more  than  the  male.  In  both,  the  tendency  goes  to  a  certain 
extent  with  systematic  affinity,  for  whole  groups  of  animals 
and  plants  are  rendered  impotent  by  the  same  unnatural  con- 
ditions; and  whole  groups  of  species  tend  to  produce  sterile 
hybrids.  On  the  other  hand,  one  species  in  a  group  will  some- 
times resist  great  changes  of  conditions  with  unimpaired 
fertility ;  and  certain  species  in  a  group  will  produce  unusually 
fertile  hybrids.  No  one  can  tell,  till  he  tries,  whether  any 
particular  animal  will  breed  under  confinement,  or  any  exotic 
plant  seed  freely  under  culture;  nor  can  he  tell  till  he  tries, 
whether  any  two  species  of  a  genus  will  produce  more  or 
less  sterile  hybrids.  Lastly,  when  organic  beings  are  placed 
during  several  generations  under  conditions  not  natural  to 
them,  they  are  extremely  liable  to  vary,  which  seems  to  be 
partly  due  to  their  reproductive  systems  having  been  specially 
affected,  though  in  a  lesser  degree  than  when  sterility  ensues. 
So  it  is  with  hybrids,  for  their  offspring  in  successive  genera- 
tions are  eminently  liable  to  vary,  as  every  experimentalist 
has  observed. 

Thus  we  see  that  when  organic  beings  are  placed  under  new 
and  unnatural  conditions,  and  when  hybrids  are  produced 
by  the  unnatural  crossing  of  two  species,  the  reproductive 
system,  independently  of  the  general  state  of  health,  is  af- 
fected in  a  very  similar  manner.  In  the  one  case,  the  condi- 
tions of  life  have  been  disturbed,  though  often  in  so  slight 
a  degree  as  to  be  inappreciable  by  us;  in  the  other  case,  or 
that  of  hybrids,  the  external  conditions  have  remained  the 
same,  but  the  organisation  has  been  disturbed  by  two  dis- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CAUSES  OF  THE  STERILITY  317 

tinct  structures  and  constitutions,  including  of  course  the 
reproductive  systems,  having  been  blended  into  one.  For 
it  is  scarcely  possible  that  two  organisations  should  be 
compounded  into  one,  without  some  disturbance  occur- 
ring in  the  development,  or  periodical  action,  or  mutual 
relations  of  the  different  parts  and  organs  one  to  another  or 
to  the  conditions  of  life.  When  hybrids  are  able  to  breed 
inter  se,  they  transmit  to  their  offspring  from  generation  to 
generation  the  same  compounded  organisation,  and  hence  we 
need  not  be  surprised  that  their  sterility,  though  in  some 
degree  variable,  does  not  diminish ;  it  is  even  apt  to  increase, 
this  being  generally  the  result,  as  before  explained,  of  too 
close  interbreeding.  The  above  view  of  the  sterility  of  hy- 
brids being  caused  by  two  constitutions  being  compounded 
into  one  has  been  strongly  maintained  by  Max  Wichura. 

It  must,  however,  be  owned  that  we  cannot  understand,  on 
the  above  or  any  other  view,  several  facts  with  respect  to  the 
sterility  of  hybrids ;  for  instance,  the  unequal  fertility  of  hy- 
brids produced  from  reciprocal  crosses ;  or  the  increased  ster- 
ility in  those  hybrids  which  occasionally  and  exceptionally 
resemble  closely  either  pure  parent.  Nor  do  I  pretend  that 
the  foregoing  remarks  go  to  the  root  of  the  matter;  no  ex- 
planation is  offered  why  an  organism,  when  placed  under  nat- 
il^al  conditions,  is  rendered  sterile.  All  that  I  have  attempted 
to  show  is,  that  in  two  cases,  in  some  respects  allied,  sterility 
is  the  common  result, — in  the  one  case  from  the  conditions 
of  life  having  been  disturbed,  in  the  other  case  from  the 
organisation  having  been  disturbed  by  two  organisations 
being  compounded  into  one. 

A  similar  parallelism  holds  good  with  an  allied  yet  very  dif- 
ferent class  of  facts.  It  is  an  old  and  almost  universal  be- 
lief founded  on  a  considerable  body  of  evidence,  which  I  have 
elsewhere  given,  that  slight  changes  in  the  conditions  of  life 
are  beneficial  to  all  living  things.  We  see  this  acted  on  by 
farmers  and  gardeners  in  their  frequent  exchanges  of  seed, 
tubers,  &c.,  from  one  soil  or  climate  to  another,  and  back 
again.  During  the  convalescence  of  animals,  great  benefit 
is  derived  from  almost  any  change  in  their  habits  of  life. 
Again,  both  with  plants  and  animals,  there  is  the  clearest 
evidence  that  a  cross  between  individuals  of  the  same  spe- 

T— HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


318  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

cies,  which  differ  to  a  certain  extent,  gives  vigour  and  fer- 
tility to  the  offspring;  and  that  close  interbreeding  continued 
during  several  generations  between  the  nearest  relations,  if 
these  be  kept  under  the  same  conditions  of  life,  almost  always 
leads  to  decreased  size,  weaknessi  or  sterility. 

Hence  it  seems  that,  on  the  one  hand,  slight  changes  in  the 
conditions  of  life  benefit  all  organic  beings,  and  on  the  other 
hand,  that  slight  crosses,  that  is  crosses  between  the  males 
and  females  of  the  same  species,  which  have  been  subjected 
to  slightly  different  conditions,  or  which  have  slightly  varied, 
give  vigour  and  fertility  to  the  offspring.  But,  as  we  have 
seen,  organic  beings  long  habituated  to  certain  uniform  condi- 
tions under  a  state  of  nature,  when  subjected,  as  under  con- 
finement, to  a  considerable  change  in  their  conditions,  very 
frequently  arc  rendered  more  or  less  sterile;  and  we  know 
that  a  cross  between  two  forms,  that  have  become  widely  or 
specifically  different,  produce  hybrids  which  are  almost  al- 
ways in  some  degree  sterile.  I  am  fully  persuaded  that  this 
double,  parallelism  is  by  no  means  an  accident  or  an  illusion. 
He  who  is  able  to  explain  why  the  elephant  and  a  multitude 
of  other  animals  are  incapable  of  breeding  when  kept  under 
only  partial  confinement  in  their  native  country,  will  be 
able  to  explain  the  primary  cause  of  hybrids  being  so  gener- 
ally sterile.  He  will  at  the  same  time  be  able  to  expla^j^ 
how  it  is  that  the  races  of  some  of  our  domesticated  animals, 
which  have  often  been  subjected  to  new  and  not  uniform  con- 
ditions, are  quite  fertile  together,  although  they  are  descended 
from  distinct  species,  which  would  probably  have  been  sterile 
if  aboriginally  crossed.  The  above  two  parallel  series  of 
facts  seem  to  be  connected  together  by  some  common  but 
unknown  bond,  which  is  essentially  related  to  the  principle  of 
life;  this  principle,  according  to  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer,  being 
that  life  depends  on,  or  consists  in,  the  incessant  action  and 
reaction  of  various  forces,  which,  as  throughout  nature,  are 
always  tending  towards  an  equilibrium;  and  when  this  ten- 
dency IS  slightly  disturbed  by  any  change,  the  vital  forces 
gain  in  power. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIMORPHISM  AND  TRIMORPHISM  319 

KECIPROCAL  DIMORPHISM  AND  TRIMORPHISM 

This  subject  may  be  here  briefly  discussed,  and  will  be 
found  to  throw  some  light  on  hybridism.  Several  plants  be- 
longing to  distinct  orders  present  two  forms,  which  exist 
in  about  equal  numbers  and  which  differ  in  no  respect  ex- 
cept in  their  reproductive  organs;  one  form  having  a  long 
pistil  with  short  stamens,  the  other  a  short  pistil  with  long 
stamens;  the  two  having  differently  sized  pollen-grains. 
With  trimorphic  plants  there  are  three  forms  likewise  differ- 
ing in  the  lengths  of  their  pistils  and  stamens,  in  the  size 
and  colour  of  ^e  pollen-grains,  and  in  some  other  respects; 
and  as  in  each  of  the  three  forms  there  are  two  sets  of  sta- 
mens, the  three  forms  possess  altogether  six  sets  of  stamens 
and  three  kinds  of  pistils.  These  organs  are  so  proportioned 
in  length  to  each  other,  that  half  the  stamens  in  two  of  the 
forms  stand  on  a  level  with  the  stigma  of  the  third  form. 
Now  I  have  shown,  and  the  result  has  been  confirmed  by 
other  observers,  that,  in  order  to  obtain  full  fertility  with 
these  plants,  it  is  necessary  that  the  stigma  of  the  one  form 
should  be  fertilised  by  pollen  taken  from  the  stamens  of  cor- 
responding height  in  another  form.  So  that  with  dimorphic 
species  two  unions,  which  may  be  called  legitimate,  are 
fdlly  fertile;  and  two,  which  may  be  called  illegitimate, 
are  more  or  less  infertile.  With  trimorphic  species  six 
unions  arc  legitimate,  or  fully  fertile, — and  twelve  are  ille- 
gitimate, or  more  or  less  infertile. 

The  infertility  which  may  be  observed  in  various  dimorphic 
and  trimorphic  plants,  when  they  are  illegitimately  fertilised, 
that  is  by  pollen  taken  from  stamens  not  corresponding  in 
height  with  the  pistil,  differs  much  in  degree,  up  to  absolute 
and  utter  sterility;  just  in  the  same  manner  as  occurs  in 
crossing  distinct  species.  As  the  degree  of  sterility  in  the 
latter  case  depends  in  an  eminent  degree  on  the  conditions 
of  life  being  more  or  less  favourable,  so  I  have  found  it 
with  illegitimate  unions.  It  is  well  known  that  if  pollen  of  a 
distinct  species  be  placed  on  the  stigma  of  a  flower,  and  its 
own  pollen  be  afterwards,  even  after  a  considerable  interval 
of  time,  placed  on  the  same  stigma,  its  action  is  so  strongly 
prepotent  that  it  generally  annihilates  the  effect  of  the  foreign 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


320  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

pollen;  so  it  is  with  the  pollen  of  the  several  forms  of  the 
same  species,  for  legitimate  pollen  is  strongly  prepotent  over 
illegitimate  pollen,  when  both  are  placed  on  the  same  stigma. 
I  ascertained  this  by  fertilising  several  flowers,  first  ille- 
gitimately, and  twenty-four  hours  afterwards  legitimately, 
with  pollen  taken  from  a  peculiarly  coloured  variety,  and 
all  the  seedlings  were  similarly  coloured;  this  shows  that 
the  legitimate  pollen,  though  applied  twenty-four  hours  sub- 
sequently, had  wholly  destroyed  or  prevented  the  action  of 
the  previously  applied  illegitimate  pollen.  Again,  as  in 
making  reciprocal  crosses  between  the  same  two  species, 
there  is  occasionally  a  great  difference  in  the  result,  so  the 
same  thing  occurs  with  trimorphic  plants;  for  instance,  the 
mid-styled  form  of  Lythrum  salicaria  was  illegitimately  fer- 
tilised with  the  greatest  ease  by  pollen  from  the  longer  sta- 
mens of  the  short-styled  form,  and  yielded  many  seeds;  but 
the  latter  form  did  not  yield  a  single  seed  when  fertilised  by 
the  longer  stamens  of  the  mid-styled  form. 

In  all  these  respects,  and  in  others  which  might  be  added, 
the  forms  of  the  same  undoubted  species  when  illegitimately 
united  behave  in  exactly  the  same  manner  as  do  two  distinct 
species  when  crossed.  This  led  me  carefully  to  observe 
during  four  years  many  seedlings,  raised  from  several  illegiti- 
mate unions.  The  chief  result  is  that  these  illegitimate  plants, 
as  they  may  be  called,  are  not  fully  fertile.  It  is  possible  to 
raise  from  dimorphic  species,  both  long-styled  and  short- 
styled  illegitimate  plants,  and  from  trimorphic  plants  all  three 
illegitimate  forms.  These  can  then  be  properly  united  in  a 
legitimate  manner.  When  this  is  done,  there  is  no  apparent 
reason  why  they  should  not  yield  as  many  seeds  as  did  their 
parents  when  legitimately  fertilised.  But  such  is  not  the 
case.  They  are  all  infertile,  in  various  degrees;  some  being 
so  utterly  and  incurably  sterile  that  they  did  not  yield  dur- 
ing four  seasons  a  single  seed  or  even  seed-capsule.  The 
sterility  of  these  illegitimate  plants,  when  united  with  each 
other  in  a  legitimate  manner,  may  be  strictly  compared  with 
that  of  hybrids  when  crossed  inter  se.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
a  hybrid  is  crossed  with  either  pure  parent-species,  the  steril- 
ity is  usually  much  lessened ;  and  so  it  is  when  an  illegitimate 
plant  is  fertilised  by  a  legitimate  plant    In  the  same  man- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DIMORPHISM  AND  TRIMORPHISM  321 

ner  as  the  sterility  of  hybrids  does  not  always  run  parallel 
with  the  difficulty  of  making  the  first  cross  between  the  two 
parent-species,  so  the  sterility  of  certain  illegitimate  plants 
was  unusually  great,  whilst  the  sterility  of  the  union  from 
which  they  were  derived  was  by  no  means  great.  With  hy- 
brids raised  from  the  same  seed-capsule  the  degree  of  ster- 
ility is  innately  variable,  so  it  is  in  a  marked  manner  with 
illegitimate  plants.  lastly,  many  hybrids  are  profuse  and 
persistent  fiowerers,  whilst  other  and  more  sterile  hybrids 
produce  few  flowers,  and  are  weak,  miserable  dwarfs; 
exactly  similar  cases  occur  with  the  illegitimate  offspring  of 
various  dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants. 

Altogether  there  is  the  closest  identity  in  character  and 
behaviour  between  illegitimate  plants  and  hybrids.  It  is 
hardly  an  exaggeration  to  maintain  that  illegitimate  plants  are 
hybrids,  produced  within  the  limits  of  the  same  species  by 
the  improper  union  of  certain  forms,  whilst  ordinary  hybrids 
are  produced  from  an  improper  union  between  so-called  dis- 
tinct species.  We  hav6  also  already  seen  that  there  is  the 
closest  similarity  in  all  respects  between  first  illegitimate 
unions  and  first  crosses  between  distinct  species.  This  will 
perhaps  be  made  more  fully  apparent  by  an  illustration;  we 
may  suppose  that  a  botanist  found  two  well-marked  varieties 
(and  such  occur)  of  the  long-styled  form  of  the  trimorphic 
Lythrum  salicaria,  and  that  he  determined  to  try  by  cross- 
ing whether  they  were  specifically  distinct.  He  would  find 
that  they  yielded  only  about  one-fifth  of  the  proper  number  of 
seed,  and  that  they  behaved  in  all  the  other  above  specified 
respects  as  if  they  had  been  two  distinct  species.  But  to  make 
the  case  sure,  he  would  raise  plants  from  his  supposed  hy- 
bridized seed,  and  he  would  find  that  the  seedlings  were  mis- 
erably dwarfed  and  utterly  sterile,  and  that  they  behaved  in 
all  other  respects  like  ordinary  hybrids.  He  might  then  main- 
tain that  he  had  actually  proved,  in  accordance  with  the 
common  view,  that  his  two  varieties  were  as  good  and  as 
distinct  species  as  any  in  the  world;  but  he  would  be  com- 
pletely mistaken. 

The  facts  now  given  on  dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants 
are  important,  because  they  show  us,  first,  that  the  physio- 
logical test  of  lessened  fertility,  both  in  first  crosses  and  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


322  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

hybrids,  is  no  safe  criterion  of  specific  distinction;  secondly, 
because  we  may  conclude  that  there  is  some  unknown  bond 
which  connects  the  infertility  of  illegitimate  unions  with 
that  of  their  illegitimate  offspring,  and  we  are  led  to  extend 
the  same  view  to  first  crosses  and  hybrids;  thirdly,  because 
we  find,  and  this  seems  to  me  of  especial  importance,  that 
two  or  three  forms  of  the  same  species  may  exist  and  may 
differ  in  no  respect  whatever,  either  in  structure  or  in  con- 
stitution, relatively  to  external  conditions,  and  yet  be  sterile 
when  united  in  certain  ways.  For  we  must  remember  that 
it  is  the  union  of  the  sexual  elements  of  individuals  of  the 
same  form,  for  instance,  of  two  long-styled  forms,  which 
results  in  sterility;  whilst  it  is  the  union  of  the  sexual 
elements  proper  to  two  distinct  forms  which  is  fertile.  Hence 
the  case  appears  at  first  sight  exactly  the  reverse  of  what 
occurs,  in  the  ordinary  unions  of  the  individuals  of  the  same 
species  and  with  crosses  between  distinct  species.  It  is, 
however,  doubtful  whether  this  is  really  so;  but  I  will  not 
enlarge  on  this  obscure  subject. 

We  may,  however,  infer  as  probable  from  the  consideration 
of  dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants^  that  the  sterility  of  dis- 
tinct species  when  crossed  and  of  their  hybrid  progeny,  de- 
pends exclusively  on  the  nature  of  their  sexual  elements,  and 
not  on  any  difference  in  their  structure  or  general  constitur 
tion.  We  are  also  led  to  this  same  conclusion  by  considering 
reciprocal  crosses,  in  which  the  male  of  one  species  cannot 
be  united,  or  can  be  united  with  great  difficulty,  with  the 
female  of  a  second  species,  whilst  the  converse  cross  can  be 
effected  with  perfect  facility.  That  excellent  observer,  Gart- 
ner, likewise  concluded  that  species  when  crossed  are  sterile 
owing  to  differences  confined  to  their  reproductive  systems. 

FERTILITY  OF  VARIETIES   WHEN   CROSSED,  AND  OF  THEIR 
MONGREL  OFFSPRING,  NOT  UNIVERSAL 

It  may  be  urged,  as  an  overwhelming  argument,  that  there 
must  be  some  essential  distinction  between  species  and  vari- 
eties, inasmuch  as  the  latter,  however  much  they  may  differ 
from  each  other  in  external  appearance,  cross  with  perfect 
facility,  and  yield  perfectly   fertile  offspring.     With  some 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FERTILITY  OP  VARIETIES  323 

exceptions,  presently  to  be  given,  I  fully  admit  that  this  is 
the  rule.  But  the  subject  is  surrounded  by  difficulties,  for, 
looking  to  varieties  produced  under  nature,  if  two  forms 
hitherto  reputed  to  be  varieties  be  found  in  any  degree  sterile 
together,  they  are  at  once  ranked  by  most  naturalists  as 
species.  For  instance,  the  blue  and  red  pimpernel,  which 
are  considered  by  most  botanists  as  varieties,  are  said  by 
Gartner  to  be  quite  sterile  when  crossed,  and  he  conse- 
quently ranks  them  as  undoubted  species.  If  we  thus  argue 
in  a  circle,  the  fertility  of  all  varieties  produced  under 
nature  will  assuredly  have  to  be  granted. 

If  we  turn  to  varieties,  produced,  or  supposed  to  have  been 
produced,  under  domestication,  we  are  still  involved  in  some 
doubt.  For  when  it  is  stated,  for  instance,  that  certain  South 
American  indigenous  domestic  dogs  do  not  readily  unite  with 
European  dogs,  the  explanation  which  will  occur  to  every 
one,  and  probably  the  true  one,  is  that  they  are  descended 
from  aboriginally  distinct  species.  Nevertheless  the  perfect 
fertility  of  so  many  domestic  races,  differing  widely  from 
each  other  in  appearance,  for  instance  those  of  the  pigeon, 
or  of  the  cabbage,  is  a  remarkable  fact ;  more  especially  when 
we  reflect  how  many  species  there  are,  which,  though  re- 
sembling each  other  most  closely,  are  utterly  sterile  when 
intercrossed.  Several  considerations,  however,  render  the 
fertility  of  domestic  varieties  less  remarkable.  In  the  first 
place,  it  may  be  observed  that  the  amount  of  external  differ- 
ence between  two  species  is  no  sure  guide  to  their  degree  of 
mutual  sterility,  so  that  similar  differences  in  the  case  of 
varieties  would  be  no  sure  guide.  It  is  certain  that  with 
species  the  cause  lies  exclusively  in  differences  in  their  sex- 
ual constitution.  Now  the  varying  conditions  to  which  do- 
mesticated animals  and  cultivated  plants  have  been  subjected, 
have  had  so  little  tendency  towards  modifying  the  repro- 
ductive system  in  a  manner  leading  to  mutual  sterility,  that 
we  have  good  grounds  for  admitting  the  directly  opposite 
doctrine  of  Pallas,  namely,  that  such  conditions  generally 
eliminate  this  tendency ;  so  that  the  domesticated  descendants 
of  species,  which  in  their  natural  state  probably  would  have 
been  in  some  degree  sterile  when  crossed,  become  perfectly 
fertile  together.     With  plants,  so  far  is  cultivation  from  giving 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


324  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

a  tendency  towards  sterility  between  distinct  species,  that  in 
several  well-authenticated  cases  already  alluded  to,  certain 
plants  have  been  affected  in  an  opposite  manner,  for  they  have 
become  self -impotent  whilst  still  retaining  the  capacity  of 
fertilising,  and  being  fertilised  by,  other  species.  If  the 
Pallasian  doctrine  of  the  elimination  of  sterility  through 
long-continued  domestication  be  admitted,  and  it  can  hardly 
be  rejected,  it  becomes  in  the  highest  degree  improbable  that 
similar  conditions,  long-continued  should  likewise  induce  this 
tendency;  though  in  certain  cases,  with  species  having  a 
peculiar  constitution,  sterility  might  occasionally  be  thus 
caused.  Thus,  as  I  believe,  we  can  understand  why  with 
domesticated  animals  varieties  have  not  been  produced  which 
are  mutually  sterile;  and  why  with  plants  only  a  few  such 
cases,  immediately  to  be  given,,  have  been  observed. 

The  real  difficulty  in  our  present  subject  is  not,  as  it  ap- 
pears to  me,  why  domestic  varieties  have  not  become  mutually 
infertile  when  crossed,  but  why  this  has  so  generally  occurred 
with  natural  varieties,  as  soon  as  they  have  been  permanently 
modified  in  a  sufficient  degree  to  take  rank  as  species.  We 
are  far  from  precisely  knowing  the  cause;  nor  is  this  sur- 
prising, seeing  how  profoundly  ignorant  we  are  in  regard 
to  the  normal  and  abnormal  action  of  the  reproductive  sys- 
tem. But  we  can  see  that  species,  owing  to  their  struggle 
for  existence  with  numerous  competitors,  will  have  been 
exposed  during  long  periods  of  time  to  more  uniform  condi- 
tions, than  have  domestic  varieties;  and  this  may  well  make 
a  wide  difference  in  the  result  For  we  know  how  com- 
monly wild  animals  and  plants,  when  taken  from  their  natural 
conditions  and  subjected  to  captivity,  are  rendered  sterile; 
and  the  reproductive  functions  of  organic  beings  which  have 
always  lived  under  natural  conditions  would  probably  in  like 
manner  be  eminently  sensitive  to  the  influence  of  an  un- 
natural cross.  Domesticated  productions,  on  the  other  hand, 
which,  as  shown  by  the  mere  fact  of  their  domestication,  were 
not  originally  highly  sensitive  to  changes  in  their  conditions 
of  life,  and  which  can  now  generally  resist  with  undiminished 
fertility  repeated  changes  of  conditions,  might  be  expected 
to  produce  varieties,  which  would  be  little  liable  to  have 
their  reproductive  powers   injuriously   affected  by  the   act 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FERTILITY  OF  VARIETIES  S25 

of  crossing  with  other  varieties  which  had  originated  in  a 
like  manner. 

I  have  as  yet  spoken  as  if  the  varieties  of  the  same  species 
were  invariably  fertile  when  intercrossed  But  it  is  im- 
possible to  resist  the  evidence  of  the  existence  of  a  certain 
amount  of  sterility  in  the  few  following  cases,  which  I  will 
briefly  abstract.  The  evidence  is  at  least  as  good  as  that 
from  which  we  believe  in  the  sterility  of  a  multitude  of  spe- 
cies. The  evidence  is,  also,  derived  from  hostile  witnesses, 
who  in  all  other  cases  consider  fertility  and  sterility  as  safe 
criterions  of  specific  distinction.  Gartner  kept  during  sev- 
eral years  a  dwarf  kind  of  maize  with  yellow  seeds,  and  a 
tall  variety  with  red  seeds  growing  near  each  other  in  his 
garden;  and  although  these  plants  have  separated  sexes,  they 
never  naturally  crossed.  He  then  fertilised  thirteen  flowers 
of  the  one  kind  with  pollen  of  the  other;  but  only  a  single 
head  produced  any  seed,  and  this  one  head  produced  only 
five  grains.  Manipulation  in  this  case  could  not  have  been 
injurious,  as  the  plants  have  separated  sexes.  No  one,  I 
believe,  has  suspected  that  these  varieties  of  maize  are  dis- 
tinct species;  and  it  is  important  to  notice  that  the  hybrid 
plants  thus  raised  were  themselves  perfectly  fertile;  so  that 
even  Gartner  did  not  venture  to  consider  the  two  varieties 
as  specifically  different. 

Girou  de  Buzareingues  crossed  three  varieties  of  gourd, 
which  like  the  maize  has  separated  sexes,  and  he  asserts 
that  their  mutual  fertilisation  is  by  so  much  the  less  easy  as 
their  differences  are  greater.  How  far  these  experiments 
may  be  trusted,  I  know  not;  but  the  forms  experimented 
on  are  ranked  by  Sageret,  who  mainly  founds  his  classifica- 
tion by  the  test  of  infertility,  as  varieties,  and  Naudin  has 
come  to  the  same  conclusion. 

The  following  case  is  far  more  remarkable,  and  seems 
at  first  incredible ;  but  it  is  the  result  of  an  astonishing  num- 
ber of  experiments  made  during  many  years  on  nine  species 
of  Verbascum,  by  so  good  an  observer  and  so  hostile  a  wit- 
ness as  Gartner :  namely  that  the  yellow  and  white  varieties 
when  crossed  produce  less  seed  than  the  similarly  coloured 
varieties  of  the  same  species.  Moreover,  he  asserts  that 
when  yellow  and  white  varieties  of  one  species  are  crossed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


326  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaBS 

with  yellow  and  white  varieties  of  a  distinct  species,  more 
seed  is  produced  by  the  crosses  between  the  similarly  coloured 
flowers,  than  between  those  which  are  differently  coloured. 
Mr.  Scott  also  has  experimented  on  the  species  and  varieties 
of  Verbascum;  and  although  unable  to  confirm  Gartner's 
results  on  the  crossing  of  the  distinct  species,  he  finds  that 
the  dissimilarly  coloured  varieties  of  the  same  species  yield 
fewer  seeds,  in  the  proportion  of  86  to  lOO,  than  the  similarly 
coloured  varieties.  Yet  these  varieties  differ  in  no  respect 
except  in  the  colour  of  their  flowers;  and  one  variety  can 
sometimes  be  raised  from  the  seed  of  another. 

Kolreuter,  whose  accuracy  has  been  confirmed  by  every 
subsequent  observer,  has  proved  the  remarkable  fact,  that 
one  particular  variety  of  the  common  tobacco  was  more 
fertile  than  the  other  varieties,  when  crossed  with  a  widely 
distinct  species.  He  experimented  on  five  forms  which  are 
c(Mnmonly  reputed  to  be  varieties,  and  which  he  tested  by 
the  severest  trial,  namely,  by  reciprocal  crosses,  and  he  found 
their  mongrel  offspring  perfectly  fertile.  But  one  of  these 
five  varieties,  when  used  either  as  the  father  or  mother,  and 
crossed  with  the  Nicotiana  glutinosa,  always  yielded  hybrids 
not  so  sterile  as  those  which  were  produced  from  the  four 
other  varieties  when  crossed  with  N.  glutinosa.  Hence  the 
reproductive  system  of  this  one  variety  must  have  been 
in  some  manner  and  in  some  degree  modified. 

From  these  facts  it  can  no  longer  be  maintained  that  var- 
ieties when  crossed  are  invariably  quite  fertile.  From  the 
great  difficulty  of  ascertaining  the  infertility  of  varieties  in 
a  state  of  nature,  for  a  supposed  variety,  if  proved  to  be  in- 
fertile in  any  degree,  would  almost  universally  be  ranked  as 
a  species; — from  man  attending  only  to  external  characters 
in  his  domestic  varieties,  and  from  such  varieties  not  hav- 
ing been  exposed  for  very  long  periods  to  uniform  conditions 
of  life; — from  these  several  considerations  we  may  conclude 
that  fertility  does  not  constitute  a  fundamental  distinction 
between  varieties  and  species  when  crossed.  The  general 
sterility  of  crossed  species  may  safely  be  looked  at,  not  as  a 
special  acquirement  or  endowment,  but  as  incidental  on 
changes  of  an  unknown  nature  in  their  sexual  elements. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HYBRIDS  AND  MONGRELS  COMPARED  327 

HYBRIDS  AND   MONGRELS  COMPARED,   INDEPENDENTLY  OF 
THEIR  FERTILITY 

Independently  of  the  question  of  fertility,  the  offspring 
of  species  and  of  varieties  when  crossed  may  be  compared 
in  several  other  respects.  Gartner,  whose  strong  wish  it  was 
to  draw  a  distinct  line  between  species  and  varieties,  could 
find  very  few,  and,  as  it  seems  to  me,  quite  unimportant  dif- 
ferences between  the  so-called  hybrid  offspring  of  species, 
and  the  so-called  mongrel  offspring  of  varieties.  And,  on  the 
other  hand,  they  agree  most  closely  in  many  important  re- 
spects. 

I  shall  here  discuss  this  subject  with  extreme  brevity.  The 
most  important  distinction  is,  that  in  the  first  generation 
mongrels  are  more  variable  than  hybrids ;  but  Gartner  admits 
that  hybrids  from  species  which  have  long  been  cultivated  are 
often  variable  in  the  first  generation ;  and  I  have  myself  seen 
striking  instances  of  this  fact.  Gartner  further  admits  that 
hybrids  between  very  closely  allied  species  are  more  variable 
than  those  from  very  distinct  species;  and  this  shows  that 
the  difference  in  the  degree  of  variability  graduates  away. 
When  mongrels  and  the  more  fertile  hybrids  are  propagated 
for  several  generations,  an  extreme  amount  of  variability  in 
the  offspring  in  both  cases  is  notorious;  but  some  few  in- 
stances of  both  hybrids  and  mongrels  long  retaining  a  uniform 
character  could  be  given.  The  variability,  however,  in  the 
successive  generations  of  mongrels  is,  perhaps,  greater  than 
in  hybrids. 

This  greater  variability  in  mongrels  than  in  hybrids  does 
not  seem  at  all  surprising.  For  the  parents  of  mongrels 
are  varieties,  and  mostly  domestic  varieties  (very  few  ex- 
periments having  been  tried  on  natural  varieties,)  and  this 
implies  that  there  has  been  recent  variability,  which  would 
often  continue  and  would  augment  that  arising  from  the  act 
of  crossing.  The  slight  variability  of  hybrids  in  the  first 
generation,  in  contrast  with  that  in  the  succeeding  genera- 
tions, is  a  curious  fact  and  deserves  attention.  For  it  bears 
on  the  view  which  I  have  taken  of  one  of  the  causes  of 
ordinary  variability;  namely,  that  the  reproductive  system 
from  being  eminently  sensitive  to  changed  conditions  of  life, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


328  ORIGIN  OF  SPEOBS 

fails  under  these  circumstances  to  perform  its  proper  func- 
tion of  producing  offspring  closely  similar  in  all  respects 
to  the  parent-form.  Now  hybrids  in  the  first  generation  are 
descended  from  specie^  (excluding  those  long-cultivated) 
which  have  not  had  their  reproductive  systems  in  any  way 
affected,  and  they  are  not  variable;  but  hybrids  themselves 
have  their  reproductive  systems  seriously  affected,  and  their 
descendants  are  highly  variable. 

But  to  return  to  our  comparison  of  mongrels  and  hybrids: 
Gartner  states  that  mongrels  are  more  liable  than  hybrids 
to  revert  to  either  parent-form;  but  this,  if  it  be  true,  is  cer- 
tainly only  a  difference  in  degree.  Moreover,  Gartner  ex- 
pressly states  that  hybrids  from  long  cultivated  plants  are 
more  subject  to  reversion  than  hybrids  from  species  in  their 
natural  state;  and  this  probably  explains  the  singular  differ- 
ence in  the  results  arrived  at  by  different  observers:  thus 
Max  Wichura  doubts  whether  hybrids  ever  revert  to  their 
parent-forms,  and  he  experimented  on  uncultivated  species 
of  willows;  whilst  Naudin,  on  the  other  hand,  insists  in  the 
strongest  terms  on  the  almost  universal  tendency  to  reversion 
in  hybrids,  and  he  experimented  chiefly  on  cultivated  plants. 
Gartner  further  states  that  when  any  two  species,  although 
most  closely  allied  to  each  other,  are  crossed  with  a  third 
species,  the  hybrids  are  widely  different  from  each  other; 
whereas  if  two  very  distinct  varieties  of  one  species  are 
crossed  with  another  species,  the  hybrids  do  not  differ  much. 
But  this  conclusion,  as  far  as  I  can  make  out,  is  founded 
on  a  single  experiment;  and  seems  directly  opposed  to  the 
results  of  several  experiments  made  by  Kolreuter. 

Such  alone  are  the  unimportant  differences  which  Gartner 
is  able  to  point  out  between  hybrid  and  mongrel  plants.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  degrees  and  kinds  of  resemblance  in 
mongrels  and  in  hybrids  to  their  respective  parents,  more 
especially  in  hybrids  produced  from  nearly  related  species, 
follow  according  to  Gartner  the  same  laws.  When  two 
species  are  crossed,  one  has  sometimes  a  prepotent  power 
of  impressing  its  likeness  on  the  hybrid.  So  I  believe  it  to 
be  with  varieties  of  plants ;  and  with  animals  one  variety  cer- 
tainly often  has  this  prepotent  power  over  another  variety. 
Hybrid  plants  produced  from  a  reciprocal  cross,  generally 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


HYBRIDS  AND  MONGRELS  COMPARED  329 

resemble  each  other  closely ;  and  so  it  is  with  mongrel  plants 
from  a  reciprocal  cross.  Both  hybrids  and  mongrels  can  be 
reduced  to  cither  pure  parent- form,  by  repeated  crosses  in 
successive  generations  with  either  parent. 

These  several  remarks  are  apparently  applicable  to  ani- 
mals; but  the  subject  is  here  much  complicated,  partly  owing 
to  the  existence  of  secondary  sexual  characters;  but  more 
especially  owing  to  prepotency  in  transmitting  likeness  run- 
ning more  strongly  in  one  sex  than  in  the  other,  both  when 
one  species  is  crossed  with  another,  and  when  one  variety  is 
crossed  with  another  variety.  For  instance,  I  think  those 
authors  are  right  who  maintain  that  the  ass  has  a  prepo- 
tent power  over  the  horse,  so  that  both  the  mule  and  the 
,hinny  resemble  more  closely  the  ass  than  the  horse; 
but  that  the  prepotency  runs  more  strongly  in  the  male 
than  in  the  female  ass,  so  that  the  mule,  which  is  the 
offspring  of  the  male  ass  and  mare,  is  more  like  an  ass, 
than  is  the  hinny,  which  is  the  offspring  of  the  female 
ass  and  stallion. 

Much  stress  has  been  laid  by  some  authors  on  the  sup- 
posed fact,  that  it  is  only  with  mongrels  that  the  offspring 
are  not  intermediate  in  character,  but  closely  resemble  one 
of  their  parents;  but  this  does  sometimes  occur  with  hy- 
brids, yet  I  grant  much  less  frequently  than  with  mongrels. 
Looking  to  the  cases  which  I  have  collected  of  cross-bred 
animals  closely  resembling  one  parent,  the  resemblances 
seem  chiefly  confined  to  characters  almost  monstrous  in  their 
nature,  and  which  have  suddenly  appeared — such  as  albinism, 
melanism,  deficiency  of  tail  or  horns,  or  additional  fingers 
and  toes;  and  do  not  relate  to  characters  which  have  been 
slowly  acquired  through  selection.  A  tendency  to  sudden 
reversions  to  the  perfect  character  of  either  parent  would, 
also,  be  much  more  likely  to  occur  with  mongrels,  which  are 
descended  from  varieties  often  suddenly  produced  and  semi- 
monstrous  in  character,  than  with  hybrids,  which  are  de- 
scended from  species  slowly  and  naturally  produced.  On  the 
whole,  I  entirely  agree  with  Dr.  Prosper  Lucas,  who,  after 
arranging  an  enormous  body  of  facts  with  respect  to  animals, 
comes  to  the  conclusion  that  the  laws  of  resemblance  of  the 
child  to  its  parents  are  the  same,  whether  the  two  parents 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


330  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

differ  little  or  much  from  each  other,  namely,  in  the  union 
of  individuals  of  the  same  variety,  or  of  different  varieties, 
or  of  distinct  species. 

Independently  of  the  question  of  fertility  and  sterility,  in 
all  other  respects  there  seems  to  he  a  general  and  close  simi- 
larity in  the  offspring  of  crossed  species,  and  of  crossed  vari- 
eties. If  we  look  at  species  as  having  heen  specially  created, 
and  at  varieties  as  having  heen  produced  by  secondary  laws, 
this  similarity  would  be  an  astonishing  fact.  But  it  har- 
monises perfectly  with  the  view  that  there  is  no  essential 
distinction  between  species  and  varieties. 

SUMMARY  OF  CHAPTER. 

First  crosses  between  forms,  sufficiently  distinct  to  be 
ranked  as  species,  and  their  hybrids,  are  very  generally, 
but  not  universally,  sterile.  The  sterility  is  of  all  degrees, 
and  is  often  so  slight  that  the  most  careful  experimentalists 
have  arrived  at  diametrically  opposite  conclusions  in  ranking 
forms  by  this  test.  The  sterility  is  innately  variable  in  indi- 
viduals of  the  same  species,  aod  is  eminently  susceptible  to 
the  action  of  favourable  and  unfavourable  conditions.  The 
degree  of  sterility  does  not  strictly  follow  systematic  affinity, 
but  is  governed  by  several  curious  and  complex  laws.  It  is 
generally  different,  and  sometimes  widely  different  in 
reciprocal  crosses  between  the  same  two  species.  It  is  not 
always  equal  in  degree  in  a  first  cross  and  in  the  hybrids 
produced  from  this  cross. 

In  the  same  manner  as  in  grafting  trees,  the  capacity  in 
one  species  or  variety  to  take  on  another,  is  incidental  on 
differences,  generally  of  an  unknown  nature,  in  their  vege- 
tative systems,  so  in  crossing,  the  greater  or  less  facility  of 
one  species  to  unite  with  another  is  incidental  on  unknown 
differences  in  their  reproductive  systems.  There  is  no  more 
reason  to  think  that  species  have  been  specially  endowed 
with  various  degrees  of  sterility  to  prevent  their  crossing 
and  blending  in  nature,  than  to  think  that  trees  have  been 
specially  endowed  with  various  and  somewhat  analogous 
degrees  of  difficulty  in  being  grafted  together  in  order  to  pre- 
vent their  inarching  in  our  forests. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUBIMARY  391 

The  sterility  of  first  crosses  and  of  their  hybrid  progeny 
has  not  been  acquired  through  natural  selection.  In  the 
case  of  first  crosses  it  seems  to  depend  on  several  circum- 
stances; in  some  instances  in  chief  part  on  the  early  death 
of  the  embryo.  In  the  case  of  hybrids,  it  apparently  depends 
on  their  whole  organisation  having  been  disturbed  by  being 
compounded  from  two  distinct  forms;  the  sterility  being 
closely  allied  to  that  which  so  frequently  affects  pure  species, 
when  exposed  to  new  and  unnatural  conditions  of  life.  He 
who  will  explain  these  latter  cases  will  be  able  to  explain 
the  sterility  of  hybrids.  This  view  is  strongly  supported  by 
a  parallelism  of  another  kind:  namely,  tha^  firstly,  slight 
changes  in  the  conditions  of  life  add  to  the  vigour  and  fertil- 
ity of  all  organic  beings ;  and  secondly,  that  the  crossing  of 
forms,  which  have  been  exposed  to  slightly  different  condi- 
tions of  life  or  which  have  varied,  favours  the  size,  vigour, 
and  fertility  of  their  offspring.  The  facts  g^ven  on  the 
sterility  of  the  illegitimate  unions  of  dimorphic  and  trimor- 
phic  plants  and  of  their  illegitimate  progeny,  perhaps  ren- 
der it  probable  that  some  unknown  bond  in  all  cases  connects 
the  degree  of  fertility  of  first  unions  with  that  of  their 
offspring.  The  consideration  of  these  facts  on  dimorphism, 
as  well  as  of  the  results  of  reciprocal  crosses,  clearly  leads 
to  the  conclusion  that  the  primary  cause  of  the  sterility 
of  crossed  species  is  confined  to  differences  in  their  sexual 
elements.  But  why,  in  the  case  of  distinct  species,  the  sexual 
elements  should  so  generally  have  become  more  or  less  modi- 
fied, leading  to  their  mutual  infertility,  we  do  not  know; 
but  it  seems  to  stand  in  some  close  relation  to  species  hav- 
ing been  exposed  for  long  periods  of  time  to  nearly  uniform 
conditions  of  life. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  the  difficulty  in  crossing  any  two 
species,  and  the  sterility  of  their  hybrid  offspring,  should 
in  most  cases  correspond,  even  if  due  to  distinct  causes:  for 
both  depend  on  the  amount  of  difference  between  the  species 
which  are  crossed.  Nor  is  it  surprising  that  the  facility  of 
effecting  a  first  cross,  and  the  fertility  of  the  hybrids  thus 
produced,  and  the  capacity  of  being  grafted  together — ^though 
this  latter  capacity  evidently  depends  on  widely  different  cir- 
cumstances— should  all  run,  to  a  certain  extent,  parallel  with 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


332  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

the  systematic  affinity  of  the  forms  subjected  to  experimient; 
for  systematic  affinity  includes  resemblances  of  all  kinds. 

First  crosses  between  forms  known  to  be  varieties,  or  suffi- 
ciently alike  to  be  considered  as  varieties,  and  their  mon- 
grel offspring,  are  very  generally,  but  not,  as  is  so  often 
stated,  invariably  fertile.  Nor  is  this  almost  universal  and 
perfect  fertility  surprising,  when  it  is  remembered  how 
liable  we  are  to  argue  in  a  circle  with  respect  to  varieties 
in  a  state  of  nature ;  and  when  we  remember  that  the  greater 
number  of  varieties  have  been  produced  under  domestication 
by  the  selection  of  mere  external  differences,  and  that  they 
have  not  been  long  exposed  to  uniform  conditions  of  life.  It 
should  also  be  especially  kept  in  mind,  that  long-continued 
domestication  tends  to  eliminate  sterility,  and  is  therefore 
little  likely  to  induce  this  same  quality.  Independently  of  the 
question  of  fertility,  in  all  other  respects  there  is  the  closest 
general  resemblance  between  hybrids  and  mongrels, — ^in  their 
variability,  in  their  power  of  absorbing  each  other  by  re- 
peated crosses,  and  in  their  inheritance  of  characters  from 
both  parent-forms.  Finally,  then,  although  we  are  as  ig- 
norant of  the  precise  cause  of  the  sterility  of  first  crosses 
and  of  hybrids  as  we  are  why  animals  and  plants  removed 
from  their  natural  conditions  become  sterile,  yet  the  facts 
given  in  this  chapter  do  not  seem  to  me  opposed  to  the  belief 
that  species  aboriginally  existed  as  varieties. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  X 
On  ths  Imperfection  of  the  Geological  Record 

On  the  absence  of  intermediate  varieties  at  the  present  day — On  the 
nature  of  extinct  intermediate  varieties;  on  their  number — On 
the  lapse  of  time,  as  inferred  from  the  rate  of  denudation  and 
of  deposition — On  the  lapse  of  time  as  estimated  by  years — 
On  the  poorness  of  our  palsontological  collections-^n  the  in- 
termittence  of  geological  formations — On  the  denudation  of 
granitic  areas — On  the  absence  of  intermediate  varieties  in  any 
one  formation — On  the  sudden  appearance  of  groups  of  species 
— On  their  sudden  appearance  in  the  lowest  known  fossiliferous 
strata — ^Antiquity  of  the  habitable  earth. 

IN  the  sixth  chapter  I  entnnerated  the  chief  objections 
which  might  be  justly  urged  against  the  views  main- 
tained in  this  volume.  Most  of  them  have  now  been  dis- 
cussed. One,  namely  the  distinctness  of  specific  forms,  and 
their  not  being  blended  together  by  innumerable  transitional 
links,  is  a  very  obvious  difficulty.  I  assigned  reasons  why 
such  links  do  not  commonly  occur  at  the  present  day  under 
the  circumstances  apparently  most  favourable  for  their  pres- 
ence, namely  on  an  extensive  and  continuous  area  with  grad- 
uated physical  conditions.  I  endeavoured  to  show,  that  the 
life  of  each  species  depends  in  a  more  important  manner  on 
the  presence  of  other  already  defined  organic  forms,  than  on 
climate,  and,  therefore,  that  the  really  governing  conditions 
of  life  do  not  graduate  away  quite  insensibly  like  heat  or 
moisture.  I  endeavoured,  also,  to  show  that  intermediate  va- 
rieties, from  existing  in  lesser  numbers  than  the  forms  which 
they  connect,  will  generally  be  beaten  out  and  exterminated 
during  the  course  of  further  modification  and  improvement 
The  main  cause,  however,  of  innumerable  intermediate  links 
not  now  occurring.  ever)rwhere  throughout  nature,  depends  on 
the  very  process  of  natural  selection,  through  which  new  va- 
rieties continually  take  the  places  of  and  supplant  their 
parent-forms.    But  jiist  in  proportion  as  this  process  of  ez- 

333 

U— HCZI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


334  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

termination  has  acted  on  an  enormous  scale,  so  must  the 
number  of  intermediate  varieties,  which  have  formerly  ex- 
isted, be  truly  enormous.  Why  then  is  not  every  geological 
formation  and  every  stratum  full  of  such  intermediate  links  ? 
Geology  assuredly  does  not  reveal  any  such  finely-graduated 
organic  chain;  and  this,  perhaps,  is  the  most  obvious  and 
serious  objection  which  can  be  urged  against  the  theory.  The 
explanation  lies,  as  I  believe,  in  the  extreme  imperfection  of 
the  geological  record. 

In  the  first  place,  it  should  always  be  borne  in  mind  what 
sort  of  intermediate  forms  must,  on  the  theory,  have  formerly 
existed.  I  have  found  it  difficult,  when  looking  at  any  two 
species,  to  avoid  picturing  to  myself  forms  directly  intermedi- 
ate between  them.  But  this  is  a  wholly  false  view ;  we  should 
always  look  for  forms  intermediate  between  each  species  and 
a  common  but  unknown  progenitor;  and  the  progenitor  will 
generally  have  differed  in  some  respects  from  all  its  modified 
descendants.  To  give  a  simple  illustration:  the  fantail  and 
pouter  pigeons  are  both  descended  from  the  rock-pigeon;  if 
we  possessed  all  the  intermediate  varieties  which  have  ever 
existed,  we  should  have  an  extremely  close  series  between 
both  and  the  rock-pigeon;  but  we  should  have  no  varieties 
directly  intermediate  between  the  fantail  and  pouter;  none, 
for  instance,  combining  a  tail  somewhat  expanded  with  a  crop 
somewhat  enlarged,  the  characteristic  features  of  these  two 
breeds.  These  two  breeds,  moreover,  have  become  so  much 
modified,  that,  if  we  had  no  historical  or  indirect  evidence 
regarding  their  origin,  it  would  not  have  been  possible  to 
have  determined,  from  a  mere  comparison  of  their  structure 
with  that  of  the  rock-pigeon,  C.  livia,  whether  they  had  de- 
scended from  this  species  or  from  some  other  allied  form, 
such  as  C.  oenas. 

So,  with  natural  species,  if  we  look  to  forms  very  distinct, 
for  instance  to  the  horse  and  tapir,  we  have  no  reason  to 
suppose  that  links  directly  intermediate  between  them  ever 
existed,  but  between  each  and  an  unknown  common  parent. 
The  common  parent  will  have  had  in  its  whole  organisation 
much  general  resemblance  to  the  tapir  and  to  the  horse;  but 
in  some  points  of  structure  may  have  differed  considerably 
from  both,  even  perhaps  more  than  they  differ  from  each 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THB  LAI^B  OF  TIME  335 

other.  Hence,  in  all  such  cases,  we  should  be  unable  to  rec- 
ognise the  parent-form  of  any  two  or  more  species,  even  if 
we  closely  compared  the  structure  of  the  parent  with  that  of 
its  modified  descendants,  unless  at  the  same  time  we  had  a 
nearly  perfect  chain  of  the  intermediate  links. 

It  is  just  possible  by  the  theory,  that  one  of  two  living 
forms  might  have  descended  from  the  other;  for  instance,  a 
horse  from  a  tapir ;  and  in  this  case  direct  intermediate  links 
will  have  existed  between  them.  But  such  a  case  would  im- 
ply that  one  form  had  remained  for  a  very  long  period  unal- 
tered, whilst  its  descendants  had  undergone  a  vast  amount 
of  change ;  and  the  principle  of  competition  between  organism 
and  organism,  between  child  and  parent,  will  render  this  a 
very  rare  event ;  for  in  all  cases  the  new  and  improved  forms 
of  life  tend  to  supplant  the  old  and  unimproved  forms. 

By  the  theory  of  natural  selection  all  living  species  have 
been  connected  with  the  parent-species  of  each  genus,  by  dif- 
ferences not  greater  than  we  see  between  the  natural  and 
domestic  varieties  of  the  same  species  at  the  present  day ;  and 
these  parent-species,  now  generally  extinct,  have  in  their 
turn  been  similarly  connected  with  more  ancient  forms;  and 
so  on  backwards,  always  converging  to  the  common  ancestor 
of  each  great  class.  So  that  the  number  of  intermediate  and 
transitional  links,  between  all  living  and  extinct  species,  must 
have  been  inconceivably  great.  But  assuredly,  if  this  theory 
be  true,  such  have  lived  upon  the  earth. 

ON  THE  LAPSE  OF  TIME^  AS   INFERRED  FROM  THE  RATE  OF 
DEPOSITION    AND   EXTENT   OF    DENUDATION 

Independently  of  our  not  finding  fossil  remains  of  such  in- 
finitely numerous  connecting  links,  it  may  be  objected  that 
time  cannot  have  sufficed  for  so  great  an  amount  of  organic 
change,  all  changes  having  been  effected  slowly.  It  is  hardly 
possible  for  me  to  recall  to  the  reader  who  is  not  a  practical 
geologist,  the  facts  leading  the  mind  feebly  to  comprehend  the 
lapse  of  time.  He  who  can  read  Sir  Charles  Lyell's  grand 
work  on  the  Principles  of  Geology,  which  the  future  historian 
will  recognise  as  having  produced  a  revolution  in  natural 
science,  and  yet  does  not  admit  how  vast  have  been  the  past 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


336  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

periods  of  time,  may  at  once  close  this  volume.  Not  that  it 
suffices  to  study  the  Principles  of  Geology,  or  to  read  special 
treatises  by  different  observers  on  separate  formations,  and 
to  mark  how  each  author  attempts  to  give  an  inadequate  idea 
of  the  duration  of  each  formation,  or  even  of  each  stratum. 
We  can  best  gain  some  idea  of  past  time  by  knowing  the 
agencies  at  work,  and  learning  how  deeply  the  surface  of  the 
land  has  been  denuded,  and  how  much  sediment  has  been  de- 
posited. As  Lyell  has  well  remarked,  the  extent  and  thick- 
ness of  our  sedimentary  formations  are  the  result  and  the 
measure  of  the  denudation  which  the  earth's  crust  has  else- 
where undergone.  Therefore  a  man  should  examine  for 
himself  the  great  piles  of  superimposed  strata,  and  watch  the 
rivulets  bringing  down  mud^.and  the  waves  wearing  away  the 
sea-cliffs,  in  order  to  comprehend  something  about  the  dura- 
tion of  past  time,  the  monuments  of  which  we  see  all 
around  us. 

It  is  good  to  wander  along  the  coast,  when  formed  of  mod- 
erately hard  rocks,  and  mark  the  process  of  degradation.  The 
tides  in  most  cases  reach  the  cliffs  only  for  a  short  time  twice 
a  day,  and  the  waves  eat  into  them  only  when  they  are 
charged  with  sand  or  pebbles ;  for  there  is  good  evidence  that 
pure  water  effects  nothing  in  wearing  away  rock.  At  last 
the  base  of  the  cliff  is  undermined,  huge  fragments  fall  down, 
and  these,  remaining  fixed,  have  to  be  worn  away  atom  by 
atom,  until  after  being  reduced  in  size  they  can  be  rolled 
about  by  the  waves,  and  then  they  are  more  quickly  ground 
into  pebbles,  sand,  or  mud.  But  how  often  do  we  see  along 
the  bases  of  retreating  cliffs  rounded  boulders,  all  thickly 
clothed  by  marine  productions,  showing  how  little  they  are 
abraded  and  how  seldom  they  are  rolled  about!  Moreover, 
if  we  follow  for  a  few  miles  any  line  of  rocky  cliff,  which  is 
undergoing  degradation,  we  find  that  it  is  only  here  and  there, 
along  a  short  length  or  round  a  promontory,  that  the  cliffs 
are  at  the  present  time  suffering.  The  appearance  of  the  sur- 
face and  the  vegetation  show  that  elsewhere  years  have 
elapsed  since  the  waters  washed  their  base. 

We  have,  however,  recently  learnt  from  the  observations 
of  Ramsay,  in  the  van  of  many  excellent  observers — of  Jukes, 
Geikie,  Croll,  and  others,  that  subaerial  degradation  is  a 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THE  LAPSE  OF  TIME  337 

much  more  important  agency  than  coast-action,  or  the  power 
of  the  waves.  The  whole  surface  of  the  land  is  exposed  to 
the  chemical  action  of  the  air  and  of  the  rain-water  with  its 
dissolved  carbonic  acid,  and  in  colder  countries  to  frost;  the 
disintegrated  matter  is  carried  down  even  gentle  slopes  dur- 
ing heavy  rain,  and  to  a  greater  extent  than  might  be  sup- 
posed, especially  in  arid  districts,  by  the  wind;  it  is  then 
transported  by  the  streams  and  rivers,  which  when  rapid 
deepen  their  channels,  and  triturate  the  fragments.  On  a 
rainy  day,  even  in  a  gently  undulating  country,  we  see  the 
effects  of  subaerial  degradation  in  the  muddy  rills  which  flow 
down  every  slope.  Messrs.  Ramsay  and  Whitaker  have 
shown,  and  the  observation  is  a  most  striking  one,  that  the 
great  lines  of  escarpment  in  the  Wealden  district  and  those 
ranging  across  England,  which  formerly  were  looked  at  as 
ancient  sea-coasts,  cannot  have  been  thus  formed,  for  each 
line  is  composed  of  one  and  the  same  formation,  whilst  our 
sea-cliffs  are  everywhere  formed  by  the  intersection  of  vari- 
ous formations.  This  being  the  case,  we  are  compelled  to 
admit  that  the  escarpments  owe  their  origin  in  chief  part  to 
the  rocks  of  which  they  are  composed  having  resisted  subae- 
rial denudation  better  than  the  surrounding  surface ;  this  sur- 
face consequently  has  been  gradually  lowered,  with  the  lines 
of  harder  rock  left  projecting.  NoUiing  impresses  the  mind 
with  the  vast  duration  of  time,  according  to  our  ideas  of  time, 
more  forcibly  than  the  conviction  thus  gained  that  subaerial 
agencies  which  apparently  have  so  little  power,  and  which 
seem  to  work  so  slowly,  have  produced  great  results. 

When  thus  impressed  with  the  slow  rate  at  which  the. land 
is  worn  away  through  subaerial  and  littoral  action,  it  is  good, 
in  order  to  appreciate  the  past  duration  of  time,  to  consider 
on  the  one  hand,  the  masses  of  rock  which  have  been  re- 
moved over  many  extensive  areas,  and  on  the  other  hand  the 
thickness  of  our  sedimentary  formations.  I  remember  hav- 
ing been  much  struck  when  viewing  volcanic  islands,  which 
have  been  worn  by  the  waves  and  pared  all  round  into  per- 
pendicular cliffs  of  one  or  two  thousand  feet  in  height;  for 
the  gentle  slope  of  the  lava-streams,  due  to  their  formerly 
liquid  state,  showed  at  a  glance  how  far  the  hard,  rocky  beds 
had  once  extended  into  the  open  ocean.    The  same  story  is 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


338  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

told  still  more  plainly  by  faults, — ^those  great  cracks  along 
which  the  strata  have  been  upheaved  on  one  side,  or  thrown 
down  on  the  other,  to  the  height  or  depth  of  thousands  of 
feet;  for  since  the  crust  cracked,  and  it  makes  no  great  dif- 
ference whether  the  upheaval  was  sudden,  or,  as  most  geolo- 
gists now  believe,  was  slow  and  effected  by  many  starts,  the 
surface  of  the  land  has  been  so  completely  planed  down  that 
no  trace  of  these  vast  dislocations  is  externally  visible.  The 
Craven  fault,  for  instance,  extends  for  upwards  of  30  miles, 
and  along  this  line  the  vertical  displacement  of  the  strata 
varies  from  600  to  3000  feet.  Professor  Ramsay  has  pub- 
lished an  account  of  a  downthrow  in  Anglesea  of  2300  feet; 
and  he  informs  me  that  he  fully  believes  that  there  is  one  in 
Merionethshire  of  12,000  feet;  yet  in  these  cases  there  is 
nothing  on  the  surface  of  the  land  to  show  such  prodigious 
movements;  the  pile  of  rocks  on  either  side  of  the  crack 
having  been  smoothly  swept  away. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  all  parts  of  the  world  the  piles  of 
sedimentary  strata  are  of  wonderful  thickness.  In  the  Cor- 
dillera I  estimated  one  mass  of  conglomerate  at  ten  thou- 
sand feet;  and  although  conglomerates  have  probably  been 
accumulated  at  a  quicker  rate  than  finer  sediments,  yet  from 
being  formed  of  worn  and  rounded  pebbles,  each  of  which 
bears  the  stamp  of  time,  they  are  good  to  show  how  slowly 
the  mass  must  have  been  heaped  together.  Professor  Ramsay 
has  given  me  the  maximum  thickness,  from  actual  measure- 
ment in  most  cases,  of  the  successive  formations  in  different 
parts  of  Great  Britain;  and  this  is  the  result: — 

Feet 

Palsosoic  strata  (not  including  Igneons  beds)     57»i54 

Secondary  strata      ^3i^90 

Tertlaty  strata 8,240 

—making  altogether  72,584  feet;  that  is,  very  nearly  thirteen 
and  three-quarters  British  miles.  Some  of  the  formations, 
which  are  represented  in  England  by  thin  beds,  are  thousands 
of  feet  in  thickness  on  the  Continent.  Moreover,  between 
each  successive  formation,  we  have,  in  the  opinion  of  most 
geologists,  blank  periods  of  enormous  length.  So  that  the 
lofty  pile  of  sedimentary  rocks  in  Britain  gives  but  an  inade- 
quate idea  of  the  time  which  has  elapsed  during  their  accu- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


THB  LAPSE  OP  TIIIB  S99 

mulation.  The  consideration  of  these  various  facts  impresses 
the  mind  almost  in  the  same  manner  as  does  the  vain  en- 
deavour to  grapple  with  the  idea  of  eternity. 

Nevertheless  this  impression  is- partly  false.  Mr.  Croll,  in 
an  interesting  paper,  remarks  that  we  do  not  err  "in  forming 
too  great  a  conception  of  the  length  of  geological  periods/' 
but  in  estimating  them  by  years.  When  geologists  look  at 
large  and  complicated  phenomena,  and  then  at  the  figures  rep- 
resenting several  million  years,  the  two  produce  a  totally 
different  effect  on  the  mind,  and  the  figures  are  at  once  pro- 
nounced too  small.  In  regard  to  subaerial  denudation,  Mr. 
Croll  shows,  by  calculating  the  known  amount  of  sediment 
annually  brought  down  by  certain  rivers,  relatively  to  their 
areas  of  drainage,  that  looo  feet  of  solid  rock,  as  it  became 
gradually  disintegrated,  would  thus  be  removed  from  the 
mean  level  of  the  whole  area  in  the  course  of  six  million 
years. 

This  seems  an  astonishing  result,  and  some  considera- 
tions lead  to  the  suspicion  that  it  may  be  too  large,  but  even 
if  halved  or  quartered  it  is  still  very  surprising.  Few  of  us, 
however,  know  what  a  million  really  means :  Mr.  Croll  gives 
the  following  illustration:  take  a  narrow  strip  of  paper,  83 
feet  4  inches  in  length,  and  stretch  it  along  the  wall  of  a  large 
hall;  then  mark  off  at  one  end  the  tenth  of  an  inch.  This 
tenth  of  an  inch  will  represent  one  hundred  years,  and  the 
entire  strip  a  million  years.  But  let  it  be  borne  in  mind,  in 
relation  to  the  subject  of  this  work,  what  a  hundred  years 
implies,  represented  as  it  is  by  a  measure  utterly  insignificant 
in  a  hall  of  the  above  dimensions.  Several  eminent  breeders, 
during  a  single  lifetime,  have  so  largely  modified  some  of  the 
higher  animals,  which  propagate  their  kind  much  more  slowly 
than  most  of  the  lower  animals,  that  they  have  formed  what 
well  deserves  to  be  called  a  new  sub-breed.  Few  men  have 
attended  with  due  care  to  any  one  strain  for  more  than  half 
a  century,  so  that  a  hundred  years  represents  the  work  of  two 
breeders  in  succession.  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  species 
in  a  state  of  nature  'ever  change  so  quickly  as  domestic  ani- 
mals under  the  guidance  of  methodical  selection.  The  com- 
parison would  be  in  every  way  fairer  with  the  effects  which 
follow  from  unconscious  selection,  that  is  the  preservation  of 


Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


M)  0EI6IN  OP  SPBaBS 

the  most  useful  or  beautiful  animals,  with  no  intention  of 
modifying  the  breed;  but  by  this  process  of  unconscious 
selection,  various  breeds  have  been  sensibly  changed  in  the 
course  of  two  or  three  centuries. 

Species,  however,  probably  change  muoh  more  slowly,  and 
within  the  same  country  only  a  few  change  at  the  same  time. 
This  slowness  follows  from  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  same 
country  being  already  so  well  adapted  to  each  other,  that  new 
places  in  the  polity  of  nature  do  not  occur  until  after  long 
intervals,  due  to  the  occurrence  of  physical  changes  of  some 
kind,  or  through  the  immigration  of  new  forms.  Moreover 
variations  or  individual  differences  of  the  right  nature,  by 
which  some  of  the  inhabitants  might  be  better  fitted  to  their 
new  places  under  the  altered  circumstances,  would  not  always 
occur  at  once.  Unfortunately  we  have  no  means  of  deter- 
mining, according  to  the  standard  of  years,  how  long  a 
period  it  takes  to  modify  a  species ;  but  to  the  subject  of  time 
we  must  return. 

ON  THE  POORNESS  OP  PAUBONTOLOGICAL  COLLECTIONS 

Now  let  us  turn  to  our  richest  geological  museums,  and 
what  a  paltry  display  we  behold!  That  our  collections  are 
imperfect  is  admitted  by  every  one.  The  remark  of  that  ad- 
mirable palaeontologist,  Edward  Forbes,  should  never  be  for- 
gotten, namely,  that  very  many  fossil  species  are  known  and 
named  from  single  and  often  broken  specimens,  or  from  a 
few  specimens  collected  on  some  one  spot  Only  a  small  por- 
tion of  the  surface  of  the  earth  has  been  geologically  ex- 
plored, and  no  part  with  sufficient  care,  as  the  important 
discoveries  made  every  year  in  Europe  prove.  No  organism 
wholly  soft  can  be  preserved.  Shells  and  bones  decay  and 
disappear  when  left  on  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  where  secUment 
is  not  accumulating.  We  probably  take  a  quite  erroneous 
view,  when  we  assume  that  sediment  is  being  deposited  over 
nearly  the  whole  bed  of  the  sea,  at  a  rate  sufficiently  quick 
to  embed  and  preserve  fossil  remains.  Throughout  an  enor- 
mously large  proportion  of  the  ocean,  the  bright  blue  tint  of 
the  water  bespeaks  its  purity.  The  many  cases  on  record  of 
a  formation  conformably  covered,  after  an  immense  interval 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PALJBOMTOLOGICAL  COLLECnONS  341 

of  time,  by  another  and  later  formation,  without  the  under- 
lying bed  having  suffered  in  the  interval  any  wear  and  tear, 
seem  explicable  only  on  the  view  of  the  bottom  of  the  sea  not 
rarely  lying  for  ages  in  an  unaltered  condition.  The  remains 
which  do  become  embedded,  if  in  sand  or  gravel,  will,  when 
the  beds  are  upraised,  generally  be  dissolv^  by  the  percola- 
tion of  rain-water  charged  with  carbonic  acid.  Some  of  the 
many  kinds  of  animals  which  live  on  the  beach  between  high 
and  low  water  mark  seem  to  be  rarely  preserved.  For  in- 
stance, the  several  species  of  the  Chthamalinae  (a  sub-family 
of  sessile  cirripedes)  coat  the  rocks  all  over  the  world  in 
infinite  numbers ;  they  are  all  strictly  littoral,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  a  single  Mediterranean  species,  which  inhabits  deep 
water,  and  this  has  been  found  fossil  in  Sicily,  whereas  not 
one  other  species  has  hitherto  been  found  in  any  tertiary 
formation;  yet  it  is  known  that  the  genus  Chthamalus  ex- 
isted during  the  Chalk  period.  Lastly,  many  great  deposits 
requiring  a  vast  length  of  time  for  their  accumulation,  are 
entirely  destitute  of  organic  remains,  without  our  being  able 
to  assign  any  reason:  one  of  the  most  striking  instances  is 
that  of  the  Flysch  formation,  which  consists  of  shale  and 
sandstone,  several  thousand,  occasionally  even  six  thousand 
feet  in  thickness,  and  extending  for  at  least  300  miles  from 
Vienna  to  Switzerland;  and  although  this  great  mass  has 
been  most  carefully  searched,  no  fossils,  except  a  few  vege- 
table remains,  have  been  found. 

With  respect  to  the  terrestrial  productions  which  lived 
during  the  Secondary  and  Palaeozoic  periods,  it  is  superfluous 
to  state  that  our  evidence  is  fragmentary  in  an  extreme  de- 
gree. For  instance,  until  recently  not  a  land-shell  was  known 
belonging  to  either  of  these  vast  periods,  with  the  exception 
of  one  species  discovered  by  Sir  C.  Lyell  and  Dr.  Dawson  in 
the  carboniferous  strata  of  North  America;  but  now  land- 
shells  have  been  found  in  the  lias.  In  regard  to  mammifer- 
ous  remains,  a  glance  at  the  historical  table  published  in 
Lyell's  Manual  will  bring  home  the  truth,  how  accidental  and 
rare  is  their  preservation,  far  better  than  pages  of  detail. 
Nor  is  their  rarity  surprising,  when  we  remember  how  large 
a  proportion  of  the  bones  of  tertiary  mammals  have  been 
discovered  either  in  caves  or  in  lacustrine  deposits;  and  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


342  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

not  a  cave  or  true  lacustrine  bed  is  known  belonging  to  the 
age  of  our  secondary  or  palaeozoic  formations. 

But  the  imperfection  in  the  geological  record  largely  re- 
sults from  another  and  more  important  cause  than  any  of  the 
foregoing;  namely,  from  the  several  formations  being  sep- 
arated from  each  other  by  wide  intervals  of  time.  This  doc- 
trine has  been  emphatically  admitted  by  many  geologists  and 
palaeontologists,  who,  like  £.  Forbes,  entirely  disbelieve  in 
the  change  of  species.  When  we  see  the  formations  tabulated 
in  written  works,  or  when  we  follow  them  in  nature,  it  is 
difficult  to  avoid  believing  that  they  are  closely  consecutive. 
But  we  know,  for  instance,  from  Sir  R.  Murchison's  great 
work  on  Russia,  what  wide  gaps  there  are  in  that  country 
between  the  superimposed  formations;  so  it  is  in  North 
America,  and  in  many  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  most 
skilful  geologist,  if  his  attention  had  been  confined  exclusively 
to  these  large  territories,  would  never  have  suspected  that, 
during  the  periods  which  were  blank  and  barren  in  his  own 
country,  great  piles  of  sediment,  charged  with  new  and  pe- 
culiar forms  of  life,  had  elsewhere  been  accumulated.  And 
if,  in  each  separate  territory,  hardly  any  idea  can  be  formed 
of  the  length  of  time  which  has  elapsed  between  the  consecu- 
tive formations,  we  may  infer  that  this  could  nowhere  be 
ascertained.  The  frequent  and  great  changes  in  the  mineral- 
ogical  composition  of  consecutive  formations,  generally  im- 
plying great  changes  in  the  geography  of  the  surrounding 
lands,  whence  the  sediment  was  derived,  accord  with  the 
belief  of  vast  intervals  of  time  having  elapsed  between  each 
formation. 

We  can,  I  think,  see  why  the  geological  formations  of  each 
region  are  almost  invariably  intermittent;  that  is,  have  not 
followed  each  other  in  close  sequence.  Scarcely  any  fact 
struck  me  more  when  examining  many  hundred  miles  of  the 
South  American  coasts,  which  have  been  upraised  several 
hundred  feet  within  the  recent  period,  than  the  absence  of 
any  recent  deposits  sufficiently  extensive  to  last  for  even  a 
short  geological  period.  Along  the  whole  west  coast,  which 
is  inhabited  by  a  peculiar  marine  fauna,  tertiary  beds  are  so 
poorly  developed,  that  no  record  of  several  successive  and 
peculiar  marine  faunas  will  probably  be  preserved  to  a  distant 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PAL^ONTOLOGICAL  COLLECTIONS  343 

age.  A  little  reflection  will  explain  why,  along  the  rising 
coast  of  the  western  side  of  South  America,  no  extensive 
formations  with  recent  or  tertiary  remains  can  an3rwhere  be 
found,  though  the  supply  of  sediment  must  for  ages  have 
been  great,  from  the  enormous  degradation  of  the  coast-rocks 
and  from  muddy  streams  entering  the  sea.  The  explanation, 
no  doubt,  is,  that  the  littoral  and  sub-littoral  deposits  are 
continually  worn  away,  as  soon  as  they  are  brought  up  by 
the  slow  and  gradual  rising  of  the  land  within  the  grinding 
action  of  the  coast-waves. 

We  may,  I  think,  conclude  that  sediment  must  be  accumu- 
lated in  extremely  thick,  solid,  or  extensive  masses,  in  order 
to  withstand  the  incessant  action  of  the  waves,  when  first 
upraised  and  during  successive  oscillations  of  level,  as  well  as 
the  subsequent  subaerial  degradation.  Such  thick  and  ex- 
tensive accumulations  of  sediment  may  be  formed  in  two 
ways;  either  in  profound  depths  of  the  sea,  in  which  case 
the  bottom  will  not  be  inhabited  by  so  many  and  such  varied 
forms  of  life,  as  the  more  shallow  seas;  and  the  mass  when 
upraised  will  give  an  imperfect  record  of  the  organisms 
which  existed  in  the  neighbourhood  during  the  period  of  its 
accumulation.  Or,  sediment  may  be  deposited  to  any  thick- 
ness and  extent  over  a  shallow  bottom,  if  it  continue  slowly 
to  subside.  In  this  latter  case,  as  long  as  the  rate  of  subsi- 
dence and  the  supply  of  sediment  nearly  balance  each  other, 
the  sea  will  remain  shallow  and  favourable  for  many  and 
varied  forms,  and  thus  a  rich  fossiliferous  formation,  thick 
enough,  when  upraised,  to  resist  a  large  amount  of  denuda- 
tion, may  be  formed. 

I  am  convinced  that  nearly  all  our  ancient  formations, 
which  are  throughout  the  greater  part  of  their  thickness  rich 
in  fossils,  have  thus  been  formed  during  subsidence.  Since 
publishing  my  views  on  this  subject  in  1845,  I  have  watched 
the  progress  of  Geology,  and  have  been  surprised  to  note  how 
author  after  author,  in  treating  of  this  or  that  great  forma- 
tion, has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  was  accumulated 
during  subsidence.  I  may  add,  that  the  only  ancient  tertiary 
formation  on  the  west  coast  of  South  America,  which  has 
been  bulky  enough  to  resist  such  degradation  as  it  has  as  yet 
suffered,  but  which  will  hardly  last  to  a  distant  geological 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


344  OEIGIN  OF  9PECIES 

age,  was  deposited  during  a  downward  oscillation  of  level, 
and  thus  gained  considerable  thickness. 

All  geological  facts  tell  us  plainly  that  each  area  has  under- 
gone numerous  slow  oscillations  of  level,  and  apparently  these 
oscillations  have  affected  wide  spaces.  Consequently,  forma- 
tions rich  in  fossils  and  sufficiently  thick  and  extensive  to 
resist  subsequent  degradation,  will  have  been  formed  over 
wide  spaces  during  periods  of  subsidence,  but  only  where  the 
supply  of  sediment  was  sufficient  to  keep  the  sea  shallow  and 
to  embed  and  preserve  the  remains  before  they  had  time  to 
decay.  On  the  other  hand,  as  long  as  the  bed  of  the  sea 
remains  stationary,  thick  deposits  cannot  have  been  accumu- 
lated in  the  shallow  parts,  which  are  the  most  favourable  to 
life.  Still  less  can  this  have  happened  during  the  alternate 
periods  of  elevation;  or,  to  speak  more  accurately,  the  beds 
which  were  then  accumulated  will  generally  have  been  de- 
stroyed by  being  upraised  and  brought  within  the  limits  of 
the  coast-action. 

These  remarks  apply  chiefly  to  littoral  and  sub-littoral  de- 
posits. In  the  case  of  an  extensive  and  shallow  sea,  such  as 
that  within  a  large  part  of  the  Malay  Archipelago,  where  the 
depth  varies  from  30  or  40  to  60  fathoms,  a  widely  extended 
formation  might  be  formed  during  a  period  of  elevation,  and 
yet  not  suffer  excessively  from  denudation  during  its  slow 
upheaval;  but  the  thickness  of  the  formation  could  not  be 
great,  for  owing  to  the  elevatory  movement  it  would  be  less 
than  the  depth  in  which  it  was  formed ;  nor  would  the  deposit 
be  much  consolidated,  nor  be  capped  by  overlying  formations, 
so  that  it  would  run  a  good  chance  of  being  worn  away  by 
atmospheric  degradation  and  by  the  action  of  the  sea  during 
subsequent  oscillations  of  level.  It  has,  however,  been  sug- 
gested by  Mr.  Hopkins,  that  if  one  part  of  the  area,  after 
rising  and  before  being  denuded,  subsided,  the  deposit  formed 
during  the  rising  movement,  though  not  thick,  might  after- 
wards become  protected  by  fresh  accumulations,  and  thus  be 
preserved  for  a  long  period. 

Mr.  Hopkins  also  expresses  his  belief  that  sedimentary  beds 
of  considerable  horizontal  extent  have  rarely  been  completely 
destroyed.  But  all  geologists,  excepting  the  few  who  believe 
that  our  present  metamorphic  schists  and  plutonic  rocks  once 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


4pALJB0NT0L0GICAL  COLLECTIONS  345 

formed  the  primordial  nucleus  of  the  globe,  will  admit  that 
these  latter  rocks  have  been  stript  of  their  covering  to  an 
enormous  extent.  For  it  is  scarcely  possible  that  such  rocks 
could  have  been  solidified  and  crystallized  whilst  uncovered; 
but  if  the  metamorphic  action  occurred  at  profound  depths  of 
the  ocean,  the  former  protecting  mantle  of  rock  may  not  have 
been  very  thick.  Admitting  then  that  gneiss,  mica-schist, 
granite,  diorite,  &c.,  were  once  necessarily  covered  up,  how 
can  we  account  for  the  naked  and  extensive  areas  of  such 
rocks  in  many  parts  of  the  world,  except  on  the  belief  that 
they  have  subsequently  been  completely  denuded  of  all  over- 
lying strata?  That  such  extensive  areas  do  exist  cannot  be 
doubted;  the  granitic  region  of  Parime  is  described  by  Hum- 
boldt as  being  at  least  nineteen  times  as  large  as  Switzerland. 
South  of  the  Amazon,  Boue  colours  an  area  composed  of 
rocks  of  this  nature  as  equal  to  that  of  Spain,  France,  Italy, 
part  of  Germany,  and  the  British  Islands,  all  conjoined.  This 
region  has  not  been  carefully  explored,  but  from  the  concur- 
rent testimony  of  travellers,  the  granitic  area  is  very  large; 
thus.  Von  Eschwege  gives  a  detailed  section  of  these  rocks, 
stretching  from  Rio  de  Janeiro  for  260  geographical  miles 
inland  in  a  straight  line;  and  I  travelled  for  150  miles  in 
another  direction,  and  saw  nothing  but  granitic  rocks.  Nu- 
merous specimens,  collected  along  the  whole  coast  from  near 
Rio  Janeiro  to  the  mouth  of  the  Plata,  a  distance  of  iioo  geo- 
graphical miles,  were  examined  by  n«e,  and  they  all  belonged 
to  this  class.  Inland,  along  the  whole  northern  bank  of  the 
Plata  I  saw,  besides  modem  tertiary  beds,  only  one  small 
patch  of  slightly  metamorphosed  rock,  which  alone  could 
have  formed  a  part  of  the  original  capping  of  the  granitic 
series.  Turning  to  a  well-known  region,  namely,  to  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  as  shown,  in  Professor  H.  D. 
Rogers's  beautiful  map,  I  have  estimated  the  areas  by  cutting 
out  and  weighing  the  paper,  and  I  find  that  the  metamorphic 
(excluding  "the  semi-metamorphic")  and  granitic  rocks  ex- 
ceed, in  the  proportion  of  19  to  12-5,  the  whole  of  the  newer 
Palaeozoic  formations.  In  many  regions  the  metamorphic  and 
granitic  rocks  would  be  found  much  more  widely  extended 
than  they  appear  to  be,  if  all  the  sedimentary  beds  were  re- 
moved which  rest  tmconformably  on  them,  and  which  could 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


346  OBI6IN  OF  SPEOES 

not  have  formed  part  of  the  origiiial  mantle  under  which  they 
were  crystallized.  Hence  it  is  probable  that  in  some  parts 
of  the  world  whole  formations  have  been  completely  de- 
nuded, with  not  a  wreck  left  behind. 

One  remark  is  here  worth  a  passing  notice.  During  periods 
of  elevation  the  area  of  the  land  and  of  the  adjoining  shoal 
parts  of  the  sea  will  be  increased,  and  new  stations  will  often 
be  formed: — all  circumstances  favourable,  as  previously  ex- 
plained, for  the  formation  of  new  varieties  and  species;  but 
during  such  periods  there  will  generally  be  a  blank  in  the 
geological  record.  On  the  other  hand,  during  subsidence,  the 
inhabited  area  and  number  of  inhabitants  will  decrease  (ex- 
cepting on  the  shores  of  a  continent  when  first  broken  up  into 
an  archipelago),  and  consequently  during  subsidence,  though 
there  will  be  much  extinction,  few  new  varieties  or  species 
will  be  formed;  and  it  is  during  these  very  periods  of  subsi- 
dence,  that  the  deposits  which  are  richest  in  fossils  have  been 
accumulated. 

ON  THE  ABSENCE  OP  NUMEROUS  INTERMEDIATE  VARIETIES 
IN  ANY  SINGLE  FORMATION 

From  these  several  considerations,  it  cannot  be  doubted 
that  the  geological  record,  viewed  as  a  whole,  is  extremely 
imperfect;  but  if  we  confine  our  attention  to  any  one  forma- 
tion, it  becomes  much  m#re  difficult  to  understand  why  we  do 
not  therein  find  closely  graduated  varieties  between  the  allied 
species  which  lived  at  its  commencement  and  at  its  close. 
Several  cases  are  on  record  of  the  same  species  presenting 
varieties  in  the  upper  and  lower  parts  of  the  same  formation ; 
thus,  Trautschold  gives  a  number  of  instances  with  Ammo- 
nites; and  Hilgendorf  has  described  a  most  curious  case  of 
ten  graduated  forms  of  Planorbis  multiformis  in  the  succes- 
sive beds  of  a  fresh-water  formation  in  Switzerland.  Although 
each  formation  has  indisputably  required  a  vast  number  of 
years  for  its  deposition,  several  reasons  can  be  given  why 
each  should  not  commonly  include  a  graduated  series  of  links 
between  the  species  which  lived  at  its  commenceraent  and 
close;  but  I  cannot  assign  due  proportional  weight  to  the 
following  considerations. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCE  OF  INTBRBfEDIATB  VARIETIES         347 

Although  each  formation  may  mark  a  very  long  lapse  of 
years,  each  probably  is  short  compared  with  the  period  requi- 
site to  change  one  species  into  another.  I  am  aware  that  two 
palaeontologists,  whose  opinions  are  worthy  of  much  defer- 
ence, namely  Bronn  and  Woodward,  have  concluded  that  the 
average  duration  of  each  formation  is  twice  or  thrice  as  long 
as  the  average  duration  of  specific  forms.  But  insuperable 
difficulties,  as  it  seems  to  me,  prevent  us  from  coming  to  any 
just  conclusion  on  this  hdad.  When  we  sec  a  species  first 
appearing  in  the  middle  of  any  formation,  it  would  be  rash 
in  the  extreme  to  infer  that  it  had  not  elsewhere  previously 
existed.  So  again  when  we  find  a  species  disappearing  before 
the  last  layers  have  beep  deposited)  it  would  be  equally  rash 
to  suppose  that  it  then  became  extinct.  We  forget  how  small 
the  area  of  Europe  is  compared  with  the  rest  of  the  world; 
nor  have  the  several  stages  of  the  same  formation  throughout 
Europe  been  correlated  with  perfect  accuracy. 

We  may  safely  infer  that  with  marine  animals  of  all  kinds 
there  has  been  a  large  amount  of  migration  due  to  climatal 
and  other  changes;  and  when  we  see  a  species  first  appearing 
in  any  formation,  the  probability  is  that  it  only  then  first  im- 
migrated into  that  area.  It  is  well  known,  for  instance,  that 
several  species  appear  somewhat  earlier  in  the  palaeozoic  beds 
of  North  America  than  in  those  of  Europe;  time  having  ap- 
parently been  required  for  their  migration  from  the  American 
to  the  European  seas.  In  examining  the  latest  deposits  in 
various  quarters  of  the  world,  it  has  everywhere  been  noted, 
that  some  few  still  existing  species  are  common  in  the  de> 
posit,  but  have  become  extinct  in  the  immediately  surround- 
ing sea;  or,  conversely,  that  some  are  now  abundant  in  the 
neighbouring  sea,  but  are  rare  or  absent  in  this  particular 
deposit.  It  is  an  excellent  lesson  to  reflect  on  the  ascer- 
tained amount  of  migration  of  the  inhabitants  of  Europe  dur- 
ing the  glacial  epoch,  which  forms  only  a  part  of  one  whole 
geological  period;  and  likewise  to  reflect  on  the  changes  of 
level,  on  the  extreme  change  of  climate,  and  on  the  great 
lapse  of  time,  all  included  within  this  same  glacial  period. 
Yet  it  may  be  doubted  whether,  in  any  quarter  of  the  world, 
sedimentary  deposits,  including  fossil  remains,  have  gone  on 
accumulating  within  the  same  area  during  the  whole  of  this 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


348  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

period.  It  is  not,  for  instance,  probable  that  sediment  was 
deposited  during  the  whole  of  the  glacial  period  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Mississippi,  within  that  limit  of  depth  at  which 
marine  animals  can  best  flourish:  for  we  know  that  great 
geographical  changes  occurred  in  other  parts  of  America  dur- 
ing this  space  of  time.  When  such  beds  as  were  deposited  in 
shallow  water  near  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  during  some 
part  of  the  glacial  period  shall  have  been  upraised,  organic 
remains  will  probably  first  appear  and  disappear  at  different 
levels,  owing  to  the  migrations  of  species  and  to  geographical 
changes.  And  in  the  distant  future,  a  geologist,  examining 
those  beds,  would  be  tempted  to  conclude  that  the  average 
duration  of  life  of  the  embedded  fossils  had  been  less  than 
that  of  the  glacial  period,  instead  of  having  been  really  far 
greater,  that  is,  extending  from  before  the  glacial  epoch  to 
the  present  day. 

In  order  to  get  a  perfect  gradation  between  two  forms  in 
the  upper  and  lower  parts  of  the  same  formation,  the  deposit 
must  have  gone  on  continuously  accumulating  during  a  long 
period,  sufficient  for  the  slow  process  of  modification;  hence 
the  deposit  must  be  a  very-  thick  one ;  and  the  species  under- 
going change  must  have  lived  in  the  same  district  throughout 
the  whole  time.  But  we  have  seen  that  a  thick  formation, 
fossiliferous  throughout  its  entire  thickness,  can  accumulate 
only  during  a  period  of  subsidence ;  and  to  keep  the  depth  ap- 
proximately the  same,  which  is  necessary  that  the  same 
marine  species  may  live  on  the  same  space,  the  supply  of 
sediment  must  nearly  counterbalance  the  amount  of  subsi- 
dence. But  this  same  movement  of  subsidence  will  tend  to 
submerge  the  area  whence  the  sediment  is  derived,  and  thus 
diminish  the  supply,  whilst  the  downward  movement  con- 
tinues. In  fact,  this  nearly  exact  balancing  between  the 
supply  of  sediment  and  the  amount  of  subsidence  is  probably 
a  rare  contingency;  for  it  has  been  observed  by  more  than 
one  palaeontologist,  that  very  thick  deposits  are  usually 
barren  of  organic  remains,  except  near  their  upper  or  lower 
limits. 

It  would  seem  that  each  separate  formation,  like  the  whole 
pile  of  formations  in  any  country,  has  generally  been  inter- 
mittent in  its  accumulation.    When  we  see,  as  is  so  often  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCE  OF  INTERMEDIATE  VARIETIES       340 

case,  a  formation  composed  of  beds  of  widely  different  min- 
eralogical  composition,  we  may  reasonably  suspect  that  the 
process  of  deposition  has  been  more  or  less  interrupted.  Nor 
will  the  closest  inspection  of  a  formation  give  us  any  idea  of 
the  length  of  time  which  its  deposition  may  have  consumed. 
Many  instances  could  be  given  of  beds  only  a  few  feet 
in  thickness,  representing  formations,  which  are  elsewhere 
thousands  of  feet  in  thickness,  and  which  must  have  required 
an  enormous  period  for  their  accumulation;  yet  no  one  igno- 
rant of  this  fact  would  have  even  suspected  the  vast  lapse  of 
time  represented  by  the  thinner  formation.  Many  cases  could 
be  given  of  the  lower  beds  of  a  formation  having  been  up- 
raised, denuded,  submerged,  and  then  re-covered  by  the  upper 
beds  of  the  same  formation, — facts,  showing  what  wide,  yet 
easily  overlooked,  intervals  have  occurred  in  its  accumula- 
tion. In  other  cases  we  have  the  plainest  evidence  in  great 
fossilised  trees,  still  standing  upright  as  they  grew,  of  many 
long  intervals  of  time  and  changes  of  level  during  the  process 
of  deposition,  which  would  not  have  been  suspected,  had  not 
the  trees  been  preserved:  thus  Sir  C.  Lyell  and  Dr.  Dawson 
found  carboniferous  beds  1400  feet  tnick  in  Nova  Scotia,  with 
ancient  root-bearing  strata,  one  above  the  other  at  no  less 
than  sixty-eight  different  levels.  Hence,  when  the  same 
species  occurs  at  the  bottom,  middle,  and  top  of  a  formation, 
the  probability  is  that  it  has  not  lived  on  the  same  spot  during 
the  whole  period  of  deposition,  but  has  disappeared  and  reap- 
peared, perhaps  many  times,  during  the  same  geological 
period.  Consequently  if  it  were  to  undergo  a  considerable 
amount  of  modification  during  the  deposition  of  any  one  geo- 
logical formation,  a  section  would  not  include  all  the  fine 
intermediate  gradations  which  must  on  our  theory  have  ex- 
isted, but  abrupt,  though  perhaps  slight,  changes  of  form. 

It  is  all-important  to  remember  that  naturalists  have  no 
golden  rule  by  which  to  distinguish  species  and  varieties; 
they  grant  some  little  variability  to  each  species,  but  when 
they  meet  with  a  somewhat  greater  amount  of  difference  be- 
tween any  two  forms,  they  rank  both  as  species,  unless  they 
are  enabled  to  connect  them  together  by  the  closest  inter- 
mediate gradations ;  and  this,  from  the  reasons  just  assigned, 
we  can  seldom  hope  to  effect  in  any  one  geological  section. 

V^HCXI    • 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


350  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

Supposing  B  and  C  to  be  two  species,  and  a  third,  A,  to  be 
found  in  an  older  and  underlying  bed ;  even  if  A  were  strictly 
intermediate  between  B  and  C,  it  would  simply  be  ranked  as  a 
third  and  distinct  species,  unless  at  the  same  time  it  could  be 
closely  connected  by  intermediate  varieties  with  either  one  or 
both  forms.  Nor  should  it  be  forgotten,  as  before  explained, 
that  A  might  be  the  actual  progenitor  of  B  and  C,  and  yet 
would  not  necessarily  be  strictly  intermediate  between  them 
in  all  respects.  So  that  we  might  obtain  the  parent-species 
and  its  several  modified  descendants  from  the  lower  and 
upper  beds  of  the  sanie  formation,  and  unless  we  obtained 
numerous  transitional  gradations,  we  should  not  recognise 
their  blood-relationship,  and  should  consequently  rank  them 
as  distinct  species. 

It  is  notorious  on  what  excessively  slight  differences  many 
palaeontologists  have  founded  their  species;  and  they  do  this 
the  more  readily  if  the  specimens  come  from  different  sub- 
stages  of  the  same  formation.  Some  experienced  concholo- 
gists  are  now  sinking  many  of  the  very  fine  species  of 
D'Orbigny  and  others  in|p  the  rank  of  varieties ;  and  on  this 
view  we  do  find  the  kind  of  evidence  of  change  which  on  the 
theory  we  ought  to  find.  Look  again  at  the  later  tertiary  de- 
posits, which  include  many  shells  believed  by  the  majority  of 
naturalists  to  be  identical  with  existing  species ;  but  some  ex- 
cellent naturalists,  as  Agassiz  and  Pictet,  maintain  that  all 
these  tertiary  species  are  specifically  distinct,  though  the  dis- 
tinction is  admitted  to  be  very  slight ;  so  that  here,  unless  we 
believe  that  these  eminent  naturalists  have  been  misled  by 
their  imaginations,  and  that  these  late  tertiary  species  really 
present  no  difference  whatever  from  their  living  representa- 
tives, or  unless  we  admit,  in  opposition  to  the  judgment  of 
most  naturalists,  that  these  tertiary  species  are  all  truly  dis- 
tinct from  the  recent,  we  have  evidence  of  the  frequent  oc- 
currence of  slight  modifications  of  the  kind  required.  If  we 
lock  to  rather  wider  intervals  of  time,  namely,  to  distinct  but 
consecutive  stages  of  the  same  great  formation,  we  find  that 
the  embedded  fossils,  though  universally  ranked  as  specific- 
ally different,  yet  are  far  more  closely  related  to  each  other 
than  are  the  species  found  in  more  widely  separated  forma- 
tions; so  that  here  again  we  have  undoubted  evidence  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCE  OF  INTERMEDIATE  VARIETIES         351 

change  in  the  direction  required  by  the  theory;  but  to  this 
latter  subject  I  shall  return  in  the  following  chapter. 

With  animals  and  plants  that  propagate  rapidly  and  do  not 
wander  much,  there  is  reason  to  suspect,  as  we  have  formerly 
seen,  that  their  varieties  are  generally  at  first  local ;  and  that 
such  local  varieties  do  not  spread  widely  and  supplant 
their  parent-forms  until  they  have  been  modified  and  per- 
fected in  some  considerable  degree.  According  to  this  view, 
the  chance  of  discovering  in  a  formation  in  any  one  country 
all  the  early  stages  of  transition  between  any  two  forms,  is 
small,  for  the  successive  changes  are  supposed  to  have  been 
local  or  confined  to  some  one  spot.  Most  marine  animals 
have  a  wide  range;  and  we  have  seen  that  with  plants  it  is 
those  which  have  the  widest  range,  that  oftenest  present  va- 
rieties; so  that,  with  shells  and  other  maripe  animals,  it  is 
probable  that  those  which  had  the  widest  range,  far  exceed- 
ing the  limits  of  the  known  geological  formations  in  Europe, 
have  oftenest  given  rise,  first  to  local  varieties  and  ultimately 
to  new  species;  and  this  again  would  greatly  lessen  the 
chance  of  our  being  able  to  trace  the  stages  of  transition  in 
any  one  geological  formation. 

It  is  a  more  important  consideration,  leading  to  the  same 
result,  as  lately  insisted  on  by  Dr.  Falconer,  namely,  that  the 
period  during  which  each  species  underwent  modification, 
though  long  as  measured  by  years,  was  probably  short  in 
comparison  with  that  during  which  it  remained  without  un- 
dergoing any  change. 

It  should  not  be  forgotten,  that  at  the  present  day,  with 
perfect  specimens  for  examination,  two  forms  can  seldom  be 
connected  by  intermediate  varieties,  and  thus  proved  to  be 
the  same  species,  until  many  specimens  are  collected  from 
'  many  places ;  and  with  fossil  species  this  can  rarely  be  donie. 
We  shall,  perhaps,  best  perceive  the  improbability  of  our 
being  enabled  to  connect  species  by  numerous,  fine,  inter- 
mediate, fossil  links,  by  asking  ourselves  whether,  for  in- 
stance, geologists  at  some  future  period  will  be  able  to  prove 
that  our  different  breeds  of  cattle,  sheep,  horses,  and  dogs  are 
descended  from  a  single  stock  or  from  several  aboriginal 
stocks;  or,  again,  whether  certain  sea-shells  inhabiting  the 
shores  of  North  America,  which  are  ranked  by  some  con- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


352  ORIGIN  OF'  SPECIES 

chologists  as  distinct  species  from  their  European  representa- 
tives, and  by  other  conchologists  as  only  varieties,  are  really 
varieties,  or  are,  as  it  is  called,  specifically  distinct  This 
could  be  effected  by  the  future  geologist  only  by  his  discov- 
ering in  a  fossil  state  numerous  intermediate  gradations;  and 
such  success  is  improbable  in  the  highest  degree. 

It  has  been  asserted  over  and  over  again,  by  writers  who 
believe  in  the  immutability  of  species,  that  geology  yields 
no  linking  forms.  This  assertion,  as  we  shall  see  in  the  next 
chapter,  is  certainly  erroneous.  As  Sir  J.  Lubbock  has  re- 
marked, "Every  species  is  a  link  between  other  allied  forms." 
If  we  take  a  genus  having  a  score  of  species,  recent  and  ex- 
tinct, and  destroy  four-fifths  of  them,  no  one  doubts  that  the 
remainder  will  stand  much  more  distinct  from  each  other. 
If  the  extreme  forms  in  the  genus  happen  to  have  been  thus 
destroyed,  the  genus  itself  will  stand  more  distinct  from 
other  allied  genera.  What  geological  research  has  not  re- 
vealed, is  the  former  existence  of  infinitely  numerous  grada- 
tions, as  fine  as  existing  varieties,  connecting  together  nearly 
all  existing  and  extinct  species.  But  this  ought  not  to  be  ex- 
pected; yet  this  has  been  repeatedly  advanced  as  a  most 
serious  objection  against  my  views. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  sum  up  the  foregoing  remarks  on 
the  causes  of  the  imperfection  of  the  geological  record  under 
an  imaginary  illustration.  The  Malay  Archipelago  is  about 
the  size  of  Europe  from  the  North  Cape  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean, and  from  Britain  to  Russia;  and  therefore  equals  all 
the  geological  formations  which  have  been  examined  with  any 
accuracy,  excepting  those  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
I  fully  agree  with  Mr.  Godwin-Austen,  that  the  present  con- 
dition of  the  Malay  Archipelago,  with  its  numerous  large 
islands  separated  by  wide  and  shallow  seas,  probably  repre- 
sents the  former  state  of  Europe,  whilst  most  of  our  forma- 
tions were  accumulating.  The  Malay  Archipelago  is  one  of 
the  richest  regions  in  organic  beings;  yet  if  all  the  species 
were  to  be  collected  which  have  ever  lived  there,  how  im- 
perfectly would  they  represent  the  natural  history  of  the 
world  ! 

But  we  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  the  terrestrial 
productions  of  the  archipelago  would  be  preserved  in  an  ex- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCE  OF  INTERMEDIATE  VARIETIES         353 

trcmely  imperfect  manner  in  the  formations  which  we  sup- 
pose to  be  there  accumulating.  Not  many  of  the  strictly 
littoral  animals,  or  of  those  which  lived  on  naked  submarine 
rocks,  would  be  embedded;  and  those  embedded  in  gravel  or 
sand  would  not  endure  to  a  distant  epoch.  Wherever  sedi- 
ment did  not  accumulate  on  the  bed  of  the  sea,  or  where  it 
did  not  accumulate  at  a  sufficient  rate  to  protect  organic 
bodies  from  decay,  no  remains  could  be  preserved. 

Formations  rich  in  fossils  of  many  kinds,  and  of  thickness 
sufficient  to  last  to  an  age  as  distant  in  futurity  as  the  sec- 
ondary formations  lie  in  the  past,  would  generally  be  formed 
in  the  archipelago  only  during  periods  of  subsidence.  These 
periods  of  subsidence  would  be  separated  from  each  other 
by  immense  intervals  of  time,  during  which  the  area  would 
be  either  stationary  or  rising;  whilst  rising,  the  fossiliferous 
formations  on  the  steeper  shores  would  be  destroyed,  almost 
as  soon  as  accumulated,  by  the  incessant  coast-action,  as  we 
now  see  on  the  shores  of  South  America.  Even  throughout 
the  extensive  and  shallow  seas  -within  the  archipelago,  sedi- 
mentary beds  could  hardly  be  accumulated  of  great  thickness 
during  the  periods  of  elevation,  or  become  capped  and  pro- 
tected by  subsequent  deposits,  so  as  to  have  a  good  chance  of 
enduring  to  a  very  distant  future.  During  the  periods 
of  subsidence,  there  would  probably  be  much  extinction 
of  life ;  during  the  periods  of  elevation,  there  would  be  much 
variation,  but  the  geological  record  would  then  be  less 
perfect. 

It  may  be  doubted  whether  the  duration  of  any  one  great 
period  of  subsidence  over  the  whole  or  part  of  the  archipel- 
ago, together  with  a  contemporaneous  accumulation  of  sedi- 
ment, would  exceed  the  average  duration  of  the  same  specific 
forms ;  and  these  contingencies  are  indispensable  for  the  pres- 
ervation of  all  the  transitional  gradations  between  any  two  or 
more  species.  If  such  gradations  were  not  all  fully  pre- 
served, transitional  varieties  would  merely  appear  as  so  many 
new,  though  closely  allied  species.  It  is  also  probable  that 
each  great  period  of  subsidence  would  be  interrupted  by  os- 
cillations of  level,  and  that  slight  climatal  changes  would 
intervene  during  such  lengthy  periods;  and  in  these  cases  the 
inhabitants  of  the  archipelago  would  migrate,  and  no  closely 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


354  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

consecutive  record  of  their  modifications  could  be  preserved 
in  any  one  formation. 

Very  many  of  the  marine  inhabitants  of  the  archipelago 
now  range  thousands  of  miles  beyond  its  confines;  and  anal- 
ogy plainly  leads  to  the  belief  that  it  would  be  chiefly  these 
far-ranging  species,  though  only  some  of  them,  which  would 
oftenest  produce  new  varieties;  and  the  varieties  would  at 
first  be  local  or  confined  to  one  place,  but  if  possessed  of  any 
decided  advantage,  or  when  further  modified  and  improved, 
they  would  slowly  spread  and  supplant  their  parent-forms. 
When  such  varieties  returned  to  their  ancient  homes,  as  they 
would  differ  from  their  former  state  in  a  nearly  uniform, 
though  perhaps  extremely  slight  degree,  and  as  they  would 
be  found  embedded  in  slightly  different  sub-stages  of  the 
same  formation,  they  would,  according  to  the  principles  fol- 
lowed by  many  palaeontologists,  be  ranked  as  new  and  distinct 
species. 

If  then  there  be  some  degree  of  truth  in  these  remarks,  we 
have  no  right  to  expect  to  find,  in  our  geological  formations, 
an  infinite  number  of  those  fine  transitional  forms  which,  on 
our  theory,  have  connected  all  the  past  and  present  species 
of  the  same  group  into  one  long  and  branching  chain  of  life. 
We  ought  only  to  look  for  a  few  links,  and  such  assuredly 
we  do  find — some  more  distantly,  some  more  closely,  related 
to  each  other;  and  these  links,  let  them  be  ever  so  close,  if 
found  in  different  stages  of  the  same  formation,  would,  by 
many  palaeontologists,  be  ranked  as  distinct  species.  But  I 
do  not  pretend  that  I  should  ever  have  suspected  how  poor 
was  the  record  in  the  best  preserved  geological  sections,  had 
not  the  absence  of  innumerable  transitional  links  between  the 
species  which  lived  at  the  commencement  and  close  of  each 
formation,  pressed  so  hardly  on  my  theory. 

ON  THE  SUDDEN  APPEARANCE  OF  WHOLE  GROUPS  OF 
ALLIED  SPECIES 

The  abrupt  manner  in  which  whole  groups  of  species  sud- 
denly appear  in  certain  formations,  has  been  urged  by  several 
palaeontologists — for  instance,  by  Agassiz,  Pictet,  and  Sedg- 
wick—as  a  fatal  objection  to  the  belief  in  the  transmutation 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


APPEARANCE  OF  WHOLE  GROUPS  SS5 

of  species.  If  numerous  species,  belonging  to  the  same  gen- 
era or  families,  have  really  started  into  life  at  once,  the  fact 
would  be  fatal  to  the  theory  of  evolution  through  natural 
selection.  For  the  development  by  this  means  of  a  group  of 
forms,  all  of  which  are  descended  from  some  one  progenitor, 
must  have  been  an  extremely  slow  process;  and  the  progeni- 
tors must  have  lived  long  before  their  modified  descendants. 
But  we  continually  overrate  the  perfection  of  the  geological 
record,  and  falsely  infer,  because  certain  genera  or  families 
have  not  been  found  beneath  a  certain  stage,  that  they  did 
not  exist  before  that  stage.  In  all  cases  positive  pakeonto- 
logical  evidence  may  be  implicitly  trusted;  negative  evidence 
is  worthless,  as  experience  has  so  often  shown.  We  contin- 
ually forget  how  large  the  world  is,  compared  with  the  area 
over  which  our  geological  formations  have  been  carefully  ex- 
amined ;  we  forget  that  groups  of  species  may  elsewhere  have 
long  existed,  and  have  slowly  multiplied,  before  they  invaded 
the  ancient  archipelagoes  of  Europe  and  the  United  States. 
We  do  not  make  due  allowance  for  the  intervals  of  time 
which  have  elapsed  between  our  consecutive  formations, — 
longer  perhaps  in  many  cases  than  the  time  required  for  the 
accumulation  of  each  formation.  These  intervals  will  have 
given  time  for  the  multiplication  of  species  from  some  one 
parent- form:  and  in  the  succeeding  formation,  such  groups 
or  species  will  appear  as  if  suddenly  created. 

I  may  here  recall  a  remark  formerly  made,  namely,  that  it 
might  require  a  long  succession  of  ages  to  adapt  an  organism 
to  some  new  and  peculiar  line  of  life,  for  instance,  to  fly 
through  the  air ;  and  consequently  that  the  transitional  forms 
would  often  long  remain  confined  to  some  one  region;  but 
that,  when  this  adaptation  had  once  been  effected,  and  a  few 
species  had  thus  acquired  a  great  advantage  over  other  or- 
ganisms, a  comparatively  short  time  would  be  necessary  to 
produce  many  divergent  forms,  which  would  spread  rapidly 
and  widely,  throughout  the  world.  Professor  Pictet,  in  his 
excellent  Review  of  this  work,  in  commenting  on  early 
transitional  forms,  and  taking  birds  as  an  illustration,  cannot 
see  how  the  successive  modifications  of  the  anterior  limbs  of 
a  supposed  prototype  could  possibly  have  been  of  any  advan- 
tage.   But  look  at  the  penguins  of  the  Southern  Ocean ;  have 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


356  OBIGW  OP  SPECIES 

not  these  birds  their  front  limbs  in  this  precise  intermediate 
state  of  "neither  true  arms  nor  true  wings"  ?  Yet  these  birds 
hold  their  place  victoriously  in  the  battle  for  life;  for  they 
exist  in  infinite  numbers  and  of  many  kinds.  I  do  not  sup- 
pose that  we  here  see  the  real  transitional  grades  through 
which  the  wings  of  birds  have  passed;  but  what  special  diffi- 
culty is  there  in  believing  that  it  might  profit  the  modified 
descendants  of  the  penguin;  first  to  become  enabled  to  flap 
along  the  surface  of  the  sea  like  the  logger-headed  duck,  and 
ultimately  to  rise  from  its  surface  and  glide  through  the  air? 
I  will  now  give  a  few  examples  to  illustrate  the  foregoing 
remarks,  and  to  show  how  liable  we  are  to  error  in  supposing 
that  whole  groups  of  species  have  suddenly  been  produced. 
Even  in  so  short  an  interval  as  that  between  the  first  and 
second  editions  of  Pictet's  great  work  on  Palaeontol(^;yy  pub- 
lished in  1844-46  and  1853-57,  the  conclusions  on  the  first  ap- 
pearance and  disappearance  of  several  groups  of  animals 
have  been  considerably  modified;  and  a  third  edition  would 
require  still  further  changes.  I  may  recall  the  well-known 
fact  that  in  geological  treatises,  published  not  many  years 
ago,  mammals  were  always  spoken  of  as  having  sd>ruptly 
come  in  at  the  commencement  of  the  tertiary  series.  And 
now  one  of  the  richest  known  accumulations  of  fossil  mam- 
mals belongs  to  the  middle  of  the  secondary  series;  and  true 
mammals  have  been  discovered  in  the  new  red  sandstone  at 
nearly  the  commencement  of  this  great  series.  Cuvier  used 
to  urge  that  no  monkey  occurred  in  any  tertiary  stratum ;  but 
now  extinct  species  have  been  discovered  in  India,  South 
America,  and  in  Europe,  as  far  back  as  the  miocene  stage. 
Had  it  not  been  for  the  rare  accident  of  the  preservation  of 
footsteps  in  the  new  red  sandstone  of  the  United  States,  who 
would  have  ventured  to  suppose  that  no  less  than  at  least 
thirty  different  bird-like  animals,  some  of  gigantic  size,  existed 
during  that  period?  Not  a  fragment  of  bone  has  been  dis-* 
covered  in  these  beds.  Not  long  ago,  palaeontologists  main- 
tained that  the  whole  class  of  birds  came  suddenly  into  ex- 
istence during  the  eocene  period;  but  now  we  know,  on  the 
authority  of  Professor  Owen,  that  a  bird  certainly  lived  dur- 
ing the  deposition  of  the  upper  greensand ;  and  still  more  re- 
cently, that    strange   bird,    the    Archeopteryx,  with  a  long 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


APPEARANCB  OP  WHOLE  GROUPS  9S7 

lizard-like  tail,  bearing  a  pair  of  feathers  on  each  joint,  and 
with  its  wings  furnished  with  two  free  claws,  has  been  dis- 
covered in  the  oolitic  slates  of  Solenhofen.  Hardly  any  recent 
discovery  shows  more  forcibly  than  this,  how  little  we  as  yet 
know  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  the  world. 

I  may  give  another  instance,  which,  from  having  passed 
under  my  own  eyes,  has  much  struck  me.  In  a  memoir  on 
Fossil  Sessile  Cirripedes,  I  stated  that,  from  the  large  number 
of  existing  and  extinct  tertiary  species ;  from  the  extraordi- 
nary abundance  of  the  individuals  of  many  species  all  over 
the  world,  from  the  Arctic  regions  to  the  equator,  inhabiting 
various  zones  of  depths  from  the  upper  tidal  limits  to  50 
fathoms;  from  the  perfect  manner  in  which  specimens  are 
preserved  in  the  oldest  tertiary  beds;  from  the  ease  with 
which  even  a  fragment  of  a  valve  can  be  recognized;  from 
all  these  circumstances,  I  inferred  that,  had  sessile  cirripedes 
existed  during  the  secondary  periods,  they  would  certainly 
have  been  preserved  and  discovered;  and  as  not  one  species 
had  then  been  discovered  in  beds  of  this  age,  I  concluded  that 
this  great  group  had  been  suddenly  developed  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  tertiary  series.  This  was  a  sore  trouble 
to  me,  adding  as  I  then  thought  one  more  instance  of  the 
abrupt  appearance  of  a  great  group  of  species.  But  my  work 
had  hardly  been  published,  when  a  skilful  palaeontologist,  M. 
Bosquet,  sent  me  a  drawing  of  a  perfect  specimen  of  an  un- 
mistakeable  sessile  cirripede,  which  he  had  himself  extracted 
from  the  chalk  of  Belgium.  And,  as  if  to  make  the  case  as 
striking  as  possible,  this  cirripede  was  a  Chthamalus,  a  very 
common,  large,  and  ubiquitous  genus,  of  which  not  one 
species  has  as  yet  been  found  even  in  any  tertiary  stratum. 
Still  more  recently,  a  Pyrgoma,  a  member  of  a  distinct  sub- 
family of  sessile  cirripedes,  has  been  discovered  by  Mr. 
Woodward  m  the  upper  chalk;  so  that  we  now  have  abundant 
evidence  of  the  existence  of  this  group  of  animals  during  the 
secondary  period. 

The  case  most  frequently  insisted  on  by  palaeontologists  of 
the  apparently  sudden  appearance  of  a  whole  group  of  species, 
is  that  of  the  teleostean  fishes,  low  down,  according  to  Agas- 
siz,  in  the  Chalk  period.  This  group  includes  the  large  ma- 
jority of  existing  species.    But  certain  Jurassic  and  Triassic 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


858  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

forms  are  now  commonly  admitted  to  be  teleostean ;  and  even 
some  palaeozoic  forms  have  thus  been  classed  by  one  high 
authority.  If  the  teleosteans  had  really  appeared  suddenly  in 
the  northern  hemisphere  at  the  commencement  of  the  chalk 
formation,  the  fact  would  have  been  highly  remarkable;  but 
it  would  not  have  formed  an  insuperable  difficulty,  unless  it 
could  likewise  have  been  shown  that  at  the  same  period  the 
species  were  suddenly  and  simultaneously  developed  in  other 
quarters  of  the  world.  It  is  almost  superfluous  to  remark 
that  hardly  any  fossil-fish  are  known  from  south  of  the 
equator ;  and  by  running  through  Pictet's  Palaeontology  it  will 
be  seen  that  very  few  species  are  known  from  several  forma- 
tions in  Europe.  Some  few  families  of  fish  now  have  a  con- 
fined range;  the  teleostean  fishes  might  formerly  have  had  a 
similarly  confined  range,  and  after  having  been  largely  de- 
veloped in  some  one  sea,  have  spread  widely.  Nor  have  we 
any  right  to  suppose  that  the  seas  of  the  world  have  always 
been  so  freely  open  from  south  to  north  as  they  are  at  pres- 
ent. Even  at  this  day,  if  the  Malay  Archipelago  were  con- 
verted into  land,  the  tropical  parts  of  the  Indian  Ocean  would 
form  a  large  and  perfectly  enclosed  basin,  in  which  any  great 
group  of  marine  animals  might  be  multiplied;  and  here  they 
would  remain  confined,  until  some  of  the  species  became 
adapted  to  a  cooler  climate,  and  were  enabled  to  double  the 
Southern  capes  of  Africa  or  Australia,  and  thus  reach  other 
and  distant  seas. 

From  these  considerations,  from  our  ignorance  of  the  geol- 
ogy of  other  countries  beyond  the  confines  of  Europe  and  the 
United  States,  and  from  the  revolution  in  our  palaeontological 
knowledge  effected  by  the  discoveries  of  the  last  dozen  years, 
it  seems  to  me  to  be  about  as  rash  to  dogmatize  on  the  suc- 
cession of  organic  forms  throughout  the  world,  as  it  would 
be  for  a  naturalist  to  land  for  five  minutes  on  a  barren  point 
in  Australia,  and  then  to  discuss  the  number  and  range  of  its 
productions. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUDDEN  APPEARANCE  OF  GROUPS  359 

ON  THE  SUDDEN  APPEARANCE  OP  GROUPS  OF  ALLIED  SPECIES 
IN  THE  LOWEST  KNOWN  FOSSILIFEROUS  STRATA 

There  is  another  and  allied  difficulty,  which  is  much  more 
serious.  I  allude  to  the  manner  in  which  species  belonging 
to  several  of  the  main  divisions  of  the  animal  kingdom  sud- 
denly appear  in  the  lowest  known  fossiliferous  rocks.  Most 
of  the  arguments  which  have  convinced  me  that  all  the  ex- 
isting species  of  the  same  group  are  descended  from  a  single 
progenitor,  apply  with  equal  force  to  the  earliest  known 
species.  For  instance,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  all  the 
Cambrian  and  Silurian  trilobites  are  descended  from  some 
one  crustacean,  which  must  have  lived  long  before  the  Cam- 
brian age,  and  which  probably  differed  greatly  from  any 
known  animal.  Some  of  the  most  ancient  animals,  as  the 
Nautilus,  Lingula,  &c.,  do  not  differ  much  from  living  species ; 
and  it  cannot  on  our  theory  be  supposed,  that  these  old  spe- 
cies were  the  progenitors  of  all  the  species  belonging  to  the 
same  groups  which  have  subsequently  appeared,  for  they  arc 
not  in  any  degree  intermediate  in  character. 

Consequently,  if  the  theory  be  true,  it  is  indisputable  that 
before  the  lowest  Cambrian  stratum  was  deposited  long  peri- 
ods elapsed,  as  long  as,  or  probably  far  longer  than,  the  whole 
interval  from  the  Cambrian  age  to  the  present  day;  and  that 
during  these  vast  periods  the  world  swarmed  with  living 
creatures.  Here  we  encounter  a  formidable  objection;  for  it 
seems  doubtful  whether  the  earth,  in  a  fit  state  for  the  habi- 
tation of  living  creatures,  has  lasted  long  enough.  Sir  W. 
Thompson  concludes  that  the  consolidation  of  the  crust  can 
hardly  have  occurred  less  than  20  or  more  than  400  million 
years  ago,  but  probably  not  less  than  98  or  more  than  200 
million  years.  These  very  wide  limits  show  how  doubtful 
the  data  are;  and  other  elements  may  have  hereafter  to  be 
introduced  into  the  problem.  Mr.  Croll  estimates  that  about 
60  million  years  have  elapsed  since  the  Cambrian  period,  but 
this,  judging  from  the  small  amount  of  organic  change  since 
the  commencement  of  the  Glacial  epoch,  appears  a  very  short 
time  for  the  many  and  great  mutations  of  life,  which  have 
certainly  occurred  since  the  Cambrian  formation;  and  the 
previous  140  million  years  can  hardly  be  considered  as  suffi- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


960  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

cient  for  the  development  of  the  varied  forms  of  life  which 
already  existed  during  the  Cambrian  period.  It  is,  however, 
probable,  as  Sir  William  Thompson  insists,  that  the  world  at 
a  very  early  period  was  subjected  to  more  rapid  and  violent 
changes  in  its  physical  conditions  than  those  now  occurring; 
and  such  changes  would  have  tended  to  induce  changes  at  a 
corresponding  rate  in  the  organisms  which  then  existed. 

To  the  question  why  we  do  not  find  rich  fossiliferous  de- 
posits belonging  to  these  assumed  earliest  periods  prior  to  the 
Cambrian  system,  I  can  give  no  satisfactory  answer.  Sev- 
eral eminent  geologists,  with  Sir  R.  Murchison  at  their  head, 
were  until  recently  convinced  that  we  beheld  in  the  organic 
remains  of  the  lowest  Silurian  stratum  the  first  dawn  of  life. 
Other  highly  competent  judges,  as  Lyell  and  E.  Forbes,  have 
disputed  this  conclusion.  We  should  not  forget  that  only  a 
small  portion  of  the  world  is  known  with  accuracy.  Not  very 
long  ago  M.  Barrande  added  another  and  lower  stage, 
abounding  with  new  and  peculiar  species,  beneath  the  then 
known  Silurian  system;  and  now,  still  lower  down  in  the 
Lower  Cambrian  formation,  Mr.  Hicks  has  found  in  South 
Wales  beds  rich  in  trilobites,  and  containing  various  molluscs 
and  annelids.  The  presence  of  phosphatic  nodules  and  bitu- 
minous matter,  even  in  some  of  the  lowest  azoic  rocks,  prob- 
ably indicates  life  at  these  periods;  and  the  existence  of  the 
Eozoon  in  the  Laurentian  formation  of  Canada  is  generally 
admitted.  There  are  three  great  series  of  strata  beneath  the 
Silurian  system  in  Canada,  in  the  lowest  of  which  the  Eozoon 
is  found.  Sir  W.  Logan  states  that  their  "united  thickness 
"may  possibly  far  surpass  that  of  all  the  succeeding  rocks, 
"from  the  base  of  the  palseozoic  series  to  the  present  time.  We 
"are  thus  carried  back  to  a  period  so  remote  that  the  appear- 
"ance  of  the  so-called  Primordial  fauna  (of  Barrande)  may 
"by  some  be  considered  as  a  comparatively  modem  event" 
The  Eozoon  belongs  to  the  most  lowly  organised  of  all 
classes  of  animals,  but  is  highly  organised  for  its  class;  it 
existed  in  countless  numbers,  and,  as  Dr.  Dawson  has  re- 
marked, certainly  preyed  on  other  minute  organic  beings, 
which  must  have  lived  in  great  numbers.  Thus  the  words, 
which  I  wrote  in  1859,  about  the  existence  of  living  beings 
long  before  the  Cambrian  period,  and  which  are  almost  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUDDEN  APFBARANGB  OF  GROUPS  361 

same  with  those  since  used  by  Sir  W.  Logan,  have  proved 
true.  Nevertheless,  the  difficulty  of  assigning  any  good 
reason  for  the  absence  of  vast  piles  of  strata  rich  in  fossils 
beneath  the  Cambrian  system  is  very  great  It  does  not  seem 
probable  that  the  most  ancient  beds  have  been  quite  worn 
away  by  denudation,  or  that  their  fossils  have  been  wholly 
obliterated  by  metamorphic  action,  for  if  this  had  been  the 
case  we  should  have  found  only  small  remnants  of  the  forma- 
tions next  succeeding  them  in  age,  and  these  would  always 
have  existed  in  a  partially  metamorphosed  condition.  But 
the  descriptions  which  we  possess  of  the  Silurian  deposits 
over  immense  territories  in  Russia  and  in  North  America,  do 
not  support  the  view,  that  the  older  a  formation  is,  the  more 
invariably  it  has  suffered  extreme  denudation  and  meta- 
morphism. 

The  case  at  present  must  remain  inexplicable;  and  may 
be  truly  urged  as  a  valid  argument  against  the  views  here 
entertained.  To  show  that  it  may  hereafter  receive  some 
explanation,  I  will  give  the  following  hypothesis.  From  the 
nature  of  the  organic  remains  which  do  not  appear  to  have 
inhabited  profoimd  depths,  in  the  several  formations  of 
Europe  and  of  the  United  States;  and  from  the  amount  of 
sediment,  miles  in  thickness,  of  which  the  formations  are 
composed,  we  may  infer  that  from  first  to  last  large  islands 
or  tracts  of  land,  whence  the  sediment  was  derived,  occurred 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  now  existing  continents  of 
Europe  and  North  America.  The  same  view  has  since  been 
maintained  by  Agassiz  and  others.  But  we  do  not  know 
what  was  the  state  of  things  in  the  intervals  between  the 
several  successive  formations;  whether  Europe  and  the 
United  States  during  these  intervals  existed  as  dry  land,  or 
as  a  submarine  surface  near  land,  on  which  sediment  was 
not  deposited,  or  as  the  bed  on  an  open  and  unfathomable  sea. 

Looking  to  the  existing  oceans,  which  are  thrice  as  exten- 
sive as  the  land,  we  see  them  studded  with  many  islands; 
but  hardly  one  truly  oceanic  island  (with  the  exception  of 
New  Zealand,  if  this  can  be  called  a  truly  oceanic  island)  is 
as  yet  known  to  afford  even  a  remnant  of  any  palaeozoic  and 
secondary  formation.  Hence  we  may  perhaps  infer  that 
during  the  palaeozoic  and  secondary  periods,  neither' conti- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


362  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

nents  nor  continental  islands  existed  where  our  oceans  now 
extend ;  for  had  they  existed,  palaeozoic  and  secondary  forma- 
tions would  in  all  probability  have  been  accumulated  from 
sediment  derived  from  their  wear  and  tear ;  and  these  would 
have  been  at  least  partially  upheaved  by  the  oscillations  of 
level,  which  must  have  intervened  during  these  enormously 
long  periods.  If  then  we  may  infer  anything  from  these 
facts,  we  may  infer  that,  where  our  oceans  now  extend, 
oceans  have  extended  from  the  remotest  period  of  which  we 
have  any  record;  and  on  the  other  hand,  that  where  conti- 
nents now  exist,  large  tracts  of  land  have  existed,  subjected 
no  doubt  to  great  oscillations  of  level,  since  the  Cambrian 
period.  The  colored  map  appended  to  my  volume  on  Coral 
Reefs,  led  me  to  conclude  that  the  great  oceans  are  still 
mainly  areas  of  subsidence,  the  great  archipelagoes  still  areas 
of  oscillations  of  level,  and  the  continents  areas  of  elevation. 
But  we  have  no  reason  to  assume  that  things  have  thus 
remained  from  the  beginning  of  the  world.  Our  continents 
seem  to  have  been  formed  by  a  preponderance,  during  many 
oscillations  of  level,  of  the  force  of  elevation;  but  may  not 
the  areas  of  preponderant  movement  have  changed  in  the 
lapse  of  ages?  At  a  period  long  antecedent  to  the  Cambrian 
epoch,  continents  may  have  existed  where  oceans  are  now 
spread  out;  and  clear  and  open  oceans  may  have  existed 
where  our  continents  now  stand.  Nor  should  we  be  justified 
in  assuming  that  if,  for  instance,  the  bed  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
were  now  converted  into  a  continent  we  should  there  find 
sedimentary  formations  in  a  recognisable  condition  older 
than  the  Cambrian  strata,  supposing  such  to  have  been  for- 
merly deposited;  for  it  might  well  happen  that  strata  which 
had  subsided  some  miles  nearer  to  the  centre  of  the  earth, 
and  which  had  been  pressed  on  by  an  enormous  weight  of 
super-incumbent  water,  might  have  undergone  far  more 
metamorphic  action  than  strata  which  have  always  remained 
nearer  to  the  surface.  The  immense  areas  in  some  parts  of  the 
world,  for  instance  in  South  America,  of  naked  metamorphic 
rocks,  which  must  have  been  heated  under  great  pressure, 
have  always  seemed  to  me  to  require  some  special  explana- 
tion ;  and  we  may  perhaps  believe  that  we  see  in  these  large 
areas,'  the  many  formations  long  anterior  to  the  Cambrian 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUDDEN  APPEARANCE  OF  GROUPS  363 

epoch   in   a  completely  metamorphosed  and  denuded  con- 
dition. 

The  several  difficulties  here  discussed,  namely — ^that, 
though  we  find  in  our  geological  formations  many  links  be« 
tween  the  species  which  now  exist  and  which  formerly 
existed,  we  do  not  find  infinitely  numerous  fine  transitional 
forms  closely  joining  them  all  together; — ^the  sudden  man- 
ner in  which  several  groups  of  species  first  appear  in  our 
European  formations; — ^the  almost  entire  absence,  as  at 
present  known,  of  formations  rich  in  fossils  beneath  the 
Cambrian  strata, — are  all  undoubtedly  of  the  most  serious 
nature.  We  see  this  in  the  fact  that  the  most  eminent 
palaeontologists,  namely,  Cuvier,  Agassiz,  Barrande,  Pictet, 
Falconer,  E.  Forbes,  &c.,  and  all  our  greatest  geologists,  as 
Lyell,  Murchison,  Sedgwick,  &c,  have  unanimously,  often 
vehemently,  maintained  the  immutability  of  species.  But 
Sir  Charles  Lyell  now  gives  the  support  of  his  high  author- 
ity to  the  other  side ;  and  most  geologists  and  palaeontologists 
are  much  shaken  in  their  former  belief.  Those  who  believe 
that  the  geological  record  is  in  any  degree  perfect,  will  un- 
doubtedly at  once  reject  the  theory.  For  my  part,  follow- 
ing out  Lyeirs  metaphor,  I  look  at  the  geological  record 
as  a  history  of  the  world  imperfectly  kept,  and  written  in 
a  changing  dialect;  of  this  history  we  possess  the  last  vol- 
ume alone,  relating  only  to  two  or  three  countries.  Of  this 
volume,  only  here  and  there  a  short  chapter  has  been  pre- 
served; and  of  each  page,  only  here  and  there  a  few  lines. 
Each  word  of  the  slowly-changing  language,  more  or  less 
diflferent  in  the  successive  chapters,  may  represent  the  forms 
of  life,  which  are  entombed  in  our  consecutive  formations, 
and  which  falsely  appear  to  have  been  abruptly  introduced. 
On  this  view,  the  difficulties  above  discussed  are  greatly 
diminished,  or  even  disappear. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  XI 
On  the  Geological  Succession  of  Organic  Beings 

On  the  slow  and  successive  appearance  of  new  species — ^On  their 
different  rates  of  change — Species  once  lost  do  not  reappear — 
Groups  of  species  follow  the  same  general  rules  in  their  appear- 
ance and  disappearance  ad  do  single  species— On  extinction — 
On  simultaneous  changes  in  the  forms  of  life  throughout  the 
world — On  the  affinities  of  extinct  species  to  each  other  and  to 
living  species — On  the  state  of  development  of  ancient  forms — 
On  the  succession  of  the  same  tsrpes  within  the  same  areas — 
Summary  of  preceding  and  present  chapter. 

1ET  US  now  see  whether  the  several  facts  and  laws  relat- 
.  ing  to  the  geological  succession  of  organic  beings 
■  accord  best  with  the  common  view  of  the  immutability 
of  species,  or  with  that  of  their  slow  and  gradual  modifica- 
tion, through  variation  and  natural  selection. 

New  species  have  appeared  very  slowly,  one  after  another, 
both  on  the  land  and  in  the  waters.  Lyell  has  shown  that 
it  is  hardly  possible  to  resist  the  evidence  on  this  head  in  the 
case  of  the  several  tertiary  stages;  and  every  year  tends 
to  fill  up  the  blanks  between  the  stages,  and  to  make  the  pro- 
portion between  the  lost  and  existing  forms  more  gradual. 
In  some  of  the  most  recent  beds,  though  undoubtedly  of  high 
antiquity  if  measured  by  years,  only  one  or  two  species  are 
extinct,  and  only  one  or  two  are  new,  having  appeared  there 
for  the  first  time,  either  locally,  or,  as  far  as  we  know,  on 
the  face  of  the  earth.  The  secondary  formations  are  more 
broken;  but,  as  Bronn  has  remarked,  neither  the  appear- 
ance nor  disappearance  of  the  many  species  embedded  in 
each  formation  has  been  simultaneous. 

Species  belonging  to  different  genera  and  classes  have  not 
changed  at  the  same  rate,  or  in  the  same  degree.  In  the 
older  tertiary  beds  a  few  living  shells  may  still  be  found  in 
the  midst  of  a  multitude  of  extinct  forms.     Falconer  has 

964 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOLOGICAL  SUCCESSION  OF  ORGANIC  BEINGS  365 

given  a  striking  instance  of  a  similar  fact,  for  an  existing 
crocodile  is  associated  with  many  lost  mammals  and  reptiles 
in  the  sub-Himalayan  deposits.  The  Silurian  Lingula  differs 
but  little  from  the  living  species  of  this  genus ;  whereas  most 
of  the  other  Silurian  Molluscs  and  all  the  Crustaceans  have 
changed  greatly.  The  productions  of  the  land  seem  to  have 
changed  at  a  quicker  rate  than  those  of  the  sea,  of  which 
a  striking  instance  has  been  observed  in  Switzerland.  There 
is  some  reason  to  believe  that  organisms  high  in  the  scale, 
change  more  quickly  than  those  that  are  low:  though  there 
are  exceptions  to  this  rule.  The  amount  of  organic  change, 
as  Pictet  has  remarked,  is  not  the  same  in  each  successive 
so-called  formation.  Yet  if  we  compare  any  but  the  most 
closely  related  formations,  all  the  species  will  be  found  to 
have  undergone  some  change.  When  a  species  has  once  dis- 
appeared from  the  face  of  the  earth,  we  have  no  reason  to 
believe  that  the  same  identical  form  ever  reappears.  The 
strongest  apparent  exception  to  this  latter  rule  is  that  of 
the  so-called  "colonies"  of  M.  Barrande,  which  intrude  for  a 
period  in  the  midst  of  an  older  formation,  and  then  allow 
the  pre-existing  fauna  to  reappear;  but  Lyell's  explanation, 
namely,  that  it  is  a  case  of  temporary  migration  from  a 
distinct  geographical  province,  seems  satisfactory. 

These  several  facts  accord  well  with  our  theory,  which 
includes  no  fixed  law  of  development,  causing  all  the  in- 
habitants of  an  area  to  change  abruptly,  or  simultaneously, 
or  to  an  equal  degree.  The  process  of  modification  must  be 
slow,  and  will  generally  affect  only  a  few  species  at  the 
same  time ;  for  the  variability  of  each  species  is  independent 
of  that  of  all  others.  Whether  such  variations  or  individual 
differences  as  may  arise  will  be  accumulated  through  natural 
selection  in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  thus  causing  a  greater 
or  less  amount  of  permanent  modification,  will  depend  on 
many  complex  contingencies — on  the  variations  being  of  a 
beneficial  nature,  on  the  freedom  of  intercrossing,  on  the 
slowly  changing  physical  conditions  of  the  country,  on  the 
immigration  of  new  colonists,  and  on  the  nature  of  the  other 
inhabitants  with  which  the  varying  species  come  into  com- 
petition. Hence  it  is  by  no  means  surprising  that  one  species 
should  retain  the  same  identical  form  much  longer  than 

W— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


366  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

others;  or,  if  changing,  should  change  in  a  less  degree.  We 
find  similar  relations  between  the  existing  inhabitants  of  dis- 
tinct countries ;  for  instance,  the  land-shells  and  coleopterous 
insects  of  Madeira  have  come  to  differ  considerably  from 
their  nearest  allies  on  the  continent  of  Europe,  whereas  the 
marine  shells  and  birds  have  remained  unaltered.  We  can 
perhaps  understand  the  apparently  quicker  rate  of  change  in 
terrestrial  and  in  more  highly  organised  productions  com- 
pared with  marine  and  lower  productions,  by  the  more  com- 
plex relations  of  the  higher  beings  to  their  organic  and  in- 
organic conditions  of  life,  as  explained  in  a  former  chapter. 
When  many  of  the  inhabitants  of  any  area  have  become 
modified  and  improved,  we  can  understand,  on  the  principle 
of  competition,  and  from  the  all-important  relations  of  or- 
ganism to  organism  in  the  struggle  for  life,  that  any  form 
which  did  not  become  in  some  degree  modified  and  improved, 
would  be  liable  to  extermination.  Hence  we  see  why  all 
the  species  in  the  same  region  do  at  last,  if  we  look  to  long 
enough  intervals  of  time,  become  modified,  for  otherwise 
they  would  become  extinct. 

In  members  of  the  same  class  the  average  amount  of 
change  during  long  and  equal  periods  of  time,  may,  perhaps, 
be  nearly  the  same;  but  as  the  accumulation  of  enduring 
formation,  rich  in  fossils,  depends  on  great  masses  of  sedi- 
ment being  deposited  on  subsiding  areas,  our  formations  have 
been  almost  necessarily  accumulated  at  wide  and  irregularly 
intermittent  intervals  of  time;  consequently  the  amount  of 
organic  change  exhibited  by  the  fossils  embedded  in  consecu- 
tive formations  is  not  equal.  Each  formation,  on  this  view, 
does  not  mark  a  new  and  complete  act  of  creation,  but  only 
an  occasional  scene,  taken  almost  at  hazard  in  an  ever 
slowly  changing  drama. 

We  can  clearly  understand  why  a  species  when  once  lost 
should  never  reappear,  even  if  the  very  same  conditions  of 
life,  organic  and  inorganic,  should  recur.  For  though  the 
offspring  of  one  species  might  be  adapted  (and  no  doubt 
this  has  occurred  in  innumerable  instances)  to  fill  the  i^ace 
of  another  species  in  the  economy  of  nature,  and  thus  sup- 
plant it;  yet  the  two  forms — ^the  old  and  the  new — ^would 
not  be  identically  the  same ;  for  both  would  almost  certainly. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOLOGICAL  SUCCESSION  OF  ORGANIC  BEINGS  367 

inherit  different  characters  from  their  distinct  progenitors; 
and  organisms  already  differing  wotdd  vary  in  a  different 
manner.  For  instance,  it  is  possible,  if  all  our  fantail 
pigeons  were  destroyed,  that  fanciers  might  make  a  new 
breed  hardly  distinguishable  from  the  present  breed;  but 
if  the  parent  rock-pigeon  were  likewise  destroyed,  and  under 
nature  we  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  parent-forms 
are  generally  supplanted  and  exterminated  by  their  improved 
offspring,  it  is  incredible  that  a  fantail,  identical  with  the 
existing  breed,  could  be  raised  from  any  other  species  of 
pigeon,  or  even  from  any  other  well-established  race  of  the 
domestic  pigeon,  for  the  successive  variations  would  almost 
certainly  be  in  some  degree  different,  and  the  newly-formed 
variety  would  probably  inherit  from  its  progenitor  some  char- 
acteristic differences. 

Groups  of  species,  that  is,  genera  and  families,  follow  the 
same  general  rules  in  their  appearance  and  disappearance  as 
do  single  species,  changing  more  or  less  quickly,  and  in  a 
greater  or  lesser  degree.  A  group,  when  it  has  once  dis- 
appeared, never  reappears ;  that  is,  its  existence,  as  long  as  it 
lasts,  is  continuous.  I  am  aware  that  there  are  some  ap- 
parent exceptions  to  this  rule,  but  the  exceptions  are  surpris- 
ingly few,  so  few  that  E.  Forbes,  Pictet,  and  Woodward 
(though  all  strongly  opposed  to  such  views  as  I  maintain) 
admit  its  truth ;  and  the  rule  strictly  accords  with  the  theory. 
For  all  the  species  of  the  same  group,  however  long  it  may 
have  lasted,  are  the  modified  descendants  one  from  the  other, 
and  all  from  a  common  progenitor.  In  the  genus  Lingula, 
for  instance,  the  species  which  have  successively  appeared  at  all 
ages  must  have  been  connected  by  an -unbroken  series  of  gen- 
erations, from  the  lowest  Silurian  stratum  to  the  present  day. 

We  have  seen  in  the  last  chapter  that  whole  groups  of 
species  sometimes  falsely  appear  to  have  been  abruptly  devel- 
oped; and  I  have  attempted  to  give  an  explanation  of  this 
fact,  which  if  true  would  be  fatal  to  my  views.  But  such 
cases  are  certainly  exceptional;  the  general  rule  being  a 
gradual  increase  in  number,  until  the  group  reaches  its  maxi- 
mum, and  then,  sooner  or  later,  a  gradual  decrease.  If  the 
number  of  the  species  included  within  a  genus,  or  the  number 
of  the  genera  within  a  family,  be  represented  by  a  vertical 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


368  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

line  of  varying  thickness,  ascending  through  the  successive 
geological  formations,  in  which  the  species  are  found,  the 
line  will  sometimes  falsely  appear  to  begin  at  its  lower  end, 
not  in  a  sharp  point,  but  abruptly ;  it  then  gradually  thickens 
upwards,  often  keeping  of  equal  thickness  for  a  space,  and 
ultimately  thins  out  in  the  upper  beds,  marking  the  decrease 
and  final  extinction  of  the  species.  This  gradual  increase  in 
number  of  the  species  of  a  group  is  strictly  conformaUe 
with  the  theory,  for  the  species  of  the  same  genus, 
and  the  genera  of  the  same  family,  can  increase  only  slowly 
and  progressively;  the  process  of  modification  and  the  pro- 
duction of  a  number  of  allied  forms  necessarily  being  a  slow 
and  gradual  process,-— one  species  first  giving  rise  to  two 
or  three  varieties,  these  being  slowly  converted  into  species, 
which  in  their  turn  produce  by  equally  slow  steps  other 
varieties  and  species,  and  so  on,  like  the  branching  of  a  great 
tree  from  a  single  stem,  till  the  group  becomes  large. 

ON  EXTINCTION 

We  have  as  yet  only  spoken  incidentally  of  the  disappear- 
ance of  species  and  of  groups  of  species.  On  the  theory  of 
natural  selection,  the  extinction  of  dd  forms  and  the  pro- 
duction of  new  and  improved  forms  are  intimately  con- 
nected together.  The  old  notion  of  all  the  inhabitants  of  the 
earth  having  been  swept  away  by  catastrophes  at  successive 
periods  is  very  generally  given  up,  even  by  those  geologists, 
as  Elie  de  Beaumont,  Murchison,  Barrande,  &c.,  whose  gen- 
eral views  would  naturally  lead  them  to  this  conclusion. 
On  the  contrary,  we  have  every  reason  to  believe,  from  the 
study  of  the  tertiary  formations,  that  species  and  groups  of 
species  gradually  disappear,  one  after  another,  first  from  one 
spot,  then  from  another,  and  finally  from  the  world.  In 
some  few  cases,  however,  as  by  the  breaking  of  an  isthmus 
and  the  consequent  irruption  of  a  multitude  of  new  inhabi- 
tants into  an  adjoining  sea,  or  by  the  final  subsidence  of  an 
island,  the  process  of  extinction  may  have  been  rapid.  Both 
single  species  and  whole  groups  of  species  last  for  very  un- 
equal periods;  some  groups,  as  we  have  seen,  have  endured 
from  the  earliest  known  dawn  of  life  to  the  present  day; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EXTINCTION  309 

some  have  disappeared  before  the  close  of  the  palaeozoic 
period.  No  fixed  law  seems  to  determine  the  length  of  time 
during  which  any  single  species  or  any  single  genus  en- 
dures. There  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  extinction  of  a 
whole  group  of  species  is  generally  a  slower  process  than 
their  production:  if  their  appearance  and  disappearance  be 
represented,  as  before,  by  a  vertical  line  of  varying  thickness 
the  line  is  found  to  taper  more  gradually  at  its  upper  end, 
which  marks  the  progress  of  extermination,  than  at  its 
lower  end,  which  marks  the  first  appearance  and  the  early 
increase  in  number  of  the  species.  In  some  cases,  however, 
the  extermination  of  whole  groups,  as  of  ammonites,  towards 
the  close  of  the  secondary  period,  has  been  wonderfully 
sudden. 

The  extinction  of  species  has  been  involved  in  the  most 
gratuitous  mystery.  Some  authors  have  even  supposed  that, 
as  the  individual  has  a  definite  length  of  life,  so  have  species 
a  definite  duration.  No  one  can  have  marvelled  more  than  I 
have  done  at  the  extinction  of  species.  When  I  found  in  La 
Plata  the  tooth  of  a  horse  embedded  with  the  remains  of 
Mastodon,  Megatherium,  Toxodon,  and  other  extinct  mon- 
sters, which  all  co-existed  with  still  living  shells  at  a  very 
late  geological  period,  I  was  filled  with  astonishment;  for, 
seeing  that  the  horse,  since  its  introduction  by  the  Span- 
iards into  South  America,  has  run  wild  over  the  whole  coun- 
try and  has  increased  in  numbers  at  an  unparalleled  rate,  I 
asked  myself  what  could  so  recently  have  exterminated  the 
former  horse  under  conditions  of  life  apparently  so  favour- 
able. But  my  astonishment  was  groundless.  Professor 
Owen  soon  perceived  that  the  tooth,  though  so  like  that  of 
the  existing  horse,  belonged  to  an  extinct  species.  Had  this 
horse  been  still  living,  but  in  some  degree  rare,  no  naturalist 
would  have  felt  the  least  surprise  at  its  rarity;  for  rarity 
is  the  attribute  of  a  vast  number  of  species  of  all  classes,  in 
all  countries.  If  we  ask  ourselves  why  this  or  that  species 
is  rare,  we  answer  that  something  is  unfavourable  in  its 
conditions  of  life ;  but  what  that  something  is  we  can  hardly 
ever  tell.  On  the  supposition  of  the  fossil  horse  still  existing 
as  a  rare  species,  we  might  have  felt  certain,  from  the 
analogy  of  all  other  mammals,  even  of  the  slow-breeding 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


S70  ORIGIN  OP  SPBCIBS 

elephant,  and  from  the  history  of  the  naturalisation  of 
the  domestic  horse  in  South  America,  that  under  more 
favourable  conditions  it  would  in  a  very  few  years  have 
stocked  the  whole  continent.  But  we  could  not  have  told 
what  the  unfavourable  conditions  were  which  checked  its  in- 
crease, whether  some  one  or  several  contingencies,  and  at 
what  period  of  the  horse's  life,  and  in  what  degree  they 
severally  acted.  If  the  conditions  had  gone  on,  however 
slowly,  becoming  less  and  less  favouraUe,  we  assuredly 
should  not  have  perceived  the  fact,  yet  the  fossil  horse  would 
certainly  have  become  rarer  and  rarer,  and  finally  extinct; 
— ^its  place  being  seized  on  by  some  more  successful  com- 
petitor. 

It  is  most  difficult  always  to  remember  that  the  increase 
of  every  creature  is  constantly  being  checked  by  unperceived 
hostile  agencies;  and  that  these  same  unperceived  agencies 
are  amply  sufficient  to  cause  rarity,  and  finally  extinction. 
So  little  is  this  subject  understood,  that  I  have  heard  sur- 
prise repeatedly  expressed  at  such  great  monsters  as  the 
Mastodon  and  the  more  ancient  Dinosaurians  having  be- 
come extinct;  as  if  mere  bodily  strength  gave  victory  in  the 
battle  of  life.  Mere  size,  on  the  contrary,  would  in  some 
cases  determine,  as  has  been  remarked  by  Owen,  quicker 
extermination  from  the  greater  amount  of  requisite  food. 
Before  man  inhabited  India  or  Africa,  some  cause  must 
have  checked  the  continued  increase  of  the  existing  ele- 
phant A  highly  capable  judge.  Dr.  Falconer,  believes  that 
it  is  chiefly  insects  which,  from  incessantly  harassing  and 
weakening  the  elephant  in  India,  check  its  increase;  and 
this  was  Bruce's  conclusion  with  respect  to  the  African  ele- 
phant in  Abyssinia.  It  is  certain  that  insects  and  blood- 
sucking  bats  determine  the  existence  of  the  larger  natural- 
ized quadrupeds  in  several  parts  of  S.  America. 

We  see  in  many  cases  in  the  more  recent  tertiary  forma- 
tions, that  rarity  precedes  extinction ;  and  we  know  that  this 
has  been  the  progress  of  events  with  those  animals  which 
have  been  exterminated,  either  locally  or  wholly,  through 
man's  agency.  I  may  repeat  what  I  puUished  in  1845, 
namely,  that  to  admit  that  species  generally  become  rare 
before  they  become  extinct— to  feel  no  surprise  at  the  rarity 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


EXTINCTION  371 

of  a  species,  and  yet  to  marvel  greatly  when  the  species 
ceases  to  exist,  is  much  the  same  as  to  admit  that  sickness 
in  the  individual  is  the  forerunner  of  death — ^to  feel  no  sur- 
prise at  sickness,  but,  when  the  sick  man  dies,  to  wonder  and 
to  suspect  that  he  died  by  some  deed  of  violence. 

The  theory  of  natural  selection  is  grounded  on  the  belief 
that  each  new  variety  and  ultimately  each  new  species,  is 
produced  and  maintained  by  having  some  advantage  over 
those  with  which  it  comes  into  competition;  and  the  conse- 
quent extinction  of  the  less  favoured  forms  almost  inevitably 
follows.  It  is  the  same  with  our  domestic  productions;  when 
a  new  and  slightly  improved  variety  has  been  raised,  it  at 
first  supplants  the  less  improved  varieties  in  the  same  neigh- 
bourhood; when  much  improved  it  is  transported  far  and 
near,  like  our  short-horn  cattle,  and  takes  the  place  of  other 
breeds  in  other  countries.  Thus  the  appearance  of  new 
forms  and  the  disappearance  of  old  forms,  both  those  natu- 
rally and  those  artificially  produced,  are  bound  together.  In 
flourishing  groups,  the  number  of  new  specific  forms  which 
have  been  produced  within  a  given  time  has  at  some  periods 
probably  been  greater  than  the  number  of  the  old  specific 
forms  which  have  been  exterminated;  but  we  know  that  spe- 
cies have  not  gone  on  indefinitely  increasing,  at  least  during 
the  later  geological  epochs,  so  that,  looking  to  later  times, 
we  may  believe  that  the  production  of  new  forms  has  caused 
the  extinction  of  about  die  same  number  of  old  forms. 

The  competition  will  generally  be  most  severe,  as  formerly 
explained  and  illustrated  by  examples,  between  the  forms 
which  are  most  like  each  other  in  all  respects.  Hence  the 
improved  and  modified  descendants  of  a  species  will  gener- 
ally cause  the  extermination  of  the  parent  species;  and  if 
many  new  forms  have  been  developed  from  any  one  species, 
the  nearest  allies  of  that  species,  i.e.,  the  species  of  the  same 
genus,  will  be  the  most  liable  to  extermination.  Thus,  as  I 
believe,  a  number  of  new  species  descended  from  one  species, 
that  is  a  new  genus,  comes  to  supplant  an  old  genus,  belong- 
ing to  the  same  family.  But  it  must  often  have  happened 
that  a  new  species  belonging  to  some  one  group  has  seized 
on  the  place  occupied  by  a  species  belonging  to  a  distinct 
group,  and  thus  have  caused  its  extermination.     If  many 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


372  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

allied  forms  be  developed  from  the  successful  intnider,  many 
will  have  to  yield  their  places;  and  it  will  generally  be  the 
allied  forms,  which  will  suffer  from  some  inherited  inferior- 
ity in  common.  But  whether  it  be  species  belonging  to  the 
same  or  to  a  distinct  class,  which  have  yielded  their  places 
to  other  modified  and  improved  species,  a  few  of  the  sufferers 
may  often  be  preserved  for  a  long  time,  from  being  fitted  to 
some  peculiar  line  of  life,  or  from  inhabiting  some  distant 
and  isolated  station,  where  they  will  have  escaped  severe 
competition.  For  instance,  some  species  of  Trigonia,  a  great 
genus  of  shells  in  the  secondary  formations,  survive  in  the 
Australian  seas;  and  a  few  members  of  the  great  and  almost 
extinct  group  of  Ganoid  fishes  still  inhabit  our  fresh  waters. 
Therefore  the  utter  extinction  of  a  group  is  generally,  as 
we  have  seen,  a  slower  process  than  its  production. 

With  respect  to  the  apparently  sudden  extermination  of 
whole  families  or  orders,  as  of  Trilobites  at  the  close  of  the 
palaeozoic  period  and  of  Ammonites  at  the  close  of  the  sec- 
ondary period,  we  must  remember  what  has  been  already 
said  on  the  probable  wide  intervals  of  time  between  our  con- 
secutive formations;  and  in  these  intervals  there  may  have 
been  much  slow  extermination.  Moreover,  when,  by  sud- 
den immigration  or  by  unusually  rapid  development,  many 
species  of  a  new  group  have  taken  possession  of  an  area, 
many  of  the  older  species  will  have  been  exterminated  in  a 
correspondingly  rapid  manner;  and  the  forms  which  thus 
yield  their  places  will  commonly  be  allied,  for  they  will  par- 
take of  the  same  inferiority  in  common. 

Thus,  as  it  seems  to  me,  tiie  manner  in  which  single  species 
and  whole  groups  of  species  become  extinct  accord  well  with 
the  theory  of  natural  selection.  We  need  not  marvel  at  ex- 
tinction ;  if  we  must  marvel,  let  it  be  at  our  own  presumptipn 
in  imagining  for  a  moment  that  we  understand  the  many 
complex  contingencies  on  which  the  existence  of  each  spe- 
cies depends.  If  we  forget  for  an  instant  that  each  species 
tends  to  increase  inordinately,  and  that  some  check  is  aiways 
in  action,  yet  seldom  perceived  by  us,  the  whole  economy  of 
nature  will  be  utterly  obscured.  Whenever  we  can  precisely 
say  why  this  species  is  more  abundant  in  individuals  than 
that;  why  this  species  and  not  another  can  be  naturalised  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FORMS  OF  UFB  CHANGING  373 

a  given  country;  then,  and  not  until  then,  we  may  justly  feel 
surprise  why  we  cannot  account  for  the  extinction  of  any 
particular  species  or  group  of  species. 

ON  THE  FORMS  OF  LIFE  CHANGING  ALMOST  SIMULTANE- 
OUSLY THROUGHOXnr  THE  WORLD 

Scarcely  any  palaeontological  discovery  is  more  striking 
than  the  fact  that  the  forms  of  life  change  almost  simulta- 
neously throughout  the  world.  Thus  our  European  Chalk 
formation  can  be  recognised  in  many  distinct  regions,  under 
the  most  different  climates,  where  not  a  fragment  of  the 
mineral  chalk  itself  can  be  found;  namely  in  North  America, 
in  equatorial  South  America,  in  Tierra  del  Fuego,  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  in  the  peninsula  of  India.  For  at 
these  distant  points,  the  organic  remains  in  certain  beds  pre- 
sent an  unmistakeable  resemblance  to  those  of  the  Chalk.  It 
is  not  that  the  same  species  are  met  with;  for  in  some  cases 
not  one  species  is  identically  the  same,  but  they  belong  to  the 
same  families,  genera,  and  sections  of  genera,  and  sometimes 
are  similarly  characterised  in  such  trifling  points  as  mere 
superficial  sculpture.  Moreover,  other  forms,  which  are  not 
found  in  the  Chalk  of  Europe,  but  which  occur  in  the  forma- 
tions either  above  or  below,  occur  in  the  same  order  at  these 
distant  points  of  the  world.  In  the  several  successive  palaeo- 
zoic formations  of  Russia,  Western  Europe,  and  North 
America,  a  similar  parallelism  in  the  forms  of  life  has  been 
observed  by  several  authors;  so  it  is,  according  to  Lyell,  with 
the  European  and  North  American  tertiary  deposits.  Even 
if  the  few  fossil  species  which  are  common  to  the  Old  and 
New  Worlds  were  kept  wholly  out  of  view,  the  general  par- 
allelism in  the  successive  forms  of  life,  in  the  palaeozoic  and 
tertiary  stages,  would  still  be  manifest,  and  the  several  for- 
mations could  be  easily  correlated. 

These  observations,  however,  relate  to  the  marine  inhabi- 
tants of  the  world:  we  have  not  sufficient  data  to  judge 
whether  the  productions  of  the  land  and  of  fi;esh  water  at 
distant  points  change  in  the  same  parallel  manner.  We  may 
doubt  whether  they  have  thus  changed:  if  the  Megatherium, 
Mylodon,  Macrauchenia,  and  Toxodon  had  been  brought  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


374  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

Europe  from  La  Plata,  without  any  information  in  regBid 
to  their  geological  position,  no  one  would  have  suspected 
that  they  had  co-existed  with  sea-shells  all  still  living;  but 
as  these  anomalous  monsters  co-existed  with  the  Mastodon 
and  Horse,  it  might  at  least  have  been  inferred  that  they 
had  lived  during  one  of  the  later  tertiary  stages. 

When  the  marine  forms  of  life  are  spoken  of  as  having 
changed  simultaneously  throughout  the  world,  it  must  not  be 
supposed  that  this  expression  relates  to  the  same  year,  or  to 
the  same  country,  or  even  that  it  has  a  very  strict  geological 
sense;  for  if  all  the  marine  animals  now  living  in  Europe, 
and  all  those  that  lived  in  Europe  during  the  pleistocene 
period  (a  very  remote  period  as  measured  by  years,  includ- 
ing the  whole  glacial  epoch)  were  compared  with  those  now 
existing  in  South  America  or  in  Australia,  the  most  skilful 
naturalist  would  hardly  be  able  to  say  whether  the  present 
or  the  pleistocene  inhabitants  of  Europe  resembled  most 
closely  those  of  the  southern  hemisphere.  So,  again,  several 
highly  competent  observers  maintain  that  the  existing  pro- 
ductions of  the  United  States  are  iftore  closely  related  to 
those  which  lived  in  Europe  during  certain  late  tertiary 
stages,  than  to  the  present  inhabitants  of  Europe ;  and  if  this 
be  so,  it  is  evident  that  fossiliferous  beds  now  deposited  on 
the  shores  of  I^orth  America  would  hereafter  be  liable  to  be 
classed  with  somewhat  older  European  beds.  Nevertheless, 
looking  to  a  remotely  future  epoch,  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  all  the  more  modem  marine  formations,  namely,  the 
upper  pliocene,  the  pleistocene  and  strictly  modem  beds  of 
Europe,  North  and  South  America,  and  Australia,  from  con- 
taining fossil  remains  in  some  degree  allied,  and  from  not 
including  those  forms  which  are  found  only  in  the  older 
underlying  deposits,  would  be  correctly  ranked  as  simulta- 
neous in  a  geological  sense. 

The  fact  of  the  forms  of  life  changing  simultaneously,  in 
the  above  large  sense,  at  distant  parts  of  the  world,  has 
greatly  struck  those  admirable  observers,  MM.  de  Verneuil 
and  d'Archiac.  After  referring  to  the  parallelism  of  the 
palaeozoic  forms  of  life  in  various  parts  of  Europe,  they  add, 
"If,  struck  by  this  strange  sequence,  we  turn  our  attention 
to  North  America,  and  there  discover  a  series  of  analogous 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FORMS  OF  LIFE  CHANGING  375 

phenomena,  it  will  appear  certain  that  all  these  modifications 
of  species,  their  extinction,  and  the  introduction  of  new  ones, 
cannot  be  owing  to  mere  changes  in  marine  currents  or  other 
causes  more  or  less  local  and  temporary,  but  depend  on  gen- 
eral laws  which  govern  the  whole  animal  kingdonL"  M. 
Barrande  has  made  forcible  remarks  to  precisely  the  same 
effect  It  is,  indeed,  quite  futile  to  look  to  changes  of  cur- 
rents, climate,  or  other  physical  conditions,  as  the  cause  of 
these  great  mutations  in  the  forms  of  life  throughout  the 
world,  under  the  most  different  climates.  We  must,  as  Bar- 
rande has  remarked,  look  to  some  special  law.  We  shall  see 
this  more  clearly  when  we  treat  of  the  present  distribution 
of  organic  beings,  and  find  how  slight  is  tiie  relation  between 
the  physical  conditions  of  various  countries  and  the  nature 
of  their  inhabitants. 

This  great  fact  of  the  parallel  succession  of  the  forms  of 
life  throughout  the  world,  is  explicable  on  the  theory  of 
natural  selection.  New  species  are  formed  by  having  some 
advantage  over  older  forms;  and  the  forms,  which  are  al- 
ready dominant,  or  have  some  advantage  over  the  other 
forms  in  their  own  country,  give  birth  to  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  new  varieties  or  incipient  species.  We  have  distinct 
evidence  on  this  head,  in  the  plants  which  are  dominant,  that 
is,  which  are  commonest  and  most  widely  diffused,  producing 
the  greatest  number  of  new  varieties.  It  is  also  natural  that 
the  dominant,  varying,  and  far-spreading  species,  which  have 
already  invaded  to  a  certain  extent  the  territories  of  other 
species,  should  be  those  which  would  have  the  best  chance 
of  spreading  stiU  further,  and  of  giving  rise  in  new  countries 
to  other  new  varieties  and  species.  The  process  of  diffusion 
would  often  be  very  slow,  depending  on  dimatal  and  geo- 
graphical changes,  on  strange  accidents,  and  on  the  gradual 
acclimatisation  of  new  species  to  the  various  climates 
through  which  they  might  have  to  pass,  but  in  the  course 
of  time  the  dominant  forms  would  generally  succeed  in 
spreading  and  would  ultimately  prevail.  The  diffusion 
would,  it  is  probable,  be  slower  with  the  terrestrial  inhabi- 
tants of  the  distinct  continents  than  with  the  marine  inhabi- 
tants of  the  continuous  sea.  We  might  therefore  expect  to 
find,  as  we  do  find,  a  less  strict  degree  of  parallelism  in  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


376  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaBS 

succession  of  the  productions  of  the  land  than  with  those  of 
the  sea. 

Thus,  as  it  seems  to  me,  the  parallel,  and,  taken  in  a  large 
sense,  simultaneous,  succession  of  the  same  forms  of  life 
throughout  the  world,  accords  well  with  the  principle  of  new 
species  having  been  formed  by  dominant  species  spreading 
widely  and  varying;  the  new  species  thus  produced  being 
themselves  dominant,  owing  to  their  having  had  some  ad- 
vantage over  their  already  dominant  parents,  as  well  as  over 
other  species,  and  again  spreading,  varying,  and  producing 
new  forms.  The  old  forms  which  are  beaten  and  which 
yield  their  places  to  the  new  and  victorious  forms,  will  gen- 
erally be  allied  in  groups,  from  inheriting  some  inferiority 
in  common;  and  therefore,  as  new  and  improved  groups 
spread  throughout  the  world,  old  groups  disappear  from  the 
world;  and  the  succession  of  forms  everywhere  tends  to 
correspond  both  in  their  ^rst  appearance  and  final  disappear- 
ance. 

There  is  one  other  remark  connected  with  this  subject 
worth  making.  I  have  given  my  reasons  for  believing  that 
most  of  our  great  formations,  rich  in  fossils,  were  deposited 
during  periods  of  subsidence;  and  that  blank  intervals  of 
vast  duration,  as  far  as  fossils  are  concerned,  occurred  dur- 
ing the  periods  when  the  bed  of  the  sea  was  either  stationary 
or  rising,  and  likewise  when  sediment  was  not  thrown  down 
quickly  enough  to  embed  and  preserve  organic  remains. 
During  these  long  and  blank  intervals  I  suppose  that  the  in- 
habitants of  each  region  underwent  a  considerable  amount 
of  modification  and  extinction,  and  that  there  was  much 
migration  from  other  parts  of  the  world.  As  we  have  rea- 
son to  believe  that  large  areas  are  affected  by  the  same  move- 
ment, it  is  probable  that  strictly  contemporaneous  formations 
have  often  been  accumulated  over  very  wide  spaces  in  the 
same  quarter  of  the  world;  but  we  are  very  far  from  having 
any  right  to  conclude  that  this  has  invariably  been  the  case, 
and  that  large  areas  have  invariably  been  affected  by  the 
same  movements.  When  two  formations  have  been  deposited 
in  two  regions  during  nearly,  but  not  exactly,  the  same 
period,  we  should  find  in  both,  from  the  causes  explained  in 
the  foregoing  paragraphs,  the  same  general  succession  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  OF  EXTINCT  SPEOES  377 

the  forms  of  life;  but  the  species  would  not  exactly  corre- 
spond; for  there  will  have  been  a  little  more  time  in  the  one 
region  than  in  the  other  for  modification^  extinction,  and 
immigration. 

I  suspect  that  cases  of  this  nature  occur  in  Europe.  Mr. 
Prestwich,  in  his  admirable  Memoirs  on  the  eocene  deposits 
of  England  and  France,  is  able  to  draw  a  close  general  par- 
allelism between  the  successive  stages  in  the  two  countries; 
but  when  he  compares  certain  stages  in  England  with  those 
in  France,  although  he  finds  in  both  a  curious  accordance  in 
the  numbers  of  the  species  belonging  to  the  same  genera,  yet 
the  species  themselves  differ  in  a  manner  very  difficult  to 
account  for  considering  the  proximity  of  the  two  areas,— 
unless,  indeed,  it  be  assumed  that  an  isthmus  separated  two 
seas  inhabited  by  distinct,  but  contemporaneous,  faunas. 
Lyell  has  made  similar  observations  on  some  of  the  later  ter- 
tiary formations.  Barrande,  also,  shows  that  there  is  a  strik- 
ing general  parallelism  in  the  successive  Silurian  deposits  of 
Bohemia  and  Scandinavia;  nevertheless  he  finds  a  surprising 
amount  of  difference  in  the  species.  If  the  several  forma- 
tions in  these  regions  have  not  been  deposited  during  the 
same  exact  periods, — a  formation  in  one  region  often  cor- 
responding with  a  blank  interval  in  the  other, — ^and  if  in 
both  regions  the  species  have  gone  on  slowly  changing  dur- 
ing the  accumulation  of  the  several  formations  and  during 
the  long  intervals  of  time  between  them ;  in  this  case  the  sev- 
eral formations  in  the  two  regions  could  be  arranged  in  the 
same  order,  in  accordance  with  the  general  succession  of  the 
forms  of  life,  and  the  order  would  falsely  appear  to  be 
strictly  parallel;  nevertheless  the  species  would  not  be  all 
the  same  in  the  apparendy  corresponding  stages  in  the  two 
regions. 

ON   THE   AFFINITIES  OF  EXTINCT  SPECIES  TO  EACH   OTHER 
AND  TO  LIVING  FORMS 

Let  US  now  look  to  the  mutual  affinities  of  extinct  and 
living  species.  All  fall  into  a  few  grand  classes;  and  this 
fact  is  at  once  explained  on  the  principle  of  descent  The 
more  ancient  any  form  is,  the  more,  as  a  general  rule,  it  dif- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


378  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

fers  from  living  forms.  But,  as  Buckland  long  ago  re- 
marked, extinct  species  can  all  be  classed  either  in  still  ex- 
isting groups,  or  between  them.  That  the  extinct  forms  of 
life  help  to  fill  lip  the  intervals  between  existing  genera, 
families,  and  orders,  is  certainly  true;  but  as  this  statement 
has  often  been  ignored  or  even  denied,  it  may  be  well  to 
make  some  remarks  on  this  subject,  and  to  give  some  in- 
stances. If  we  confine  our  attention  either  to  the  living  or 
to  the  extinct  species  of  the  same  class,  the  series  is  far  less 
perfect  that  if  we  combine  both  into  one  general  system.  In 
the  writings  of  Professor  Owen  we  continually  meet  with 
the  expression  of  generalised  forms,  as  applied  to  extinct 
animals ;  and  in  the  writings  of  Agassiz,  of  prophetic  or  syn- 
thetic types;  and  these  terms  imply  that  such  forms  are  in 
fact  intermediate  or  connecting  links.  Another  distinguished 
paleontologist,  M.  Gaudry,  has  shown  in  the  most  striking 
manner  that  many  of  the  fossil  mammals  discovered  by  him 
in  Attica  serve  to  break  down  the  intervals  between  existing 
genera.  Cuvier  ranked  the  Ruminants  and  Pachyderms,  as 
two  of  the  most  distinct  orders  of  mammals:  but  so  many 
fossil  links  have  been  disentombed  that  Owen  has  had  to 
alter  the  whole  classification,  and  has  placed  certain  pachy- 
derms in  the  same  sub-order  with  ruminants ;  for  example,  he 
dissolves  by  gradations  the  apparently  wide  interval  between 
the  pig  and  the  camel.  The  Ungulata  or  hoofed  quadrupeds 
are  now  divided  into  the  even-toed  or  odd-toed  divisions; 
but  the  Macrauchenia  of  S.  America  connects  to  a  certain 
extent  these  two  grand  divisions.  No  one  will  deny  that 
the  Hipparion  is  intermediate  between  the  existing  horse 
and  certain  older  ungulate  forms.  What  a  wonderful  con- 
necting link  in  the  chain  of  mammals  is  the  Typotherium 
from  S.  America,  as  the  name  given  to  it  by  Professor  Ger- 
vais  expresses,  and  which  cannot  be  placed  in  any  existing 
order.  The  Sirenia  form  a  very  distinct  group  of  mammals, 
and  one  of  the  most  remarkable  peculiarities  in  the  existing 
dugong  and  lamentin  is  the  entire  absence  of  hind  limbs 
without  even  a  rudiment  being  left;  but  the  extinct  Hali- 
therium  had,  according  to  Professor  Flower,  an  ossified 
thigh-bone  "articulated  to  a  well-defined  acetabulum  in  the 
pelvis,"  and  it  thus  makes  some  approach  to  ordinary  hoofed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  OF  EXTINCT  SPECIES  379 

quadrupeds,  to  which  the  Sirenia  are  in  other  respects  allied. 
I'he  cetaceans  or  whales  are  widely  different  from  all  other 
mammals,  but  the  tertiary  Zeuglodon  and  Squalodon,  which 
have  been  placed  by  some  naturalists  in  an  order  by  them- 
selves, are  considered  by  Professor  Huxley  to  be  undoubt- 
edly cetaceans,  "and  to  constitute  connecting  links  with  the 
aquatic  camivora." 

Even  the  wide  interval  between  birds  and  reptiles  has  been 
shown  by  the  naturalist  just  quoted  to  be  partially  bridged 
over  in  the  most  unexpected  manner,  on  the  one  hand,  by  the 
ostrich  and  extinct  Archeopteryx,  and  on  the  other  hand,  by 
the  Compsognathus,  one  of  the  Dinosaurians — ^that  group 
which  includes  the  most  gigantic  of  all  terrestrial  reptiles. 
Turning  to  the  Invertebrata,  Barrande  asserts,  a  higher  au- 
thority could  not  be  named,  that  he  is  every  day  taught  that, 
although  palsozoic  animals  can  certainly  be  classed  under 
existing  groups,  yet  that  at  this  ancient  period  the  groups 
were  not  so  distinctly  separated  from  each  other  as  they 
now  are. 

Some  writers  have  objected  to  any  extinct  species,  or 
group  of  species,  being  considered  as  intermediate  between 
any  two  living  species,  or  groups  of  species.  If  by  this  term 
it  is  meant  that  an  extinct  form  is  directly  intermediate  in 
all  its  characters  between  two  living  forms  or  groups,  the 
objection  is  probably  valid.  But  in  a  natural  classification 
many  fossil  species  certainly  stand  between  living  species, 
and  some  extinct  genera  between  living  genera,  even  be- 
tween genera  belonging  to  distinct  families.  The  most  com- 
mon case,  especially  with  respect  to  very  distinct  groups, 
such  as  fish  and  reptiles,  seems  to  be,  that,  supposing  them 
to  be  distinguished  at  the  present  day  by  a  score  of  char- 
acters, the  ancient  members  are  separated  by  a  somewhat 
lesser  number  of  characters;  so  that  the  two  groups  formerly 
made  a  somewhat  nearer  approach  to  each  other  than  they 
now  do. 

It  is  a  common  belief  that  the  more  ancient  a  form  is,  by 
so  much  the  more  it  tends  to  connect  by  some  of  its  char- 
acters groups  now  widely  separated  from  each  other.  This 
remark  no. doubt  must  be  restricted  to  those  groups  which 
have  undergone  much  change  in  the  course  of  geological 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


380  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

ages;  and  it  would  be  difficult  to  prove  the  truth  of  the  propo- 
sition, for  every  now  and  then  a  living  animal,  as  the  Lepi- 
dosiren,  is  discovered  having  affinities  directed  towards  very 
distinct  groups.  Yet  if  we  compare  the  older  Reptiles  and 
Batrachians,  the  older  Fish,  the  older  Cephalopods,  and  the 
eocene  Mammals,  with  the  more  recent  members  of  the  same 
classes,  we  must  admit  that  there  is  truth  in  the  remark. 

Let  us  see  how  far  these  several  facts  and  inferences  ac- 
cord with  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification.  As  the 
subject  is  somewhat  complex,  I  must  request  the  reader  to 
turn  to  the  diagram  in  the  fourth  chapter.  We  may  suppose 
that  the  numbered  letters  in  italics  represent  genera,  and  the 
dotted  lines  diverging  from  them  the  species  in  each  genus. 
The  diagram  is  much  too  simple,  too  few  genera  and  too  few 
species  being  given,  but  this  is  unimportant  for  us.  The 
horizontal  lines  may  represent  successive  geological  forma- 
tions, and  all  the  forms  beneath  the  uppermost  line  may  be 
considered  as  extinct  The  three  existing  genera  a**,  (f^,  p^, 
will  form  a  small  family;  5"  and  /**  a  closely  allied  family 
or  sub- family;  and  o"  e^\  tn^,  a  third  family.  These  three 
families,  together  with  the  many  extinct  genera  on  the  sev- 
eral lines  of  descent  diverging  from  the  parent-form  (A) 
will  form  an  order,  for  all  will  have  inherited  something  in 
common  from  their  ancient  progenitor.  On  the  principle  of 
the  continued  tendency  to  divergence  of  character,  which 
was  formerly  illustrated  by  this  diagram,  the  more  recent 
any  form  is,  the  more  it  will  generally  differ  from  its  ancient 
progenitor.  Hence  we  can  understand  the  rule  that  the  most 
ancient  fossils  differ  most  from  existing  forms.  We  must 
not,  however,  assume  that  divergence  of  character  is  a  neces- 
sary contingency;  it  depends  solely  on  the  descendants  from 
a  species  being  thus  enabled  to  seize  on  many  and  different 
places  in  the  economy  of  nature.  Therefore  it  is  quite  pos- 
sible, as  we  have  seen  in  the  case  of  some  Silurian  forms, 
that  a  species  might  go  on  being  slightly  modified  in  relation 
to  its  slightly  altered  conditions  of  life,  and  yet  retain 
throughout  a  vast  period  the  same  general  characteristics. 
This  is  represented  in  the  diagram  by  the  letter  f**. 

All  the  many  forms,  extinct  and  recent,  descended  from 
(A),  make,  as  before  remarked,  one  order;  and  this  order. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIBS  OF  EXTINCT  SPECIES  S81 

from  the  continued  effects  of  extinction  and  divergence  of 
character,  has  become  divided  into  several  sub-families  and 
families,  some  of  which  are  supposed  to  have  perished  at 
different  periods,  and  some  to  have  endured  to  the  present 
day. 

By  looking  at  the  diagram  we  can  see  that  if  many  of  the 
extinct  forms  supposed  to  be  imbedded  in  the  successive 
formations,  were  discovered  at  several  points  low  down  in 
the  series,  the  three  existing  families  on  the  uppermost  line 
would  be  rendered  less  distinct  from  each  other.  If,  for  in- 
stance, the  genera  a*,  cf,  d^,  f,  m*,  w*,  nf,  were  disinterred, 
these  three  families  would  be  so  closely  linked  together  that 
they  probably  would  have  to  be  united  into  one  great  fam- 
ily, in  nearly  the  same  manner  as  has  occurred  with  rumi- 
nants and  certain  pachyderms.  Yet  he  who  objected  to  con- 
sider as  intermediate  the  extinct  genera,  which  thus  link 
together  the  living  genera  of  three  families,  would  be  partly 
justified,  for  they  are  intermediate,  not  directly,  but  only  by 
a  long  and  circuitous  course  through  many  widely  different 
forms.  If  many  extinct  forms  were  to  be  discovered  above 
one  of  the  horizontal  lines  or  geological  formations — for  in- 
stance, above  No.  VI. — ^but  none  from  beneath  this  line,  then 
only  two  of  the  families  (those  on  the  left  hand,  cf^,  &c.,  and 
5,"  &c)  would  have  to  be  united  into  one;  and  there  would 
remain  two  families,  which  would  be  less  distinct  from  each 
other  than  they  were  before  the  discovery  of  the  fossils. 
So  again  if  the  three  families  formed  of  eight  genera  (a^*  to 
n^)y  on  the  uppermost  line,  be  supposed  to  differ  from  each 
other  by  half-a-dozen  important  characters,  then  the  fami- 
lies which  existed  at  the  period  marked  VI.  would  certainly 
have  differed  from  each  other  by  a  less  number  of  char- 
acters; for  they  would  at  this  early  stage  of  descent  have 
diverged  in  a  less  degree  from  their  common  progenitor. 
Thus  it  comes  that  ancient  and  extinct  genera  are  often  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree  intermediate  in  character  between 
their  modified  descendants,  or  between  their  collateral 
relations. 

Under  nature  the  process  will  be  far  more  complicated 
than  is  represented  in  the  diagram ;  for  the  groups  will  have 
been  more  ntunerous ;  they  will  have  endured  for  extremely 

X— HCZI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


382  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

unequal  lengths  of  time,  and  will  have  been  modified  in  vari- 
ous degrees.  As  we  possess  only  the  last  volume  of  the  geo- 
logical record,  and  that  in  a  very  broken  condition,  we  have 
no  right  to  expect,  except  in  rare  cases,  to  fill  up  the  wide 
intervals  in  the  natural  system,  and  thus  to  imite  distinct 
families  or  orders.  All  that  we  have  a  right  to  expect  is, 
that  those  groups  which  have,  within  known  geological  peri- 
ods, undergone  much  modification,  should  in  the  older  for- 
mations make  some  slight  approach  to  each  other;  so  that 
the  older  members  should  differ  less  from  each  other  in  some 
of  their  characters  than  do  the  existing  members  of  the 
same  groups ;  and  this  by  the  concurrent  evidence  of  our  best 
paleontologists  is  frequently  the  case. 

Thus,  on  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification,  the  main 
facts  with  respect  to  the  mutual  affinities  of  the  extinct 
forms  of  life  to  each  other  and  to  living  forms,  are  explained 
in  a  satisfactory  manner.  And  they  are  wholly  inexplicable 
on  any  other  view. 

On  this  same  theory,  it  is  evident  that  the  fauna  during 
any  one  great  period  in  the  earth's  history  will  be  inter- 
mediate in  general  character  between  that  which  preceded 
and  that  which  succeeded  it  Thus  the  species  which  lived 
at  the  sixth  great  stage  of  descent  in  the  diagram  are  the 
modified  offspring  of  those  which  lived  at  the  fifth  stage, 
and  are  the  parents  of  those  which  became  still  more  modi- 
fied at  the  seventh  stage;  hence  they  could  hardly  fail  to  be 
nearly  intermediate  in  character  between  the  forms  of  life 
above  and  below.  We  must,  however,  allow  for  the  entire 
extinction  of  some  preceding  forms,  and  in  any  one  region 
for  the  immigration  of  new  forms  from  other  regions,  and 
for  a  large  amount  of  modification  during  the  long  and  blank 
interval  between  the  successive  formations.  Subject  to  these 
allowances,  the  fauna  of  each  geological  period  undoubtedly 
is  intermediate  in  character,  between  the  preceding  and  suc- 
ceeding faunas.  I  need  give  only  one  instance,  namely,  the 
manner  in  which  the  fossils  of  the  Devonian  system,  when 
this  system  was  first  discovered,  were  at  once  recognised  by 
palaeontologists  as  intermediate  in  character  between  those 
of  the  overl3ring  carboniferous,  and  underlying  Silurian  sys- 
tems. But  each  fauna  is  not  necessarily  exactly  intermediate. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  OF  EXTINCT  SPECIES  383 

as  unequal  intervals  of  time  have  elapsed  between  consecu- 
tive formations. 

It  is  no  real  objection  to  the  truth  of  the  statement  that 
the  fauna  of  each  period  as  a  whole  is  nearly  intermediate 
in  character  between  the  preceding  and  succeeding  faunas, 
that  certain  genera  offer  exceptions  to  the  rule.  For  in- 
stance, the  species  of  mastodons  and  elephants,  when  ar- 
ranged by  Dr.  Falconer  in  two  series, — ^in  the  first  place 
according  to  their  mutual  affinities,  and  in  the  second  place 
according  to  their  periods  of  existence,— do  not  accord  in 
arrangement.  The  species  extreme  in  character  are  not  the 
oldest  or  the  most  recent;  nor  are  those  which  are  interme- 
diate in  character,  intermediate  in  age.  But  supposing  for 
an  instant,  in  this  and  other  such  cases,  that  the  record  of 
the  first  appearance  and  disappearance  of  the  species  was 
complete,  which  is  far  from  the  case,  we  have  no  reason  to 
believe  that  forms  successively  produced  necessarily  endure 
for  corresponding  lengths  of  time.  A  very  ancient  form 
may  occasionally  have  lasted  much  longer  than  a  form  else- 
where subsequently  produced,  especially  in  the  case  of  terres- 
trial productions  inhabiting  separated  districts.  To  compare 
small  things  with  great;  if  the  principal  living  and  extinct 
races  of  the  domestic  pigeon  were  arranged  in  serial  affinity, 
this  arrangement  would  not  closely  accord  with  the  order  in 
time  of  their  production,  and  even  less  with  the  order  of 
their  disappearance;  for  the  parent  rock-pigeon  still  lives; 
and  many  varieties  between  the  rock-pigeon  and  the  carrier 
have  become  extinct;  and  carriers  which  are  extreme  in  the 
important  character  of  length  of  back  originated  earlier  than 
short-beaked  tumblers,  which  are  at  the  opposite  end  of  the 
series  in  this  respect 

Closely  connected  with  the  statement,  that  the  organic  re- 
mains from  an  intermediate  formation  are  in  some  degree 
intermediate  in  character,  is  the  fact,  insisted  on  by  all 
palaeontologists,  that  fossils  from  two  consecutive  formations 
are  far  more  closely  related  to  each  other,  than  are  the  fos- 
sils from  two  remote  formations.  Pictet  gives  as  a  well- 
known  instance,  the  general  resemblance  of  the  organic  re- 
mains from  the  several  stages  of  the  Chalk  formation, 
though  the  species  are  distinct  in  each  stage.     This  fact 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


384  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

alone,  from  its  generality,  seems  to  have  shaken  Professor 
Pictet  in  his  belief  in  the  immutability  of  species.  He  who 
is  acquainted  with  the  distribution  of  existing  species  over 
the  globe,  will  not  attempt  to  account  for  the  close  resem- 
blance of  distinct  species  in  closely  consecutive  formations, 
by  the  physical  conditions  of  the  ancient  areas  having  re* 
mained  nearly  the  same.  Let  it  be  remembered  that  the 
forms  of  life,  at  least  those  inhabiting  the  sea,  have  changed 
almost  simultaneously  throughout  the  world,  and  therefore 
under  the  most  different  climates  and  conditions.  Consider 
the  prodigious  vicissitudes  of  climate  during  the  pleistocene 
period,  which  includes  the  whole  glacial  epoch,  and  note  how 
little  the  specific  forms  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  sea  have 
been  affected. 

On  the  theory  of  descent,  the  full  meaning  of  the  fossil 
remains  from  closely  consecutive  formations  being  closely 
related,  though  ranked  as  distinct  species,  is  obvious.  As 
the  accumulation  of  each  formation  has  often  been  inter- 
rupted, and  as  long  blank  intervals  have  intervened  between 
successive  formations,  we  ought  not  to  expect  to  find,  as  I ' 
attempted  to  show  in  the  last  chapter,  in  any  one  or  in  any 
two  formations,  all  the  intermediate  varieties  between  the 
species  which  appeared  at  the  commencement  and  close  of 
these  periods :  but  we  ought  to  find  after  intervals,  very  long 
as  measured  by  years,  but  only  moderately  long  as  measured 
geologically,  closely  allied  forms,  or,  as  they  have  been  called 
by  some  authors,  representative  species;  and  these  assuredly 
we  do  find.  We  find,  in  short,  such  evidence  of  the  slow 
and  scarcely  sensible  mutations  of  specific  forms,  as  we  have 
the  right  to  ^qieot. 

OK  THE  CTATE  OF  DEVELOPMENT  OP  ANCIENT  COMPARED 
WITH  LIVING  FORMS 

We  have  seen  in  the  fourth  chapter  that  the  degree  of 
differentiation  and  specialisation  of  the  parts  in  organic 
beings,  when  arrived  at  maturity,  is  the  best  standard,  as  yet 
suggested,  of  their  degree  of  perfection  or  highness.  We 
have  also  seen  that,  as  the  specialisation  of  parts  is  an  ad- 
vantage to  each  being,  so  natural  selection  will  tend  to  Tender 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STATE  OF  DB¥BLOPMBNT  COMPARED  38S 

the  organisation  of-  each  being  more  specialised  and  perfect, 
and  in  this  sense  higher;  not  but  that  it  may  leave  many 
creatures  with  simple  and  unimproved  structures  fitted  for 
simple  conditions  of  life,  and  in  some  cases  will  even  de- 
ifrade  or  simplify  the  organisation,  yet  leaving  such  degraded 
beings  better  fitted  for  their  new  walks  of  life.  In  another 
and  more  general  manner,  new  species  become  superior  to 
their  predecessors;  for  they  have  to  beat  in  the  struggle  for 
life  all  the  older  forms,  with  which  they  come  into  close 
competition.  We  may  therefore  conclude  that  if  under  a 
nearly  similar  climate  the  eocene  inhabitants  of  the  world 
could  be  put  into  competition  with  the  existing  inhabitants, 
the  former  would  be  beaten  and  exterminated  by  the  latter, 
as  would*  the  secondary  by  the  eocene,  and  the  palaeozoic  by 
the  secondary  forms.  So  that  by  this  fundamental  test  of 
victory  in  the  battle  for  life,  as  well  as  by  the  standard  of 
the  specialisadon  of  organs,  modem  forms  ought^  on*  the 
theory  of  natural  selection,  to  stand  higher  than  ancient 
forms.  Is  this  the  case?  A  large  majority  of  palaeon- 
tologists would  answer  in  the  affirmative;  and  it  seems 
that  this  answer  must  be  admitted  as  true,  though  difficult 
of  proof. 

It  is  no  valid  objection  to  this  conclusion,  that  certain 
Brachiopods  have  been  but  slightly  modified  from  an  ex- 
tremely remote  geological  epoch;  and  that  certain  land  and 
fresh-water  shells  have  remained  nearly  the  same,  from  the 
time  when,  as  far  as  is  known,  they  first  appeared.  It  is  not 
an  insuperable  difficulty  that  Foraminifera  have  not,  as  in- 
sisted on  by  Dr.  Carpenter,  progressed  in  organisation  since 
even  the  Laurentian  epoch;  for  some  organisms  would  have 
to  remain  fitted  for  simple  conditions  of  life,  and  what  could 
be  better  fitted  for  this^  end  than  these  lowly  organised  Pro- 
tozoa? Such  objections  as  the  above  would  be  fatal  to  my 
view,  if  it  included  advance  in  organisation  as  a  necessary 
contingent.  They  would  likewise  be  fatal,  if  the  above  Font- 
minifera,  for  instance,  could  be  proved  to  have  first  come 
into  existence  during  the  Laurentian  epoch,  or  the  above 
Brachiopods  during  the  Cambrian  formation;  for  in  this 
case,  there  would  not  have  been  time  sufficient  for  the  de- 
velopment of  these  organisms  up  to  the  standard  which  they 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


386  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

had  then  reached.  When  advanced  up  to  any  given  point, 
there  is  no  necessity,  on  the  theory  of  natural  selection,  for 
their  further  continued  progress;  though  they  will,  during 
each  successive  age,  have  to  he  slightly  modified,  so  as  to 
hold  their  places  in  relation  to  slight  changes  in  their  condi- 
tions. The  foregoing  objections  hinge  on  the  question 
whether  we  really  know  how  old  the  world  is,  and  at  what 
period  the  various  forms  of  life  first  appeared;  and  this  may 
well  be  disputed. 

The  problem  whether  organisation  on  the  whole  has  ad- 
vanced is  in  many  ways  excessively  intricate.  The  geological 
record,  at  all  times  imperfect,  does  not  extend  far  enough 
back,  to  show  with  unmistakeable  clearness  that  within  the 
known  history  of  the  world  organisation  has  largely  ad- 
vanced. Even  at  the  present  day,  looking  to  members  of  the 
same  dass,  naturalists  are  not  unanimous  which  forms  ought 
to  be  ranked  as  highest:  thus,  some  look  at  the  selaceans  or 
sharks,  from  their  approach  in  some  important  points  of 
structure  to  reptiles,  as  the  highest  fish;  others  look  at  the 
teleosteans  as  the  highest  The  ganoids  stand  intermediate 
between  the  selaceans  and  teleosteans;  the  latter  at  the 
present  day  are  largely  preponderant  in  number;  but  for- 
merly selaceans  and  ganoids  alone  existed;  and  in  this  case, 
according  to  the  standard  of  highness  chosen,  so  will  it  be 
said  that  fishes  have  advanced  or  retrograded  in  organisa- 
tion. To  attempt  to  compare  members  of  distinct  types  in 
the  scale  of  highness  seems  hopeless ;  who  will  decide  whether 
a  cuttle-fish  be  higher  than  a  bee — ^that  insect  which  the 
great  Von  Baer  believed  to  be  "in  fact  more  highly  organised 
than  a  fish,  although  upon  another  type"?  In  the  complex 
struggle  for  life  it  is  quite  credible  that  crustaceans,  not  very 
high  in  their  own  class,  might  beat  cephalopods,  the  highest 
molluscs ;  and  such  crustaceans,  though  not  highly  developed, 
would  stand  very  high  in  the  scale  of  invertebrate  animals,  if 
judged  by  the  most  decisive  of  all  trials — ^the  law  of  battle. 
Beside  these  inherent  difficulties  in  deciding  which  forms 
are  the  most  advanced  in  organisation,  we  ought  not  solely 
to  compare  the  highest  members  of  a  class  at  any  two 
periods — ^though  undoubtedly  this  is  one  and  perhaps  the 
most  important  element  in  striking  a  balance — ^but  we  ought 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


STATE  OF  DEVELOPMENT  COBfPARED  387 

to  compare  all  the  members,  high  and  low,  at  the  two  periods. 
At  an  ancient  epoch  the  highest  and  lowest  moUitscoidal  ani- 
mals, namely,  cephalopods  and  brachiopods,  swarmed  in 
numbers;  at  the  present  time  both  groups  are  greatly  re« 
duced,  whilst  others,  intermediate  in  organisation,  have 
largely  increased;  consequently  some  naturalists  maintain 
that  molluscs  were  formerly  more  highly  developed  than  at 
present;  but  a  stronger  case  can  be  made  out  on  the  oppo- 
site side,  by  considering  the  vast  reduction  of  the  brachio* 
pods,  and  the  fact  that  our  existing  cephalopods,  though  few 
in  number,  are  more  highly  organised  than  iheir  ancient  rep- 
resentatives. We  ought  also  to  compare  the  relative  propor- 
tional numbers  at  any  two  periods  of  the  high  and  low  classes 
throughout  the  world:  if,  for  instance,  at  the  present  day 
fifty  thousand  kinds  of  vertebrate  animals  exist,  and  if  we 
knew  that  at  some  former  period  only  ten  thousand  kinds 
existed,  we  ought  to  look  at  this  increase  in  number  in  the 
highest  class,  which  implies  a  great  displacement  of  lower 
forms,  as  a  decided  advance  in  the  organisation  of  the  world. 
We  thus  see  how  hopelessly  difficult  it  is  to  compare  with 
perfect  fairness  under  such  extremely  complex  relations,  the 
standard  of  organisation  of  the  imperfectly-known  faunas 
of  successive. periods. 

We  shall  appreciate  this  difficulty  more  clearly,  by  looking 
to  certain  existing  faunas  and  floras.  From  the  extraordi- 
nary manner  in  which  European  productions  have  recently 
spread  over  New  Zealand,  and  have  seized  on  places  which 
must  have  been  previously  occupied  by  the  indigenes,  we 
must  believe,  that  if  all  the  animals  and  plants  of  Great 
Britain  were  set  free  in  New  Zealand,  a  multitude  of  British 
forms  would  in  the  course  of  time  become  thoroughly  nat- 
uralised there,  and  would  exterminate  many  of  the  natives. 
On  the  other  hand,  from  the  fact  that  hardly  a  single  inhabi- 
tant of  the  southern  hemisphere  has  become  wild  in  any  part 
of  Europe,  we  may  well  doubt  whether,  if  all  the  productions 
of  New  Zealand  were  set  free  in  Great  Britain,  any  consid- 
erable number  would  be  enabled  to  seize  on  places  now  occu- 
pied by  our  native  plants  and  animals.  Under  this  point  of 
view,  the  productions  of  Great  Britain  stand  much  higher  in 
the  scale  than  those  of  New  Zealand.    Yet  the  most  skilful 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


368  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

naturalist,  from  an  examination  of  the  species  of  the  two 
countries,  could  not  have  foreseen  this  result. 

Agassiz  and.  several  other  highly  competent  judges  insist 
that  ancient  animals  resemble  to  a.  certain  extent  the  em- 
bryos of  recent  animals  belonging  to  the  same  dasses;  and 
that  the  geological  succession  of  extinct  forms  is  nearly  par- 
allel with  the  embryological  development  of  existing  forms. 
This  view  accords  admirably  well  with  our  theory.  In  a 
future  chapter  I  shall  attempt  to  show  that  the  adtdt  differs 
from  its  embiyo,  owing  to  variations  having  supervened  at  a 
not  early  age,  and  having  been  inherited  at  a  corresponding 
age.  This  process,  whilst  it  leaves  the  embryo  almost  unal- 
tered, continually  adds,  in  the  course  of  successive  genera- 
tions, more  and  more  difference  to  the  adult.  Thus  the 
embryo  oomes  to  be  left  as  a  sort  of  picture,  preserved  by. 
nature,  of.  the  former  and  less  modified  condition  of  the 
species.  This  view  may  be  true,  and  yet  may  never  be 
capable  of  proof.  Seeing,  for  instance,  that  the  oldest  known 
mammals,  reptiles,  and  fishes  strictly  belong  to  their  proper 
classes,  though  some  of  these  old  fonns  are  in  a  slight  de- 
gree less  distinct  from  each  other  than  are  the  typical  mem- 
bers of  the  same  groups  at  the  present  day,  it  would  be  vain 
to  look  for  animals  having  the  common  embryological  char- 
acter of  the  Vertebrata,  until  beds  rich  in  fossils  are  discov- 
ered far  beneath  the  lowest  Cambrian  strataT-*a  discovery,  of 
which  the  chance  is  small. 

ON    THB   SUCCESSION    OP    THE    SAMS   TYPES    WITHIN.  THB 
SAME  ABEAS,  DURING  THE  LATER  TERTIARY  PERIODS 

Mr.  Clift  many  years  ago  showed  that  the  fossil  m^immals 
from  the  Australian  cave&  were  closely  allied  to  the  living 
marsupials  of  that  continent.  In.  South  America,  a  similar 
relationship  is  manifest,  even  to  an  uneducated  eye,  in  the 
gigantic  pieces  of  armour,  like  those  of  the  armadillo,  found 
in  severalparts  of  La  Plata;  and  Professor  Owen  has  shown 
in  the  most  striking  manner  that,  most  of  the  fossil  mammals, 
buried  there  in  such  numbers,  are  related  to  South  American 
types.  This  relationship  is  even,  more  clearly  seen  in  the 
wonderful,  collection  of  fossil  hones  mode  by  MM.  Luqd  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUCCESSION  OF  SAME  TYPES  S8» 

Clausen  in  the  oaves  of-  Brazil.  I  was  so  much  impressed 
with  these  facts  that  I  strongly  insisted,  in  1839  and  1845, 
on  this  "law  of  the  succession  of  types," — on  "this  won- 
derful relationship  in  the  same<  continent  between  the  dead 
and  the  living."  Professor  Owen  has  subsequently  extended 
the  same  generalisation  to  the  mammals  of  the  Old  World; 
We  see  the  same  law  in  this  author's  restorations  of  the 
extinct  and  gigantic  birds  of  New  Zealand.  We  see  it  also 
in  the  birds  of  the  caves  of  Braeili  Mr.  Woodward  has 
shown  that  the  same  law  hold^  good  with  sea-shells,  but, 
from  the  wide  distributioni  of  most  molluscs,  it  is  not  well 
displayed  by  them.  Other  cases  could*  be  added;  as  the  rela- 
tion between  the  extinct  and  living  land-shells  of  Mlaidfeira; 
and  between  the  extinct  and  living  brackish  water-shells  of 
the  Aralo-Caspian  Sea. 

Now  what  does  this  remarkable  law  of  the  succession  of 
the  same  types  within  the  same  areas  mean  ?  He  would  be 
a  bold  man  who,  after  comparing  the  present  climate  of  Aus- 
tralia and  of'  parts  of  South  Amerita,  under  the  same  lati- 
tude, would  attempt  to  account,  on  die  one  hand  through 
dissimilar  physical  conditions,  for  the  dissimilarity  of  the 
inhabitants  of  these  two  continents;  and;  on  the  other  hand 
through  similarity  of  conditions,  for  the  uniformity  of  the 
same  types  in  each  continent  during  the  later  tertiary  periods. 
Nor  can  it  be  pretended  that  it  is  an  immutable  law  that 
marsupials  should  have  been  chiefly  or  solely  produced  in 
Australia;  or  that  Edentata  and  other  American  types  should 
have  been  solely  produced  in  South  America.  For  we  know 
that  Europe  in  ancient  times  was  peopled  by  numerous  mar- 
supials; and  I  have  shown  in  the  publications  above  alluded 
to,  that  in  America  the  law-  of  distribution  of  terrestrial 
mammals  was  formerly  different  from  what  it  now  is.  North 
America  formerly  partook  strongly  of  the  present  character 
of  the  southern  half  of  the  continent;  and' the  southern  half 
was  formerly  more  cldsely  allied,  than  it  is  at  present,  to  the 
northern  half.  In  a  similar  manner  we  know,  from  Faltoncr 
and  Cautley's  discoveries,  that  Northern  India  was  formerly 
more  closely  related  in  its  mammals  to  Africa  than*  it  is  at 
the  present  time.  Analogous  facts  could  be  given  in  rela«- 
tion  to  the  distribution  of  marine  animals. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


990  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

On  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification,  the  great  law 
of  the  long  enduring,  but  not  immutable,  succession  of  the 
same  types  within  the  same  areas,  is  at  once  explained;  for 
the  inhabitants  of  each  quarter  of  the  world  will  obviously 
tend  to  leave  in  that  quarter,  during  the  next  succeeding 
period  of  time,  closely  allied  though  in  some  degree  modified 
descendants.  If  the  inhabitants  of  one  continent  formerly 
differed  greatly  from  those  of  another  continent,  so  will 
their  modified  descendants  still  differ  in  nearly  the  same 
manner  and  degree.  But  after  very  long  intervals  of  time, 
and  after  great  geographical  changes,  permitting  much  inter- 
migration,  the  feebler  will  yield  to  the  more  dominant  forms, 
and  there  will  be  nothing  immutable  in  the  distribution  of 
organic  beings. 

It  may  be  asked  in  ridicule,  whether  I  suppose  that  the 
megatherium  and  other  allied  huge  monsters,  which  formerly 
lived  in  South  America,  have  left  behind  them  the  sloth, 
armadillo,  and  anteater,  as  their  degenerate  descendants. 
This  cannot  for  an  instant  be  admitted.  These  huge  animals 
have  become  wholly  extinct,  and  have  left  no  progeny.  But 
in  the  caves  of  Brazil,  there  are  many  extinct  species  which 
are  closely  allied  in  size  and  in  all  other  characters  to  the 
species  still  living  in  South  America;  and  some  of  these 
fossils  may  have  been  the  actual  progenitors  of  the  living 
species. 

.  It  must  not  be  forgotten  that,  on  our  theory,  all  the 
species  of  the  same  genus  are  the  descendants  of  some  one 
species;  so  that,  if  six  genera,  each  having  eight  species,  be 
found  in  one  geological  formation,  and  in  a  succeeding 
formation  there  be  six  other  allied  or  representative  genera 
each  with  the  same  number  of  species,  then  we  may  con- 
clude that  generally  only  one  species  of  each  of  the  older 
genera  has  left  modified  descendants,  which  constitute  the 
new  genera  containing  the  several  species;  the  other  seven 
species  of  each  old  genus  having  died  out  and  left  no  progeny. 
Or,  and  this  will  be  a  far  commoner  case,  two  or  three  spe- 
cies in  two  or  three  alone  of  the  six  older  genera  will  be 
the  parents  of  the  new  genera :  the  other  species  and  the  other 
old  genera  having  become  utterly  extinct.  In  failing  orders, 
with  the  genera  and  species  decreasing  in  numbers  as  is  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  991 

case  with  the  Edentata  of  South  America,  still  fewer  genera 
and  species  will  leave  modified  blood-descendants. 

SUMMARY   OF  THE   PRECEDING   AND    PRESENT   CHAPTERS 

I  have  attempted  to  show  that  the  geological  record  is  ex« 
tremely  imperfect ;  that  only  a  small  portion  of  the  globe  has 
been  geologically  explored  with  care;  that  only  certain 
classes  of  organic  beings  have  been  largely  preserved  in  a 
fossil  state;  that  the  number  both  of  specimens  and  of  spe- 
cies, preserved  in  our  museums,  is  absolutely  as  nothing  com- 
pared with  the  number  of  generations  which  must  have 
passed  away  even  during  a  single  formation;  that,  owing  to 
subsidence  being  almost  necessary  for  the  accumulation  of 
deposits  rich  in  fossil  species  of  many  kinds,  and  thick  enough 
to  outlast  future  degradation,  great  intervals  of  time  must 
have  elapsed  between  most  of  our  successive  formations; 
that  there  has  probably  been  more  extinction  during  the 
periods  of  subsidence,  and  more  variation  during  the  periods 
of  elevation,  and  during  the  latter  the  record  will  have  been 
least  perfectly  kept;  that  each  single  formation  has  not  been 
continuously  deposited;  that  the  duration  of  each  formation 
is  probably  short  compared  with  the  average  duration  of 
specific  forms;  that  migration  has  played  an  important  part 
in  the  first  appearance  of  new  forms  in  any  one  area  and 
formation ;  that  widely  ranging  species  are  those  which  have 
varied  most  frequently,  and  have  oftenest  given  rise  to  new 
species;  that  varieties  have  at  first  been  local;  and  lastly, 
although  each  species  must  have  passed  through  numerous 
transitional  stages,  it  is  probaUe  that  the  periods,  during 
which  each  underwent  modification,  though  many  and  long 
as  measured  by  years,  have  been  short  in  comparison  with 
the  periods  during  which  each  remained  in  an  unchanged 
condition.  These  causes,  taken  conjointly,  will  to  a  large  ex- 
tent explain  why — ^though  we  do  find  many  links — we  do  not 
find  interminable  varieties,  connecting  together  all  extinct 
and  existing  forms  by  the  finest  graduated  steps.  It  should 
also  be  constantly  borne  in  mind  that  any  linking  variety 
between  two  forms,  which  might  be  found,  would  be  ranked, 
unless  the  whole  chain  could  be  perfectly  restored,  as  a  new 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


302  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

and  distinct  species;  for  it  is  not  pretended;  that  we  have 
any  sure  ciiterion  by  which  species  and  varieties  can  be 
discriminated. 

He  who  rejects  this  view  of  the  imperfection  of  the  geo- 
logical record,  will  rightly  reject  the  whole  theory.  For  he 
may  ask  in  vain  where  are  .the  numberless  transitional  links 
which  must  formerly  have  connected  the  closely  allied  or 
representative  species,  found  in  the  successive  stages  of  the 
same  great  formation?  He  may  disbelieve  in  the  immense 
intervals  of  time  which  must  have  elapsed  between  our  conr 
secutive  formations;  he  may  overlook  how  important  a  part 
migration  has  played,  when  the  formations  of  any  one  great 
region,  as  those  of  Europe,  are  considered;  he  may  urge  the 
apparent,  but  often  falsely  apparent,  sudden  coming  in  of 
whole  groups  of  species.  He  may  ask  where  are  the  remains 
of  those  infinitely  numerous  organisms  which  must  have  ex* 
isted  long  before  the  Cambrian  system  was  deposited?  We 
now  know  that  at  least  one  animal  did  then  exist;  but  I  can 
answer  this  last  question  only  by  supposing  that  where  our 
oceans  now  extend  they  have  extended  for  an  enormous 
period,  and  where  our  oscillating  continents  now  stand  they 
have  stood  since  the  commencement  of  the  Cambrian  system ; 
but  that,  long  before  that  epoch,  the  world  presented  a  widely 
different  aspect;,  and.  that  the  older  continents,  formed  of 
formations  older  than  any  known  to  us,  exist  now  only  as 
remnants  in  a  metamorphosed  condition,  or  lie  still  buried 
under  the  ocean. 

Passing  from  these  difficulties,  the  other  great  leading 
facts  in  palaeontology  agree  admirably  with  the  theory  of 
descent  with  modification  through  variation  and  natural 
selection.  We  can  thus  understand  how  it  is  that  new  spe- 
cies oome  in  slowly  and  successively;  how  species  of.  dif- 
ferent classes  do  not  necessarily  change  together,  or  at  the 
same  rate,  or  in  the  same  degree ;  yet  in  the  long  run  that  all 
undergo  modification  to  some  extent.  The  extinction  of  old 
forms  is  the  almost  inevitable  consequence  of  the  production 
of  new  forms.  We  can  understand  why,  when  a  species  has 
once  disappeared,  it  never  reappears.  Groups  of  species  in- 
crease in  numbers  slowly,  and  endure  for  unequal  periods 
of  time ;  for  the  process  of  modification  is  necessarily  slow. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMART  mS 

and  depends  on  many  complex  contingencies.  The  dominant 
species  belonging  to  large  and  dominant  groups  tend  to  leave 
many  modified  descendants,  which  form  new  sub-groups  and 
groups.  As  these  are  formed,  the  species  of  the  less  vig- 
orous groups,  from  their  inferiority  inherited  from  a  com- 
mon progenitor,  tend  to  become  extinct  together,  and  to  leave 
no  modified  offspring  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  But  the  utter 
extinction  of  a  whole  group  of  species  has  sometimes  been  a 
slow  process,  from  the  survival  of  a  few  descendants,  lin- 
gering in  protected  and  isolated  situations.  When  a  group 
has  once  wholly  disappeared,  it  does  not  reappear;  for  the 
link  of  generation  has  been  broken. 

We  can  understand  how  it  is  that  dominant  forms  which 
spread  widely  and  yield  the  greatest  number  of  varieties  tend 
to  people  the  world  with  allied,  but  modified,  descendants; 
and  these  will  generally  succeed  in  displacing  the  groups 
which  are  their  inferiors  in  the  struggle  for  existence. 
Hence,  after  long  intervals  of  time,  the  productions  of  the 
world  appear  to  have  changed  simultaneously. 

We  can  understand  how  it  is  that  all  the  forms  of  life, 
ancient  and  recent,  make  together  a  few  grand  classes.  We 
can  understand,  from  the  continued  tendency  to  divergence 
of  character,  why  the  more'  ancient  a  form  is,  the  more  it 
generally  differs  from  those  now  living;  why  ancient  and 
extinct  forms  often  tend  to  fill  up  gaps  between  existing 
forms,  sometimes  blending  two  groups,  previously  classed 
as  distinct,  into  one;  but  more  commonly  bringing  them  only 
a  little  closer  together.  The  more  ancient  a  form  is,  the 
more  often  it  stands  in  some  degree  intermediate  between 
groups  now  distinct;  for  the  more  ancient  a  form  is,  the 
more  nearly  it  will  be  related  to,  and  consequently  resemble, 
the  common  progenitor  of  groups,  since  become  widely 
divergent.  Extinct  forms  are  seldom  directly  intermediate 
between  existing  forms;  but  are  intermediate  only  by  a  long 
and  circuitous  course  through  other  extinct  and  different 
forms.  We  can  clearly  see  why  the  organic  remains  of 
closely  consecutive  formations  are  closely  allied;  for  they 
are  closely  linked  together  by  generation.  We  can  clearly 
see  why  the  remains  of  an  intermediate  formation  are  inter- 
mediate in  character. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


994  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

The  inhabitants  of  the  world  at  each  successive  period  in 
its  history  have  beaten  their  predecessors  in  the  race  for 
life,  and  are,  in  so  far,  higher  in  the  scale,  and  their  struc- 
ture has  generally  become  more  specialised;  and  this  may 
account  for  the  common  belief  held  by  so  many  palaeontolo- 
gists, that  organisation  on  the  whole  has  progressed.  Extinct 
and  ancient  animals  resemble  to  a  certain  extent  the  embryos 
of  the  more  recent  animals  belonging  to  the  same  classes, 
and  this  wonderful  fact  receives  a  simple  explanation  accord- 
ing to  our  views.  The  succession  of  the  same  types  of 
structure  within  the  same  areas  during  the  later  geological 
periods  ceases  to  be  mysterious,  and  is  intelligible  on  the 
principle  of  inheritance. 

If  then  the  geological  record  be  as  imperfect  as  many  be- 
lieve, and  it  may  at  least  be  asserted  that  the  record  cannot 
be  proved  to  be  much  more  perfect,  the  main  objections  to 
the  theory  of  natural  selection  are  greatly  diminished  or  dis- 
appear. On  the  other  hand,  all  the  chief  laws  of  palaeontology 
plainly  proclaim,  as  it  seems  to  me,  that  species  have  been 
produced  by  ordinary  generation :  old  forms  having  been  sup- 
planted by  new  and  improved  forms  of  life,  the  products  of 
Variation  and  the  Survival  of  the  Fittest. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  XII 
Geographical  Distribution 

Present  distribution  cannot  be  accounted  for  by  differences  in  physi* 
cal  conditions — Importance  of  barriers — Affinity  of  the  produc- 
tions of  the  same  continent — Centres  of  creation — Means  of 
dispersal,  by  changes  of  climate  and  of  the  level  of  the  land,  and 
by  occasional  means — Dispersal  during  the  Glacial  period — 
Alternate  Glacial  periods  in  the  North   and  South. 

IN  considering  the  distribution  of  organic  beings  over  the 
face  of  the  globe,  the  first  great  fact  which  strikes  us  is, 
that  neither  the  similarity  nor  the  dissimilarity  of  the 
inhabitants  of  various  regions  can  be  wholly  accotmted  for  by 
climatal  and  other  physical  conditions.  Of  late,  almost  every 
author  who  has  studied  the  subject  has  come  to  this  conclu- 
sion. The  case  of  America  alone  would  almost  suffice  to 
prove  its  truth;  for  if  we  exclude  the  arctic  and  northern 
temperate  parts,  all  authors  agree  that  one  of  the  most  fun- 
damental divisions  in  geographical  distribution  is  that  be- 
tween the  New  and  Old  Worlds;  yet  if  we  travel  over  the 
vast  American  continent,  from  the  central  parts  of  the 
United  States  to  its  extreme  southern  point,  we  meet  with 
the  most  diversified  conditions ;  humid  districts,  arid  deserts, 
lofty  motmtains,  grassy  plains,  forests,  marshes,  lakes,  and 
great  rivers,  under  almost  every  temperature.  There  is 
hardly  a  climate  or  condition  in  the  Old  World  which  can- 
not be  paralleled  in  the  New — at  least  as  closely  as  the  same 
species  generally  require.  No  doubt  small  areas  can  be 
pointed  out  in  the  Old  World  hotter  than  any  in  the  New 
World ;  but  these  are  not  inhabited  by  a  fauna  different  from 
that  of  the  surrounding  districts ;  for  it  is  rare  to  find  a  group 
of  organisms  confined  to  a  small  area,  of  which  the  con- 
ditions are  peculiar  in  only  a  slight  degree.  Notwithstand- 
ing this  general  parallelism  in  the  conditions  of  the  Old  and 
New  Worlds,  how  widely  different  are  their  living  pro- 
ductions I 

3d5 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


996  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

In  the  southern  hemisphere,  if  we  compare  large  tracts  of 
land  in  Australia,  South  Africa,  and  western  South  America, 
between  latitudes  25*  and  35*,  we  shall  find  parts  extremely 
similar  in  all  their  conditions,  yet  it  would  not  be  possible  to 
point  out  three  faunas  and  floras  more  utterly  dissimilar. 
Or,  again,  we  may  compare  the  productions  of  South  Amer- 
ica south  of  lat  35**  with  those  north  of  25**,  which  conse- 
quently are  separated  by  a  space  of  ten  degrees  of  latitude, 
and  are  exposed  to  considerably  different  conditions ;  yet  they 
are  incomparably  more  closely  related  to  each  other  than 
they  are  to  the  productions  of  Australia  or  Africa  under 
nearly  the  -same  climate.  Analogous  facts  could  be  given 
with  respect  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  sea. 

A  second  great  fact  which  strikes  us  in  our  general  review 
is,  that  barriers  of  any  kind,  or  obstacles  to  free  migration, 
are  related  in  a  close  and  important  manner  to  the  differ- 
ences between  the  productions  of  various  regions.  We  see 
this  in  the  great  differences  in  nearly  all  the  terrestrial  pro- 
ductions of  the  New  and  Old  Worlds,  excepting  in  the 
northern  parts,  where  the  land  almost  joins,  and  where,  under 
a  slightly  different  climate,  there  might  have  been  free  mi- 
gration for  the  northern  temperate  forms,  as  there  now  is 
for  the  strictly  arctic  productions.  We  see  the  same  fact  in 
the  great  difference  between  the  inhabitants  of  Australia, 
Africa,  and  South  America  under  the  same  latitude;  for 
these  countries  are  almost  as  much  isolated  from  each  other 
as  is  possible.  On  each  continent,  also,  we  see  the  same 
fact ;  for  on  the  opposite  sides  of  lofty  and  continuous  moun- 
tain-ranges, of  great  deserts  and  even  of  large  rivers,  we 
find  different  productions;  though  as  mountain-chains,  des- 
erts, &c,  are  not  as  impassable,  or  likely  to  have  endure^  so 
long,  as  the  oceans  separating  continents,  the  differences  are 
very  inferior  in  degree  to  those  characteristic  of  distinct 
continents. 

Turning  to  the  sea,  we  find  the  same  law.  The  marine 
inhabitants  of  the  eastern  and  western  shores  of  South 
America  are  very  distinct,  with  extremely  few  shells,  Crus- 
tacea, or  echinodermata  in  common;  but  Dr.  Gunther  has 
recently  shown  that  about  thirty  per  cent  of  the  fishes  are 
the  same  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  isthmus  of  Panama; 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  397 

and  this  fact  has  led  naturalists  to  believe  that  the  isthmus 
was  formerly  open.  Westward  of  the  shores  of  America,  a 
wide  space  of  open  ocean  extends,  with  not  an  island  as  a 
halting-place  for  emigrants;  here  we  have  a  barrier  of  an- 
other kind,  and  as  soon  as  this  is  passed  we  meet  in  the  east- 
ern islands  of  the  Pacific  with  another  and  totally  distinct 
fauna.  So  that  three  marine  faunas  range  far  northward 
and  southward  in  parallel  lines  not  far  from  each  other, 
under  corresponding  climates ;  but  from  being  separated  from 
each  other  by  impassable  barriers,  either  of  land  or  open  sea, 
they  are  almost  wholly  distinct.  On  the  other  hand,  proceed- 
ing still  farther  westward  from  the  eastern  islands  of  the 
tropical  parts  of  the  Pacific,  we  encounter  no  impassable 
barriers,  and  we  have  innumerable  islands  as  halting-places, 
or  continuous  coasts,  until,  after  travelling  over  a  hemisphere, 
we  come  to  the  shores  of  Africa;  and  over  this  vast  space 
we  meet  with  no  well-defined  and  distinct  marine  faunas. 
Although  so  few  marine  animals  are  common  to  the  above- 
named  three  approximate  faunas  of  Eastern  and  Western 
America  and  the  eastern  Pacific  islands,  yet  many  fishes 
range  from  the  Pacific  into  the  Indian  Ocean,  and  many 
shells  are  common  to  the  eastern  islands  of  the  Pacific  and 
the  eastern  shores  of  Africa  on  almost  exactly  opposite 
meridians  of  longitude. 

A  third  great  fact,  partly  included  in  the  foregoing  state- 
ment, is  the  affinity  of  the  productions  of  the  same  continent 
or  of  the  same  sea,  though  the  species  themselves  are  dis- 
tinct at  different  points  and  stations.  It  is  a  law  of  the 
widest  generality,  and  every  continent  offers  innumerable 
instances.  Nevertheless,  the  naturalist,  in  travelling,  for 
instance,  from  north  to  south,  never  'fails  to  be  struck  by 
the  manner  in  which  successive  groups  of  beings,  specifically* 
distinct,  though  nearly  related,  replace  each  other.  He  hears 
from  closely  allied,  yet  distinct  kinds  of  birdsj  notes  nearly 
similar,  and  sees  their  nests  similarly  constructed,  but  not 
quite  alike,  with  eggs  coloured  in  nearly  the  same  manner. 
The  plains  near  the  Straits  of  Magellan  are  inhabited  by 
one  species  of  Rhea  (American  ostrich),  and  northward  the 
plains  of  La  Plata  by  another  species  of  the  same  genus ;  and 
not  by  a  true  ostrich  or  emu,  like  those  inhabiting  Africa 
y— Hcxi 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


396  ORIGIN  OP  SPBaES 

and  Australia  under  the  same  latitude.  On  these  same  plains 
of  La  Plata  we  see  the  agouti  and  bizcacha,  animals  having 
nearly  the  same  habits  as  our  hares  and  rabbits,  and  belong- 
ing to  the  same  order  of  Rodents,  but  they  plainly  display 
an  American  type  of  structure.  We  ascend  the  lofty  peaks 
of  the  Cordillera,  and  we  find  an  alpine  species  of  bizcacha; 
we  look  to  the  waters,  and  we  do  not  find  the  beaver  or 
musk-rat,  but  the  coypu  and  capybara,  rodents  of  the  S. 
American  type.  Innumerable  other  instances  could  be  given. 
If  we  look  to  the  islands  off  the  American  shore,  however 
much  they  may  differ  in  geological  structure,  the  inhabitants 
are  essentially  American,  though  they  may  be  all  peculiar 
species.  We  may  look  back  to  past  ages,  as  shown  in  the 
last  chapter,  and  we  find  American  types  then  prevailing  on 
the  American  continent  and  in  the  American  seas.  We  see 
in  these  facts  some  deep  organic  bond,  throughout  space  and 
time,  over  the  same  areas  of  land  and  water,  independently 
of  physical  conditions.  The  naturalist  must  be  dull  m^x)  is 
not  led  to  inquire  what  this  bond  is. 

The  bond  is  simply  inheritance,  that  cause  which  alone, 
as  far  as  we  positively  know,  produces  organisms  quite  like 
each  other,  or,  as  we  see  in  the  case  of  varieties,  nearly 
alike.  The  dissimilarity  of  the  inhabitants  of  different  re- 
gions may  be  attributed  to  modification  through  variation 
and  natural  selection,  and  probably  in  a  subordinate  degree 
to  the  definite  influence  of  different  physical  conditions.  The 
degrees  of  dissimilarity  will  depend  on  the  migration  of  the 
more  dominant  forms  of  life  from  one  region  into  another 
having  been  more  or  less  effectually  prevented,  at  periods 
more  or  less  remote;— on  the  nature  and  number  of  the  for- 
^mer  immigrants; — and  on  the  action  of  the  inhabitants  on 
each  other  in  leading  to  the  preservation  of  different  modifi- 
cations ;  the  relation  of  organism  to  organism  in  the  struggle 
for  life  being,  as  I  have  already  often  remarked,  the  most 
important  of  all  relations.  Thus  the  high  importance  of 
barriers  comes  into  play  by  checking  migration ;  as  does  time 
for  the  slow  process  of  modification  through  natural  selec- 
tion. Widely-ranging  species,  abounding  in  individuals, 
which  have  already  triumphed  over  many  competitors  in 
their  own  widely-extended  homes,  will  have  the  best  chance 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  999 

of  seizing  on  new  places,  when  they  spread  into  new  coun- 
tries. In  their  new  homes  they  will  be  exposed  to  new  con- 
ditions, and  will  frequently  undergo  further  modification  and 
improvement;  and  thus  they  will  become  stUl  further  vic- 
torious, and  will  produce  groups  of  modified  descendants. 
On  this  principle  of  inheritance  with  modification  we  can 
understand  how  it  is  that  sections  of  genera,  whole  genera, 
and  even  families,  are  confined  to  the  same  areas,  as  is  so 
commonly  and  notoriously  the  case. 

There  is  no  evidence,  as  was  remarked  in  the  last  chapter, 
of  the  existence  of  any  law  of  necessary  development.  As 
the  variability  of  each  species  is  an  independent  property, 
and  will  be  taken  advantage  of  by  natural  selection,  only  so 
far  as  it  profits  each  individual  in  its  complex  struggle  for 
life,  so  the  amount  of  modification  in  different  species  will 
be  no  uniform  quantity.  If  a  number  of  species,  after  hav- 
ing long  competed  with  each  other  in  their  old  home,  were 
to  migrate  in  a  body  into  a  new  and  afterwards  isolated 
country,  they  would  be  little  liable  to  modification;  for 
neither  migration  nor  isolation  in  themselves  effect  anything. 
These  principles  come  into  play  only  by  bringing  organisms 
into  new  relations  with  each  other  and  in  a  lesser  degree 
with  the  surrounding  physical  conditions.  As  we  have  seen 
in  the  last  chapter  that  some  forms  have  retained  nearly  the 
same  character  from  an  enormously  remote  geological  period, 
so  certain  species  have  migrated  over  vast  spaces,  and  have 
not  become  greatly  or  at  all  modified. 

According  to  these  views,  it  is  obvious  that  the  several 
species  of  the  same  genus,  though  inhabiting  the  most  dis- 
tant quarters  of  the  world,  must  originally  have  proceeded 
from  the  same  source,  as  they  are  descended  from  the  same 
progenitor.  In  the  case  of  those  species  which  have  under- 
gone during  whole  geological  periods  little  modification, 
there  is  not  much  difficulty  in  believing  that  they  have  mi- 
grated from  the  same  region ;  for  during  the  vast  geographi- 
cal and  climatal  changes  which  have  supervened  since  ancient 
times,  almost  any  amount  of  migration  is  possible.  But  in 
many  other  cases,  in  which  we  have  reason  to  believe  that 
the  species  of  a  genus  have  been  produced  within  compara- 
tively recent  times,  there  is  great  difficulty  on  this  head.    It 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


400  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

is  also  obvious  that  the  individuals  of  the  same  species, 
though  now  inhabiting  distant  and  isolated  regions,  must  have 
proceeded  from  one  spot,  where  their  parents  were  first  pro- 
duced: for,  as  has  been  explained,  it  is  incredible  that  indi- 
viduals identically  the  same  should  have  been  produced  from 
parents  specifically  distinct. 

Single  Centres  of  supposed  Creation. — ^We  are  thus 
brought  to  the  question  which  has  been  largely  discussed  by 
naturalists,  namely,  whether  species  have  been  created  at 
one  or  more  points  of  the  earth's  surface.  Undoubtedly 
there  are  many  cases  of  extreme  difficulty  in  understanding 
how  the  same  species  could  possibly  have  migrated  from 
some  one  point  to  the  several  distant  and  isolated  points, 
where  now  found.  Nevertheless  the  simplicity  of  the  view 
that  each  species  was  first  produced  within  a  single  region 
captivates  the  mind.  He  who  rejects  it,  rejects  the  vera 
causa  of  ordinary  generation  with  subsequent  migration,  and 
calls  in  the  agency  of  a  miracle.  It  is  universally  admitted, 
that  in  most  cases  the  area  inhabited  by  a  species  is  con- 
tinuous ;  and  that  when  a  plant  or  animal  inhabits  two  points 
so  distant  from  each  other,  or  with  an  interval  of  such  a 
nature,  that  the  space  could  not  have  been  easily  passed  over 
by  migration,  the  fact  is  given  as  something  remarkable  and 
exceptional.  The  incapacity  of  migrating  across  a  wide  sea 
is  more  plear  in  the  case  of  terrestrial  mammals  than  perhaps 
with  any  other  organic  beings;  and,  accordingly,  we  find  no 
inexplicable  instances  of  the  same  mammals  inhabiting  dis- 
tant points  of  the  world.  No  geologist  feels  any  difficulty  in 
Great  Britain  possessing  the  same  quadrupeds  with  the  rest 
of  Europe,  for  they  were  no  doubt  once  united.  But  if  the 
same  species  can  be  produced  at  two  separate  points,  why  do 
we  not  find  a  single  mammal  common  to  Europe  and  Aus- 
tralia or  South  America?  The  conditions  of  life  are  nearly 
the  same,  so  that  a  multitude  of  European  animals  and  plants 
have  become  naturalised  in  America  and  Australia;  and 
some  of  the  aboriginal  plants  are  identically  the  same  at 
these  distant  points  of  the  northern  and  southern  hemi- 
spheres. The  answer,  as  I  believe,  is,  that  mammals  have 
not  been  able  to  migrate,  whereas  some  plants,  from  their 
varied  means  of  dispersal,  have  migrated  across  the  wide  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CENTRES  OF  SUPPOSED  CREATION  401 

broken  interspaces.  The  great  and  striking  influence  of  bar- 
riers of  all  kinds,  is  intelligible  only  on  the  view  that  the 
great  majority  of  species  have  been  produced  on  one  side, 
and  have  not  been  able  to  migrate  to  the  opposite  side. 
Some  few  families,  many  sub-families,  very  many  genera, 
and  a  still  greater  number  of  sections  of  genera,  are  con- 
fined to  a  single  region ;  and  it  has  been  observed  by  several 
naturalists  that  the  most  natural  genera,  or  those  genera  in 
which  the  species  are  most  closely  related  to  each  other,  are 
generally  confined  to  the  same  country,  or  if  they  have  a 
wide  range  that  their  range  is  continuous.  What  a  strange 
anomaly  it  would  be,  if  a  directly  opposite  rule  were  to  pre- 
vail, when  we  go  down  one  step  lower  in  the  series,  namely, 
to  the  individuals  of  the  same  species,  and  these  had  not 
been,  at  least  at  first,  confined  to  some  one  region! 

Hence  it  seems  to  me,  as  it  has  to  many  other  naturalists, 
that  the  view  of  each  species  having  been  produced  in  one 
area  alone,  and  having  subsequently  migrated  from  that  area 
as  far  as  its  powers  of  migration  and  subsistence  under  past 
and  present  conditions  permitted,  is  the  most  probable.  Un- 
doubtedly many  cases  occur,  in  which  we  cannot  explain  how 
the  same  species  could  have  passed  from  one  point  to  the 
other.  But  the  geographical  and  climatal  changes  which 
have  certainly  occurred  within  recent  geological  times,  must 
have  rendered  discontinuous  the  formerly  continuous  range 
of  many  species.  So  that  we  are  reduced  to  considei^ whether 
the  exceptions  to  continuity  of  range  are  so  numerous  and 
'  of  so  grave  a  nature,  that  we  ought  to  give  up  the  belief, 
rendered  probable  by  general  considerations,  that  each  species 
has  been  produced  within  one  area,  and  has  migrated  thence 
as  far  as  it  could.  It  would  be  hopelessly  tedious  to  discuss 
all  the  exceptional  cases  of  the  same  species,  now  living  at 
distant  and  separated  points,  nor  do  I  for  a  moment  pretend 
that  any  explanation  could  be  offered  of  many  instances. 
But,  after  some  preliminary  remarks,  I  will  discuss  a  few  of 
the  most  striking  classes  of  facts;  namely,  the  existence  of 
the  same  species  on  the  summits  of  distant  mountain  ranges, 
and  at  distant  points  in  the  arctic  and  antarctic  regions ;  and 
secondly  (in  the  following  chapter),  the  wide  distribution  of 
fresh-water  productions;  and  thirdly,  the  occurrence  of  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


402  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

same  terrestrial  species  on  islands  and  on  the  nearest  main- 
land, though  separated  by  hundreds  of  miles  of  open  sea. 
If  the  existence  of  the  same  species  at  distant  and  isolated 
points  of  the  earth's  surface,  can  in  many  instances  be  ex- 
plained on  the  view  of  each  species  having  migrated  from  a 
single  birthplace;  then,  considering  our  ignorance  with  re- 
spect to  former  climatal  and  geographical  changes  and  to 
the  various  occasional  means  of  transport,  the  belief  that  a 
single  birthplace  is  the  law,  seems  to  me  incomparably  the 
safest. 

In  discussing  this  subject,  we  shall  be  enabled  at  the  same 
time  to  consider  a  point  equally  important  for  us,  namely, 
whether  the  several  species  of  a  genus  which  must  on  our 
theory  all  be  descended  from  a  common  progenitor,  can  have 
migrated,  undergoing  modification  during  their  migration, 
from  some  one  area.  If,  when  most  of  the  species  inhabiting 
one  region  are  different  from  those  of  another  region,  though 
closely  allied  to  them,  it  can  be  shown  that  migration  from 
the  one  region  to  the  other  has  probably  occurred  at  some 
former  period,  our  general  view  will  be  much  strengthened; 
for  the  explanation  is  obvious  on  the  principle  of  descent 
with  modification.  A  volcanic  island,  for  instance,  upheaved 
and  formed  at  the  distance  of  a  few  hundreds  of  miles  from 
a  continent,  would  probably  receive  from  it  in  the  course  of 
time  a  few  colonists,  and  their  descendants,  though  modified, 
would  still  be  related  by  inheritance  to  the  inhabitants  of 
that  continent.  Cases  of  this  nature  are  common,  and  are, 
as  we  shall  hereafter  see,  inexplicable  on  the  theory  of  inde- 
pendent creation.  This  view  of  the  relation  of  the  species 
of  one  region  to  those  of  another,  does  not  differ  much  from 
that  advanced  by  Mr.  Wallace,  who  concludes  that  "every 
species  has  come  into  existence  coincident  both  in  space  and 
time  with  a  pre-existing  closely  allied  species."  And  it  is 
now  well  known  that  he  attributes  this  coincidence  to  descent 
with  modification. 

The  question  of  single  or  multiple  centres  of  creation  dif- 
fers from  another  though  allied  question, — ^namely,  whether 
all  the  individuals  of  the  same  species  are  descended  from  a 
single  pair,  or  single  hermaphrodite,  or  whether,  as  some 
authors  suppose,  from  many  individuals  simultaneously  cre- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


UEANS  OF  DISPEBSAL  408 

ated  With  organic  beings  which  never  intercross,  if  such 
exist,  each  species  must  be  descended  from  a  succession  of 
modified  varieties,  that  have  supplanted  each  other,  but  have 
never  blended  vnih  other  individuals  or  varieties  of  the  same 
species;  so  that,  at  each  successive  stage  of  modification,  all 
the  individuals  of  the  same  form  will  be  descended  from  a 
single  parent.  But  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  namely, 
with  all  organisms  which  habitually  unite  for  each  birth,  or 
which  occasionally  intercross,  the  individuals  of  the  same 
species  inhabiting  the  same  area  will  be  kept  nearly  uniform 
t:^^  intercrossing;  so  that  many  individuals  will  go  on  simul- 
taneously changing,  and  the  whole  amount  of  modification  at 
each  stage  will  not  be  due  to  descent  from  a  single  parent. 
To  illustrate  what  I  mean:  our  English  race-horses  differ 
from  the  horses  of  every  other  breed;  but  they  do  not  owe 
their  difference  and  superiority  to  descent  from  any  single 
pair,  but  to  continued  care  in  the  selecting  and  training  of 
many  individuals  during  each  generation. 

Before  discussing  the  three  classes  of  facts,  which  I  have 
selected  as  presenting  the  greatest  amount  of  difficulty  on  the 
theory  of  "single  centres  of  creation,"  I  must  say  a  few 
words  on  the  means  of  dispersal. 

MBANS  OP  DISPERSAL 

Sir  C.  Lyell  and  other  authors  have  ably  treated  this  sub- 
ject. I  can  give  here  only  the  briefest  abstract  of  the  more 
important  facts.  Change  of  climate  must  have  had  a  power- 
ful influence  on  migration.  A  region  now  impassable  to  cer- 
tain organisms  from  the  nature  of  its  climate,  might  have 
been  a  high  road  for  migration,  when  the  climate  was  dif- 
ferent. I  shall,  however,  presently  have  to  discuss  this 
branch  of  the  subject  in  some  detail.  Changes  of  level  in 
the  land  must  also  have  been  highly  influential:  a  narrow 
isthmus  now  separates  two  marine  faunas;  submerge  it,  or 
let  it  formerly  have  been  submerged,  and  the  two  faunas 
will  now  blend  together,  or  may  formerly  have  blended 
Where  the  sea  now  extends,  land  may  at  a  former  period 
have  connected  islands  or  possibly  even  continents  together, 
and  thus  have  allowed  terrestrial  productions  to  pass  from 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


404  ORIGIN  OP  SPEaES 

one  to  the  other.  No  geologist  disputes  that  great  muta-. 
tions  of  level  have  occurred  within  the  period  of  existing 
organisms.  Edward  Forbes  insisted  that  all  the  islands  in 
the  Atlantic  must  have  been  recently  connected  with  Europe 
or  Africa,  and  Europe  likewise  with  America.  Other  authors 
have  thus  hypothetically  bridged  over  every  ocean,  and 
united  almost  every  island  with  some  mainland.  If  indeed 
the  arguments  used  by  Forbes  are  to  be  trusted,  it  must  be 
admitted  that  scarcely  a  single  island  exists  which  has  not 
recently  been  united  to  some  continent.  This  view  cuts  the 
Gordian  knot  of  the  dispersal  of  the  same  species  to  the  most 
distant  points,  and  removes  many  a  difficulty ;  but  to  the  best 
of  my  judgment  we  are  not  authorised  in  admitting  such 
enormous  geographical  changes  within  the  period  of  existing 
species.  It  seems  to  me  that  we  have  abundant  evidence  of 
great  oscillations  in  the  level  of  the  land  or  sea;  but  not  of 
such  vast  changes  in  the  position  and  extension  of  our  con- 
tinents, as  to  have  united  them  within  the  recent  period  to 
each  other  and  to  the  several  intervening  oceanic  islands. 
I  freely  admit  the  former  existence  of  many  islands,  now 
buried  beneath  the  sea,  which  may  have  served  as  halting- 
places  for  plants  and  for  many  animals  during  their  migra- 
tion. In  the  coral-producing  oceans  such  sunken  islands  are 
now  marked  by  ring^  of  coral  or  atolls  standing  over  them. 
Whenever  it  is  fully  admitted,  as  it  will  some  day  be,  that 
each  species  has  proceeded  from  a  single  birthplace,  and 
when  in  the  course  of  time  we  know  something  definite  about 
the  means  of  distribution,  we  shall  be  enabled  to  speculate 
with  security  on  the  former  extension  of  the  land.  But  I  do 
not  believe  that  it  will  ever  be  proved  that  within  the  recent 
period  most  of  our  continents  which  now  stand  quite  sep- 
arate, have  been  continuously,  or  almost  continuously  united 
with  each  other,  and  with  the  many  existing  oceanic  islands. 
Several  facts  in  distribution — ^such  as  the  great  difference  in 
the  marine  faunas  on  the  opposite  sides  of  almost  every  con- 
tinent,— the  close  relation  of  the  tertiary  inhabitants  of  sev- 
eral lands  and  even  seas  to  their  present  inhabitants, — ^the 
degree  of  affinity  between  the  mammals  inhabiting  islands 
with  those  of  the  nearest  continent,  being  in  part  determined 
(as  we  shall  hereafter  see)  by  the  depth  of  the  intervening 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


BIEANS  OF  DISPERSAL  405 

ocean, — ^these  and  other  such  facts  are  opposed  to  the  admis- 
sion of  such  prodigious  geographical  revolutions  iivithin  the 
recent  period,  as  are  necessary  on  the  view  advanced  by 
Forbes  and  admitted  by  his  followers.  The  nature  and  rela- 
tive proportions  of  the  inhabitants  of  oceanic  islands  are 
likewise  opposed  to  the  belief  of  their  former  continuity  with 
continents.  Nor  does  the  almost  universally  volcanic  com- 
position of  such  islands  favour  the  admission  that  they  are 
the  wrecks  of  sunken  continents; — ^if  they  had  originally 
existed  as  continental  mountain  ranges,  some  at  least  of  the 
islands  would  have  been  formed,  like  other  mountain  sum- 
mits, of  granite,  metamorphic  schists,  old  fossiliferous  and 
other  rocks,  instead  of  consisting  of  mere  piles  of  volcanic 
matter. 

I  must  now  say  a  few  words  on  what  are  called  accidental 
means,  but  which  more  properly  should  be  called  occasional 
means  of  distribution.  I  shall  here  confine  myself  to  plants. 
In  botanical  works,  this  or  that  plant  is  often  stated  to  be  ill 
adapted  for  wide  dissemination ;  but  the  greater  or  less  facili- 
ties for  transport  across  the  sea  may  be  said  to  be  almost 
wholly  unknown.  Until  I  tried,  with  Mr.  Berkeley's  aid,  a 
few  experiments,  it  was  not  even  known  how  far  seeds 
could  resist  the  injurious  action  of  sea-water.  To  my  sur- 
prise I  found  that  out  of  87  kinds,  64  germinated  after  an 
immersion  of  28  days,  and  a  few  survived  an  immersion  o£ 
137  days.  It  deserves  notice  that  certain  orders  were  far 
more  injured  than  others :  nine  Leguminosae  were  tried,  and, 
with  one  exception,  they  resisted  the  salt-water  badly ;  seven 
species  of  the  allied  orders,  Hydrophyllaceae  and  Polemo- 
niaceae,  were  all  killed  by  a  month's  immersion.  For  con- 
venience' sake  I  chiefly  tried  small  seeds  without  the  cap- 
sule or  fruit;  and  as  all  of  these  sank  in  a  few  days  they 
could  not  have  been  floated  across  wide  spaces  of  the  sea, 
whether  or  not  they  were  injured  by  the  salt-water.  After- 
wards I  tried  some  larger  fruits,  capsules,  &c.,  and  some  of 
these  floated  for  a  long  time.  It  is  well  known  what  a  dif- 
ference there  is  in  the  buoyancy  of  green  and  seasoned  tim- 
ber; and  it  occurred  to  me  that  floods  would  often  wash  into 
the  sea  dried  plants  or  branches  with  seed-capsules  or  fruit 
attached  to  them.    Hence  I  was  led  to  dry  the  stems  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


406  ORIGIN  OF  SPfiCIBS 

branches  of  94  plants  with  ripe  fruit,  and  to  place  them  on 
sea-water.  The  majority  sank  quickly,  but  some  which, 
whilst  green,  floated  for  a  very  short  time,  when  dried  floated 
much  longer ;  for  instance,  ripe  hazel-nuts  sank  immediately, 
but  when  dried  they  floated  for  90  days,  and  afterwards  when 
planted  germinated;  an  asparagus-plant  with  ripe  berries 
floated  for  23  days,  when  dried  it  floated  for  85  days,  and 
the  seeds  afterwards  germinated;  the  ripe  seeds  of  Helosci- 
adium  sank  in  two  days,  when  dried  they  floated  for  above 
90  days,  and  afterwards  germinated.  Altogether,  out  of  the 
94  dried  plants,  18  floated  for  above  28  days;  and  some  of 
the  18  floated  for  a  very  much  longer  period  So  that  as  f4 
kinds  of  seeds  germinated  after  an  immersion  of  28  days; 
and  as  ^  distinct  species  with  ripe  fruit  (but  not  all  the  same 
species  as  in  the  foregoing  experiment)  floated,  after  being 
dried,  for  above  28  days,  we  may  conclude,  as  far  as  anything 
can  be  inferred  from  these  scanty  facts,  that  the  seeds  of  -^ 
kinds  of  plants  of  any  country  might  be  floated  by  sea-cur- 
rents during  28  days,  and  would  retain  their  power  of  ger- 
mination. In  Johnston's  Physical  Atlas,  the  average  rate  of 
the  several  Atlantic  currents  is  33  miles  per  diem  (some  cur- 
rents running  at  the  rate  of  60  miles  per  diem)  ;  on  this 
average,  the  seeds  of  -ffy  plants  belonging  to  one  country 
might  be  floated  across  924  miles  of  sea  to  another  country, 
and  when  stranded,  if  blown  by  an  inland  gale  to  a  favour- 
able spot,  would  germinate. 

Subsequently  to  my  experiments,  M.  Martens  tried  similar 
ones,  but  in  a  much  better  manner,  for  he  placed  the  seeds 
in  a  box  in  the  actual  sea,  so  that  they  were  alternately  wet 
and  exposed  to  the  air  like  really  floating  plants.  He  tried 
98  seeds,  mostly  different  from  mine;  but  he  chose  many 
large  fruits  and  likewise  seeds  from  plants  which  live  near 
the  sea;  and  this  would  have  favoured  both  the  average 
length  of  their  flotation  and  their  resistance  to  the  injurious 
action  of  the  salt-water.  On  the  other  hand,  he  did  not  pre- 
viously dry  the  plants  or  branches  with  the  fruit;  and  this, 
as  we  have  seen,  would  have  caused  some  of  them  to  have 
floated  much  longer.  The  result  was  that  ^  of  his  seeds  of 
different  kinds  floated  for  42  days,  and  were  then  capable  of 
germination.    But  I  do  not  doubt  that  plants  exposed  to  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MEAi^S  OF  DISPERSAL  407 

waves  would  float  for  a  less  time  than  those  protected  from 
violent  movement  as  in  our  experiments.  Therefore  it  would 
perhaps  be  safer  to  assume  that  the  seeds  of  about  ^fif  plants 
of  a  flora,  after  having  been  dried,  could  be  floated  across  a 
space  of  sea  900  miles  in  width,  and  would  then  germinate. 
The  fact  of  the  larger  fruits  often  floating  longer  than  the 
small,  is  interesting;  as  plants  with  large  seeds  or  fruit  which, 
as  Alph.  de  Candolle  has  shown,  generally  have  restricted 
ranges,  could  hardly  be  transported  by  any  other  means. 

Seeds  may  be  occasionally  transported  in  another  manner. 
Drift  timber  is  thrown  up  on  most  islands,  even  on  those  in 
the  midst  of  the  widest  oceans;  and  the  natives  of  the  coral- 
islands  in  the  Pacific  procure  stones  for  their  tools,  solely 
from  the  roots  of  drifted  trees,  these  stones  being  a  valuable 
royal  tax.  I  find  that  when  irregularly  shaped  stones  are 
embedded  in  the  roots  of  trees,  small  parcels  of  earth  are  fre- 
quently enclosed  in  their  interstices  and  behind  them, — so 
perfectly  that  not  a  particle  could  be  washed  away  during  the 
longest  transport:  out  of  one  small  portion  of  earth  thus 
completely  enclosed  by  the  roots  of  an  oak  about  50  years 
old,  three  dicotyledonous  plants  germinated;  I  am  certain  of 
the  accuracy  of  this  observation.  Again,  I  can  show  that 
the  carcases  of  birds,  when  floating  on  the  sea,  sometimes 
escape  being  immediately  devoured :  and  many  kinds  of  seeds 
in  the  crops  of  floating  birds  long  retain  their  vitality:  peas 
and  vetches,  for  instance,  are  killed  by  even  a  few  days'  im- 
mersion in  sea-water;  but  some  taken  out  of  the  crop  of  a 
pigeon,  which  had  floated  on  artificial  sea-water  for  30  days, 
to  my  surprise  nearly  all  germinated. 

Living  birds  can  hardly  fail  to  be  highly  effective  agents 
in  the  transportation  of  seeds.  I  could  give  many  facts 
showing  how  frequently  birds  of  many  kinds  are  blown  by 
gales  to  vast  distances  across  the  ocean.  We  may  safely 
assume  that  under  such  circumstances  their  rate  of  flight 
would  often  be  25  miles  an  hour;  and  some  authors  have 
given  a  far  higher  estimate.  I  have  never  seen  an  instance 
of  nutritious  seeds  passing  through  the  intestines  of  a  bird ; 
but  hard  seeds  of  fruit  pass  uninjured  through  even  the  di- 
gestive organs  of  a  turkey.  In  the  course  of  two  months,  I 
picked  up  in  my  garden  12  kinds  of  seeds,  out  of  the  excre- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


406  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

ment  of  small  birds,  and  these  seemed  perfect,  and  some  of 
them,  which  were  tried,  germinated.  But  the  following  fact 
is  more  important:  the  crops  of  birds  do  not  secrete  gastric 
juice,  and  do  not,  as  I  know  by  trial,  injure  in  the  least  the 
germination  of  seeds;  now,  after  a  bird  has  found  and  de- 
voured a  large  supply  of  food,  it  is  positively  asserted  that 
all  the  grains  do  not  pass  into  the  gizzard  for  twelve  or  even 
eighteen  hours.  A  bird  in  this  interval  might  easily  be 
blown  to  the  distance  of  500  miles,  and  hawks  are  known  to 
look  out  for  tired  birds,  and  the  contents  of  their  torn  crops 
might  thus  readily  get  scattered.  Some  hawks  and  owls 
bolt  their  prey  whole,  and,  after  an  interval  of  from  twelve 
to  twenty  hours,  disgorge  pellets,  which,  as  I  know  from 
experiments  made  in  the  Zoological  Gardens,  include  seeds 
capable  of  germination.  Some  seeds  of  the  oat,  wheat,  mil- 
let, canary,  hemp,  clover,  and  beet  germinated  after  having 
been  from  twelve  to  twenty-one  hours  in  the  stomachs  of 
different  birds  of  prey;  and  two  seeds  of  beet  grew  after  hav- 
ing been  thus  retained  for  two  days  and  fourteen  hours. 
Fresh-water  fish,  I  find,  eat  seeds  of  many  land  and  water 
plants;  fish  are  frequently  devoured  by  birds,  and  thus  the 
seeds  might  be  transported  from  place  to  place.  I  forced 
many  kinds  of  seeds  into  the  stomachs  of  dead  fish,  and  then 
gave  their  bodies  to  fishing-eagles,  storks,  and  pelicans; 
these  birds,  after  an  interval  of  many  hours,  either  rejected 
the  seeds  in  pellets  or  passed  them  in  their  excrement;  and 
several  of  these  seeds  retained  the  power  of  germination. 
Certain  seeds,  however,  were  always  killed  by  this  process. 
Locusts  are  sometimes  blown  to  great  distances  from  the 
land ;  I  myself  caught  one  370  miles  from  the  coast  of  Africa, 
and  have  heard  of  others  caught  at  greater  distances.  The 
Rev.  R.  T.  Lowe  informed  Sir  C.  Lyell  that  in  November 
1844  swarms  of  locusts  visted  the  island  of  Madeira.  They 
were  in  countless  numbers,  as  thick  as  the  flakes  of  snow  in 
the  heaviest  snowstorm,  and  extended  upwards  as  far  as 
could  be  seen  with  a  telescope.  During  two  or  three  days 
they  slowly  careered  round  and  round  in  an  immense  ellipse, 
at  least  five  or  six  miles  in  diameter,  and  at  night  alighted 
on  the  taller  trees,  which  were  completely  coated  with  them. 
They  then  disappeared  over  the  sea,  as  suddenly  as  they  had 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Darwin  s  Study  at  Down,  Kent 
From  an  etckii^  by  Axel  Haig 

In  his  autobiography,  Darwin  writes: 

''In  June,  1S42,  I  first  allowed 

myself  the  satisfaction  of 

writing  a  very  brief  abstract  of  my 

(species J  theory  in  pencil  in 

35  P^gf^  *  *  * 

''September  14.      Settled  at  the  village 
of  Down  in  Kent.     I  think  I 
was  never  in  a  more 
perfectly  quiet  country 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


•  :  .  '    'i'.v  '  '  •.    . 

.  *     ■:?'•'.   -'T''>G   ,c^-\i'-^''A^*'^  '^^^^  ^»A  ^^V'   ■'      '    '     '' "    / 

,      .,       ...         /  ^,..   .       I    for.  .,1 


.    A  ^.  ^...^?.    -H ■^'^Wy^^^^  .^.;^^  ,,^,j  ,1,,.^^ 

v\^!'.\  ti  m  *tv3i^*  iftmay  l.-'^r--,  'Mtl'-T  rrjvctt-<l 

'*  vVittw^j  ^MWv'yti^'SV^^^'  ^'•"-  <-'    riiiu'iit:  and 

.'  .(■]    IP'-   ]>-.\\^T   of    i.<Ttninati()n. 

«  •  •      ,'»f  .  1\^  . /s  \    ;- i  !«'•  t'"'s  pr*M*t*^.' 

i  '  .'-s  '•!    >  !■   <      i     'J    l'^..''«rs   from  t'le 

'   •         '  *  nMf   ;".■  ;:  :  ■      )v   •  ■  »'  r  .--:•.!  of  Afr'rn. 

<■•   I   I':.'-   1.  ■»  .  -'i-T^    r-i.'  "It   :\*      •i'lr  i''.\'M<-rc.      j'hc 

I  '  /     ••'        .    »  .       »•  •'■'-»..  '   ^  ir  ( '.    I  V    ij    il   i!    Ml    NovoHiuf  r 

i.^-;  -.  *   •     '         >•':':         '  ...   \»  •  ■- ira.     Th-v 

V,'  r«     1-  .  .'.  r-  K      .  t"  ..  '1  !  ..       f  -•'  .nv  in 

l'  '•    K'  '    t    *•:•'::    V-.  r  '^    -...    f..r    .i> 

'    .i!i    I.  .     ■..       '-..^       .    I,    .  .,t     .',   ,,    ,1:.,- 

'  '■  V  •-''  '  .  .•:;  '  1    ']'    ',   .'.  .  '1  Mr:v  'list    rl'': 

''    •  \  •■-'.■.,!-.,  ..'  ■!  at   ',.,:  •  .Ji./'t«-! 

*•'•   t'.'i  •  .    '•    ^'— I-  ■  •  \  ,-.  :.t  -i  V  .:•!  :;,.  -j 

"  vii    .  .       ■  ■  f  .    ^. i;.\!v:-'v  av  th.-v  !:;..I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digitized  by  VjOOQIC 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MEANS  OF  DISPERSAL  409 

appeared,  and  have  not  since  visited  the  island.  Now,  in 
parts  of  Natal  it  is  believed  by  some  farmers,  though  on  in- 
sufficient evidence,  that  injurious  seeds  are  introduced  into 
their  grassland  in  the  dung  left  by  the  great  flights  of  locusts 
which  often  visit  that  country.  In  consequence  of  this  be- 
lief Mr.  Weale  sent  me  in  a  letter  a  small  packet  of  the  dried 
pellets,  out  of  which  I  extracted  under  the  microscope  several 
seeds,  and  raised  from  them  seven  grass  plants,  belonging  to 
two  species,  of  two  genera.  Hence  a  swarm  of  locusts,  such 
as  that  which  visited  Madeira,  might  readily  be  the  means  of 
introducing  several  kinds  of  plants  into  an  island  lying  far 
from  the  mainland. 

Although  the  beaks  and  feet  of  birds  are  generally  clean, 
earth  sometimes  adheres  to  them:  in  one  case  I  removed 
sixty-one  grains,  and  in  another  case  twenty-two  grains  of 
dry  argillaceous  earth  from  the  foot  of  a  partridge,  and  in 
the  earth  there  was  a  pebble  as  large  as  the  seed  of  a  vetch. 
Here  is  a  better  case :  the  leg  of  a  woodcock  was  sent  to  me 
by  a  friend,  with  a  little  cake  of  dry  earth  attached  to  the 
shank,  weighing  only  nine  grains;  and  this  contained  a  seed 
of  the  toad-rush  (Juncus  bufonius)  which  germinated  and 
flowered.  Mr.  Swaysland,  of  Brighton,  who  during  the  last 
forty  years  has  paid  close  attention  to  our  migratory  birds, 
informs  me  that  he  has  often  shot  wagtails  (Motacillae), 
wheatears,  and  whincats  (Saxicolae),  on  their  first  arrival 
on  our  shores,  before  they  had  alighted;  and  he  has  several 
times  noticed  little  cakes  of  earth  attached  to  their  feet 
Many  facts  could  be  given  showing  how  generally  soil  is 
charged  with  seeds.  For  instance,  Prof.  Newton  sent  me 
the  leg  of  a  red-legged  partridge  (Caccabis  rufa)  which  had 
been  wounded  and  could  not  fly,  with  a  ball  of  hard  earth 
adhering  to  it,  and  weighing  six  and  a  half  ounces.  The 
earth  had  been  kept  for  three  years,  but  when  broken, 
watered  and  placed  under  a  bell-glass,  no  less  than  82  plants 
sprung  from  it :  these  consisted  of  12  monocotyledons,  includ- 
ing the  common  oat,  and  at  least  one  kind  of  grass,  and  of  70 
dicotyledons,  which  consisted,  judging  from  the  young  leaves, 
of  at  least  three  distinct  species.  With  such  facts  before  us, 
can  we  doubt  that  the  many  birds  which  are  annually  blown 
by  gales  across  great  spaces  of  ocean,  and  which  annually 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


410  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

migtate — for  instance,  the  millions  of  quails  across  the  Medi- 
terranean— ^must  occasionally  transport  a  few  seeds  embedded 
in  dirt  adhering  to  their  feet  or  beaks?  But  I  shall  have  to 
recur  to  this  subject 

As  icebergs  are  known  to  be  sometimes  loaded  with  earth 
and  stones,  and  have  even  carried  brushwood,  bones,  and  the 
nest  of  a  land-bird,  it  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  they  must 
occasionally,  as  suggested  by  Lyell,  have  transported  seeds 
form  one  part  to  another  of  the  arctic  and  antarctic  regions; 
and  during  the  Glacial  period  from  one  part  of  the  now  tem- 
perate regions  to  another.  In  the  Azores,  from  the  large 
number  of  plants  common  to  Europe,  in  comparison  with  the 
species  on  the  other  islands  of  the  Atlantic,  which  stand 
nearer  to  the  mainland,  and  (as  remarked  by  Mr.  H.  C. 
Watson)  from  their  somewhat  northern  character  in  com- 
parison with  the  latitude,  I  suspected  that  these  islands  had 
been  partly  stocked  by  ice-borne  seeds,  during  the  Glacial 
epoch.  At  my  request  Sir  C.  Lyell  wrote  to  M.  Hartung 
to  inquire  whether  he  had  observed  erratic  boulders  on  these 
islands,  and  he  answered  that  he  had  found  large  fragments 
of  granite  and  other  rocks,  which  do  not  occur  in  the  archi- 
pelago. Hence  we  may  safely  infer  that  icebergs  formerly 
landed  their  rocky  burthens  on  the  shores  of  these  mid-ocean 
islands,  and  it  is  at  least  possible  that  they  may  have  brought 
thither  some  few  seeds  of  northern  plants. 

Considering  that  these  several  means  of  transport,  and  that 
other  means,  which  without  doubt  remain  to  be  discovered, 
have  been  in  action  year  after  year  for  tens  of  thousands  of 
years,  it  would,  I  think,  be  a  marvellous  fact  if  many  plants 
had  not  thus  become  widely  transported.  These  means  of 
transport  are  sometimes  called  accidental,  but  this  is  not 
strictly  correct:  the  currents  of  the  sea  are  not  accidental, 
nor  is  the  direction  of  prevalent  gales  of  wind.  It  should  be 
observed  that  scarcely  any  means  of  transport  would  carry 
seeds  for  very  great  distances:  for  seeds  do  not  retain  their 
vitality  when  exposed  for  a  great  length  of  time  to  the  acticm 
of  sea-water;  nor  could  they  be  long  carried  in  the  crops  or 
intestines  of  birds.  These  means,  however,  would  suffice  for 
occasional  transport  across  tracts  of  sea  some  hundred  miles 
in  breadth,  or  from  island  to  island,  or  from  a  continent  to  a 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DISPERSAL  DURING  GLACIAL  PERIOD  411 

neighbouring  island,  but  not  from  one  distant  continent  to 
another.  The  floras  of  distant  continents  would  not  by  such 
means  become  mingled ;  but  would  remain  as  distinct  as  they 
now  are.  The  currents,  from  their  course,  would  never 
bring  seeds  from  North  America  to  Britain,  though  they 
might  and  do  bring  seeds  from  the  West  Indies  to  our  west- 
em  shores,  where,  if  not  killed  by  their  long  immersion  in 
salt-water,  they  could  not  endure  our  climate.  Almost  every 
year,  one  or  two  land-birds  are  blown  across  the  whole  At- 
lantic Ocean,  from  North  America  to  the  western  shores  of 
Ireland  and  England ;  but  seeds  could  be  transported  by  these 
rare  wanderers  only  by  one  means,  namely,  by  dirt  adhering 
to  their  feet  or  beaks,  which  is  in  itself  a  rare  accident. 
Even  in  this  case,  how  small  would  be  the  chance  of  a  seed 
falling  on  favourable  soil,  and  coming  to  maturity  I  But  it 
would  be  a  great  error  to  argue  that  because  a  well-stocked 
island,  like  Great  Britain,  has  not,  as  far  as  is  known  (and 
it  would  be  very  difficult  to  prove  this),  received  within  the 
last  few  centuries,  through  occasional  means  of  transport, 
immigrants  from  Europe  or  any  other  continent,  that  a 
poorly-stocked  island,  though  standing  more  remote  from  the 
mainland,  would  not  receive  colonists  by  similar  means.  Out 
of  a  hundred  kinds  of  seeds  or  animals  transported  to  an 
island,  even  if  far  less  well-stocked  than  Britain,  perhaps 
not  more  than  one  would  be  so  well  fitted  to  its  new  home, 
as  to  become  naturalised.  But  this  is  no  valid  argument 
against  what  would  be  effected  by  occasional  means  of  trans- 
port, during  the  long  lapse  of  geological  time,  whilst  the 
island  was  being  upheaved,  and  before  it  had  become  fully 
stocked  with  inhabitants.  On  almost  bare  land,  with  few  or 
no  destructive  insects  or  birds  living  there,  nearly  every  seed 
which  chanced  to  arrive,  if  fitted  for  the  climate,  would  ger- 
minate and  survive. 

DISPERSAL    DURING    THE    GLACIAL    PERIOD 

The  identity  of  many  plants  and  animals,  on  mountain- 
summits,  separated  from  each  other  by  hundreds  of  miles  of 
lowlands,  where  Alpine  species  could  not  possibly  exist,  is 
one  of  the  most  striking  cases  known  of  the  same  species 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


412  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

living  at  distant  points,  without  the  apparent  possibility  of 
their  having  migrated  from  one  point  to  the  other.  It  is  in- 
deed a  remarkable  fact  to  see  so  many  plants  of  the  same 
species  living  on  the  snowy  regions  of  the  Alps  or  Pyrenees, 
and  in  the  extreme  northern  parts  of  Europe;  but  it  is  far 
more  remarkable,  that  the  plants  on  the  White  Mountains, 
in  the  United  States  of  America,  are  all  the  same  with  those 
of  Labrador,  and  nearly  all  the  same,  as  we  hear  from  Asa 
Gray,  with  those  on  the  loftiest  mountains  of  Europe.  Even 
as  long  ago  as  1747,  such  facts  led  Gmelin  to  conclude  that 
the  same  species  must  have  been  independently  created  at 
many  distinct  points;  and  we  might  have  remained  in  this 
same  belief,  had  not  Agassiz  and  others  called  vivid  atten- 
tion to  the  Glacial  period,  which,  as  we  shall  immediately 
see,  affords  a  simple  explanation  of  these  facts.  We  have 
evidence  of  almost  every  conceivable  kind,  organic  and  in- 
organic, that,  within  a  very  recent  geological  period,  central 
Europe  and  North  America  suffered  under  an  arctic  climate. 
The  ruins  of  a  house  burnt  by  fire  do  not  tell  their  tale  more 
plainly  than  do  the  mountains  of  Scotland  and  Wales,  with 
their  scored  flanks,  polished  surfaces,  and  perched  boulders, 
of  the  icy  streams  with  which  their  valleys  were  lately  filled. 
So  greatly  has  the  climate  of  Europe  changed,  that  in  North- 
em  Italy,  gigantic  moraines,  left  by  old  glaciers,  are  now 
clothed  by  the  vine  and  maize.  Throughout  a  large  part  of 
the  United  States,  erratic  boulders  and  scored  rocks  plainly 
reveal  a  former  cold  period. 

The  former  influence  of  the  glacial  climate  on  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  inhabitants  of  Europe,  as  explained  by  Edward 
Forbes,  is  substantially  as  follows.  But  we  shall  follow  the 
changes  more  readily,  by  supposing  a  new  glacial  period 
slowly  to  come  on,  and  then  pass  away,  as  formerly  occurred. 
As  the  cold  came  on,  and  as  each  more  southern  zone  be- 
came fitted  for  the  inhabitants  of  the  north,  these  would  take 
the  places  of  the  former  inhabitants  of  the  temperate  regions. 
The  latter,  at  the  same  time,  would  travel  further  and  fur- 
ther southward,  unless  they  were  stopped  by  barriers,  in 
which  case  they  would  perish.  The  mountains  would  become 
covered  with  snow  and  ice,  and  their  former  Alpine  inhabit- 
ants would  descend  to  the  plains.    By  the  time  that  the  cold 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DISPERSAL  DURING  GLACIAL  PERIOD  413 

had  reached  its  maximum,  we  should  have  an  arctic  fauna 
and  flora,  covering  the  central  parts  of  Europe,  as  far  south 
as  the  Alps  and  Pyrenees,  and  even  stretching  into  Spain. 
The  now  temperate  regions  of  the  United  States  would  like- 
wise he  covered  hy  arctic  plants  and  animals  and  these  would 
be  nearly  the  same  with  those  of  Europe;  for  the  present 
circumpolar  inhabitants,  which  we  suppose  to  have  every- 
where travelled  southward,  are  remarkably  uniform  round 
the  world. 

As  the  warmth  returned,  the  arctic  forms  would  retreat 
northward,  closely  followed  up  in  their  retreat  by  the  produc- 
tions of  the  more  temperate  regions.  And  as  the  snow 
melted  from  the  bases  of  the  mountains,  the  arctic  forms 
would  seize  on  the  cleared  and  thawed  ground,  always  as- 
cending, as  the  warmth  increased  and  the  snow  still  further 
disappeared,  higher  and  higher,  whilst  their  brethren  were 
pursuing  their  northern  journey.  Hence,  when  the  warmth 
had  fully  returned,  the  same  species,  which  had  lately  lived 
together  on  the  European  and  North  American  lowlands, 
would  again  be  found  in  the  arctic  regions  of  the  Old  and 
New  Worlds,  and  on  many  isolated  mountain-summits  far 
distant  from  each  other. 

Thus  we  can  understand  the  identity  of  many  plants  at 
points  so  immensely  remote  as  the  mountains  of  the  United 
States  and  those  of  Europe.  We  can  thus  also  understand 
the  fact  that  the  Alpine  plants  of  each  mountain-range  are 
more  especially  related  to  the  arctic  forms  living  due  north 
or  nearly  due  north  of  them:  for  the  first  migration  when 
the  cold  came  on,  and  the  re-migration  on  the  returning 
warmth,  would  generally  have  been  due  south  and  north. 
The  Alpine  plants,  for  example,  of  Scotland,  as  remarked 
by  Mr.  H.  C.  Watson,  and  those  of  the  Pyrenees,  as  re- 
marked by  Ramond,  are  more  especially  allied  to  the  plants 
of  northern  Scandinavia ;  those  of  the  United  States  to  Lab- 
rador ;  those  of  the  mountains  of  Siberia  to  the  arctic  regions 
of  that  country.  These  views,  grounded  as  they  are  on  the 
perfectly  well-ascertained  occurrence  of  a  former  Glacial 
period,  seem  to  me  to  explain  in  so  satisfactory  a  manner 
the  present  distribution  of  the  Alpine  and  Arctic  productions 
of  Europe  and  America,  that  when  in  other  regions  we  find 

Z— RCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


414  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

the  same  species  on  distant  mountain-sununits,  we  may  al- 
most conclude,  without  other  evidence,  that  a  colder  climate 
formerly  permitted  their  migration  across  the  intervening 
lowlands,  now  become  too  warm  for  their  existence. 

As  the  arctic  forms  moved  first  southward  and  afterwards 
backwards  to  the  north,  in  unison  with  the  changing  climate, 
they  will  not  have  been  exposed  during  their  long  migrations 
to  any  great  diversity  of  temperature;  and  as  they  all  mi- 
grated in  a  body  together,  their  mutual  relations  will  not 
have  been  much  disturbed.  Hence,  in  accordance  with  the 
principles  inculcated  in  this  volume,  these  forms  will  not  have 
been  liable  to  much  modification.  But  with  the  Alpine  pro- 
ductions, left  isolated  from  the  moment  of  the  returning 
warmth,  first  at  the  bases  and  ultimately  on  the  summits  of 
the  mountains,  the  case  will  have  been  somewhat  different; 
for  it  is  not  likely  that  all  the  same  arctic  species  will  have 
been  left  on  mountain-ranges  far  distant  from  each  other, 
and  have  survived  there  ever  since ;  they  will  also  in  all  prob- 
ability, have  become  mingled  with  ancient  Alpine  species, 
which  must  have  existed  on  the  mountains  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Glacial  epoch,  and  which  during  the  cold- 
est period  will  have  been  temporarily  driven  down  to  the 
plains;  they  will,  also,  have  been  subsequently  exposed  to 
somewhat  different  climatal  influences.  Their  mutual  rela- 
tions will  thus  have  been  in  some  degree  disturbed;  conse- 
quently they  will  have  been  liable  to  modification;  and  they 
have  been  modified;  for  if  we  compare  the  present  Alpine 
plants  and  animals  of  the  several  great  European  mountain- 
ranges  one  with  another,  though  many  of  the  species  remain 
identically  the  same,  some  exist  as  varieties,  some  as  doubt- 
ful forms  or  sub-species,  and  some  as  distinct  yet  closely 
allied  species  representing  each  other  on  the  several  ranges. 

In  the  foregoing  illustration  I  have  assumed  that  at  the 
commencement  of  our  imaginary  Glacial  period,  the  arctic 
productions  were  as  uniform  round  the  polar  regions  as  they 
are  at  the  present  day.  But  it  is  also  necessary  to  assume 
that  many  sub-arctic  and  some  few  temperate  forms  were 
the  same  round  the  world,  for  some  of  the  species  which 
now  exist  on  the  lower  mountain-slopes  and  on  the  plains  of 
North  America  and  Europe  are  the  same;  and  it  may  be 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DISPERSAL  DURING  GLAOAL  PERIOD  415 

asked  how  I  account  for  this  degree  of  uniformity  in  the 
sub-arctic  and  temperate  forms  round  the  world,  at  the  com- 
mencement of  the  real  Glacial  period.  At  the  present  day, 
the  sub-arctic  and  northern  temperate  productions  of  the  Old 
and  New  Worlds  are  separated  from  each  other  by  the  whole 
Atlantic  Ocean  and  by  the  northern  part  of  the  Pacific. 
During  the  Glacial  period,  when  the  inhabitants  of  the  Old 
and  New  Worlds  lived  farther  southwards  than  they  do  at 
present,  they  must  have  been  still  more  completely  separated 
from  each  other  by  wider  spaces  of  ocean;  so  that  it  may 
well  be  asked  how  the  same  species  could  then  or  previously 
have  entered  the  two  continents.  The  explanation,  I  believe, 
lies  in  the  nature  of  the  climate  before  the  commencement  of 
the  Glacial  period.  At  this,  the  newer  Pliocene  period,  the 
majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  world  were  specifically  the 
same  as  now,  and  we  have  good  reason  to  believe  that  the 
climate  was  warmer  than  at  the  present  day.  Hence  we 
may  suppose  that  the  organisms«.which  now  live  under  lati- 
tude 60°,  lived  during  the  Pliocene  period  farther  north 
under  the  Polar  Circle,  in  latitude  66°-67*;  and  that  the 
present  arctic  productions  then  lived  on  the  broken  land  still 
nearer  to  the  pole.  Now,  if  we  look  at  a  terrestrial  globe, 
we  see  under  the  Polar  Circle  that  there  is  almost  continuous 
land  from  western  Europe,  through  Siberia,  to  eastern  Amer- 
ica. And  this  continuity  of  the  circumpolar  land,  with  the 
consequent  freedom  under  a  more  favourable  climate  for 
intermigration,  will  account  for  the  supposed  uniformity  of 
the  sub-arctic  and  temperate  productions  of  the  Old  and  New 
Worlds,  at  a  period  anterior  to  the  Glacial  epoch. 

Believing,  from  reasons  before  alluded  to,  that  our  conti- 
nents have  long  remained  in  nearly  the  same  relative  posi- 
tion, though  subjected  to  great  oscillations  of  level,  I  am 
strongly  inclined  to  extend  the  above  view,  and  to  infer  that 
during  some  still  earlier  and  still  warmer  period,  such  as  the 
older  Pliocene  period,  a  large  number  of  the  same  plants  and 
animals  inhabited  the  almost  continuous  circumpolar  land; 
and  that  these  plants  and  animals,  both  in  the  Old  and  New 
Worlds,  began  slowly  to  migrate  southwards  as  the  climate 
became  less  warm,  long  before  the  commencement  of  the 
Glacial  period.    We  now  see,  as  I  believe,  their  descendants. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


416  ORIGIN  OF  SPBaSS 

mostly  in  a  modified  condidoiiy  in  the  central  parts  of  Europe 
and  the  United  States.  On  this  view  we  can  understand  the 
relationship  with  very  little  identity,  between  the  productions 
of  North  America  and  Europe, — a  relationship  which  is 
highly  remarkable,  considering  the  distance  of  the  two  areas, 
and  their  separation  by  the  whole  Atlantic  Ocean.  We  can 
further  understand  the  singular  fact  remarked  on  by  several 
observers  that  the  productions  of  Europe  and  America  dur- 
ing the  later  tertiary  stages  were  more  closely  related  to 
each  other  than  they  are  at  the  present  time;  for  during 
these  warmer  periods  the  northern  parts  of  the  Old  and  New 
Worlds  will  have  been  almost  continuously  united  by  land, 
serving  as  a  bridge,  since  rendered  impassable  by  cold,  for 
the  intermigration  of  their  inhabitants. 

During  the  slowly  decreasing  warmth  of  the  Pliocene 
period,  as  soon  as  the  species  in  common,  which  inhabited 
the  New  and  Old  Worlds,  migrated  south  of  the  Polar 
Circle,  they  will  have  been  completely  cut  off  from  each 
other.  This  separation,  as  far  as  the  more  temperate  produc- 
tions are  concerned,  must  have  taken  place  long  ages  ago. 
As  the  plants  and  animals  migrated  southward,  they  will 
have  become  mingled  in  the  one  great  region  with  the  native 
American  productions,  and  would  have  had  to  compete  with 
them;  and  in  the  other  great  region,  with  those  of  the  Old 
World.  Consequently  we  have  here  everything  favourable 
for  much  modification, — for  far  more  modification  than  with 
the  Alpine  productions,  left  isolated,  within  a  much  more 
recent  pefiod,  on  the  several  mountain-ranges  and  on  the 
arctic  lands  of  Europe  and  N.  America.  Hence  it  has  come, 
that  when  we  compare  the  now  living  productions  of  the  tem- 
perate regions  of  tiie  New  and  Old  Worlds,  we  find  very  few 
identical  species  (though  Asa  Gray  has  lately  shown  that 
more  plants  are  identical  than  was  formerly  supposed),  but 
we  find  in  every  great  class  many  forms,  which  some  nat- 
uralists rank  as  geographical  races,  and  others  as  distinct 
species;  and  a  host  of  closely  allied  or  representative  forms 
which  are  ranked  by  all  naturalists  as  specifically  distinct. 

As  on  the  land,  so  in  the  waters  of  the  sea,  a  slow  south- 
em  migration  of  a  marine  fauna,  which,  during  the  Pliocene 
or  even  a  somewhat  earlier  period,  was  nearly  uniform  along 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ALTERNATE  GLACIAL  PERIODS  417 

the  continuous  shores  of  the  Polar  Circle,  will  account,  on 
the  theory  of  modification,  for  many  closely  allied  forms  now 
living  in  marine  areas  completely  sundered.  Thus,  I  think, 
we  can  understand  the  presence  of  some  closely  allied,  still 
existing  and  extinct  tertiary  forms,  on  the  eastern  and  west- 
ern shores  of  temperate  North  America;  and  the  still  more 
striking  fact  of  many  closely  allied  crustaceans  (as  described 
in  Dana's  admirable  work),  some  fish  and  other  marine  ani- 
mals, inhabiting  the  Mediterranean  and  the  seas  of  Japan, — 
these  two  areas  being  now  completely  separated  by  the 
breadth  of  a  whole  continent  and  by  wide  spaces  of  ocean. 

These  cases  of  close  relationship  in  species  either  now  or 
formerly  inhabiting  the  seas  on  the  eastern  and  western 
shores  of  North  America,  the  Mediterranean  and  Japan,  and 
the  temperate  lands  of  North  America  and  Europe,  are  inex- 
plicable on  the  theory  of  creation.  We  cannot  maintain  that 
such  species  have  been  created  alike,  in  correspondence  with 
the  nearly  similar  physical  conditions  of  the  areas ;  for  if  we 
compare,  for  instance,  certain  parts  of  South  America  with 
parts  of  South  Africa  or  Australia,  we  see  countries  closely 
similar  in  all  their  physical  conditions,  with  their  inhabitants 
utterly  dissimilar. 

ALTERNATE  GLACIAL  PERIODS  IN  THE  NORTH  AND  SOUTH 

But  we  must  return  to  our  more  immediate  subject.  I  am 
convinced  that  Forbes'  view  may  be  largely  extended.  In 
Europe  we  meet  with  the  plainest  evidence  of  the  Glacial 
period,  from  the  western  shores  of  Britain  to  the  Oural  range, 
and  southward  to  the  Pyrenees.  We  may  infer  from  the 
frozen  mammals  and  nature  of  the  mountain  vegetation,  that 
Siberia  was  similarly  affected.  In  the  Lebanon,  according 
to  Dr.  Hooker,  perpetual  snow  formerly  covered  the  central 
axis,  and  fed  glaciers  which  rolled  4000  feet  down  the  val- 
leys. The  same  observer  has  recently  found  great  moraines 
at  a  low  level  on  the  Atlas  range  in  N.  Africa.  Along  the 
Himalaya,  at  points  900  miles  apart,  glaciers  have  left  the 
marks  of  their  former  low  descent;  and  in  Sikkim,  Dr. 
Hooker  saw  maize  growing  on  ancient  and  gigantic  moraines. 
Southward  of  the  Asiatic  continent,  on  the  opposite  side  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


418  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaES 

the  equator,  we  know,  from  the  excellent  researches  of  Dr. 
J.  Haast  and  Dr.  Hector,  that  in  New  Zealand  immense 
glaciers  formerly  descended  to  a  low  level;  and  the  same 
plants  found  by  Dr.  Hooker  on  widely  separated  mountains 
in  this  island  tell  the  same  story  of  a  former  cold  period. 
From  facts  communicated  to  me  by  the  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke, 
it  appears  also  that  there  are  traces  of  former  glacial  action 
on  the  mountains  of  the  south-eastern  comer  of  Australia. 

Looking  to  America ;  in  the  northern  half,  ice-borne  frag- 
ments of  rock  have  been  observed  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
continent,  as  far  south  as  lat.  36'*-37'*,  and  on  the  shores  of 
the  Pacific,  where  the  climate  is  now  so  different,  as  far 
south  as  lat.  46"*.  Erratic  boulders  have,  also,  been  noticed 
on  the  Rocky  Mountains.  In  the  Cordillera  of  South  Amer- 
ica, nearly  under  the  equator,  glaciers  once  extended  far  be- 
low their  present  level.  In  Central  Chile  I  examined  a  vast 
mound  of  detritus  with  great  boulders,  crossing  the  Portillo 
valley,  which  there  can  hardly  be  a  doubt  once  formed  a  huge 
moraine;  and  Mr.  D.  Forbes  informs  me  that  he  found  in 
various  parts  of  the  Cordillera,  from  lat.  13*  to  30**  S.,  at 
about  the  height  of  12,060  feet,  deeply-furrowed  rocks,  re- 
sembling those  with  which  he  was  familiar  in  Norway,  and 
likewise  great  masses  of  detritus,  including  grooved  pebbles. 
Along  this  whole  space  of  the  Cordillera  true  glaciers  do  not 
now  exist  even  at  much  more  considerable  heights.  Farther 
south  on  both  sides  of  the  continent,  from  lat.  41*  to  the 
southernmost  extremity,  we  have  the  clearest  evidence  of 
former  glacial  action,  in  numerous  immense  boulders  trans- 
ported far  from  their  parent  source. 

From  these  several  facts,  namely  from  the  glacial  action 
having  extended  all  round  the  northern  and  southern  hemi- 
spheres— from  the  period  having  been  in  a  geological  sense 
recent  in  both  hemispheres — from  its  having  lasted  in  both 
during  a  great  length  of  time,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the 
amount  of  work  effected — and  lastly  from  glaciers  having 
recently  descended  to  a  low  level  along  the  whole  line  of  the 
Cordillera,  it  at  one  time  appeared  to  me  that  we  could  not 
avoid  the  conclusion  that  the  temperature  of  the  whole  world 
had  been  simultaneously  lowered  during  the  Glacial  period. 
But  now  Mr.  Croll,  in  a  series  of  admirable  memoirs,  has 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ALTERNATE  GLACXAL  PERIODS  419 

attempted  to  show  that  a  glacial  condition  of  climate  is  the 
result  of  various  physical  causes,  brought  into  operation  by 
an  increase  in  the  eccentricity  of  the  earth's  orbit.  All  these 
causes  tend  towards  the  same  end;  but  the  most  powerful 
appears  to  be  the  indirect  influence  of  the  eccentricity  of  the 
orbit  upon  oceanic  currents.  According  to  Mr.  Croll,  cold 
periods  regularly  recur  every  ten  or  fifteen  thousand  years; 
and  these  at  long  intervals  are  extremely  severe,  owing  to 
certain  contingencies,  of  which  the  most  important,  as  Sir  C. 
Lyell  has  shown,  is  the  relative  position  of  the  land  and 
water.  Mr.  Croll  believes  that  the  last  great  Glacial  period 
occurred  about  240,000  years  ago,  and  endured  with  slight 
alterations  of  climate  for  about  160,000  years.  With  respect 
to  more  ancient  Glacial  periods,  several  geologists  are  con- 
vinced from  direct  evidence  that  such  occurred  during  the 
Miocene  and  Eocene  formations,  not  to  mention  still  more 
ancient  formations.  But  the  most  important  result  for  us, 
arrived  at  by  Mr.  Croll,  is  that  whenever  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere passes  through  a  cold  period  the  temperature 
of  the  southern  hemisphere  is  actually  raised,  with  the  win- 
ters rendered  much  milder,  chiefly  through  changes  in  the 
direction  of  the  ocean-currents.  So  conversely  it  will  be 
with  the  northern  hemisphere,  whilst  the  southern  passes 
through  a  Glacial  period.  This  conclusion  throws  so  much 
light  on  geographical  distribution  that  I  am  strongly  inclined 
to  trust  in  it;  but  I  will  first  give  the  facts,  which  demand 
an  explanation. 

In  South  America,  Dr.  Hooker  has  shown  that  besides 
many  closely  allied  species,  between  forty  and  fifty  of  the 
flowering  plants  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  forming  no  inconsider- 
able part  of  its  scanty  flora,  are  common  to  North  America 
and  Europe,  enormously  remote  as  these  areas  in  opposite 
hemispheres  are  from  each  other.  On  the  lofty  mountains 
of  equatorial  America  a  host  of  peculiar  species  belonging 
to  European  genera  occur.  On  the  Organ  mountains  of 
Brazil,  some  few  temperate  European,  some  Antarctic,  and 
some  Andean  genera  were  found  by  Gardner,  which  do  not 
exist  in  the  low  intervening  hot  countries.  On  the  Silla  of 
Caraccas,  the  illustrious  Humboldt  long  ago  found  species 
belonging  to  genera  characteristic  of  tl^  Cordillera. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


420  OtUGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

In  Africa,  several  forms  characteristic  of  Europe  and  some 
few  representatives  of  the  flora  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
occur  on  the  mountains  of  Abyssinia.  At  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope  a  very  few  European  species,  believed  not  to  have  been 
introduced  by  man,  and  on  the  mountains  several  representa- 
tive European  forms  are  found,  which  have  not  been  dis- 
covered in  the  intertropical  parts  of  Africa.  Dr.  Hooker 
has  also  lately  shown  that  several  of  the  plants  living  6n  the 
upper  parts  of  the  lofty  island  of  Fernando  Po  and  on  the 
neighbouring  Cameroon  mountains,  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea, 
are  closely  related  to  those  on  the  mountains  of  Abyssinia, 
and  likewise  to  those  of  temperate  Europe.  It  now  also 
appears,  as  I  hear  from  Dr.  Hooker,  that  some  of  these  same 
temperate  plants  have  been  discovered  by  the  Rev.  R.  T. 
Lowe  on  the  mountains  of  the  Cape  Verde  islands.  This 
extension  of  the  same  temperate  forms,  almost  under  the 
equator,  across  the  whole  continent  of  Africa  and  to  the 
mountains  of  the  Cape  Verde  archipelago,  is  one  of  the  most 
astonishing  facts  ever  recorded  in  the  distribution  of  plants. 

On  the  Himalaya,  and  on  the  isolated  mountain-ranges  of 
the  peninsula  of  India,  on  the  heights  of  Ceylon,  and  on  the 
volcanic  cones  of  Java,  many  plants  occur,  either  identically 
the  same  or  representing  each  other,  and  at  the  same  time 
representing  plants  of  Europe,  not  found  in  the  intervening 
hot  lowlands.  A  list  of  the  genera  of  plants  collected  on 
the  loftier  peaks  of  Java,  raises  a  picture  of  a  collection  made 
on  a  hillock  in  Europe !  Still  more  striking  is  the  fact  that 
peculiar  Australian  forms  are  represented  by  certain  plants 
growing  on  the  summits  of  the  mountains  of  Borneo.  Some 
of  these  Australian  forms,  as  I  hear  from  Dr.  Hooker,  ex- 
tend along  the  heights  of  the  peninsula  of  Malacca,  and  are 
thinly  scattered  on  the  one  hand  over  India,  and  on  the  other 
hand  as  far  north  as  Japan. 

On  the  southern  mountains  of  Australia,  Dr.  F.  Miiller  has 
discovered  several  European  species;  other  species,  not  in- 
troduced by  man,  occur  on  the  lowlands;  and  a  long  list  can 
be  given,  as  I  am  informed  by  Dr.  Hooker,  of  European 
genera,  found  in  Australia,  but  not  in  the  intermediate  torrid 
regions.  In  the  admirable  'Introduction  to  the  Flora  of  New 
Zealand,'  by  Dr.  Hooker,  analogous  and  striking  facts  are 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ALTERNATE  GLACIAL  PERIODS  421 

given  in  regard  to  the  plants  of  that  large  island.  Hence  we 
see  that  certain  plants  growing  on  the  more  lofty  mountains 
of  the  tropics  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  on  the  temperate 
plains  of  the  north  and  south,  are  either  the  same  species  or 
varieties  of  the  same  species.  It  should,  however,  be  ob- 
served that  these  plants  are  not  strictly  arctic  forms ;  for,  as 
Mr.  H.  C.  Watson  has  remarked,  ''in  receding  from  polar 
towards  equatorial  latitudes,  the  Alpine  or  mountain  floras 
really  become  less  and  less  Arctic."  Besides  these  identical 
and  closely  allied  forms,  many  species  inhabiting  the  same 
widely  sundered  areas,  belong  to  genera  not  now  found  in 
the  intermediate  tropical  lowlands. 

These  brief  remarks  apply  to  plants  alone;  but  some  few 
analogous  facts  could  be  given  in  regard  to  terrestrial  ani- 
mals.  In  marine  productions,  similar  cases  likewise  occur; 
as  an  example,  I  may  quote  a  statement  by  the  highest 
authority.  Prof.  Dana,  that  "it  is  certainly  a  wonderful  fact 
that  New  Zealand  should  have  a  closer  resemblance  in  its 
Crustacea  to  Great  Britain,  its  antipode,  than  to  any  other 
part  of  the  world"  Sir  J.  Richardson,  also,  speaks  of  the  re- 
appearance on  the  shores  of  New  Zealand,  Tasmania,  &c.,  of 
northern  forms  of  fish.  Dr.  Hooker  informs  me  diat 
twenty-five  species  of  Algae  are  common  to  New  Zealand 
and  to  Europe,  but  have  not  been  found  in  the  intermediate 
tropical  seas. 

From  the  foregoing  facts,  namely,  the  presence  of  tem- 
perate forms  on  the  highlands  across  the  whole  of  equatorial 
Africa,  and  along  the  Peninsula  of  India,  to  Ceylon  and  the 
Malay  Archipelago,  and  in  a  less  well-marked  manner  across 
the  wide  expanse  of  tropical  South  America,  it  appears 
almost  certain  that  at  some  former  period,  no  doubt  during 
the  most  severe  part  of  a  Glacial  period,  the  lowlands  of 
these  great  continents  were  everywhere  tenanted  under  the 
equator  by  a  considerable  number  of  temperate  forms.  At 
this  period  the  equatorial  climate  at  the  level  of  the  sea  was 
probably  about  the  same  with  that  now  experienced  at  the 
height  of  from  five  to  six  thousand  feet  under  the  same  lati- 
tude, or  perhaps  even  rather  cooler.  During  this,  the  coldest 
period,  the  lowlands  under  the  equator  must  have  been 
clothed  with  a  mingled  tropical  and  temperate  vegetation^ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


422  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

like  that  described  by  Hooker  as  growing  luxuriantly  at  the 
height  of  from  four  to  five  thousand  feet  on  the  lower  slopes 
of  the  Himalayas,  but  with  perhaps  a  still  greater  prepon- 
derance of  temperate  forms.  So  again  in  the  mountainous 
islands  of  Fernando  Po,  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  Mr.  Mann 
found  temperate  European  forms  beginning  to  appear  at  the 
height  of  about  five  thousand  feet.  On  the  motmtains  of 
Panama,  at  the  height  of  only  two  thousand  feet,  Dr.  See- 
mann  found  the  vegetation  like  that  of  Mexico,  "with  forms 
of  the  torrid  zone  harmoniously  blended  with  those  of  the 
temperate." 

Now  let  us  see  whether  Mr.  Croll's  conclusion  that  when 
the  northern  hemisphere  suffered  from  the  extreme  cold  of 
the  great  Glacial  period,  the  southern  hemisphere  was  actu- 
ally warmer,  throws  any  dear  light  on  the  present  apparently 
inexplicable  distribution  of  various  organisms  in  the  tem- 
perate parts  of  both  hemispheres,  and  on  the  mountains  of 
the  tropics.  The  Glacial  period,  as  measured  by  years,  must 
have  been  very  long ;  and  when  we  remember  over  what  vast 
spaces  some  naturalised  plants  and  animals  have  spread 
within  a  few  centuries,  this  period  will  have  been  ample  for 
any  amount  of  migration.  As  the  cold  became  more  and 
more  intense,  we  know  that  Arctic  forms  invaded  the  tem- 
perate regions;  and,  from  the  facts  just  given,  there  can 
hardly  be  a  doubt  that  some  of  the  more  vigorous,  dominant 
and  widest-spreading  temperate  forms  invaded  the  equa- 
torial lowlands.  The  inhabitants  of  these  hot  lowlands  would 
at  the  same  time  have  migrated  to  the  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical regions  of  the  south,  for  the  southern  hemisphere 
was  at  this  period  warmer.  On  the  decline  of  the  Glacial 
period,  as  both  hemispheres  gradually  recovered  their  former 
temperatures,  the  northern  temperate  forms  living  on  the 
lowlands  under  the  equator,  would  have  been  driven  to  their 
former  homes  or  have  been  destroyed,  being  replaced  by  the 
equatorial  forms  returning  from  the  south.  Some,  however, 
of  the  northern  temperate  forms  would  almost  certainly  have 
ascended  any  adjoining  high  land,  where,  if  sufficiently  lofty, 
they  would  have  long  survived  like  the  Arctic  forms  on  the 
mountains  of  Europe.  They  might  have  survived,  even  if 
the  climate  was  not  perfectly  fitted  for  them,  for  the  change 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ALTERNATE  GLACIAL  PERIODS  423 

of  temperature  must  have  been  very  slow,  and  plants  un- 
doubtedly possess  a  certain  capacity  for  acclimatisation,  as 
shown  by  their  transmitting  to  their  offspring  different  con- 
stitutional  powers  of  resisting  heat  and  cold. 

In  the  regular  course  of  events  the  southern  hemisphere 
would  in  its  turn  be  subjected  to  a  severe  Glacial  period,  with 
the  northern  hemisphere  rendered  warmer;  and  then  the 
southern  temperate  forms  would  invade  the  equatorial  low- 
lands. The  northern  forms  which  had  before  been  left  on 
the  mountains  would  now  descend  and  mingle  with  the  south- 
em  forms.  These  latter,  when  the  warmth  returned,  would 
return  to  their  former  homes,  leaving  some  few  species  on 
the  mountains,  and  carrying  southward  with  them  some  of 
the  northern  temperate  forms  which  had  descended  from 
their  mountain  fastnesses.  Thus,  we  should  have  some  few 
species  identically  the  same  in  the  northern  and  southern 
temperate  zones  and  on  the  mountains  of  the  intermediate 
tropical  regions.  But  the  species  left  during  a  long  time  00 
these  mountains,  or  in  opposite  hemispheres,  would  have  to 
compete  with  many  new  forms  and  would  be  exposed  to 
somewhat  different  physical  conditions;  hence  they  would 
b^  eminently  liable  to  modification,  and  would  generally  now 
exist  as  varieties  or  as  representative  species ;  and  this  is  the 
case.  We  must,  also,  bear  in  mind  the  occurrence  in  both 
hemispheres  of  former  Glacial  periods;  for  these  will  ac- 
count, in  accordance  with  the  same  principles,  for  the  many 
quite  distinct  species  inhabiting  the  same  widely  separated 
areas,  and  belonging  to  genera  not  now  found  in  the  inter- 
mediate torrid  zones. 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  strongly  insisted  on  by  Hooker  in 
regard  to  America,  and  by  Alph.  de  Candolle  in  regard  to 
Australia,  that  many  more  identical  or  slightly  modified  spe- 
cies have  migrated  from  the  north  to  the  south,  than  in  a 
reversed  direction.  We  see,  however,  a  few  southern  forms 
on  the  mountains  of  Borneo  and  Abyssinia.  I  suspect  that 
this  preponderant  migration  from  the  north  to  the  south  is 
due  to  the  greater  extent  of  land  in  the  north,  and  to  the 
northern  forms  having  existed  in  their  own  homes  in  greater 
numbers,  and  having  consequently  been  advanced  through 
natural  selection  and  competition  to  a  higher  stage  of  per- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


424  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

fection,  or  dominating  power,  than  the  southern  forms.  And 
thus,  when  the  two  sets  became  commingled  in  the  equatorial 
regions,  during  the  alternations  of  the  Glacial  periods,  the 
northern  forms  were  the  more  powerful  and  were  able  to 
hold  their  places  on  the  mountains,  and  afterwards  to  mi- 
grate southward  with  the  southern  forms;  but  not  so  the 
southern  in  regard  to  the  northern  forms.  In  the  same 
manner  at  the  present  day,  we  see  that  very  many  European 
productions  cover  the  ground  in  La  Plata,  New  Zealand,  and 
to  a  lesser  degree  in  Australia,  and  have  beaten  the  natives ; 
whereas  extremely  few  southern  forms  have  become  natu- 
ralised in  any  part  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  though  hides, 
wool,  and  other  objects  likely  to  carry  seeds  have  been 
largdy  imported  into  Europe  during  the  last  two  or  three 
centuries  from  La  Plata  and  during  the  last  forty  or  fifty 
years  from  Australia.  The  Neilgherrie  mountains  in  India, 
however,  offer  a  partial  exception;  for  here,  as  I  hear  from 
Dr.  Hooker,  Australian  forms  are  rapidly  sowing  themselves 
and  becoming  naturalised.  Before  the  last  great  Glacial 
period,  no  doubt  the  intertropical  mountains  were  stocked 
with  endemic  Alpine  forms;  but  these  have  almost  every- 
where yielded  to  the  more  dominant  forms  generated  in  the 
larger  areas  and  more  efficient  workshops  of  the  north.  In 
many  islands  the  native  productions  are  nearly  equalled,  or 
even  outnumbered,  by  those  which  have  become  naturalised; 
and  this  is  the  first  stage  towards  their  extinction.  Moun- 
tains are  islands  on  the  land,  and  their  inhabitants  have 
yielded  to  those  produced  within  the  larger  areas  of  the 
north,  just  in  the  same  way  as  the  inhabitants  of  real  islands 
have  everywhere  yielded  and  are  still  yielding  to  continental 
forms  naturalised  through  man's  agency. 

The  same  principles  apply  to  the  distribution  of  terrestrial 
animals  and  of  marine  productions,  in  the  northern  and 
southern  temperate  zones,  and  on  the  intertropical  mountains. 
When,  during  the  height  of  the  Glacial  period,  the  ocean- 
currents  were  widely  different  to  what  they  now  are,  some 
of  the  inhabitants  of  the  temperate  seas  might  have  reached 
the  equator;  of  these  a  few  would  perhaps  at  once  be  able  to 
migrate  southward,  by  keeping  to  the  cooler  currents,  whilst 
others  might  remain  and  survive  in  the  colder  depths  until 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ALTERNATE  GLACLAL  PERIODS  425 

the  southern  hemisphere  was  in  its  turn  subjected  to  a  glacial 
climate  and  permitted  their  further  progress;  in  nearly  the 
same  manner  as,  according  to  Forbes,  isolated  spaces  inhab- 
ited by  Arctic  productions  exist  to  the  t)resent  day  in  the 
deeper  parts  of  the  northern  temperate  seas. 

I  am  far  from  supposing  that  all  the  difficulties  in  regard 
to  the  distribution  and  affinities  of  the  identical  and  allied 
species,  which  now  live  so  widely  separated  in  the  north  and 
south,  and  sometimes  on  the  intermediate  mountain-ranges, 
are  removed  on  the  views  above  given.  The  exact  lines  of 
migration  cannot  be  indicated.  We  cannot  say  why  certain 
species  and  not  others  have  migrated;  why  certain  species 
have  been  modified  and  have  given  rise  to  new  forms,  whilst 
others  have  remained  unaltered.  We  cannot  hope  to  explain 
such  facts,  until  we  can  say  why  one  species  and  not  another 
becomes  naturalised  by  man's  agency  in  a  foreign  land ;  why 
one  species  ranges  twice  or  thrice  as  far,  and  is  twice  or 
thrice  as  common,  as  another  species  within  their  own  homes. 

Various  special  difficulties  also  remain  to  be  solved;  for 
instance,  the  occurrence,  as  shown  by  Dr.  Hooker,  of  the 
same  plants  at  points  so  enormously  remote  as  Kerguelen 
Land,  New  Zealand,  and  Fuegia;  but  icebergs,  as  suggested 
by  Lyell,  may  have  been  concerned  in  their  dispersal.  The 
existence  at  these  and  other  distant  points  of  the  southern 
hemisphere,  of  species,  which,  though  distinct,  belong  to 
genera  exclusively  confined  to  the  south,  is  a  more  remark- 
able case.  Some  of  these  species  are  so  distinct,  that  we 
cannot  suppose  that  there  has  been  time  since  the  commence- 
ment  of  the  last  Glacial  period  for  their  migration  and  sub- 
sequent modification  to  the  necessary  degree.  The  facts 
seem  to  indicate  that  distinct  species  belonging  to  the  same 
genera  have  migrated  in  radiating  lines  from  a  common 
genera;  and  I  am  inclined  to  look  in  the  southern,  as  in  the 
northern  hemisphere,  to  a  former  and  warmer  period,  before 
the  commencement  of  the  last  Glacial  period,  when  the  Ant- 
arctic lands,  now  covered  with  ice,  supported  a  highly 
peculiar  and  isolated  flora.  It  may  be  suspected  that  before 
this  flora  was  exterminated  during  the  last  Glacial  epoch,  a 
few  forms  had  been  already  widely  dispersed  to  various 
points  of  the  southern  hemisphere  by  occasional  means  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


426  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

transport,  and  by  the  aid  as  halting-places,  of  now  sunken 
islands.  Thus  the  southern  shores  of  America,  Australia, 
and  New  Zealand  may  have  become  slightly  tinted  by  the 
same  peculiar  forms  of  life. 

Sir  C.  Lyell  in  a  striking  passage  has  speculated,  in  lan- 
guage almost  identical  with  mine,  on  the  effects  of  great 
alterations  of  climate  throughout  the  world  on  geographical 
distribution.  And  we  have  now  seen  that  Mr.  CroU's  conclu- 
sion that  successive  Glacial  periods  in  the  one  hemisphere 
coincide  with  warmer  periods  in  the  opposite  hemisphere, 
together  with  the  admission  of  the  slow  modification  of  spe- 
cies, explains  a  multitude  of  facts  in  the  distribution  of  the 
same  and  of  the  allied  forms  of  life  in  all  parts  of  the  globe. 
The  living  waters  have  flowed  during  one  period  from  the 
north  and  during  another  from  the  south,  and  in  both  cases 
have  reached  the  equator ;  but  the  stream  of  life  has  flowed 
with  greater  force  from  the  north  than  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion, and  has  consequently  more  freely  inundated  the  south. 
As  the  tide  leaves  its  drift  in  horizontal  lines,  rising  higher 
on  the  shores  where  the  tide  rises  highest,  so  have  the  living 
waters  left  their  living  drift  on  our  mountain  summits,  in  a 
line  gently  rising  from  the  Arctic  lowlands  to  great  altitude 
under  the  equator.  The  various  beings  thus  left  stranded 
may  be  compared  with  savage  races  of  man,  driven  up  and 
surviving  in  the  mountain  fastnesses  of  almost  every  land, 
which  serves  as  a  record,  full  of  interest  to  us,  of  the  former 
inhabitants  of  the  surrounding  lowlands. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  XIII 
Geographical  Distribution — continued 

Distribation  of  fresh-water  productiona— On  the  inhabitants  of 
oceanic  islands — ^Absence  of  Batrachians  and  of  terrestrial  Mam- 
mals— On  the  relation  of  the  inhabitants  of  islands  to  those  of 
the  nearest  mainland — On  colonisation  from  the  nearest  source 
with  subsequent  modification — Summary  of  the  last  and  present 
chapter. 

•      FRESH-WATER   PRODUCTIONS 

▲  S  lakes  and  river-systems  are  separated  from  each 
I\  other  by  barriers  of  land,  it  might  have  been  thought 
JL  JL  that  fresh-water  productions  would  not  have  ranged 
widely  within  the  same  country,  and  as  the  sea  is  apparently 
a  still  more  formidable  barrier,  that  they  would  never  have 
extended  to  distant  countries.  But  the  case  is  exactly  the  re- 
verse. Not  only  have  many  fresh-water  species,  belonging 
to  different  classes,  an  enormous  range,  but  allied  species 
prevail  in  a  remarkable  manner  throughout  the  world.  When 
first  collecting  in  the  fresh  waters  of  Brazil,  I  well  remember 
feeling  much  surprise  at  the  similarity  of  the  fresh-water 
insects,  shells,  &c.,  and  at  the  dissimilarity  of  the  surrotmd- 
ing  terrestrial  beings,  compared  with  those  of  Britain. 

But  the  wide  ranging  power  of  fresh-water  productions 
can,  I  think,  in  most  cases  be  explained  by  their  having  be- 
come fitted,  in  a  manner  highly  useful  to  them,  for  short 
and  frequent  migrations  from  pond  to  pond,  or  from  stream 
to  stream,  within  their  own  countries;  and  liability  to  wide 
dispersal  would  follow  from  this  capacity  as  an  almost  nieces- 
sary  consequence.  We  can  here  consider  only  a  few  cases; 
of  these,  some  of  the  most  difficult  to  explain  are  presented 
by  fish.  It  was  formerly  believed  that  the  same  fresh-water 
species  never  existed  on  two  continents  distant  from  each 
other.    But  Dr.  Gtinther  has  lately  shown  that  the  Galaxias 

427 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


428  ORIGIN  OF  SPEQES 

attenuatus  inhabits  Tasmania,  New  Zealand,  the  Falkland 
Islands,  and  the  mainland  of  South  America.  This  is  a  won- 
derful case,  and  probably  indicates  dispersal  from  an  Ant- 
arctic centre  during  a  former  warm  period.  This  case,  how- 
ever, is  rendered  in  some  degree  less  surprising  by  the  spe- 
cies of  this  genus  having  the  power  of  crossing  by  some 
unknown  means  considerable  spaces  of  open  ocean :  thus 
there  is  one  species  common  to  New  Zealand  and  to  the 
Auckland  Islands,  though  separated  by  a  distance  of  about 
230  miles.  On  the  same  continent  fresh-water  fish  often 
range  widely,  and  as  if  capriciously;  for  in  two  adjoining 
river-systems  some  of  the  species  may  be  the  same,  and  some 
wholly  different. 

It  is  probable  that  they  are  occasionally  transported  by 
what  may  be  called  accidental  means.  Thus  fishes  still  alive 
are  not  very  rarely  dropped  at  distant  points  by  whirlwinds; 
and  it  is  known  that  the  ova  retain  their  vitality  for  a  con- 
siderable time  after  removal  from  the  water.  Their  dispersal 
may,  however,  be  mainly  attributed  to  changes  in  the  level 
of  the  land  within  the  recent  period,  causing  rivers  to  flow 
into  each  other.  Instances,  also,  could  be  given  of  this 
having  occurred  during  floods,  without  any  change  of  level. 
The  wide  difference  of  the  fish  on  the  opposite  sides  of  most 
mountain-ranges,  which  are  continuous,  and  which  conse- 
quently must  from  an  early  period  have  completely  prevented 
the  inosculation  of  the  river-system  on  the  two  sides,  leads  to 
the  same  conclusion.  Some  fresh- water  fish  belong  to  very 
ancient  forms,  and  in  such  cases  there  will  have  been  ample 
time  for  great  geographical  changes,  and  consequently  time 
and  means  for  much  migration.  Moreover  Dr.  Gunther  has 
recently  been  led  by  several  considerations  to  infer  that  with 
fishes  the  same  forms  have  a  long  endurance.  Salt-water 
fish  can  with  care  be  slowly  accustomed  to  live  in  fresh 
water;  and,  according  to  Valenciennes,  there  is  hardly  a 
single  group  of  which  all  the  members  are  confined  to  fresh 
water,  so  that  a  marine  species  belonging  to  a  fresh-water 
group  might  travel  far  along  the  shores  of  the  sea,  and 
could,  it  is  probable,  become  adapted  without  much  difficulty 
to  the  fresh  waters  of  a  distant  land. 

Some  species  of  fresh-water  shells  have  very  wide  ranges, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


FRESH-WATER  PRODUCTIONS  429 

and  allied  species  which,  on  our  theory,  are  descended  from 
a  common  parent,  and  must  have  proceeded  from  a  single 
source,  prevail  throughout  the  world  Their  distribution  at 
first  perplexed  me  much,  as  their  ova  are  not  likely  to  be 
transported  by  birds;  and  the  ova,  as  well  as  the  adults,  are 
immediately  killed  by  sea-water.  I  could  not  even  under- 
stand how  some  naturalised  species  have  spread  rapidly 
throughout  the  same  country.  But  two  facts,  which  I  have 
observed — ^and  many  others  no  doubt  will  be  discovered — 
throw  some  light  on  this  subject.  When  ducks  suddenly 
emerge  from  a  pond  covered  with  duck-weed,  I  have  twice 
seen  these  little  plants  adhering  to  their  backs;  and  it  has 
happened  to  me,  in  removing  a  little  duck-weed  from  one 
aquarium  to  another,  that  I  have  unintentionally  stocked  the 
one  with  fresh-water  shells  from  the  other.  But  another 
agency  is  perhaps  more  effectual:  I  suspended  the  feet  of  a 
duck  in  an  aquarium,  where  many  ova  of  fresh-water  shells 
were  hatching;  and  I  fotmd  that  numbers  of  the  extremely 
minute  and  just-hatched  shells  crawled  on  the  feet,  and  clung 
to  them  so  firmly  that  when  taken  out  of  the  water  they 
could  not  be  jarred  off,  though  at  a  somewhat  more  advanced 
age  they  would  voluntarily  drop  off.  These  just-hatched 
molluscs,  though  aquatic  in  their  nature,  survived  on  the 
duck's  feet,  in  damp  air,  from  twelve  to  twenty  hours;  and 
in  this  length  of  time  a  duck  or  heron  might  fly  at  least  six 
or  seven  hundred  miles,  and  if  blown  across  the  sea  to  an 
oceanic  island,  or  to  any  other  distant  point,  would  be  sure 
to  alight  on  a  pool  or  rivulet  Sir  Charles  Lyell  informs  me 
that  a  Dy tiscus  has  been  caught  with  an  Ancylus  (a  fresh- 
water shell  like  a  limpet)  firmly  adhering  to  it;  and  a  water- 
beetle  of  the  same  family,  a  Col)rmbetes,  once  flew  on  board 
the  'Beagle,'  when  forty-five  miles  distant  from  the  nearest 
land:  how  much  farther  it  might  have  been  blown  by  a 
favouring  gale  no  one  can  tell. 

With  respect  to  plants,  it  has  long  been  known  what  enor- 
mous ranges  many  fresh-water,  and  even  marsh  species, 
have,  both  over  continents  and  to  the  most  remote  oceanic 
islands.  This  is  strikingly  illustrated,  according  to  Alph.  de 
Candolle,  in  those  large  groups  of  terrestrial  plants,  which 
have  very  few  aquatic  members;  for  the  latter  seem  immedl- 

AA— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


430  ORIGIN  OF  SPEaSS 

ately  to  acquire,  as  if  in  consequence,  a  wide  range.  I  think 
favourable  means  of  dispersal  explain  this  fact  I  have  be- 
fore mentioned  that  earth  occasionally  adheres  in  some  quan- 
tity to  the  feet  and  beaks  of  birds.  Wading  birds,  which 
frequent  the  muddy  edges  of  ponds,  if  suddenly  flushed, 
wotdd  be  the  most  likely  to  have  muddy  feet.  Birds  of  this 
order  wander  more  than  those  of  any  other;  and  they  are 
occasionally  found  on  the  most  remote  and  barren  islands 
of  the  open  ocean ;  they  would  not  be  likely  to  alight  on  the 
surface  of  the  sea,  so  that  any  dirt  on  their  feet  would  not  be 
washed  off;  and  when  gaining  the  land,  they  would  be  sure  to 
fly  to  their  natural  fresh-water  haunts.  I  do  not  believe  that 
botanists  are  aware  how  charged  the  mud  of  ponds  is  with 
seeds;  I  have  tried  several  little  experiments,  but  will  here 
give  only  the  most  striking  case:  I  took  in  February  three 
table-spoonfuls  of  mud  from  three  different  points,  beneath 
water,  on  the  edge  of  a  little  pond:  this  mud  when  dried 
weighed  only  6}i  ounces;  I  kept  it  covered  up  in  my  study 
for  six  months,  pulling  up  and  counting  each  plant  as  it 
grew;  the  plants  were  of  many  kinds,  and  were  altogether 
537  in  number;  and  yet  the  viscid  mud  was  all  contained  in 
a  breakfast  cup!  Considering  these  facts,  I  think  it  would 
be  an  inexplicable  circumstance  if  water-birds  did  not  trans- 
port the  seeds  of  fresh-water  plants  to  unstocked  ponds  and 
streams,  situated  at  very  distant  points.  The  same  agency 
may  have  come  into  play  with  the  ^:gs  of  some  of  the 
smaller  fresh-water  animals. 

Other  and  unknown  agencies  probably  have  also  played  a 
part.  I  have  stated  that  fresh-water  fish  eat  some  kinds  of 
seeds,  though  they  reject  many  other  kinds  after  having 
swallowed  them;  even  small  fish  swallow  seeds  of  moderate 
size,  as  of  the  yellow  water-lily  and  Potamogeton.  Herons 
and  other  birds,  century  after  century,  have  gone  on  daily 
devouring  fish;  they  then  take  flight  and  go  to  other  waters, 
or  are  blown  across  the  sea;  and  we  have  seen  that  seeds 
retain  their  power  of  germination,  when  rejected  many  hours 
afterwards  in  pellets  or  in  the  excrement.  When  I  saw  the 
great  size  of  the  seeds  of  that  fine  water-lily,  the  Nelumbium, 
and  remembered  Alph.  de  CandoUe's  remarks  on  the  distribu- 
tion of  this  plant,  I  though  that  the  means  of  its  dispersal 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS  OF   OCEANIC   ISLANDS  431 

must  remain  inexplicable;  but  Audubon  states  that  he  found 
the  seeds  of  the  great  southern  water-lily  (probably,  accord- 
ing to  Dr.  Hooker,  the  Nelumbium  luteum)  in  a  heron's 
stomach.  Now  this  bird  must  often  have  flown  with  its 
stomach  thus  well  stocked  to  distant  ponds,  and  then  getting 
a  hearty  meal  of  fish,  analogy  makes  me  believe  that  it 
would  have  rejected  the  seeds  in  a  pellet  in  a  fit  state  for 
germination. 

In  considering  these  several  means  of  distribution,  it  should 
be  remembered  that  when  a  pond  or  stream  is  first  formed, 
for  instance,  on  a  rising  islet,  it  will  be  unoccupied;  and  a 
single  seed  or  egg  will  have  a  good  chance  of  succeeding. 
Although  there  will  always  be  a  struggle  for  life  between 
the  inhabitants  of  the  same  pond,  however  few  in  kind,  yet 
as  the  number  even  in  a  well-stocked  pond  is  small  in  com- 
parison with  the  number  of  species  inhabiting  an  equal  area 
of  land,  the  competition  between  them  will  probably  *be  less 
severe  than  between  terrestrial  species;  consequently  an  in- 
truder from  the  waters  of  a  foreign  country  would  have  a 
better  chance  of  seizing  on  a  new  place,  than  in  the  case 
of  terrestrial  colonists.  We  should  also  remember  that  many 
fresh-water  productions  are  low  in  the  scale  of  nature,  and 
we  have  reason  to  believe  that  such  beings  become  modified 
more  slowly  than  the  high;  and  this  will  give  time  for  the 
migration  of  aquatic  species.  We  should  not  forget  the 
probability  of  many  fresh- water  forms  having  formerly 
ranged  continuously  over  immense  areas,  and  then  having 
become  extinct  at  intermediate  points.  But  the  wide  distri* 
bution  of  fresh-water  plants  and  of  the  lower  animals, 
whether  retaining  the  same  identical  form  or  in  some  degree 
modified,  apparently  depends  in  main  part  on  the  wide  dis- 
persal of  their  seeds  and  eggs  by  animals,  more  especially  by 
fresh-water  birds,  which  have  great  powers  of  flight,  and 
naturally  travel  from  one  piece  of  water  to  another. 

ON   THE   INHABITANTS   OF   OCEANIC    ISLANDS 

We  now  come  to  the  last  of  the  three  classes  of  facts, 
which  I  have  selected  as  presenting  the  greatest  amount  of 
difficulty  with  respect  to  distribution,  on  the  view  that  not 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


4»  ORIGIN  OF  SPBCIES 

only  all  the  individuals  of  the  same  species  have  migrated 
from  some  one  area,  but  that  allied  species^  although  now 
inhabiting  the  most  distant  points,  have  proceeded  from  a 
single  area, — the  birthplace  of  their  early  progenitors.  I 
have  already  given  my  reason  for  disbelieving  in  continental 
extensions  within  the  period  of  existing  species,  on  so  enor- 
mous a  scale  that  all  the  many  islands  of  the  several  oceans 
were  thus  stocked  with  their  present  terrestrial  inhabitants. 
This  view  removes  many  difficulties,  but  it  does  not  accord 
with  all  the  facts  in  regard  to  the  productions  of  islands.  In 
the  following  remarks  I  shall  not  confine  myself  to  the  mere 
question  of  dispersal,  but  shall  consider  some  other  cases 
bearing  on  the  truth  of  the  two  theories  of  independent  crea- 
tion and  of  descent  with  modification. 

The  species  of  all  kinds  which  inhabit  oceanic  islands  are 
few  in  number  compared  with  those  on  equal  continental 
areas:  Alph.  de  Candolle  admits  this  for  plants,  and  WoUas- 
ton  for  insects.  New  Zealand,  for  instance,  with  its  lofty 
mountains  and  diversified  stations,  extending  over  780  miles 
of  latitude,  together  with  the  outlying  islands  of  Auckland, 
Campbell  and  Chatham,  contain  altogether  only  960  kinds  of 
flowering  plants;  if  we  compare  this  moderate  number  with 
the  species  which  swarm  over  equal  areas  in  South- Western 
Australia  or  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  we  must  admit  that 
some  cause,  independently  of  different  physical  conditions, 
has  given  rise  to  so  great  a  difference  in  number.  Even  the 
uniform  cotmty  of  Cambridge  has  847  plants,  and  the  little 
island  of  Anglesea  764,  but  a  few  ferns  and  a  few  intro- 
duced plants  are  included  in  these  numbers,  and  the  compari- 
son in  some  other  respects  is  not  quite  fair.  We  have 
evidence  that  the  barren  island  of  Ascension  aboriginally 
possessed  less  than  half-a-dozen  flowering  plants;  yet  many 
species  have  now  become  naturalised  on  it,  as  they  have  in 
New  Zealand  and  on  every  other  oceanic  island  which  can 
be  named. 

In  St.  Helena  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  natu- 
ralised plants  and  animals  have  nearly  or  quite  extermi- 
nated many  native  productions.  He  who  admits  the  doctrine 
of  the  creation  of  each  separate  species,  will  have  to  admit 
that  a  sufficient  number  of  the  best  adapted  plants  and  ani- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS  OF  OCEANIC  ISLANDS  439 

mals  were  not  created  for  oceanic  islands ;  for  man  has  unin- 
tentionally stocked  them  far  more  fully  and  perfectly  than 
did  nature. 

Although  in  oceanic  islands  the  species  are  few  in  number, 
the  proportion  of  endemic  kinds  (i.e,  those  found  nowhere 
else  in  the  world)  is  often  extremely  large.  If  we  compare, 
for  instance,  the  number  of  endemic  land-shells  in  Madeira, 
or  of  endemic  birds  in  the  Galapagos  Archipelago,  with  the 
number  found  on  any  continent,  and  then  compare  the  area 
of  the  island  with  that  of  the  continent,  we  shall  see  that  this 
is  true.  This  fact  might  have  been  theoretically  expected, 
for,  as  already  explained,  species  occasionally  arriving  after 
long  intervals  of  time  in  the  new  and  isolated  district,  and 
having  to  compete  with  new  associates,  would  be  eminently 
liable  to  modification,  and  would  often  produce  groups  of 
modified  descendants.  But  it  by  no  means  follows  that,  be- 
cause in  an  island  nearly  all  the  species  of  one  class  are 
peculiar,  those  of  another  class,  or  of  another  section  of  the 
same  class,  are  peculiar ;  and  this  difference  seems  to  depend 
partly  on  the  species  which  are  not  modified  having  immi- 
grated in  a  body,  so  that  their  mutual  relations  have  not 
been  much  disturbed;  and  partly  on  the  frequent  arrival  of 
unmodified  immigrants  from  the  mother-country,  with  which 
the  insular  forms  have  intercrossed.  It  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  offspring  of  such  crosses  would  certainly  gain 
in  vigour;  so  that  even  an  occasional  cross  would  produce 
more  effect  than  might  have  been  anticipated.  I  will  give  a 
few  illustrations  of  the  foregoing  remarks :  in  the  Galapagos 
Islands  there  are  26  land-birds;  of  these  21  (or  perhaps  23) 
are  peculiar,  whereas  of  the  11  marine  birds  only  2  are 
peculiar;  and  it  is  obvious  that  marine  birds  could  arrive  at 
these  islands  much  more  easily  and  frequently  than  land- 
birds.  Bermuda,  on  the  other  hand,  which  lies  at  about  the 
same  distance  from  North  America  as  the  Galapagos  Islands 
do  from  South  America,  and  which  has  a  very  peculiar  soil, 
does  not  possess  a  single  endemic  land-bird;  and  we  know 
from  Mr.  J.  M.  Jones'  admirable  account  of  Bermuda,  that 
very  many  North  American  birds  occasionally  or  even  fre- 
quently visit  this  island.  Almost  every  year,  as  I  am  in- 
formed by  Mr.  E.  V.  Harconrt,  many  European  and  African 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


434  ORIGIN  OP  SPBCIBS 

birds  are  blown  to  Madeira;  this  island  is  inhabited  by  99 
kinds,  of  which  one  alone  is  peculiar,  though  very  closely 
related  to  a  European  form;  and  three  or  four  other  species 
are  confined  to  this  island  and  to  the  Canaries.  So  that  the 
Islands  of  Bermuda  and  Madeira  have  been  stocked  from 
the  neighbouring  continents  with  birds,  which  for  long  ages 
have  there  struggled  together,  and  have  become  mutually 
co-adapted.  Hence  when  settled  in  their  new  homes,  each 
kind  will  have  been  kept  by  the  others  to  its  proper  place 
and  habits,  and  will  consequently  have  been  but  little  liable 
to  modification.  Any  tendency  to  modification  vnll  also  have 
been  checked  by  intercrossing  with  the  unmodified  immi- 
grants, often  arriving  from  the  mother-country.  Madeira 
again  is  inhabited  by  a  wonderful  number  of  peculiar  land- 
shells,  whereas  not  one  species  of  sea-shell  is  peculiar  to  its 
shores ;  now,  though  we  do  not  know  how  sea-shells  are  dis- 
persed, yet  we  can  see  that  their  eggs  or  larvx,  perhaps  at- 
tached to  seaweed  or  floating  timber,  or  to  the  feet  of  wading- 
birds,  might  be  transported  across  three  or  four  hundred 
miles  of  open  sea  far  more  easily  than  land-shells.  The  dif- 
ferent orders  of  insects  inhabiting  Madeira  present  nearly 
parallel  cases. 

Oceanic  islands  are  sometimes  deficient  in  animals  of  cer- 
tain whole  classes,  and  their  places  are  occupied  by  other 
classes;  thus  in  the  Galapagos  Islands  reptiles,  and  in  New 
Zealand  gigantic  wingless  birds,  take,  or  recently  took,  the 
place  of  mammals.  Although  New  Zealand  is  here  spoken 
of  as  an  oceanic  island,  it  is  in  some  degree  doubtful  whether 
it  should  be  so  ranked;  it  is  of  large  size,  and  is  not  sep- 
arated from  Australia  by  a  profoundly  deep  sea;  from  its 
geological  character  and  the  direction  of  its  mountain-ranges, 
the  Rev.  W.  B.  Clarke  has  lately  maintained  that  this  island, 
as  well  as  New  Caledonia,  should  be  considered  as  appur- 
tenances of  Australia.  Turning  to  plants,  Dr.  Hooker  has 
shown  that  in  the  Galapagos  Islands  the  proportional  num- 
bers of  the  different  orders  are  very  different  from  what  they 
are  elsewhere.  All  such  differences  in  number,  and  the  ab- 
sence of  certain  whole  groups  of  animals  and  plants,  are  gen- 
erally accounted  for  by  supposed  differences  in  the  physical 
conditions  of  the  islands;  but  this  explanation  is  not  a  little 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCE   OF   BATRACHIANS  435 

doubtful.    Facility  of  immigration  seems  to  have  been  fully 
as  important  as  the  nature  of  the  conditions. 

Many  remarkable  little  facts  could  be  given  with  respect 
to  the  inhabitants  of  oceanic  islands.  For  instance,  in  cer- 
tain islands  not  tenanted  by  a  single  mammal,  some  of  the 
endemic  plants  have  beautifully  hooked  seeds;  yet  few  rela- 
tions are  more  manifest  than  that  hooks  serve  for  the  trans- 
portal  of  seeds  in  the  wool  or  fur  of  quadrupeds.  But  a 
hooked  seed  might  be  carried  to  an  island  by  other  means; 
and  the  plant  then  becoming  modified  would  form  an  endemic 
species,  still  retaining  its  hooks,  which  would  form  a  useless 
appendage  like  the  shrivelled  wings  under  the  soldered  wing- 
covers  of  many  insular  beetles.  Again,  islands  often  possess 
trees  or  bushes  belonging  to  orders  which  elsewhere  include 
only  herbaceous  species;  now  trees,  as  Alph.  de  CandoUe 
has  shown,  generally  have,  whatever  the  cause  may  be,  con- 
fined ranges.  Hence  trees  would  be  little  likely  to  readi  dis- 
tant oceanic  islands ;  and  an  herbaceous  plant,  which  had  no 
chance  of  successfully  competing  with  the  many  fully  devel- 
oped trees  growing  on  a  continent,  might,  when  established 
on  an  island,  gain  an  advantage  over  other  herbaceous  plants 
by  growing  taller  and  taller  and  overtopping  them.  In  this 
case,  natural  selection  would  tend  to  add  to  the  stature  of  the 
plant,  to  whatever  order  it  belonged,  and  thus  first  convert 
it  into  a  bush  and  then  into  a  tree. 

ABSENCE  OF  BATRACHIANS  AND  TERRESTRIAL  MAMMALS  ON 
OCEANIC  ISLANDS. 

With  respect  to  the  absence  of  whole  orders  of  animals  on 
oceanic  islands,  Bory  St.  Vincent  long  ago  remarked  that 
Batrachians  (frogs,  toads,  newts)  are  never  found  on  any  of 
the  many  islands  with  which  the  great  oceans  are  studded. 
I  have  taken  pains  to  verify  this  assertion,  and  have  found 
it  true,  with  the  exception  of  New  Zealand,  New  Caledonia, 
the  Andaman  Islands,  and  perhaps  the  Salomon  Islands  and 
the  Seychelles.  But  I  have  already  remarked  that  it  is 
doubtful  whether  New  Zealand  and  New  Caledonia  ought  to 
be  classed  as  oceanic  islands;  and  this  is  still  more  doubtful 
with  respect  to  the  Andaman  and  Salomon  groups  and  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


436  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

Seychelles.  This  general  absence  of  frogs,  toads,  and  newts 
on  so  many  true  oceanic  islands  cannot  be  accounted  for  by 
their  physical  conditions:  indeed  it  seems  that  islands  are 
peculiarly  fitted  for  these  animals ;  for  frogs  have  been  intro- 
duced into  Madeira,  the  Azores,  and  Mauritius,  and  have 
multiplied  so  as  to  become  a  nuisance.  But  as  these  animals 
and  their  spawn  are  immediately  killed  (with  the  exception, 
as  far  as  known,  of  one  Indian  species)  by  sea-water,  there 
would  be  great  difficulty  in  their  transportal  across  the  sea, 
and  therefore  we  can  see  why  they  do  not  exist  on  strictly 
oceanic  islands.  But  why,  on  the  theory  of  creation,  they 
should  not  have  been  created  there,  it  would  be  very  difficult 
to  explain. 

Mammals  offer  another  and  similar  case.  I  have  carefully 
searched  the  oldest  voyages,  and  have  not  found  a  single 
instance,  free  from  doubt,  of  a  terrestrial  mammal  (excluding 
domesticated  animals  kept  by  the  natives)  inhabiting  an  island 
situated  above  300  miles  from  a  continent  or  great  continental 
island ;  and  many  islands  situated  at  a  much  less  distance  are 
equally  barren.  The  Falkland  Islands,  which  are  inhabited 
by  a  wolf-like  fox,  come  nearest  to  an  exception;  but  this 
group  cannot  be  considered  as  oceanic,  as  it  lies  on  a  bank 
in  connection  with  the  mainland  at  the  distance  of  about  280 
miles;  moreover,  icebergs  formerly  brought  boulders  to  its 
western  shores,  and  they  may  have  formerly  transported 
foxes,  as  now  frequently  happens  in  the  arctic  regions.  Yet 
it  cannot  be  said  that  small  islands  will  not  support  at  least 
small  mammals,  for  they  occur  in  many  parts  of  the  world 
on  very  small  islands,  when  lying  close  to  a  continent;  and 
hardly  an  island  can  be  named  on  which  our  smaller  quadru- 
peds have  not  become  naturalised  and  greatly  multiplied.  It 
cannot  be  said,  on  the  ordinary  view  of  creation,  that  there 
has  not  been  time  for  the  creation  of  mammals;  many  vol- 
canic islands  are  sufficiently  ancient,  as  shown  by  the  stu- 
pendous degradation  which  they  have  suffered,  and  by  their 
tertiary  strata:  there  has  also  been  time  for  the  production 
of  endemic  species  belonging  to  other  classes;  and  on  conti- 
nents it  is  known  that  new  species  of  mammals  appear  and 
disappear  at  a  quicker  rate  than  other  and  lower  animals. 
Although   terrestrial  mammals    do    not    occur  on  oceanic 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ABSENCB  OF  BATRACHIANS  4S7 

islands,  aerial  mammals  do  occur  on  almost  every  island. 
New  Zealand  possesses  two  bats  found  nowhere  else  in  the 
world:  Norfolk  Island,  the  Viti  Archipelago,  the  Bonin 
Islands,  the  Caroline  and  Marianne  Archipelagoes,  and  Mau- 
ritius, all  possess  their  peculiar  bats.  Why,  it  may  be  asked, 
has  the  supposed  creative  force  produced  bats  and  no  other 
mammals  on  remote  islands?  On  niy  view  this  question  can 
easily  be  answered ;  for  no  terrestrial  mammal  can  be  trans- 
ported across  a  wide  space  of  sea,  but  bats  can  fly  across. 
Bats  have  been  seen  wandering  by  day  far  over  the  Atlantic 
Ocean;  and  two  North  American  species  either  regularly  or 
occasionally  visit  Bermuda,  at  the  distance  of  600  miles  from 
the  mainland.  I  hear  from  Mr,  Tomes,  who  has  specially 
studied  this  family,  that  many  species  have  enormous  ranges, 
and  are  found  on  continents  and  on  far  distant  islands. 
Hence  we  have  only  to  suppose  that  such  wandering  species 
have  been  modified  in  their  new  homes  in  relation  to  their 
new  position,  and  we  can  understand  the  presence  of  endemic 
bats  on  oceanic  islands,  with  the  absence  of  all  other  terres- 
trial mammals. 

Another  interesting  relation  exists,  namely  between  the 
depth  of  the  sea  separating  islands  from  each  other  or  from 
the  nearest  continent,  and  the  degree  of  affinity  of  their  mam- 
malian inhabitants.  Mr.  Windsor  Earl  has  made  some  strik- 
ing observations  on  this  head,  since  greatly  extended  by  Mr. 
Wallace's  admirable  researches,  in  regard  to  the  great  Malay 
Archipelago,  which  is  traversed  near  Celebes  by  a  space  of 
deep  ocean,  and  this  separates  two  widely  distinct  mam- 
malian faunas.  On  either  side  the  islands  stand  on  a  mod- 
erately shallow  submarine  bank,  and  these  islands  are  inhab- 
ited by  the  same  or  by  closely  allied  quadrupeds.  I  have  not 
as  yet  had  time  to  follow  up  this  subject  in  all  quarters  of 
the  world ;  but  as  far  as  I  have  gone,  the  relation  holds  good. 
For  instance,  Britain  is  separated  by  a  shallow  channel  from 
Europe,  and  the  mammals  are  the  same  on  both  sides ;  and  so 
it  is  vith  all  the  islands  near  the  shores  of  Australia.  The 
West  Indian  Islands,  on  the  other  hand,  stand  on  a  deeply 
submerged  bank,  nearly  1000  fathoms  in  depth,  and  here  we 
find  American  forms,  but  the  species  and  even  the  genera  are 
quite  distinct    As  the  amount  of  modification  which  animals 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


438  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

of  all  kinds  undergo  partly  depends  on  the  lapse  of  time,  and 
as  the  islands  which  are  separated  from  each  other  or  from 
the  mainland  by  shallow  channels,  are  more  likely  to  have 
been  continuously  united  within  a  recent  period  than  the 
islands  separated  by  deeper  channels,  we  can  understand  how 
it  is  that  a  relation  exists  between  the  depth  of  the  sea  sep- 
arating two  mammalian*  faunas,  and  the  degree  of  their 
affinity, — a  relation  which  is  quite  inexplicable  on  the  theory 
of  independent  acts  of  creation. 

The  foregoing  statements  in  regard  to  the  inhabitants  of 
oceanic  islands, — ^namely,  the  fewness  of  the  species,  with  a 
large  proportion  consisting  of  endemic  forms — ^the  members 
of  certain  groups,  but  not  those  of  other  groups  in  the  same 
class,  having  been  modified — the  absence  of  certain  whole 
orders,  as  of  batrachians  and  of  terrestrial  mammals,  not- 
withstanding the  presence  of  aerial  bats, — the  singular  pro- 
portions of  certain  orders  of  plants, — ^herbaceous  forms 
having  been  developed  into  trees,  &c., — seem  to  me  to  accord 
better  with  the  belief  in  the  efficiency  of  occasional  means  of 
transport,  carried  on  during  a  long  course  of  time,  than  with 
the  belief  in  the  former  connection  of  all  oceanic  islands  with 
the  nearest  continent;  for  on  this  latter  view  it  is  probable 
that  the  various  classes  would  have  immigrated  more  uni- 
formly, and  from  the  species  having  entered  in  a  body  their 
mutual  relations  would  not  have  been  much  disturbed,  and 
consequently  they  would  either  have  not  been  modified,  or  all 
the  species  in  a  more  equable  manner. 

I  do  not  deny  that  there  are  many  and  serious  difficulties 
in  understanding  how  many  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  more 
remote  islands,  whether  still  retaining  the  same  specific  form 
or  subsequently  modified,  have  reached  their  present  homes. 
But  the  probability  of  other  islands  having  once  existed  as 
halting-places,  of  which  not  a  wreck  now  remains,  must  not 
be  overlooked  I  will  specify  one  difficult  case.  Almost  all 
oceanic  islands,  even  the  most  isolated  and  smallest,  are  in- 
habited by  land-shells,  generally  by  endemic  species,  but 
sometimes  by  species  found  elsewhere, — striking  instances  of 
which  have  been  given  by  Dr.  A.  A.  Gould  in  relation  to  the 
Pacific.  Now  it  is  notorious  that  land-shells  are  easily  killed 
by  sea-water;  their  eggs,  at  least  such  as  I  have  tried,  sink  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS  OF  ISLANDS  499 

it  and  are  killed.  Yet  there  must  be  some  unknown,  but 
occasionally  efficient  means  for  their  transportal.  Would  the 
just-hatched  young  sometimes  adhere  to  the  feet  of  birds 
roosting  on  the  ground,  and  thus  get  transported?  It  oc- 
curred to  me  that  land-shells,  when  hybernating  and  having  a 
membranous  diaphragm  over  the  mouth  of  the  shell,  might 
be  floated  in  chinks  of  drifted  timber  across  moderately  wide 
arms  of  the  sea.  And  I  find  that  several  species  in  this  state 
withstand  uninjured  an  immersion  in  sea- water  during  seven 
days:  one  shell,  the  Helix  pomatia,  after  having  been  thus 
treated  and  again  hybernating  was  put  into  sea-water  for 
twenty  days,  and  perfectly  recovered.  During  this  length  of 
time  the  shell  might  have  been  carried  by  a  marine  current 
of  average  swiftness,  to  a  distance  of  660  geographical  miles. 
As  this  Helix  has  a  thick  calcareous  operculum,  I  removed 
it,  and  when  it  had  formed  a  new  membranous  one,  I  again 
immersed  it  for  fourteen  days  in  sea-water,  and  again  it 
recovered  and  crawled  away.  Baron  Aucapitaine  has  since 
tried  similar  experiments;  he  placed  100  land-shells,  belong- 
ing to  ten  species,  in  a  box  pierced  with  holes,  and  immersed 
it  for  a  fortnight  in  the  sea.  Out  of  the  hundred  shells, 
twenty-seven  recovered.  The  presence  of  an  operculum 
seems  to  have  been  of  importance,  as  out  of  twelve  specimens 
of  Cyclostoma  elegans,  which  is  thus  furnished,  eleven  re- 
vived. It  is  remarkable,  seeing  how  well  the  Helix  pomatia 
resisted  with  me  the  salt-water,  that  not  one  of  fifty-four 
specimens  belonging  to  four  other  species  of  Helix  tried  by 
Aucapitaine,  recovered.  It  is,  however,  not  at  all  probable 
that  land-shells  have  often  been  thus  transported;  the  feet 
of  birds  offer  a  more  probable  method. 

ON   THE  RELATIONS  OF  THE  INHABITANTS  OF   ISLANDS  TO 
THOSE  OF  THE  NEAREST   MAINLAND 

The  most  striking  and  important  fact  for  us  is  the  affinity 
of  the  species  which  inhabit  islands  to  those  of  the  nearest 
mainland,  without  being  actually  the  same.  Numerous  in- 
stances could  be  given.  The  Galapagos  Archipelago,  situ- 
ated under  the  equator,  lies  at  the  distance  of  between  500 
and  600  miles  from  the  shores  of  South  America.     Here 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


440  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIBS 

almost  every  product  of  the  land  and  of  the  water  bears  the 
unmistakeable  stamp  of  the  American  continent  There  are 
twenty-six  land-birds;  of  these,  twenty-one,  or  perhaps 
twenty-three,  are  ranked  as  distinct  species,  and  would  ccwn- 
monly  be  assumed  to  have  been  here  created:  yet  the  dose 
affinity  of  most  of  these  birds  to  American  species  is  mani- 
fest in  every  character^  in  their  habits,  gestures,  and  tones 
of  voice.  So  it  is  with  the  other  animals,  and  with  a  large 
proportion  of  the  plants,  as  shown  by  Dr.  Hooker  in  his 
admirable  Flora  of  this  archipelago.  The  naturalist,  looking 
at  the  inhabitants  of  these  volcanic  islands  in  the  Pacific, 
distant  several  hundred  miles  from  the  continent,  feds  that 
he  is  standing  on  American  land.  Why  should  this  be  so? 
why  should  the  species  which  are  supposed  to  have  been 
created  in  the  Galapagos  Archipelago,  and  nowhere  dse, 
bear  so  plainly  the  stamp  of  affinity  to  those  created  in 
America?  There  is  nothing  in  the  conditions  of  life,  in  the 
geological  nature  of  the  islands,  in  their  height  or  climate, 
or  in  the  proportions  in  which  the  several  dasses  are  asso- 
ciated together,  which  closely  resembles  the  conditions  of 
the  South  American  coast:  in  fact,  there  is  a  considerable 
dissimilarity  in  all  these  respects.  On  the  other  hand,  there 
is  a  considerable  degree  of  resemblance  in  the  volcanic  na- 
ture of  the  soil,  in  the  dimate,  height  and  size  of  the  islands, 
between  the  Galapagos  and  Cape  Verde  Archipdagoes :  but 
what  an  entire  and  absolute  difference  in  thdr  inhabitants! 
The  inhabitants  of  the  Cape  Verde  Islands  are  rdated  to 
those  of  Africa,  like  those  of  the  Galapagos  to  America. 
Facts  such  as  these,  admit  of  no  sort  of  explanation  on  the 
ordinary  view  of  independent  creation :  whereas  on  the  view 
here  maintained,  it  is  obvious  that  the  Galapagos  Islands 
would  be  likely  to  receive  colonists  from  America,  whether 
by  occasional  means  of  transport  or  (though  I  do  not  believe 
in  this  doctrine)  by  formerly  continuous  land,  and  the  Cape 
Verde  Islands  from  Africa ;  such  colonists  would  be  liable  to 
modification, — ^the  principle  of  inheritance  still  betraying 
their  original  birthplace. 

Many  analogous  facts  could  be  given:  indeed  it  is  an  al- 
most universal  rule  that  the  endemic  productions  of  islands 
are  related  to  those  of  the  nearest  continent,  or  of  the  near- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS   OF  ISLANDS  441 

est  large  island.  The  exceptions  are  few,  and  most  of  them 
can  be  explained.  Thus  although  Kerguelen  Land  stands 
nearer  to  Africa  than  to  America,  the  plants  are  related,  and 
that  very  closely,  as  we  know  from  Dr.  Hooker's  account, 
to  those  of  America:  but  on  the  view  that  this  island  has 
been  mainly  stocked  by  seeds  brought  with  earth  and  stones 
on  icebergs,  drifted  by  the  prevailing  currents,  this  anomaly 
disappears.  New  Zealand  in  its  endemic  planes  is  much 
more  closely  related  to  Australia,  the  nearest  mainland,  than 
to  any  other  region:  and  this  is  what  might  have  been  ex- 
pected ;  but  it  is  also  plainly  related  to  South  America,  which, 
although  the  next  nearest  continent,  is  so  enormously  remote, 
that  the  fact  becomes  an  anomaly.  But  this  difficulty  par- 
tially disappears  on  the  view  that  New  Zealand,  South 
America,  and  the  other  southern  lands  have  been  stocked  in 
part  from  a  nearly  intermediate  though  distant  point,  namely 
from  the  antarctic  islands,  when  they  were  clothed  with  vege- 
tation, during  a  warmer  tertiary  period,  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  last  Glacial  period.  The  affinity,  which 
though  feeble,  I  am  assured  by  Dr.  Hooker  is  real,  between 
the  flora  of  the  south-western  comer  of  Australia  and  of  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  is  a  far  more  remarkable  case :  but  this 
affinity  is  confined  to  the  plants,  and  will,  no  doubt,  some  day 
be  explained. 

The  same  law  which  has  determined  the  relationship  be- 
tween the  inhabitants  of  islands  and  the  nearest  mainland,  is 
sometimes  displayed  on  a  small  scale,  but  in  a  most  interest- 
ing manner,  within  the  limits  of  the  same  archipelago.  Thus 
each  separate  island  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago  is  ten- 
anted, and  the  fact  is  a  marvellous  one,  by  many  distinct 
species ;  but  these  species  are  related  to  each  other  in  a  very 
much  closer  manner  than  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  American 
continent,  or  of  any  other  quarter  of  the  world.  This  is 
what  might  have  been  expected,  for  islands  situated  so  near 
to  each  other  would  almost  necessarily  receive  immigrants 
from  the  same  original  source,  and  from  each  other.  But 
how  is  it  that  many  of  the  immigrants  have  been  differently 
modified,  though  only  in  a  small  degree,  in  islands  situated 
within  sight  of  each  other,  having  the  same  geological  na- 
ture, the  same  height,  climate,  &c.?   This  long  appeared  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


442  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

me  a  great  difficulty:  but  it  arises  in  chief  part  from  the 
deeply-seated  error  of  considering  the  physical  conditions  of 
a  country  as  the  most  important:  whereas  it  cannot  be  dis- 
puted that  the  nature  of  the  other  species  with  which  each 
has  to  compete,  is  at  least  as  important,  and  generally  a  far 
more  important  element  of  success.  Now  if  we  look  to  the 
species  which  inhabit  the  Galapagos  Archipelago,  and  are 
likewise  found  in  other  parts  of  the  wwld,  we  find  that  they 
differ  considerably  in  the  several  islands.  This  difference 
might  indeed  have  been  expected  if  the  islands  have  been 
stocked  by  occasional  means  of  transport — z,  seed,  for  in- 
stance, of  one  plant  having  been  brought  to  one  island,  and 
that  of  another  plant  to  another  island,  though  all  proceeding 
from  the  same  general  source.  Hence,  when  in  former  times 
an  immigrant  first  settled  on  one  of  the  islands,  or  when  it 
subsequently  spread  from  one  to  another,  it  would  undoubt- 
edly be  exposed  to  different  conditions  in  die  different  islands, 
for  it  would  have  to  compete  with  a  different  set  of  organ- 
isms; a  plant,  for  instance,  would  find  the  ground  best  fitted 
for  it  occupied  by  somewhat  different  species  in  the  different 
islands,  and  would  be  exposed  to  the  attacks  of  somewhat 
different  enemies.  If  then  it  varied,  natural  selection  would 
probably  favour  different  varieties  in  the  different  islands. 
Some  species,  however,  might  spread  and  yet  retain  the  same 
character  throughout  the  group,  just  as  we  see  some  species 
spreading  widely  throughout  a  continent  and  remaining  the 
same. 

The  really  surprising  fact  in  this  case  of  the  Galapagos 
Archipelago,  and  in  a  lesser  degree  in  some  analogous  cases, 
is  that  each  new  species  after  being  formed  in  any  one  island, 
did  not  spread  quickly  to  the  other  islands.  But  the  islands, 
though  in  sight  of  each  other,  are  separated  by  deep  arms  of 
the  sea,  in  most  cases  wider  than  the  British  Channel,  and 
there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  they  have  at  any  former 
period  been  continuously  united.  The  currents  of  the  sea  are 
rapid  and  sweep  between  the  islands,  and  gales  of  wind  are 
extraordinarily  rare ;  so  that  the  islands  are  far  more  effect- 
ually separated  from  each  other  than  they  appear  on  a  map. 
Nevertheless  some  of  the  species,  both  of  those  found  in  other 
parts  of  the  world  and  of  those  confined  to  the  archipelago, 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS  OF  ISLANDS  443 

are  common  to  the  several  islands ;  and  we  may  inier  from 
their  present  manner  of  distribution,  that  they  have  spread 
from  one  island  to  the  others.  But  we  often  take,  I  think,  an 
erroneous  view  of  the  probability  of  closely-allied  species  in* 
vading  each  other's  territory,  when  put  into  free  intercom- 
munication. Undoubtedly,  if  one  species  has  any  advantage 
over  another,  it  will  in  a  very  brief  time  wholly  or  in  part 
supplant  it;  but  if  both  are  equally  well  fitted  for  their  own 
places,  both  will  probably  hold  their  separate  places  for  al- 
most any  length  of  time.  Being  familiar  with  the  fact  that 
many  species,  naturalised  through  man's  agency,  have 
spread  with  astonishing  rapidity  over  wide  areas,  we  are  apt 
to  infer  that  most  species  would  thus  spread;  but  we  should 
remember  that  the  species  which  become  naturalised  in  new 
countries  are  not  generally  closely  allied  to  the  aboriginal 
inhabitants,  but  are  very  distinct  forms,  belonging  in  a  large 
proportion  of  cases,  as  shown  by  Alph.  de  CandoUe,  to  dis- 
tinct genera.  In  the  Galapagos  Archipelago,  many  even  ot 
the  birds,  though  so  well  adapted  for  flying  from  island  to 
island,  differ  on  the  different  islands;  thus  there  are  three 
closely-allied  species  of  mocking-thrush,  each  confined  to  its 
own  island.  Now  let  us  suppose 'the  mocking-thrush  of  Chat- 
ham Island  to  be  blown  to  Charles  Island,  which  has  its  own 
mocking-thrush;  why  should  it  succeed  in  establishing  itself 
there?  We  may  safely  infer  that  Charles  Island  is  well 
stocked  with  its  own  species,  for  annually  more  eggs  are  laid 
and  young  birds  hatched,  than  can  possibly  be  reared;  and 
we  may  infer  that  the  mocking-thrush  peculiar  to  Charles 
Island  is  at  least  as  well  fitted  for  its  home  as  is  the  species 
peculiar  to  Chatham  Island  Sir  C.  Lyell  and  Mr.  Wollaston 
have  communicated  to  me  a  remarkable  fact  bearing  on  this 
subject;  namely,  that  Madeira  and  the  adjoining  islet  of 
Porto  Santo  possess  many  distinct  but  representative  species 
of  land-shells,  some  of  which  live  in  crevices  of  stone;  and 
although  large  quantities  of  stone  are  annually  transported 
from  Porto  Santo  to  Madeira,  yet  this  latter  island  has  not 
become  colonised  by  the  Porto  Santo  species;  nevertheless 
both  islands  have  been  colonised  by  European  land-shells, 
which  no  doubt  had  some  advantage  over  the  indigenous  spe- 
cies.   From  these  considerations  I  think  we  need  not  greatly 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


444  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

marvel  at  the  endemic  species  which  inhabit  the  several 
islands  of  the  Galapagos  Archipelago,  not  having  all  spread 
from  island  to  island.  On  the  same  continent,  also,  preoccu- 
pation  has  probably  played  an  important  part  in  checking 
the  commingling  of  the  species  which  inhabit  different  dis- 
tricts with  nearly  the  same  physical  conditions.  Thus,  the 
south-east  and  south-west  comers  of  Australia  have  nearly 
the  same  physical  conditions,  and  nre  united  by  continuous 
land,  yet  they  are  inhabited  by  a  vast  number  of  distinct 
mammals,  birds,  and  plants ;  so  it  is,  according  to  Mr.  Bates, 
with  the  butterflies  and  other  animals  inhabiting  the  great, 
open,  and  continuous  valley  of  the  Amazons. 

The  same  principle  which  governs  the  general  character  of 
the  inhabitants  of  oceanic  islands,  namely,  the  relation  to  the 
source  whence  colonists  could  have  been  most  easily  derived, 
together  with  their  subsequent  modification,  is  of  the  widest 
application  throughout  nature.  We  see  this  on  every  moun- 
tain-summit, in  every  lake  and  marsh.  For  Alpine  species, 
excepting  in  as  far  as  the  same  species  have  become  widely 
spread  during  the  Glacial  epoch,  are  related  to  those  of  the 
surrounding  lowlands;  thus  we  have  in  South  America,  Al- 
pifle  humming-birds,  Alpine  rodents,  Alpine  plants,  &c.,  all 
strictly  belonging  to  American  forms;  and  it  is  obvious  that 
a  mountain,  as  it  became  slowly  upheaved,  would  be  colonised 
from  the  surrounding  lowlands.  So  it  is  with  the  inhabitants 
of  lakes  and  marshes,  excepting  in  so  far  as  great  facility  of 
transport  has  allowed  the  same  forms  to  prevail  throughout 
large  portions  of  the  world.  We  see  this  same  principle  in 
the  character  of  most  of  the  blind  animals  inhabiting  the 
caves  of  America  and  of  Europe.  Other  analogous  facts 
could  be  given.  It  will,  I  believe,  be  found  universally  true, 
that  wherever  in  two  regions,  let  them  be  ever  so  distant, 
many  closely  allied  or  representative  species  occur,  there  will 
likewise  be  found  some  identical  species ;  and  wherever  many 
closely-allied  species  occur,  there  will  be  found  many  forms 
which  some  naturalists  rank  as  distinct  species,  and  others  as 
mere  varieties ;  these  doubtful  forms  showing  us  the  steps  in 
the  progress  of  modification. 

The  relation  between  the  power  and  extent  of  migration  in 
certain  species,  either  at  the  present  or  at  some  former  pe* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INHABITANTS   OF   ISLANDS  445 

riod,  and  the  existence  at  remote  points  of  the  world  of 
closely-allied  species,  is  shown  in  another  and  more  general 
way.  Mr.  Gould  remarked  to  me  long  ago,  that  in  those 
genera  of  birds  which  range  over  the  world,  many  of  the 
species  have  very  wide  ranges.  I  can  hardly  doubt  that  this 
rule  is  generally  true,  though  difficult  of  proof.  Amongst 
mammals,  we  see  it  strikingly  displayed  in  Bats,  and  in  a 
lesser  degree  in  the  Felidae  and  Canidx.  We  see  the  same 
rule  in  the  distribution  of  butterflies  and  beetles.  So  it  is 
with  most  of  the  inhabitants  of  fresh  water,  for  many  of  the 
genera  in  the  most  distinct  classes  range  over  the  world,  and 
many  of  the  species  have  enormous  ranges.  It  is  not  meant 
that  all,  but  that  some  of  the  species  have  very  wide  ranges 
in  the  genera  which  range  very  widely.  Nor  is  it  meant  that 
the  species  in  such  genera  have  on  an  average  a  very  wide 
range;  for  this  will  largely  depend  on  how  far  the  process 
of  modification  has  gone;  for  instance,  two  varieties  of  the 
same  species  inhabit  America  and  Europe,  and  thus  the  spe- 
cies has  an  immense  range ;  but,  if  variation  were  to  be  car- 
ried a  little  further,  the  two  varieties  would  be  ranked  as 
distinct  species,  and  their  range  would  be  greatly  reduced. 
Still  less  is  it  meant,  that  species  which  have  the  capacity  of 
crossing  barriers  and  ranging  widely,  as  in  the  case  of  cer- 
tain powerfully-winged  birds,  will  necessarily  range  widely; 
for  we  should  never  forget  that  to  range  widely  implies  not 
only  the  power  of  crossing  barriers,  but  the  more  important 
power  of  being  victorious  in  distant  lands  in  the  struggle  for 
life  with  foreign  associates.  But  according  to  the  view  that 
all  the  species  of  a  genus,  though  distributed  to  the  most 
remote  points  of  the  world,  are  descended  from  a  single  pro- 
genitor, we  ought  to  find,  and  I  believe  as  a  general  rule  we 
do  find,  that  some  at  least  of  the  species  range  very  widely. 
We  should  bear  in  mind  that  many  genera  in  all  classes  are 
of  ancienf  origin,  and  the  species  in  this  case  will  have  had 
ample  time  for  dispersal  and  subsequent  modification.  There 
is  also  reason  to  believe  from  geological  evidence  that  within 
each  great  class  the  lower  organisms  change  at  a  slower  rate 
than  the  higher;  consequently  they  will  have  had  a  better 
chance  of  ranging  widely  and  of  still  retaining  the  same  spe- 
cific character.    This  fact,  together  with  that  of  the  seeds 

BB— HC  zi 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


446  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

and  eggs  of  most  lowly  organised  forms  being  very  minute 
and  better  fitted  for  distant  transportal,  probably  accounts  for 
a  law  which  has  long  been  observed,  and  which  has  lately 
been  discussed  by  Alph.  de  CandoUe  in  regard  to  plants, 
namely,  that  the  lower  any  group  of  organisms  stands  the 
more  widely  it  ranges. 

The  relations  just  discussed, — namely,  lower  organisms 
ranging  more  widely  than  the  higher, — ^some  of  the  species  of 
widely-ranging  genera  themselves  ranging  widely,— sucli 
facts,  as  alpine,  lacustrine,  and  marsh  productions  being  gen^ 
erally  related  to  those  which  live  on  the  surrounding  low 
lands  and  dry  lands, — ^the  striking  relationship  between  the 
inhabitants  of  islands  and  those  of  the  neatest  mainland — 
the  still  closer  relationship  of  the  distinct  inhabitants  of  the 
islands  in  the  same  archipelago — ^are  inexplicable  on  the  ordi- 
nary view  of  the  independent  creation  of  each  species,  but 
are  explicable  if  we  admit  colonisation  from  the  nearest  or 
readiest  source,  together  with  the  subsequent  adaptation  of 
the  colonists  to  their  new  homes. 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  LAST   AND  PRESENT  CHAPTERS 

In  these  chapters  I  have  endeavoured  to  show,  that  if  we 
make  due  allowance  for  our  ignorance  of  the  full  effects  of 
changes  of  climate  and  of  the  level  of  the  land,  which  have 
certainly  occurred  within  the  recent  period,  and  of  other 
changes  which  have  probably  occurred, — if  we  remember 
how  ignorant  we  are  with  respect  to  the  many  curious  means 
of  occasional  transport, — if  we  bear  in  mind,  and  this  is  a 
very  important  consideration,  how  often  a  species  may  have 
ranged  continuously  over  a  wide  area,  and  then  have  become 
extinct  in  the  intermediate  tracts, — ^the  difficulty  is  not  insu- 
perable in  believing  that  all  the  individuals  of  the  same 
species,  wherever  found,  are  descended  from  conAnon  par- 
ents. And  we  are  led  to  this  conclusion,  which  has  been  ar- 
rived at  by  many  naturalists  under  the  designation  of  single  cen- 
tres of  creation,  by  various  general  considerations,  more  espe- 
cially from  the  importance  of  barriers  of  all  kinds,  and  from 
the  analogical  distribution  of  sub-genera,  genera,  and  families. 

With  respect  to  distinct  species  belonging  to  tise  saoie 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  4A7 

genus,  which  on  our  theory  have  spread  from  one  parent- 
source;  if  we  make  the  same  allowances  as  before  for  our 
ignorance,  and  remember  that  some  forms  of  life  have 
changed  very  slowly,  enormous  periods  of  time  having  been 
thus  granted  for  their  migration,  the  difficulties  are  far  from 
insuperable ;  though  in  this  case,  as  in  that  of  the  individuals 
of  the  same  species,  they  are  often  great. 

As  exemplifying  the  effects  of  climatal  changes  on  distribu- 
tion, I  have  attempted  to  show  how  important  a  part  the  last 
Glacial  period  has  played,  which  affected  even  the  equa- 
torial regions,  and  which,  during  the  alternations  of  the  cold 
in  the  north  and  south,  allowed  the  productions  of  opposite 
hemispheres  to  mingle,  and  left  some  of  them  stranded  on  the 
mountain-summits  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  As  showing  how 
diversified  are  the  means  of  occasional  transport,  I  have  dis- 
cussed at  some  little  length  the  means  of  dispersal  of  fresh- 
water productions. 

If  the  difficulties  be  not  insuperable  in  admitting  that  in  the 
long  course  of  time  all  the  individuals  of  the  same  species, 
and  likewise  of  the  several  species  belonging  to  the  same 
genus,  have  proceeded  from  some  one  source;  then  all  the 
grand  leading  facts  of  geographical  distribution  are  explic- 
able on  the  theory  of  migration,  together  with  subsequent 
modification  and  the  multiplication  of  new  forms.  We  can 
thus  understand  the  high  importance  of  barriers,  whether 
of  land  or  water,  in  not  only  separating,  but  in  apparently 
forming  the  several  zoological  and  botanical  provinces.  We 
can  thus  tmderstand  the  concentration  of  related  species  within 
the  same  areas ;  and  how  it  is  that  under  different  latitudes, 
for  instance  in  South  America^  the  inhabitants  of  the  plains 
and  mountains,  of  the  forests,  marshes,  and  deserts,  are 
linked  together  in  so  mysterious  a  manner,  and  are  likewise 
linked  to  the  extinct  beings  which  formerly  inhabited  the 
same  continent.  Bearing  in  mind  that  the  mutual  relation 
of  organism  to  organism  is  of  the  highest  importance,  we  can 
see  why  two  areas  having  nearly  the  same  physical  condi- 
tions should  often  be  inhabited  by  very  different  forms  of 
life;  for  according  to  the  length  of  time  which  has  elapsed 
since  the  colonists  entered  one  of  the  regions,  or  both;  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  communication  which  allowed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


448  ORIGIN   OP  SPECIES 

certain  forms  and  not  others  to  enter,  either  in  greater  or 
lesser  numbers;  according  or  not,  as  those  which  entered 
happened  to  come  into  more  or  less  direct  competition  with 
each  other  and  with  the  aborigines :  and  according  as  the  im- 
migrants were  capable  of  varying  more  or  less  rapidly,  there 
would  ensue  in  the  two  or  more  regions,  independently  of 
their  physical  conditions,  infinitely  diversified  conditions  of 
life, — there  would  be  an  almost  endless  amount  of  organic 
action  and  reaction, — ^and  we  should  find  some  groups  of 
beings  greatly,  and  some  only  slightly  modified, — some  de- 
veloped in  great  force,  some  existing  in  scanty  numbers — 
and  this  we  do  find  in  the  several  great  geographical  prov- 
inces of  the  world. 

On  these  same  principles  we  can  understand,  as  I  have 
endeavoured  to  show,  why  oceanic  islands  should  have  few 
inhabitants,  but  that  of  these,  a  large  proportion  should  be 
endemic  or  peculiar;  and  why,  in  relation  to  the  means  of 
migration,  one  group  of  beings  should  have  all  its  species  pe- 
culiar, and  another  group,  even  within  the  same  class,  should 
have  all  its  species  the  same  with  those  in  an  adjoining 
quarter  of  the  world.  We  can  see  why  whole  groups  of  or- 
ganisms, as  batrachians  and  terrestrial  mammals,  should  be 
absent  from  oceanic  islands,  whilst  the  most  isolated  islands 
should  possess  their  own  peculiar  species  of  aerial  mammals 
or  bats.  We  can  see  why,  in  islands,  there  should  be  some 
relation  between  the  presence  of  mammals,  in  a  more  or  less 
modified  condition,  and  the  depth  of  the  sea  between  such 
islands  and  the  mainland.  We  can  clearly  see  why  all  the 
inhabitants  of  an  archipelago,  though  specifically  distinct  on 
the  several  islets,  should  be  closely  related  to  each  other; 
and  should  likewise  be  related,  but  less  closely,  to  those  of 
the  nearest  continent,  or  other  source  whence  immigrants 
might  ha^e  been  derived.  We  can  see  why,  if  there  exist 
very  closely  allied  or  representative  species  in  two  areas, 
however  distant  from  each  other,  some  identical  species  will 
almost  always  there  be  found. 

As  the  late  Edward  Forbes  often  insisted,  there  is  a  strik- 
ing parallelism  in  the  laws  of  life  throughout  time  and 
space;  the  laws  governing  the  succession  of  forms  in  past 
times  being  nearly  the  same  with  those  governing  at  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUBffMART  449 

present  time  the  differences  in  different  areas.  We  see  this 
in  many  facts.  The  endurance  of  each  species  and  group  of 
species  is  continuous  in  time;  for  the  apparent  exceptions  to 
the  rule  are  so  few,  that  they  may  fairly  be  attributed  to  our 
not  having  as  yet  discovered  in  an  intermediate  deposit  cer- 
tain forms  which  are  absent  in  it,  but  which  occur  both 
above  and  below:  so  in  space,  it  certainly  is  the  general  rule 
that  the  area  inhabited  by  a  single  species,  or  by  a  group  of 
species,  is  continuous,  and  the  exceptions,  which  are  not  rare, 
may,  as  I  have  attempted  to  show,  be  accounted  for  by 
former  migrations  under  different  circumstances,  or  through 
occasional  means  of  transport,  or  by  the  species  having  be- 
come extinct  in  the  intermediate  tracts.  Both  in  time  and 
space  species  and  groups  of  species  have  their  points  of  maxi- 
mum development.  Groups  of  species,  living  during  the 
same  period  of  time,  or  living  within  the  same  area,  are  often 
characterised  by  trifling  features  in  common,  as  of  sculpture 
or  colour.  In  looking  to  the  long  succession  of  past  ages,  as 
in  looking  to  distant  provinces  throughout  the  world,  we  find 
that  species  in  certain  classes  differ  little  from  each  other, 
whilst  those  in  another  class,  or  only  in  a  different  section  of 
the  same  order,  differ  greatly  from  each  other.  In  both  time 
and  space  the  lowly  organised  members  of  each  class  gen- 
erally change  less  than  the  highly  organised;  but  there  are 
in  both  cases  marked  exceptions  to  the  rule.  According  to 
our  theory,  these  several  relations  throughout  time  and 
space  are  intelligible ;  for  whether  we  look  to  the  allied  forms 
of  life  which  have  changed  during  successive  ages,  or  to 
those  which  have  changed  after  having  migrated  into  distant 
quarters,  in  both  cases  they  are  connected  by  the  same  bond 
of  ordinary  generation;  in  both  cases  the  laws  of  variation 
have  been  the  same,  and  modifications  have  been  accumulated 
by  the  same  means  of  natural  selection. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  XIV 

Mutual  Affinities  of  Organic  Beings:  Morphology: 
Embryology:  Rudimentary  Organs 

aassiiication,  groups  mbordinate  to  gnyupB — ^Natural  system — Rules 
and  difficulties  in  dassificatiott,  explained  on  the  theory  of 
descent  with  modification — Classification  of  yarieties — Descent 
always  used  in  classification — ^Analogical  or  adaptive  characters 
— Affinities,  general,  complex,  and  radiating — ^Extinction  sepa- 
rates and  defines  groups — MoapBOLOGY,  between  members  of 
the  same  class,  between  parts  of  tiie  same  individual — 
Embryology,  laws  of,  explained  by  variations  not  supervening 
at  an  early  age,  and  being  inherited  at  a  corresponding  age-^ 
RuDiMENTASY  ORGANS ;  their  origin  explained — Summary. 

classification 

FROM  the  most  remote  period  in  the  history  of  the  world 
organic  beings  have  been  found  to  resemble  each  other 
in  descending  degrees,  so  that  they  can  be  classed  in 
groups  under  groups.  This  classification  is  not  arbitrary  like 
the  grouping  of  the  stars  in  constellations.  The  existence  of 
groups  would  have  been  of  simple  significance,  if  one  group 
had  been  exclusively  fitted  to  inhabit  the  land,  and  another 
the  water;  one  to  feed  on  flesh,  another  on  vegetable  matter, 
and  so  on;  but  the  case  is  widely  different,  for  it  is  notorious 
how  commonl3r  members  of  even  the  same  sub-group  have 
different  habits.  In  the  second  and  fourth  chapters,  on  Vari- 
ation and  on  Natural  Selection,  I  have  attempted  to  show 
that  within  each  country  it  is  the  widely  ranging,  the  much 
diffused  and  common,  that  is  the  dominant  species,  belonging 
to  the  larger  genera  in  each  class,  which  vary  most.  The 
varieties,  or  incipient  species,  thus  produced,  ultimately  be- 
come converted  into  new  and  distinct  species;  and  these,  on 
the  principle  of  inheritance,  tend  to  produce  other  new  and 
dominant  species.  Consequently  the  groups  which  are  now 
large,  and  which  generally  include  many  dominant  species* 

450 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


OASSIFICATION  451 

tend  to  go  on  increasing  in  size.  I  further  attempted  to  show 
that  from  the  varying  descendants  of  each  species  trying  to 
occupy  as  many  and  as  different  places  as  possible  in  the 
economy  of  nature,  they  constantly  tend  to  diverge  in  char- 
acter. This  latter  conclusion  is  supported  by  observing  the 
great  diversity  of  forms  which,  in  any  small  area,  come  into 
the  closest  competition,  and  by  certain  facts  in  natural- 
isation. 

I  attempted  also  to  show  that  there  is  a  steady  tendency  in 
the  forms  which  are  increasing  in  number  and  diverging  in 
character,  to  supplant  and  exterminate  the  preceding,  less 
divergent  and  less  improved  forms.  I  request  the  reader  to 
turn  to  the  diagram  illustrating  the  action,  as  formerly  ex- 
plained, of  these  several  principles;  and  he  will  see  that  the 
inevitable  result  is,  that  the  modified  descendants  proceeding 
from  one  progenitor  become  broken  up  into  groups  subordi- 
nate to  groups.  In  the  diagram  each  letter  on  the  uppermost 
line  may  represent  a  genus  including  several  species ;  and  the 
whole  of  the  genera  along  this  upper  line  form  together  one 
class,  for  all  are  descended  from  one  ancient  parent,  and, 
consequently,  have  inherited  something  in  common.  But  the 
three  genera  on  the  left  hand  have,  on  this  same  principle, 
much  in  common,  and  form  a  sub-family,  distinct  from  that 
containing  the  next  two  genera  on  the  right  hand,  which 
diverged  from  a  common  parent  at  the  fifth  stage  of  descent 
These  five  genera  have  also  much  in  common,  though  less 
than  when  grouped  in  sub-families;  and  they  form  a  family 
distinct  from  that  containing  the  three  genera  still  farther  to 
the  right  hand,  which  diverged  at  an  earlier  period.  And  all 
these  genera,  descended  from  (A),  form  an  order  distinct 
from  the  genera  descended  from  (I).  So  that  we  here  have 
many  species  descended  from  a  single  progenitor  grouped 
into  genera;  and  the  genera  into  sub-families,  families,  and 
orders,  all  under  one  great  class.  The  grand  fact  of  the 
natural  subordination  of  organic  beings  in  groins  under 
groups,  which,  from  its  familiarity,  does  not  always  suffi- 
ciently strike  us,  is  in  my  judgment  thus  explained.  No 
doubt  organic  beings,  like  all  other  objects,  can  be  classed  in 
many  ways,  either  artificially  by  single,  characters,  or  more 
naturally  by  a  number  of  characters.   We  know,  for  instance. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


452  ORIGIN  OF  SPBCIES 

that  minerals  and  the  elemental  substances  can  be  thus  ar- 
ranged. In  this  case  there  is  of  course  no  relation  to  gene- 
alogical succession,  and  no  cause  can  at  present  be  assigned 
for  their  falling  into  groups.  But  with  organic  beings  the 
case  is  different,  and  the  view  above  given  accords  with  their 
natural  arrangement  in  group  under  group;  and  no  other 
explanation  has  ever  been  attempted. 

Naturalists,  as  we  have  seen,  try  to  arrange  the  species, 
genera,  and  families  in  each  class,  on  what  is  called  the 
Natural  System.  But  what  is  meant  by  this  system?  Some 
authors  look  at  it  merely  as  a  scheme  for  arranging  together 
those  living  objects  which  are  most  alike,  and  for  separating 
those  which  are  most  unlike;  or  as  an  artificial  method  of 
enunciating,  as  briefly  as  possible,  general  propositions, — 
that  is,  by  one  sentence  to  give  the  characters  common,  for 
instance,  to  all  mammals,  by  another  those  common  to  all 
camivora,  by  another  those  common  to  the  dog-genus,  and 
then,  by  adding  a  single  sentence,  a  full  description  is  given 
of  each  kind  of  dog.  The  ingenuity  and  utility  of  this  system 
are  indisputable.  But  many  naturalists  think  that  something 
more  is  meant  by  the  Natural  System;  they  believe  that  it 
reveals  the  plan  of  the  Creator;  that  unless  it  be  specified 
whether  order  in  time  or  space,  or  both,  or  what  else  is  meant 
by  the  plan  of  the  Creator,  it  seems  to  me- that  nothing  is 
thus  added  to  our  knowledge.  Expressions  such  as  that  fa- 
mous one  by  Linnaeus,  which  we  often  meet  with  in  a  more 
or  less  concealed  form,  namely,  that  the  characters  do  not 
make  the  genus,  but  that  the  genus  gives  the  characters,  seem 
to  imply  that  some  deeper  bond  is  included  in  our  classifica- 
tions than  mere  resemblance.  I  believe  that  this  is  the  case, 
and  that  community  of  descent — the  one  known  cause  of  close 
similarity  in  organic  beings — is  the  bond,  which  though  ob- 
served by  various  degrees  of  modification,  is  partially  re- 
vealed to  us  by  our  classifications. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  rules  followed  in  classificationr, 
and  the  difficulties  which  are  encountered  on  the  view  that 
classification  either  gives  some  unknown  plan  of  creation,  or 
is  simply  a  scheme  for  enunciating  general  propositions  and 
of  placing  together  the  forms  most  like  each  other.  It  might 
have  been  thought  (and  was  in  ancient  times  thou^t)  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CLASSIFICATION  453 

those  parts  of  the  structure  which  determined  the  habits  of 
life,  and  the  general  place  of  each  being  in  the  economy  of 
nature,  would  be  of  very  high  importance  in  classification. 
Nothing  can  be  more  false.  No  one  regards  the  external 
similarity  of  a  mouse  to  a  shrew,  of  a  dugong  to  a  whale,  of 
a  whale  to  a  fish,  as  of  any  importance.  These  resemblances, 
though  so  intimately  connected  with  the  whole  life  of  the 
being,  are  ranked  as  merely  ''adaptive  or  analogical  charac- 
ters;" but  to  the  consideration  of  these  resemblances  we 
shall  recur.  It  may  even  be  given  as  a  general  rule,  that  the 
less  any  part  of  the  organisation  is  concerned  with  special 
habits,  the  more  important  it  becomes  for  classification.  As 
an  instance:  Owen,  in  speaking  of  the  dugong,  says,  "The 
generative  organs,  being  those  which  are  most  remotely  re- 
lated to  the  habits  and  food  of  an  animal,  I  have  always 
regarded  as  affording  very  clear  indications  of  its  true 
affinities.  We  are  least  likely  in  the  modifications  of  these 
organs  to  mistake  a  merely  adaptive  for  an  essential  char- 
acter." With  plants  how  remarkable  it  is  that  the  organs 
of  vegetation,  on  which  their  nutrition  and  life  depend,  are 
of  little  signification;  whereas  the  organs  of  reproduction, 
with  their  product  the  seed  and  embryo,  are  of  paramotmt 
importance!  So  again  in  formerly  discussing  certain  mor- 
phological characters  which  are  not  functionally  important, 
we  have  seen  that  they  are  often  of  the  highest  service  in 
classification.  This  depends  on  their  constancy  throughout 
many  allied  groups;  and  their  constancy  chiefly  depends  on 
any  slight  deviations  not  having  been  preserved  and  accumu- 
lated by  natural  selecticMi,  which  acts  only  on  serviceable 
characters. 

That  the  mere  physiological  importance  of  an  organ  does 
not  determine  its  classificatory  value,  is  almost  proved  by  the 
fact,  that  in  allied  groups,  in  which  the  same  organ,  as  we 
have  every  reason  to  suppose,  has  nearly  the  same  physiolog- 
ical value,  its  classificatory  value  is  widely  different.  No 
naturalist  can  have  worked  long  at  any  group  without  being 
struck  with  this  fact;  and  it  has  been  fully  acknowledged  in 
the  writings  of  almost  every  author.  It  will  suffice  to  quote 
the  highest  authority,  Robert  Brown,  who,  in  speaking  of 
certain  organs  in  the  Proteaceae,  says  their  generic  impor- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


454  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

tance,  "like  that  of  all  their  parts,  not  only  in  this,  hot,  as  I 
apprehend,  in  every  natural  family,  is  very  unequal,  and  in 
some  cases  seems  to  be  entirely  lost."  Again,  in  another 
work  he  says,  the  genera  of  the  Connaraceae  ''differ  in  having 
one  or  more  ovaria,  in  the  existence  or  absence  of  albumen, 
in  the  imbricate  or  valvular  aestivation.  Any  one  of  these 
characters  singly  is  frequently  of  more  than  generic  impor- 
tance, thou^  here  even  when  all  taken  together  they  appear 
insufficient  to  separate  Cnestis  from  Connarus."  To  give  an 
example  amongst  insects:  in  one  great  division  of  the  Hy- 
menoptera,  the  antennae,  as  Westwood  has  remarked,  are 
most  constant  in  structure;  in  another  division  they  differ 
much,  and  the  differences  are  of  quite  subordinate  value  in 
classification;  yet  no  one  will  say  that  the  antennae  in  these 
two  divisions  of  the  same  order  are  of  unequal  physiological 
importance.  Any  number  of  instances  could  be  given  of  the 
varying  importance  for  classification  of  the  same  important 
organ  within  the  same  group  of  beings. 

Again,  no  one  will  say  that  rudimentary  or  atrophied  or- 
gans are  of  high  physiological  or  vital  importance;  yet,  un- 
doubtedly, organs  in  this  condition  are  often  of  much  value 
in  classification.  No  one  will  dispute  that  the  rudimentary 
teeth  in  the  upper  jaws  of  young  ruminants,  and  certain 
rudimentary  bones  of  the  leg,  are  highly  serviceable  in  ex- 
hibiting the  close  affinity  between  ruminants  and  pachyderms. 
Robert  Brown  has  strongly  insisted  on  the  fact  that  the  posi- 
tion of  the  rudimentary  florets  is  of  the  highest  importance 
in  the  classification  of  the  grasses. 

Numerous  instances  could  be  given  of  characters  derived 
from  parts  which  must  be  considered  of  very  trifling  physio- 
logical importance,  but  which  are  universally  admitted  as 
highly  serviceable  in  the  definition  of  whole  groups.  For  in- 
stance, whether  or  not  there  is  an  open  passage  from  the 
nostrils  to  the  mouth,  the  only  character,  according  to  Owen, 
which  absolutely  distinguishes  fishes  and  reptiles — the  inflec- 
tion of  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  in  Marsupials — the  man- 
ner in  which  the  wings  of  insects  are  folded — mere  colour  in 
certain  Algae — ^mere  pubescence  on  parts  of  the  flower  in 
grasses — ^the  nature  of  the  dermal  covering,  as  hair  or 
feathers,  in  the  Vertebrata.     If  the  Omithorhynchus  had 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CLASSIFICATION  4S5 

been  covered  with  feathers  instead  of  hair,  this  external  and 
trifling  character  would  have  been  considered  by  naturalists 
as  an  important  aid  in  determining  the  degree  of  affinity  of 
this  strange  creature  to  birds. 

The  importance,  for  classification,  of  trifling  characters, 
mainly  depends  on  their  being  correlated  with  many  other 
characters  of  more  or  less  importance.  The  value  indeed  of 
an  aggregate  of  characters  is  very  evident  in  natural  history. 
Hence,  as  has  often  been  remarked,  a  species  may  depart 
from  its  allies  in  several  characters,  both  of  high  physiologi- 
cal importance,  and  of  almost  universal  prevalence,  and  yet 
leave  us  in  no  doubt  where  it  should  be  ranked.  Hence,  also, 
it  has  been  found  that  a  classification  founded  on  any  single 
character,  however  important  that  may  be,  has  always  failed ; 
for  no  part  of  the  organisation  is  invariably  constant  The 
importance  of  an  aggregate  of  characters,  even  when  none 
are  important,  alone  explains  the  aphorism  enunciated  by 
Linnseus,  namely,  that  the  characters  do  not  give  the  genus, 
but  the  genus  gives  the  characters;  for  this  seems  founded 
on  the  appreciation  of  many  trifling  points  of  resemblance,  too 
slight  to  be  defined.  Certain  plants,  belonging  to  the  Mai- 
pighiaceae,  bear  perfect  and  degraded  flowers;  in  the  latter, 
as  A.  de  Jussieu  has  remarked,  "the  greater  number  of  the 
characters  proper  to  the  species,  to  the  genus,  to  the  family, 
to  the  class,  disappear,  and  thus  laugh  at  our  classification." 
When  Aspicarpa  produced  in  France,  during  several  years, 
only  these  degraded  flowers,  departing  so  wonderfully  in  a 
number  of  the  most  important  points  of  structure  from  the 
proper  type  of  the  order,  yet  M.  Richard  sagaciously  saw, 
as  Jussieu  observes,  that  this  genus  should  still  be  retained 
amongst  the  Malpighiaceae.  This  case  well  illustrates  the 
spirit  of  our  classifications. 

Practically,  when  naturalists  are  at  work,  they  do  not 
trouble  themselves  about  the  physiological  value  of  the  char- 
acters which  they  use  in  definii^  a  group  or  in  allocating  any 
particular  species.  If  they  find  a  character  nearly  uniform, 
and  common  to  a  great  number  of  forms,  and  not  common 
to  others,  they  use  it  as  one  of  high  value;  if  common  to 
some  lesser  number,  they  use  it  as  of  subordinate  value.  This 
principle  has  been  broadly  confessed  by  some  naturalists  to 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


456  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

be  the  true  one;  and  by  none  more  clearly  than  by  that  ex- 
cellent botanist,  Aug.  St.  Hilaire.  If  several  trifling  char- 
acters are  always  found  in  combination,  though  no  apparent 
bond  of  connection  can  be  discovered  between  them,  especial 
value  is  set  on  them.  As  in  most  groups  of  animals,  impor- 
tant organs,  such  as  those  for  propelling  the  blood,  or  for 
aerating  it,  or  those  for  propagating  the  race,  are  found 
nearly  uniform,  they  are  considered  as  highly  serviceable  in 
classification;  but  in  some  groups  all  these,  the  most  impor- 
tant vital  organs,  are  found  to  offer  characters  of  quite  sub- 
ordinate values.  Thus,  as  Fritz  MuUer  has  lately  remarked, 
in  the  same  group  of  crustaceans,  C3rpridina  is  furnished  with 
a  heart,  whilst  in  too  closely  alli^  genera,  namely  Cypris 
and  Cytherea,  there  is  no  such  organ ;  one  species  of  Cypri- 
dina  has  well-developed  branchiae,  whilst  another  species  is 
destitute  of  them. 

We  can  see  why  characters  derived  from  the  embryo 
should  be  of  equal  importance  with  those  derived  from  the 
adult,  for  a  natural  classification  of  course  includes  all  ages. 
But  it  is  by  no  means  obvious,  on  the  ordinary  view,  why 
the  structure  of  the  embryo  should  be  more  important  for 
this  purpose  than  that  of  the  adult,  which  alone  plays  its  full 
part  in  the  economy  of  nature.  Yet  it  has  been  strongly 
urged  by  those  great  naturalists,  Milne  Edwards  and  Agassiz, 
that  embtyological  characters  are  the  most  important  of  all; 
and  this  doctrine  has  very  generally  been  admitted  as  true. 
Nevertheless,  their  importance  has  sometimes  been  exag- 
gerated, owing  to  the  adaptive  characters  of  larvae  not  hav- 
ing been  excluded;  in  order  to  show  this,  Fritz  Miiller 
arranged  by  the  aid  of  such  characters  alone  the  great  class 
of  crustaceans,  and  the  arrangement  did  not  prove  a  natural 
one.  But  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  embryonic,  excluding 
larval  characters,  are  of  the  highest  value  for  classification, 
not  only  with  animals  but  with  plants.  Thus  the  main  di- 
visions of  flowering  plants  are  founded  on  differences  in  the 
embryo, — on  the  number  and  position  of  the  cotyledons,  and 
on  the  mode  of  development  of  the  plumule  and  radicle.  We 
shall  immediately  see  why  these  characters  possess  so  high  a 
value  in  classification,  namely,  from  the  natural  system  being 
genealogical  in  its  arrangement. 


Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


CLASSIFICATION  457 

Our  classifications  are  often  plainly  influenced  by  chains 
of  affinities.  Nothing  can  be  easier  than  to  define  a  number 
of  characters  common  to  all  birds ;  but  with  crustaceans,  any 
such  definition  has  hitherto  been  found  impossible.  There 
are  crustaceans  at  the  opposite  ends  of  the  series,  which  have 
hardly  a  character  in  common;  yet  the  species  at  both  ends, 
from  being  plainly  allied  to  others,  and  these  to  others, 
and  so  onwards,  can  be  recognised  as  unequivocally  belonging 
to  this,  and  to  no  other  class  of  the  Articulata. 

Geographical  distribution  has  often  been  used,  though 
perhaps  not  quite  logically,  in  classification,  more  especiaOy 
in  very  large  groups  of  closely  allied  forms.  Temminck  in- 
sists on  the  utility  or  even  necessity  of  this  practice  in  certain 
groups  of  birds;  and  it  has  been  followed  by  several  ento- 
mologists and  botanists. 

Finally,  with  respect  to  the  comparative  value  of  the  vari- 
ous groups  of  species,  such  as  orders,  sub-orders,  families, 
sub-families,  and  genera,  they  seem  to  be,  at  least  at  present, 
almost  arbitrary.  Several  of  the  best  botanists,  such  as  Mr. 
Bentham  and  others,  have  strongly  insisted  on  their  arbi- 
trary value.  Instances  could  be  given  amongst  plants  and 
insects,  of  a  group  first  ranked  by  practised  naturalists 
as  only  a  genus,  and  then  raised  to  the  rank  of  a  sub-family 
or  family;  and  this  has  been  done,  not  because  further  re- 
search has  detected  important  structural  differences,  at 
first  overlooked,  but  because  numerous  allied  species  with 
slightly  different  grades  of  difference,  have  been  subse- 
quently discovered. 

All  the  foregoing  rules  and  aids  and  difficulties  in  classifi- 
cation may  be  explained,  if  I  do  not  greatly  deceive  myself, 
on  the  view  that  the  Natural  System  is  founded  on  descent 
with  modification; — ^that  the  characters  which  naturalists 
consider  as  showing  true  affinity  between  any  two  or  more 
species,  are  those  which  have  been  inherited  from  a  common 
parent,  all  true  classification  being  genealogical; — ^that  com- 
munity of  descent  is  the  hidden  bond  which  naturalists  have 
been  unconsciously  seeking,  and  not  some  unknown  plan  of 
creation,  or  the  enunciation  of  general  propositions,  and  the 
mere  putting  together  and  separating  objects  more  or  less 
alike. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


458  ORIGIN   OF  SPECIES 

Bttt  I  must  explain  my  meaning  more  fully.  I  beKeve  that 
the  arrangement  of  the  groups  within  each  class,  in  due  sub- 
ordination and  relation  to  each  other,  must  be  strictly  genea- 
logical  in  order  to  be  natural ;  but  that  the  amount  of  differ- 
ence in  the  several  branches  or  groups,  though  allied  in  .the 
same  degree  in  blood  to  their  common  progenitor,  may  differ 
greatly,  being  due  to  the  different  degrees  of  modification 
which  they  have  undergone;  and  this  is  expressed  by  the 
forms  being  ranked  under  different  genera,  families,  sections, 
or  orders.  The  reader  will  best  understand  what- is  meant, 
if  he  will  take  the  trouble  to  refer  to  the  diagram  in  the 
fourth  chapter.  We  will  suppose  the  letters  A  to  L  to  repre- 
sent allied  genera  existing  during  the  Silurian  epoch,  and 
descended  from  some  still  earlier  form.  In  three  of  these 
genera  (A,  F,  and  I),  a  species  has  transmitted  modified  de- 
scendants to  the  present  day,  represented  by  the  fifteen 
genera  (a"  to  tf*)  on  the  'uppermost  horizontal  line.  Now 
all  these  modified  descendants  from  a  single  species,  are  re- 
lated in  blood  or  descent  in  the  same  degree ;  they  may  meta^ 
phorically  be  called  cousins  to  the  same  millionth  degree; 
yet  they  differ  widely  and  in  different  degrees  from  each 
other.  The  forms  descended  from  A,  now  broken  up  into 
two  or  three  families,  constitute  a  distinct  order  from  those 
descended  from  I,  also  broken  up  into  two  families.  Nor 
can  the  existing  species,  descended  from  A,  be  ranked  in  the 
same  genus  with  the  parent  A;  or  those  from  I,  with  the 
parent  I.  But  the  existing  genus  F"  may  be  supposed  to  have 
been  but  slightly  modified;  and  it  will  then  rank  with  the 
parent-genus  F;  just  as  some  few  still  living  organisms  be- 
long to  Silurian  genera.  So  that  the  comparative  value  of 
the  differences  between  these  organic  beings,  which  are  all 
related  to  each  other  in  the  same  degree  in  blood,  has  come 
to  be  widely  different.  Nevertheless  their  genealogical 
arrangement  remains  strictly  true,  not  only  at  the  present 
time,  but  at  each  successive  period  of  descent  All  the  modi- 
fied descendants  from  A  will  have  inherited  something  in 
common  from  their  common  parent,  as  will  all  the  descend- 
ants from  I;  so  will  it  be  with  each  subordinate  branch  of 
descendants,  at  each  successive  stage.  If,  however,  we  sup- 
pose any  descendant  of  A,  or  of  I,  to  have  become  so  mudi 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CLASSIFICATION  450 

modified  as  to  have  lost  all  traces  of  its  parentage,  in  this 
case,  its  place  in  the  natural  system  will  be  lost,  as  seems 
to  have  occurred  with  some  few  existing  organisms.  AD 
the  descendants  of  the  genus  F,'  along  its  whole  line  of 
descent,  are  supposed  to  have  been  but  little  modified,  and 
they  form  a  single  genus.  But  this  genus,  though  much 
isolated,  will  still  occupy  its  proper  intermediate  position. 
The  representation  of  the  groups,  as  here  given  in  the  dia- 
gram on  a  flat  surface,  is  much  too  simple.  The  branches 
ought  to  have  diverged  in  all  directions.  If  the  names  of 
the  groups  had  been  simply  written  down  in  a  linear  series 
the  representation  would  have  been  still  less  natural ;  and  it 
is  notoriously  not  possible  to  represent  in  a  series,  on  a  flat 
surface,  the  affinities  which  we  discover  in  nature  amongst 
the  beings  of  the  same  group.  Thus,  the  natural  system  is 
genealogical  in  its  arrangement,  like  a  pedigree:  but  the 
amount  of  modification  which  the  different  groups  have 
undergone  has  to  be  expressed  by  ranking  them  under  differ- 
ent so-called  genera,  sub-families,  families,  sections,  orders, 
and  classes. 

It  may  be  worth  while  to  illustrate  this  view  of  classifica- 
tion, by  taking  the  case  of  Fanguages.  If  we  possessed  a 
perfect  pedigree  of  mankind,  a  genealogical  arrangement  of 
the  races  of  man  would  afford  the  best  classification  of  the 
various  languages  now  spoken  throughout  the  world;  and  if 
all  extinct  languages,  and  all  intermediate  and  slowly  chang- 
ing dialects,  were  to  be  included,  such  an  arrangement  would 
be  the  only  possible  one.  Yet  it  might  be  that  some  ancient 
languages  had  altered  very  little  and  had  given  rise  to  few 
new  languages,  whilst  others  had  altered  much  owing  to  the 
spreading,  isolation,  and  state  of  civilisation  of  the  several 
co-descended  races,  and  had  thus  given  rise  to  many  new 
dialects  and  languages.  The  various  degrees  of  difference 
between  the  languages  of  the  same  stock,  would  have  to  be 
expressed  by  groups  subordinate  to  groups;  but  the  proper 
or  even  the  only  possible  arrangement  would  still  be  genea- 
logical; and  this  would  be  strictly  natural,  as  it  would  con- 
nect together  all  languages,  extinct  and  recent,  by  the  closest 
affinities,  and  would  give  the  filiation  and  origin  of  each 
tongue. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


460  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES  * 

In  confirmation  of  this  view,  let  us  glance  at  the  classifi- 
cation of  varieties,  which  are  known  or  believed  to  be 
descended  from  a  single  species.  These  are  grouped  under 
the  species^  with  the  sub-varieties  under  the  varieties;  and 
in  some  cases,  as  with  the  domestic  pigeon,  with  several 
other  grades  of  difference.  Nearly  the  same  rules  are  fol- 
lowed as  in  classifying  species.  Authors  have  insisted  on 
the  necessity  of  arranging  varieties  on  a  natural  instead  of 
an  artificial  system;  we  are  cautioned,  for  instance,  not  to 
class  two  varieties  of  the  pine-apple  together,  merely  because 
their  fruit,  though  the  most  important  part,  happens  to  be 
nearly  identical ;  no  one  puts  the  Swedish  and  common  turnip 
together,  though  the  esculent  and  thickened  stems  are  so 
similar.  Whatever  part  is  found  to  be  most  constant,  is  used 
in  classing  varieties;  thus  the  great  agriculturist  Marshall 
says  the  horns  are  very  useful  for  this  purpose  with  cattle, 
because  they  are  less  variable  than  the  shape  or  colour  of  the 
body,  &c. ;  whereas  with  sheep  the  horns  are  much  less  serv- 
iceable, because  less  constant.  In  classing  varieties,  I 
apprehend  that  if  we  had  a  real  pedigree,  a  genealogical 
classification  would  be  universally  preferred;  and  it  has  been 
attempted  in  some  cases.  For  we  might  feel  sure,  whether 
there  had  been  more  or  less  modification,  that  the  principle 
of  inheritance  would  keep  the  forms  together  which  were 
allied  in  the  greatest  number  of  points.  In  tumbler  pigeons, 
though  some  of  the  sub-varieties  differ  in  the  important 
character  of  the  length  of  the  beak,  yet  all  are  kept  together 
from  having  the  common  habit  of  tumbling;  but  the  short- 
faced  breed  has  nearly  or  quite  lost  this  habit;  nevertheless, 
without  any  thought  on  the  subject,  these  tumblers  are  kept 
in  the  same  group,  because  allied  in  blood  and  alike  in  some 
other  respects. 

With  species  in  a  state  of  nature,  every  naturalist  has  in 
fact  brought  descent  into  his  classification;  for  he  includes 
in  his  lowest  grade,  that  of  species,  the  two  sexes;  and  how 
enormously  these  sometimes  differ  in  the  most  important 
characters,  is  known  to  every  naturalist:  scarcely  a  single 
fact  can  be  predicated  in  common  of  the  adult  males  and 
hermaphrodites  of  certain  cirripedes,  and  yet  no  one  dreams 
of  separating  them.    As  soon  as  the  three  Orchidean  forms» 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CLASSIFICATION  461 

Monachanthus,  Myanthus,  and  Catasetum,  which  had  previ- 
ously been  ranked  as  three  distinct  genera,  were  known  to  be 
sometimes  produced  on  the  same  plant,  they  were  immedi- 
ately considered  as  varieties;  and  now  I  have  been  able  to 
show  that  they  are  the  male,  female,  and  hermaphrodite 
forms  of  the  same  species.  The  naturalist  includes  as  one 
species  the  various  larval  stages  of  the  same  individual,  how- 
ever much  they  may  differ  from  each  other  and  from  the 
adult,  as  well  as  the  so-called  alternate  generations  of  Steen- 
strup,  which  can  only  in  a  technical  sense  be  considered  as 
the  same  individual.  He  includes  monsters  and  varieties,  not 
from  their  partial  resemblance  to  the  parent-form,  but  be- 
cause they  are  descended  from  it. 

As  descent  has  universally  been  used  in  classing  together 
the  individuals  of  the  same  species,  though  the  males  and 
females  and  larvae  are  sometimes  extremely  different;  and  as 
it  has  been  used  in  classing  varieties  which  have  undergone 
a  certain,  and  sometimes  a  considerable  amount  of  modifica- 
tion, may  not  this  same  element  of  descent  have  been  uncon- 
sciously used  in  grouping  species  under  genera,  and  genera 
under  higher  groups,  all  under  the  so-called  natural  system? 
I  believe  it  has  been  unconsciously  used;  and  thus  only  can 
I  understand  the  several  rules  and  guides  which  have  been 
followed  by  our  best  systematists.  As  we  have  no  written 
pedigrees,  we  are  forced  to  trace  community  of  descent  by 
resemblances  of  any  kind.  Therefore  we  choose  those  char- 
acters which  are  the  least  likely  to  have  been  modified,  in 
relation  to  the  conditions  of  life  to  which  each  species  has 
been  recently  exposed.  Rudimentary  structures  on  this  view 
are  as  good  as,  or  even  sometimes  better  than,  other  parts 
of  the  organisation.  We  care  not  how  trifling  a  character 
may  be — let  it  be  the  mere  inflection  of  the  angle  of  the  jaw, 
the  manner  in  which  an  insect's  wing  is  folded,  whether  the 
skin  be  covered  by  hair  or  feathers — if  it  prevail  through- 
out many  and  different  species,  especially  those  having  very 
different  habits  of  life,  it  assumes  high  value;  for  we  can 
account  for  its  presence  in  so  many  forms  with  such  differ- 
ent habits,  only  by  inheritance  from  a  common  parent.  We 
may  err  in  this  respect  in  regard  to  single  points  of  structure, 
but  when  several  characters,  let  them  be  ever  so  trifling,- 

CC— HC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


462  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

concur  throughout  a  large  group  of  heings  having  different 
habits,  we  may  feel  almost  sure,  oa  the  theory  of  descent, 
that  these  characters  have  been  inherited  from  a  common 
ancestor ;  and  we  know  that  such  ag^egated  characters  have 
especial  value  in  classification. 

We  can  understand  why  a  species  or  a  group  of  species 
may  depart  from  its  allies,  in  several  of  its  most  important 
characteristics,  and  yet  be  safely  classed  with  them.  This 
may  be  safely  done,  and  is  often  done,  as  long  as  a  sufficient 
number  of  characters,  let  them  be  ever  so  unimportant,  be- 
trays the  hidden  bond  of  community  of  descent  Let  two 
forms  have  not  a  single  character  in  common,  yet,  if  these 
extreme  forms  are  connected  together  by  a  chain  of  inter- 
mediate groups,  we  may  at  once  infer  their  conmiunity  of 
descent,  and  we  put  them  all  into  the  same  class.  As  we  find 
organs  of  high  physiological  importance — ^those  which  serve 
to  preserve  life  under  the  most  diverse  conditions  of  exist- 
ence— ^are  generally  the  most  constant,  we  attach  especial 
value  to  them;  but  if  these  same  organs,  in  another  group 
or  section  of  a  group,  are  found  to  differ  much,  we  at  once 
value  them  less  in  our  classification.  We  shall  presently  see 
why  embryological  characters  are  of  such  high  classificatory 
importance.  Geographical  distribution  may  sometimes  be 
brought  usefully  into  play  in  classing  large  genera,  because 
all  the  species  of  the  same  genus,  inhabiting  any  distinct  and 
isolated  region,  are  in  all  probability  descended  from  the 
same  parents. 

Analogical  Resemblances. — ^We  can  understand,  on  the 
above  views,  the  very  important  distinction  between  real 
affinities  and  analogical  or  adaptive  resemblances.  Lamarck 
first  called  attention  to  this  subject,  and  he  has  been  ably  fol- 
lowed by  Madeay  and  others.  The  resemblance  in  the  shape 
of  the  body  and  in  the  fin-like  anterior  limbs  between  du- 
gongs  and  whales,  and  between  these  two  orders  of  mam- 
mals and  fishes  are  analogical.  So  is  the  resemblance 
between  a  mouse  and  a  shrew-mouse  (Sorex),  which  belong 
to  different  orders ;  and  the  still  closer  resemblance,  insisted 
on  by  Mr.  Mivart,  between  the  mouse  and  a  small  marsupial 
animal  (Antechinus)  of  Australia.  These  latter  resem- 
blances may  be  accounted  for,  as  it  seems  to  me,  by  adapta- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ANALOGICAL  RESfiMBLANCBS  463 

tion  for  similarly  active  movements  through  thickets  and 
herbage,  together  with  concealment  from  enemies. 

Amongst  insects  there  are  innumerable  similar  instances; 
thus  Linnseus,  misled  by  external  appearances,  actually 
classed  an  homopterous  insect  as  a  moth.  We  see  something 
of  the  same  kind  even  with  our  domestic  varieties,  as  in  the 
strikingly  similar  shape  of  the  body  in  the  improved  breeds 
of  the  Chinese  and  common  pig,  which  are  descended  from 
distinct  species;  and  in  the  similarly  thickened  stems  of  the 
common  and  specifically  distinct  Swedish  turnip.  The  re- 
semblance between  the  greyhound  and  the  racehorse  is  hardly 
more  fanciful  than  the  analogies  which  have  been  drawn  by 
some  authors  between  widely  different  animals. 

On  the  view  of  characters  being  of  real  importance  for 
classification,  only  in  so  far  as  they  reveal  descent,  we  can 
clearly  understand  why  analogical  or  adaptive  characters, 
although  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  welfare  of  the 
being,  are  almost  valueless  to  the  systematist.  For  animals, 
belonging  to  two  most  distinct  lines  of  descent,  may  have 
become  adapted  to  similar  conditions,  and  thus  have  assumed 
a  close  external  resemblance ;  but  such  resemblances  will  not 
reveal — ^will  rather  tend  to  conceal  their  blood-relationship. 
We  can  thus  also  understand  the  apparent  paradox,  that  the 
very  same  characters  are  analogical  when  one  group  is  com- 
pared with  another,  but  give  true  afiinities  when  the  members 
of  the  same  group  are  compared  together :  thus,  the  shape  of 
the  body  and  fin-like  limbs  are  only  analogical  when  whales 
are  compared  with  fishes,  being  adaptations  in  both  classes 
for  swimming  through  the  water;  but  between  the  several 
members  of  the  whale  family,  the  shape  of  the  body  and  the 
fin-like  limbs  offer  characters  exhibiting  true  affinity;  for  as 
these  parts  are  so  nearly  similar  throughout  the  whole  fam- 
ily, we  cannot  doubt  that  they  have  been  inherited  from  a 
common  ancestor.    So  it  is  with  fishes. 

Ntunerous  cases  could  be  g^ven  of  striking  resemblances 
in  quite  distinct  beings  between  single  parts  or  organs,  which 
have  been  adapted  for  the  same  functions.  A  good  instance 
is  afforded  by  the  close  resemblance  of  the  jaws  of  the  dog 
and  Tasmanian  wolf  or  Thylacinus, — ^animals  which  are 
widely  sundered  in  the  natural  system.    But  this  resemblance 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


464  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

is  confined  to  general  appearance,  as  in  the  prominence  of 
the  canines,  and  in  the  cHtting  shape  of  the  molar  teeth.  For 
the  teeth  really  differ  much:  thus  the  dog  has  on  each  side 
of  the  upper  jaw  four  pre-molars  and  only  two  molars; 
whilst  the  Thyladnus  has  three  pre-molars  and  four  molars. 
The  molars  also  differ  much  in  the  two  animals  in  relative 
size  and  structure.  The  adult  dentition  is  preceded  by  a 
widely  different  milk  dentition.  Any  one  may  of  course  deny 
that  the  teeth  in  either  case  have  been  adapted  for  tearing 
flesh,  through  the  natural  selection  of  successive  variations; 
but  if  this  be  admitted  in  the  one  case,  it  is  unintelligible  to 
me  that  it  should  be  denied  in  the  other.  I  am  glad  to  find 
that  so  high  an  authority  as  Professor  Flower  has  come  to 
this  same  conclusion. 

The  extraordinary  cases  given  in  a  former  chapter,  of 
widely  different  fishes  possessing  electric  organs, — of  widely 
different  insects  possessing  luminous  organs, — ^and  of  orchids 
and  asdepiads  having  pollen-masses  with  viscid  discs,  come 
under  this  same  head  of  analogical  resemblances.  But  these 
cases  are  so  wonderful  that  they  were  introduced  as  diffi- 
culties or  objections  to  our  theory.  In  all  such  cases  some 
fundamental  difference  in  the  growth  or  development  of  the 
parts,  and  generally  in  their  matured  structure,  can  be  de- 
tected. The  end  gained  is  the  same,  but  the  means,  though 
appearing  superficially  to  be  the  same,  are  essentially  differ- 
ent. The  principle  formerly  alluded  to  under  the  term  of 
analogical  variation  has  probably  in  these  cases  often  come 
into  play;  that  is,  the  members  of  the  same  class,  although 
only  distantly  allied,  have  inherited  so  much  in  common  in 
their  constitution,  that  they  are  apt  to  vary  under  similar 
exciting  causes  in  a  similar  manner;  and  this  would  obvi- 
ously aid  in  the  acquirement  through  natural  selection  of 
parts  or  organs,  strikingly  like  each  other,  independendy  of 
their  direct  inheritance  from  a  common  progenitor. 

As  species  belonging  to  distinct  classes  have  often  been 
adapted  by  successive  slight  modifications  to  live  under 
nearly  similar  circumstances, — ^to  inhabit,  for  instance,  the 
three  elements  of  land,  air,  and  water, — ^we  can  perhaps  un- 
derstand how  it  is  that  a  numerical  parallelism  has  sometimes 
been  observed  between  the  sub-groups  of  distinct  classes.    A 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


ANALOGICAL  RESEMBLANCES  465 

naturalist,  struck  with  a  parallelism  of  this  nature,  by  arbi- 
trarily raising  or  sinking  the  value  of  the  groups  in  several 
classes  (and  all  our  experience  shows  that  their  valuation 
is  as  yet  arbitrary),  could  easily  extend  the  parallelism  over 
a  wide  range;  and  thus  the  septenary,  quinary,  quaternary 
and  ternary  classifications  have  probably  arisen. 

There  is  another  and  curious  class  of  cases  in  which  dose 
external  resemblance  does  not  depend  on  adaptation  to  sim- 
ilar habits  of  life,  but  has  been  gained  for  the  sake  of  pro- 
tection. I  allude  to  the  wonderful  manner  in  which  certain 
butterflies  imitate,  as  first  described  by  Mr.  Bates,  other  and 
quite  distinct  species.  This  excellent  observer  has  shown 
that  in  some  districts  of  S.  America,  where,  for  instance,  an 
Ithomia  abounds  in  gaudy  swarms,  another  butterfly,  namely, 
a  Leptalis,  is  often  found  mingled  in  the  same  flock;  and  the 
latter  so  closely  resembles  the  Ithomia  in  every  shade  and 
stripe  of  colour  and  even  in  the  shape  of  its  wings,  that  Mr. 
Bates,  with  his  eyes  sharpened  by  collecting  during  eleven 
years,  was,  though  always  on  his  guard,  continually  deceived. 
When  the  mockers  and  the  mocked  are  caught  and  compared, 
they  are  found  to  be  very  different  in  essential  structure,  and 
to  belong  not  only  to  distinct  genera,  but  often  to  distinct 
families.  Had  this  mimicry  occurred  in  only  one  or  two  in- 
stances, it  might  have  been  passed  over  as  a  strange  coinci- 
dence. But,  if  we  proceed  from  a  district  where  one  Leptalis 
imitates  an  Ithomia,  another  mocking  and  mocked  species 
belonging  to  the  same  two  genera,  equally  close  in  their 
resemblance,  may  be  found.  Altogether  no  less  than  ten 
genera  are  enumerated,  which  include  species  that  imitate 
other  butterflies.  The  mockers  and  mocked  always  inhabit 
the  same  region;  we  never  find  an  imitator  living  remote 
from  the  form  which  it  imitates.  The  mockers  are  almost 
invariably  rare  insects;  the  mocked  in  almost  every  case 
abound  in  swarms.  In  the  same  district  in  which  a  species 
of  Leptalis  closely  imitates  an  Ithomia,  there  are  sometimes 
other  Lepidotera  mimicking  the  same  Ithomia :  so  that  in  the 
same  place,  species  of  three  genera  of  butterflies  and  even  a 
moth  are  found  all  closely  resembling  a  butterfly  belonging 
to  a  fourth  genus.  It  deserves  especial  notice  that  many  of 
the  mimicking  forms  of  the  Leptalis,  as  well  as  of  the  miio- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


466  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

icked  forms,  can  be  shown  by  a  graduated  series  to  be  merely 
varieties  of  the  same  species;  whilst  others  are  undoubtedly 
distinct  species.  But  why,  it  may  be  asked,  are  certain  forms 
treated  as  the  mimicked  and  others  as  the  mimickers?  Mr. 
Bates  satisfactorily  answers  this  question,  by  showing  that 
the  form  which  is  imitated  keeps  the  usual  dress  of  the  group 
to  which  it  belongs,  whilst  the  counterfeiters  have  changed 
their  dress  and  do  not  resemble  their  nearest  allies. 

We  are  next  led  to  inquire  what  reason  can  be  assigned 
for  certain  butterflies  and  moths  so  often  assuming  the  dress 
of  another  and  quite  distinct  form ;  why,  to  the  perplexity  of 
naturalists,  has  nature  condescended  to  the  tricks  of  the 
stage  ?  Mr.  Bates  has,  no  doubt,  hit  on  the  true  explanation. 
The  mocked  forms,  which  always  abound  in  numbers,  must 
habitually  escape  destruction  to  a  large  extent,  otherwise 
they  could  not  exist  in  such  swarms;  and  a  large  amount  of 
evidence  has  now  been  collected,  showing  that  they  are  dis- 
tasteful to  birds  and  other  insect-devouring  animals.  The 
mocking  forms,  on  the  other  hand,  that  inhabit  the  same  dis- 
trict, are  comparatively  rare,  and  belong  to  rare  groups; 
hence  they  must  suffer  habitually  from  some  danger,  for 
otherwise,  from  the  number  of  eggs  laid  by  all  butterflies, 
they  would  in  three  or  four  generations  swarm  over  the 
whole  country.  Now  if  a  member  of  one  of  these  perse- 
cuted and  rare  groups  were  to  assume  a  dress  so  like  that  of 
a  well-protected  species  that  it  continually  deceived  the  prac- 
tised eyes  of  an  entomologist,  it  would  often  deceive  preda- 
ceous  birds  and  insects,  and  thus  often  escape  destruction. 
Mr.  Bates  may  almost  be  said  to  have  actually  witnessed  the 
process  by  which  the  mimickers  have  come  so  closely  to  re- 
semble the  mimicked;  for  he  found  that  some  of  the  forms 
of  Leptalis  which  mimic  so  many  other  butterflies,  varied  in 
an  extreme  degree.  In  one  district  several  varieties  oc- 
curred, and  of  these  one  alone  resembled  to  a  certain  ex- 
tent, the  common  Ithomia  of  the  same  district.  In  another 
district  there  were  two  or  three  varieties,  one  of  which  was 
much  commoner  than  the  others,  and  this  closely  mocked 
another  form  of  Ithomia.  From  facts  of  this  nature,  Mr. 
Bates  concludes  that  the  Leptalis  first  varies;  and  when  a 
variety  happens  to  resemble  in  some  degree  any  common 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  CONNECTING  ORGANIC  BEINGS      467 

butterfly  inhabiting  the  same  district,  this  variety,  from  its 
resemblance  to  a  flourishing  and  little-persecuted  kind,  has: 
a  better  chance  of  escaping  destruction  from  predaceoua 
birds  and  insects,  and  is  consequently  oftener  preserved;— 
"the  less  perfect  degrees  of  resemblance  being  generatiim 
after  generation  eliminated,  and  only  the  others  left  to  pro- 
pagate their  kind"  So  that  we  have  an  excellent  illus- 
tration of  natural  selection. 

Messrs.  Wallace  and  Trimen  have  likewise  described  sev^ 
era!  equally  striking  cases  of  imitation  in  the  Lepidoptera  of 
the  Malay  Archipelago  and  Africa,  and  with  some  other  in- 
sects. Mr.  Wallace  has  also  detected  one  such  case  with 
birds,  but  we  have  none  with  the  larger  quadrupeds.  The 
much  greater  frequency  of  imitation  with  insects  than  with 
other  animals,  is  probably  the  consequence  of  their  small 
size;  insects  cannot  defend  themselves,  excepting  indeed  the 
kinds  furnished  with  a  sting,  and  I  have  never  heard  of  an 
instance  of  such  kinds  mocking  other  insects,  though  they 
are  mocked;  insects  cannot  easily  escape  by  flight  from  the 
larger  animals  which  prey  on  them;  therefore,  speaking 
metaphorically,  they  are  reduced,  like  most  weak  creatures, 
to  trickery  and  dissimulation. 

It  should  be  observed  that  the  process  of  imitation  prob- 
ably never  commenced  between  forms  widely  dissimilar  in 
colour.  But  starting  with  species  already  somewhat  like 
each  other,  the  closest  resemblance,  if  beneficial,  could  read- 
ily be  gained  by  the  above  means;  and  if  the  imitated  form 
was  subsequently  and  gradually  modified  through  any  agency, 
the  imitating  form  would  be  led  along  the  same  track,  and 
thus  be  altered  to  almost  any  extent,  so  that  it  might  ulti- 
mately assume  an  appearance  or  colouring  wholly  unlike  that 
of  the  other  members  of  the  family  to  which  it  belonged. 
There  is,  however,  some  difficulty  on  this  head,  for  it  is  nec- 
essary to  suppose  in  some  cases  that  ancient  members  belong- 
ing to  several  distinct  groups,  before  they  had  diverged  to 
their  present  extent,  accidentally  resembled  a  member  of 
another  and  protected  group  in  a  sufficient  degree  to  afford 
some  slight  protection;  this  having  given  the  basis  for  the 
subsequent  acquisition  of  the  most  perfect  resemblance. 

On    the    Nature    of    the    Affinities   connecting    Organic 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


40B  .  ORIGIN  OF  SPEOBS 

Beings, — ^As  the  modified  descendants  of  dominant  species, 
belonging  to  the  larger  genera,  tend  to  inherit  the  advan- 
tages which  made  the  groups  to  which  they  belong  large  and 
their  parents  dominant,  they  are  almost  sure  to  spread  widely, 
and  to  seize  on  more  and  more  places  in  the  economy  of  na- 
ture. The  larger  and  more  dominant  groups  within  each 
class  thus  tend  to  go  on  increasing  in  size;  and  they  conse- 
quently supplant  many  smaller  and  feebler  groups.  Thus  we 
can  account  for  the  fact  that  all  organisms,  recent  and  ex- 
tinct, are  included  under  a  few  great  orders,  and  under  still 
fewer  classes.  As  showing  how  few  the  higher  groups  are 
in  number,  and  how  widely  they  are  spread  throughout  the 
world,  the  fact  is  striking  that  the  discovery  of  Australia 
has  not  added  an  insect  belonging  to  a  new  class;  and  that 
in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  as  I  learn  from  Dr.  Hooker,  it 
has  added  only  two  or  three  families  of  small  size. 

In  the  chapter  on  Geological  Succession  I  attempted  to 
show,  on  the  principle  of  each  group  having  generally 
diverged  much  in  character  during  the  long-continued  proc- 
ess of  modification,  how  it  is  that  the  more  ancient  forms  of 
life  often  present  characters  in  some  degree  intermediate 
between  existing  groups.  As  some  few  of  the  old  and  in- 
termediate forms  have  transmitted  to  the  present  day  de- 
scendants but  little  modified,  these  constitute  our  so-called 
osculant  or  aberrant  species.  The  more  aberrant  any  form 
is,  the  greater  must  be  the  number  of  connecting  forms  which 
have  been  exterminated  and  utterly  lost.  And  we  have  some 
evidence  of  aberrant  groups  having  suffered  severely  from 
extinction,  for  they  are  almost  always  represented  by  ex- 
tremely few  species;  and  such  species  as  do  occur  are  gen- 
erally very  distinct  from  each  other,  which  again  implies 
extinction.  The  genera  Omithorhynchus  and  Lepidosiren, 
for  example,  would  not  have  been  less  aberrant  had  each 
been  represented  by  a  dozen  species,  instead  of  as  at  present 
by  a  single  one,  or  by  two  or  three.  We  can,  I  think,  account 
for  this  fact  only  by  looking  at  aberrant  groups  as  forms 
which  have  been  conquered  by  more  successful  competitors, 
with  a  few  members  still  preserved  under  unusually  favour- 
able conditions. 

Mr.  Waterhouse  has  remarked  that,  when  a  member  be* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  CONNECTING  ORGANIC  BEINGS      469 

longing  to  one  group  of  animals  exhibits  an  affinity  to  a 
quite  distinct  group,  this  affinity  in  most  cases  Is  general  and 
not  special;  thus,  according  to  Mr.  Waterhouse,  of  all  Ro- 
dents, the  bizcacha  is  most  nearly  related  to  Marsupials ;  but 
in  the  points  in  which  it  approaches  this  order,  its  relations 
are  general,  that  is,  not  to  any  one  marsupial  species  more 
than  to  another.  As  these  points  of  affinity  are  believed  to 
be  real  and  not  merely  adaptive,  they  must  be  due  in  accord- 
ance with  our  view  to  inheritance  from  a  common  progenitor. 
Therefore  we  must  suppose  either  that  all  Rodents,  including 
the  bizcacha,  branched  off  from  some  ancient  Marsupial, 
which  will  naturally  have  been  more  or  less  intermediate  in 
character  with  respect  to  all  existing  Marsupials;  or  that 
both  Rodents  and  Marsupials  branched  off  from  a  common 
progenitor,  and  that  both  groups  have  since  undergone  much 
modification  in  divergent  directions.  On  either  view  we 
must  suppose  that  the  bizcacha  has  retained,  by  inheritance, 
more  of  the  characters  of  its  ancient  progenitor  than  have 
other  Rodents;  and  therefore  it  will  not  be  specially  related 
to  any  one  existing  Marsupial,  but  indirectly  to  all  or  nearly 
all  Marsupials,  from  having  partially  retained  the  character 
of  their  common  progenitor,  or  of  some  early  member  of  the 
group.  On  the  other  hand,  of  all  Marsupials,  as  Mr.  Water- 
house  has  remarked,  the  Phascolomys  resembles  most  nearly, 
not  any  one  species,  but  the  general  order  of  Rodents.  Iti 
this  case,  however,  it  may  be  strongly  suspected  that  the  re- 
semblance is  only  analogical,  owing  to  the  Phascolomys 
having  become  adapted  to  habits  like  tiiose  of  a  Rodent  The 
elder  De  Candolle  has  made  nearly  similar  observations  on  the 
general  nature  of  the  affinities  of  distinct  families  of  plants. 
On  the  principle  of  the  multiplication  and  gradual  diver* 
gence  in  character  of  the  species  descended  from  a  common 
progenitor,  together  with  their  retention  by  inheritance  of 
some  characters  in  common,  we  can  understand  the  exces- 
sively complex  and  radiating  affinities  by  which  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  same  family  or  higher  group  are  connected  to- 
gether. For  the  common  progenitor  of  a  whole  family,  now 
broken  up  by  extinction  into  distinct  groups  and  sub-groups, 
will  have  transmitted  some  of  its  characters,  modified  in 
various  ways  and  degrees,  to  all  the  species;  and  they  will 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


470  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

consequently  be  related  to  each  other  by  circuitous  lines  of 
affinity  of  various  lengths  (as  may  be  seen  in  the  diagram  so 
often  referred  to),  mounting  up  through  many  predecessors. 
As  it  is  difficult  to  show  the  blood  relationship  between  the 
numerous  kindred  of  any  ancient  and  noble  family  even  by 
the  aid  of  a  genealogical  tree,  and  almost  impossible  to  do  so 
without  this  aid,  we  can  understand  the  extraodinary  diffi- 
culty which  naturalists  have  experienced  in  describing,  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  diagram,  the  various  affinities  whidi  they 
perceive  between  the  many  living  and  extinct  members  of 
the  same  great  natural  class. 

Extinction,  as  we  have  seen  in  the  fourth  chapter,  has 
played  an  important  part  in  defining  and  widening  the  inter* 
vals  between  the  several  groups  in  each  dass.  We  may  thus 
account  for  the  distinctness  of  whole  classes  from  each  other 
— for  instance,  of  birds  from  all  other  vertebrate  animals-^ 
by  the  belief  tiiat  many  ancient  forms  of  life  have  been  ut- 
terly lost,  through  which  the  early  progenitors  of  birds  were 
formerly  connected  with  the  early  progenitors  of  the  other 
and  at  that  time  less  differentiated  vertebrate  classes.  There 
has  been  much  less  extinction  of  the  forms  of  life  which  once 
connected  fishes  with  batrachians.  There  has  been  still  less 
within  some  whole  classes,  for  instance  the  Crustacea,  for 
here  the  most  wonderfully  diverse  forms  are  still  linked  to- 
gether by  a  long  and  only  partially  broken  chain  of  affinities. 
Extinction  has  only  defined  the  groups:  it  has  by  no  means 
made  them;  for  if  every  form  which  has  ever  lived  on  this 
earth  were  suddenly  to  reappear,  though  it  would  be  quite 
impossible  to  give  definitions  by  which  each  group  could  be 
distinguished,  still  a  natural  classification,  or  at  least  a  natu- 
ral arrangement,  would  be  possible.  We  shall  see  this  by 
turning  to  the  diagram;  the  letters,  A  to  L,  may  represent 
eleven  Silurian  genera,  some  of  which  have  produced  large 
groups  of  modified  descendants,  with  every  link  in  each 
branch  and  sub-branch  still  alive;  and  the  links  not  greater 
than  those  between  existing  varieties.  In  this  case  it  would 
be  quite  impossible  to  give  definitions  by  which  the  several 
members  of  the  several  groups  could  be  distinguished  from 
their  more  immediate  parents  and  descendants.  Yet  the 
arrangement  in  the  diagram  would  still  hold  good  and  would 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


AFFINITIES  CONNECTING  ORGANIC   BEINGS    471 

be  natural;  for,  on  the  principle  of  inheritance,  all  the  forms 
descended,  for  instance,  from  A,  would  have  something  in 
common.  In  a  tree  we  can  distinguish  this  or  that  branch, 
though  at  the  actual  fork  the  two  unite  and  blend  together. 
We  could  not»  as  I  have  said,  define  the  several  groups;  but 
we  could  pick  out  types,  or  forms,  representing  most  of  the 
characters  of  each  group,  whether  large  or  small,  and  thus 
give  a  general  idea  of  the  value  of  the  differences  between 
them.  This  is  what  we  should  be  driven  to,  if  we  were  ever 
to  succeed  in  collecting  all  the  forms  in  any  one  class  which 
have  lived  throughout  all  time  and  space.  Assuredly  we  shall 
never  succeed  in  making  so  perfect  a  collection :  nevertheless, 
in  certain  classes,  we  are  tending  towards  this  end;  and 
Milne  Edwards  has  lately  insisted,  in  an  able  paper,  on  the 
high  importance  of  looking  to  types,  whether  or  not  we  can 
separate  and  define  the  groups  to  which  such  types  belong. 
Finally,  we  have  seen  that  natural  selection,  which  follows 
from  the  struggle  for  existence,  and  which  almost  inevitably 
leads  to  extinction  and  divergence  of  character  in  the  de- 
scendants from  any  one  parent-species,  explains  that  great 
and  universal  feature  in  the  affinities  of  all  organic  beings, 
namely,  their  subordination  in  group  under  group.  We  use 
the  element  of  descent  in  classing  the  individuals  of  both 
sexes  and  of  all  ages  under  one  species,  although  they  may 
have  but  few  characters  in  common ;  we  use  descent  in  class- 
ing acknowledged  varieties,  however  different  they  may  be 
from  their  parents ;  and  I  believe  that  this  element  of  descent 
is  the  hidden  bond  of  connexion  which  naturalists  have 
sought  under  the  term  of  the  Natural  System.  On  this  idea 
of  the  natural  system  being,  in  so  far  as  it  is  has  been  per- 
fected, genealogical  in  its  arrangement,  with  the  grades  of 
difference  expressed  by  the  terms  genera,  families,  orders, 
&C.,  we  can  understand  the  rules  which  we  are  compelled  to 
follow  in  our  classification.  We  can  understand  why  we  value 
certain  resemblances  far  more  than  others ;  why  we  use  rudi- 
mentary and  useless  organs,  or  others  of  trifling  physio- 
logical importance ;  why,  in  finding  the  relations  between  one 
group  and  another,  we  summarily  reject  analogical  or  adap- 
tive characters,  and  yet  use  these  same  characters  within  the 
limits  of  the  same  group.    We  can  clearly  see  how  it  is  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


472  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

all  living  and  extinct  forms  can  be  grouped  together  within 
a  few  great  classes;  and  how  the  several  members  of  each 
class  are  connected  together  by  the  most  complex  and  radi- 
ating lines  of  affinities.  We  shall  never,  probably,  disen- 
tangle the  inextricable  web  of  the  affinities  between  the  mem- 
bers of  any  one  class ;  but  when  we  have  a  distinct  object  in 
view,  and  do  not  look  to  some  unknown  plan  of  creation,  we 
may  hope  to  make  sure  but  slow  progress. 

Professor  Hackd  in  his  'Generdle  Morphologic'  and  in 
other  works,  has  recently  brought  his  great  knowledge  and 
abilities  to  bear  on  what  he  calls  phylogeny,  or  the  lines  of 
descent  of  all  organic  beings.  In  drawing  up  the  several 
series  he  trusts  chiefly  to  embryological  characters,  but  re- 
ceives aid  from  homologous  and  rudimentary  organs,  as  well 
as  from  the  successive  periods  at  which  the  various  forms  of 
life  are  believed  to  have  first  appeared  in  our  geological  for- 
mations. He  has  thus  boldly  made  a  great  beginning,  and 
shows  us  how  classification  will  in  the  future  be  treated. 

MORPHOLOGY 

We  have  seen  that  the  members  of  the  same  dass,  inde- 
pendently of  their  habits  of  life,  resemble  each  other  in  the 
general  plan  of  their  organisation.  This  resemblance  is  often 
expressed  by  the  term  "unity  of  type ;"  or  by  saying  that  the 
several  parts  and  organs  in  the  different  species  of  the  dass 
are  homologous.  The  whole  subject  is  included  under  the 
general  term  of  Morphology.  This  is  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting departments  of  natural  history,  and  may  almost  be 
said  to  be  its  very  soul.  What  can  be  more  curious  than 
that  the  hand  of  a  man,  formed  for  grasping,  that  of  a  mole 
for  digging,  the  leg  of  the  horse,  the  paddle  of  the  porpoise, 
and  the  wing  of  the  bat,  should  all  be  constructed  on  the 
same  pattern,  and  should  indude  similar  bones,  in  the  same 
relative  positions?  How  curious  it  is,  to  give  a  subordinate 
though  striking  instance,  that  the  hind-feet  of  the  kangaroo, 
which  are  so  well  fitted  for  bounding  over  the  open  plains, 
— ^those  of  the  climbing,  leaf-eating  koala,  equally  well  fitted 
for  grasping  the  branches  of  trees, — ^those  of  the  ground- 
dwelling,   insect  or  root-eating,  bandicoots, — ^and  those  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MORPHOLOGY  473 

some  other  Australian  marsupials, — should  all  be  constructed 
on  the  same  extraordinary  t3rpey  namely  with  the  bones  of 
the  second  and  third  digits  extremely  slender  and  enveloped 
within  the  same  skin,  so  that  they  appear  like  a  single  toe 
furnished  with  two  daws.  Notwithstanding  this  similarity 
of  pattern,  it  is  obvious  that  the  hind  feet  of  these  severed 
animals  are  used  for  as  widely  different  purposes  as  it  is  pos- 
sible to  conceive.  The  case  is  rendered  all  the  more  striking 
by  the  American  opossums,  which  follow  nearly  the  same 
habits  of  life  as  some  of  their  Australian  relatives,  having 
feet  constructed  on  the  ordinary  plan.  Professor  Flower, 
from  whom  these  statements  are  taken,  remarks  in  conclu- 
sion :  "We  may  call  this  conformity  to  type,  without  getting 
much  nearer  to  an  explanation  of  ^e  phenomenon ;"  and  he 
then  adds,  "but  is  it  not  powerfully  suggestive  of  true  rela- 
tionship, of  inheritance  from  a  common  ancestor?" 

Geoffroy  St  Hilaire  has  strongly  insisted  on  the  high  im- 
portance of  relative  position  or  connexion  in  homologous 
parts ;  they  may  differ  to  almost  any  extent  in  form  and  size, 
and  yet  remain  connected  together  in  the  same  invariable 
order.  We  never  find,  for  instance,  the  bones  of  the  arm 
and  fore-arm,  or  of  the  thigh  and  leg,  transposed.  Hence 
the  same  names  can  be  given  to  the  homologous  bones  in 
widely  different  animals.  We  see  the  same  great  law  in  the 
construction  of  the  mouths  of  insects:  what  can  be  more  dif- 
ferent than  the  immensely  long  spiral  proboscis  of  a  sphinx- 
moth,  the  curious  folded  one  of  a  bee  or  bug,  and  the  great 
jaws  of  a  beetle? — ^yet  all  these  organs,  serving  for  such 
widely  different  purposes,  are  formed  by  infinitely  numerous 
modifications  of  an  upper  lip,  mandibles,  and  two  pairs  of 
maxillae.  The  same  law  governs  the  construction  of  the 
mouths  and  limbs  of  crustaceans.  So  it  is  with  the  flowers 
of  plants. 

Nothing  can  be  more  hopeless  than  to  attempt  to  explain 
this  similarity  of  pattern  in  members  of  the  same  class,  by 
utility  or  by  the  doctrine  of  final  causes.  The  hopelessness 
of  the  attempt  has  been  expressly  admitted  by  Owen  in  his 
most  interesting  work  on  the  'Nature  of  Limbs.'  On  the 
ordinary  view  of^the  independent  creation  of  each  being,  we 
can  only  say  that  so  it  is; — that  it  has  pleased  the  Creator 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


474  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

to  construct  all  the  animals  and  plants  in  each  great  dass  on 
a  uniform  plan ;  but  this  is  not  a  scientific  explanation. 

The  explanation  is  to  a  large  extent  simple  on  the  theory 
of  the  selection  of  successive  slight  modifications, — each 
modification  being  profitable  in  some  way  to  the  modified 
form,  but  often  affecting  by  correlation  other  parts  of  the 
organisation.  In  changes  of  this  nature,  there  will  be  little 
or  no  tendency  to  alter  the  original  pattern,  or  to  transpose 
the  parts.  The  bones  of  a  limb  might  be  shortened  and  flat- 
tened to  any  extent,  becoming  at  the  same  time  enveloped  in 
thick  membrane,  so  as  to  serve  as  a  fin ;  or  a  webbed  hand 
might  have  all  its  bones,  or  certain  bones,  lengthened  to  any 
extent,  with  the  membrane  connecting  them  increased,  so  as 
to  serve  as  a  wing;  yet  all  these  modifications  would  not 
tend  to  alter  the  framework  of  the  bones  or  the  relative  con- 
nexion of  the  parts.  If  we  suppose  that  an  early  pr(^;enitor 
— the  archetype  as  it  may  be  called— of  all  mammals,  birds, 
and  reptiles,  had  its  limbs  constructed  on  the  existing  general 
pattern,  for  whatever  purpose  they  served,  we  can  at  once 
perceive  the  plain  signification  of  the  homologous  construc- 
tion of  the  limbs  throughout  the  dass.  So  with  the  mouths 
of  insects,  we  have  only  to  suppose  that  their  common  pro- 
genitor had  an  upper  lip,  mandibles,  and  two  pairs  of  max- 
illae, these  parts  being  perhaps  very  simple  in  form ;  and  then 
natural  sdection  will  account  for  the  infinite  diversity  in  the 
structure  and  functions  of  the  mouths  of  insects.  Never- 
theless, it  is  conceivable  that  the  general  pattern  of  an  organ 
might  become  so  much  obscured  as  to  be  finally  lost,  by  the 
reduction  and  ultimatdy  by  the  complete  abortion  of  certain 
parts,  by  the  fusion  of  other  parts,  and  by  the  doubling  or 
multiplication  of  others, — ^variations  which  we  know  to  be 
within  the  limits  of  possibility.  In  the  paddles  of  the  gigantic 
extinct  sea-lizards,  and  in  the  mouths  of  certain  suctorial 
crustaceans,  the  general  pattern  seems  thus  to  have  become 
partially  obscured. 

There  is  another  and  equally  curious  branch  of  our  sub- 
ject; namdy,  serial  homologies,  or  the  comparison  of  the 
different  parts  or  organs  in  the  same  individual,  and  not  of 
the  same  parts  or  organs  in  different  members  of  the  same 
dass.    Most  physiologists  believe  that  the  bones  of  the  skull 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MORPHOLOGY  475 

are  homologous — that  is,  correspond  in  number  and  in  rela- 
tive connexion — ^with  the  elemental  parts  of  a  certain  number 
of  vertebrae.  The  anterior  and  posterior  limbs  in  all  the 
higher  vertebrate  classes  are  plainly  homologous.  So  it  is 
with  the  wonderfully  complex  jaws  and  legs  of  crustaceans. 
It  is  familiar  to  almost  every  one,  that  in  a  flower  the  rela- 
tive position  of  the  sepals,  petals,  stamens,  and  pistils,  as  well 
as  their  intimate  structure,  are  intelligible  on  the  view  that 
they  consist  of  metamorphosed  leaves,  arranged  in  a  spire. 
In  monstrous  plants,  we  often  get  direct  evidence  of  the  pos- 
sibility of  one  organ  being  transformed  into  another;  and 
we  can  actually  see,  during  the  early  or  embryonic  stages  of 
development  in  flowers,  as  well  as  in  crustaceans  and  many 
other  animals,  that  organs,  which  when  mature  become  ex- 
tremely different  are  at  first  exactly  alike. 

How  inexplicable  are  the  cases  of  serial  homologies  on  the 
ordinary  view  of  creation  I  Why  should  the  brain  be  en- 
closed in  a  box  composed  of  such  numerous  and  such  extra- 
ordinarily shaped  pieces  of  bone,  apparently  representing  ver- 
tebrae ?  As  Owen  has  remarked,  the  benefit  derived  from  the 
yielding  of  the  separate  pieces  in  the  act  of  parturition  by 
mammals,  will  by  no  means  explain  the  same  construction  in 
the  skulls  of  birds  and  reptiles.  Why  should  similar  bones 
have  been  created  to  form  the  wing  and  the  leg  of  a  bat, 
used  as  they  are  for  such  totally  different  purposes,  namely 
flying  and  walking?  Why  should  one  crustacean,  which  has 
an  extremely  complex  mouth  formed  of  many  parts,  conse- 
quently always  have  fewer  legs;  or  conversely,  those  with 
many  legs  have  simpler  mouths?  Why  should  the  sepals, 
petals,  stamens,  and  pistils,  in  each  flower,  though  fitted  for 
such  distinct  purposes,  be  all  constructed  on  the  same 
pattern? 

On  die  theory  of  natural  selection,  we  can,  to  a  certain 
extent,  answer  these  questions.  We  need  not  here  consider 
how  the  bodies  of  some  animals  first  became  divided  into  a 
series  of  segments,  or  how  they  became  divided  into  right 
and  left  sides,  with  corresponding  organs,  for  such  questions 
are  almost  beyond  investigation.  It  is,  however,  probable 
that  some  serial  structures  are  the  result  of  cells  multiply- 
ing by  division,  entailing  the  multiplication  of  the  parts 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


476  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

developed  from  such  cells.  It  must  suffice  for  our  purpose 
to  bear  in  mind  that  an  indefinite  repetition  of  the  same  part 
or  organ  is  the  common  characteristic,  as  Owen  has  re- 
marked, of  all  low  or  little  specialised  forms;  therefore  the 
unknown  progenitor  of  the  Vertebrata  probably  possessed 
many  vertebrs;  the  unknown  progenitor  of  the  Articulata, 
many  segments;  and  the  unknown  progenitor  of  flowering 
plants,  many  leaves  arranged  in  one  or  more  spires.  We 
have  also  formerly  seen  that  parts  many  times  repeated  are 
eminently  liable  to  vary,  not  only  in  number,  but  in  form. 
Consequently  such  parts,  being  already  present  in  consider- 
able numbers,  and  being  highly  variable,  would  naturally 
afford  the  materials  for  adaptation  to  the  most  different  pur- 
poses; yet  they  would  generally  retain,  through  the  force 
of  inheritance,  plain  traces  of  their  original  or  fundamental 
resemblance.  They  would  retain  this  resemblance  all  the 
more,  as  the  variations,  which  afforded  the  basis  for  their 
subsequent  modification  through  natural  selection,  would  tend 
from  the  first  to  be  similar ;  the  parts  being  at  an  early  stage 
of  growth  alike,  and  being  subjected  to  nearly  the  same  con- 
ditions. Such  parts,  whether  more  or  less  modified,  unless 
their  common  origin  became  wholly  obscure,  would  be  se- 
rially homologous. 

In  the  great  class  of  molluscs,  though  the  parts  In  distinct 
species  can  be  shown  to  be  homologous,  only  a  few  serial 
homologies,  such  as  the  valves  of  Chitons,  can  be  indicated; 
that  is,  we  are  seldom  enabled  to  say  that  one  part  is  homol- 
ogous with  another  part  in  the  same  individual.  And  we 
can  understand  this  fact ;  for  in  molluscs,  even  in  the  lowest 
members  of  the  class,  we  do  not  find  nearly  so  much  indefi- 
nite repetition  of  any  one  part  as  we  find  in  the  other  great 
classes  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms. 

But  morphology  is  a  much  more  complex  subject  th^  it  at 
first  appears,  as  has  lately  been  well  shown  in  a  remarkable 
paper  by  Mr.  E.  Ray  Lankester,  who  has  drawn  an  important 
distinction  between  certain  classes  of  cases  which  have  all 
been  equally  ranked  by  naturalists  as  homologous.  He  pro- 
poses to  call  the  structures  which  resemble  each  other  in 
distinct  animals,  owing  to  their  descent  from  a  common  pro- 
genitor with  subsequent  modification,  homogenous;  and  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


MORPHOLOGY  477 

resemblances  which  cannot  thus  be  accounted  for,  he  pro- 
poses to  call  homoplastic.  For  instance,  he  believes  that  the 
hearts  of  birds  and  mammals  are  as  a  whole  homogenous, — 
that  is,  have  been  derived  from  a  common  progenitor;  but 
that  the  four  cavities  of  the  heart  in  the  two  classes  are 
homoplastic, — that  Is,  have  been  independently  developed. 
Mr.  Lankester  also  adduces  the  close  resemblance  of  the 
parts  on  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the  body,  and  in  the  suc- 
cessive segments  of  the  same  individual  animal ;  and  here  we 
have  parts  commonly  called  homologous,  which  bear  no  rela- 
tion to  the  descent  of  distinct  species  from  a  common  pro- 
genitor. Homoplastic  structures  are  the  same  with  those 
which  I  have  classed,  though  in  a  very  imperfect  manner, 
as  analogous  modifications  or  resemblances.  Their  forma- 
tion may  be  attributed  in  part  to  distinct  organisms,  or  to 
distinct  parts  of  the  same  organism,  having  varied  in  an 
analogous  manner;  and  in  part  to  similar  modifications, 
having  been  preserved  for  the  same  general  purpose  or  func- 
tion,—of  which  many  instances  have  been  given. 

Naturalists  frequently  speak  of  the  skull  as  formed  of 
metamorphosed  vertebrae;  the  jaws  of  crabs  as  metamor- 
phosed legs;  the  stamens  and  pistils  in  flowers  as  meta- 
morphosed leaves;  but  it  would  in  most  cases  be  more 
correct,  as  Professor  Huxley  has  remarked,  to  speak  of 
both  skull  and  vertebrae,  jaws  and  legs,  &c.,  as  having  been 
metamorphosed,  not  one  from  the  other,  as  they  now  exist, 
but  from  some  common  and  simpler  element.  Most  natu- 
ralists, however,  use  such  language  only  in  a  metaphorical 
sense ;  they  are  far  from  meaning  that  during  a  long  course 
of  descent,  primordial  organs  of  any  kind — ^vertebrae  in  the 
one  case  and  legs  in  the  other — ^have  actually  been  converted 
into  skulls  or  jaws.  Yet  so  strong  is  the  appearance  of  this 
having  occurred,  that  naturalists  can  hardly  avoid  employing 
language  having  this  plain  signification.  According  to  the 
views  here  maintained,  such  language  may  be  used  literally ; 
and  the  wonderful  fact  of  the  jaws,  for  instance,  of  a  crab 
retaining  numerous  characters,  which  they  probably  would 
have  retained  through  inheritance,  if  they  had  really  been 
metamorphosed  from  true  though  extremely  simple  legs,  is 
in  part  explained. 

DD— HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


478  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY 

This  is  one  of  the  most  important  subjects  in  the  whole 
round  of  natural  history.  The  metamorphoses  of  insects, 
with  which  every  one  is  familiar,  are  generally  effected  ab- 
ruptly by  a  few  stages ;  but  the  transformations  are  in  reality 
numerous  and  gradual,  though  concealed.  A  certain  ephem- 
erous  insect  (Chloeon)  during  its  development,  moults,  as 
shown  by  Sir  J.  Lubbock,  above  twenty  times,  and  each 
time  undergoes  a  certain  amount  of  change;  and  in  this 
case  we  see  the  act  of  metamorphosis  performed  in  a  pri- 
mary and  gradual  manner.  Many  insects,  and  especially  cer- 
tain crustaceans,  show  us  what  wonderful  changes  of  struc- 
ture can  be  effected  during  development.  Such  changes, 
however,  reach  their  acme  in  the  so-called  alternate  genera- 
tions of  some  of  the  lower  animals.  It  is,  for  instance,  an 
astonishing  fact  that  a  delicate  branching  coralline,  studded 
with  polypi  and  attached  to  a  submarine  rock,  should  pro- 
duce, first  by  budding  and  then  by  transverse  division,  a 
host  of  huge  floating  jelly-fishes;  and  that  these  should  pro- 
duce eggs,  from  which  are  hatched  swimming  animalcules, 
which  attach  themselves  to  rocks  and  become  developed  into 
branching  corallines;  and  so  on  in  an  endless  cycle.  The 
belief  in  the  essential  identity  of  the  process  of  alternate 
generation  and  of  ordinary  metamorphosis  has  been  greatly 
strengthened  by  Wagner's  discovery  of  the  larva  or  maggot 
of  a  fiy,  namely  the  Cecidomyia,  producing  asexually  other 
larvae,  and  these  others,  which  finally  are  developed  into 
mature  males  and  females,  propagating  their  kind  in  the 
ordinary  manner  by  eggs. 

It  may  be  lyorth  notice  that  when  Wagner's  remarkable 
discovery  was  first  announced,  I  was  asked  how  was  it 
possible  to  account  for  the  larvae  of  this  fly  having  acquired 
the  power  of  asexual  reproduction.  As  long  as  the  case 
remained  unique  no  answer  could  be  given.  But  already 
Grimm  has  shown  that  another  fly,  a  Chironomus,  reproduces 
itself  in  nearly  the  same  manner,  and  he  believes  that  this 
occurs  frequently  in  the  Order.  It  is  the  pupa,  and  not  the 
larva,  of  the  Chironomus  which  has  this  power;  and  Grimm 
further  shows  that  this  case,  to  a  certain  extent,  "unites  that 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY      479 

of  the  Cecidomyia  with  the  parthenogenesis  of  the  Coc- 
cidx;" — ^the  term  parthenogenesis  implying  that  the  mature 
females  of  the  Coccidae  are  capable  of  producing  fertile  eggs 
without  the  concourse  of  the  male.  Certain  animals  belong- 
ing to  several  classes  are  now  known  to  have  the  power  of 
ordinary  reproduction  at  an  tmusually  early  age;  and  we 
have  only  to  accelerate  parthenogenetic  reproduction  by 
gradual,  steps  to  an  earlier  and  earlier  age, — Chironomus 
showing  us  an  almost  exactly  intermediate  stage,  viz.,  that  of 
the  pupa — and  we  can  perhaps  accoimt  for  the  marvellous 
case  of  the  Cecidomyia. 

It  has  already  been  stated  that  various  parts  in  the  same 
individual  which  are  exactly  alike  duriag  an  early  embryonic 
period,  become  widely  different  and  serve  for  widely  differ- 
ent purposes  in  the  adult  state.  So  again  it  has  been  shown 
that  generally  the  embryos  of  the  most  distinct  species  be- 
longing to  the  same  class  are  closely  similar,  but  become, 
when  fully  developed,  widely  dissimilar.  A  better  proof  of 
this  latter  fact  cannot  be  given  than  the  statement  of  Von 
Baer  that  "the  embryos  of  mammalia,  of  birds,  lizards,  and 
"snakes,  probably  also  of  chelonia,  are  in  their  earliest  states 
"exceedingly  like  one  another,  both  as  a  whole  and  in  the 
"mode  of  development  of  their  parts;  so  much  so,  in  fact, 
"that  we  can  often  distinguish  the  embryos  only  by  their 
"size.  In  my  possession  are  two  little  embryos  in  spirit, 
"whose  names  I  have  omitted  to  attach,  and  at  present  I  am 
"quite  unable  to  say  to  what  class  they  belong.  They  may 
"be  lizards  or  small  birds,  or  very  young  mammalia,  so 
"complete  is  the  similarity  in  the  mode  of  formation  of  the 
"head  and  trunk  in  these  animals.  The  extremities,  however, 
"are  still  absent  in  these  embryos.  But  even  if  they  had 
"existed  in  the  earliest  stage  of  their  development  we  should 
"learn  nothing,  for  the  feet  of  lizards  and  mammals,  the 
"wings  and  feet  of  birds,  no  less  than  the  hands  and  feet 
"of  man,  all  arise  from  the  same  fundamental  form."  The 
larvae  of  most  crustaceans,  at  corresponding  stages  of  devel- 
opment, closely  resemble  each  other,  however  different  the 
adults  may  become;  and  so  it  is  with  very  many  other  ani- 
mals. A  trace  of  the  law  of  embryonic  resemblance  occa- 
sionally lasts  till  a  rather  late  age:  thus  birds  of  the  same 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


480  ORIGIN   OP  SPECIES 

genus,  and  of  allied  genera,  often  resemble  each  other  in 
their  immature  plumage;  as  we  see  in  the  spotted  feathers 
in  the  young  of  the  thrush  group.  In  the  cat  tribe,  most 
of  the  species  when  adult  are  striped  or  spotted  in  lines ;  and 
stripes  or  spots  can  be  plainly  distinguished  in  the  whdp  of 
the  lion  and  the  puma.  We  occasionally  though  rarely  see 
something  of  the  same  kind  in  plants;  thus  the  first  leaves 
of  the  ulex  or  furze,  and  the  first  leaves  of  the  phyllodineous 
acacias,  are  pinnate  or  divided  like  the  ordinary  leaves  of  the 
leguminosse. 

The  points  of  structure,  in  which  the  embryos  of  widely 
different  animals  within  the  same  class  resemble  each  other, 
often  have  no  direct  relation  to  their  condition  of  existence. 
We  cannot,  for  instance,  suppose  that  in  the  embryos  of  the 
vertebrata  the  peculiar  loop-like  courses  of  the  arteries  near 
the  branchial  slits  are  related  to  similar  conditions, — in  the 
young  mammal  which  is  nourished  in  the  womb  of  its  mother, 
in  the  egg  of  the  bird  which  is  hatched  in  a  nest,  and  in  the 
spawn  of  a  frog  under  water.  We  have  no  more  reason  to 
believe  in  such  a  relation,  than  we  have  to  believe  that  the 
similar  bones  in  the  hand  of  a  man,  wing  of  a  bat,  and  fin 
of  a  porpoise,  are  related  to  similar  conditions  of  life.  No 
one  supposes  that  the  stripes  on  the  whelp  of  a  lion,  or  the 
spots  on  the  young  blackbird,  are  of  any  use  to  these  animals. 

The  case,  however,  is  different  when  an  animal  during  any 
part  of  its  embryonic  career  is  active,  and  has  to  provide  for 
itself.  The  period  of  activity  may  come  on  earlier  or  later 
in  life;  but  whenever  it  comes  on,  the  adaptation  of  the  larva 
to  its  conditions  of  life  is  just  as  perfect  and  as  beautiful  as 
in  the  adult  animal.  In  how  important  a  manner  this  has 
acted,  has  recently  been  well  shown  by  Sir  J.  Lubbock  in  his 
remarks  on  the  close  similarity  of  the  larvae  of  some  insects 
belonging  to  very  different  orders,  and  on  the  dissimilarity 
of  the  larvae  of  other  insects  within  the  same  order,  accord- 
ing to  their  habits  of  life.  Owing  to  such  adaptations,  the 
similarity  of  the  larvae  of  allied  animals  is  sometimes  greatly 
obscured ;  especially  when  there  is  a  division  of  labour  during 
the  different  stages  of  development,  as  when  the  same  larva 
has  during  one  stage  to  search  for  food,  and  during  another 
stage  has  to  search  for  a  place  of  attachment.    Cases  can 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY  481 

even  be  given  of  the  larvse  of  allied  species,  or  groups  of 
species,  differing  more  from  each  other  than  do  the  adults. 
In  most  cases,  however,  the  larvs,  though  active,  still  obey, 
more  or  less  closely,  the  law  of  common  embryonic  reseni- 
blance.  Cirripedes  afford  a  good  instance  of  this;  even  the 
illustrious  Cuvier  did  not  perceive  that  a  barnacle  was  a 
crustacean:  but  a  glance  at  the  larva  shows  this  in  an  un- 
mistakable manner.  So  again  the  two  main  divisions  of 
cirripedes,  the  pedunculated  and  sessile,  though  differing 
widely  in  external  appearance,  have  larvae  in  all  their  stages 
barely  distinguishable. 

The  embryo  in  the  course  of  development  generally  rises 
in  organisation;  I  use  this  expression,  though  I  am  aware 
that  it  is  hardly  possible  to  define  clearly  what  is  meant  by 
the  organisation  being  higher  or  lower.  But  no  one  probably 
will  dispute  that  the  butterfly  is  higher  than  the  caterpillar. 
In  some  cases,  however,  the  mature  animal  must  be  consid- 
ered as  lower  in  the  scale  than  the  larva,  as  with  certain 
parasitic  crustaceans.  To  refer  once  again  to  cirripedes:  the 
larvs  in  the  first  stage  have  three  pairs  of  locomotive  organs, 
a  simple  single  eye,  and  a  probosci  formed  mouth,  with  which 
they  feed  largely,  for  they  increase  much  in  size.  In  the 
second  stage,  answering  to  the  chrysalis  stage  of  butterflies, 
they  have  six  pairs  of  beautifully  constructed  natatory  legs, 
a  pair  of  magnificent  compound  eyes,  and  extremely  complex 
antennae;  but  they  have  a  closed  and  imperfect  mouth,  and 
cannot  feed:  their  function  at  this  stage  is,  to  search  out  by 
their  well-developed  organs  of  sense,  and  to  reach  by  their 
active  powers  of  swinuning,  a  proper  place  on  which  to  be- 
come attached  and  to  undergo  their  final  metamorphosis. 
When  this  is  completed  they  are  fixed  for  life:  their  legs  are 
now  converted  into  prehensile  organs;  they  again  obtain  a 
well-constructed  mouth ;  but  they  have  no  antennae,  and  their 
two  eyes  are  now  reconverted  into  a  minute,  single,  simple 
eye-spot  In  this  last  and  complete  state,  cirripedes  may  be 
considered  as  either  more  highly  or  more  lowly  organised 
than  they  were  in  the  larval  condition.  But  in  some  genera 
the  larvae  become  developed  into  hermaphrodites  having  the 
ordinary  structure,  and  into  what  I  have  called  complemental 
males;  and  in  the  latter  the  development  has  assuredly  been 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


488  ORIGIN  OF   SPECIES 

retrograde,  for  the  male  is  a  mere  sack,  which  lives  for  a 
short  time  and  is  destitute  of  mouth,  stomach,  and  every 
other  organ  of  importance,  excepting  those  for  reproduction. 

We  are  so  much  accustomed  to  see  a  difference  in  structure 
between  the  embryo  and  the  adult,  that  we  are  tempted  to 
look  at  this  difference  as  in  some  necessary  manner  contin- 
gent on  growth.  But  there  is  no  reason  why,  for  instance, 
the  wing  of  a  bat,  or  the  fin  of  a  porpoise,  should  not  have 
been  sketched  out  with  all  their  parts  in  proper  proportion, 
as  soon  as  any  part  became  visible.  In  some  whole  groups 
of  animals  and  in  certain  members  of  other  groups  this  is 
the  case,  and  the  embryo  does  not  at  any  period  differ  widely 
from  the  adult:  thus  Owen  has  remarked  in  regard  to  cuttle- 
fish, 'Hhere  is  no  metamorphosis;  the  cephalopodic  character 
is  manifested  long  before  the  parts  of  the  embryo  are  com- 
pleted." Land-shells  and  fresh-water  crustaceans  are  bom 
having  their  proper  forms,  whilst  the  marine  members  of  the 
same  two  great  classes  pass  through  considerable  and  often 
great  changes  during  their  development  Spiders,  again, 
barely  undergo  any  metamorphosis.  The  larvae  of  most  in- 
sects pass  through  a  worm-like  stage,  whether  they  are  active 
and  adapted  to  diversified  habits,  or  are  inactive  from  being 
placed  in  the  midst  of  proper  nutriment  or  from  being  fed 
by  their  parents ;  but  in  some  few  cases,  as  in  that  of  Aphis, 
if  we  look  to  the  admirable  drawings  of  the  development  of 
this  insect,  by  Professor  Huxley,  we  see  hardly  any  trace 
of  the  vermiform  stage. 

Sometimes  it  is  only  the  earlier  developmental  stages  which 
fail.  Thus  Fritz  Muller  has  made  the  remarkable  discovery 
that  certain  shrimp-like  crustaceans  (sdlied  to  Penonis)  first 
appear  under  the  simple  nauplius-form,  and  after  passing 
through  two  or  more  zoea-stages,  and  then  through  the 
mysis-stage,  finally  acquire  their  mature  structure:  now  in 
the  whole  great  malacostracan  order,  to  which  these  crusta^ 
ceans  belong,  no  other  member  is  as  yet  known  to  be  first 
developed  under  the  nauplius-form,  though  many  appear  as 
zoeas;  nevertheless  Miiller  assigns  reasons  for  his  belief, 
that  if  there  had  been  no  suppression  of  development,  all 
these  crustaceans  would  have  appeared  as  nauplii. 

How,  then,  can<  we  explain  diese  several  facts  in  embry- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBAYOLOGY      48S 

ology, — ^namely,  the  very  general,  though  not  universal,  dif- 
ference in  structure  between  the  embryo  and  the  adult; — 
the  various  parts  in  the  same  individual  embryo,  which  ulti- 
mately become  very  unlike  and  serve  for  diverse  purposes, 
being  at  an  early  period  of  growth  alike; — ^the  common,  but 
not  invariable,  resemblance  between  the  embryos  or  larvae 
of  the  most  distinct  species  in  the  same  class; — ^the  em- 
bryo often  retaining  whilst  within  the  tgg  or  womb,  struc- 
tures which  are  of  no  service  to  it,  either  at  that  or  at  a 
later  period  of  life;  on  the  other  hand  larvae,  which  have  to 
provide  for  their  own  wants,  being  perfectly  adapted  to  the 
surrotmding  conditions ; — and  lastly  the  fact  of  certain  larvae 
standing  higher  in  the  scale  of  organisation  than  the  mature 
animal  into  which  they  are  developed?  I  believe  that  all 
these  facts  can  be  explained,  as  follows. 

It  is  commonly  assumed,  perhaps  from  monstrosities  affect- 
ing the  embryo  at  a  very  early  period,  that  slight  variations 
or  individual  differences  necessarily  appear  at  an  equally 
early  period.  We  have  little  evidence  on  this  head,  but  what 
we  have  certainly  points  the  other  way;  for  it  is  notorious 
that  breeders  of  cattle,  horses,  and  various  fancy  animals, 
cannot  positively  tell,  until  some  time  after  birth,  what  will 
be  the  merits  or  demerits  of  their  young  animals.  We  see 
this  plainly  in  our  own  children;  we  cannot  tdl  whether  a 
child  will  be  tall  or  short,  or  what  its  precise  features  will 
be.  The  question  is  not,  at  what  period  of  life  each  varia- 
tion may  have  been  caused,  but  at  what  period  the  effects  are 
displayed.  The  cause  may  have  acted,  and  I  believe  often 
has  acted,  on  one  or  both  parents  before  the  act  of  genera- 
tion. It  deserves  notice  that  it  is  of  no  importance  to  a  very 
young  animal,  as  long  as  it  remains  in  its  mother's  womb  or 
in  the  tgg,  or  as  long  as  it  is  nourished  and  protected  by  its 
parent,  whether  most  of  its  characters  are  acquired  a  little 
earlier  or  later  in  life.  It  would  not  signify,  for  instance,  to 
a  bird  which  obtained  its  food  by  having  a  much-curved 
beak  whether  or  not  whilst  young  it  possessed  a  beak  of  this 
shape,  as  long  as  it  was  fed  by  its  parents. 

I  have  stated  in  the  first  chapter,  that  at  whatever  age  a 
variation  first  appears  in  the  parent,  it  tends  to  reappear  at 
a  corresponding  age  in  the  offspring.    Certain  variations  can 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


484  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

only  appear  at  corresponding  ages;  for  instance,  peculiarities 
in  the  caterpillar,  cocoon,  or  imago  states  of  the  silk-moth: 
or,  again,  in  the  full-grown  horns  of  cattle.  But  variations, 
which,  for  all  that  we  can  see  might  have  first  appeared 
either  earlier  or  later  in  life,  likewise  tend  to  reappear  at  a 
corresponding  age  in  the  offspring  and  parent  I  am  far 
from  meaning  that  this  is  invariaUy  the  case,  and  I  could 
give  several  exceptional  cases  of  variations  (taking  the  word 
in  the  largest  sense)  which  have  supervened  at  an  earlier 
age  in  the  child  than  in  the  parent 

These  two  principles,  namely,  that  slight  variations  gen* 
erally  appear  at  a  not  very  early  period  of  life,  and  are  in- 
herited at  a  corresponding  not  early  period,  explain,  as  I 
believe,  all  the  above  specified  leading  facts  in  embryology. 
But  first  let  us  look  to  a  few  analogous  cases  in  our  domestic 
varieties.  Some  authors  who  have  written  on  Dogs,  main- 
tain that  the  greyhound  and  bulldog,  though  so  different, 
are  really  closely  allied  varieties,  descended  from  the  same 
wild  stodc ;  hence  I  was  curious  to  see  how  far  their  puppies 
differed  from  each  other:  I  was  told  by  breeders  that  they 
differed  just  as  much  as  their  parents,  and  this,  judging  by 
the  eye,  seemed  almost  to  be  the  case ;  but  on  actually  meas- 
uring the  old  dogs  and  their  six-days-old  puppies,  I  found 
that  the  puppies  had  not  acquired  nearly  their  full  amount  of 
proportional  difference.  So,  again,  I  was  told  that  the  foals 
of  cart  and  race-horses — ^breeds  which  have  been  almost 
wholly  formed  by  selection  under  domestication— differed  as 
much  as  the  full-grown  animals;  but  having  had  careful 
measurements  made  of  the  dams  and  of  the  three-days-old 
colts  of  race  and  heavy  cart-horses,  I  find  that  this  is  by  no 
means  the  case. 

As  we  have  conclusive  evidence  that  the  breeds  of  the 
Pigeon  are  descended  from  a  single  wild  species,  I  compared 
the  young  within  twelve  hours  after  being  hatched;  I  care- 
fully measured  the  proportions  (but  will  not  here  give  the 
details)  of  the  beak,  width  of  mouth,  length  of  nostril  and 
of  eyelid,  size  of  feet  and  length  of  leg,  in  the  wild  parent- 
species,  in  pouters,  faiitails,  runts,  barbs,  dragons,  carriers, 
and  tumblers.  Now  some  of  these  birds,  when  mature,  differ 
in  so  extraordinary  a  manner  in  the  length  and  form  of  beak. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY     485 

and  in  other  characters,  that  they  would  certainly  have  been 
ranked  as  distinct  genera  if  found  in  a  state  of  nature.  But 
when  the  nestling  birds  of  these  several  breeds  were  placed 
in  a  row,  though  most  of  them  could  just  be  distinguished, 
the  proportional  differences  in  the  above  specified  points 
were  incomparably  less  than  in  the  full-grown  birds.  Some 
characteristic  points  of  difference — for  instance,  that  of  the 
width  of  mouth — could  hardly  be  detected  in  the  young.  But 
there  was  one  remarkable  exception  to  this  rule,  for  the 
young  of  the  short-faced  tumbler  differed  from  the  young 
of  the  wild  rock-pigeon  and  of  the  other  breeds,  in  almost 
exactly  the  same  proportions  as  in  the  adult  state. 

These  facts  are  explained  by  the  above  two  principles. 
Fanciers  select  their  dogs,  horses,  pigeons,  &c.,  for  breeding, 
when  nearly  grown  up :  they  are  indifferent  whether  the  de- 
sired qualities  are  acquired  earlier  or  later  in  life,  if  the 
full-grown  animal  possesses  them.  And  the  cases  just  given, 
more  especially  that  of  the  pigeons,  show  that  the  charac- 
teristic differences  which  have  been  accumulated  by  man's 
selection,  and  which  give  value  to  his  breeds,  do  not  gen- 
erally appear  at  a  very  early  period  of  life,  and  are  inherited 
at  a  corresponding  not  early  period.  But  the  case  of  the 
short-faced  tumbler,  which  when  twelve  hours  old  possessed 
its  proper  characters,  proves  that  this  is  not  the  universal 
rule;  for  here  the  characteristic  differences  must  either  have 
appeared  at  an  earlier  period  than  usual,  or,  if  not  so,  the 
differences  must  have  been  inherited,  not  at  a  corresponding, 
but  at  an  earlier  age. 

Now  let  us  apply  these  two  principles  to  species  in  a  state 
of  nature.  Let  us  take  a  group  of  birds,  descended  from 
some  ancient  form  and  modified  through  natural  selection 
for  different  habits.  Then,  from  the  many  slight  successive 
variations  having  supervened  in  the  several  species  at  a  not 
early  age,  and  having  been  inherited  at  a  corresponding  age, 
the  young  will  have  been  but  little  modified,  and  they  will  still 
resemble  each  other  much  more  closely  than  do  the  adults, — 
just  as  we  have  seen  with  the  breeds  of  the  pigeon.  We  may 
extend  this  view  to  widely  distinct  structures  and  to  whole 
classes.  The  fore-limbs,  for  instance,  which  once  served 
as  legs  to  a  remote  progenitor,  may  have  become,  through 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


486  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

a  long  course  of  modification,  adapted  in  one  descendant  to 
act  as  hands,  in  another  as  paddles,  in  another  as  wings; 
but  on  the  above  two  principles  the  fore-limbs  will  not  have 
been  much  modified  in  the  embryos  of  these  several  forms; 
although  in  each  form  the  fore-limb  will  differ  greatly  in  the 
adult  state.  Whatever  influence  long-continued  use  or  disuse 
may  have  had  in  modifying  the  limbs  or  other  parts  of  any 
species,  this  will  chiefly  or  solely  have  affected  it  when  nearly 
mature,  when  it  was  compelled  to  use  its  full  powers  to  gain 
its  own  living;  and  the  effects  thus  produced  will  have  been 
transmitted  to  the  offspring  at  a  corresponding  nearly  mature 
age.  Thus  the  young  will  not  be  modified,  or  will  be  modi- 
fied only  in  a  slight  degree,  through  the  effects  of  the  in- 
creased use  or  disuse  of  parts. 

With  some  animals  the  successive  variations  may  have 
supervened  at  a  very  early  period  of  life,  or  the  steps  may 
have  been  inherited  at  an  earlier  age  than  that  at  which  they 
first  occurred.  In  either  of  these  cases,  the  young  or  embryo 
will  closely  resemble  the  mature  parent-form,  as  we  have 
seen  with  the  short-faced  tumbler.  And  this  is  the  rule  of 
development  in  certain  whole  groups,  or  in  certain  sub- 
groups alone,  as  with  cuttle-fish,  land-shells,  fresh-water 
crustaceans,  spiders,  and  some  members  of  the  great  class  of 
insects.  With  respect  to  the  final  cause  of  the  young  in 
such  groups  not  passing  through  any  metamorphosis,  we 
can  see  that  this  would  follow  from  the  following  contin- 
gencies ;  namely,  from  the  young  having  to  provide  at  a  very 
early  age  for  their  own  wants,  and  from  their  following  the 
same  habits  of  life  with  their  parents;  for  in  this  case,  it 
would  be  indispensable  for  their  existence  that  they  should 
be  modified  in  the  same  manner  as  their  parents.  Again,  with 
respect  to  the  singular  fact  that  many  terrestrial  and  fresh- 
water animals  do  not  undergo  any  metamorphosis,  whilst 
marine  members  of  the  same  groups  pass  through  various 
transformations,  Fritz  Muller  has  suggested  that  the  process 
of  slowly  modifying  and  adapting  an  animal  to  live  on  the 
land  or  in  fresh  water,  instead  of  in  the  sea,  would  be  greatly 
simplified  by  its  not  passing  through  any  larval  stage;  for 
it  is  not  probable  that  places  well  adapted  for  both  the  larval 
and  mature  stages,  under  such  new  and  greatly  changed 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY      487 

habits  of  life»  would  commonly  be  found  unoccupied  or  ill- 
occupied  by  other  organisms.  In  this  case  the  gradual  ac^ 
quirement  at  an  earlier  and  earlier  age  of  the  adult  structure 
would  be  favoured  by  natural  selection;  and  all  traces  of 
former  metamorphoses  would  finally  be  lost. 

If,  on  the  other  hand,  it  profited  the  young  of  an  animal 
to  follow  habits  of  life  slightly  different  from  those  of  the 
parent-form,  and  consequently  to  be  constructed  on  a  slighdy 
different  plan,  or  if  it  profited  a  larva  already  different  from 
its  parent  to  change  still  further,  then,  on  the  principle  of 
inheritance  at  corresponding  ages,  the  young  or  the  larvae 
might  be  rendered  by  natural  selection  more  and  more  dif^ 
ferent  from  their  parents  to  any  conceivable  extent.  Differ- 
ences in  the  larva  might,  also,  become  correlated  with  suc- 
cessive stages  of  its  development;  so  that  the  larva,  in  the 
first  stage,  might  come  to  differ  greatly  from  the  larva  in  the 
second  stage,  as  is  the  case  with  many  animals.  The  adult 
might  also  become  fitted  for  sites  or  habits,  in  which  organs 
of  locomotion  or  of  the  senses,  &c.,  would  be  useless;  and 
in  this  case  the  metamorphosis  would  be  retrograde. 

From  the  remarks  just  made  we^  can  see  how  by  changes 
of  structure  in  the  young,  in  conformity  with  changed  habits 
of  life,  together  with  inheritance  at  corresponding  ages, 
animals  might  come  to  pass  through  stages  of  development, 
perfectly  distinct  from  the  primordial  condition  of  their 
adult  progenitors.  Most  of  our  best  authorities  are  now 
convinced  that  the  various  larval  and  pupal  stages  of  insects 
have  thus  been  acquired  through  adaptation,  and  not  through 
inheritance  from  some  ancient  form.  The  curious  case  of 
Sitaris — ^a  beetle  which  passes  through  certain  unusual  stages 
of  development — ^will  illustrate  how  this  might  occur.  The 
first  larval  form  is  described  by  M.  Fabre,  as  an  active, 
minute  insect,  furnished  with  six  legs,  two  long  antennae,  and 
four  eyes.  These  larvae  are  hatched  in  the  nests  of  bees; 
and  when  the  male-bees  emerge  from  their  burrows,  in  the 
spring,  which  they  do  before  the  females,  the  larvae  spring 
on  them,  and  afterwards  crawl  on  to  the  females  whilst 
paired  with  the  males.  As  soon  as  the  female  bee  deposits 
her  eggs  on  the  surface  of  the  honey  stored  in  the  cells,  the 
larvae  of  the  Sitaris  leap  on  the  eggs  and  devour  them. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


488  ORIGIN  OF   SPECIES 

Afterwards  they  undergo  a  complete  change;  their  eyes  dis- 
appear; their  legs  and  antennae  become  rudimentary,  and 
they  feed  on  honey ;  so  that  they  now  more  closely  resemble 
the  ordinary  larvae  of  insects;  ultimately  they  undergo  a 
further  transformation,  and  finally  emerge  as  the  perfect 
beetle.  Now,  if  an  insect,  undergoing  transformations  like 
those  of  the  Sitaris,  were  to  become  the  progenitor  of  a 
whole  new  dass  of  insects,  the  course  of  development  of  the 
new  class  would  be  widely  different  from  that  of  our  exist- 
ing insects;  and  the  first  larval  stage  certainly  would  not 
represent  the  former  condition  of  any  adult  and  ancient 
form.  • 

On  the  other  hand  it  is  highly  probable  that  with  many 
animals  the  embryonic  or  larval  stages  show  us,  more  or  less 
completely,  the  condition  of  the  progenitor  of  the  whole 
group  in  its  adult  state.  In  the  great  class  of  the  Crustacea, 
forms  wonderfully  distinct  from  each  other,  namely,  suctorial 
parasites,  cirripedes,  entomostraca,  and  even  the  malacos- 
traca,  appear  at  first  as  larvae  under  the  nauplius-f orm ;  and 
as  these  larvae  live  and  feed  in  the  open  sea,  and  are  not 
adapted  for  any  peculiar  habits  of  life,  and  from  other 
reasons  assigned  by  Fritz  Miiller,  it  is  probable  that  at  some 
very  remote  period  an  independent  adult  animal,  resembling 
the  Nauplius,  existed,  and  subsequently  produced,  along  sev- 
eral divergent  lines  of  descent,  the  above-named  great  Crus- 
tacean groups.  So  again  it  is  probable,  from  what  we  know 
of  the  embryos  of  mammals,  birds,  fishes,  and  reptiles,  that 
these  animals  are  the  modified  descendants  of  some  ancient 
progenitor,  which  was  furnished  in  its  adult  state  with 
branchiae,  a  swim-bladder,  four  fin-like  limbs,  and  a  long  tail, 
all  fitted  for  an  aquatic  life. 

As  all  the  organic  beings,  extinct  and  recent,  which  have 
ever  lived,  can  be  arranged  within  a  few  great  classes;  and 
as  all  within  each  -class  have,  according  to  our  theory,  been 
connected  together  by  fine  gradations,  the  best,  and,  if  our 
collections  were  nearly  perfect,  the  only  possible  arrange- 
ment, would  be  genealogical;  descent  being  the  hidden  bond 
of  connexion  which  naturalists  have  been  seeking  under  the 
term  of  the  Natural  System.  On  this  view  we  can  under- 
stand how  it  is  that,  in  the  eyes  of  most  naturalists,  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


DEVELOPMENT  AND  EMBRYOLOGY      489 

structure  of  the  embryo  is  even  more  important  for  classi- 
fication than  that  of  the  adult.  In  two  or  more  groups  of 
animals,  however  much  they  may  differ  from  each  other  in 
structure  and  habits  in  their  adult  condition,  if  they  pass 
through  closely  similar  embryonic  stages,  we  may  feel  assured 
that  they  all  are  descended  from  one  parent-form,  and  are 
therefore  closely  related.  Thus,  community  in  embryonic 
structure  reveals  community  of  descent;  but  dissimilarity  in 
embryonic  development  does  not  prove  discommunity  of 
descent,  for  in  one  of  two  groups  the  developmental  stages 
may  have  been  suppressed,  or  may  have  been  so  greatly 
modified  through  adaptation  to  new  habits  of  life,  as  to  be 
no  longer  recognisable.  Even  in  groups,  in  which  the  adults 
have  been  modified  to  an  extreme  degree,  community  of 
origin  is  often  revealed  by  the  structure  of  the  larvae;  we 
have  seen,  for  instance,  that  cirripedes,  though  externally  so 
like  shell-fish,  are  at  once  known  by  their  larvae  to  belong  to 
the  great  class  of  crustaceans.  As  the  embryo  often  shows 
us  more  or  less  plainly  the  structure  of  the  less  modified 
and  ancient  progenitor  of  the  group,  we  can  see  why  ancient 
and  extinct  forms  so  often  resemble  in  their  adult  state  the 
embryos  of  existing  species  of  the  same  dass.  Agassiz  be- 
lieves this  to  be  a  universal  law  of  nature ;  and  we  may  hope 
hereafter  to  see  the  law  proved  true.  It  can,  however,  be 
proved  true  only  in  those  cases  in  which  the  ancient  state  of 
the  progenitor  of  the  group  has  not  been  wholly  obliterated, 
either  by  successive  variations  having  supervened  at  a  very 
early  period  of  growth,  or  by  such  variations  having  been 
inherited  at  an  earlier  age  than  that  at  which  they  first  ap- 
peared. It  should  also  be  borne  in  mind,  that  the  law  may 
be  true,  but  yet,  owing  to  the  geological  record  not  extending 
far  enough  back  in  time,  may  remain  for  a  long  period,  or 
for  ever,  incapable  of  demonstration.  The  law  will  not 
strictly  hold  good  in  those  cases  in  which  an  ancient  form 
became  adapted  in  its  larvae  state  to  some  special  line  of  life, 
and  transmitted  the  same  larval  state  to  a  whole  group  of 
descendants;  for  such  larval  will  not  resemble  any  still  more 
ancient  form  in  its  adtdt  state. 

Thus,  as  it  seems  to  me,  the  leading  facts  in  embryology, 
which  are  second  to  none  in  importance,  are  explained  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


490  ORIGIN   OF   SPECIES 

the  principle  of  variations  in  the  many  descendants  from 
some  one  ancient  progenitor,  having  appeared  at  a  not  very 
early  period  of  life,  and  having  been  inherited  at  a  cor- 
responding period.  Embryology  rises  greatly  in  interest, 
when  we  look  at  the  embryo  as  a  picture,  more  or  less  ob- 
scured, of  the  progenitor,  either  in  its  adult  or  larval  state, 
of  all  the  members  of  the  same  great  class. 

RUDIMENTARY,  ATROPHIED,   AND  ABORTED  ORGANS 

Organs  or  parts  in  this  strange  condition,  bearing  the  plain 
stamp  of  inutility,  are  extremely  common,  or  even  general, 
throughout  nature.  It  would  be  impossible  to  name  one  of 
the  higher  animals  in  which  some  part  or  other  is  not  in  a 
rudimentary  condition.  In  the  mammalia,  for  instance,  the 
males  possess  rudimentary  mammae ;  in  snakes  one  lobe  of  the 
lungs  is  rudimentary ;  in  birds  the  "bastard-wing"  may  safely 
be  considered  as  a  rudimentary  digit,  and  in  some  species  the 
whole  wing  is  so  far  rudimentary  that  it  cannot  be  used  for 
flight.  What  can  be  more  curious  than  the  presence  of  teeth 
in  foetal  whales,  which  when  grown  up  have  not  a  tooth  in 
their  heads ;  or  the  teeth,  which  never  cut  through  the  gums, 
in  the  upper  jaws  of  unborn  calves? 

Rudimentary  organs  plainly  declare  their  origin  and  mean- 
ing in  various  ways.  There  are  beetles  belonging  to  closely 
allied  species,  or  even  to  the  same  identical  species,  which 
have  either  full-sized  and  perfect  wings,  or  mere  rudiments 
of  membrane,  which  not  rarely  lie  under  wing-covers  firmly 
soldered  together;  and  in  these  cases  it  is  impossible  to 
doubt,  that  the  rudiments  represent  wings.  Rudimentary 
organs  sometimes  retain  their  potentiality:  this  occasionally 
occurs  with  the  mamnue  of  male  mammals,  which  have  been 
known  to  become  well  developed  and  to  secrete  milk.  So 
again  in  the  udders  in  the  genus  Bos,  there  are  normally  four 
developed  and  two  rudimentary  teats;  but  the  latter  in  our 
domestic  cows  sometimes  become  well  developed  and  yield 
milk.  In  regard  to  plants  the  petals  are  sometimes  rudimen- 
tary, and  sometimes  well-developed  in  the  individuals  of 
the  same  species.  In  certain  plants  having  separated  sexes 
Kolreuter  found  that  by  crossing  a  species,  in  which  the  male 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUDIMENTARY  ORGANS  491 

flowers  included  a  rudiment  of  a  pistil,  with  an  hermaphro- 
dite species,  having  of  course  a  well-developed  pistil,  the 
rudiment  in  the  hybrid  offspring  was  much  increased  in  size ; 
and  this  clearly  shows  that  the  rudimentary  and  perfect 
pistils  are  essentially  alike  in  nature.  An  animal  may  pos- 
sess various  parts  in  a  perfect  state,  and  yet  they  may  in  one 
sense  be  rudimentary,  for  they  are  useless:  thus  the  tadpole 
of  the  common  Salamander  or  Water-newt,  as  Mr.  G.  H. 
Lewes  remarks,  "has  gills,  and  passes  its  existence  in  the 
"water ;  but  the  Salamandra  atra,  which  lives  high  up  among 
"the  mountains,  brings  forth  its  yotmg  full-formed.  This 
"animal  never  lives  in  the  water.  Yet  if  we  open  a  gravid 
"female,  we  find  tadpoles  inside  her  with  exquisitely  feath- 
"ered  gills;  and  when  placed  in  water  they  swim  about  like 
"the  tadpoles  of  the  water-newt  Obviously  this  aquatic 
"organisation  has  no  reference  to  the  future  life  of  the 
"animal,  nor  has  it  any  adaptation  to  its  embryonic  condition ; 
"it  has  solely  reference  to  ancestral  adaptations,  it  repeats 
"a  phase  in  the  development  of  its  progenitors." 

An  organ,  serving  for  two  purposes,  may  become  rudimen- 
tary or  utterly  aborted  for  one,  even  the  more  important 
purpose,  and  remain  perfectly  efficient  for  the  other.  Thus 
in  plants,  the  office  of  the  pistil  is  to  allow  the  pollen-tubes 
to  reach  the  ovules  within  the  ovarium.  The  pistil  consists 
of  a  stigma  supported  on  a  style;  but  in  some  Compositse, 
the  male  florets,  which  of  course  cannot  be  fecundated,  have 
a  rudimentary  pistil,  for  it  is  not  crowned  with  a  stigma ;  but 
the  style  remains  well  developed  and  is  clothed  in  the  usual 
manner  with  hairs,  which  serve  to  brush  the  pollen  out  of 
the  surrounding  and  conjoined  anthers.  Again,  an  organ 
may  become  rudimentary  for  its  proper  purpose,  and  be  used 
for  a  distinct  one:  in  certain  fishes  the  swim-bladder  seems 
to  be  rudimentary  for  its  proper  function  of  giving  buoyancy, 
but  has  become  converted  into  a  nascent  breathing  organ  or 
lung.    Many  similar  instances  could  be  given. 

Useful  organs,  however  little  they  may  be  developed,  un- 
less we  have  reason  to  suppose  that  they  were  formerly  more 
highly  developed,  ought  not  to  be  considered  as  rudimentary. 
They  may  be  in  a  nascent  condition,  and  in  progress  towards 
further  development.     Rudimentary  organs,  on  the  other  hand. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


4d2  ORIGIN   OF   SPECIES 

are  either  quite  useless,  such  as  teeth  which  never  cut  through 
the  gums,  or  almost  useless,  such  as  the  wings  of  an  ostrich, 
which  serve  merely  as  sails.  As  organs  in  this  condition 
would  formerly,  when  still  less  developed,  have  been  of  even 
less  use,  than  at  present,  they  cannot  formerly  have  been 
produced  through  variation  and  natural  selection,  which  acts 
solely  by  the  preservation  of  useful  modifications.  They 
have  been  partially  retained  by  the  power  of  inheritance,  and 
relate  to  a  former  state  of  things.  It  is,  however,  often 
difficult  to  distinguish  between  rudimentary  and  nascent 
organs ;  for  we  can  judge  only  by  analogy  whether  a  part  is 
capable  of  further  development,  in  which  case  alone  it  de- 
serves to  be  called  nascent.  Organs  in  this  condition  will 
always  be  somewhat  rare;  for  beings  thus  provided  will 
commonly  have  been  supplanted  by  their  successors  with  the 
same  organ  in  a  more  perfect  state,  and  consequently  will 
have  become  long  ago  extinct.  The  wing  of  the  penguin 
is  of  high  service,  acting  as  a  fin;  it  may,  therefore,  repre- 
sent the  nascent  state  of  the  wing:  not  that  I  believe  this  to 
be  the  case;  it  is  more  probably  a  reduced  organ,  modified 
for  a  new  function:  the  wing  of  the  Apteryx,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  quite  useless,  and  is  truly  rudimentary.  Owen  con- 
siders the  simple  filamentary  limbs  of  the  Lepidosiren  as  the 
"beginnings  of  organs  which  attain  full  functional  develop- 
ment in  higher  vertebrates ;"  but,  according  to  the  view  lately 
advocated  by  Dr.  Gunther,  they  are  probably  remnants,  con- 
sisting of  the  persistent  axis  of  a  fin,  with  the  lateral  rays  or 
branches  aborted.  The  mammary  glands  of  the  Ornitho- 
rhynchus  may  be  considered,  in  comparison  with  the  udders 
of  a  cow,  as  in  a  nascent  condition.  The  ovigerous  frena  of 
certain  cirripedes,  which  have  ceased  to  give  attachment  to 
the  ova  and  are  feebly  developed,  are  nascent  branchiae. 

Rudimentary  organs  in  the  individuals  of  the  same  species 
are  very  liable  to  vary  in  the  degree  of  their  development 
and  in  other  respects.  In  closely  allied  species,  also,  the 
extent  to  which  the  same  organ  has  been  reduced  occasionally 
differs  much.  This  latter  fact  is  well  exemplified  in  the 
state  of  the  wings  of  female  moths  belonging  to  the  same 
family.  Rudimentary  organs  may  be  utterly  aborted;  and 
this  implies,  that  in  certain  animals  or  plants,  parts  are  en- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUDIBfENTARY  ORGANS  483 

tirely  absent  which  analogy  would  lead  us  to  expect  to  find  in 
them,  and  which  are  occasionally  found  in  monstrous  indi- 
viduals. Thus  in  most  of  the  Scrophulariaceae  the  fifth 
stamen  is  utterly  .aborted ;  yet  we  may  conclude  that  a  fifth 
stamen  once  existed,  for  a  rudiment  of  it  is  found  in  many 
species  of  the  family,  and  this  rudiment  occasionally  be- 
comes perfectly  developed,  as  may  sometimes  be  seen  in  the 
common  snap-dragon.  In  tracing  the  homologies  of  any 
part  in  different  members  of  the  same  class,  nothing  is  more 
common,  or,  in  order  fully  to  understand  the  relations  of  the 
parts,  more  useful  than  the  discovery  of  rudiments.  This  is 
well  shown  in  the  drawings  given  by  Owen  of  the  leg-bones 
of  the  horse,  ox,  and  rhinoceros. 

It  is  an  important  fact  that  rudimentary  organs,  such  as 
teeth  in  the  upper  jaws  of  whales  and  ruminants,  can  often 
be  detected  in  the  embryo,  but  afterwards  wholly  disappear. 
It  is  also,  I  believe,  a  universal  rule,  that  a  rudimentary  part 
is  of  greater  size  in  the  embryo  relatively  to  the  adjoining 
parts,  than  in  the  adult;  so  that  the  organ  at  this  early  age  is 
less  rudimentary,  or  even  cannot  be  said  to  be  in  any  degree 
rudimentary.  Hence  rudimentary  organs  in  the  adult  are 
often  said  to  have  retained  their  embryonic  condition. 

I  have  now  given  the  leading  facts  with  respect  to  rudi- 
mentary organs.  In  reflecting  on  them,  every  one  must  be 
struck  with  astonishment;  for  the  same  reasoning  power 
which  tells  us  that  most  parts  and  organs  are  exquisitely 
adapted  for  certain  purposes,  tells  us  with  equal  plainness 
that  these  rudimentary  or  atrophied  organs  are  imperfect  and 
useless.  In  works  on  natural  history,  rudimentary  organs 
are  generally  said  to  have  been  created  "for  the  sake  of 
symmetry,"  or  in  order  "to  complete  the  scheme  of  nature." 
But  this  is  not  an  explanation,  merely  a  re-statement  of  the 
fact.  Nor  is  it  consistent  with  itself:  thus  the  boa-constrictor 
has  rudiments  of  hind-limbs  and  of  a  pelvis,  and  if  it  be 
said  that  these  bones  have  been  retained  "to  complete  the 
scheme  of  nature,"  why,  as  Professor  Weismann  asks,  have 
they  not  been  retained  by  other  snakes,  which  do  not  possess 
even  a  vestige  of  these  same  bones  ?  What  would  be  thought 
of  an  astronomer  who  maintained  that  the  satellites  revolve 
in  elliptic  courses  round  their  planets  "  for  the  sake  of  sym- 

BB— EC  XI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


494  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIBS 

metry/'  because  the  planets  thus  revolve  round  the  sun?  An 
eminent  physiologist  accounts  for  the  presence  of  rudimen- 
tary organs,  by  supposing  that  they  serve  to  excrete  matter 
in  excess,  or  matter  injurious  to  the  system;  but  can  we  sup- 
pose that  the  minute  papilla,  which  often  represents  the  pistil 
in  male  flowers,  and  which  is  formed  of  mere  cellular  tissue, 
can  thus  act?  Can  we  suppose  that  rudimentary  teeth,  which 
are  subsequently  absorbed,  are  beneficial  to  the  rapidly  grow- 
ing embryonic  calf  by  removing  matter  so  precious  as  phos- 
phate of  lime?  When  a  man's  fingers  have  been  amputated, 
imperfect  nails  have  been  known  to  appear  on  the  stumps, 
and  I  could  as  soon  believe  that  these  vestiges  of  nails  are 
developed  in  order  to  excrete  homy  matter,  as  that  the  rudi- 
mentary nails  on  the  fin  of  the  manatee  have  been  developed 
for  this  same  purpose. 

On  the  view  of  descent  with  modification,  the  origin  of 
rudimentary  organs  is  comparatively  simple;  and  we  can 
understand  to  a  large  extent  the  laws  governing  their  imper- 
fect development.  We  have  plenty  of  cases  of  rudimentary 
organs  in  our  domestic  productions, — as  the  stump  of  a  tail 
in  tailless  breeds, — ^the  vestige  of  an  ear  in  earless  breeds  of 
sheep, — ^the  reappearance  of  minute  dangling  horns  in  horn- 
less breeds  of  cattle,  more  especially,  according  to  Youatt,  in 
young  animals, — and  the  state  of  the  whole  flower  in  the 
cauliflower.  We  often  see  rudiments  of  various  parts  in 
monsters;  but  I  doubt  whether  any  of  these  cases  throw 
light  on  the  origin  of  rudimentary  organs  in  a  state  of  nature, 
further  than  by  showing  that  rudiments  can  be  produced ;  for 
the  balance  of  evidence  clearly  indicates  that  species  under 
nature  do  not  undergo  great  and  abrupt  changes.  But  we 
learn  from  the  study  of  our  domestic  productions  that  the 
disuse  of  parts  leads  to  their  reduced  size;  and  that  the  result 
is  inherited 

It  appears  probable  that  disuse  has  been  the  main  agent  in 
rendering  organs  rudimentary.  It  would  at  first  lead  by  slow 
steps  to  the  more  and  more  complete  reduction  of  a  part, 
until  at  last  it  became  rudimentary, — as  in  the  case  of  the 
eyes  of  animals  inhabiting  dark  caverns,  and  of  the  wings 
of  birds  inhabiting  oceanic  islands,  which  have  seldom  been 
forced  by  beasts  of  prey  to  take  flight,  and  have  ultimately 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RUDIMENTARY  ORGANS  485 

lost  the  power  of  flying.  Again,  an  organ,  useful  under  cer* 
tain  conditions,  might  become  injurious  under  others,  as  with 
the  wings  of  beetles  living  on  small  and  exposed  islands; 
and  in  this  case  natural  selection  will  have  aided  in  reducing 
the  organ,  until  it  was  rendered  harn^less  and  rudimentary. 

Any  change  in  structure  and  function,  which  can  be  effected 
by  small  stages,  is  within  the  power  of  natural  selection;  so 
that  an  organ  rendered,  through  changed  habits  of  life,  use- 
less or  injurious  for  one  purpose,  might  be  modified  and  used 
for  another  purpose.  An  organ  might,  also,  be  retained  for 
one  alone  of  its  former  functions.  Organs,  originally  formed 
by  the  aid  of  natural  selection,  when  rendered  useless  may 
well  be  variable,  for  their  variations  can  no  longer  be  checked 
by  natural  selection.  All  this  agrees  well  with  what  we  see 
under  nature.  Moreover,  at  whatever  period  of  life  either 
disuse  or  selection  reduces  an  organ,  and  this  will  generally 
be  when  the  being  has  come  to  maturity  and  has  to  exert 
its  full  powers  of  action,  the  principle  of  inheritance  at 
corresponding  ages  will  tend  to  reproduce  the  organ  in  its 
reduced  state  at  the  same  mature  age,  but  will  seldom  affect 
it  in  the  embryo.  Thus  we  can  understand  the  greater  size 
of  rudimentary  organs  in  the  embryo  relatively  to  the  ad- 
joining parts,  and  their  lesser  relative  size  in  the  adult.  If, 
for  instance,  the  digit  of  an  adult  animal  was  used  less  and 
less  during  many  generations,  owing  to  some  change  of 
habits,  or  if  an  organ  or  gland  was  less  and  less  functionally 
exercised,  we  may  infer  that  it  would  become  reduced  in  size 
in  the  adult  descendants  of  this  animal,  but  would  retain 
nearly  its  original  standard  of  development  in  the  embryo. 

There  remains,  however,  this  difficulty.  After  an  organ  has 
ceased  being  used,  and  has  become  in  consequence  much  re- 
duced, how  can  it  be  still  further  reduced  in  size  until  the 
merest  vestige  is  left;  and  how  can  it  be  finally  quite  obliter- 
ated? It  is  scarcely  possible  that  disuse  can  go  on  producing 
any  further  effect  after  the  organ  has  once  been  rendered 
functionless.  Some  additional  explanation  is  here  requisite 
which  I  cannot  give.  If,  for  instance,  it  could  be  proved 
that  every  part  of  the  organisation  tends  to  vary  in  a  greater 
degree  towards  diminution  than  towards  augmentation  of 
size,  then  we  should  be  able  to  understand  how  an  organ 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


496  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

which  has  become  useless  would  be  rendered,  independently 
of  the  effects  of  disuse,  rudimentary  and  would  at  last  be 
wholly  suppressed;  for  the  variations  towards  diminished 
size  would  no  longer  be  checked  by  natural  selection.  The 
principle  of  the  economy  of  growth,  explained  in  a  former 
chapter,  by  which  the  materials  forming  any  part,  if  not 
useful  to  the  possessor,  are  saved  as  far  as  is  possible,  will 
perhaps  come  into  play  in  rendering  a  useless  part  rudimen- 
tary. But  this  principle  will  almost  necessarily  be  confined 
to  the  earlier  stages  of  the  process  of  reduction ;  for  we  can- 
not suppose  that  a  minute  papilla,  for  instance,  representing 
in  a  male  flower  the  pistil  of  the  female  flower,  and  formed 
merely  of  cellular  tissue,  could  be  further  reduced  or  ab- 
sorbed for  the  sake  of  economising  nutriment 

Finally,  as  rudimentary  organs,  by  whatever  steps  they 
may  have  been  degraded  into  their  present  useless  condition, 
are  the  record  of  a  former  state  of  things,  and  have  been 
retained  solely  through  the  power  of  inheritance, — we  can 
understand,  on  the  genealogical  view  of  classification,  how  it 
is  that  systematists,  in  placing  organisms  in  their  proper 
places  in  the  natural  system,  have  often  found  rudimentary 
parts  as  useful  as,  or  even  sometimes  more  useful  than,  parts 
of  high  physiological  importance.  Rudimentary  organs  may 
be  compared  with  the  letters  in  a  word,  still  retained  in  the 
spelling,  but  become  useless  in  the  pronunciation,  but  which 
serve  as  a  clue  for  its  derivation.  On  the  view  of  descent 
with  modification,  we  may  conclude  that  the  existence  of 
organs  in  rudimentary,  imperfect,  and  useless  condition,  or 
quite  aborted,  far  from  presenting  a  strange  difficulty,  as 
they  assuredly  do  on  the  old  doctrine  of  creation,  might  even 
have  been  anticipated  in  accordance  with  the  views  here 
explained. 

SUMMARY 

In  this  chapter  I  have  attempted  to  show,  that  the  arrange- 
ment of  all  organic  beings  throughout  all  time  in  groups 
under  groups— that  the  nature  of  the  relationships  by  which 
all  living  and  extinct  organisms  are  united  by  complex,  radi- 
ating, and  circuitous  lines  of  affinities  into  a  few  grand 
classes,— the  rules  followed  and  the  difficulties  encountered 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


SUMMARY  497 

by  naturalists  in  their  classifications, — ^the  value  set  upon 
characters,  if  constant  and  prevalent,  whether  of  high  or 
of  the  most  trifling  importance,  or,  as  with  rudimentary 
organs,  of  no  importance, — ^the  wide  opposition  in  value  be- 
tween analogical  or  adaptive  characters,  and  characters  of 
true  affinity;  and  other  such  rules; — ^all  naturally  follow  if 
we  admit  the  common  parentage  of  allied  forms,  together 
with  their  modification  through  variation  and  natural  selec- 
tion, with  the  contingencies  of  extinction  and  divergence  of 
character.  In  considering  this  view  of  classification,  it 
should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  element  of  descent  has  been 
universally  used  in  ranking  together  the  sexes,  ages,  dimor- 
phic forms,  and  acknowledged  varieties  of  the  same  species, 
however  much  they  may  differ  from  each  other  in  structure. 
If  we  extend  the  use  of  this  element  of  descent, — the  one 
certainly  known  cause  of  similarity  in  organic  beings, — we 
shall  understand  what  is  meant  by  the  Natural  System:  it  is 
genealogical  in  its  attempted  arrangement,  with  the  grades 
of  acquired  difference  marked  by  the  terms,  varieties,  species, 
genera,  families,  orders,  and  classes. 

On  this  same  view  of  descent  with  modification,  most  of 
the  great  facts  in  Morphology  become  intelligible, — ^whether 
we  look  to  the  same  pattern  displayed  by  the  different  species 
of  the  same  class  in  their  homologous  organs,  to  whatever 
purpose  applied;  or  to  the  serial  and  lateral  homologies  in 
each  individual  animal  and  plant 

On  the  principle  of  successive  slight  variations,  not  neces- 
sarily or  generally  supervening  at  a  very  early  period  of  life, 
and  being  inherited  at  a  corresponding  period,  we  can  under- 
stand the  leading  facts  in  Embryology;  namely,  the  close 
resemblance  in  the  individual  embryo  of  the  parts  which  are 
homologous,  and  which  when  matured  become  widely  dif- 
ferent in  structure  and  function ;  and  the  resemblance  of  the 
homologous  parts  or  organs  in  allied  though  distinct  species, 
though  fitted  in  the  adult  state  for  habits  as  diiTerent  as  is 
possible.  Larvae  are  active  embryos,  which  have  been  spe- 
cially modified  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  in  relation  to  their 
habits  of  life,  with  their  modifications  inherited  at  a  corre- 
sponding early  age.  On  these  same  principles, — and  bearing 
in  mind  that  when  organs  are  reduced  in  size,  either  from 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


488  SUMMARY 

disuse  or  through  natural  selection,  it  will  generally  be  at 
that  period  of  life  when  the  being  has  to  provide  for  its  own 
wants,  and  bearing  in  mind  how  strong  is  the  force  of  in- 
heritance— the  occurrence  of  rudimentary  organs  might  even 
have  been  anticipated.  The  importance  of  embryological 
characters  and  of  rudimentary  organs  in  classification  is 
intelligible,  on  the  view  that  a  natural  arrangement  must  be 
genealogical. 

Finally,  the  several  classes  of  facts  which  have  been  con- 
sidered in  this  chapter,  seem  to  me  to  proclaim  so  plainly, 
that  the  innumerable  species,  genera  and  families,  with  which 
this  world  is  peopled,  are  all  descended,  each  within  its  own 
class  or  group,  from  common  parents,  and  have  all.  been 
modified  in  the  course  of  descent,  that  I  should  without  hesi- 
tation adopt  this  view,  even  if  it  were  unsupported  by  other 
facts  or  arguments. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


CHAPTER  XV 
Recapitulation  and  Conclusion 

Recapitulation  of  the  objections  to  the  theory  of  Natural  Selection — 
Recapitulation  of  the  general  and  special  circumstances  in  its 
favour — Causes  of  the  general  belief  in  the  immutability  of 
species — How  far  the  theory  of  Natural  Selection  may  be  ex- 
tended— Effects  of  its  adoption  on  the  study  of  Natural  History 
—Concluding  remarks. 

A  S  this  whole    volume  is  one  long  argument,  it  may  be 

/\  convenient  to  the  reader  to  have  the  leading  facts 
-A    m.   and  inferences  briefly  recapitulated. 

That  many  and  serious  objections  may  be  advanced  against 
the  theory  of  descent  with  modification  through  variation 
and  natural  selection,  I  do  not  deny.  I  have  endeavoured  to 
give  to  them  their  full  force.  Nothing  at  first  can  appear 
more  difficult  to  believe  than  that  the  more  complex  organs 
and  instincts  have  been  perfected,  not  by  means  superior  to, 
though  analogous  with,  human  reason,  but  by  the  accumu- 
lation of  innumerable  slight  variations,  each  good  for  the 
individual  possessor.  Nevertheless,  this  difficulty,  though 
appearing  to  our  imagination  insuperably  great,  cannot  be 
considered  real  if  we  admit  the  following  propositions, 
namely,  that  all  parts  of  the  organisation  and  instincts  offer, 
at  least,  individual  differences — ^that  there  is  a  struggle  for 
existence  leading  to  the  preservation  of  profitable  deviations 
of  structure  or  instinct — ^and,  lastly,  that  gradations  in  the 
state  of  perfection  of  each  organ  may  have  existed,  each  good 
of  its  kind.  The  truth  of  these  propositions  cannot,  I  think, 
be  disputed. 

It  is,  no  doubt,  extremely  difficult  even  to  conjecture  by 
what  gradations  many  structures  have  been  perfected,  more 
especially  amongst  broken  and  failing  groups  of  organic 
beings,  which  have  suffered  much  extinction;  but  we  see  so 
many  strange  gradations  in  nature,  that  we  ought  to  be  ex- 

489 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


500  ORIGIN  OF  SPSaES 

tremely  cautious  in  saying  that  any  organ  or  instinct,  or  any 
whole  structure,  could  not  have  arrived  at  its  present  state  by 
many  graduated  steps.  There  are,  it  must  be  admitted,  cases 
of  special  difficulty  opposed  to  the  theory  of  natural  selec- 
tion ;  and  one  of  the  most  curious  of  these  is  the  existence  in 
the  same  commtmity  of  two  or  three  defined  castes  of  workers 
or  sterile  female  ants;  but  I  have  attempted  to  show  how 
these  difficulties  can  be  mastered. 

With  respect  to  the  almost  universal  sterility  of  species 
when  first  crossed,  which  forms  so  remarkable  a  contrast  with 
the  almost  universal  fertility  of  varieties  when  crossed,  I 
must  refer  the  reader  to  the  recapitulation  of  the  facts  given 
at  the  end  of  the  ninth  chapter,  which  seem  to  me  conclu- 
sively to  show  that  this  sterility  is  no  more  a  special  endow- 
ment than  is  the  incapacity  of  two  distinct  kinds  of  trees  to 
be  grafted  together;  but  that  it  is  incidental  on  differences 
confined  to  the  reproductive  systems  of  the  intercrossed 
species.  We  see  the  truth  of  this  conclusion  in  the  vast 
difference  in  the  results  of  crossing  the  same  two  species 
reciprocally, — that  is,  when  one  species  is  first  used  as  the 
father  and  then  as  the  mother.  Analogy  from  the  consider- 
ation of  dimorphic  and  trimorphic  plants  clearly  leads  to  the 
same  conclusion,  for  when  the  forms  are  illegitimately  united, 
they  yield  few  or  no  seed,  and  their  offspring  are  more  or 
less  sterile;  and  these  forms  belong  to  the  same  undoubted 
species,  and  differ  from  each  other  in  no  respect  except  in 
their  reproductive  organs  and  functions. 

Although  the  fertility  of  varieties  when  intercrossed  and 
of  their  mongrel  offspring  has  been  asserted  by  so  many 
authors  to  be  universal,  this  cannot  be  considered  as  quite 
correct  after  the  facts  given  on  the  high  authority  of  Gartner 
and  Kolreuter.  Most  of  the  varieties  which  have  been  ex- 
perimented on  have  been  produced  under  domestication;  and 
as  domestication  (I  do  not  mean  mere  confinement)  almost 
certainly  tends  to  eliminate  that  sterility  which,  judging  from 
analogy,  would  have  affected  the  parent-species  if  inter- 
crossed, we  ought  not  to  expect  that  domestication  would 
likewise  induce  sterility  in  their  modified  descendants  when 
crossed.  This  elimination  of  sterility  apparently  fol- 
lows   from   the    same    cause    which    allows   our   domestic 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  SOI 

animals  to  breed  freely  under  diversified  circumstances;  and 
this  again  apparently  follows  from  their  having  been  grad- 
ually accustomed  to  frequent  changes  in  their  conditions 
of  life. 

A  double  and  parallel  series  of  facts  seems  to  throw  much 
light  on  the  sterility  of  species,  when  first  crossed,  and  of 
their  hybrid  offspring.  On  the  one  side,  there  is  good  reason 
to  believe  that  slight  changes  in  the  conditions  of  life  give 
vigour  and  fertility  to  all  organic  beings.  We  know  also 
that  a  cross  between  the  distinct  individuals  of  the  same 
variety,  and  between  distinct  varieties,  increases  the  number 
of  their  offspring,  and  certainly  gives  to  them  increased  size 
and  vigour.  This  is  chiefly  owing  to  the  forms  which  are 
crossed  having  been  exposed  to  somewhat  different  con- 
ditions of  life ;  for  I  have  ascertained  by  a  laborious  series  of 
experiments  that  if  all  the  individuals  of  the  same  variety  be 
subjected  during  several  generations  to  the  same  conditions, 
the  good  derived  from  crossing  is  often  much  diminished  or 
wholly  disappears.  This  is  one  side  of  the  case.  On  the 
other  side,  we  know  that  species  which  have  long  been  ex- 
posed to  nearly  uniform  conditions,  when  they  are  subjected 
under  confinement  to  new  and  greatly  changed  conditions, 
either  perish,  or  if  they  survive,  are  rendered  sterile,  though 
retaining  perfect  health.  This  does  not  occur,  or  only  in  a 
very  slight  degree,  with  our  domesticated  productions,  which 
have  long  been  exposed  to  fluctuating  conditions.  Hence 
when  we  find  that  hybrids  produced  by  a  cross  between  two 
distinct  species  are  few  in  number,  owing  to  their  perishing 
soon  after  conception  or  at  a  very  early  age,  or  if  surviving 
that  they  are  rendered  more  or  less  sterile,  it  seems  highly 
probable  that  this  result  is  due  to  their  having  been  in  fact 
subjected  to  a  great  change  in  their  conditions  of  life,  from 
being  compounded  of  two  distinct  organisations.  He  who 
will  explain  in  a  definite  manner  why,  for  instance,  an  ele- 
phant or  a  fox  will  not  breed  under  confinement  in  its  native 
country,  whilst  the  domestic  pig  or  dog  will  breed  freely  under 
the  most  diversified  conditions,  will  at  the  same  time  be  able 
to  give  a  definite  answer  to  the  question  why  two  distinct 
species,  when  crossed,  as  well  as  their  hybrid  offspring,  are 
generally  rendered  more  or  less  sterile,  whilst  two  domesti- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


502  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

cated  varieties  when  crossed  and  their  mongrel  offspring  are 
perfectly  fertile. 

Turning  to  geographical  distribution,  the  difficulties  en- 
countered on  the  theory  of  descent  'with  modification  are 
serious  enough. «  All  the  individuals  of  the  same  species,  and 
all  the  species  of  the  same  genus,  or  even  hi^er  group,  are 
descended  from  common  parents;  and  therefore,  in  however 
distant  and  isolated  parts  of  the  world  they  may  now  be  found, 
they  must  in  the  course  of  successive  generations  have 
travelled  from  some  one  point  to  all  the  others.  We  are 
often  wholly  unable  even  to  conjecture  how  this  could  have 
been  effected.  Yet,  as  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  some 
species  have  retained  the  same  specific  form  for  very  long 
periods  of  time,  immensely  long  as  measured  by  years,  too 
much  stress  ought  not  to  be  laid,  cb  the  occasional  wide  dif- 
fusion of  the  same  species;  for  'during  very  long  periods 
there  will  always  have  been  a  good  chance  for  wide  migra- 
tion by  many  means.  A  broken  or  interrupted  range  may 
often  be  accounted  for  by  the  extinction  of  the  species  in  the 
intermediate  regions.  It  cannot  be  denied  that  we  are  as  yet 
very  ignorant  as  to  the  full  extent  of  the  various  dimatal 
and  geographical  changes  which  have  affected  the  earth  dur- 
ing modern  periods ;  and  such  changes  will  often  have  facili- 
tated migration.  As  an  example,  I  have  attempted  to  show 
how  potent  has  been  the  influence  of  the  Glacial  period  on 
the  distribution  of  the  same  and  of  allied  species  throughout 
the  world.  We  are  as  yet  profoundly  ignorant  of  the  many 
occasional  means  of  transport  With  respect  to  distinct 
species  of  the  same  genus  inhabiting  distant  and  isolated 
regions,  as  the  process  of  modification  has  necessarily  been 
slow,  all  the  means  of  migration  will  have  been  possible  dur- 
ing a  very  long  period ;  and  consequently  the  difficulty  of  the 
wide  diffusion  of  the  species  of  the  same  genus  is  in  some 
degree  lessened. 

As  according  to  the  theory  of  natural  selection  an  inter- 
minable number  of  intermediate  forms  must  have  existed, 
linking  together  all  the  species  in  each  group  by  gradations 
as  fine  as  are  our  existing  varieties,  it  may  be  asked.  Why  do 
we  not  see  these  linking  forms  all  around  us  ?  Why  are  not  all 
organic  beings  blended  together  in  an  inextricable  chaos? 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  503 

With  respect  to  existing  forms,  we  should  remember  that  we 
have  no  right  to  expect  (excepting  in  rare  cases)  to  discover 
directly  connecting  links  between  them,  but  only  between 
each  and  some  extinct  and  supplanted  form.  Even  on  a  wide 
area,  which  has  during  a  long  period  remained  continuous, 
and  of  which  the  climatic  and  other  conditions  of  life  change 
insensibly  in  proceeding  from  a  district  occupied  by  one 
species  into  another  district  occupied  by  a  closely  allied 
species,  we  have  no  just  right  to  expect  often  to  find  inter- 
mediate varieties  in  the  intermediate  zones.  For  we  have 
reason  to  believe  that  only  a  few  species  of  a  genus  ever 
undergo  change;  the  other  species  becoming  utterly  extinct 
and  leaving  no  modified  progeny.  Of  the  species  which  do 
change,  only  a  few  within  the  same  country  change  at  the 
same  time ;  and  all  modifioations  are  slovfly  effected.  I  have 
also  shown  that  the  intermediate  varieties  which  probably  at 
first  existed  in  the  intermediate  zones,  would  be  liable  to  be 
supplanted  by  the  allied  forms  on  either  hand ;  for  the  latter, 
from  existing  in  greater  numbers,  would  generally  be  modi- 
fied and  improved  at  a  quicker  rate  than  the  intermediate  vari- 
eties, which  existed  in  lesser  numbers;  so  that  the  inter- 
mediate varieties  would,  in  the  long  run,  be  supplanted  and 
exterminated. 

On  this  doctrine  of  the  extermination  of  an  infinitude  of 
connecting  links,  between  the  living  and  extinct  inhabitants 
of  the  world,  and  at  each  successive  period  between  the 
extinct  and  still  older  species,  why  is  not  every  geological 
formation  charged  with  such  links  ?  Why  does  not  every  col-  . 
lection  of  fossil  remains  afford  plain  evidence  of  the  grada- 
tion and  mutation  of  the  forms  of  life?  Although  geological 
research  has  undoubtedly  revealed  the  former  existence  of 
many  links,  bringing  numerous  forms  of  life  much  closer  to- 
gether, it  does  not  3rield  the  infinitely  many  fine  gradations 
between  past  and  present  species  required  on  the  theory;  and 
this  is  the  most  obvioiis  of  the  many  objections  which  may 
be  urged  against  it  Why,  again,  do  whole  jg:roups  of  allied 
species  appear,  though  this  appearance  is  often  false,  to  have 
come  in  suddenly  on  the  successive  geological  stages?  Al- 
though we  now  know  that  organic  beings  appeared  on  this 
globe,  at  a  period  incalculably  remote,  long  before  the  lowest 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


504  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

bed  of  the  Cambrian  system  was  deposited,  why  do  we  not 
find  beneath  this  system  great  piles  of  strata  stored  with  the 
remains  of  the  progenitors  of  the  Cambrian  fossils?  For  on 
the  theory,  such  strata  must  somewhere  have  been  deposited 
at  these  ancient  and  utterly  unknown  epochs  of  the  world's 
history. 

I  can  answer  these  questions  and  objections  only  on  the 
supposition  that  the  geological  record  is  far  more  imperfect 
than  most  geologists  believe.  The  number  of  specimens  in 
all  our  museums  is  absolutely  as  nothing  compared  with  the 
countless  generations  Of  countless  species  which  have  cer- 
tainly existed.  The  parent-form  of  any  two  or  more  species 
would  not  be  in  all  its  characters  directly  intermediate  be-  ' 
tween  its  modified  offspring,  any  more  than  the  rock-pigeon 
is  directly  intermediate  in  crop  and  tail  between  its  descend- 
ants, the  pouter  and  fantail  pigeons.  We  should  not  be  able 
to  recognise  a  species  as  the  parent  of  another  and  modified 
species,  if  we  were  to  examine  the  two  ever  so  closely,  unless 
we  possessed  most  of  the  intermediate  links;  and  owing  to 
the  imperfection  of  the  geological  record,  we  have  no  just 
right  to  expect  to  find  so  many  links.  If  two  or  three,  or 
even  more  linking  forms  were  discovered,  they  would  simply 
be  ranked  by  many  naturalists  as  so  many  new  species,  more 
especially  if  found  in  different  geological  sub-stages,  let  their 
differences  be  ever  so  slight.  Numerous  existing  doubtful 
forms  could  be  named  which  are  probably  varieties ;  but  who 
will  pretend  that  in  future  ages  so  many  fossil  links  will  be 
discovered,  that  naturalists  will  be  able  to  decide  whether  or 
not  these  doubtful  forms  ought  to  be  called  varieties?  Only 
a  small  portion  of  the  world  has  been  geologically  explored. 
Only  organic  beings  of  certain  Classes  can  be  preserved  in  a 
fossil  condition,  at  least  in  any  great  number.  Many  species 
when  once  formed  never  undergo  any  further  change  but  be- 
come extinct  without  leaving  modified  descendants;  and  the 
periods,  during  which  species  have  undergone  modification, 
though  long  as  measured  by  years,  have  probably  been  short 
in  comparison  with  the  periods  during  which  they  retained 
the  same  form.  It  is  the  dominant  and  widely  ranging  species 
which  vary  most  frequently  and  vary  most,  and  varieties  are 
often  at  first  local — ^both  causes  rendering  the  discovery  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  50S 

intermediate  links  in  any  one  formation  less  likely.  Local 
varieties  will  not  spread  into  other  and' distant  regions  until 
they  are  considerably  modified  and  improved ;  and  when  they 
have  spread,  and  are  discovered  in  a  geological  formation, 
they  appear  as  if  suddenly  created  there,  and  will  be  simply 
classed  as  new  species.  Most  formations  have  been  inter- 
mittent in  their  accumulation;  and  their  duration  has  prob- 
ably b^en  shorter  than  the  average  duration  of  specific  forms. 
Successive  formations  are  in  most  cases  separated  from  each 
other  by  blank  intervals  of  time  of  great  length;  for  fos- 
siliferous  formations  thick  enough  to  resist  future  degrada- 
tion can  as  a  general  rule  be  accumulated  only  where  much 
sediment  is  deposited  on  the  subsiding  bed  of  the  sea.  Dur- 
ing the  alternate  periods  of  elevation  and  of  stationary  level 
the  record  will  generally  be  blank.  During  these  latter 
periods  there  will  probably  be  more  variability  in  the  forms 
of  life ;  during  periods  of  subsidence,  more  extinction. 

With  respect  to  the  absence  of  strata  rich  in  fossils  beneath 
the  Cambrian  formation,  I  can  recur  only  to  the  hypothesis 
given  in  the  tenth  chapter;  namely,  that  though  our  conti- 
nents and  oceans  have  endured  for  an  enormous  period  in 
nearly  their  present  relative*  positions,  we  have  no  reason  to 
assume  that  this  has  always  been  the  case ;  consequently  for- 
mations much  older  than  any  now  known  may  lie  buried  be- 
neath the  great  oceans.  With  respect  tq^  the  lapse  of  time 
not  having  been  sufficient  sinfce  our  planet  was  consolidated 
for  the  assumed  amount  of  organic  change,  and  this  objection, 
as  urged  by  Sir  William  Thompson,  is  probably  one  of  the 
gravest  as  yet  advanced,  I  can  only  say,  firstly,  that  we  do 
not  know  at  what  rate  species  change  as  measured  by  years, 
and  secondly,  that  many  philosophers  are  not  as  yet  willing 
to  admit  that  we  know  enough  of  the  constitution  of  the  uni- 
verse and  of  the  interior  of  our  globe  to  speculate  with  safety 
on  its  past  duration. 

That  the  geological  record  is  imperfect  all  will  admit;  but 
that  it  is  imperfect  to  the  degree  required  by  our  theory,  few 
will  be  inclined  to  admit  If  we  look  to  long  enough  intervals 
of  time,  geology  plainly  declares  that  species  have  all 
changed;  and  they  have  changed  in  the  manner  required  by 
the  theory,  for  they  have  changed  slowly  and  in  a  graduated 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


506  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

manner.  We  clearly  see  this  in  the  fossil  remains  from  con- 
secutive formations  invariably  being  much  more  closely  re- 
lated to  each  other,  than  are  the  fossils  from  widely  separated 
formations. 

Such  is  the  sum  of  the  several  chief  objections  and  diffi- 
culties which  may  be  justly  urged  against  the  theory;  and  I 
have  now  briefly  recapitulated  the  answers  and  explanations 
which,  as  far  as  I  can  see,  may  be  given.  I  have  felt  these 
difficulties  far  too  heavily  during  many  years  to  doubt  their 
weight.  But  it  deserves  especial  notice  that  the  more  im- 
portant objections  relate  to  questions  on  which  we  are  con- 
fessedly ignorant;  nor  do  we  know  how  ignorant  we  are. 
We  do  not  know  all  the  possible  transitional  gradations  be- 
tween the  simplest  and  the  most  perfect  organs ;  it  cannot  be 
pretended  that  we  know  all  the  varied  means  of  Distribution 
during  the  long  lapse  of  years,  or  that  we  know  how  imper- 
fect is  the  Geological  Record.  Serious  as  these  several  ob- 
jections are,  in  njy  judgment  they  are  by  no  means  sufficient  to 
overthrow  the  theory  of  descent  with  subsequent  modification. 

Now  let  us  turn  to  the  other  side  of  the  argument  Under 
domestication  we  see  much  variability,  caused,  or  at  least 
excited,  by  changed  conditions  of  life ;  but  often  in  so  obscure 
a  manner,  that  we  are  tempted  to  consider  the  variations  as 
spontaneous.  Variability  is  governed  by  many  complex  laws, 
— ^by  correlated  growth,  compensation,  the  increased  use  and 
disuse  of  parts,  and  the  definite  action  of  the  surrounding 
conditions.  There  is  much  difficulty  in  ascertaining  how 
largely  our  domestic  productions  have  been  modified;  but  we 
may  safely  infer  that  the  amount  has  been  large,  and  that 
modification  can  be  inherited  for  long  periods.  As  long  as 
the  conditions  of  life  remain  the  same,  we  have  reason  to 
believe  that  a  modification,  which  has  already  been  inherited 
for  many  generations,  may  continue  to  be  inherited  for  an 
almost  infinite  number  of  generations.  On  the  other  hand, 
we  have  evidence  that  variability  when  it  has  once  come  into 
play,  does  not  cease  under  domestication  for  a  very  long 
period ;  nor  do  we  know  that  it  ever  ceases,  for  new  varieties 
are  still  occasionally  produced  by  our  oldest  domesticated 
productions. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CX)NCLUSION  507 

Variability  is  not  actually  caused  by  man ;  he  only  uninten> 
tionally  exposes  organic  beings  to  new  conditions  of  life,  and 
then  nature  acts  on  the  organisation  and  causes  it  to  vary. 
But  man  can  and  does  select  the  variations  given  to  him  by 
nature,  and  thus  accumulates  them  in  any  desired  manner. 
He  thus  adapts  animals  and  plants  for  his  own  benefit  or 
pleasure.  He  may  do  this  methodically,  or  he  may  do  it 
unconsciously  by  preserving  the  individuals  most  useful  or 
pleasing  to  him  without  any  intention  of  altering  the  breed. 
It  is  certain  that  he  can  largely  influence  the  character  of  a 
breed  by  selecting,  in  each  successive  generation,  individual 
differences  so  slight  as  to  be  inappreciable  except  by  an  edu- 
cated eye.  This  unconscious  process  of  selection  has  been 
the  great  agency  in  the  formation  of  the  most  distinct  and 
useful  domestic  breeds.  That  many  breeds  produced  by  man 
have  to  a  large  extent  the  character  of  natural  species,  is 
shown  by  the  inextricable  doubts  whether  many  of  them  are 
varieties  or  aboriginally  distinct  species. 

There  is  no  reason  why  the  principles  which  have  acted  so 
efficiently  under  domestication  should  not  have  acted  under 
nature.  In  the  survival  of  favoured  individuals  and  races, 
during  the  constantly-recurrent  Struggle  for  Existence,  we 
see  a  powerful  and  ever-acting  form  of  Selection.  The 
sirug^le  for  existence  inevitably  follows  from  the  high  geo- 
metrical ratio  of  increase  which  is  common  to  all  organic 
beings.  This  high  rate  of  increase  is  proved  by  calculation, — 
by  the  rapid  increase  of  many  animals  and  plants  during  a 
succession  of  peculiar  seasons,  and  when  naturalised  in  new 
countries.  More  individuals  are  bom  than  can  possibly  sur- 
vive. A  grain  in  the  balance  may  determine  which  indi- 
viduals shall  live  and  which  shall  die, — ^which  variety  or 
species  shall  increase  in  number,  and  which  shall  decrease, 
or  finally  become  extinct.  As  the  individuals  of  the  same 
species  come  in  all  respects  into  the  closest  competition  with 
each  other,  the  struggle  will  generally  be  most  severe  between 
them;  it  will  be  almost  equally  severe  between  the  varieties 
of  the  same  species,  and  next  in  severity  between  the  species 
of  the  same  genus.  On  the  other  hand  the  struggle  will  often 
be  severe  between  beings  remote  in  the  scale  of  nature.  The 
slightest  advantage  in  certain  individuals,  at  any  age  or  dur- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


506  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

ing  any  season,  over  those  with  which  they  come  into  com- 
petition, or  better  adaptation  in  however  slight  a  degree  to 
the  surrounding  physical  conditions,  will,  in  the  long  run, 
turn  the  balance. 

With  animals  having  separated  sexes,  there  will  be  in  most 
cases  a  struggle  between  the  males  for  the  possession  of  the 
females.  The  most  vigorous  males,  or  those  which  have  most 
successfully  struggled  with  their  conditions  of  life,  will  gen- 
erally leave  most  progeny.  But  success  will  often  depend  on 
the  males  having  special  weapons,  or  means  of  defence,  or 
charms;  and  a  slight  advantage  will  lead  to  victory. 

As  geology  plainly  proclaims  that  each  land  has  undergone 
great  physical  changes,  we  might  have  expected  to  find  that 
organic  beings  have  varied  under  nature,  in  the  same  way  as 
they  have  varied  under  domestication.  And  if  there  has  been 
any  variability  under  nature,  it  would  be  an  unaccountable 
fact  if  natural  selection  had  not  come  into  play.  It  has  often 
been  asserted,  but  the  assertion  is  incapable  of  proof,  that  the 
amount  of  variation  under  nature  is  a  strictly  limited  quan- 
tity. Man,  though  acting  on  external  characters  alone  and 
often  capriciously,  can  produce  within  a  short  period  a  great 
result  by  adding  up  mere  individual  differences  in  his  domes- 
tic productions;  and  every  one  admits  that  species  present 
individual  differences.  But,  besides  such  differences,  all  nat- 
uralists admit  that  natural  varieties  exist,  which  are  consid- 
ered sufficiently  distinct  to  be  worthy  of  record  in  systematic 
works.  No  one  has  drawn  any  clear  distinction  between  in- 
dividual differences  and  slight  varieties;  or  between  more 
plainly  marked  varieties  and  sub-species,  and  species.  On 
separate  continents,  and  on  different  parts  of  the  same  con- 
tinent when  divided  by  barriers  of  any  kind,  and  on  outlying 
islands,  what  a  multitude  of  forms  exist,  which  some  experi- 
enced naturalists  rank  as  varieties,  others  as  geographical 
races  or  sub-species,  and  others  as  distinct,  though  closely 
allied  species  1 

If  then,  animals  and  plants  do  vary,  let  it  be  ever  so  slightly 
or  slowly,  why  should  not  variations  or  individual  differences, 
which  are  in  any  way  beneficial,  be  preserved  and  accumu- 
lated through  natural  selection,  or  the  survival  of  the  fittest? 
If  man  can  by  patience  select  variations  useful  to  him,  why, 


Digitized  byVjOOQlC 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  509 

under  changing  and  complex  conditions  of  life,  should  not 
variations  useful  to  nature's  living  products  often  arise,  and 
be  preserved  or  selected?  What  limit  can  be  put  to  this  power, 
acting  during  long  ages  and  rigidly  scrutinising  the  whole 
constitution,  structure,  and  habits  of  each  creature, — favour- 
ing the  good  and  rejecting  the  bad?  I  can  see  no  limit  to 
this  power,  in  slowly  and  beautifully  adapting  each  form  to 
the  most  complex  relations  of  life.  The  theory  of  natural 
selection,  even  if  we  look  no  farther  than  this,  seems  to  be 
in  the  highest  degree  probable.  I  have  already  recapitulated, 
as  fairly  as  I  could,  the  opposed  difficulties  and  objections: 
now  let  us  turn  to  the  special  facts  and  arguments  in  favour 
of  the  theory. 

On  the  view  that  species  are  only  strongly  marked  and 
permanent  varieties,  and  that  each  species  first  existed  as  a 
variety,  we  can  see  why  it  is  that  no  line  of  demarcation  can 
be  drawn  between  species,  commonly  supposed  to  have  been 
produced  by  special  acts  of  creation,  and  varieties  which  are 
acknowledged  to  have  been  produced  by  secondary  laws.  On 
this  same  view  we  can  understand  how  it  is  that  in  a  region 
where  many  species  of  a  genus  have  been  produced,  and 
where  they  now  flourish,  these  same  species  should  present 
many  varieties;  for  where  the  manufactory  of  species  has 
been  active,  we  might  expect,  as  a  general  rule,  to  find  it  still 
in  action ;  and  this  is  the  case  if  varieties  be  incipient  species. 
Moreover,  the  species  of  the  larger  genera,  which  afford  the 
greater  number  of  varieties  or  incipient  species,  retain  to  a 
certain  degree  the  character  of  varieties ;  for  they  differ  from 
each  other  by  a  less  amount  of  difference  than  do  the  species 
of  smaller  genera.  The  closely  allied  species  also  of  the 
larger  genera  apparently  have  restricted  ranges,  and  in  their 
affinities  they  are  clustered  in  little  groups  round  other 
species — in  both  respects  resembling  varieties.  These  are 
strange  relations  on  the  view  that  each  species  was  inde- 
pendently created,  but  are  intelligible  if  each  existed  first  as 
a  variety. 

As  each  species  tends  by  its  geometrical  rate  of  reproduc- 
tion to  increase  inordinately  in  number;  and  as  the  modified 
descendants  of  each  species  will  be  enabled  to  increase  by  as 

FF^HCXI 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


510  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

much  as  they  become  more  diversified  in  habits  and  structure, 
so  as  to  be  able  to  seize  on  many  and  widely  different  places 
in  the  economy  of  nature,  there  will  be  a  constant  tendency 
in  natural  selection  to  preserve  the  most  divergent  offspring 
of  any  one  species.  Hence,  during  a  long-continued  course 
of  modification,  the  slight  differences  characteristic  of  varie- 
ties of  the  same  species,  tend  to  be  augmented  into  the  greater 
differences  characteristic  of  the  species  of  the  same  genus. 
New  and  improved  varieties  will  inevitably  supplant  and  ex- 
terminate the  older,  less  improved,  and  intermediate  vari- 
eties; and  thus  species  are  rendered  to  a  large  extent  defined 
and  distinct  objects.  Dominant  species  belonging  to  the 
larger  groups  within  each  class  tend  to  give  birth  to  new  and 
dominant  forms;  so  that  each  large  group  tends  to  become 
still  larger,  and  at  the  same  time  more  divergent  in  char- 
acter. But  as  all  groups  cannot  thus  go  on  increasing  in 
size,  for  the  world  would  not  hold  them,  the  more  dominant 
groups  beat  the  less  dominant.  This  tendency  in  the  large 
groups  to  go  on  increasing  in  size  and  diverging  in  character, 
together  with  the  inevitable  contingency  of  much  extinction, 
explains  the  arrangement  of  all  the  forms  of  life  in  groups 
subordinate  to  groups,  all  within  a  few  great  classes,  which 
has  prevailed  throughout  all  time.  This  grand  fact  of  the 
grouping  of  all  organic  beings  under  what  is  called  the  Nat- 
ural System,  is  utterly  inexplicable  on  the  theory  of  creation. 

As  natural  selection  acts  solely  by  accumulating  slight, 
successive,  favourable  variations,  it  can  produce  no  great  or 
sudden  modifications ;  it  can  act  only  by  short  and  slow  steps. 
Hence,  the  canon  of  "Natura  non  facit  saltum,"  which  every 
fresh  addition  to  our  knowledge  tends  to  confirm,  is  on  this 
theory  intelligible.  We  can  see  why  throughout  nature  the 
same  general  end  is  gained  by  an  almost  infinite  diversity  of 
means,  for  every  peculiarity  when  once  acquired  is  long  in- 
herited, and  structures  already  modified  in  many  different 
ways  have  to  be  adapted  for  the  same  general  purpose.  We 
can,  in  short,  see  why  nature  is  prodigal  in  variety,  though 
niggard  in  innovation.  But  why  this  should  be  a  law  of 
nature  if  each  species  has  been  independently  created  no  man 
can  explain. 

Many  other  facts  are,  as  it  seems  to  me,  explicable  on 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  511 

this  theory.  How  strange  it  is  that  a  bird,  under  the  form 
of  a  woodpecker,  should  prey  on  insects  on  the  ground;  that 
upland  geese  which  rarely  or  never  swim,  should  possess 
webbed  feet;  that  a  thrush-like  bird  should  dive  and  feed 
on  sub-aquatic  insects;  and  that  a  petrel  should  have  the 
habits  and  structure  fitting  it  for  the  life  of  an  auk  1  and  so 
in  endless  other  cases.  But  on  the  view  of  each  species 
constantly  trying  to  increase  in  number,  with  natural  selec- 
tion always  ready  to  adapt  the  slowly  varying  descendants  of 
each  to  any  unoccupied  or  ill-occupied  place  in  nature,  these 
facts  cease  to  be  strange,  or  might  even  have  been  antici- 
pated. 

We  can  to  a  certain  extent  understand  how  it  is  that  there 
is  so  much  beauty  throughout  nature ;  for  this  may  be  largely 
attributed  to  the  agency  of  selection.  That  beauty,  accord- 
ing to  our  sense  of  it^  is  not  universal,  must  be  admitted  by 
every  one  who  will  look  at  some  venomous  snakes,  at  some 
fishes,  and  at  certain  hideous  bats  with  a  distorted  resem- 
blance to  the  human  face.  Sexual  selection  has  given  the 
most  brilliant  colours,  elegant  patterns,  and  other  ornaments 
to  the  males,  and  sometimes  to  both  sexes  of  many  birds, 
butterflies,  and  other  animals.  With  birds  it  has  often  ren- 
dered the  voice  of  the  male  musical  to  the  female,  as  well  as 
to  our  ears.  Flowers  and  fruit  have  been  rendered  con- 
spicuous by  brilliant  colours  in  contrast  with  the  green  foli- 
age, in  order  that  the  flowers  may  be  easily  seen,  visited, 
and  fertilised  by  insects,  and  the  seeds  disseminated  by  birds. 
How  it  comes  that  certain  colours,  sounds,  and  forms  should 
give  pleasure  to  man  and  the  lower  animals, — that  is,  how 
the  sense  of  beauty  in  its  simplest  form  was  first  acquired, — 
we  do  not  know  any  more  than  how  certain  odours  and 
flavours  were  first  rendered  agreeable. 

As  natural  selection  acts  by  competition,  it  adapts  and 
improves  the  inhabitants  of  each  country  only  in  relation  to 
their  co-inhabitants;  so  that  we  need  feel  no  surprise  at  the 
species  of  any  one  country,  although  on  the  ordinary  view 
supposed  to  have  been  created  and  specially  adapted  for  that 
country,  being  beaten  and  supplanted  by  the  naturalised  pro- 
ductions from  another  land.  Nor  ought  we  to  marvel  if  all 
the  contrivances  in  nature  be  not,  as  far  as  we  can  judge. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


512  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

absolutely  perfect,  as  in  the  case  even  of  the  human  eye ;  or 
if  some  of  them  be  abhorrent  to  our  ideas  of  fitness.  We 
need  not  marvel  at  the  sting  of  the  bee,  when  used  against 
an  enemy,  causing  the  bee's  own  death;  at  drones  being 
produced  in  such  great  numbers  for  one  single  act,  and  being 
then  slaughtered  by  their  sterile  sisters;  at  the  astonishing 
waste  of  pollen  by  our  fir-trees;  at  the  instinctive  hatred  of 
the  queen-bee  for  her  own  fertile  daughters;  at  ichneumon- 
idae  feeding  within  the  living  bodies  of  caterpillars;  or  at 
other  such  cases.  The  wonder  indeed  is,  on  the  theory  of 
natural  selection,  that  more  cases  of  the  want  of  absolute 
perfection  have  not  been  detected. 

The  complex  and  little  known  laws  governing  the  produc- 
tion of  varieties  are  the  same,  as  far  as  we  can  judge,  with 
the  laws  which  have  governed  the  production  of  distinct 
species.  In  both  cases  physical  conditions  seem  to  have  pro- 
duced some  direct  and  definite  effect,  but  how  much  we  can- 
not say.  Thus,  when  varieties  enter  any  new  station,  they 
occasionally  assume  some  of  the  characters  proper  to  the 
species  of  that  station.  With  both  varieties  and  species,  use 
and  disuse  seem  to  have  produced  a  considerable  effect;  for 
it  is  impossible  to  resist  this  conclusion  when  we  look,  for 
instance,  at  the  logger-headed  duck,  which  has  wings  in- 
capable of  flight,  in  nearly  the  same  condition  as  in  the  do- 
mestic duck;  or  when  we  look  at  the  burrowing  tucu-tucu, 
which  is  occasionally  blind,  and  then  at  certain  moles,  which 
are  habitually  blind  and  have  their  eyes  covered  with  skin; 
or  when  we  look  at  the  blind  animals  inhabiting  the  dark 
caves  of  America  and  Europe.  With  varieties  and  species, 
correlated  variation  seems  to  have  played  an  important  part, 
so  that  when  one  part  has  been  modified  other  parts  have 
been  necessarily  modified.  With  both  varieties  and  species, 
reversions  to  long-lost  characters  occasionally  occur.  How 
inexplicable  on  the  theory  of  creation  is  the  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  stripes  on  the  shoulders  and  legs  of  the  several 
species  of  the  horse-genus  and  of  their  hybrids  I  How  simply 
is  this  fact  explained  if  we  believe  that  these  species  are  all 
descended  from  a  striped  progenitor,  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  several  domestic  breeds  of  the  pigeon  are  descended 
from  the  blue  and  barred  rock-pigeon ! 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  513 

On  the  ordinary  view  of  each  species  having  been  inde- 
pendently created,  why  should  specific  characters,  or  those 
by  which  the  species  of  the  same  genus  differ  from  each 
other,  be  more  variable  than  generic  characters  in  which 
they  all  agree?  Why,  for  instance,  should  the  colour  of  a 
flower  be  more  likely  to  vary  in  any  one  species  of  a  genus, 
if  the  other  species  possess  differently  coloured  flowers,  than 
if  all  possessed  the  same  coloured  flowers?  If  species  are 
only  well-marked  varieties,  of  which  the  characters  have  be- 
come in  a  high  degree  permanent,  we  can  understand  this 
fact;  for  they  have  already  varied  since  they  branched  off 
from  a  common  progenitor  in  certain  characters,  by  which 
they  have  comt  to  be  specifically  distinct  from  each  other; 
therefore  these  same  characters  would  be  more  likely  again 
to  vary  than  the  generic  characters  which  have  been  in- 
herited without  change  for  an  immense  period.  It  is  inex- 
plicable on  the  theory  of  creation  why  a  part  developed  in  a 
very  unusual  manner  in  one  species  alone  of  a  genus,  and 
therefore,  as  we  may  naturally  infer,  of  great  importance  to 
that  species,  should  be  eminently  liable  to  variation;  but,  on 
our  view,  this  part  has  undergone,  since  the  several  species 
branched  off  from  a  common  progenitor,  an  unusual  amount 
of  variability  and  modification,  and  therefore  we  might  ex- 
pect the  part  generally  to  be  still  variable.  But  a  part  may 
be  developed  in  the  most  unusual  manner,  like  the  wing  of  a 
bat,  and  yet  not  be  more  variable  than  any  other  structure, 
if  the  part  be  common  to  many  subordinate  forms,  that  is,  if 
it  has  been  inherited  for  a  very  long  period ;  for  in  this  case 
it  will  have  been  rendered  constant  by  long-continued  natural 
selection. 

Glancing  at  instincts,  marvellous  as  some  are,  they  offer 
no  greater  difficulty  than  do  corporeal  structures  on  the 
theory  of  the  natural  selection  of  successive,  slight,  but 
profitable  modifications.  We  can  thus  understand  why  nature 
moves  by  graduated  steps  in  endowing  different  animals  of 
the  same  class  with  their  several  instincts.  I  have  attempted 
to  show  how  much  light  the  principle  of  gradation  throws 
on  the  admirable  architectural  powers  of  the  hive-bee.  Habit 
no  doubt  often  comes  into  play  in  modifying  instincts;  but 
it  certainly  is  not  indispensable,  as  we  see  in  the  case  of 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


514  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

neuter  insects,  which  leave  no  progeny  to  inherit  the  effects 
of  long-continued  habit.  On  the  view  of  all  the  species  of 
the  same  genus  having  descended  from  a  common  parent, 
and  having  inherited  much  in  common,  we  can  understand 
how  it  is  that  allied  species,  when  placed  under  widely  dif- 
ferent conditions  of  life,  yet  follow  nearly  the  same  in- 
stincts; why  the  thrushes  of  tropical  and  temperate  South 
America,  for  instance,  line  their  nests  with  mud  like  our 
British  species.  On  the  view  of  instincts  having  been  slowly 
acquired  through  natural  selection,  we  need  not  marvel  at 
some  instincts  being  not  perfect  and  liable  to  mistakes,  and 
at  many  instincts  causing  other  animals  to  suffer. 

If  species  be  only  well-marked  and  permanent  varieties, 
we  can  at  once  see  why  their  crossed  offspring  should  follow 
the  same  complex  laws  in  their  degrees  and  kinds  of  resem- 
blance to  their  parents, — in  being  absorbed  into  each  other 
by  successive  crosses,  and  in  other  such  points, — as  do  the 
crossed  offspring  of  acknowledged  varieties.  This  similarity 
would  be  a  strange  fact,  if  species  had  been  independently 
created  and  varieties  had  been  produced  through  secondary 
laws. 

If  we  admit  that  the  geological  record  is  imperfect  to  an 
extreme  degree,  then  the  facts,  which  the  record  does  give, 
strongly  support  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification. 
New  species  have  come  on  the  stage  slowly  and  at  succes- 
sive intervals;  and  the  amount  of  change,  after  equal  inter- 
vals of  time,  is  widely  different  in  different  groups.  The 
extinction  of  species  and  of  whole  groups  of  species,  which 
has  played  so  conspicuous  a  part  in  the  history  of  the  organic 
world,  almost  inevitably  follows  from  the  principle  of  nat- 
ural selection;  for  old  forms  are  supplanted  by  new  and 
improved  forms.  Neither  single  species  nor  groups  of 
species  reappear  when  the  chain  of  ordinary  generation  is 
once  broken.  The  gradual  diffusion  of  dominant  forms,  with 
the  slow  modification  of  their  descendants,  causes  the  forms 
of  life,  after  long  intervals  of  time,  to  appear  as  if  they  had 
changed  simultaneously  throughout  the  world.  The  fact  of 
the  fossil  remains  of  each  formation  being  in  some  degree 
intermediate  in  character  between  the  fossils  in  the  forma- 
tions above  and  below,  is  simply  explained  by  their  inter- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  515 

mediate  position  in  the  chain  of  descent  The  grand  fact 
that  all  extinct  beings  can  be  classed  with  all  recent  beings, 
naturally  follows  from  the  living  and  the  extinct  being  the 
offspring  of  common  parents.  As  species  have  generally 
diverged  in  character  during  their  long  course  of  descent 
and  modification,  we  can  understand  why  it  is  that  the  more 
ancient  forms,  or  early  progenitors  of  each  group,  so  often 
occupy  a  position  in  some  degree  intermediate  between  ex- 
isting groups.  Recent  forms  are  generally  looked  upon  as 
being,  on  the  whole,  higher  in  the  scale  of  organisation  than 
ancient  forms;  and  they  must  be  higher,  in  so  far  as  the 
later  and  more  improved  forms  have  conquered  the  older  and 
less  improved  forms  in  the  struggle  for  life;  they  have  also 
generally  had  their  organs  more  specialised  for  different 
functions.  This  fact  is  perfectly  compatible  with  numerous 
beings  still  retaining  simple  and  but  little  improved  struc- 
tures, fitted  for  simple  conditions  of  life;  it  is  likewise  com- 
patible with  some  forms  having  retrograded  in  organisation, 
by  having  become  at  each  stage  of  descent  better  fitted  for 
new  and  degraded  habits  of  life.  Lastly,  the  wonderful  law 
of  the  long  endurance  of  allied  forms  on  the  same  conti- 
nent,— of  marsupials  in  Australia,  of  edentata  in  America, 
and  other  such  cases,  is  intelligible,  for  within  the  same  coun- 
try the  existing  and  the  extinct  will  be  closely  allied  by 
descent. 

Looking  to  geographical  distribution,  if  we  admit  that 
there  has  been  during  the  long  course  of  ages  much  migra- 
tion from  one  part  of  the  world  to  another,  owing  to  former 
climatal  and  geographical  changes  and  to  the  many  occa- 
sional and  unknown  means  of  dispersal,  then  we  can  under- 
stand, on  the  theory  of  descent  with  modification,  most  of 
the  great  leading  facts  in  Distribution.  We  can  see  why 
there  should  be  so  striking  a  parallelism  in  the  distribution 
of  organic  beings  throughout  space,  and  in  their  geological 
succession  throughout  time;  for  in  both  cases  the  beings 
have  been  connected  by  the  bond  of  ordinary  generation,  and 
the  means  of  modification  have  been  the  same.  We  see  the 
full  meaning  of  the  wonderful  fact,  which  has  struck  every 
traveller,  namely,  that  on  the  same  continent,  under  the  most 
diverse  conditions,  under  heat  and  cold,  on  mountain  and 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


516  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

lowland,  on  deserts  and  marshes,  most  of  the  inhabitants 
within  each  great  class  are  plainly  related;  for  they  are  the 
descendants  of  the  same  progenitors  and  early  colonists. 
On  this  same  principle  of  former  migration,  combined  in 
most  cases  with  modification,  we  can  understand,  by  the  aid 
of  the  Glacial  period,  the  identity  of  some  few  plants,  and 
the  close  alliance  of  many  others,  on  the  most  distant  moun- 
tains, and  in  the  northern  and  southern  temperate  zones; 
and  likewise  the  close  alliance  of  some  of  the  inhabitants 
of  the  sea  in  the  northern  and  southern  temperate  latitudes, 
though  separated  by  the  whole  intertropical  ocean.  Al- 
though two  countries  may  present  physical  conditions  as 
closely  similar  as  the  same  species  ever  require,  we  need  feel 
no  surprise  at  their  inhabitants  being  widely  different,  if 
they  have  been  for  a  long  period  completely  sundered  from 
each  other;  for  as  the  relation  of  organism  to  organism  is 
the  most  important  of  all  relations,  and  as  the  two  countries 
will  have  received  colonists  at  various  periods  and  in  differ- 
ent proportions,  from  some  other  country  or  from  each  other, 
the  course  of  modification  in  the  two  areas  will  inevitably 
have  been  different. 

On  this  view  of  migration,  with  subsequent  modification,  we 
see  why  oceanic  islands  are  inhabited  by  only  few  species, 
but  of  these,  why  many  are  peculiar  or  endemic  forms.  We 
clearly  see  why  species  belonging  to  those  groups  of  animals 
which  cannot  cross  wide  spaces  of  the  ocean,  as  frogs  and 
terrestrial  mammals,  do  not  inhabit  oceanic  islands;  and 
why,  on  the  other  hand,  new  and  peculiar  species  of  bats, 
animals  which  can  traverse  the  ocean,  are  often  found  on 
islands  far  distant  from  any  continent.  Such  cases  as  the 
presence  of  peculiar  species  of  bats  on  oceanic  islands  and 
the  absence  of  all  other  terrestrial  mammals,  are  facts  utterly 
inexplicable  on  the  theory  of  independent  acts  of  creation. 

The  existence  of  closely  allied  or  representative  species 
in  any  two  areas,  implies,  on  the  theory  of  descent  with  modi- 
fication, that  the  same  parent-forms  formerly  inhabited  both 
areas:  and  we  almost  invariably  find  that  wherever  many 
closely  allied  species  inhabit  two  areas,  some  identical 
species  are  still  common  to  both.  Wherever  many  closely 
allied  yet  distinct  species  occur,  doubtful  forms  and  vari- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULAHON  and  conclusion  517 

eties  belonging  to  the  same  groups  likewise  occur.  It  is  a 
rule  of  high  generality  that  the  inhabitants  of  each  area  are 
related  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  nearest  source  whence  im- 
migrants might  have  derived.  We  see  this  in  the  striking 
relation  of  nearly  all  the  plants  and  animals  of  the  Gala- 
pagos archipelago,  of  Juan  Fernandez,  and  of  the  other 
American  islands,  to  the  plants  and  animals  of  the  neigh- 
bouring American  mainland;  and  of  those  of  the  Cape  de 
Verde  archipelago,  and  of  the  other  African  islands  to  the 
African  mainland.  It  must  be  admitted  that  these  facts 
receive  no  explanation  on  the  theory  of  creation. 

The  fact,  as  we  have  seen,  that  all  past  and  present  or- 
ganic beings  can  be  arranged  within  a  few  great  classes,  in 
groups  subordinate  to  groups,  and  with  the  extinct  groups 
often  falling  in  between  the  recent  groups,  is  intelligible  on 
the  theory  of  natural  selection  with  its  contingencies  of  ex- 
tinction and  divergence  of  character.  On  these  same  prin- 
ciples we  see  how  it  is,  that  the  mutual  affinities  of  the  forms 
within  each  class  are  so  complex  and  circuitous.  We  see 
why  certain  characters  are  far  more  serviceable  than  others 
for  classification ; — why  adaptive  characters,  though  of  para- 
mount importance  to  the  beings,  are  of  hardly  any  impor- 
tance in  classification;  why  characters  derived  from  rudi- 
mentary parts,  though  of  nx>  service  to  the  beings,  are  often 
of  high  classificatory  value;  and  why  embryological  charac- 
ters are  often  the  most  valuable  of  all.  The  real  affinities 
of  all  organic  beings,  in  contradistinction  to  their  adaptive 
resemblances,  are  due  to  inheritance  or  community  of  de- 
scent. The  Natural  System  is  a  genealogical  arrangement, 
with  the  acquired  grades  of  difference,  marked  by  the  terms, 
varieties,  species,  genera,  families,  &c. ;  and  we  have  to  dis- 
cover the  lines  of  descent  by  the  most  permanent  characters 
whatever  they  may  be  and  of  however  slight  vital  impor- 
tance. 

The  similar  framework  of  bones  in  the  hand  of  a  man, 
wing  of  a  bat,  fin  of  a  porpoise,  and  leg  of  the  horse, — the 
same  number  of  vertebrae  forming  the  neck  of  the  giraffe 
and  of  the  elephant, — ^and  innumerable  other  such  facts*  at 
once  explain  themselves  on  the  theory  of  descent  with  slow 
and  slight  successive  modifications.    The  similarity  of  pat- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


518  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

tern  in  the  wing  and  in  the  leg  of  a  bat,  though  used  for 
such  different  purpose, — in  the  jaws  and  legs  of  a  crab, — 
in  the  petals,  stamens,  and  pistils  of  a  flower,  is  likewise,  to 
a  large  extent,  intelligible  on  the  view  of  the  gradual  modi- 
fication of  parts  or  organs,  which  were  aboriginally  alike  in 
an  early  progenitor  in  each  of  these  classes.  On  the  prin- 
ciple of  successive  variations  not  always  supervening  at  an 
early  age,  and  being  inherited  at  a  corresponding  not  early 
period  of  life,  we  clearly  see  why  the  embryos  of  mammals, 
birds,  reptiles,  and  fishes  should  be  so  closely  similar,  and  so 
unlike  the  adult  forms.  We  may  cease  marvelling  at  the 
embryo  of  an  air-breathing  mammal  or  bird  having  branchial 
slits  and  arteries  running  in  loops,  like  those  of  a  fish  which 
has  to  breathe  the  air  dissolved  in  water  by  the  aid  of  well- 
developed  branchiae. 

Disuse,*  aided  sometimes  by  natural  selection,  will  often 
have  reduced  organs  when  rendered  useless  under  changed 
habits  or  conditions  of  life;  and  we  can  understand  on  this 
view  the  meaning  of  rudimentary  organs.  But  disuse  and 
selection  will  generally  act  on  each  creature,  when  it  has 
come  to  maturity  and  has  to  play  its  full  part  in  the  struggle 
for  existence,  and  will  thus  have  little  power  on  an  organ 
during  early  life;  hence  the  organ  will  not  be  reduced  or 
rendered  rudimentary  at  this  early  age.  The  calf,  for  in- 
stance, has  inherited  teeth,  which  never  cut  through  the 
gums  of  the  upper  jaw,  from  an  early  progenitor  having  well- 
developed  teeth;  and  we  may  believe,  that  the  teeth  in  the 
mature  animal  were  formerly  reduced  by  disuse,  owing  to 
the  tongue  and  palate,  or  lips,  having  become  excellently 
fitted  through  natural  selection  to  browse  without  their  aid; 
whereas  in  the  calf,  the  teeth  have  been  left  unaffected,  and 
on  the  principle  of  inheritance  at  corresponding  ages  have 
been  inherited  from  a  remote  period  to  the  present  day.  On 
the  view  of  each  organism  with  all  its  separate  parts  having 
been  specially  created,  how  utterly  inexplicable  is  it  that 
organs  bearing  the  plain  stamp  of  inutility,  such  as  the  teeth 
in  the  embryonic  calf  or  the  shrivelled  wings  under  the  sol- 
dered wing-covers  of  many  beetles,  should  so  frequently 
occur.  Nature  may  be  said  to  have  taken  pains  to  reveal 
her  scheme  of  modification,  by  means  of  rudimentary  organs. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  519 

of  embryolog^cal  and  homologous  structures,  but  we  are  too 
blind  to  understand  her  meaning. 

I  have  now  recapitulated  the  facts  and  considerations 
which  have  thoroughly  convinced  me  that  species  have  been 
modified,  during  a  long  course  of  descent.  This  has  been 
effected  chiefly  through  the  natural  selection  of  numerous 
successive,  slight,  favourable  variations;  aided  in  an  im- 
portant manner  by  the  inherited  effects  of  the  use  and  dis- 
use of  parts ;  and  in  an  unimportant  manner,  that  is  in  rela- 
tion to  adaptive  structures,  whether  past  or  present,  by  the 
direct  action  of  external  conditions^  and  by  variations  which 
seem  to  us  in  our  ignorance  to  arise  spontaneously.^  It  ap- 
pears that  I  formerly  underrated  the  frequency  and  value  of 
these  latter  forms  of  variation,  as  leading  to  permanent  modi- 
fications of  structure  independently  of  natural  selection. 
But  as  my  conclusions  have  lately  been  much  misrepre- 
sented, and  it  has  been  stated  that  I  attribute  the  modifica- 
tion of  species  exclusively  to  natural  selection,  I  may  be  per- 
mitted to  remark  that  in  the  first  edition  of  this  work,  and 
subsequently,  I  placed  in  a  most  conspicuous  position—* 
namely,  at  the  close  of  the  Introduction  the  following  words : 
"I  am  convinced  that  natural  selection  has  been  the  main 
but  not  the  exclusive  means  of  modification."  This  has  been 
of  no  avail.  Great  is  the  power  of  steady  misrepresenta- 
tion; but  the  history  of  science  shows  that  fortunately  this 
power  does  not  long  endure. 

It  can  hardly  be  supposed  that  a  false  theory  would  ex- 
plain, in  so  satisfactory  a  manner  as  does  the  theory  of  nat- 
ural selection,  the  several  large  classes  of  facts  above  speci- 
fied. It  has  recently  been  objected  that  this  is  an  unsafe 
method  of  arguing;  but  it  is  a  method  used  in  judging  of 
the  common  events  of  life,  and  has  often  been  used  by  the 
greatest  natural  philosophers.  The  undulatory  theory  of 
light  has  thus  been  arrived  at ;  and  the  belief  in  the  revolu- 
tion of  the  earth  on  its  own  axis  was  until  lately  supported 
by  hardly  any  direct  evidence.  It  is  no  valid  objection  that 
science  as  yet  throws  no  light  on  the  far  higher  problem  of 
the  essence  or  origin  of  life.  Who  can  explain  what  is  the 
essence  of  the  attraction  of  gravity?  No  one  now  objects 
to  following  out  the  results  consequent  on  this  unknown 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


S20  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES 

element  of  attraction;  notwithstanding  that  Leibnitz  for- 
merly accused  Newton  of  introducing  "occult  qualities  and 
miracles  into  philosophy/' 

I  see  no  good  reason  why  the  views  given  in  this  volume 
should  shock  the  religious  feelings  of  any  one.  It  is  satis- 
factory, as  showing  how  transient  such  impressions  are,  to 
remember  that  the  greatest  discovery  ever  made  by  man, 
namely,  the  law  of  the  attraction  of  gravity,  was  also  at- 
tacked by  Leibnitz,  "as  subversive  of  natural,  and  inferen- 
tially  of  revealed,  religion."  A  celebrated  author  and  divine 
has  written  to  me  that  "he  has  gradually  learnt  to  see  that 
it  is  just  as  noble  a  conception  of  the  Deity  to  believe  that 
He  created  a  few  original  forms  capable  of  self-develop- 
ment into  other  and  needful  forms,  as  to  believe  that  He 
required  a  fresh  act  of  creation  to  supply  the  voids  caused 
by  the  action  of  His  laws." 

Why,  it  may  be  asked,  tmtil  recently  did  nearly  all  the 
most  eminent  living  naturalists  and  geologists  disbelieve  in 
.the  mutability  of  species.  It  cannot  be  asserted  that  organic 
beings  in  a  state  of  nature  are  subject  to  no  variation;  it 
cannot  be  proved  that  the  amount  of  variation  in  the  course 
of  long  ages  is  a  limited  quantity;  no  clear  distinction  has 
been,  or  can  be,  drawn  between  species  and  well-marked 
varieties.  It  cannot  be  maintained  that  species  when  inter- 
crossed are  invariably  sterile,  and  varieties  invariably 
fertile;  or  that  sterility  is  a  special  endowment  and  sign  of 
creation.  The  belief  that  species  were  immutable  produc- 
tions was  almost  unavoidable  as  long  as  the  history  of  the 
world  was  thought  to  be  of  short  duration ;  and  now  that  we 
have  acquired  some  idea  of  the  lapse  of  time,  we  are  too  apt 
to  assume,  without  proof,  that  the  geological  record  is  so 
perfect  that  it  would  have  afforded  us  plain  evidence  of  the 
mutation  of  species,  if  they  had  undergone  mutation. 

But  the  chief  cause  of  our  natural  unwillingness  to  admit 
that  one  species  has  given  birth  to  other  and  distinct  species, 
is  that  we  are  always  slow  in  admitting  great  changes  of 
which  we  do  not  see  the  steps.  The  difficulty  is  the  same  as 
that  felt  by  so  many  geologists,  when  Lyell  first  insisted  that 
long  lines  of  inland  cliffs  had  been  formed,  and  great  valleys 
excavated,  by  the  agencies  which  we  see  still  at  work.    The 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  521 

mind  cannot  possibly  grasp  the  full  meaning  of  the  term  of 
even  a  million  years;  it  cannot  add  up  and  perceive  the  full 
effects  of  many  slight  variations,  accumulated  during  an 
almost  infinite  number  of  generations. 

Although  I  am  fully  convinced  of  the  truth  of  the  views 
given  in  this  volume  under  the  form  of  an  abstract,  I  by  no 
means  expect  to  convince  experienced  naturalists  whose 
minds  are  stocked  with  a  multitude  of  facts  all  viewed, 
during  a  long  course  of  years,  from  a  point  of  view  directly 
opposite  to  mine.  It  is  so  easy  to  hide  our  ignorance  under 
such  expressions  as  the  "plan  of  creation,"  "unity  of  design," 
&c.,  and  to  think  that  we  give  an  explanation  when  we  only 
re-state  a  fact.  Any  one  whose  disposition  leads  him  to 
attach  more  weight  to  unexplained  difficulties  than  to  the 
explanation  of  a  certain  number  of  facts  will  certainly  reject 
the  theory.  A  few  naturalists,  endowed  with  much  flexibility 
of  mind,  and  who  have  already  begun  to  doubt  the  immu- 
tability of  species,  may  be  influenced  by  this  volume;  but  I 
look  with  confidence  to  the  future^ — to  young  and  rising 
naturalists,  who  will  be  able  to  view  both  sides  of  the  ques- 
tion with  impartiality.  Whoever  is  led  to  believe  that  species 
are  mutable  will  do  good  service  by  conscientiously  express- 
ing his  conviction;  for  thus  only  can  the  load  of  prejudice  by 
which  this  subject  is  overwhelmed  be  removed. 

Several  eminent  naturalists  have  of  late  published  their  be« 
lief  that  a  multitude  of  reputed  species  in  each  genus  are 
not  real  species;  but  that  other  species  are  real,  that  is,  have 
been  independently  created.  This  seems  to  me  a  strange  con* 
elusion  to  arrive  at.  They  admit  that  a  multitude  of  forms, 
which  till  lately  they  themselves  thought  were  special  crea- 
tions, and  which  are  still  thus  looked  at  by  the  majority  of 
naturalists,  and  which  consequently  have  all  the  external 
characteristic  features  of  true  species, — they  admit  that  these 
have  been  produced  by  variation,  but  they  refuse  to  extend 
the  same  view  to  other  and  slightly  different  forms.  Never- 
theless they  do  not  pretend  that  they  can  define,  or  even  con- 
jecture, which  are  the  created  forms  of  life,  and  which  are 
those  produced  by  secondary  laws.  They  admit  variation  as 
a  vera  causa  in  one  case,  they  arbitrarily  reject  it  in  another, 
without  assigning  any  distinction  in  the  two  cases.    The  day 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


522  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

will  come  when  this  will  be  given  as  a  curious  illustration  of 
the  blindness  of  preconceived  opinion.  These  authors  seem 
no  more  startled  at  a  miraculous  act  of  creation  than  at  an 
ordinary  birth.  But  do  they  really  believe  that  at  innu- 
merable periods  in  the  earth's  history  certain  elemental  atoms 
have  been  commanded  suddenly  to  flash  into  living  tissues? 
Do  they  believe  that  at  each  supposed  act  of  creation  one 
individual  or  many  were  produced?  Were  all  the  infinitely 
numerous  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  created  as  eggs  or 
seed,  or  as  full  grown?  and  in  the  case  of  mammals,  were 
they  created  bearing  the  false  marks  of  nourishment  from 
the  mother's  womb?  Undoubtedly  some  of  these  same  ques- 
tions cannot  be  answered  by  those  who  believe  in  the  appear* 
ance  or  creation  of  only  a  few  forms  of  life,  or  of  some 
one  form  alone.  It  has  been  maintained  by  several  authors 
that  it  is  as  easy  to  believe  in  the  creation  of  a  million  beings 
as  of  one;  but  Maupertuis'  philosophical  axiom  ''of  least 
action"  leads  the  mind  more  willingly  to  admit  the  smaller 
number;  and  certainly  we  ought  not  to  believe  that  innu- 
merable beings  within  each  great  class  have  been  created 
with  plain,  but  deceptive,  marks  of  descent  from  a  single 
parent. 

As  a  record  of  a  former  state  of  things,  I  have  retained  in 
the  foregoing  paragraphs,  and  elsewhere,  several  sentences 
which  imply  that  naturalists  believe  in  the  separate  creation 
of  each  species;  and  I  have  been  much  censured  for  having 
thus  expressed  myself.  But  undoubtedly  this  was  the  general 
belief  when  the  first  edition  of  the  present  work  appeared. 
I  formerly  spoke  to  very  many  naturalists  on  the  subject  of 
evolution,  and  never  once  met  with  any  sympathetic  agree- 
ment. It  19  probable  that  some  did  then  believe  in  evolution, 
but  they  were  either  silent,  or  expressed  themselves  so  am- 
biguously that  it  was>  not  easy  to  understand  their  meaning. 
Now  things  are  wholly  changed,  and  almost  every  naturalist 
admits  the  great  principle  of  evolution.  There  are,  however, 
some  who  still  think  that  species  have  suddenly  given  birth, 
through  quite  unexplained  means,  to  new  and  totally  differ- 
ent forms:  but,  as  I  have  attempted  to  show,  weighty  evi- 
dence can  be  opposed  to  the  admission  of  great  and  abrupt 
modifications.    Under  a  scientific  point  of  view,  and  as  lead- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  523 

ing  to  further  investigation,  but  little  advantage  is  gained 
by  believing  that  new  forms  are  suddenly  developed  in  an 
inexplicable  manner  from  old  and  widely  different  forms, 
over  the  old  belief  in  the  creation  of  species  from  the  dust  of 
the  earth. 

It  may  be  asked  how  far  I  extend  the  doctrine  of  the  modi- 
fication of  species.  The  question  is  difficult  to  answer,  be- 
cause the  more  distinct  the  forms  are  which  we  consider,  by 
so  much  the  arguments  in  favour  of  community  of  descent 
become  fewer  in  number  and  less  in  force.  But  some 
arguments  of  the  greatest  weight  extend  very  far.  All 
tjie  members  of  whole  classes  are  connected  together  by 
a  chain  of  affinities,  and  all  can  be  classed  on  the  same 
principle,  in  groups  subordinate  to  groups.  Fossil  remains 
sometimes  tend  to  fill  up  very  wide  intervals  between  exist- 
ing orders. 

Organs  in  a  rudimentary  condition  plainly  show  that  an 
early  progenitor  had  the  organ  in  a  fully  developed  condi- 
tion; and  this  in  some  cases  implies  an  enormous  amount  of 
modification  in  the  descendants.  Throughout  whole  classes 
various  structures  are  formed  on  the  same  pattern^  and  at  a 
very  early  age  the  embryos  closely  resemble  each  other. 
Therefore  I  cannot  doubt  that  the  theory  of  descent  with 
modification  embraces  all  the  members  of  the  same  great 
class  or  kingdom.  I  believe  that  animals  are  descended  from 
at  most  only  four  or  five  progenitors,  and  plants  from  an 
equal  or  lesser  number. 

Analogy  would  lead  me  one  step  farther,  namely,  to  the 
belief  that  all  animals  and  plants  are  descended  from  some 
one  prototype.  But  analogy  may  be  a  deceitful  guide.  Never- 
theless all  living  things  have  much  in .  common,  in  their 
chemical  composition,  their  cellular  structure,  their  laws  of 
growth,  and  their  liability  to  injurious  influences.  We  see 
this  even  in  so  trifling  a  fact  as  that  the  same  poison  often 
similarly  affects  plants  and  animals;  or  that  the  poison  se- 
creted by  the  gall-fly  produces  monstrous  growths  on  the 
wild  rose  or  oak-tree.  With  all  organic  beings,  excepting 
perhaps  some  of  the  very  lowest,  sexual  reproduction  seems 
to  be  essentially  similar.  With  all,  as  far  as  is  at  present 
known,  the  germinal  vesicle  is  the  same ;  so  that  all  organisms 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


524  ORIGIN   OF   SPECIES 

start  from  a  common  origin.  If  we  look  even  to  the  two 
main  divisions — ^namely,  to  the  animal  and  vegetable  king- 
doms— certain  low  forms  are  so  far  intermediate  in  character 
that  naturalists  have  disputed  to  which  kingdom  they  should 
be  referred.  As  Professor  Asa  Gray  has  remarked;  "the 
spores  and  other  reproductive  bodies  of  many  of  the  lower 
algae  may  claim  to  have  first  a  characteristically  animal, 
and  then  an  unequivocal  vegetable  existence."  Therefore, 
on  the  principle  of  natural  selection  with  divergence  of  char* 
acter,  it  does  not  seem  incredible  that,  from  some  such  low 
and  intermediate  form,  both  animals  and  plants  may  have 
been  developed ;  and,  if  we  admit  this,  we  must  likewise  a<J- 
mit  that  all  the  organic  beings  which  have  ever  lived  on  this 
earth  may  be  descended  from  some  one  primordial  form. 
But  this  inference  is  chiefly  grounded  on  analogy,  and  it  is 
immaterial  whether  or  not  it  be  accepted.  No  doubt  it  is 
possible,  as  Mr.  G.  H.  Lewes  has  urged,  that  at  the  first 
commencement  of  life  many  different  forms  were  evolved; 
but  if  so,  we  may  conclude  that  only  a  very  few  have  left 
modified  descendants.  For,  as  I  have  recently  remarked  in 
regard  to  the  members  of  each  great  kingdom,  such  as  the 
Vertebrata,  Articulata,  &c.,  we  have  distinct  evidence  in 
their  embryological,  homologous,  and  rudimentary  structures, 
that  within  each  kingdom  all  the  members  are  descended 
from  a  single  progenitor. 

When  the  views  advanced  by  me  in  this  volume,  and  by 
Mr.  Wallace,  or  when  analogous  views  on  the  origin  of  spe- 
cies are  generally  admitted,  we  can  dimly  foresee  that  there 
will  be  a  considerable  revolution  in  natural  history.  Sys- 
tematists  will  be  able  to  pursue  their  labours  as  at  present  ; 
but  they  will  not  be  incessantly  haunted  by  the  shadowy 
doubt  whether  this  or  that  form  be  a  true  species.  This,  I 
feel  sure  and  I  speak  after  experience,  will  be  no  slight  re- 
lief. The  endless  disputes  whether  or  not  some  fifty  species 
of  British  brambles  are  good  species  will  cease.  Systematists 
will  have  only  to  decide  (not  that  this  will  be  easy)  whether 
any  form  be  sufiiciently  constant  and  distinct  from  other 
forms,  to  be  capable  of  definition;  and  if  definable,  whether 
the  differences  be  sufficiently  important  to  deserve  a  specific 
name.    This  latter  point  will  become  a  far  more  essential 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  525 

consideration  than  it  is  at  present;  for  differences,  however 
slight,  between  any  two  forms,  if  not  blended  by  interme- 
diate gradations,  are  looked  at  by  most  naturalists  as  suffi- 
cient to  raise  both  forms  to  the  rank  of  species. 

Hereafter  we  shall  be  compelled  to  acknowledge  that  the 
only  distinction  between  species  and  well-marked  varieties  is, 
that  the  latter  are  known,  or  believed^  to  be  connected  at  the 
present  day  by  intermediate  gradations  whereas  species  were 
formerly  thus  connected.  Hence,  without  rejecting  the  con- 
sideration of  the  present  existence  of  intermediate  grada- 
tions between  any  two  forms,  we  shall  be  led  to  weigh  more 
carefully  and  to  value  higher  the  actual  amount  of  difference 
between  them.  It  is  quite  possible  that  forms  now  generally 
acknowledged  to  be  merely  varieties  may  hereafter  be 
thought  worthy  of  specific  names;  and  in  this  case  scientific 
and  common  language  will  come  into  accordance.  In  short, 
we  shall  have  to  treat  species  in  the  same  manner  as  those 
naturalists  treat  genera,  who  admit  that  genera  are  merely 
artificial  combinations  made  for  convenience.  This  may  not 
be  a  cheering  prospect;  but  we  shall  at  least  be  freed  from 
the  vain  search  for  the  undiscovered  and  undiscoverable 
essence  of  the  term  species. 

The  other  and  more  general  departments  of  natural  history 
will  rise  greatly  in  interest  The  terms  used  by  naturalists, 
of  affinity,  relationship,  community  of  type,  paternity,  mor- 
phology, adaptive  characters,  rudimentary  and  aborted 
organs,  &c,  will  cease  to  be  metaphorical,  and  will  have  a 
plain  signification.  When  we  no  longer  look  at  an  organic 
being  as  a  savage  looks  at  a  ship,  as  something  wholly  be- 
yond his  comprehension;  when  we  regard  every  production 
of  nature  as  one  which  has  had  a  long  history;  when  we 
contemplate  every  complex  structure  and  instinct  as  the 
summing  up  of  many  contrivances,  each  useful  to  the  pos- 
sessor, in  the  same  way  as  any  great  mechanical  invention 
is  the  summing  up  of  the  labour,  the  experience,  the  reason, 
and  even  the  blunders  of  numerous  workmen;  when  we 
thus  view  each  organic  being,  how  far  more  interesting — I 
speak  from  experience — does  the  study  of  natural  history 
become ! 

A  grand  and  almost  untrodden  field  of  inquiry  will  be 

QG— HC  zi 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


S26  ORIGIN  OF  SPECIES 

opened,  on  the  causes  and  laws  of  variation,  on  correlation, 
on  the  effects'  of  use  and  disuse,  on  the  direct  action  of  ex- 
ternal conditions,  and  so  forth.  The  study  of  domestic  pro- 
ductions will  rise  immensely  in  value.  A  new  variety  raised 
by  man  will  be  a  more  important  and  interesting  subject  for 
study  than  one  more  species  added  to  the  infinitude  of  already 
recorded  species.  Our  classifications  will  come  to  be,  as  far 
as  they  can  be  so  made,  genealogies ;  and  will  then  truly  give 
what  may  be  called  the  plan  of  creation.  The  rules  for 
classifying  will  no  doubt  become  simpler  when  we  have  a 
definite  object  in  view.  We  possess  no  pedigrees  or  armorial 
bearings;  and  we  have  to  discover  and  trace  the  many  di- 
verging lines  of  descent  in  our  natural  genealogies,  by  char- 
acters of  any  kind  which  have  long  been  inherited.  Rudi- 
mentary organs  will  speak  infallibly  with  respect  to  the 
nature  of  long-lost  structures.  Species  and  groups  of  species 
which  are  called  aberrant,  and  which  may  fancifully  be 
called  living  fossils,  will  aid  us  in  forming  a  picture  of  the 
ancient  forms  of  life.  Embryology  will  often  reveal  to  us 
the  structure,  in  some  degree  obscured,  of  the  prototypes  of 
each  great  class. 

When  we  can  feel  assured  that  all  the  individuals  of  the 
same  species,  and  all  the  closely  allied  species  of  most  genera, 
have  within  a  not  very  remote  period  descended  from  one 
parent,  and  have  migrated  from  some  one  birth-place;  and 
when  we  better  know  the  many  means  of  migration,  then,  by 
the  light  which  geology  now  throws,  and  will  continue  to 
throw,  on  former  changes  of  climate  and  of  the  level  of  the 
land,  we  shall  surely  be  enabled  to  trace  in  an  admirable 
manner  the  former  migrations  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  whole 
world.  Even  at  present,  by  comparing  the  differences  be- 
tween the  inhabitants  of  the  sea  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a 
continent,  and  the  nature  of  the  various  inhabitants  on  that 
continent  in  relation  to  their  apparent  means  of  immigration, 
some  light  can  be  thrown  on  ancient  geography. 

The  noble  science  of  Geology  loses  glory  from  the  extreme 
imperfection  of  the  record.  The  crust  of  the  earth  with  its 
imbedded  remains  must  not  be  looked  at  as  a  well-filled 
museum,  but  as  a  poor  collection  made  at  hazard  and  at  rare 
intervals.    The  accumulation  of  each  great  fossiliferous  far- 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION  AND  CONCLUSION  527 

mation  will  be  recognised  as  having  depended  on  an  unusual 
concurrence  of  favourable  circumstances,  and  the  blank  in- 
tervals between  the  successive  stages  as  having  been  of  vast 
duration.  But  we  shall  be  able  to  gauge  with  some  security 
the  duration  of  these  intervals  by  a  comparison  of  the  pre- 
ceding and  succeeding  organic  forms.  We  must  be  cautious 
in  attempting  to  correlate  as  strictly  contemporaneous  two 
formations,  which  do  not  include  many  identical  species,  by 
the  general  succession  of  the  forms  of  life.  As  species  are 
produced  and  exterminated  by  slowly  acting  and  still  exist- 
ing causes,  and  not  by  miraculous  acts  of  creation;  and  as 
the  most  important  of  all  causes  of  organic  change  is  one 
which  is  almost  independent  of  altered  and  perhaps  sud- 
denly altered  physical  conditions,  namely,  the  mutual  rela- 
tion of  organism  to  organism, — ^the  improvement  of  one 
organism  entailing  the  improvement  or  the  extermination 
of  others;  it  follows,  that  the  amount  of  organic  change  in 
the  fossils  of  consecutive  formations  probably  serves  as  a 
fair  measure  of  the  relative,  though  not  actual  lapse  of 
time.  A  number  of  species,  however,  keeping  in  a  body 
might  remain  for  a  long  period  unchanged,  whilst  within 
the  same  period,  several  of  these  species  by  migrating  into 
new  countries  and  coming  into  competition  with  foreign 
associates,  might  become  modified;  so  that  we  must  not 
overrate  the  accuracy  of  organic  change  as  a  measure  of 
time. 

In  the  future  I  see  open  fields  for  far  more  important  re- 
searches. Psychology  will  be  securely  based  on  ^e  founda- 
tion already  well  laid  by  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer,  that  of  the 
necessary  acquirement  of  each  mental  power  and  capacity  by 
gradation.  Much  light  will  be  thrown  on  the  origin  of  man 
and  his  history. 

Authors  of  the  highest  eminence  seem  to  be  fully  satisfied 
with  the  view  that  each  species  has  been  independently  cre- 
ated To  my  mind  it  accords  better  with  what  we  know  of 
the  laws  impressed  on  matter  by  the  Creator,  that  the  pro- 
duction and  extinction  of  the  past  and  present  inhabitants 
of  the  world  should  have  been  due  to  secondary  causes,  like 
those  determining  the  birth  and  death  of  the  individual. 
When  I  view  all  beings  not  as  special  creations,  but  as  the 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


528  ORIGIN   OF  SPECIES 

lineal  descendants  of  some  few  beings  which  lived  long  be- 
fore the  first  bed  of  the  Cambrian  system  was  deposited, 
they  seem  to  me  to  become  ennobled.  Judging  from  the  past, 
we  may  safely  infer  that  not  one  living  species  will  transmit 
its  unaltered  likeness  to  a  distant  futurity.  And  of  the 
species  now  living  very  few  will  transmit  progeny  of  any 
kind  to  a  far  distant  futurity;  for  the  manner  in  which  all 
organic  beings  are  grouped,  shows  that  the  greater  number 
of  species  in  each  genus,  and  all  the  species  in  many  genera, 
have  left  no  descendants,  but  have  become  utterly  extinct. 
We  can  so  far  take  a  prophetic  glance  into  futurity  as  to 
foretell  that  it  will  be  the  common  and  widely-spread  species, 
belonging  to  the  larger  and  dominant  groups  within  each 
class,  which  will  ultimately  prevail  and  procreate  new  and 
dominant  species.  As  all  the  living  forms  of  life  are  the 
lineal  descendants  of  those  which  lived  long  before  the  Cam- 
brian epoch,  we  may  feel  certain  that  the  ordinary  succes- 
sion by  generation  has  never  once  been  broken,  and  that  no 
cataclysm  has  desolated  the  whole  world.  Hence  we  may 
look  with  some  confidence  to  a  secure  future  of  great  length. 
And  as  natural  selection  works  solely  by  and  for  the  good 
of  each  being,  all  corporeal  and  mentsd  endowments  will  tend 
to  progress  towards  perfection. 

It  is  interesting  to  contemplate  a  tangled  bank,  clothed 
with  many  plants  of  many  kinds,  with  birds  singing  on  the 
bushes,  with  various  insects  flitting  about,  and  with  worms 
crawling  through  the  damp  earth,  and  to  reflect  that  these 
elaborately  constructed  forms,  so  different  from  each  other, 
and  dependent  upon  each  other  in  so  complex  a  manner,  have 
all  been  produced  by  laws  acting  around  us.  These  laws, 
taken  in  the  largest  sense,  being  Growth  with  Reproduction; 
Inheritance  which  is  almost  implied  by  reproduction ;  Varia- 
bility from  the  indirect  and  direct  action  of  the  conditions  of 
life,  and  from  use  and  disuse:  a  Ratio  of  Increase  so  high  as 
to  lead  to  a  Struggle  for  Life,  and  as  a  consequence  to 
Natural  Selection,  entailing  Divergence  of  Character  and  the 
Extinction  of  less-improved  forms.  Thus,  from  the  war  of 
nature,  from  famine  and  death,  the  most  exalted  object 
which  we  are  capable  of  conceiving,  namely,  the  production 
of  the  higher  animals,  directly  follows.    There  is  grandeur  in 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


RECAPITULATION   AND  CONCLUSION  529 

this  view  of  life,  with  its  several  powers,  having  been  origi- 
nally breathed  by  the  Creator  into  a  few  forms  or  into  one ; 
and  that,  whilst  this  planet  has  gone  cycling  on  according 
to  the  fixed  law  of  gravity,  from  so  simple  a  beginning  end- 
less forms  most  beautiful  and  most  wonderful  have  been,  and 
are  being  evolved. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GLOSSARY 

OF   THE 

PRINCIPAL    SCIENTIFIC    TERMS     USED    IN    THE 
PRESENT    VOLUME* 

Ahtrrani — ^Ponns  or  groa^  of  animali  or  pimnts  which  deviate  in  important 
characters  from  their  nearest  allies,  so  as  not  to  be  easily  included  in 
the  same  croup  with  them,  are  said  to  he  aberrant. 

Aberration  iin  Optics} — In  the  refraction  of  light  by  a  convex  lens  the  rays 
passing  through  different  parts  of  the  lens  are  brought  to  a  focus  at 
slightljr  different  distances — this  is  called  spherical  aberration;  at  the 
same  time  the  coloured  rays  are  separated  oy  the  prismatic  action  of 
the  lens  and  likewise  brought  to  a  focus  at  different  distances — this 
is  chromatic  aberration. 

Abnormal — Contrary  to  the  general  rule. 

Aborted — An  organ  is  said  to  be  aborted  when  its  development  has  been 
arrested  at  a  very  early  stage. 

Albinism — Albinos  are  animals  in  which  the  usual  colouring  matters  char- 
acteristic of  the  species  have  not  been  produced  in  the  sldn  and  ita 
appendages.    Albinism  is  the  state  of  being  an  albino. 

Alg« — ^A  class  of  plants  including  the  ordinary  sea- weeds  and  the  filamentous 
fresh-water  weeds. 

Alternation  of  Generations — ^This  term  is  applied  to  a  peculiar  mode  of 
reproduction  which  prevails  ^  among  man^  of  the  lower  animals,  in 
which  the  e^  produces  a  living  form  quite  different  from  its  parent, 
but  from  which  the  parent-form  is  reproduced  by  a  process  of  budding, 
or  by  the  division  of  the  substance  of  the  first  product  of  the  egg. 

Ammonites — A  group  of  fossil,  spiral,  chambered  shells,  allied  to  the  exist- 
ing pearly  Nautilus,  but  having  the  partitions  between  the  chambers 
waved  in  complicated  patterns  at  their  junction  with  the  outer  wall 
of  the  shell. 

Analogy— fThe  resemblance  of  structures  which  depends  upon  similarity  of 
function,  as  in  the  winn  of  insects  and  birds.  Such  structures  are 
said  to  be  analogous^  and  to  be  analogues  of  each  other. 

Animalcule — A  minute  animal:  generally  applied  to  those  visible  only  by 
the  microscope. 

Annelids — A  class  of  worms  in  which  the  surface  of  the  body  exhibits  a 
more  or  less  distinct  division  into  rings  or  segments,  generally  pro- 
vided with  appendages  for  locomotion  and  with  gills.  It  includes  the 
ordinary  marine  worms,  the  earthworms,  and  the  leeches. 

Antenntt — ^Jointed  organs  appended  to  the  head  in  Insects,  Crustacea,  and 
Centipedes,  and  not  belonging  to  the  mouth. 

Anthers — ^The  summits  of  the  stamens  of  flowers,  in  which  the  pollen  or 
fertilizing  dust  is  produced. 

Apiacentalia,  Aplacentata  or  Aplacental  Mammals — See  Mammalia. 

Archetypal— -Of  or  belonging  to  the  Archetype,  or  ideal  primitive  form  upon 
which  all  the  beings  of  a  group  seem  to  be  organized. 

AriicuUaa—h  great  division  of  the  Animal  Kingdom  characterized  generally 
by  having  the  surface  of  the  body  divided  into  rings  called  segments, 
a  greater  or  less  number  of  which  are  furnished  with  jointed  legs 
(such  as  Insects,  Crustaceans,  and  Centipedes). 

Asymmetrical — ^Having  the  two  sides  unlike. 

Atrophied — ^Arrested  in  development  at  a  very  early  stage. 

*  I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  W.  S.  Dallas  for  this  Glossary, 
which  has  been  given  because  several  readers  have  complained  to  me  that 
some  of  the  terms  used  were  unintelligible  to  them.  Mr.  Dallas  has  endeav- 
oured to  give  the  explanations  of  the  terms  in  as  popular  a  form  as  possible. 

531 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


532  GLOSSARY 

Balanus-^hc  genus  including  the  common  Acorn-shells  which  live  in 
abundance  on  the  rocks  of  the  sea-coast. 

Batrachians — ^A  class  of  animals  allied  to  the  Reptiles,  but  undergoing  a 
peculiar  metamorphosis,  in  which  the  young  animal  is  generallv 
aquatic  and  breathes  by  gills.     ^Examples,  Frogs,  Toads,  and  Newts.) 

Boulders — ^Large  transported  blocks  of  stone  generally  embedded  in  clays  or 
gravels. 

Brachiopoda — A  class  of  marine  Mollusca,  or  soft-bodied  animals,  furnished 
with  a  bivalve  shell,  attached  to  submarine  objects  by  a  stalk  which 
passes  through  an  aperture  in  one  of  the  valves,  and  furnished  with 
fringed  arms,  by  the  action  of  which  food  is  carried  to  the  mouth. 

BranchUt — Gills  or  organs  for  respiration  in  water. 

Branchial — ^Pertaining  to  gills  or  oranchis. 

Cambrian  System — A  series  of  very  ancient  Palaeozoic  rocks,  between  the 
Laurentian  and  the  Silurian.  Until  recently  these  were  regarded  as 
,    the  oldest  fossiliferous  rocks. 

Camdir— The  Dog-family,  including  the  Dog,  Wolf.  Fox,  Jackal,  &c 

Carapace — ^The  shell  enveloping  the  anterior  part  of  the  body  in  Crustaceans 
generally:  applied  also  to  the  hard  shelly  pieces  of  the  Cirrij>edes. 

Carboniferous — This  term  is  applied  to  the  great  formation  which  includes, 
among  other  rocks,  the  coal  measures.  It  belongs  to  the  oldest,  or 
Palaeozoic,  system  of  formations. 

Caudal— Oi  or  belonging  to  the  tail. 

Cepkalopods — The  highest  class  of  the  Mollusca,  or  soft-bodied  animals, 
characterized  by  having  the  mouth  surrounded  by  a  greater  or  less 
number  of  fleshy  arms  or  tentacles,  which,  in  most  living  species,  are 
furnished  with  sucking-cupa.   {Examples,  Cuttle-fish,  Nautilus.) 

Cetacea — An  order  of  Mammalia,  including  the  Whales,  Dolphins.  &c, 
having  the  form  of  the  body  fish-like,  the  skin  naked,  and  only  the 
forelimbs  developed. 

Chelonia — An  order  of  Reptiles,  including  the  Turtles,  Tortoises,  &c 

Cirripedes — ^An  order  of  Crustaceans  including  the  Barnacles  and  Acorn- 
shells.  Their  young  resemble  those  of  many  other  Crustaceans  in 
form;  but  when  mature  they  are  always  attached  to  other  objects, 
either  directly  or  by  means  of  a  stalk,  and  their  bodies  are  enclosed 
by  a  calcareous  shell  composed  of  several  pieces,  two  of  which  can 
open  to  give  issue  to  a  bunch  of  curled,  jointed  tentacles,  which  rep- 
resent the  limbs. 

Coccus — The  genus  of  Insects  including  the  Cochineal.  In  these  the  male 
is  a  minute,  winged  fly,  and  the  female  generally  a  motionless,  berry- 
like mass. 

Cocoon — ^A  case  usually  of  silky  material,  in  which  insects  are  frequently 
enveloped  during  the  second  or  resting  stage  (pupa)  of  their  existence. 
The  term  "  cocoon-sta^ e  "  is  here  used  as  eouivalent  to  "  pupa-stage.'* 

Calospermous — ^A  term  applied  to  those  fruits  ox  the  Umbelhferae  which 
have  the  seed  hollowed  on  the  inner  face. 

Coleoptera — Beetles,  an  order  of  Insects,  having  a  biting  mouth  and  the  first 
pair  of  wings  more  or  less  homy,  forming  sheaths  for  the  second  pair, 
and  usually  meeting  in  a  straight  line  down  the  middle  of  the  back. 

Column — ^A  peculiar  organ  in  the  flowers  of  Orchids,  in  which  the  stamens, 
style  and  stigma  (or  the  reproductive  parts)  are  united. 

Compos^  or  Compositous  Plants — Plants  in  which  the  inflorescence  con- 
sists of  numerous  small  flowers  (florets)  brought  together  into  a  dense 
head,  the  base  of  which  is  enclosed  by  a  common  envelope.  (Examples, 
the  Daisy,  Dandelion,  &c) 

Conferwt— 'The  filamentous  weeds  of  fresh  water. 

Conglomerate — A  rock  made  up  of  fragments  of  rock  or  pebbles,  cemented 
together  by  some  other  material. 

Corollor-^The  second  envelope  of  a  flower,  usually  composed  of  coloured, 
leaf-like  oreans  (petals),  which  may  be  united  by  their  edges  either 
in  the  basal  part  or  throuffhout 

Correlation^— 'Tht  normal  coincidence  of  one  phenomenon,  character,  &c., 
with  another. 

Corymb — A  bunch  of  flowers  in  which  those  sprineing  from  the  lower  part 
of  the  flower  stalk  are  supported  on  long  stalks  so  as  to  be  nearly  on 
a  level  with  the  upper  ones. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GLOSSARY  533 

Cotyledons— Tht  first  or  seed-leaves  of  plants. 

Crustacgani — ^A  class  of  articulated  animals,  having  the  skin  of  the  body 
senerally  more  or  less  hardened  by  the  deposition  of  calcareous  matter, 
breathing  bv  means  of  gills.    iBxampUs,  Crab,  Lobster,  Shrimp.  &c.) 

CurctUi^— The  old  generic  term  for  the  Beetles  known  as  Weevils,  charac- 
terized by  their  four-jointed  feet,  and  by  the  head  being  produced  into 
a  sort  of  beak,  upon  the  sides  of  which  the  anteniue  are  inserted. 

Cutaneous — Of  or  belonging  to  the  sldn. 

Degradation — ^The  wearing  down  of  land  by  the  action  of  the  sea  or  of 

meteoric  agencies. 
Denudation — The  wearing  away  of  the  surface  of  the  land  by  water. 
Devonian  System  or  Formation — A  series  of  Palaeozoic  rocks,  including  the 

Old  Red  Sandstone. 
Dicotyledons  or  Dicotyledonous  Plants^-^  class  of  plants  characterized  by 

having  two  seed  leaves,  by  the  formation  of  new  wood  between  the 

bark  and  the  old  woodf  (oxogenous  growth),  and  by  the  reticulation 

of  the  veins  of  the  leaves.    The  parts  of  the  flowers  are  generally  in 

multiples  of  five. 
Differentiation — ^The  separation,  or  discrimination  of  narts  or  organs  which 

in  simpler  forms  of  life  are  more  or  less  united. 
Dimorphic — Having  two  distinct  forms. — Dimorphism  is  the  condition  of  the 

appearance  of  the  same  species  under  two  dissimilar  forms. 
Dietcious — Having;  the  organs  of  the  sexes  upon  distinct  individuals. 
Diorite — A  peculiar  form  of  Greenstone. 
Dorsal — Of  or  belonging  to  the  back. 

Edentata — A  peculiar  order  of  Quadrupeds,  characterized  by  the  absence  of 
at  least  the  middle  incisor  (front)  teeth  in  both  jaws.  iExamples,  the 
Sloths  and  Armadillos.) 

Elytra— The  hardened  fore-wings  of  Beetles,  serving  as  sheaths  for  the  mem- 
branous hind-wings,  which  constitute  the  true  organs  of  fli^t. 

Embryo — ^The  young  animal  undergoing  development  within  the  egg  or 
womb. 

Embryoloffv— -The  study  of  the  development  of  the  embryo. 

£nd#fm'c^-Peculiar  to  a  given  locality. 

Entomostrac»—A  division  of  the  class  Crustacea,  having  all  the  segments 
of  the  body  usually  distinct,  gills  attached  to  the  feet  or  organs  of 
the  mouth,  and  the  feet  fringed  with  fine  hairs.  They  are  generally 
of  small  size. 

Eocene— 'Th9  earliest  of  the  three  divisions  of  the  Tertiary  epoch  of  geolo- 
gists. Rocks  of  this  age  contain  a  small  proportion  of  shells  identical 
with  species  now  living. 

Ephemerous  Insects — Insects  allied  to  the  May-fly. 

Fauna — ^The  totality  of  the  animals  naturally  inhabiting  a  certain  country 
or  region,  or  which  have  lived  during  a  given  geological  period. 

Felida^The  Cat-family. 

Feral — Having  become  wild  from  a  state  of  cultivation  or  domestication. 

Flora — ^The  totalitv  of  the  i>lants  growing  naturally  in  a  country,  or  during 
a  given  geological  period. 

Florets--e\owen  imperfectlv  developed  in  some  respects,  and  collected  into 
a  dense  spike  or  head,  as  in  the  Grasses,  the  Dandelion.  &c. 

Fcetal — Of  or  belonging  to  the  foetus,  or  embryo  in  course  ot  development. 

Foraminifera — ^A  class  of  animals  of  verv  low  organization,  and  generallv 
of  small  size,  bavins  a  jelly-like  bodv,  from  tne  surface  of  which  deli- 
cate filaments  can  Be  given  off  and  retracted  for  the  prehension  of 
external  objects,  and  naving  a  calcareous  or  sandy  shell,  usually 
divided  into  chambers,  and  perforated  with  small  apertures. 

Fossiliferous — Containing  fossils. 

Fossorial — Having  a  faculty  of  digging.  The  Fossorial  Hymenoptera  are  a 
group  of  Wasp-like  Insects,  which  burrow  in  sandy  soil  to  make  nests 
tor  their  young. 

Frenum  (,pl,  Frend) — A  small  band  or  fold  of  skin. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


534  GLOSSARY 

Fungi   isinp.  Funffus) — A  cimas  of  eellular  plants,   of  which  Mtuhrooms, 

Toacutooli,  and  Moulds  mre  familiar  examples. 
FurcuUh— The  forked  bone  formed  by  the  union  of  the  collar-bones  in  many 

bards,  such  as  the  common  Fowl. 

GaUinaceoms  Bird* — ^An  order  of  Birds  of  which  the  common  Fowl,  Turkey, 
and  Pheasant  are  well-known  examples. 

Gallus — ^The  genus  of  birds  which  includes  the  common  Fowl. 

Ganglion — A  swelling  or  knot  from  which  nerves  are  given  off  as  from  a 
centre. 

Ganoid  Fish** — ^Fishes  covered  with  peculiar  enamelled  bony  scales.  Most 
of  them  are  extinct. 

GamUnal  VeticU^A  minute  vesicle  in  the  eggs  of  animals,  from  which  the 
development  of  the  embryo  proceeds. 

Glacial  Period — A  period  of  great  cold  and  of  enormous  extension  of  ice 
upon  the  surface  of  the  earth.  It  is  believed  that  glacial  periods  have 
occurred  repeatedly  during  the  geological  historv  of  the  earth,  but 
the  term  is  generauj  applied  to  the  close  of  the  Tertiary  epoch,  when 
nearly  the  whole  ox  Europe  was  subjected  to  an  arctic  climate. 

Gland— An  organ  which  secretes  or  separates  some  peculiar  product  from 
the  blood  or  sap  of  animals  or  plants. 

GlofH* — ^The  opening  of  the  windpipe  mto  the  oesophagus  or  gullet. 

Gneit* — A  rock  approaching  granite  in  composition,  but  more  or  less  lami- 
nated, and  really  produced  by  the  alteration  of  a  sedimentary  deposit 
after  its  consolidation. 

Grallator** — ^The  so-called  Wadin^-birds  (Storks,  Cranes,  Snipes,  ftc),  which 
are  generally  furnished  with  long  legs,  bare  of  feathers  above  the 
heel,  and  have  no  membranes  between  the  toes. 

GroniU — ^A  rock  consisting  essentially  of  crystals  of  felspar  and  mica  in  a 
I  of  quartz. 


Habitat — ^The  locality  In  which  a  plant  or  animal  naturally  lives. 

MtnUptera — ^An  order  or  sub-order  of  Insects,  characterized  by  the  posses- 
sion of  a  jointed  beak  or  rostrum,  and  by  having  the  ft>re-wings 
homy  in  the  basal  portion  and  membranous  at  the  extremity,  where 
they    cross   each    other.     This    group    includes    the    various   species 

Hermaphrodtt* — ^Possessing  the  organs  of  both  sexes. 

Homology — That  relation  between  parts  which  results  from  their  develop- 
ment from  corresponding  embryonic  parts,  either  in  different  animals, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  arm  of  man,  the  fore-leg  of  a  quadruped,  and 
the  wing  of  a  bird;  or  in  the  same  individual,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
fore  and  hind  legs  in  quadrupeds,  and  the  segments  or  rings  and 
their  appendages  of  which  the  body  of  a  worm,  a  centipede,  ftc,  is 
composed.  The  latter  is  called  *erial  homology.  The  parts  which 
stand  in  such  a  relation  to  each  other  are  said  to  be  nomologou*, 
and  one  such  part  or  organ  is  called  the  homologue  of  the  other.  In 
different  plants  the  parts  of  the  flower  are  homologous,  and  in  general 
these  parts  are  regarded  as  homologous  with  leaves. 

Homoptera — ^An  order  or  sub-order  of  Insects  having  (like  the  Hemiptera) 
a  jointed  beak,  but  in  which  the  fore-winn  are  either  whoUv  mem- 
branous or  wholly  leathery.  The  Cicada,  Frog-hoppers,  and  Aphid**, 
are  wdl-known  examples.  .     . 

Hybrid— The  offspring  of  the  union  of  two  distinct  species. 

Hymenoptora—An  order  of  Insects  possessing  biting  jaws  and  usually  four 
membranous  wings  in  which  there  are  a  few  veins.  Bees  and  Wasps 
are  familiar  examples  of  this  group. 

Hyp*rtrophi*d — Excessively  developed. 

Ichn*umonid^—A  family  of  Hymenopterous  insects,  the  members  of  which 
lay  their  eggs  in  the  bodies  or  eggs  of  other  insecU. 

Imago — ^The  perfect  (generally  winged)  reproductive  state  of  an  msect. 

Ind^tn*— The  aborigmal  animal  or  vegeUble  inhabitanto  of  a  country  or 
region. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GLOSSARY  S85 

InHorescenet — ^The  mode  of  arrangement  of  the  flowers  of  ftlanta. 

Infusoria — ^A  dau  of  microscopic  Animal enles,  to  called  from  their  having 
originally  been  obaenred  m  infusions  of  vegetable  matters.  They  con- 
sist of  a  gelatinous  material  enclosed  in  a  delicate  membrane,  the 
whole  or  part  of  which  is  furnished  with  short  vibrating  hairs  (called 
dlia),  by  means  of  which  the  animalcules  swim  through  the  water  or 
convey  the  minute  particles  of  their  food  to  the  orifice  of  the  mouth. 

InsecHvorou* — Feeding  on  Insects. 

Inveriebrata,  or  Inverfebrate  Animais^^Thote  animals  which  do  not  possess 
a  baclcbone  or  spinal  column. 

Lac«M«— S|)ace8  left  among  the  tissues  in  some  of  the  lower  animals,  and 
serving  in  place  of  vessels  for  the  circulation  of  the  fluids  of  the  body. 

Lamellated--FuTnlakcd  with  lamellc  or  little  i>lates. 

Larva  ipL  Larva) — The  first  condition  of  an  insect  at  its  issuing  from  the 
egg,  when  it  is  usually  in  the  form  of  a  grub,  caterpillar,  or  maggot. 

Larynjr^-The  upper  part  of  the  windpipe  opening  into  the  gullet. 

Laurentian — A  group  of  greatly  altered  and  very  ancient  rocks,  which  is 
greatly  developed  alonK  the  course  of  the  St  Laurence,  whence  the 
name.  It  is  in  these  that  the  earliest  known  traces  of  organic  bodies 
have  been  found. 

Lsguminosa — An  order  of  plants  represented  by  the  common  Peas  and 
Beans,  having  an  irregular  flower  in  which  one  petal  stands  up  like 
a  wing,  and  the  stamens  and  pistil  are  enclosed  in  a  sheath  formed 
bv  two  other  petals.    The  fruit  is  a  pod  (or  legume). 

LemuriMt—>A  group  of  four-handed  animals,  distinct  from  the  Monkejrs 
and  approachmg  the  Insectivorous  Quadrupeds  in  some  of  their  char- 
acters and  habits.  Its  members  have  the  nostrils  curved  or  twisted, 
and  a  claw  instead  of  a  nail  upon  the  first  finger  of  the  hind  hands. 

Lepidoptera — An  order  of  Insects,  characterized  by  the  possession  of  a 
spiral  proboscis,  and  of  four  large  more  or  less  scaly  wings.  It 
includes  the  well-known  Butterflies  and  Moths. 

Littoral — Inhabiting  the  seashore. 

Loess — ^A  marly  deposit  of  recent  (Post-Tertiiry)  date,  wUch  occupies  a 
great  part  of  the  valley  of  the  Rhine. 

Malaeostraca—Tht  higher  division  of  the  Crustacea,  including  the  ordlnatv 
Crabs,  Lobsters,  Shrimps,  ftc.,  together  with  the  Wooduee  and  Sand- 
hoppers. 

Mammalia — ^The  highest  class  of  animals,  including  the  ordinary  hairy 
quadrupeds,  the  Whale^  and  Man,  and  characterised  by  the  produc- 
tion of  living  young  which  are  nourished  after  birth  by  milk  from 
the  teaU  (Mamma,  Mammary  glands)  of  the  mother.  A  striking  dif- 
ference in  embryonic  development  has  led  to  the  division  of  this 
class  into  two  great  groups,  in  one  of  these,  when  the  embryo  has 
attained  a  certain  stage,  a  vascular  connection,  called  the  placenta, 
is  formed  between  the  embryo  and  the  mother;  in  the  other  this  is 
wanting,  and  the  young  are  produced  in  a  very  incomplete  state. 
The  former,  including  the  greater  part  of  the  class,  are  called 
Placental  mammals;  the  latter,  or  Aplacental  mammals.  Include  the 
Marsupials  and  Monotremes  iOmithorhynchns). 

Mammiferons — Having  mamnue  or  teats  (see  Maicmai:.xa). 

Mandibles,   in   Insects — ^The  first  or  uppermost   pair   of   jaws,   which   are 

Knerally  solid,  homy,  biting  organs.    In  Birds  the  term  is  applied  to 
th  jaws  with  their  horny  coverings.    In  Quadrupeds  the  mandible  is 

properlv  the  lower  jaw. 
Marsupials — An  order  of  Mammalia  in  which  the  voung  are  bom  in  a  very 

incomplete  state  of  development,  and  earned  by  the  mother,  while 

sucking,   in  a  ventral  pouch    (marsupium),  such  as  the  Kangaroos, 

Opossums,  &c  (see  Mammalia). 
Maxilla,  in  Insects — ^The  second  or  lower  pair  of  jaws,  which  are  composed 

of  several  joints  and  furnished  with  peculiar  jointed  appendages  called 

palpi,  or  feelers. 
Melanum^-The  opposite  of  albinism;  an  undue  development  of  colouring 

material  in  the  skin  and  its  appendages. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


536  GLOSSARY 

Metamorphic  Rock* — Sedimentary  rocks  which  have  undergone  alteration, 
generally  by  the  action  of  heat,  subsequently  to  their  deposition  and 
consolidation. 

Mollusca — One  of  the  great  divisions  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  including 
those  animals  which  have  a  soft  body,  usually  furnished  with  a  shell, 
and  in  which  the  nervous  ganglia,  or  centres,  present  no  definite  gen- 
eral arrangement.  They  are  generally  known  under  the  denomination 
of  "  shell-fish " ;  the  cuttle-fish,  and  the  common  snails,  whelks, 
oysters,  mussels,  and  cockles,  may  serve  as  exam]>les  of  them. 

Monocotyledons,  or  Monocotyledonous  Plants — ^Plants  in  which  the  seed 
sends  up  only  a  single  seed-leaf  (or  cotyledon):  characterized  by  the 
absence  of  consecutive  layers  of  wood  in  the  stem  (endogenous 
growth),  by  the  veins  of  the  leaves  being  generally  straight  and 
by  the  parts  of  the  flowers  being  generally  in  multiples  of  three. 
(Bxampies,  Oasses,  Lilies,  Orchids,  Palms,  ftc.) 

Mormnss — ^The  accumulations  of  fragments  of  rock  brought  down  by 
glaciers. 

Morphology — ^The  law  of  form  or  structure  independent  of  function. 

My  sis-stags — A  stage  in  the  development  of  certain  Crustaceans  (Prawns), 
in  which  they  closely  resemble  the  adulu  of  a  genus  iMysis)  belong- 
ing to  a  slightly  lower  group. 

Nascent — Commencing  development 

Natatory — Adapted  for  the  purpose  of  swimming. 

Nauplius-form — ^The  earliest  stage  in  the  development  of  many  Crustacea, 
especially  belonsing  to  the  lower  groups.  In  this  ste^e  the  animal 
has  a  short  body,  with  indistinct  indications  of  a  division  into  seg- 
ments, and  three  pairs  of  fringed  limbs.  This  form  of  the  common 
fresh-water  Cyclops  was  described  as  a  distinct  genus  under  the  name 
of  Nauplius. 

Neuration — ^The  arrangement  of  the  veins  or  nervures  in  the  wings  of 
Insects. 

Neuters — ^Imperfectly  developed  females  of  certain  social  insecta  (such  as 
Anta  and  Bees),  which  perform  all  the  labours  of  the  community. 
Hence  thev  are  also  called  workers. 

Nictitating  Membrane — A  semi-transparent  membrane,  which  can  be  drawn 
across  the  eye  in  Birds  and  Keptiles,  either  to  moderate  the  effecta 
of  a  strong  light  or  to  sweep  particles  of  dust,  &c.,  from  the  surface 
of  the  eye. 

Ocelli — ^The  simple  eyes  or  stemmata  of  Insects,  usually  situated  on  the 
crown  of  the  head  between  the  great  compound  eyes. 

CEsopkagns— The  gullet. 

Oolitic — ^A  great  series  of  secondary  rocks,  so  called  from  the  texture  of 
some  of  ita  members,  which  appear  to  be  made  up  of  a  mass  of  small 
egg-like  calcareous  bodies. 

Opercufum — A  calcareous  plate  employed  by  many  Mollusca  to  close  the 
•  aperture  of  their  shell.  The  opercular  valves  of  Cirripedes  are  those 
which  close  the  aperture  of  the  shell. 

Orbit — ^The  bony  cavity  for  the  reception  of  the  eye. 

Organism — ^An  organized  being,  whether  plant  or  animal. 

Orthospermous-^A  term  applied  to  those  fruits  of  the  Umbelliferx  which 
have  the  seed  straight. 

Osculant — ^Forms  or  groups  apparently  intermediate  between  and  connecting 
other  groups  are  said  to  be  osculant 

Ova — Eggs. 

Ovarium  or  Ovary  (in  Plants) — ^The  lower  part  of  the  pistil  or  female  organ 
of  the  flower,  containing  the  ovules  or  incipient  seeds;  by  growth  after 
the  other  orsans  of  the  flower  have  fallen,  it  usually  becomes  con- 
verted into  the  fruit 

Ot/t^^erow^^Egg-bearins. 

Ovules  iof  Plants)— Tht  seeds  in  the  earliest  condition. 

Pachyderms — ^A  group  of  Mammalia,  so  called  from  their  thick  skins,  and 

including  the  Elephant,  Rhinoceros,  Hippopotamus,  ftc 
PaUsosoic — ^The  oldest  system  of  fossiliferous  rocks. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GLOSSARY  537 

Palpi — ^Jointed  ai^pendages  to  some  of  the  organs  of  the  mouth  in  Insects 

and  Crustacea. 
Papitionaceit — An    order    of   Plants    (see    LECUMiifosjB).      The    flowers    of 

these  plants   are    called   papilionaceous,   or   butterfly-like,    from    the 

fancied  resemblance  of  the  expanded  superior  petals  to  the  wings  of 

a  butterfly. 
Parasit€-^An  animal  or  plant  living  upon  or  in,  and  at  the  expense  of, 

another  organism. 
Parthenogenesi* — The  production  of  living  organisms  from  unimpregnated 

eggs  or  seeds. 
Pedunculated — Supported  upon  a  stem  or  stalk.    The  pedunculated  oak  has 

its  acorns  borne  upon  a  footstool. 
Peloria   or  Pelorism — The   appearance    of    re^laritv    of    structure   in    the 

flowers  of  plants  which  normally  bear  irregular  flowers. 
Pelvis — ^The  bony  arch  to  which  the  hind  limbs  of  vertebrate  animals  are 

articulated. 
Petals — ^The  leaves  of  the  corolla,  or  second  circle  of  organs  in  a  flower. 

They  are  usually  of  delicate  texture  and  brightly  coloured. 
PhyUodineous—VLimn%  flattened,    leaf-like    twigs   or    leafaUlks    instead    of 

true  leaves. 
Pigment — ^The  colouring  material  produced  generally  in  the  superficial  parts 

of  animals.     The  cells  secreting  it  are  called  pigment-cells. 
Ptufiatr— ^Bearing  leaflets  on  each  side  of  a  central  stalk. 
Pistils — ^The  female  organs  of  a  flower,  which  occupy  a  position  in  the  centre 

of  the  other  floral  organs.     The  pistil  is  generally  divisible  into  the 

ovary  or  germen,  the  style  and  the  stigma. 
Placentalia,  Placentata,  or  Placental  Mammals — See  Mammalia. 
/'tonfii^rad^j^— Quadrupeds  which  walk  upon  the  whole  sole  of  the  foot,  like 

the  Bears. 
Plastic  Period— The  latest  portion  of  the  Tertiary  epoch. 
Plumule   On  Plants) — ^The  minute  bud  between  the  seed-leaves  of  newly- 

f^erminated  plants. 
Plutonic  Rocks — Rocks  supposed  to  have  been  produced  by  igneous  action 

in  the  deoths  of  the  earth. 
Pollen — ^The  male  element  in  flowering  plants:  usually  a  fine  dust  produced 

§Y  the  anthers,  which,  by  contact  with  the  stigma,  effects  the  fecunda- 
on  of  the  seeds.     This  impregnation  is  brought  about  by  means  of 

tubes  (pollen-tubes)  which  Issue  from  the  poTlen-grains  adhering  to 

the  stigma,  and  penetrate  through  the  tissues  until  they  reach  the 

ovary. 
Polyandrous  {Flowers) — Flowers  having  many  stamens. 
Polygamous  Plants — Plants  in  which  some  flowers  are  unisexual  and  others 

hermaphrodite.     The  unisexual    (male  and  female)   flowers   may  be 

on  the  same  or  on  different  plants. 
Polymorphic — Presenting  many  forms. 
Polysoary — ^The  common  structure  formed  by  the  cells  of  the  Polyzoa,  such 

as  the  well-known  Sea-mats. 
Prehensile — Capable  of  grasping. 
Prepotent — Having  a  superiori^  of  power. 
Primaries — ^The  feathers  forming  the  tip  of  the  wing  of  a  bird,  and  inserted 

upon  that  part  which  represents  the  hand  of  man. 
Processes — ^Projecting    portions    of    bones,    usually    for   the    attachment   of 

muscles,  ligaments,  &c 
Propolis — 'A  resinous  material  collected  by  the  Hive-Bees  from  the  opening 

buds  of  various  trees. 
Protean — Exceedingly  variable. 
Protozoa — ^The  lowest  great  division  of  the  Animal  Kingdom.    These  animals 

are  composed  of  a  gelatinous  material,  and  show  scarcely  any  trace  of 

distinct  organs.    The  Infusoria,  Foraminifera,  and  Sponges,  with  some 

other  forms,  belong  to  this  division. 
Pupa  ipl.  Pupa) — ^The  second  stage  in  the  development  of  an  Insect,  from 

which  It  emerges  in  the  perfect  (winged)  reproductive  form.    In  most 

insects  the  pupal  stage  is  passed  in  perfect  repose.     The  chrysalis  is 

the  pupal  state  of  butterflies. 

Radicle — ^The  minute  root  of  an  embryo  plant 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


538  GLOSSARY 

Ramus— Ont'half  of  the  lower  jaw  in  the  Mammalia.  The  portion  which 
rises  to  articulate  with  the  skull  is  called  the  asctnding  ramus. 

Rauge—Tht  extent  of  country  over  which  a  plant  or  animal  is  naturally 
spread.  Ranpe  in  tims  expresses  the  distribution  of  a  species  or 
group  through  the  fossUiferous  beds  of  the  earth's  crust 

Rgtina — The  delicate  inner  coat  of  the  eye,  formed  br  nenrous  filaments 
spreading  from  the  optic  nerve,  and  serving  for  the  perception  of  the 
impressions  produced  by  light. 

Rstrogrsssion — Backward  development.  When  an  animal,  as  it  approaches 
maturity,  becomes  less  perfectly  organized  than  might  be  expected 
from  its  early  stages  and  known  relationshipa,  it  is  said  to  undergo 
a  retrograde  development  or  metamorphosis, 

RhiMopods — A  class  of  lowly  organized  animals  (Protozoa),  having  a  gelat- 
inous body,  the  surface  of  which  can  be  protruded  in  the  form  of 
root-like  processes  or  filaments,  which  serve  for  locomotion  and 
the  prehension  of  food.  The  most  important  order  is  that  of  the 
Foraminifera. 

Rodents~^h»  gnawing  Mammalia,  such  as  the  Rats,  Rabbits,  and  Squirrels. 
They  are  especiallv  characterized  by  the  possession  of  a  single  pair 
of  chisel-like  cutting  teeth  in  each  jaw,  between  which  and  the 
grinding  teeth  there  is  a  great  gap. 

Rutms—Tht  Bramble  Genus. 

Rudimentary — Very  imperfectly  developed. 

RuminanU — ^The  group  of  Quadrupeds  which  ruminate  or  chew  the  cud, 
such  as  Oxen,  Sheep,  and  Deer.  They  have  divided  hoofs,  and  are 
destitute  of  front  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw. 

Jocro^^Belonging  to  tiie  sacrum,  or  the  bone  composed  usually  of  two  or 

more  united  vertebrK  to  which  the  sides  of  the  pelvis  in  vertebrate 

animals  are  attached. 
Sarcode — The  gelatinous  material  of  which  the  bodies  of  the  lowest  animals 

(Protozoa)  are  composed. 
ScutelkS'-^Tlke  homy  plates  with  which  the  feet  of  birds  are  generally  more 

or  less  covered,  especially  in  front 
Sedimentary  Formations — Rocks  deposited  as  sediments  from  water. 
Segments— ^he  traverse  rings  of  which  the  body  of  an  articulate  animal 

or  Annelid  is  composed. 
SePois — ^The  leaves  or  seirments  of  the  calyx,  or  outennost  envelope  of  an 

ordinary  flower.     They  are  usually  green,   but  sometimes  brightly 

coloured. 
Serratures— Teeth  like  those  of  a  saw. 
Sessite — Not  supported  on  a  stem  or  footstalk.    , 
Silurian  System — A  verv  ancient  system  of  fossihferous  roeks  belonging  to 

the  earlier  part  of  the  Palaeozoic  series. 
SpeciaiiMation—Tht  setting  apart  of  a  particular  organ  for  the  performance 

of  a  particular  function. 
Spinal  Chord — ^The  central  portion  of  the  nervous  system  in  the  Vertebrata, 

whidi  descends  from  the  brain  through  the  arches  of  the  vertebrae, 

and  gives  off  nearly  all  the  nerves  to  tiie  various  organs  of  the  bodv. 
Stamens — ^The  male  organs  of  flowering  plants,  standing  in  a  circle  withm 

the  petals.     They  usually  consist  of  a  filament  and  an  anther,  the 

anther  being  the  essential  part  in  which  the  pollen,  or  fecundating 

dust,  is  formed. 
Sternum    The    breast-bone.    ^    ,       .   .,  .     ^ 
Stigma — ^The  apical  portion  of  the  pistil  in  flowering  plants. 
Stipules — Small  leafy  organs  placed  at  the  base  ot  the  footstalks  of  the 

leaves  in  many  plants. 
Style — ^The  middle  portion  of  the  perfect  pistil,  which  rises  like  a  column 

from  the  ovary  and  supports  the  stigma  at  its  summit 
Subcuta$teous—Sita»,teA  beneath  the  skin. 
Suctorial — ^Adapted  for  sucking. 
Sutures  (tn  the  skull) — ^The  unes  of  junction  of  the  bones  of  which  the 

skull  is  composed. 

Tarsus  (pi.  Tarsi) — ^The  pointed  feet  of  articulate  animals,  such  as  Insects. 

Teleostean  Pishes — Fishes  of  the  kind  familiar  to  us  in  the  present  day, 

having  the  skeleton  usually  completely  ossified  and  the  scales  homy. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


GLOSSARY  539 

Tentacula  or  Tentacles — Delicate  fLeahy  organs  of  prehension  or  touch  po»- 
sessed  by  many  of  the  lower  animals. 

Tertiary — The  latest  geological  epoch,  immediately  preceding  the  cstablish- 
ment  of  the  present  order  of  things. 

Trachea — ^The  windpipe  or  passage  for  the  admission  of  air  to  the  lungs. 

Tridactyle — ^Three-fingered,  or  composed  of  three  movable  parts  attached 
to  a  common  base. 

Trilohites — A  peculiar  group  of  extinct  Crustaceans,  somewhat  resembling 
the  Woodlice  in  external  form,  and,  like  some  of  them,  capable  or 
rolling  themselves  up  into  a  bail.  Their  remains  are  found  only  in 
the  Palaeozoic  rocks,  and  most  abundantly  in  those  of  Silurian  age. 

Trimorphic — Presenting  three  distinct  forms. 

Umhellifer« — ^An  order  of  plants  in  which  the  flowers,  which  contain  five 
stamens  and  a  pistil  with  two  styles,  are  supported  upon  footstalks 
which^  spring  from  the  top  of  the  flower  stem  and  spread  out  like 
the  wires  of  an  umbrella,  so  as  to  bring  all  the  flowers  in  the  same 
head  {umbel)  nearly  to  the  same  level.  {Examples,  Parsley  and 
Carrot.; 

Ungulata — ^Hoofed  quadrupeds. 

C/m'c£//f»/ar— Consisting  of  a  single  cell 

Vascular — Containing  blood-vessels. 

Vermiform — ^Like  a  worm. 

Vertebrata;  or  Vertebrate  Animt^ — ^The  highest  division  of  the  animal 
kingdom,  so  called  from  the  presence  in  most  cases  of  a  backbone 
composed  of  numerous  joints  or  vertebra,  which  constitutes  the  cen- 
tre of  the  skeleton  and  at  the  same  time  supports  and  protects  the 
central  parts  of  the  nervous  system. 

Whorls — ^The    circles    or   spiral    lines    in    which   the    ports   of    plants   are 

arranged  upon  the  axis  of  growth. 
Workers — See  Neutbss. 

Zoea-stage — ^The  earliest  stue  in  the  development  of  many  of  the  higher 
Crustacea,  so  called  from  the  name  of  ZoSa,  applied  to  these  young 
animals  when  they  were  supposed  to  constitute  a  peculiar  genus. 

Zooids — In  man^  of  the  lower  animals  (such  as  the  Corals,  Medusae,  &c.) 
reproduction  takes  place  in  two  wajrs.  namely,  by  means  of  eggs  and 
by  a  process  of  budding  with  or  without  separation  from  the  parent 
ot  the  product  of  the  latter,  which  is  often  very  different  from  that 
of  the  e^g.  The  individuality  of  the  species  is  represented  by  the 
whole  ot  the  form  produced  between  two  sexual  reproductions;  and 
these  forms,  which  are  apparently  individual  animals,  have  been 
called  Mooids. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX 


Abeuant  groups,  468. 

Abyssinia,  plants  of,  423. 

Acclimatisation,   152* 

Adoxa,  335. 

Affinities  of  extinct  species,  377- 

of  organic  beings,  467. 

AgassiK,  on  Amblyopsis,   iS^-^,     , 
,  on  groups  of  speaes  suddenly 

appearing,  363., 

,  on  prophetic  forms,  378. 

,    on    embryological    succession, 

388. 

,  on  the  Glacial  period,  4x2. 

— ' — t    on    embryological    characters, 

456* 
,   on   the   latest  tertiary   forms, 

350' 
.  on  parallelism  of  embryologi- 
cal    development    and    geological 

■succession,  489. 

,  Alex.,  on  pedicellariae,  247. 

Algse  of  New  Zealand,  421. 
Alligators,   males,  fighting,   lox. 
Alternate   generations,   478. 
Amblyopsis,  blind  fish.   152. 
America,    North^    productions    allied 

to  those  of  Europe,  416. 
,    ^    boulders    and    glaciers 

of,  4 '8. 
^  South,  no  modern  formations 

on  west  coast,  343. 
Ammonites,    sudden    extinction    of, 

372. 
Anagallis,  sterility  of,  300. 
Analogy  of  variations,   170. 
Ancjrlus,  420. 
Andaman    Islands    inhabited    by    a 

toad.  435. 
Animals,     not     domesticated     from 

being  variable,  35. 
,      domestic,      descended     from 

several  stocks.  36. 

,  -.  acclimatisation  of,   154. 

Animals  ot  Australia,   126. 

with   thicker   fur   in   cold   cli- 
mates,  146. 

,  blind,  in  caves,  150, 

extinct,  of  Australia,  389. 

Anomma,  294. 

Antarctic   islands,   ancient  flora  of, 

441* 
Antechinus,   462. 
Ants  attending  aphides,  265. 

,  slave-making  instinct^  275, 

^  neuters,  structure  of,  292. 


Apes,  not  having  acquired  intel- 
lectual powers,  234. 

Aphides,  attended  by  ants,  265. 

Aphis,  development  of,  482. 

Apteryx,   186. 

Arab  horses,  50. 

Aralo-Caspian  Sea,  389. 

Archeopteryx,  356. 

Archiac,  M.  de,  on  the  succession 
of  species,  374. 

Artichoke,  Jerusalem,   154. 

Ascension,  plants  of,  432. 

Asdepias,  pollen  of,  200. 

Asparagus,  406. 

Aspicarpa,  455* 

Asses,  striped,    171. 

,  improved  by  selection,  55. 

Ateuchus,  X48. 

Aucapitaine,  on  land-shells,  439. 

Audubon,  on  habits  of  frigate-bird, 
189. 

,    on   variation   in   birds'   nests, 

,  op  heron  eating  seeds,  431. 

Australia,  animals  of,   126. 

,  do8;s  of,  269. 

,  extinct  animals  of,  388. 

,  European  plants  in,  420.* 

,  glaciers  of,  4x8. 

Azara,    on    flies    destroying    cattle, 

86. 
Azores,  flora  of,  4x0. 


B 

Babington,    Mr.,   on    British   plants, 

63. 
Baer,    Von,    standard    of   Highness, 

135. 
,   comparison   of  bee  and  fish, 

386. 
1    embryonic    similarity    of    the 

Vertebrata.   479. 
Baker,  Sir  S.,  on  the  giraffe,  231. 
Balancement  of  growth,  xs8. 
Baleen,  237. 

Barberrv,  flowers  of^  ixx. 
Barrande,  M.,  on  Silurian  colonies. 


J65. 
375. 


on  the  succession  of  species. 


,    on    parallelism    of    palaeozoic 
formations,  ^^^» 

,  on  affinities  of  ancient  species, 

379 


541 
HH—HCatl 


Barriers,  importance  of,  396. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


542 


INDEX 


Bmtea,   Mr.,  on  mimetic  butterflies. 

465,  466. 
Batrachiana  on  islands,  435* 
Bats,  how  ^structure  acquired,   186. 

1  distribution  of,  437. 

Bear,   catching  water-insects,    188. 
Beauty,  how  acquired,  309,  511. 
Bee,  sting  of,  3x4. 

,  queen,  killing  rivalsp  214. 

,   Australian,   extermmation   of, 

90. 
Bees  fertilising  flowers,  88. 
,    hive,    not    sudong    the    red 

clover,  X08. 

,  Ligurian.  zo8. 

,  hive^  cell-making  instinct,  279, 

,    variation    in    habits,    366. 

,  parasitic,  a7S. 

— .  numble,  cells  of,  280. 
Beetles,   wingless,  in  Maderia,   148. 

-  with  ddident  tarsi,  148. 
Bentham,  Mr.,  on  British  plants,  63. 

,  on  classification,  457. 

Berkeley,  Mr.,  on  seeds  in  salt  water, 

405. 
Bermuda,  birds  of,  433. 
Birds  acquiring  fear,  366. 
— ,  beauty  of,  aia. 

annually    cross    the    Atlantic, 

410. 

,  colour  of,  on  continents,  Xi^6. 

,  footsteps,  and  remains  of,  in 

secondaiT  rocks,  357-       ,    „      „ 
,    fossil,    in    caves    of    Brazil, 

,    of    Madeira,    Bermuda,    and 

Galapagos,  433. 
Birds,  song  of  males,  xoa. 

transporting  seeds,  409. 

— -s   waders,   430. 

~— ,  wingless,  147,  186,  187. 

Bizcacha,  398. 

•^— ,  affinities  of,  469. 

Bladder  for  swimming,  in  fish,  195. 

Blindness  of  cave  animals,  150. 

Blyth,  Mr.,  on  distinctness  of  Indian 

cattle,  35. 
— ^-,  on  striped  hemionus,  171. 

,  on  crossed  ffeese,  304, 

Borrow,  Mr.,  on  the  Spanish  pointer, 

49- 
Bory  St   Vincent,   on   Batrachiaiu, 

435. 
Bosquet,  M.,  on  fossil  CHithamalus, 
^357. 

Boulders,  erratic,  on  the  Azores,  308. 
Branchiae,   196,   Z97. 

of  crustaceans,  aox. 

Braun,  Prof.,  on  the  seeds  of  Fuma- 

riaceae,  226. 
Brent,  Mr.,  on  house-tumblers,  26S. 
Britain,  mammals  of,  437. 
Broca,  Prof.,  on  Natural  Selection, 


Brpnn,  Prof.,  on  duration  of  specific 
rious  objectiona  by,  aaa. 


forms,  247, 
vanou 


Brown.  Robert,  on  classification,  453. 

,  S^uard,  on  inherited  mutfla- 

tions.  148. 

Busk,  Mr.,  on  the  Polyzoa,  248. 

Butterflies,  mimetic,  46^,  466. 

Buzareingues,  on  sterility  of  varie- 
ties, 325. 


Cabbage,  varieties  of,  crossed,   ixa. 

Calceolaria.  303. 

Canary-birds,    sterility    of    hybrids, 

303. 
Cape  de  Verde  islands,  productions 

of,  440. 

f  plants  of,  on  mountains^ 

Cape  of  Good  Hope,  plants  of. 


.43a. 


420. 
140, 


Carpenter,  Dr..  on  foraminifera,  385. 

Carthamus,  22s* 

Cataaetum,  204,  461. 

Cats,  with  blue  eyes,  deaf,  29. 

,  variation  in  habits  of,  267. 

curling    tail    when    going    to 

spring,  2x3. 

Cattle  destroying  fir-trees,  86. 

destroyed  by  flies  in  Paraguay, 

86. 

,  breeds  of,  locally  extinct,  xsi. 

,  fertility  of  Indian  and  Euro- 
pean breeds,  304. 

— — ,  Indian,  35,  305. 

Cave,  inhabitants  of,  blind,  X50. 

Ceddomjria,  478. 

Celts,  proving  antiquity  of  man,  35. 

Centres  of  Creation,  400. 

Cephalopoda,  structures  of  eyes,  200. 

— — ,  development  of,   482. 

Ceroopithecus,  tail  of,  243. 

Ceroxvlus  laceratus,  236. 

Cervuius,  304. 

Cetacea,  teeth  and  hair,  156. 

,  devdopment  of  the  whalebone, 

236. 

Cetaceans.  236. 

Ceylon,  plants  of,  420. 

Chalk  formation,  373. 


of 


,   sua 

Charlock,  00. 

Checks  to  Increase,  83. 

— — ,  mutual,  85. 

Chelae  of  Crustaceans,  248. 
Chickens,    instinctive    tameness 

269. 
Chironomus,  its  asexual  reproduction, 

478. 
Chthamaliiue,  341. 
Chthamalus,    cretacean    spedes    of, 

357. 
Circumstances    favourable    to   selec^ 

tion  of  domestic  products,  53. 

to  natural  selection,  1x4. 

Cirripedes  capable  of  crossing,  1x3. 
,  carapace  aborted,  259. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INIXBX 


SA3 


Orripedet, 

190. 


Qimiu 


fUtnt   oTVerooi    tttBBf 


,  fonil,  357. 

1  larrc  of,  48X. 

ClapftrMe,  Prof.,  on  the  hair-clasp- 
era  of  the  Acaridc  302. 

Oarke,  Rev,  W.  B.,  on  old  gladen 
in  Australia,  4x8. 

Qassification,  450. 

Clift,  Mr.,  on  the  suooession  of 
t3rpes,  388. 

Climate,  effects  of,  in  checking  in- 
crease of  beings,  84. 
— k   adaptation   of,   to   organisms, 

bing  plants,  195. 

,  developments  of,  35a. 

Qover  visited  by  bees,  xxo,  ixi« 
Cobites,  intestine  of,  194. 
Cockroach,  90. 
Collections,     pabeontological,     poor. 

Colour,  influenced  by  dimate,  146. 

,  in  relation  to  attack  by  flies, 

309. 

Columba  livia,  parent  of  domestic 
pigeons,  39. 

Coiymbetes^  439. 

Compensation  of  growth,  Z58. 

Compositse,  flowera  and  seeds  of,  157. 

— ,  outer  and  inner  florets  of,  22$. 

— — ,  male  flowers  of,  491. 

Conclusion,  general.  519. 

Conditions,  slight  changes  in,  favour- 
able to  fertility,  317. 

Convergence  of  genera,  139. 

Cope,  Prof.,  on  the  acceleration  or 
retardation  of  the  period  of  repro- 
duction,   197. 

Coral-islands,  seeds  drifted  to,  406. 

reefs,  indicating  movements  of 

earth,  406. 

Corn-crake,   190. 

Correlated  variation  in  domestic 
productions,  29. 

Coryanthes,  203. 

Creation,  single  centres  of,  400. 

Crinum,  303. 

Croll,  Mr.,  on  subaerial  denudation, 
339* 

,  on  the  age  of  our  oldest  for* 

mations,  359. 

^— ,  on  alternate  Glacial  periods  in 
the  North  and  South,  4x8. 

Crosses,  reciprocal,  qo6. 

Crossing  of  domestic  animals,  im- 
portance in  altering  breeds,  36. 

,  advantages  of,  xio. 

,  unfavourable  to  selection,  113, 

114. 

Criiger,  Dr.,  on  Conranthes,  304. 

Crustacea  of  New  Zealand,  431. 

Crustacean,  blind,  150. 

air-breathers,  aos. 

Crustaceans,  their  chelae,  349. 
Cryptocenis,  393. 


Ctenomys,  Wind,  iso. 
Cuckoo,  instinct  of,  363.  370. 
Cunningham,  Mr.,  on  the  flight  of 

the  logger-headed  dude,  147. 
Currants,  mfts  of,  311. 
Currents  of  sea.  rate  of.  406. 
Cuvier,  on  conditions  of  existence, 

363,  363. 

,  on  fossil  monkeys,  356. 

,  Fred.,  on  instinct^  36a,  363. 

Cydostoma,  resisting  salt  water,  439. 


Dana,  Prof.,  on  blind  cave-animals, 
X51. 

,  on  relations  of  crustaceans  of 

Japan,  4x7. 

,  on  crustaceans  of  New  Zea- 
land, 43X. 

Dawson,  Dr.,  on  eozoon,  360. 

De  CandoUe,  Aug.  Pyr.,  on  struggle 
for  existence,  77. 

,  on  umbelliterae,  15  7, 

,  on  general  affinities,  469* 

■,   Alph.,   on   the  variability   of 

oaks,  07. 

— ' — ,  on  low  plants,  widely  dis- 
persed, i^6. 

,  on  widely-ranging  plants  being 

variable,  69. 

,  on  naturalisation,  135. 

,  on  winged  seeds,  xs8. 

,  on  Alpine  spedes  suddenly  be- 
coming rare,  180. 

,  on  distribution  of  plants  with 

large  seeds,  407. 

—*— ,    on    vegetation    of    Australia, 

,  on  xresh-water  plants,  430. 

,  on  insular  plants,  4^3. 

Degradation  of  rodcs,  330. 
Denudation,  rate  of,  337. 

of  oldest  rocks,  360. 

of  granitic  areas,  345. 

Devdqpment  of  andent  forms,  384. 

Devonian  system,  383. 

Dianthus,   fertili^   of   crosses,   306, 

307. 
Dimorphism  in  plants,  6x,  3x9. 
Dirt  on  feet  of  birds,  409. 
Dispersal,  means  of,  403* 

durmg  Gladal  period,  41  x. 

Distribution,  geograiMiical,  395* 
,  meanc  of,  403. 

Disuse,  effect  of,  under  nature,  147. 
Divergence  of  character,  122, 
Diveraification    of   means   for   same 

general  purpose,  203. 
Division,  physiological,  of  labour,  135. 
Dog,  resemblance  of  jaw  to  that  of 

the  Thyladnus,  463. 
Dogs,  hairless,  with  imperfect  teeth, 

30. 

descended   from   several   wfld 

stocks,  35. 

,  domcitic  instincts  of,  s68. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


544 


INDEX 


as. 


Dogs,  inherited  civilisation  of,  a68. 

— ,  fertility  of  breeds  together, 
30s. 

,  of  crosses,  3JJ. 

,  proportions  of  body  in  differ- 
ent breeds,  when  young,  484. 

Domestication,  variation  under. 

Double  flowers,  292. 

Downinpr,  Mr.,  on  frui^trees  in 
America,  98. 

Dragon-flies,  intestines  of,  194. 

Drift-timber,  407. 

Driver  ant.  29^. 

Drones  killed  by  other  bees.  3x4. 

Duck,  domestic,  wings  of,  redu< 


Dndcwi 


-,  beak  of,  237. 

headed,  x86. 


uced^9. 


>^9. 


Dugong,  affinities  of,  453. 
Dunff-beetles    with    dddent    tarsi, 

Dybscus,  429. 

E 

Earl.  Mr.  W.,  on  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago, 4^7. 
Ears,  droopmg,  in  domestic  animals, 

*^- 
f  rudimentary,  494. 

Earth,  seeds  in  roots  of  trees,  407. 

charged  with  seeds,  409. 

Echlnodermata,     their     pedicellariae, 

Eciton,  agj. 

Economy  of  organisation,  159. 

Edentata,  teeth  and  hair,  156. 

,  fossil  species  of,  515. 

Edwards,    Milne,    on    physiological 

division  of  labour,  126. 
,    on    gradations    of    structure, 

205. 
,    on    embryological    characters, 

456. 
Eggs,    young   birds   escaping   from, 

100. 
Egypt,  productions  of,  not  modified, 

220. 
Electric  organs,  198. 
Elephant,  rate  of  increase,  79. 

9  of  Glacial  period,  154. 

Embryology,  478. 
Eozoon  Canaaense,  360. 
Existence,  struggle  for,  76. 

,  condition  of,  a  18. 

Extinction,    as    bearing    on    natural 

selection,  134. 
—  of  domestic  varieties,  130. 

^r~'  368. 

Eye,  structure  of.  191. 

,  correction  tor  aberration,  216. 

Eyes,  reduced  in  moles,  149. 


Fabre,  M.,  on  hymenoptera  fighting, 

202. 

— ,  on  parasitic  sphex,  275, 
«— -k  on  Sitaris,  487,  488. 


of 


ad- 


I,   302. 

changes 


in  con- 


Falconer,  Dr.,  on  naturalisation  of 
plants  in  India,  80. 

on   elephants   and   mastodons, 

383. 

and  Cautley,  on 

sub-Himalayan  beds.  389. 

Falkland  Islands,  wolf  of,  43^ 

Faults,  338. 

Faunas,  marine,  ^97. 

Fear,  instinctive,  in  birds,  269. 

Feet   of   birds,  young  molluscs 

hering  to,  429. 
Fertilisation  variously  effected,  203, 

an. 
Fertility  of  hybrids, 
,   from  slight 

ditions,  318. 

of  crossed  varieties,  322. 

Fir-trees  destroyed  by  cattle,  86. 

,  pollen  of,  2 IS. 

Fish,  flsring,  187. 

,  teleostean,  sudden  appearance 

®^»  357. 

,  eating  seeds,  408,  430. 

,    fresh-water,    distribution    of, 

4a7t  4^8. 
Fishes,     ganoid,     now    confined    to 

fresh  water,  118. 

,  electric  organs  of,  198. 

,  ganoid,  living  in  fresh  water, 

37a. 

,   of  southern  hemisphere,  421. 

Flat-fish,  their  structure,  240. 
Flight,    powers    of,    how    acquired, 

186,  187- 
Flint-tools,     proving     antiquity     of 

man,  35. 
Flower,  Trof.,  on  the  Urvnx,  246. 

,  on  Halitherium,  378. 

,    on   the   resemblance   between 

the  jaws  of  the  dog  and  Thylad- 

nus,  464. 
,  on  the  homology  of  the  feet 

of  certain  marsupials,  47^. 
Flowers,  structure  of,  in  relation  to 

crossing,  106. 
,  of  compositae  and  umbelliferc, 

iS7t  aas. 

,  beauty  of,  axx. 

,  double,  292. 
Flysch   formation,    destitute   of   or- 
ganic remains,  341. 
Forbes,  Mr.  D.,  on  glacial  action  in 

the  Andes,  418. 

,  E.,  on  colours  of  shells,  146. 

,  on  abrupt  range  of  shells  in 

depth,  181. 
.  on  poorness  of  palcontological 

collections,  340. 
f   on    continuous   succession   of 

genera,  367. 
,  on  continental  extensions,  404, 

40s. 
^^,  on  distribution  during  Glacial 

period,  412. 
,   on    naraUelism   in  time   and 

space,  44& 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX 


545 


Forests,  changes  in,  in  America,  88. 

Formation,  Devonian,  38a. 

,  Cambrian,  360. 

Formations,  thickness  of,  in  Britain, 
338. 

,  intermittent,  348. 

Formica,  rufescens,  377. 

,  sanguinea,  276. 

,  flava,  neuter  of,  293. 

Forms,  lowly  organised,  long  endur- 
ing, 136,  137.        .... 

Frena,  OTigerous,  of  arripedes,  196. 

Fresh-water  productions,  dispersal 
of,  437.  .       .      , 

Fries,  on  species  m  large  genera 
being  closely  allied  to  other  spe- 
cies, 73. 

Frigate-Dird.  180. 

Fross  on  islands,  ^36. 

Fruit-trees,  gradual  improyement  of, 
5x. 

in  United  States,  08. 

f    varieties    of,    acclimatised   in 

United  States,  154* 

Fuci,  crossed}  308.  314. 

Fur,  thicker  in  cold  climates,  146* 


Galapagos    Archipelago,     birds 
-,  productions  of,  439,  440. 


Galeopithecus,  185* 
Game,  increase  of. 


of, 


Galaxias.  its  wide  range,  427. 
Galeopitni 

une,  ini 

min,  84. 


checked  by  ver- 


Gartner,  on  sterility  of  hybrids,  299, 
300,  305.    . 

,  on  reciprocal  crosses,  308. 

,  on  crossed  maize  and  verbas- 

cum,  325. 

,  on  comparison  of  hybrids  and 

mongrels,  ^ay,  328. 

Gaudry,  Prof.,  on  intermediate  gen- 
era of  fossil  mammals  in  Attica, 
378. 

Geese,  fertility  when  crossed,  304. 

— -,  upland,  189, 

Geikie,  Mr.,  on  subaerial  denuda- 
tion, 336. 

Genealogy,  important  in  classifica- 
tion, 457. 

Generations,  alternate,  478. 

Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire,  on  balance- 
ment,  158. 

,  on  homologous  organs,  47^. 

,  Isidore,  on  variability  of  re- 
peated parts,  160. 

,  on  correlation,  in  monstrosi- 
ties, 29. 

,  on  correlation,  156. 

,  on  variable  parts  being  often 

monstrous,  265. 

Geographical  distribution,  395. 

Geology,  future  progress  of,  527. 


527. 


imperifectiott    of    the    record. 


Gervais,  Prof.,  on  Typotherinm,  378. 
Giraffe,  tail  of,  206. 

■    I  structure  of,  230. 
Glacial  period,  axi. 
,  affecting  the  North  and  South, 

4Z2L* 
Glands,  mammary,  244. 
Gmelin,  on  distribution,  412. 
Godwin-Austen,  Mr.,  on  the  Malay 

Archipelago,  352. 
Goethe,  on  compensation  of  growth, 

X58. 
Gomphia,  227. 
Gooseberry,  grafts  of,  3x1. 
Gould,  Dr.  Aug.  A.,  on  land-shells, 

438. 

,  Mr.^  on  colours  of  birds,  146. 

,  on  instincts  of  cuckoo,  273. 

,  on  distribution   of  genera  of 

birds,  445. 
Gourds,  crossed,  925. 
Graba,  on  the  Una  lacrymas,  105. 
Grafting,  capad^  of,  310,  311. 
'^       '■  of  denuded 


Granite,  areas  of 


ded,  345. 


on    asexual    reproduction. 


Grasses,  varieties  of,  124. 

Gray.  Dr.  Asa,  on  the  variability  of 
oaks,  66. 

,  on  man  not  causing  variabil- 
ity, 93- 

,  on  sexes  of  the  holly,  xo7. 

,  on  trees  of  the  United  States, 

XX3. 

,   on   naturalised  plants  in   the 

United  States,  125. 

,  on  Kstivation,  226, 

,  on  Alpine  plants,  4x2. 

,  on  rarity  of  intermediate  va- 
rieties, 182. 

,   Dr.   J.   E.,  on  striped  mule, 

171. 

Grebe,  X89. 
Grunm, 

478. 

Groups,  aberrant,  468. 
Grouse,  colours  of,  98. 

,  red,  a  doubtful  species.  64. 

Growth,  compensation  of,  158. 
Giinther,  Dr..  on  flat-fish,  244. 

,  on  prehensile  tails,  244. 

,  on  the  fishes  of  Panama,  396. 

.   on   the   range   of  fresh-water 

fishes,  427. 
,  on  the  limbs  of  Lepidosiren, 

H 

Haast.  Dr.,  on  glaciers  of  New  2^a- 
land,  4io* 

Habit,  effect  of,  under  domestica- 
tion, 29. 

,  effect  of,  under  nature,  148. 

f    diversified,    of   same    species, 

187. 

Hackel^  Prof^  on  classification  and 
the  lines  of  descent,  472* 

Hair  and  teeth,  correlated,  156. 

Halitherium,  378. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


546 


INDEX 


>•  resistinc  salt  water,  439. 

M.,  on  the  imperzectioii 


HAroourL  Mr.  E.  V.,  00  the  bird* 
of  Madeira,  433. 

Hartung,    M.,    on   boulderi   in   the 
Azores,  410. 

Hazel-nuta,  406. 

Heame,  on  habits  of  bears,  188. 

Heath,  changes  in  Tegetation.  8s. 

Hector,    Dr.,    on    glaciers    of    New 
Zealand,  4x8. 

Heer,  Oswald,  on  ancient  cultivated 
plants,  3«. 

^  on  plants  of  Madeira,  11 8. 

Hellanthemum,  227. 

Helix  pomatia,  439> 

i  resisting  salt 

Helmholtz, 

of  the  human  eje,  314. 

Helosdadium,  406. 

Hemionus.  striped.  173. 

Hensen,  Dr.,  on  tue  eyes  of  Cepha- 
lopods,  aoo. 

Herbert,  W.,  on  struggle  for  exist' 
encc,  77. 

,  on  sterility  of  hvbrids,  30a. 

Hermaphrodites  crosstng,  Z09,  no. 

Heron  eatins  seed,  431. 

Heron,  Sir  K.,  on  peacocks,  xos. 

Heusinser,    on    white    animals    poi- 
soned by  certain  plants,  30. 

Hewitt,    Mr.,    on    sterility    of    first 
crosses,  3x4. 

Hildebrand,  Frof.,  on  the  self-steril- 
ity of  Corydalis,  302. 

Hil^endorf,    on    intermediate   varie- 

Himaiaya,  gladers  of,  4x7. 

,  plants  of,  420. 

Hfppeastrum,  302. 
Hippicamptts,  245. 
Hofmeister,    Prof.,    on    the 
ments  of  plants,  254. 


Hooker,  on  plants  of  mountains  of 

Fernando  Po,  420. 
Hooks  on  palms,  208. 


Holly-trees,  sexes  of,  107. 
Hooker,  Dr.,  on  trees  of  New  Zea- 
land, XI 3. 
,    on    acclimatisation   of   Hima- 
layan trees,  153. 

-,  on  flowers  of  umbellifene,  157. 
ulei 
224. 


4x8. 


on    the    position    of    OTules, 
on  glaciers  of  Himalaya,  4171 


-,  on  algae  of  New  Zealand,  420. 

i  on  vegetation  at  the  base  of 

the  Himalaya,  421. 
,  on  plants  of  Tierra  del  Fuego, 


419. 

,  on  Australian  plants,  420.  44  <• 

,  on  relations  of  flora  of  Amer- 
ica, 4^3: 
,  on  flora  of  the  Antarctic  lands, 

,  on  the  plants  of  the  Galapagos, 

434,  440. 
,  on   glaciers  of  the   Lebanon, 

,  on  man  not  causang  variabil- 
ity, 93. 


on  seeds,  on  islands,  435. 
.  dns.  Mr.,  on  denudation,  344. 
Hombill,    remarkable    instinct    ot. 


296. 

Horns,  rudimentary,  494. 

Horse,  fossil,  in  La  Plata,  369. 

,   proportions  of,   when  young, 

484- 

Horses  destroyed  by  flies  in  Para- 
guay. 86. 

,  stnped,  X7X. 

Horticulturists,  selection  applied  by, 

Huoer,  on  cells  of  bee^  284. 

,   P.,   on   reason   blended   with 

instinct.  262. 

1  on  habitual  nature  of  instincts, 

263. 

,  on  slave-making  ants,  277. 

— — ,  on  Melipona  domestica.  281. 

Hudson,  Mr.,  on  the  Ground-Wood- 
pecker of  La  Plata,  188. 

f  on  the  Molothrus,  273,  274. 

Humble-bees,  cells  of,  280. 

Hunter,  J.,  on  secondary  sexual 
characters,  x6x. 

Hutton,  Captain,  on  crossed  geese, 
304. 

Huxlev,  Prof.,  on  structure  of  her- 
maphrodites, 113. 

-»— ,  on  the  affinities  of  the  Sirenia, 

,  on  forms  connecting  birds  aiK* 

reptiles,  379- 

,  on  homologous  organs,  477. 

,  on  the  development  of  aphis. 

Hybrids    and    mongrels    compared, 

327. 
Hybridism,  298. 
Hydra,  structure  of,  194. 
Hymenoptera,  fighting,  102. 
Hymenopterous  insects,  diving,  199* 
Hyoseris,  225. 


Ibla,  159. 

Icebergs  transporting  seeds,  4x0. 

Increase,  rate  of,  79. 

Individuals,  numbers  favourable  to 

selection,  XX4. 
,  many,  whether  simultaneously 

created,  40a. 
Inheritance,  laws  of,  3i< 
,    at    corresponding    ages,    3i> 

lOX. 

Insects,  colour  of,  fitted  for  their 
stations,  100.  *       , 

,  sea-side,  colours  of,  146. 

,  blind,  in  caves,  149,  150- 

,  luminous,  I99. 

,    their    resemblance   to   certain 

objecu,  235. 

,  neuter,  292. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDBX 


547 


Instinct.  262. 

,    not    varying    simaltaneously 

with  structure,  290. 
Instincts,  domestic,  267. 
Intercrossing,    advantages    of,    xio. 


Isia 


lands,  oceanic,  4; 
favoun 


Isolation 
X16, 


able 


to    selection. 


Japan,  productions  of,  4x7. 

Java,  plants  of,  420. 

Jones,  Mr.  J.  M«,  on  the  birds  of 
Bermuda,  433. 

Jourdain.  M.,  on  the  eye-spots  of 
star-fisoeSy  191. 

Jukes,  Prof.,  on  subaerial  denuda- 
tion, 336. 

Jnssieu,  on  classification,  455. 


Kentucky,  caves  of,  150. 
Kerguelen-land,  flora  of,  425,  441. 
Kidney-bean,  acclimatisation  of,  155. 
Kidneys  of  birds,  156* 
denci 


Kidney-bean,  acclimatisation 

Kidneys  of  birds,  156. 

Kirbv,  on  tarsi  deficient  in  beeties. 


Knight,  Andrew,  on  cause  of  varia- 

4tion,  25. 
Kolreuter,  on  Intercrossing,  109. 
— ,  on  the  barberrv,  in. 
,   on   sterility  of   hybrids,    399, 

300. 

,  on  reciprocal  crosses,  308. 

,   on   crossed  varieties  of  nico- 

tiana,  326. 
,    on    crossing    male    and    her* 

maphrodite  flowers,  490. 


Lamarck, 
462. 


on    adaptive    characters. 


Lancelet,  137. 

eyes  of,  193 


Landois,  on  the  development  of  the 

wings  of  insects,  to6. 
Land-shells,  distribution  of,  4^8. 

,  of  Madeira,  naturalised,  443. 

,  resisting  salt  water,  439. 

Languages,  classification  of,  459. 
Lankester,  Mr.  £.  Ray,  on 

ity,  229. 

,  on  homologies,  477. 
Lapse,  great,  of  time,  335. 
Larvae.  480. 
Laurel,     nectar     secreted     by     the 

leaves,   zo6. 
Laurentian  formation,  360. 
Laws  of  variation.  145. 
Leech,  varieties  of,  89. 
Leguminosse,     nectar     secreted     by 

fflands,  106. 
Leibnitz'  attack  on  Newton,  520. 
Lepidosiren,  xx8,  380. 


Lepidosiren,  limbs  in  a  nascent  con- 
dition, 49s. 

Lewes,  Mr.  G.  H.,  on  species  not 
having  changed  in  Egypt,  220. 

,  on  the  Salamandra  atra,  401. 

,  on  many  forms  of  life  having 

been  at  firsf  evolved,  524. 

Life,  struffile  for,  78. 

Lingula,  SDurian,  350. 

Linncus,  aphorism  of,  452. 

Lion,  mane  of.  102. 

,  young  of,  striped,  480. 

Lobelia  fulf^ens,  87,  in. 

,  sterility  of  crosses,  302. 

Lodcwood,  Mr.,  on  the  ova  of  the 
Hippocampus,  244. 

Locusts  transporting  seeds,  408. 

Logan,  Sir  W.,  on  Lanrentian  for- 
mation, 360. 

Lowe,  Rev.  R.  T.,  on  locusts  visit- 
ing Madeira,  408. 

Lowness  of  structure  connected  with 
variability,  z6o. 

—V   related  to   wide   distribution, 

Lubbock,  Sir  J.,  on  the  nerves  of 
coccus,  60. 

,  on  secondary  sexual  charac- 
ters, 167. 

,    on    a    diving   hymenopterous 

insect,  189. 

,  on  aflmities,  352. 

,  on  metamorpboses.  480. 

Lucas,  Dr.  P.,  on  inheritance,  30. 

,    on    resemblance    of    child   to 

parent,  ^29. 

Lund  ana  Clausen,  on  fossils  of 
BraziK  388. 

Lyell,  Sir  C,  on  the  struggle  for 
existence,  77. 

,    on    modem    changes    of    the 

earth,  100. 

,  Sir  C,  on  terrestrial  animals 

not  having  been  developed  on 
islands,  233. 

,  on  a  carboniferous  land-shell, 

341. 

— — ,  on  strata  beneath  Silurian 
ssrstem,  3^0. 

,  on  the  imperfection  of  the  geo- 
logical record,  363. 

1  on  the  appearance  of  species, 

363. 

,  on  Barrande's  colonies,  364, 

,     on     tertiary     formations     of 

Europe  and  North  America,  373* 

,  on  parallelism  of  tertiary  for- 
mations, 377. 

,  on  transport  of  seeds  by  ice- 
bergs, 410. 

,  on  great  alterations  of  climate, 

426. 

,  on  the  distribution  of  fresh- 
water shells,  429. 

^1  on  land-shells  of  Madeira,  A43. 

Lyell  and  Dawson,  on  fosaihxcd 
trees  in  Nova  Scotia,  340. 

Lythrum  salicaria,  trimorpl 


321. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


548 


INDEX 


Macleay,    on   analogiGal   characters, 

462. 
Macrancheniat  378* 
M'Donnell,  Dr.,  on  electric  organs. 


MaSdra, 


Madeira,  plants  of.  xi8. 

,  beetles  of,  winsleas,  148, 

,  fossil  land-shells  of,  389 


-,  birds  of,  433. 

agpie  tame  in  N( 

Males  fighting,  102. 


M, 


389. 
orway,  266, 


Maize,  crossed,  325. 

Malay    Archipelago    compared    with 

Europe,  35a. 
,  mammals  of,  437. 
Malm,  on  flat-fish,  341. 
Malpighiaceae,  small  imperfect  flow- 

ers  of,  225. 

Mamnue,  their  development,  344. 

,  rudimentary,  49a 

Mammals,  fossil,  in  secondary  for- 
mation,   356. 
-—-,  insular,  435. 
Man,  ongm  of,  527. 
Manatee,  rudimentary  nails  of,  494. 
Marsupials  of  Australia,  126, 

,  structure  of  their  feet,  473. 

,  fossil  species  of,  388. 

Martens,  M«,  experiment  on  seeds, 

406. 
Martin,  Mr.  W.  C,  on  striped  mules, 

173- 
Masters,  Dr.,  on  Saponaria,  227, 
Matteuoct,  on  the  electric  organs  of 

ray^  198. 
Matthiola,  reciprocal  crosses  of,  308. 
Maurandia,  253. 
Means  of  dispersal,  40J. 
Melipona  domestics,  a8o. 
Merrell,     Dr.,     on     the     American 

cuckoo,  270. 
Metamorphism  of  oldest  rocks,  360. 
Mice  destroying  bees,  88. 
^*— ,  acclimatisation  of,  153. 

,  tails  of,  344. 

Miller,  Prof.,  on  the  cells  of  bees, 

281,  285. 
Mirabilis,  crosses  of,  308. 
Missel-thrush,  90. 

Mistletoe,  complex  relations  of,  22. 
Mivart,  Mr.,  on  the  relation  of  hair 

and  teeth.  156. 
,   on  the   eyes   of   cephalopoda, 

200. 
,  various  objections  to  Natural 

Selection,  229. 
,  on  abrupt  modifications,  258, 

259. 
,    on    the    resemblance    of    the 

mouse  and  antechinus,  462. 
Mocking-thnish    of    the    Galapagos, 

Modification  of  species  not  abrupt, 
523. 


Moles,  blind,  i«i. 

Molothrus,  habits  of,  273. 

Mongrels,  fertility  and  sterility  of, 
322. 

—  and  hybrids  compared,  327. 

Monkevs,  fossil,  35^ 

Monachanthus,  461. 

Mons,  Van,  on  the  origin  of  fruit- 
trees,  44. 

Monstrosities,  58. 

Moquin-Tandon,  on  sea-side  plants, 
146. 

Morphology,  472. 

Morren,  on  the  leaves  of  Oxalis,  254. 

Moths,  hybrid,  304. 

Mozart,  musical  powers  of,  263. 

Mud,  seeds  in,  429. 

Mules,  stnpe<L  173. 

Muller,   Aaolt,   on  the  instincts  of 
the  cuckoo,  271. 

Muller,    Dr.    Ferdinand,    on   Alpine 
Australian  plants,  420. 

Muller,    Fritz,    on    dimorphic    crus- 
taceans, 61,  295. 

,  on  the  lancelet,  137. 

,   on   air-breathing  crustaceans, 

20Z. 

,  on  climbins  plants,  2C3. 

on  the  selx-steriliQr  of  orchids, 


302, 


on  embryolMy  in  relation  to* 


classification,  451 

,  on  the  metamorphoses  of  crus- 
taceans, 482,  488. 

,  on  terrestrial  and  fresh-water 

organisms  not  undergoing  any 
metamorphosis.  486. 

Multiplication  ox  species  not  indefi- 
nite, 140. 

Murchison,  Sir  R.,  on  the  forma- 
tions of  Russia,  342. 

,  on  azoic  formations,  360, 

^1  on  extinction,  368. 

Mune,  Dr.,  on  the  modification  of 
the  skull  in  old  age,  197. 

Murray,  Mr.  A.,  on  cave-insects, 
152. 

Mustela  vision,  184. 

My  an  thus,  461. 

Myrmecocystus,  292. 

Myrmica,  eyes  of,  294. 

N 

Nageli,  on  morphological  characters, 

222, 
Nails,  rudimentary,  4^. 
Nathusius,  Von,  on  pigs,  209. 
Natural  history,  future  progress  of, 

5*5.  ,      . 
■— —  selection,  93. 

system,  452. 

Naturalisation     of     forms     distinct 

from  the  indigenous  species.  125. 
Naturalisation  in  New  Zealand,  21^. 
Naudin,  on  analogous  variations  in 

gourds,  168. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX 


549 


Nandin,  on  hybrid  gourds,  335. 

,  on  reversion,  3J8. 

Nautilus,  Silurian,  359* 
Nectar  of  olantSp  106. 
Nectaries,  now  formed,  io6. 
Nelumbium  luteum,  430. 
Nests,  variations  in,  j66,  189,  996. 
Neuter  insects,  393,  29^ 
Newman,  Col.,  on  humble-bees,  88. 
New   Zealand,   productions   of,   not 

perfect,  21^. 

,  naturalised  products  of,  387. 

f  fossil  birds  of,  389. 

f  glaciers  of,  418. 

,  crustaceans  of,  420. 

,  algK  of,  421. 

,  number  of  plants  of,  432. 

,  flora  of,  441. 

Newton,   Sir  I.,   attacked  for  irre- 

ligion,  520. 
,  Prof.,  on  earth  attached  to  a 

partridge's  foot,  409;    . 
Nicotiana,  crossed  varieties  of,  326. 
,    certain    species    very    sterile, 

Nitsche,  Dr.,  on  the  Polysoa.  248. 
JMoble,   Mr.,  on  fertility  of  Khodo- 

dendron,  303. 
Nodules,  phosphatic,  in  asote  rocks, 

360. 

>     O 

Oaks,  variability  of,  67. 

Onites  apelles,  148. 

Ononis,  small  imperfect  flowers  of. 

Orchids,  fertilisation  of,  204.  ao«. 
,     the     development     of     their 

flowers,  251. 

,  forms  of,  461. 

Orchis^  pollen  of,  200. 
Organisation,   tendency  to  advance, 

US- 
Organs  of  extreme  perfection,   190. 

,  electric,  of  fishes,   199. 

,  of  little  importance,  205. 

,  homologous,  474- 

,    rudiments    ot,    and   nascent, 

490. 
Omlthorhynchus.   xi8,  454. 
of..  245. 


Ostrich  not   capable   of  flight,   233. 
^  lay* 


habit  of  laying  eggs  together. 


^74- 

,  American,  two  species  of,  397. 

Otter,  habits  of,  how  acquired,  184. 

Ouzel,  water,  189. 

Owen,    Prof.,    on    birds   not   flying, 

147. 

,  on  vegetative  repetition,    160. 

,    on    variability    of    unusually 

developed  parts,    161. 
^— ,  on  the  eyes  of  fishes,  193. 
',  on  the  swim-bladder  of  fishes. 


Z96. 
369. 


on  fossil  horse  of  La  Plata, 


Owen,  Prof.,  on  generalised  form, 
378. 

,  on  relation  of  ruminants  and 

pachyderms,  378. 

,  on  fossil  birds  of  New  Zea- 
land, 388. 

,  on  succession  of  types,  389. 

,   on   affinities   of   the   dngong, 

,  on  homologous  organs,  473. 

,     on     the     metamorphosis     of 

cephalopoda,   482. 


Pacific  Ocean,  faunas  of,  397. 
Pacini,  on  electric  orsans,  199. 
Paley,  on  no  organ  formed  to  give 

PiSlas,'  on  'the  fertility  of  the  do- 
mesticated descendants  of  wild 
stocks,  305. 

Palm  with  hooks,  208. 

Papaver  bracteatum,  226, 

Paraguay,  cattle  destroyed  by  flies, 
86* 

Parasites,  274,  275. 

Partridge,  with  ball  of  earth  at- 
tached to  foot.  409. 

Parts  greatly  developed,  variable, 
x6i. 

Parus  major,  188. 

Passiflora,  302. 

Peaches  in  United  States,  98. 

Pear,  grafts  of. 


I'ear,  grafts  ot,  3x1. 
Pediceuaric,  247. 
Pelargonium,  flowers  of, 

.  sterility  of,  303. 

Pelvis  of  women,  150. 


157. 


Peloria,  157. 
Period,  Glacial,  41  x. 
Petrels,  habits  ot,  x 


Phasianus,  fertility  of  hybrids,  304. 
Pheasant,  young,  wild,  269. 
Pictet,   Prof.,  on  groups  of  species 
suddenly  appearmg,  356. 


36$. 


on    rate   of   organic    change. 


on   continuous   succession   of 

genera,  367.         .      , 
,   on   change  in   latest   tertiary 

forms.  350. 
,  on  close  alliance  of  fossils  in 

consecutive  formations,  ^8^. 

1  on  early  transitional  finks,  355. 

Pierce,  Mr.,  on  varieties  of  wolves, 

X03. 
Pigeons    with    ftethered    feet    and 

skin  between  toes,  30. 

breeds  described,   and   origin 


of,  37. 

,  on 


53- 


reeds  of,  how  produced,  52, 

— ^,  tumbler,  not  being  able  to  get 
out  of  em,  100. 

— ,   reverting  to  blue  colour,  170. 
— ,  instinct  of  tumbling,  268. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


550 


INDBX 


Pigeons,  young  of,  485. 

Pigs^    black;    not    affected    by    the 

paint-root,  ^o. 
,  modlned  by  want  of  exercise, 

Pistil,  rudimentary,  491. 

Plants,  poisonous,  not  affecting  cer- 
tain coloured  animals,  30. 

,  selection  applied  to,  51. 

^— ,  gradual  improvement  of,  51. 

,    not    improved    in    barbarous 

countries,  sz. 

,  dimorpbie,  61. 

,  destroyed  by  insects,  84. 

,   in   midst  of   range,   have   to 

struggle  with  other  plants,  97. 

,  nectar  of,  xo6. 

,  fleahvp  on  sea-shores,  146. 

,  climbing,  196,  ass. 

,    fresh-water,    distribution    of, 

4S9. 

,  low  in  scale,  widely  distrib- 
uted, 446. 

Pleuronectidae,  their  structure,  240. 

Plumage,  laws  of  change  in  aezea 
of  birds,  I  OS. 

Plums  in  the  United  States,  98. 

Pointer  dog,  origin  of,  49. 

,  habits  of,  269. 

Poison  not  affecting  certain  col- 
oured animals,  30. 

,  similar  effect  of,  on  animals 

and  plants,  533. 

Pollen  of  fiMrees,  sis. 

transported  by  various  means, 

203,  ao4,  SIX. 

Pollinia,  their  development,  asx. 

Polyzoa,  their  avicularia,  349. 

Poole,   Col.,    on   striped   hemionus, 

Potamogeton,  430. 

Pouchet,  on  the  colours  of  flat-fish, 

343. 
Prestwich,    Mr.,    on    English    and 

French  eocene  formations,  377, 
Proctotrupes,  189. 
Proteolepas,  159. 
Proteus,   153. 

Psychology,  future  progress  of,  537. 
Prygoma,  found  in  the  chalk,  357. 


Quagga.  striped,  174. 

Quatrefages,   M..,  on  hybrid  moths, 

304. 
Quercus,  variability  of,  67, 
Quince,  grafts  of,  311. 

R 

Rabbits,  disposition  of  young,  269. 
Race^  domestic,  characteis  of,  33. 
Race-horses,  Arab,  50. 

,  English,  403. 

Raddiffe,  Dr.,  the  electrical  organs 
of  the  torpedo*  198. 


Ramottd,  on  plants  of  Pyrenees, 
413* 

Ramsay,  Prof^  on  subaerial  denu- 
dation, 337. 

— 7-,  on  thickness  of  the  British 
formations.  338. 

,  on  faults,  ^38. 

,   Mr.,  on  instincts  of  cuckoo, 

3^3. 

Rauo  of  increase,  79. 

Rats  supplanting  each  other,  90. 

,  acclimatisation  of,  153. 

— — •,  blind,  in  cave,  150. 

RatUe-snake,  3x3. 

Reason  and  instinct,  363. 

Recapitulatiofu  general,  409. 

Reciprocity  of  crosses,  308. 

Record,    geolojncal,    imperfect,    333- 

Rragger,  on  ffies  destroying  cattle. 

Reproduction,  rate  of,  80. 
Resemblance,  protective   of  insects, 

235. 
— --   to   parents   in   mongrels   and 

hybrids,  339. 
Reversion,  law  of  inheritance,  33. 
,    in    pigeons,   to    blue   colour, 

170. 
Rhododendron,  sterility  of,  303, 304. 
Richard,   Prof.,  on  Aspicarpa,   455; 
Richardson,  Sir  J.,  on  structure  of 

squirrels,  185. 
1    on    fishes    of    the    southern 

hemisphere,  431. 
Robinia,  grafts  of,  311. 
Rodents,  blind,  149. 
Rogers,  Prof.,  Map  of  N.  America, 

Rudimentary  organs,  491. 

Rudiments  important  for  classifica- 
tion, 455. 

Rtttimeyer,  on  Indian  cattle,  36, 
305. 

S 

Salamandra  atra,  491.  ^ 

Saliva  used  m  nests,  380. 

Salvin,  Mr.,  on  the  beaks  of  ducks. 

r,*38. 

Saseret,  on  srafts,  3x1. 

Salmons,  males  fighting,  and  hooked 

jaws  of,  101. 
Salt   water,    how   far   injurious   to 

seeds,  405,  406. 
not  destructive  to  land-shells. 


Sajtcr,  Ififr.,  on  early  death  of  hy- 

brid  embryos,  3x5. 
Saurophagus  sulphuratus.   187. 
Schacht,  Prof.,  on  Phyllotaxy,  335. 
Schiodte,  on  blind  insects,  X50. 

,  on  flat-fish,  340. 

Schlegel,  on  snakes,  156. 

Schdbl,   Dr.,   on  the  ears  of  mice, 

333. 
Scott,  J...  Mr.,  on  the  self-steriUty 

of  orchids,  303.  , 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX 


551 


Scott,  J.,  Mr.,  on  the  crossing  of 
▼arieties  of  verbaacum,  326. 

Sea-water,  how  far  injurious  to 
seeds,  405,  406. 

not  destructive  to  land-shells, 

438,  439* 

Seoright,  Sir  J.,  on  crossed  animals, 

Sedgwick,  Prof.,  on  groups  of  spe- 
cies suddenly  apnearin^,  354. 

Seedlings   destroyed  by  insects,   8j. 

Seeds,  nutriment  in,  91. 

,  winged,   158. 

,  means  of  dissemination,  203, 

a  1 2,  407,  408. 

,  power  of  resisting  salt  water, 

406. 

,    in    crops    and    intestines    of 

birds,  407,  408. 

1  eaten  by  fish,  408,  430. 

,  in  mud,  428. 

,  hooked,  on  islands,  415. 

Selection  of  domestic  prodfucts,  43, 
44. 

,  principle  not  of  recent  origin, 

48. 

,  unconscious,  49. 

,  natural,  93. 

,  sexual^   1 01. 

,  objections  to  term.  94. 

natural,  has  not  induced  steril- 

ity,  312. 

Sexes,  relations  of,  loi. 

SexuaJ  characters  variable,  166. 

selection,  lox. 

Sheep,   Merino,    their  selection,   46. 
,    two    sub-breeds,    unintention- 
ally produced,  50. 

,  mountain  varieties  of,  89. 

Shells,  colours  of,  246. 

,  hinges  of,  202. 

,  littoral,  seldom  embedded,  341. 

,    fresh-water,    long    retain    Uie 


forms,  385. 

,  -- — ,  dis^rsal  of,  428. 

,  of  Madeira.  4^3. 

,  land,  distribution  of.  433. 

•    ,     resisting    salt    water, 

^438.  439. 

Shrew-mouse,  ^62, 

Silene,  infertility  of  crosses,  307. 

Silliman,  Prof.,  on  blind  rat,  150. 

Sirenia,  their  affinities,  178. 

Sitaris,  metamorphosis  of,  488. 

Skulls  of  young  mammals,  208,  475. 

Slave-making  instinct,  275. 

Smith,    Col.    Hamilton,    on    striped 

horses,  172. 
,    Mr.    Fred.,    on    slave-making 

ants,  276. 

,  on  neuter  ants,  294. 

Smitt,  Dr..  on  the  Polyzoa,  248. 
Snake      with      tooth      for      cutting 

throuffh  egg-shell,  273. 
Somervule,  Xord,    on    selection    of 

sheep,  46. 
Sorbtts,  grafts  of,  311. 


Sorex,  463. 

Spaniel^  King  Charles's  breed,  49. 
Specialisation  of  organs,  135. 
Species  polymorphic,  60. 

f  dominant,  71. 

,  common,  variable,  60. 

in  large  Renera  variable,  71. 

,  groups  of,  suddenly  appearing, 

354*  359.  ^    «..     .        , 

beneath    Silurian    fonnatiotis, 

360. 

Species  successively  a{>pearing,  364. 

changing     simultaneously 

throughout  the  world,  373. 

Spencer,  Lord,  on  increase  in  sixe 
of  cattle,  50. 

'—',  Herbert.  Mr.,  on  the  first 
steps   in    differentiation,    138. 

,  on  the  tendency  to  an  equilib- 
rium in  all  forces,  318. 

Sphex,  parasitic,  275. 

Spiders,  development  of,  482. 

Sports  in  plante,  28. 

Sprengel,  C.  C,  on  crossing,  109. 

- — ,  on  ray-florets,  157. 

Squalodon,  379. 

Squirrels,    gradations    In    structure. 


StaflSi 


,8s. 


irdshire,     heath,     changes     in. 


Stag-beetles,  fighting,  xoi. 
Star-fishes,  eyes  of,  191. 

f  their  pedicellarise,  247. 

Sterility  from  changed  conditionaof 

of  hybrids,  , 


300. 


laws  of,  305. 
of,  ; 


ty  of 


— — ,  from  unfavourable  conditions, 

316. 
not   induced   through   natural 

selection,  313. 
St  Helena,  productions  of, 
St.  Hilaire,  Aug.,  on  varii 

certain  plants,  226,  227. 
.  on  classification,  4^6. 
St.   John,    Mr.,   on   habits   of   cats, 

267. 
Stins  of  bee.  3x4. 
Stoocs,  aboriginal,  of  domestic  ani- 

Strata,  tnickness  of,  in  Britain,  339. 

Stripes  on  horses,  172. 

Structure,    degrees    of    utility    of, 

209. 
Struggle  for  existence,  76. 
Succession,  geological,  364. 

■      of  types  in  same  areas,  388. 
Swallow,     one    species    supplanting 

another.  90. 
Swaysland,   Mr.,  on  earth  adhering 

to    the   feet   of   migratory    birds. 

Swifts,  nests  of,  289. 

Swim-Sl  adder,  I95< 

Switzerland,  lake-habitations  of,  35, 

System,  natural,  45^* 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


552 


INDEX 


Tail  of  giraffe,  206. 

of  aquatic  animals,  307. 

,  prehensile,  244. 

,  rudimenury,  ^94. 

Tanais,  dimorphic,  01. 

Tarsi,  deficient,  148. 

Tausch,  Dr.,  on  umbeUifene,  336. 

Teeth  and  hair  correlated,  156. 

,   rudimentary,   embryonic   calf, 

490,  518. 
Tegetmeier,   Mr.,   on   cells  of  bees, 

383,  387. 
Temminck,    on    distribution    aiding 

classification,  45  7> 
Tendrils,  their  development,  353. 
Thompson.   Sir  W..  on  the  age  of 

the  habitable  world,  360. 

,    on    the    consolidation    of    the 

crust  of  the  earth,  505* 
Thouin,  on  grafts,  311. 
Thrush,  aquatic  species  of,  189. 
,    mocking,    of    the    Galapagos, 

443. 

,  young  of,  spotted,  480. 

,  nest  of,  396. 

Thwaites,    Mr.,    on    acclimatisation, 

153* 
Thylacinus,  463. 

Tierra  del  Fuego,  dogs  of,  369. 
Timber,  drift,  407. 
Time,  lapse  of,  335- 

by  itself  not  causmg  modifica- 
tion, X14. 

Titmouse,  x88. 

Toads  on  island^  436. 

Tobacco,   crossed  varieties  of,    326. 

Tomes,  Mr.,  on  the  distribution  of 
bats.  437. 

Transitions  in  varieties  rare,  x8o. 

Traquair,  Dr.,  on  flat-fish,  343. 

Trautschold,  on  intermediate  varie- 
ties, 346. 

Trees  on  islands  belong  to  peculiar 
orders,  435- 

wiui  separated  sexes,  Z13. 

Trifolium  pretense,  87,  xo8. 

incamatum,  108. 

Triffonia,  373. 

""rile" 


Trilobites,  360. 

,  sudden  extinction  of,  ^72, 

Trimen,    Mr.,    on    imitating-insc 

467. 
Trimorphism  in  plants,  63,  331. 
Troglodytes.  396. 


iCtS, 


Tumbler-pigeons,   habits   of,   heredi- 
tary, 368. 


Tuco-tuco,  blind,   149. 
*  abi 
ary,  3$8. 
Tumbler,  young  of,  484. 


Turkey-cock,  tuft  of  hair  on  breast, 
103. 

,  naked  skin  on  head.  308. 

,   young   of,   instinctively    wild, 

369. 

Turnip  and  cabbage,  analogous  vari- 
ations of,  x68. 


Type,  unity  of^  3x8. 

Types,  succession  of,  in  same  areas, 

388. 
Typotherium,  378. 

U 

Udders  enlarged  by  use,  39. 

,  rudimentary,  400. 

Ulex,  jroung  leaves  of,  480. 

Umbelliferae,  flowers  and  seeds  of, 
157. 

,    outer   and   xxiner   florets   of, 

325. 

Uni^  of  type,  318. 

Uria  lacrymans,  105. 

Use,  effects  of,  under  domestica- 
tion, 39. 

,  effects  of,  in  a  state  of  na- 
ture, 147. 

Utility,  how  far  important  in  the 
construction  of  each  part,  309. 


Valenciennes,  on  fresh-water  fish, 
438. 

Variability  of  mongrels  and  hy- 
brids, 336. 

Variation   under    domestication,    35. 

caused  by  reproductive  system 

being    affected    by    conditions    of 
life,  36,  37. 

under  nature,  58. 

— ,  laws  of,  145. 

,  correlated,  39,  X55,  309. 

Variations  appear  at  corresponding 
ages,  30,  99.    .       ,.    . 

analogous  m   distinct  speaes, 

168. 

Varieties,  natural,   58. 

,  struggle  between,  90. 

,   domestic,   extinction   of,    i3X. 

— ,  transitional,   rarity  of,   180. 

,  when  crossed,  fertile,  336. 

,  1  sterile,  335. 

,  das^cation  of,  460. 

Verbascum,  sterility  of,  303. 

,  varieties  of  crossed,  335,  326. 

Verlot,   M.,   on   double  stocks,   303. 
Verneuil,  M.   de,  on  the  succession 

of  species.  374. 
Vibrecula  of  tne  Polyzoa,  349. 
Viola,    small    imperfect   flowers    of, 

334. 

,  tricolor,  87. 

Virchow,    on   the    structure   of   the 

crystalline  lens,  103. 
Virfi^nia,  pigs  of. 
Volcanic     islands, 

337* 
Vulture,  naked  skin   on  head,  308. 


denudation  of, 


W 

Wading-birds,  430. 

Wagner,    Dr.,   on   Cecidomyia,   478. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


INDEX 


553 


Wasner,  Moritz,  on  the  importance 

of  isolation,  ii6 
Wallace,  Mr.,  on  origin  of  species, 

21. 

,  on  the  limit  of  variation  un- 
der domestication,   56. 

,  on  dimorphic  lepidoptera,   61, 

295. 

• .  on  races  in  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago, 63.     , 

,    on    the   improvement   of   the 

eye,  193. 

,    on    the    walking-stick    insect, 

236. 

.  on  laws  of  geographical  dis- 
tribution, 402. 

,    on    the    Malay    Archipelago, 

,  on  mimetic  animals,  4<$7- 

Walsh,   Mr.   B.   D.,   on  phytophagic 

forms,  64. 

,  on  equal  variability,  x68. 

Water,   fresh,   productions   of,   427. 

Water-hen,   x8o. 

Waterhouse,     Mr.,     on     Australian 

marsupials,   126. 
.    on    greatly    developed    parts 

bemg  variable.   x6i. 
,  on  the  cells  of  bees,  280. 

■    ,  on  general  affinities,  468. 
Watson,    Mr.    H.    C,    on    range    of 

varieties  of  British  plants,  63,  74. 

,  on  acclimatisation,  153. 

,  on  flora  of  Azores,  410. 

J  on  Ali>ine  plants,  413. 

,  on  rarity  01  intermediate  ra- 

rieties,  282. 

,  on  convergence,  138. 

,    on    the    indefinite    multiplica- 
tion of  species.   139. 
Weale.  Mr.,  on  locusts  transporting 

seecu.  4p9> 
Web  of  feet  in  water-birds,   190. 
Weismann,  Prof.,  on  the  causes  of 

variability,  26. 

,   on    rudimentary   organs,   493. 

West  Indian  Islands,  mamma1n  of, 

437* 
Westwood,     on     species     in     large 

genera    being    closely    allied    to 

others,  73. 

,  on  the  tarsi  of  Engidae,   166, 

,  on  the  antennae  of  hymenop- 

terous  insects,  454. 
Whales,  236. 
Wheat,  varieties  of,  X24« 


White  Mountains,  flora  of,  412. 
Whitaker,   Mr.,   on  lines  of  escarp- 
ment, 357. 
Wichura,  Max,  on  hybrids,  31  St  328. 
Wings,  reduction  of  size,   148. 

of    insects    homologous    with 

branchiae,  195. 

',   rudunentarv,   in  insects,   490. 

Wolf  crossed  with  dog,  268. 

of  Falkland  Isles,  436. 

Wollaston,  Mr.,  on  varieties  of  in- 
sects, 64. 

1  on  fossil  varieties  of  shells  in 

Madeira,  69. 

,  on  colours  of  insects  on  sea- 
shore, X46. 

,_  on  wingless  beetles,  148,  149. 

i  on  rarity  of  intermediate  va- 
rieties, 182. 

,  on  insular  insects,  432. 

—V  on  land-shells  of  Madeira 
naturalised,  443. 

Wolves,  varieties  of,   X03. 

Woodcock    with    earth    attached    to 

Woojpeoccr,  habits  of,  x88. 

f  green  colour  of.  aor. 

Woodward.  Mr.,  on  the  duration  of 
specific  forms,  347. 

,  on  Pvrgoma,,  357. 

,  on  the  continuous  succession 
of  genera,  367- 

on    the    succession   of    types. 


^rfd,  species  changing  simultane- 
ously throughout,  374. 

Wrens,  nest  of,  296. 

Wright,  Mr.  Chauncey,  on  the 
giraffe,  2^1. 

,  on  abrupt  modifications,  260. 

Wyman,  Prof.,  on  correlation  of 
colour  and  effects  of  poison. 


n,  30. 
:,  282. 


on  the  cells  of  the  bee, 


Youatt,  Mr.,  on  selection,  46. 

,  on  sub-breeds  of  sheep,  50. 

,     on     rudimentary     homt     in 

young  cattle,  494. 


Zanthoxylon,  227, 
Zebra,  stripes  on,  xyx. 
Zeuglodon,  379. 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


PkMmed  and  Dttigntd 
ai  The  Collur  Frest 
By  WiUiam  FtiUm 


1  Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


.    I 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


Digiti 


ized  by  Google 


This  book  shoild  be  returned  to 
the  Library  on  or  pefore  the  last  date 
stamped  below.        ' 

A  fine  of  five  cents  a  day  is  incurred 
by  retaining  it  beyond  the  specified 
time. 

Please  ret\irn  promptly.